c o m p r e h e n s iv e d e g r e e r e q u ir e m e n t s general degree ... [PDF]

CatalogCover08Outline_FRNT CVR_1.indd 1

2/28/08 11:47:14 AM

CSN

CatalogCover08Outline_BCK CVR_2.indd 1

2/28/08 12:29:00 PM

TABLE OF CONTENTS Mission / General Information ............................................2

Comprehensive Degree Requirements..........................44-51

Facilities............................................................................7-9

Degree and Certificate Programs................................52-257

College Calendar ..........................................................10-12

Course Descriptions..................................................258-379

Admissions, Registration and Payments ......................13-22 Academic Policies and Procedures ..............................23-30 Counseling ....................................................................31-34

TA B L E O F CO N T E N T S

TA B L E O F CO N T E N TS

College Administration, Faculty and Staff ..............380-402 Appendix A - Student Rights & Responsibilities ....403-410

Student Support Services..............................................35-37

Appendix B - Regulations for Determining ............411-415 Residency and Tuition Charges

Division of Workforce and Economic Development ....38-39

Appendix C - Safety and Security............................416-432

CSN Primary Fields of Study ......................................40-43

Index ........................................................................433-434

CSN 2008-2009 COURSE CATALOG

1

M I S S I O N / G E N E R A L I N F O R M AT I O N

M I S S I O N / G E N E R A L I N F O R M AT I O N

MISSION

2

The mission of the College of Southern Nevada is to implement the Nevada System of Higher Education’s mission by identifying the needs of the citizens of Southern Nevada and providing educational and support services to meet those needs in the areas of general education, transfer preparation, vocational education, basic skills development, adult education and community service. In meeting the needs of the community it serves, the College provides student-centered services that recognize the uniqueness of the individual, demonstrate excellence, utilize up-to-date facilities, emphasize comprehensive uses of technology, and rely upon the collaborative efforts of the College, the students and the community.

ACCREDITATION The College of Southern Nevada is accredited by the Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities to award the Associate Degree; CSN has also been granted informal candidacy at the baccalaureate level while retaining accreditation status at the associate degree level.

COLLEGE OF SOUTHERN NEVADA The College of Southern Nevada (CSN) is a comprehensive educational institution within the Nevada System of Higher Education (NSHE). Founded in 1971, the College serves a diverse population in Southern Nevada through five educational areas: occupational training, university transfer preparation, workforce and economic development programs, developmental education and counseling and guidance. These services correlate with community needs to enhance the quality of life of individuals residing in the College’s service area. The Nevada State Constitution provides for the control of the NSHE to be vested with the Board of Regents. It is the function of the Regents to approve or reject policies proposed by the College administration. Only in the most unusual circumstances would the Board of Regents concern itself with the details of administration. Based upon recommendations and data presented by the College administration, the Board of Regents determines the general method through which administrative duties are handled and permits the administration to apply policies to solve problems. The College of Southern Nevada is a fully accredited member of the Northwest Commission on Colleges and Universities. This status assures that the College’s organization, structure, staffing and funding are equal to its objectives, that its governing board is functioning properly and that all academic and financial plans are well designed to provide its students with a high level of excellence. The Nevada System of Higher Education includes The University of Nevada, Las Vegas (UNLV); The University of Nevada (UNR); The Desert Research Institute (DRI);


Nevada State College (NSC); Great Basin College (GBC); Western Nevada Community College (WNCC); Truckee Meadows Community College (TMCC). CSN operates three main campuses and other academic centers in Clark and Lincoln counties.

DISCLAIMER The General Catalog and Student Handbook describes current academic programs of study, related opportunities for student learning within those programs of study, course descriptions, and degree requirements for the academic year. The content of this catalog is subject to modification at any time to accommodate changes in college resources or educational plans. The catalog does not constitute a contractual commitment that the college will offer all the courses or programs of study described, and the college reserves the right to revise catalog provisions and fees at any time in accordance with the actions of the President, the NSHE, or any other governing body. The college reserves the right to eliminate, cancel, reduce in size or phase out courses, academic programs of study and/or requirements for financial, curricular or programming reasons, and to limit enrollments in specific programs of study and courses, to change fees during the student’s period of study, and to require a student to withdraw from the institution for cause at any time.

NONDISCRIMINATION STATEMENT The College of Southern Nevada does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, sexual orientation, national origin, sex, disability, religion, marital status, pregnancy or age in any of its policies, procedures or practices in compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (pertaining to race, color and national origin), Title VII (pertaining to employment), Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (pertaining to sex), Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (pertaining to disability), the Americans with Disabilities Act (pertaining to disability) and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (pertaining to age). This nondiscrimination policy covers admissions, access, employment and conditions of employment in all College programs and activities. Inquiries regarding these areas should be directed to the CSN Agency Coordinators, Mr. Thomas Brown, Senior Advisor to the President or Debbie Tanner, Executive Assistant, located on the Cheyenne Campus in room 2626E, 651-4002. Federal and State agencies are also available to answer any complaints.

FOUNDATION The CSN Foundation is a non-profit organization. The Foundation Board is comprised of thirty-five active, influential community leaders who volunteer to serve as advocates and fundraisers for CSN. The Foundation is committed to raising funds and cultivating friends and community partners in support of CSN. Foundation funds support innovative educational programs and services, college events and scholarships.

In 2007 the Foundation provided a gift of one million dollars to help construct a new Transportation Technology Center located on the Cheyenne campus. This new building provides Automotive Technology, Diesel-Heavy Equipment Technology, Collision Repair, RV repair, and Alternative Fuels programs. In 2004 the Foundation provided a one million dollar match to help build the Morse Arberry Telecommunications Building. You can support the college by attending the annual Legacy of Achievement gala and by contributing to the CSN Foundation. Your gifts are tax deductible and ensure the College of Southern Nevada can continue to meet goals and create bright futures for students. To learn more about the CSN Foundation, please call 651-7301.

STUDENT ASSESSMENT To assure that programs at CSN are effective and that students completing programs of study at CSN are attaining appropriate levels of knowledge, skills and understanding, the faculty and staff of CSN have developed ongoing processes to assess the learning and academic achievement of students completing these programs. Students nearing completion of their programs of study at CSN should expect to participate in a wide range of assessment activities designed to provide useful information about the effectiveness of degree and certificate programs and the student services programs that support them. Periodically during their courses of study, CSN students may be asked to participate in tasks in which they demonstrate the breadth and depth of their knowledge, skill, and understanding, indicate their levels of satisfaction with services provided, and describe their learning experience. Alumni may be asked to communicate their views about CSN programs in the context of their lives and careers since graduation. Employers also may be asked to indicate the qualities they need and expect from CSN graduates and to evaluate how effective CSN programs have been in preparing students to meet their needs. Guiding this continuous assessment effort is the concern with program quality: CSN faculty and staff must be assured that students gain the requisite learning from their programs of study at CSN and that these programs continue to meet high standards of excellence.

TRANSFER AND ARTICULATION PARTNERSHIPS The College provides a broad range of courses to fulfill the requirements of an associate degree and the first two years of a baccalaureate degree aimed at preparing students for transfer to a four-year college or university. CSN has established transfer and articulation partnerships with institutions in the Nevada System of Higher Education (NSHE) and a variety of other private, public and out-ofstate institutions. These agreements outline how general education and major-related transfer from CSN to the following institutions.

Nevada System of Higher Education Institutions (Transfer under NSHE policy or individual agreements) Great Basin College Nevada State College (extended agreement) University of Nevada, Las Vegas University of Nevada, Reno Private and Out-of-State Institutions Regis University Nova Southeastern University Southern Utah University (teacher education) Touro University University of Phoenix

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PROGRAMS The College provides programs necessary for the development of technical and occupational skills needed for immediate and meaningful employment. Individual courses, semester or certificate programs, as well as two-year associate degrees are available for maintenance of job skills.

UNION APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM CSN has formed credit granting partnerships with several of the area Trade Union Apprenticeship Programs. Individuals become indentured through the Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee selection process. The programs adhere to the registered standards of the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training (BAT) and each is filed with the State Apprenticeship Council (SAC) and Department of Education (DOE) of Nevada. A minimum of 144 hours of related instruction is required each year. Apprenticeship training ranges from a minimum of two to a maximum of five years depending on the specific apprenticeship program. A specific Associate of Applied Science (AAS) and/or Certificate of Achievement is available to any enrolled trade union partner apprentice. College credit is awarded for the appropriate courses taught and paid for by the apprenticeship partner. Individual apprentices are required to enroll and pay for required general education courses for the AAS and/or Certificate. For information about the qualifications necessary for entering the various programs, please contact the CSN Apprenticeship Office at 651-4163. Approved program partnerships include: • • • • • • • • •

Asbestos Workers JATC Bricklayers and Tile Setters JAC Carpenters JATC Cement Mason/Plasters JAC Electrical JAC Glaziers JATC Ironworkers JATC Operating Engineers JATC Operating and Maintenance (Stationary) Engineers JATC


G E N E R A L I N F O R M AT I O N


3

G E N E R A L I N F O R M AT I O N • Plumbers and Pipe Fitters JAC • Sheet Metal Workers JATC • Laborers JATC


COMMUNITY SERVICE PROGRAMS

4

The College provides, through lectures, forums, concerts, plays, exhibits and short-term academic and practical instruction, a lifelong learning process and focus for each community’s cultural, intellectual and recreational enrichment. The continuing education opportunity provides the means to develop and experience a variety of lifetime skills and interests.

STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICE PROGRAMS The College provides a variety of personal support services to students to assist them in becoming more aware of their potential and in planning and achieving their educational goals. Students are provided counseling, academic advisement, testing, career planning, job placement and financial assistance. The Nevada System of Higher Education is committed to the support of the diverse and changing communities of the state. The College provides an open, academic environment where students of all ages and backgrounds can discover their potential and achieve their life goals. The College of Southern Nevada exists to create opportunities that empower its students to change their lives for the better.

DIVISION OF WORKFORCE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Students seeking educational opportunities, other than specific credit degrees offered at CSN main campuses, have access to additional options through the Division of Workforce and Economic Development Programs. The Division of Workforce and Economic Development offers non-credit classes and programs not typically offered in a traditional, semester-long, class room instruction format to meet the needs of business & industry, local government, and educational institutions through customized training programs and curricula. The Division is broken into several workforce specialty areas that include: Community & Personal Enrichment; Adult Literacy & Language; Manufacturing & Transportation; Construction; Business Assessment & Consulting; Hospitality; Prison Programs; Fire, Police, Security & Emergency Medical Services (EMS); American Heart Healthcare Programs; Service Sector-Retail, Banking, Insurance & Real Estate; Occupational Health & Safety Programs; GM Training Center. Classes are offered at company worksites and at Learning Centers located throughout the Las Vegas Valley and at rural locations.


OFFICE OF eLEARNING The College of Southern Nevada is a leader in eLearning, offering fully accredited degrees to students. Students can choose from a variety of degree programs. Associate of Arts • Elementary Education • Secondary Education • Special Education • History • Psychology • Sociology • General Transfer • Criminal Justice Associate of Applied Science • Computer Information Technology • Accounting • Business Management • Criminal Justice – Law Enforcement • Small Business Management • Ophthalmic Dispensing Technician Associate of Business Associate of General Studies Certificate of Achievement • Business Management • Computer and Information Technology – Networking • Computer and Information Technology – User Support • Criminal Justice • Casino Management • Hotel Management Online Teaching Certificate of Completion

What is eLearning? eLearning is an innovative development in higher education that uses technology to facilitate learning without the limitations of time or place. CSN offers courses online so that students around the world can complete a certificate or associate’s degree without stepping foot in a classroom. eLearning students use state-of-the-art technology to connect to faculty members, course mates, and advisors. The great advantage of eLearning is that it gives students the flexibility to achieve an appropriate balance of work, family, community, and educational commitments. CSN’s online courses link students with their faculty member and course mates online through the World Wide Web (WebCT). Online courses are asynchronous, which means that students can sign on and participate at times convenient to them. Online students need to be prepared to interact with their faculty member and course mates in writing. Strong reading and writing skills in the English language are critical.


Typical elements of online courses include: • asynchronous, frequent student and faculty participation • lectures and assigned readings (from textbooks and online resources) • individual and group assignments (for example, case studies and discussion questions) • individual and group papers • use of online library resources • online and proctored quizzes and examinations

What is iTunes U? CSN launches iTunes U. iTunes U lets students find, download, and organize audio and video your professors have posted — the same way you do with music, movies, and podcasts. Like everything in iTunes, course content can be played on your Mac or PC, or you can sync up your iPod and learn whenever, wherever you want. Listen to language lessons at the gym. Watch lab demonstrations at the café. Review lectures in the car or on the bus. With iTunes U, you can study on your own schedule — no matter how crazy. Learning has finally caught up with your lifestyle.

Contact Information: Office of eLearning (702) 651-5619 (main phone number) (702) 651-5741 (fax) West Charleston Campus Sort Code – WM3 [email protected]

What do I need to be successful? Success in online courses depends on self-discipline and the ability to learn without face-to-face interaction. CSN’s online courses maintain the same rigor and high standards of its classroom courses. Academic progress is established and maintained through regular course participation. Online students need to be prepared to interact with their faculty member and course mates in writing. Strong reading and writing skills in the English language are critical.

What are the technical requirements to take an online course? To participate in an online course via the World Wide Web, you should have: • an Internet service provider (ISP), • an active e-mail account, and • the latest version of your preferred browser. Some courses, such as those in business, finance, and accounting, require additional software such as a Windowsbased spreadsheet program or MS Project.


The Virtual College will create convenient, high-quality learning opportunities in order to increase capacity and meet the immediate and long-term needs of the community. This endeavor will specialize in high quality courses and comprehensive student services, and pursue continuous improvement and innovation. CSN will have a strategy that includes developing college-wide expertise in online learning, a systems approach to online learning support, a branding of its program characteristics, and a focus on achieving desired learning outcomes along with student and faculty satisfaction. The Virtual College will have a centralized web presence with exemplary online student services, a comprehensive student orientation to online learning and WebCT, and faculty resources.

What is an ePortfolio? CSN offers students access to an ePortfolio through classes they are enrolled in. Students can collect and organize their work from both inside and outside the classroom. From their latest class essay to photos and comments posted during study abroad, the ePortfolio enables students to integrate classroom, co-curricular, life, and work experiences. The ePortfolio supports all common file types – from documents and spreadsheets to sound recordings, photographs, and video clips.


5


PRIVACY STATEMENT In accordance with institutional policy and the U.S. Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), the College of Southern Nevada (CSN) vigorously protects the privacy of students’ education records. The institution does not release private records of individual students, such as grades and class schedules, without prior written consent of the student. As permitted under federal law, the sole exception to the above practice is the release of “directory” information consid-


ered to be public in nature and not generally deemed to be an invasion of privacy. At CSN, the following categories are defined as “directory” information: name, mailing address, telephone number, dates of attendance, full or part time status, degree awarded, major and date of graduation. Students have the right to request non-disclosure of directory information. If they do not restrict release of this information, it is probable that the information will be released or disclosed. CSN uses directory information for non-commercial, educational purposes, such as to mail notices to students about changes in policies, services, or opportunities. Directory information may also be provided for commercial purposes to businesses affiliated with the institution, honor societies, the alumni association and foundation, or other individuals for purposes that may be beneficial to students. The institution exercises discretion in responding to requests for directory information and may or may not provide such information when requested, depending on the intended purpose of the request. The institution does not sell or rent student information for a fee. It is important to consider carefully the potential consequences of restricting the release of directory information. If a student restricts release for non-commercial educational purposes, the institution will be unable to place the student’s name in publications such as honors and graduation programs; to confirm graduation and dates of attendance to potential employers; to verify enrollment with organizations such as insurance companies; or to send notifications about specialized scholarships without the express written authorization of the student. If, after due consideration, you wish to restrict the release of directory information, complete this form before the end of the first six weeks of the fall or spring semester and submit it to the Office of the Registrar. This directive will apply permanently to your record until you choose to reverse it by submitting a written authorization. Select one of the following three non-disclosure options:

COLLEGE OF SOUTHERN NEVADA

❏ Do not disclose directory information for commercial purposes. (C) ❏ Do not disclose directory information for non-commercial (educational) purposes. (E) ❏ Do not disclose directory information for either commercial or non-commercial purposes. (N) Print Name:________________________________________________________________________ Social Security or “C” Number:________________________________________________________ Signature:________________________________________________ Date: ____________________

6


CHEYENNE CAMPUS, 3200 E. Cheyenne Boulevard, is located in the City of North Las Vegas approximately five miles (10 minutes) northeast of downtown Las Vegas and approximately five minutes from Nellis Air Force Base. Modern campus buildings sit on a pleasant 80-acre site. Opened in 1974, the Cheyenne Campus is the oldest of our three main campuses. Most of the campus is housed under one roof and this creates a feeling of togetherness throughout the campus. Our student services areas are centralized making for easy access to critical areas such as Financial Aid and Testing. Over 12,000 students take advantage of a very strong curriculum with more than 1100 courses offered on our campus. With a state-of-the-art Computer Lab staffed with highly qualified professionals, the Cheyenne Campus offers a comprehensive learning environment for our students. Several key programs are located at the Cheyenne Campus. The Culinary Arts program is a model for many institutions across the country and has produced gold and silver medal winners in various national competitions. The Automotive Technology program is the national pilot program location for the GM Assessment Center and is the first outside location allowed to perform the General Motors/Raytheon GM Technician Hands-On Assessment Courses. The newest addition to the campus is the 35,000 square foot Transportation Technology building which has allowed the college to expand the automotive programs in such areas as diesel technology, alternative fuel technology, and collision repair technology. The Cheyenne Campus also houses the Planetarium which is both a community resource and a resource for local educators through the NASA/Nevada Regional Education Resource Center. The Planetarium is also a participant in the NASA/Saturn Observation Campaign. Cisco Systems has partnered with CSN to help produce one of the largest training and Cisco Certification Academies in the country. The program is housed in our $29 million dollar, 80,000 square foot Telecommunications and Media Technologies Training Facility. CHARLESTON CAMPUS, 6375 W. Charleston Boulevard, is located at the corner of Torrey Pines Drive and West Charleston Boulevard in Las Vegas. Charleston is an 80-acre campus located approximately six miles (15 minutes) west of downtown Las Vegas. The campus has undergone a series of expansions to accommodate rapidly growing student demand and the development of academic and student support programs and services. The campus first opened in 1988 with building A, 22,000 square feet in size. As student demand grew, Building A was expanded in 1990 and Building B was opened in 1992, increasing campus facilities to 87,600 square feet. Building A has since undergone a third expansion to 41,600 square feet. Building C is a 75,000 square foot copper-roofed structure, housing classrooms, a large computer lab, campus library, tutoring center and faculty offices. Building D opened in the fall of 1999. This $25 million four-story structure houses student services, a workforce development center, classrooms, lecture halls and faculty offices. To support the region’s demand for science-related job skills and diversified workforce needs of high tech companies attracted to southern Nevada, a new 75,000 square-foot Sciences Center opened in fall 2003. Designed by a coalition of science faculty, it is meeting a growing demand for professional skills in science related career fields, while supporting

university transfer course work and three dozen degree and certificate programs in CSN Health Sciences career fields. The Charleston campus provides well equipped, modern classrooms, computer labs and science laboratories to CSN students taking general education and a variety of health occupations classes. The expansion of CSN’s Ornamental Horticulture program to the campus includes not only laboratory and classroom facilities, but also a full 4-1/2 acre retail nursery operated by CSN students. The nursery serves as a training facility for Nevada Association for the Handicapped. The Charleston campus is also home many CSN and community partnership ventures. The campus operates an on-site dental clinic with services provided by students, college faculty and staff, and local dental practitioners. The Clark County Library District’s West Charleston Branch, located directly across the parking lot from campus buildings, offers full use of its specialized medical library to CSN’s Health Sciences students and faculty. The Charleston campus is the location for the Nevada Public Radio station KNPR (FM 89.5). Other partnerships located on the campus include a chapter of the Las Vegas Boys and Girls Club, Nevada Tobacco User’s Hot Line, Las Vegas Rape Crisis Center, and Mojave Mental Health Counseling Services. The Charleston Campus opened the Donny Loux Center for Assisted Living Center in Summer 2004. This exceptional facility provides physical therapy to patients in cooperation with the CSN Physical and Occupational Therapy Programs. The newest facility at Charleston Campus is the 85,366 sq. ft. Health Sciences building that was completed in Summer 2004. This cutting edge state-of-the-art teaching and learning facility houses registered nursing, nursing assistant, practical nursing, diagnostic medical sonography, medical office assisting, and surgery technology programs. HENDERSON CAMPUS, 700 College Drive, is located in the city of Henderson approximately 15 miles (20 minutes) southeast of downtown Las Vegas. The 75-acre campus was established in 1981 to provide educational and cultural opportunities to the citizens of Henderson, Boulder City and the southern part of the valley. Three buildings covering 161,000 square feet, house classrooms, offices, labs and workshops. Students take general education courses and specialized classes in fields such as air conditioning technology, welding, police training and horticulture. In the fall of 1999, the $17 million, 90,000 square-foot Caviglia Academic Computing building was added to the campus, more than doubling the existing classroom and lab capabilities. The gorgeous building features a large state-of-the-art computer lab and classrooms, science labs, Campus Administration, the new Southern Desert Regional Police Academy, campus food service and faculty offices. In spring 2008 the campus will offer an exciting new criminal forensics program with classes in crime scene investigations, photography and lab operations. Award-winning, drought resistant desert landscaping surrounds the campus buildings. In addition to experimental gardens complete with plant identification, there are four greenhouses covering almost 10,000 square feet. The world-class Morse Stadium and athletic training facility was opened on the campus in fall 2000. CSN’s Henderson campus is the proud home of the 2003 NJCAA National Championship baseball team: the CSN Coyotes.


FAC I L I T I E S

FAC I L I T I E S

7

FAC I L I T I E S

FAC I L I T I E S

8

A.D. GUY CENTER- Serving the West Las Vegas area, the center provides educational opportunities that address the unique needs of the surrounding community. The A.D. GUY CENTER provides developmental education, credit and non-credit courses for the adult learner. A primary focus is to provide information technology and training, while maintaining the mission of the College of Southern Nevada. The center’s commitment is to help strengthen the educational, social, and economic goals of the community. The A.D. GUY CENTER is a collaborative effort between the following entities; College of Southern Nevada, Las Vegas Housing Authority, Family Resource Center, and the Boys & Girls Club bringing much needed resources into the community. The College of Southern Nevada’s education component offers both credit and non-credit classes tailored to meet the various needs of area residents. The center has a state-of-the-art computer lab offering access to the internet, access to popular software, and free computer literacy workshops to the public. In the spring of 2008, the center will expand the number of course offerings to include workforce training in job/career services, and English as a Second Language. The Family Resource Center maintains a strong community referral system and directs residents to resources such as child care assistance, access to community food banks, and community clothes closets. The Boys & Girls Club maintains a positive relationship with its members and their families who reside in the community. The A.D. GUY CENTER is located at 817 North “N” Street, directly behind the Andre Agassi Boys & Girls Club; the center is 20 minutes east of the Charleston campus and 15 minutes west of the Cheyenne campus, and 5 minutes away from downtown Las Vegas. The facility features two general purpose classrooms, a computerized classroom and a computer lab. BOULDER CITY CENTER- Serving the people of Boulder City as a comprehensive education and opportunity center, the site/center provides core education classes, courses designed to enhance personal skills, college-level transfer classes, and workforce training services that help people find or upgrade employment. This is accomplished in an atmosphere that encourages the full realization of each individual’s potential. The Center is home to two unique programs, Aviation and Wildland Fire Management. While not unique, the CNA and Phlebotomy programs fulfill an access need for students from the southern part of the valley. Non-credit ESL/Literacy classes are also available. Partnerships with business and industry, local government agencies, and educational institutions provide training opportunities for local work forces and promote economic development. The Center is located at 700 Wyoming Street, in the heart of Boulder City approximately 35 minutes southeast of Las Vegas and 10 minutes southeast of the Henderson Campus. The 18,000 square foot facility features a computer lab, testing center, nursing lab, five general classrooms, and the Aviation program that includes a smart classroom, wind tunnel, and flight simulator. In addition, there is a fully equipped darkroom and adjacent lab for photography classes. The center also has a large open meeting room with lounge and study space for students, faculty offices and registration facilities. Ample parking, much of it covered, adds to the convenience of the center.


DOWNTOWN LEARNING CENTER- Serving the urban and Latino community, the Downtown Learning Center, provides developmental education, credit and noncredit coursework, and job/career opportunities for adult learners. A primary focus is providing information technology and training while maintaining the mission of CSN. The Center is formally known as the “Neighborhood Learning Center” located at 300 N.13th Street, in the Latin Chamber of Commerce. The mission of the Center is to provide a state-of-art learning environment that anticipates and meets the educational and training needs of the local community through a comprehensive range of credit and non-credit academic classes, educational seminars, and training services. The facility features two general purpose classrooms and a computer classroom. GREEN VALLEY CENTER- Serving the people of the Green Valley area and students attending Green Valley High School as a general education and transfer center, the Leslie and Joan Dunn Center (Green Valley Center) provides core general education, personal enrichment and workforce education to prepare traditional and non-traditional learners for transfer or employment. Based on student demand, the Center is also a satellite delivery location for programs offered at one or more CSN campuses. To achieve its mission, the Green Valley Center supports Green Valley High School by providing classroom space that augments high school programs, and currently serves as the home to several specialized training programs such as the Bail Enforcement Agent program and the National Institute of First Assisters (NIFA) program as well as Nevada’s first ACT Center which provides high stakes testing for professional programs and certifications. Additionally, the Center provides student support services such as Admissions, Registration and Testing. The Leslie and Joan Dunn Center is located at 1560 W. Warm Springs Road, next to the Green Valley High School campus and is approximately 10 minutes north of the Henderson campus. The 33,000 square-foot facility features a computer lab, computerized “smart” classrooms, specialized labs and offices. LINCOLN COUNTY CENTER- The Center is located at 100 Depot Ave, Rm. 10, in Caliente. The mission of the Lincoln County Center is to provide educational and support services in the areas of transfer preparation, general education, vocational education, basic skills development, adult education, community service, and personal fulfillment. To achieve its mission, the Center meets the community and business needs with access to specialized training at sites and in local communities including Alamo, Caliente, Panaca, Pioche, Hiko, and Rachel. It also promotes online degree and certificate programs, dual credit and tech prep programs; and offers counseling, academic advising, placement testing, proctorial services and assistance with financial aid issues. Currently, the Center is developing the resources to include more of the requirements for the Rural Nursing Program locally. The Center offers two programs in agreement with the Lincoln County School District. The JumpStart program offers dual credit to high school students enrolled through the program and taught by their local instructors at the two county high schools. The A.R.R.I.V.E. program gives our Early Education students the opportunity to apply for work study funds while carrying out the classroom observation portion of their studies.

MESQUITE CENTER- Serving the citizens of Mesquite as a comprehensive opportunity center, the Mesquite Center offers general education core classes, special requirement classes in business, job/career services, as well as workforce training/self enrichment classes in support of the community and local industry needs. To achieve its mission, Mesquite offers classes that will enable the student to transfer to a University with a completed Associate of Arts Degree, as well as computer certification classes and Phlebotomy classes/labs. The Center is located at 140 N. Yucca St. at the old Virgin Valley Elementary School. CSN purchased the1400 sq. ft. building in 2005. There are a total of 10 classrooms to use for our many general education classes, as well as our non-credit based classes. Mesquite is very active in the Work Keys Program helping local businesses test potential employees. The Center provides student support services such as registration, admissions, cashiering, counseling and placement testing. Our convenient location is within walking distance of down town Mesquite. MOAPA VALLEY CENTER- Serving the people of Moapa Valley which includes Moapa, Overton, & Logandale. The center provides traditional classes, adult education, continuing education non-credit courses and online courses, in an atmosphere that encourages the full realization of each individual’s potential. To achieve its mission, the Center offers lower division college courses for degree and transfer seeking students, occupational and technical development programs, basic skill education, and community education programs. Additionally partnerships are sought with business, industry, labor, educational institutions, and public sector agencies to provide training opportunities for the local work force and promote economic development and education. The Center is located at 2400 N. St. Joseph Street, on Moapa Valley High School campus approximately 45 minutes from the Cheyenne campus. Moapa Valley is located 10 miles from Lake Mead Recreational Area and 5 miles from Valley of Fire State Park. The Center has a computer lab available for students. Most of our classes are held at Moapa Valley High School. NELLIS CENTER- In partnership with the United States Air Force and serving members of the military, the center provides opportunities to attain educational and professional goals. This community is comprised of active duty members of the Armed Forces, their family members, and Department of Defense Personnel. To achieve its mission, the Nellis center offers general education classes that are tailored to the students needs in completion of their Community College of The Air Force (CCAJP) requirements. Basic skill education and placement testing are available to meet student needs. Academic Advising is available during registration. Although its primary function is to support the educational efforts of the military community, the Nellis Center is open to civilian students on a limited basis. To accommodate the changing work schedules and transient nature of today’s Air Force, the Center offers classes in a convenient evening eight week format. The Center is located on Nellis Air Force Base, 4475 England Avenue, Suite 318, approximately five minutes from the Cheyenne Campus. The base site program has served as an educational center since 1975. Active duty military have 100% of their tuition paid by the United States

Air Force. A base security pass, which requires appropriate credentials, is required to attend classes on base; it can be secured through the site management office. SAHARA WEST CENTER- The Center is located at 2409 Las Verdes St, on the northwest corner of Sahara and Valley View next to the Food 4 Less shopping center. This location houses a variety of the college’s division of Workforce and Economic Development (WED) programs and is considered the heart of the CSN Adult Language & Literacy program. Serving the people of Las Vegas as an education center, the Sahara West Center, offers courses in core general education credits, community education, healthcare continuing education, workforce training, community education programs that complement CSN’s mission. To achieve its mission, the Center is the focal point for adult language and literacy offerings, basic skills, GED preparation, and English as a Second Language programs for adult learners. In addition, the Center is the administrative home of workforce specialists who provide customized training and development services for business and industry partners in Southern Nevada. In collaboration with CSN, the Sahara West Center also houses MAP (Management Assistance Partnership). MAP is the industrial extension program of the Nevada System of Higher Education and its partners. Its primary purposes is to work directly with Nevada companies to strengthen their global competitiveness by providing information, decision support and implementation assistance in adopting new, more advanced technologies, techniques and best business partners. SUMMERLIN CENTER- Serving citizens in the Summerlin area and students attending Palo Verde High School, the Bob and Sandy Miller Center provides general and transfer education, in addition to workforce training and services. The Center is a satellite delivery location for various programs housed at one or more CSN campuses. To further achieve its mission, the Center also offers dual enrollment courses for high school students as well as a wide variety of personal enrichment courses. The Summerlin Center is located at 333 S. Pavilion Center Drive, next to Palo Verde High School, approximately 15 minutes west of the CSN West Charleston campus. The 33,000 square-foot facility has a computer lab, faculty offices, counseling services and a Student Services center. Classrooms are designed for both traditional and flexible team learning, in an atmosphere that is both quiet and relaxed. WESTERN CENTER- Serving the citizens of Las Vegas and the students attending Western High School, the William and Dorothy Raggio Center provides general education and transfer education, personal enrichment courses and workforce training services. Based on student demand, the Center is also a satellite delivery location for programs offered at one or more CSN campus. To achieve its mission, the Western Center supports Western High School by providing classroom space that augments high school programs, and the Center currently serves as the home of CSN’s Construction and Building Trades programs as a location where business and industry needs intersect. The Center is located at 4601 W. Bonanza Road, on the Western High School campus approximately 15 minutes north of the Charleston campus. The 33,000 square-foot facility features a computer lab, computerized “smart” classrooms, a student center and faculty offices.


FAC I L I T I E S

FAC I L I T I E S

9

CO L L E G E C A L E N D A R SUMMER SEMESTER 2008 April 22, 2008 thru April 28, 2008 Early Web Registration for Summer 2008 Sessions Begin Currently Enrolled Students Only April 29, 2008 thru May 22, 2008 Web registration open to all admitted students In Person Registration – New Students and Senior Citizens Only

COLLEGE CALENDAR

May 22, 2008 Payment Due Date for Early Registrants May 23, 2008 thru June 6, 2008 Web Registration Continues for All Students, After the Purge (Payment due same day) In Person Registration – New Students and Senior Citizens Only

June 20, 2008 Final Date to Officially Change from Audit to Credit and Credit to Audit for the 1st Four Week Session June 27, 2008 Final Date to Officially Change from Audit to Credit and Credit to Audit for Six, Eight and Ten Week Session June 27, 2008 Final Date to Officially Drop from the 1st Four Week Session with a Grade of “W” July 3, 2008 1st Four Week Session Ends

May 26, 2008 Memorial Day, Observed

July 3, 2008 Last day to receive a 100% Refund for the 2nd four Week Session

June 6, 2008 Final Date for 100% Refund for Summer 2008 Semester

July 4, 2008 Independence Day Holiday

June 9, 2008 Four Week (1st) Session Begins Six Week Session Begins Eight Week Session Begins Ten Week Session Begins

July 7, 2008 2nd Four Week Session Begins

June 9-10, 2008 Late Registration Period for the 1st four-week session-in person ONLY Late Registration Fee: $5.00 per day to a maximum of $10.00 per semester for students registering for seven or more credits. Late Registration fee will not be refunded June 9-13, 2008 Late Registration Period for the Six, Eight and Ten week sessions- in person ONLY Late Registration Fee: $5.00 per day to a maximum of $10.00 per semester for students registering for seven or more credits. Late Registration fee will not be refunded June 10, 2008 Final Date for a 25% drop fee for withdrawal for 1st Fourweek session June 13, 2008 Final Date to Drop a Course Without a Grade of “W” All Sessions

10

June 13, 2008 Final Date for a 25% drop fee for withdrawal for Six, Eight and Ten Week sessions


July 7, 2008 Last Day to apply for Summer 2008 Graduation July 7-8, 2008 Late Registration Period for 2nd Four Week Session July 8, 2008 Last Date for 25% drop fee for withdrawal for 2nd Four Week Session July 11, 2008 Final Date to Officially Drop from the Six Week Session With a Grade of “W” July 14, 2008 Final Date to Drop a Course Without a Grade of “W” 2nd Four Week Session July 15, 2008 Final Date to Officially Change from Audit to Credit and Credit to Audit for 2nd Four Week Session July 18, 2008 Six Week Session Ends July 18, 2008 Final Date to Officially Drop from the Eight Week Session With a Grade of “W”

CO L L E G E C A L E N D A R

August 1, 2008 Final Date to Officially Drop from the Ten Week Session With a Grade of “W” August 1, 2008 2nd Four Week and Eight Week Sessions End August 15, 2008 Ten Week Session Ends

FALL SEMESTER 2008 April 29 thru May 5, 2008 Early Web Registration for Fall 2008 Semester Begins Currently Enrolled Students Only May 6 thru August 7, 2008 Continued Web Registration-Open to All Admitted Students In person Registration-New Students and Senior Citizens Only July 7, 2008 Last day for VA students to request Advanced Payment for Fall 2008 August 6, 2008 Last day to apply for Instate Tuition August 7, 2008 Payment Due Date for Early Registration (mail payments postmarked by August 1) August 8, 2008 Dead Day – no registration August 11 thru August 22, 2008 Web Registration Continues for All Students After the purge (Payments Due Same Day) In Person RegistrationNew Students and Senior Citizens Only August 22, 2008 All supporting documents must be submitted for Instate Tuition for Fall 2008

August 25 thru September 12, 2008 Late Registration for the Fall 2008 Registration for 16-week courses. Instructor and Department Chair’s signature is required for late registration. Late Registration Fee: $5.00 per day to a maximum of $25.00 per semester for students registering for seven or more credits. Late Registration fee will not be refunded August 29, 2008 Last Day to Officially Drop without a grade of “W”. August 31, 2008 Final Day for 25% drop fee (75% refund) September 1, 2008 Labor Day Holiday September 12, 2008 Last Day to change Audit to Credit with Instructor’s approval for full-term (16-week) courses. Short-term (less than 16-week) courses must be changed prior to the first day of class. October 10, 2008 Last Day to submit all supporting documents for Instate Residency Audit receipts October 10, 2008 Last Day to Apply for Fall 2008 Graduation October 10, 2008 Last Day to submit non-disclosure directory information October 30, 2008 Last Day to Officially Change from Credit to Audit for fullterm (16-week) courses. October 30, 2008 Final Date to Officially Drop the Fall 2008 Semester October 31, 2008 Nevada Day Holiday

COLLEGE CALENDAR

July 25, 2008 Final Date to Officially Drop from the 2nd Four Week Session with a Grade of “W”

November 11, 2008 Veteran’s Day Holiday November 27 thru 30, 2008 Thanksgiving Day Recess (Thursday thru Sunday)

August 24, 2008 Final Day for a 100% Refund for Full Term (16-week) Fall 2008 Semester

December 7 thru 13, 2008 Final Examination Period for the Fall 2008 Semester

August 25, 2008 First Day of Instruction for the Fall 2008 Semester

December 13, 2008 Fall semester ends


11

CO L L E G E C A L E N D A R SPRING SEMESTER 2009

COLLEGE CALENDAR

November 12 thru November 18, 2008 Early Web Registration for Spring 2009 Semester BeginsCurrently Enrolled Students Only November 19, 2007 thru January 6, 2009 Continued Web Registration-Open to all Admitted Students. In person registration-new student and senior citizens only for Spring 2009

March 6, 2009 Last Day to submit all supporting documents for Instate Residency Audit receipts

December 1, 2008 Last day for VA students to request Advance Payment for Spring 2009

March 9, 2009 Last Day to Apply for Spring 2009 Graduation

January 6, 2009 Payment Due Date for Early Registrants

March 9, 2009 Last Day to submit non-disclosure directory information

January 7, 2009 Dead Day – no registration

March 16 thru 22, 2009 Spring Recess (Monday thru Sunday)

January 8-16, 2009 Web Registration Continues for All Students After the Purge (Payments Due Same Day) In Person RegistrationNew Students and Senior Citizens Only

March 30, 2009 Final Date to Officially Drop the Spring 2009 Semester

January 16, 2009 Final Date for a 100% Refund for Spring 2009 Semester January 16, 2009 All supporting documents must be submitted for Instate Tuition for Spring 2009 January 19, 2009 Martin Luther King, Jr. Holiday January 20, 2009 First Day of Instruction for the Spring 2009 Semester January 20 thru February 9, 2009 Late Registration for the Spring 2009 Registration for 16week courses. Instructor and Department Chair’s signature is required for late registration. Late Registration Fee: $5.00 per day to a maximum of $25.00 per semester for students registering for seven or more credits. Late Registration fee will not be refunded January 26, 2009 Final Day for 25% drop fee (75% refund) January 26, 2009 Final Date to Drop a Course Without a Grade of “W” February 16, 2009 President’s Day Holiday

12

February 9, 2009 Last Day to change Audit to Credit with Instructor’s approval for full-term (16-week) courses. Short-term (less than 16-week) courses must be changed prior to the first day of class.


March 30, 2009 Last Day to Officially Change from Credit to Audit for fullterm (16-week) courses. May 10 thru 16, 2009 Final Examination Period for the Spring 2009 Semester May 16, 2009 Last Day of the Spring Semester May 19, 2009 Commencement

ADMISSION INFORMATION Open Door Policy The admissions policies of the Nevada System of Higher Education (NSHE) were developed in order to ensure a foundation of knowledge and competencies which will allow a student to successfully pursue and attain an academic degree. The College of Southern Nevada (CSN) subscribes to an “open-door” policy of admitting all high school graduates or non-graduates who are capable of profiting from postsecondary education. Students with a General Equivalency Diploma (GED) are considered equivalent to high school graduates. Who May Be Admitted- Students will qualify for admission to CSN if they are either: • A U.S. citizen or immigrant and are 18 years of age or older, or a graduate of a high school or equivalent, and • Qualified under the CSN “open-door” policy and meet the residency requirements and can profit from the program, or • A qualified high school student Students must also provide certain information, complete any preliminary testing and meet deadlines. Admissions to Limited Entry programs require additional criteria. High school juniors and seniors, or those receiving equivalent instruction, may be admitted and may enroll at CSN, subject to the approval of appropriate high school and College officials. High school juniors and seniors who are Career and Technical Education Program Completers may be admitted when written agreements with the Clark County School District exist. High school students below junior level, or those receiving equivalent instruction, when identified as academically talented by the School District and recommended by their high school principal will be reviewed on a case by case basis for enrollment in credit courses. Otherwise, high school students below the junior level may enroll in noncredit, Community and Personal Enrichment courses. International Students who meet international student qualifications may also be admitted. Admission of Nonresident Students- (See Residency Policy under Appendix B) General Admission Procedures CSN “Students First Program”- CSN believes in putting student success first. Our students deserve the opportunity to start college on the right track. To accomplish this, new students seeking adegree or certificate and transfer students will begin college following these steps: 1. Apply at www.csn.edu, select Admissions and then Apply/Register. 2. Apply for Financial Aid using the FREE Application for federal Student Aid at www.fafsa.ed.gov, follow the steps provided on CSN’s Student Financial Services home page by visiting www.csn.edu, selecting Admissions and then Financial Aid. [Degree, Certificate, or Transfer students only]

3. Take part in a “Student Success Orientation” for live session availability or to view online video stream visit www.csn.edu/orientation, select Admission and then S.O.S Orientation Program. [Degree, Certificate, or Transfer students only] 4. Complete a placement test for English, Mathematics and Reading at one of CSN’s Testing/Assessment Centers. For locations and times please visit www.csn.edu, select Admissions and then Testing Centers and Sites. [Degree, Certificate, or Transfer students only] 5. Meet with a College counselor/advisor to help you select the correct classes and allow you to register for the degree, certificate or transfer path you have chosen. For locations and times go to www.csn.edu, select Admissions and then Counseling Department. [Degree, Certificate, or Transfer students only] EXCEPTION: New students interested in a Limited Entry Health Sciences Program must first attend a Health Programs Orientation through the School of Health Sciences before registering for classes. Please call (702) 651-5015 for dates, times and locations. New students interested in an Open-Entry Certificate of Achievement must visit the Health Advisement Office at the Charleston (Bldg. K) or Cheyenne Campus (room 1219). To determine whether your program of interest is a Limited Entry or Open-Entry Certificate of Achievement visit: http://sites.csn/edu/health/LAppPC.htm 6. Register Online – walk through a brief introduction to CSN’s online registration process to learn how to navigate through the website and to discover what you will need to know before login in. Please visit www.csn.edu, select Admissions and then Apply/Register. 7. Pay Tuition and Fees by the due date in person or by visiting http://www/csn.edu/admissions/index.asp and click Online Registration 8. Know CSN Regulations and Policies – read the Academic Policies and Procedures Section you are required to adhere to in order to succeed at CSN. Regulations can be viewed on CSN’s General Catalog and Student Handbook by visiting www.csn.edu, selecting Admissions and then Catalog/Schedule/Calendar. Special Admission Information for Health Sciences Programs- Students seeking admission to one of the Health Sciences Programs should be aware that there are several additional procedures and policies. Some Health Sciences Programs are designated “limited entry,” meaning that class sizes are limited. Prospective students must submit an application to the Limited Entry Office and be selected to a program in order to register for classes in limited entry programs. Information on admissions, selection procedures and application deadlines is available through the Health Sciences


A D M I S S I O N S , R E G I S T R AT I O N A N D PAY M E N T S

A D M I S S I O N S , R E G I S T R AT I O N A N D PAY M E N TS

13



14

Programs Advisement Office, located on the Charleston in the lobby of Building K and Cheyenne campuses in Room 1219. Students must attend a Health Sciences Program orientation to obtain detailed information on the limited entry application process and programs. In addition there are immunization requirements for these programs. Limited entry programs include: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Advance Placement Nursing (LPN) to RN Bridge Cardiorespiratory Sciences Dental Hygiene (AS & BSN) Diagnostic Medical Sonography Health Information Technology Medical Laboratory Assistant Medical Laboratory Technician Nursing (RN) Occupational Therapy Assistant Ophthalmic Dispensing Paramedic Medicine Pharmacy Technician Physical Therapist Assistant Practical Nursing (PN) Radiation Therapy Technology Surgical Technologist Veterinary Technician

High School Students CSN offers a number of special programs for qualified high school students. For some of the programs, high school students earn both high school and college credit simultaneously. High school students should check with their school counselors regarding completion of Dual Enrollment High School Authorization forms necessary for enrollment in some programs. Unless students are 18 years old, parental permission is required for all programs. Many programs require that students pay college tuition. Special programs for high school students include: College of Southern Nevada High School- This unique program gives high school juniors and seniors the opportunity to attend high school on a college campus. Students also take college classes for which they receive dual credit. This is a limited enrollment program. Early Studies- High school juniors and seniors may enroll in courses at CSN and receive college credit. JumpStart- is a CCSD-CSN partnership offering high school students a reduced fee to enroll in college-level classes, and get a head start on their college careers. Classes are offered at selected high school campuses by CCSD high school instructors who are “certified” by CSN departments. Learning and Earning Program- This program is a direct service dropout prevention and intervention program. Students are referred by their high school counselors during 11th or 12th grade and participate in counseling, mentoring,


job skills development, job placement, tutoring sessions and community referrals. The goal of the program is to give Clark County School District students, who are in jeopardy of not graduating with their peers, the opportunity to improve their academic status. Step-Up Program- Student Teacher Enlistment Program Undergraduate Program is a collaborate effort among the Clark County Education Association Community Foundation, Clark County School District, CSN, and Nevada State College. STEP-UP provides tuition and books to high school participants who commit to teaching in Clark County public schools after graduation. Tech Prep- This program allows students to earn college credit for technical and occupational course work completed in high school. High school juniors and seniors who earn an “A” or “B” in a Tech Prep class can receive CSN credit upon completion of the course. Students must complete a special CSN Tech Prep registration form and pay a fee of $10.00 per course.

Transfer Student Previous College or University Course Work- Students from accredited institutions of higher education ordinarily will be granted credit for work completed which is equivalent to courses offered at CSN. The accreditation of the institution and the listing published in the AACRAO Transfer Credit Practices for the year in which the applicant attended a specific institution govern the acceptance of transfer credit. The number of credits awarded will be determined by the college rating and the guidelines that follow: • The Office of the Registrar evaluates transcripts from other institutions upon request and determines which credits may be applied towards a CSN degree or certificate. • Students must have an official transcript mailed to the Office of the Registrar. • After the student has verified that his or her transcript has arrived in the Office of the Registrar, he or she must fill out a Request for Transfer Credit Evaluation Form and submit that to the Office of the Registrar. • To meet graduation requirements, a transfer student must complete the appropriate 15 credit hours in residence for a degree or certificate. • The College will also accept a maximum of 16 credits from non-traditional sources. • A student must take the appropriate 15 credit hours in residence in his or her major occupational area for an Associate of Applied Science degree or a Certificate of Achievement. • The College will accept “D” grades as elective credit provided the cumulative grade point average from the transfer institution, in the semester in question, is 2.0 or above. • If a student’s cumulative GPA is below 2.0, “D” or below grades will be denied.

• Grades of “D+, D, and D- cannot be used to fulfill major occupational area requirements in Associate of Applied Science degrees. • If a transfer student requests a credit evaluation, Four (to six) weeks for processing.

International Students The International Center is a comprehensive student-centered office that assists students with transition to American system of higher education. We provide students with admissions, orientation, academic and personal counseling, college success skills education, and advisement of immigration regulations. Our mission is to assist international students in achieving their academic goals by providing accessible services by a supportive and caring staff. International Student Admissions- “This school is authorized under Federal law to enroll F-1 nonimmigrant students.” U.S. Government regulations are subject to change. CSN welcomes students from all countries to apply for admission through the International Center. International students are required to maintain 12-credit full time student status at CSN. Admitted students are required to take the Math and either English or English as a Second Language (ESL) placement tests. Students admitted with a TOEFL iBT of 71 or equivalent are eligible for Eng 113 without taking a placement test. Students admitted with a TOEFL iBT of 61-70 or equivalent are eligible to take the English place test. Students admitted with a TOEFL iBT of 45-60 or equivalent must take the ESL placement test. All first semester international students must register, add, and drop classes through the International Center. These admission requirements do not constitute admission to Limited Entry Health Sciences programs. International students interested in Health Sciences programs must meet both the International Center and Health Sciences program requirements. International students who do not have college-level English skills will be given a conditional letter of acceptance if they meet all of the admission requirements except for the English level and are attending an ELS Language Center. These students will be referred to the ELS Language Center on the Charleston campus and will be admitted to CSN when they reach Level 109 at ELS Language Center. To apply for admission to the College and a course of study that leads to an Associate Degree or Certificate of Achievement, a student must meet the following requirements: 1. A CSN International Student Application, completed, signed and dated. 2. A non-refundable application fee of $50. Make check payable to CSN – Board of Regents. 3. Proof of English proficiency: TOEFL test score of 45 iBT (133 CBT, 450 PBT); IELTS score of 5.0 or above; NSHE administered Michigan test score of 70 or above; successful completion of English

Composition at a U.S. college or university; graduation from a U.S. high school; or completion of ELS Intensive English Language Program Level 109. 4. Official high school transcript and/or college or university transcripts or certified copies thereof must be submitted in English in order to verify successful completion of U.S. equivalent academic program. The transcript must include the date of graduation. 5. A personal statement is required. Describe your educational goals, intended field of study, and your reason(s) for choosing CSN. 6. Proof of financial support or financial solvency is required. Strict immigration regulations severely restrict the employment of foreign nationals residing in the United States. Therefore, you must have adequate finances to support yourself while you are a student. If your parents or someone else will support (or sponsor) you, then you must submit a sponsor letter signed by the person(s) supporting you that clearly states that your expenses will be paid for. An example of the sponsor letter is available on our website at: http://www.csn.edu/PDFFiles/InternationalCenter/Sponsor% 20Letter.pdf In order for CSN to be sure that you will not suffer financial hardship, you must submit a current bank statement (dated within 120 days of your application) showing a minimum of $19,881 dollars (U.S.). This is the amount necessary to cover tuition and living expenses for one year. Following is a general cost breakdown. Fees are subject to change without notice. These are estimated costs. Personal expenses vary considerably. Updated fees as of July 3, 2007 Fees Per Academic Year Tuition & Fees ......................................$6,795 Room & Board ......................................$7,628 Personal & Transportation ....................$3,580 Books & Supplies ................................$1,000 Health Insurance ..................................$ 878 TOTAL ..............................................$19,881 If you receive government financial aid, a scholarship, or if you will take student loan from your home country, you must submit an original document verifying those funds. The above amounts are the minimum required to support one student. Accompanying family members will require additional funds for support. Add an additional $5,000 dollars (U.S.) for each dependent. International students entering the U.S. on student visas are considered non-resident students for tuition purposes. Please be aware that the College of Southern Nevada does not offer financial assistance to International Students. 7. Copy of the applicant’s passport page with personal information. 8. Foreign nationals who apply while physically in the United States (visitors and transfer students from U.S. schools) must also provide: immigration documents and college or university transcripts when appropriate.




15



16

CSN requires students to purchase CSN approved health insurance policy prior to registration each semester. Application deadlines: Summer – April 15 Fall – July 1 Spring – November 15 You should apply as soon as you have decided to attend CSN. For inquiries, please contact the International Center at (702) 651-5820 or e-mail [email protected]. Information is available at www.csn.edu/pages/567/asp. Returning and Readmitted Students- Returning students (currently taking class at CSN) or readmitted students (have attended a class at CSN), but have been away for five or more semesters) do not need to resubmit an Admissions Form. They can simply register for classes using the online Registration system.

Alternative Credit Options Advanced Placement Exams- Advanced placement and/or credit may be granted to entering students who have achieved appropriate scores on one or more of the Advanced Placement Tests offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Students who receive AY advanced placement or credit progress immediately to more advanced courses and may apply these credits toward the total required for a degree. Advanced Placement Subjects: Art-AP Art History Test Art for non-Art Majors only (3 credits) Art-AP Art Studio Test Art for non-Art Majors only (3 credits) Art-AP Art Portfolio Test Art for non-Art Majors only (3 credits) Biological Sciences – AP Biology Test BIOL 189 (no lab) BIOL 189 and 196 after advisor evaluation (6 credits no lab) Chemistry – AP Chemistry Science Test CHEM 121 (4 credits no lab) CHEM 121 and 122 (6 credits no lab) Economics – AP Macroeconomics Test General Electives (3 credits) ECON 103 (3 credits) Economics – AP Microeconomics Test General Electives (3 credits) ECON 102 (3 credits) English – AP Composition/Literature Test ENG 101 (3 credits) English – AP Language/Composition Test ENG 101 (3 credits) Foreign Language – AP Language/Literature Test Equivalent to 111 Placement in 112 (4 credits) Equivalent to 111 and 112; Placement in 226 (8 credits) History – AP American History Test HIST 101 or 102 (3 credits)

Scores: 3-5 3-5 3-5 3 4-5

3 4-5 3 4-5 3 4-5 4-5 4-5 3 4-5 3


HIST 101 and 102 (6 credits) 4-5 (Both cases include the U.S. Constitution requirement) (Both cases include the NV Constitution requirement if taken at Nevada highs school, otherwise student will receive US Constitution credit ONLY) History – AP European History Test HIST 106 (3 credits) 3 HIST 106 plus 3 credits (6 credits) 4-5 (Both cases exclude the U.S. Constitution requirement) Mathematics – AP Calculus Test AB Mathematics MATH 181 (4 credits) 3-5 BC Mathematics MATH 182 (4 credits) 3-5 Physics – AP Physics Test Science (3 credits) 3 PHYS 151 and 152 (6 credits) 4-5 Political Science – AP U.S. Government Test U.S. Constitution (3 credits) 3-5 (Excludes the Nevada Constitution requirement) Psychology – AP Psychology Test PSY 101 (3 credits) 3-5 Challenges- The College recognizes the fact that students accumulate a great deal of information outside the classroom without formal instruction or from previous academic or occupational instruction. There are times when this background may be extensive enough to satisfy the requirements of courses offered by the College either through various examinations, course substitutions or waivers or credit for nontraditional education. A student interested in these options should inquire with the appropriate Department Chair for courses which may be challenged in these ways. Challenge Examinations- Students who wish to challenge courses under the Credit by Examination provision must pay a nonrefundable fee of $25.00 for each course challenged. Policies of the College relating to challenge exams are as follows: • Only currently enrolled students are eligible to take challenge exams. • No more than 15 credits required for a degree may be obtained through challenges. • Courses cannot be challenged if a student has taken an advanced course in the same area. • Challenge examinations are not considered resident credit. • Challenge examination credit does not count as part of a student’s credit loan for any given semester nor are they computed into the grade point average. • A student may not retake a challenge. • Challenge examinations are not transferable and in many cases will not count for licensing agencies. • Successful challenge examinations are posted as a “P” grade (Pass) on the student’s transcript. • Students must complete the challenge during the same semester in which the request was made. The College reserves the right to deny any petition for credit by examination.

College Level Examination Program (CLEP)- The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) is a specific type of challenge examination. Credit may be granted for the satisfactory completion of the CLEP general or CLEP subject examinations. Students who wish to use credits from CLEP should submit official CLEP results and a request for Transfer Credit Evaluation Form to the Office of the Registrar. • CLEP General Examinations- A maximum of six semester credits may be granted for each of the five general examinations (English, Composition, Natural Science, Mathematics, Humanities, and Social Sciences) according to institutional limitations for

scores of 50 or above (for military CLEP scores must be 500 or above) and a satisfactory essay where required. A total of three credits for Composition I (ENG 101) for the General English CLEP examination and three general elective credits may be granted. • CLEP Subject Examinations- A maximum of three semester credits may be granted for each institutionally approved subject examination for scores of 50 or above and a satisfactory essay where required. Credit for Composition II (ENG 102) may be awarded with a score of 60 or above when taking the Analysis and Interpretation of Literature Exam. Additional credit may be granted for selected examinations as permitted by institutional policy.

CLEP SUBJECT EXAMS CLEP SUBJECT Accounting, Principles Accounting, Principles Information Systems & Computer Applications American Literature Analyzing & Interpreting Literature English Composition with Essay English Composition without Essay Freshman College Composition Humanities French Language, Level 1 French Language, Level 2 German Language, Level 1 German Language, Level 2 Spanish Language, Level 1 Spanish Language, Level 2 American Government History of the United States I: Early Colonization to 1877 History of the United States II: 1865 to Present Microeconomics, Principles of Macroeconomics, Principles of Psychology, Introductory Sociology, Introductory Western Civilization I: Ancient Near East to 1648 Western Civilization II: 1648 to Present Biology Calculus Chemistry College Algebra College Mathematics College Algebra-Trigonometry Pre calculus Calculus Natural Science Trigonometry

ACE RECOMMENDED SCORE 50 50

SEMESTER HOURS 3 3

COURSE WAIVED ACC 201 ACC 202

50

3

IS 101

50 60 50 50 50 50 50 70 50 70 50 50 50

3 3 3 3 3 3 4 8 4 8 4 8 3

ENG 241 ENG 102 ENG 101/ENG Elective ENG 101 ENG 101 HUM Elective FREN 111 FREN 111/FREN 112 GERM 111 GERM 111/GERM 112 SPAN 111 SPAN 111/SPAN 112 US CONSTITUTION

50

3

HIST 101

50 50 50 50 50

3 3 3 3 3

HIST US 2 ECON 102 ECON 103 PSY 101 SOC 101

50

3

HIST 105

50

3

HIST 106

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

BIOL Elective MATH 181 CHEM Elective MATH 124 MATH 120 MATH 126 MATH 126 MATH 181 SCIENCE Elective MATH Elective




17



18

College Board Advanced Placement Examination (CBAPE)- In accordance with the NSHE Board of Regents Policy, CSN credit may be granted to students who have achieved appropriate scores of 3, 4, or 5 on one or more of the Advanced Placement Tests offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. The tests are administered each year in May and are available to all high school seniors who have taken advanced placement courses in high school and to other interested students who feel they have knowledge of the given subject being tested equal to the college level course on the subject. Contact the Office of the Registrar for more information. Non-Traditional Education- Credit for work experience will be evaluated on the basis of a personal interview, verification of occupational experience and the results of occupational competency examinations. Certain credits may be applicable to satisfy course requirements for occupational degrees while others may be used only for elective credit. Only students who have completed 15 credits in residence at the College of Southern Nevada and are currently enrolled are eligible to apply for non-traditional education credits. Credit earned from non-traditional sources will not apply toward satisfying the minimum residence credits required for graduation purposes. The College may apply a maximum of 16 credits from non-traditional sources towards a specific degree. Applicants must submit all official documents and specific information on the length, content and other pertinent information before evaluation to the corresponding department chair. Students who wish non-traditional education credit must pay a nonrefundable fee of $25.00 per course. Credits granted in this area may be used only for the Associate of Applied Science (AAS) and the Associate of General Studies (AGS) degrees. These non-traditional sources include: • • • • • •

Military training Apprenticeship instruction and training Correspondence schools Extension courses Service Members Opportunity College (SOC) Post-secondary proprietary institutions including business colleges • Certificate training • Work experience

REGISTRATION INFORMATION Once you have been admitted to CSN you may register for classes online at www.csn.edu or at any of the campuses.

Adding and Dropping Classes “Change of enrollment” is defined as changes made by a student to his/her initial class registration. A change in your registration can be made either online or in person. Consult a counselor or an academic advisor when making


changes to enrollment to prevent any problems with your college records, your financial aid status, or your veteran benefits. Types of Changes Adding a Course- Adding a course means enrolling in a new course during the registration period. Classes may be added or enrollments reinstated during scheduled registration periods through the end of 1st course instruction day of any shorter than 10-week semesters. If the classes are FULL, instructor’s signature will be required. Students awaiting posting of financial aid may be carried on class rosters until the last day of the 5th week with approval of the Student Financial Services office. Faculty members will verify student enrollment using the Web Grading system. Late Registration- Late registration follows the regular add procedure as given in A and is defined as follows: Full 16-week semester: First three weeks of the class Ten weeks or more but less than 16-week classes: First two weeks of the class Four week or more but less than 10-week classes: First week of the class Registration during the late registration: Week 1: (For classes that run ten weeks or more) no signatures are required unless the student is attempting to enroll in a FULL section. If the section is FULL, the instructor’s signature/approval is required. If an instructor is not available to sign the form, the Department Chair or their designee may sign with the instructor’s approval. Week 2 and 3 (Only applicable to classes that run for ten or more weeks): The instructor (and the Department Chair or their designee’s signature is required for all enrollments. If the instructor is not available to sign the form, the Department Chair or their designee may sign with the instructor’s approval. Late Registration Fee: $5.00 per day to a maximum of $25.00 per semester ($10.00 for Summer Session) for students registering for seven or more credits. Late registration fee will not be refunded. Dropping a course- Dropping a course means officially dropping in person or online a course ON or BEFORE the last day to drop for a tuition refund (refer to Refund Policy for complete guidelines) as published in the CSN Schedule of Classes. Enrollment in the course will not appear on your college record, and you will not receive a grade for it. Withdrawing from a course- Withdrawing from a course means officially withdrawing in person or online the course AFTER the refund period. Enrollment in the course will appear on your college record, and will receive a grade of “W” for it. The college reserves the right to withdraw a student for just cause.

You may withdraw from a course without academic penalty during the first 60 percent of a session and receive a grade of “W” (withdraw). The last day to withdraw without academic penalty from regular session courses is published in the Class Schedule. After that date, if you withdraw or are withdrawn from a course, you will receive a falling grade of F. Exceptions to this policy may be made ONLY when initiated by the instructor. Do not stop attending college without officially withdrawing in person or online from all your classes. Failure to properly withdraw from college may result in the assignment of an F grade to your permanent record. Please see a counselor or an academic advisor to consider your options before withdrawing from the college. When you withdraw from a class or from the college, your official withdrawal is effective on the date it is processed by the Office of the Registrar, not the date of the last class you attended, unless the two dates are the same. If you are withdrawn by the college from a course, your official withdrawal date is the last day you attended class, as reported by your instructor. Deadlines- The deadlines for adding and dropping courses and withdrawing without academic penalty from regular session courses are published every semester in the Class Schedule and the college catalog. For more information, contact a counselor of the Office of the Registrar.

Registering Students to Closed (Full) Classes Students may only be added to a full class with the approval of the instructor or in the case of institutional error, by the Office of the Registrar. No person will be allowed to continue attending a class unless the student is registered for the class. Students are responsible for any work they have missed due to late enrollment. Students who wish to enroll in classes that commence later than the regular semester start date may do so up to the first day of that scheduled class.

Students Registering for eLearning Classes If a eLearning class is full, you must contact the instructor by email for permission to register for the class. You can locate the instructor’s email address by going the eLearning page on the CSN web site. When emailing the instructor please include your first and last name, social security number, “C” number, class name and call number. If the instructor gives you permission to enroll in the class, the instructor will forward the information to the eLearning department for processing. If you register after the semester has started it may take up to 48 hours before you have access to the course. The instructor will also notify the student that they have permission to enroll in the class.

Auditing Classes POLICY: To audit a course – attend class without receiving credit – you must register in person for the course and pay the regular tuition. Audit to Credit: To change the status of a course from audit to credit, you must first obtain the instructor’s signature and then complete the change in person before the end of the registration period. Credit to Audit: To change the status of a course from credit to audit, you must first complete the change in person by the official last day for withdrawal from a class without academic penalty. Courses you are auditing are NOT counted as part of your academic load when full-time or part-time status is reported, for any reason, to any internal or external office or agency, for example, Student Financial Service office, National Clearinghouse, Social Security Administration, an employer and others. A student who audits a course must, at the discretion of the instructor, meet all regular class requirements. A grade of “AU” is posted for audited courses and it will be entered as such on the student’s academic record. All enrollment changes are processed at the Office of the Registrar at any of our three main campuses

Concurrent Enrollment CSN permits students to register for courses concurrently with another institution subject to these regulations: • Each student who plans a concurrent registration is personally responsible for obtaining the advance written approval of the home institution to assure the course(s) are applicable toward satisfying degree requirements. • The maximum combined concurrent registration load in any one semester is determined by the student’s home institution offering the degree or program.

Nevada Senior Citizens Nevada residents 62 or older may audit or register for credit in any course (subject to availability) without paying tuition fees. You will be required to pay the one-time, nonrefundable $5.00 application fee charged to all new students and any other applicable course fees.

VETERANS’ AFFAIRS SERVICES If you are a veteran, or the dependent of a veteran and believe you may be eligible for Department of Veterans’ Affairs Educational Benefits, please visit our office on the Cheyenne campus before beginning any registration procedures or you can call 651-4046 or visit the VA website at www.csn/admissions/va.aspx. Eligible students requesting the advance payment of educational benefits must present completed claim packages to the Veterans’ Affairs Office no later than approximately 45 days before the semester begins. Please consult a current Class Schedule for exact deadline dates.




19



20

The main purpose of this office is to certify enrollment of those veterans and their dependents using veterans’ educational benefits. The office staff works as a liaison between the Department of Veterans’ Affairs (VA) and students at CSN. The office assists the veteran/dependents with the in application process, completion of necessary VA documentation, evaluation of previous received education, dissemination of VA policies regarding degrees and courses acceptable for assurance of benefits. Once a student has been established as eligible for Veterans’ Affairs (VA) benefits, they must be enrolled in a degree or certificate program. To receive monthly benefits checks, which will include a subsistence allowance, the student must be enrolled at least at the half-time or six credits during a full semester – Spring or Fall . Enrollment at a rate less than half-time will pay reimbursement for tuition and/or fees only. During the summer semesters, students must consult the Veteran’s Affairs Office for the appropriate pay scale or visit the VA website at www.csn.edu/admissions/aid/va/forms/enroll.asp. Students accessing their benefits must complete the following Students First steps: • • • • • • •

Admissions Form New Student Orientation Placement Test for English and Math Academic or Health Program Advising Registration Payment of classes and fees Visit the VA Office to continue the VA application process

Students should note that there are very specific guidelines set forth by the Department of Veterans’ Affairs that must be followed in order to receive payments and continue benefits: Students must follow the appropriate degree or certificate of achievement program and courses under those requirements. Monthly verification of attendance is required for all VA students except Chapters 35 and 31. You can verify by calling 1-(877) 823-2378 or visit www.gibill.va.gov/wave/default.cfm Veterans’ Work Study- Veterans’ Affairs (VA) students enrolled at the three-quarter time or greater rate may apply for employment under this program. The number of applicants selected depends on the availability of VA related work at the College or the VA facilities in the area. To help determine the sites of possible employment under this program, contact the Department of Veterans’ Affairs Regional Office and ask for the Work Study Coordinator. Veterans’ Standard of Progress- The Standard of Progress will apply to only those semesters for which students are claiming Veterans Affairs Educational Benefits. The Standard requires the completion of a semester with at least a 2.00 Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) for all classes yielding a grade other than “I” (Incomplete), “W” (Withdrawn), or “AU” (Audit). Failure to obtain at least a 2.00 CGPA will result in a student’s placement on VA probation status. VA probation will remain in effect for at least one semester.


While on VA probation, the student may continue to receive VA Educational Benefits, but must continue to earn a semester grade point average (SGPA) of at least 2.00. When the student’s CGPA reaches 2.00 or higher, the student will be removed from VA probation. While on VA probation, failure to maintain a SGPA of 2.00 until the CGPA rises to 2.00 or above will result in the student’s placement on VA suspension status. While on VA suspension, the student may attend classes, but will not be certified to receive VA Educational Benefits. VA suspension will remain in effect for one fullterm semester (spring/fall) of the student’s enrollment. When the student has completed a full-term semester of attendance under VA suspension, the VA suspension status will be lifted and the student returned to VA probation status if the CGPA remains below 2.0. The College grading policy addresses “I” grades. If an “I” grade is converted to an “F” (Failing) grade after one year, the “F” may cause the student’s CGPA to fall below 2.0 for the semester in which the class was originally attended. If this occurs, the above probation/suspension criteria will be applied to the semester. As a result, retroactive suspension could possibly follow. This may result in an overpayment of Educational Benefits which the student may be required to repay. Students with previous training, credit or experience at any institution (on-the-job, vocational or trade school or military experience) or college (including the Community College of the Air Force) must have the institution send official transcripts or documentation to the Office of Admissions and Records. The student must then complete a Transfer Credit Evaluation Request Form. The evaluation must be completed no later than the end of the student’s second full-term (fall and spring) semester at CSN. Failure to complete the evaluation process could result in a delay of VA Educational Benefits.

PAYMENT INFORMATION All fees are subject to change as approved by the NSHE Board of Regents. Students should consult the current Class Schedule, contact the Office of the Registrar or the Cashier on any of the three main campuses. Distance Education Fee- $10.00 per Distance Education course in addition to tuition and technology fee.

Methods of Payment How Much Do I Owe?- Students can find out how much they owe for tuition and fees through web registration. Consult a current Class Schedule for complete instructions. To avoid errors in billing and refunds, students must use their complete name, student or social security number and local address on all transactions. Please print clearly and retain all receipts.

In Person Payments- Students may pay tuition and fees in person at the Cashier at any of the three campuses during office hours. Payment By Mail- If you pay tuition and fees by mail, payment must be made by check payable to the Board of Regents. See a current Class schedule for deadlines. Be sure to write your social security number or “C” number on your check. Send your payment to: College of Southern Nevada File 50360 Los Angeles, CA 90074-0360 Please note all payment deadlines in a current Class Schedule. Students remitting payments by mail after published dates will not be guaranteed their classes. Payment By Personal Check- Students may pay CSN fees and other bills with a personal check. A collection fee of $15.00 will be assessed for any check returned unpaid by the bank. A returned check must be made good within 10 days after being returned to the college or collection procedures will be instituted. If a personal check is returned from the bank, the college reserves the right to place a student on a cash basis only and withdrawal procedures may be initiated at the option of the college. A stop payment placed on a check does not constitute an official withdrawal from the college, and the student will be responsible for any fees that are a result of the stop payment. Official withdrawal must be made through the Office of the Registrar. Payment By Credit Card- Students may pay CSN tuition and fees with a credit card through the web or in person. CSN accepts MasterCard, Visa, Discover, American Express and Diners Club credit cards. In the event that a credit card is denied Online and classes will not show as paid. Time Payment Plan- Contracts for the Time Payment Plan are available only during the Spring and Fall semesters to students who register for six or more credits per semester. Contract applications are available online at Web Registration or the Cashiers Office on each campus. Time Payment Plans are available four weeks before the close of early registration. Special Costs for Health Sciences Programs- There are special costs associated with admission to and matriculation in some health sciences programs. For example, an instrument deposit is required for the Dental Hygiene program. Students whose program requirements include clinical assignments at local health care facilities are required to carry health insurance. Some facilities require that students have a Sheriff’s Card prior to beginning their clinical experience. Contact the Health Professions Advisor on the Charleston campus for current information on special requirements.

STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES The Office of Student Financial Services provides information and assistance to students applying for student financial aid. Services available include counseling on the types of financial aid available to students and help in collecting, filing out and filing all necessary documents and forms. These services are available at the Cheyenne, Henderson, and West Charleston Campuses in the Office of Student Financial Services. Applying for student aid is FREE; that is why the application is called the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The process begins by submitting the FAFSA either through the internet (the faster and easier way) by going to www.fafsa.ed.gov or by completing a paper FAFSA. You must meet certain criteria: financial need, educational requirements, legal requirements, and “match” requirements to receive aid from federal student aid programs. Aid for most programs is awarded based on financial need (except for unsubsidized Stafford Loans and PLUS loans). An Expected Family Contribution (EFC) number is used to determine your need. The EFC is a measure of your family’s financial strength and is calculated from the information you report on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Student Financial Assistance is available in the form of federal, state and institutional grants, federal and state work-study programs, scholarships, and federal and institutional loans. Grants are a type of aid awarded to undergraduate students with financial need. Work-Study programs are student employment opportunities in which students can work part-time while in school in a job on or off campus. CSN offers a variety of scholarships from both public and private donors. Application and information booklets are available in the Office of Student Financial Services at the beginning of the spring semester. Loans, unlike grants, scholarships or work-study, are borrowed money that must be repaid, with interest. Figuring out how much financial aid you might qualify for and receive is a process with many variables. Students who may not have qualified for financial aid in the past or at other institutions are encouraged to ask about funds that might be available at College of Southern Nevada (CSN). Student Financial Services is available to assist and provide information on applying for grants, work-study, scholarships, and loan funds to make your education and career goals a reality. Most student financial aid funds are limited so be sure to apply early.

Refunds Refunds- A student, who drops or withdraws from CSN courses, may be entitled to a full or partial refund of tuition and course fees. See refund deadlines in a current Class Schedule. • If you drop a course before the first day of any fall or spring semester in which you have registered, you will receive a 100% refund of tuition and course fees.




21



22

• If you drop a course by the end of the seventh day of the fall or spring semester, you will receive a 75% refund (students will still be paying 25% of the fee) • No refund shall be given after the period outlined above and no refund shall be given for the application or admission fee. • Nonresident tuition shall be refunded in conformity with the above schedule for load reduction to six (6) credit hours or less and for withdrawal. Short-Term Course Refund- Courses less than 16 weeks (Short-term courses) must be dropped prior to the first class session for a 100% refund. Once the class has started, no refund of any amount will be given Summer Session Refund- If you drop a course before the first meeting day of the class of any summer session in which, you have registered, you will receive a 100% refund of tuition and course fees. If you drop a course on the first meeting day of the class of a summer session, you will receive a 50% refund. Refund Exceptions- Students may petition for a refund by completing the Student Appeal form, all supporting documents must be included with the petition. The Student Appeal form can be accessed at http://www.csn.edu /PDFFIles/studentappalsPetitionRequest.pdf (go to the admission page and click on the Forms and Resources) of at the Office of the Registrar in any of the three main campuses. The Student Appeals committee will review all petitions and the decision of the committee is final. Students will be notified in writing of the decision of the Student Appeals Committee.

Submitting an Appeal Refund appeals will not be considered unless the student has officially withdrawn from the class(es) and was making satisfactory progress in the class(es) at the time of withdrawn. (Students who are receiving financial aid should check with their financial aid office prior to withdrawal to determine what, if any effect this action may have on future financial aid eligibility.) The student may then submit a refund appeal. Tuition appeals will generally be approved for the following reasons as long as the appropriate written supporting documentation is provided: • Death of a student’s immediate family member –with certification. Immediate family is defined as: father, mother, spouse, child, sibling, stepfather, stepmother, stepchild, stepbrother, stepsister. • Extended incapacitation/hospitalization of the student (which caused the student to miss 20 percent or more of scheduled instruction) documented by a physician’s statement on the doctor’s official letterhead (copies of the student’s medical records will be accepted.) This must be an unscheduled medical emergency experienced or continuing after the last day to drop for tuition refund. The physician’s letter must include the date the


• •

• •

•

student was first seen for the medical condition, as well as the beginning and ending date the student was incapacitated/hospitalized and must state that the student was physically unable to attend classes during the period of time. A letter that does not specially state, “the student was physically unable to attend classes will not be grounds to approve an appeal. Involuntary job transfers outside the Greater Las Vegas Metropolitan Area-documented by employer. Involuntary changes in military deployment outside Las Vegas-documented by commanding officer, or student must provide valid and properly endorsed orders. Includes dependent(s) enrolled at CSN, if other than the student. Late notification of denial to a specific degree program-with supporting documents. Institutional errors by CSN that caused the delay of administrative processes relative to registration or the delivery of financial aid funds. Students recalled in support of a national emergency or mobilization declared by the President of the United States in accordance with NSHE policy.

ACADEMIC RENEWAL Under certain circumstances, a student may submit an Academic Renewal petition form to the Office of the Registrar. If the petition qualifies, the student may have a maximum of two consecutive semesters of coursework disregarded in all calculations regarding academic standing, grade point average and eligibility for graduation. Academic renewal can only occur once during a student’s academic career. Eligibility for academic renewal shall be subject to the following conditions: • At the time the petition is filed, a minimum of five years shall have elapsed since the most recent course work to be disregarded was completed. • In the interval between the completion and the filing of the petition, the student shall have completed a minimum of fifteen credits of course work at an accredited institution of higher education with a minimum grade point average of 2.5 on all work completed during that interval. Courses taken during this interval may be repeats of previously attempted college work. • To maintain a true and accurate academic history, all work will remain listed on a student’s permanent academic record. The record will be annotated to indicate that work taken during the disregarded semester(s), even if satisfactory, will not apply toward graduation requirements. For further information on this policy, students should see a Counselor or refer questions to the Office of the Registrar. (For related information on academic progress see sections under Grades and Academic Progress in this Catalog.)

ATTENDANCE POLICY College enrollment assumes maturity, seriousness of purpose and self-discipline for meeting the responsibilities associated with the courses for which a student registers. Students are expected to attend each meeting of every course for which they have registered. Attendance is essential for normal progress in a college course. A student may be dropped from a course for excessive absences by the course instructor. Under no circumstances will an absence, for any reason, excuse a student from completing assigned work in a given course. After an absence, it is the student’s responsibility to check with the instructor about the completion of missed assignments. (For information on absences on religious holidays, see Religious Holidays in this Catalog.) Students receiving Student Financial Aid assistance, please refer to the Withdrawal and Return of Title IV Funds link from the Financial Aid - Satisfactory Progress website for detailed information at http://www.csn.edu/pages/628.asp.

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS Student enrollment is determined by the Office of the Registrar based on the number of credits they have completed. This calculation is freshman: 29 credits or less and sophomore: 30-59 or more credits. Full-time and Part-time Students • Students who register for at least 12 credits in a fall or spring semester are defined as full-time. • Students who register for at least nine credits but no more than 11 credits in a fall or spring semester are defined as three-quarter time. • Students who register for at least six credits but no more than eight in the fall or spring semester are defined as half-time. • Students who register for five or fewer credits in a fall or spring semester are defined as less than half time. Summer Sessions • Students who register for at least six credits in one or more sessions are defined as full-time. • Students who register for at least three credits but no more than five credits are defined as part-time.

CREDIT LOAD 1. The normal class hour load for full-time undergraduate students who are not on academic probation is 15-19 credit hours each semester. Only students with a CSN grade point average of “B” (3.0) or higher may enroll for more than 19 hours. The table below shows the maximum credit hours an undergraduate student can enroll for depending on academic standing. 2. Requests for more than 19 credit hours (12 in the summer) require written approval of The Dean of Curriculum and Scheduling. Approval must be obtained before registering.

3. The recommended maximum by CSN policy is 22. To be approved for 22 credits, students must show exceptional academic ability. To register for more than 22 credits, the student must have written permission from the Vice President of Academic Affairs. 4. If a student has outstanding incomplete grades, they cannot exceed 19 credits in regular semester or 12 credits in summer. 5. Request forms are available in the Office of the Registrar. Academic Standing Fall / Spring Semester Summer Term 16 Good 22 (cumulative) Probation 14 8

ENROLLMENT VERIFICATION To request enrollment verification, students must go to the Online Registration system after the start of a semester. Enrollment verification is free.

FINAL EXAMINATIONS Final examinations are held at the end of each semester. Students are required to take the final examination at the time and place scheduled by the instructor in order to receive credit for the course. Consult a current Class Schedule for final examination time periods.

GRADES AND ACADEMIC PROGRESS Grading Symbols and Definitions- At the end of each semester, reporting of individual student grades is made available through the Online Registration system. Students may use Online Registration to obtain grades by going to the main menu and selecting View Semester Grades and following the prompts. Students may also pick-up a printed copy of semester grades at the Office of the Registrar with a photo I.D. starting one week after the semester ends. All financial obligations to the College must be met before a student is eligible for a grade report or a transcript. The following grades are given at CSN: Grade

Grade Point Value

Grade

Grade Point Value

A ..................................4.0

C ..................................2.0

A-..................................3.7

C- ..................................1.7

B+ ................................3.3

D+ ................................1.3

B ..................................3.0

D ..................................1.0

B- ..................................2.7

D-..................................0.7

C+ ................................2.3

F....................................0.0


ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

AC A D E M I C P O L I C I E S & P RO C E D U R E S

23



24

Grades of D+, D, and D- in the student’s major occupational area in Associate of Applied Science degree programs will not count towards graduation requirements. • The grade of F (Failure) is given for failure in the performance of course objectives and is worth zero (0) grade points. • The grade of I (Incomplete) may be given when the student has successfully completed all course work up to the withdrawal date of that semester/session but is unable, due to legitimate reasons (e.g. serious illness, death in the family or change of employment), and with proper documentation, to compete all requirements for the course. An incomplete grade allows students to complete only those requirements that remain outstanding. The instructor maintains a record of the necessary requirements for the removal of the Incomplete grade. It is the responsibility of the student to make the necessary arrangements with the instructor to finish the course and to remove the Incomplete (I) grade. The instructor will determine a time frame for completion, not to exceed one year, to complete the work for the conversion of the grade I from he/his record. If the work is not completed during that period, the I grade will convert to a grade of F, indicating failure to complete the course objectives. The Incomplete grade (I) is not computed in the grade point average this it is worth zero (0) grade points. To clear the Incomplete grade the student must make arrangements with the instructor of record to complete only those requirements that remain outstanding. Should a student wish to retake the entire class for credit, the student must officially re-register and pay for that class. Unless otherwise approved by the school dean in the student’s major, a student with three current “I” grades may not register for additional coursework. If the student is not enrolled in any CSN classes at the time he/she needs to utilize any non public CSN facilities, such as labs, etc. to complete the remaining class requirements, the student must receive permission of the Department Chair/Director for the use of those facilities and will be required to sign a waiver of liability to CSN and may require permission from the appropriate clinic site, if applicable. • The grade of W (Withdrawal) indicates withdrawal from a class. Withdrawing from a course means officially withdrawing the course in person or online AFTER the refund period. The deadline of withdraw without academic penalty from regular session courses are published every semester in the Class Schedule. An administrative withdrawal by the College may be administered anytime during the semester. The Withdraw (W) grade is not computed in the grade point average this it is worth zero (0) grade points. • The grade of P (Pass) is granted on the basis of satisfactory completion of specific courses designated as Pass/Fail only. The grade of (P) is not computed in the grade point average this it is worth zero (0) grade points.


• The grade of S (Satisfactory) indicates that a student earned a C- or above in the completion of course objectives. The grade of (S) is not computed in the grade point average this it is worth zero (0) grade points. • The grade of U (Unsatisfactory) indicates that a student earned a D+ or below in the completion of course objectives. The grade of (U) is not computed in the grade point average this it is worth zero (0) grade points. • The grade of NR (Not Reported) is assigned by the Registrar pending submission of a final grade by the course instructor. • The grade of AU (Audit) is given for students who audit a course. The grade of (AU) is not computed in the grade point average this it is worth zero (0) grade points. • The use of plus (+) and minus (-) in a grade is at the discretion of the instructor. The course syllabus shall contain a clear explanation of the grading scale to be used by the faculty member. Calculating Your Grade Point Average (GPA)- The grade point value associated with each grade denotes how many points are accumulated for each credit earned with that grade. The grade point average is determined by dividing the sum of the grade points earned (refer to the grade point value chart) by the total number of credits earned with a regular letter grade. Satisfactory Academic Progress- CSN students intending to earn a certificate or degree must maintain satisfactory academic progress in an eligible degree or certificate program. Federal regulations require that the entire academic record for students who receive financial aid (Title IV funds) and international students holding F1 visas be reviewed for satisfactory academic progress, including semesters for which a student did not receive financial aid. The following requirements define satisfactory academic progress for financial aid recipients and international students at CSN. A. General requirements: CSN admits students to pursue a higher level of education and expects students to progress satisfactory, in terms of credits granted, each semester they are enrolled at the College. A review of each student’s progress will be made after each semester, beginning with students who have attempted 12 credits at CSN. • Completed semester hours includes all course work earned for a letter grade • Attempted semester hours includes all course work earned with a grade of W, F or I, plus all completed semester hours. Students who have received a W of F in a course may only attempt the same course three times. • Transfer semester hours do not count in the calculation of the cumulative grade point average but are included to monitor completion rate. • Repeated course work is included to monitor completion rate.

• Consortium course work is included to monitor satisfactory academic progress. • English as a Second Language courses are included to monitor satisfactory academic progress. • Audited courses are not included in the completion rate calculation. B. Financial Aid (Title IV Funds) Recipients: To receive Title IV funds from CSN, a student must maintain satisfactory academic progress in his or her course of study according to the school’s satisfactory academic progress policy. Students must meet the requirements listed below: • Students who receive financial aid must maintain a CSN cumulative grade point average of 2.0. If a student’s total grades of F, W, I, U and AU exceed 50% of credit hours attempted overall, the student will be placed on financial aid suspension. Scholarship receipts must maintain, at a minimum, a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 to receive scholarship funds unless otherwise stated by the specific scholarship. (Defined by the Student Financial Aid Services Office as a Qualitative Measure – CSN uses a fixed standard) • Students receiving financial aid must meet the following quantitative measure with a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA during the period being reviewed: Credit Hours Attempted Satisfactory Completion Rate 9-12 credit hours Must complete at least 9 credits 6-8 credit hours Must complete at least 6 credits hours Below 6 credit hours Must complete 100% of credit hours attempted Defined by the Student Financial Service office as a Quantitative Measure – CSN uses a fixed standard Students must comply with current federal Title IV legislation. This information is available from the Student Financial Service Office or website. C. International Students: International students must make normal or satisfactory progress toward their officially declared program and must maintain a minimum of 12 credits hours each semester (excluding summer) unless otherwise approved by the International Center at CSN, to maintain their student F-1 visa, as per Federal regulations. International (F-1) students are considered to be making normal or satisfactory progress when they: • Successfully complete courses pertaining to their degree program; students who attempt a disproportionate number of courses (more than 30% of the total semester course load) outside of their established degree program are considered to not be making normal or satisfactory progress.

• Maintain a minimum of 12 credits each spring and fall semesters, unless otherwise approved by the International Center at CSN; Students who fall below 12 credits without prior authorization are considered to not be making normal or satisfactory progress. • In accordance with CSN’s Academic Probation and Suspension Policy, International students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0. Students whose cumulative GPA is below 2.0 for two consecutive semesters are considered t not be making normal or satisfactory progress. • Students who are considered to not be making normal or satisfactory progress risk termination of their F-1 status. The International Center makes the determination regarding an international student’s immigration status on a case by case basis. International students enrolled in CSN who hold F-1 visas must be advised of these requirements by the CSN International Center. Course Repeat- Students may retake a CSN course as often as needed to gain a better grade and, thereby, a higher grade point average. Only the highest grade received will count as part of the total grade point average. All repeated courses taken at the College will remain as part of a student’s permanent academic record. Academic Probation- Students are placed on academic probation at the end of the fall or spring semester and have earned a minimum of 15 credits when their cumulative grade point (GPA) falls below 2.0. Students placed on academic probation must meet with a counselor prior to registering for another semester or session. Academic probation status appears on official transcripts. Names of students placed on academic probation are forwarded to the Counseling Office for processing. A letter will be mailed to all students on academic probation informing them of their status and that they must go to Counseling to be assigned a counselor prior to registering again. Removal of Academic Probation- Academic probation is removed when a student’s GPA is raised to 2.0 or higher. If an Incomplete (I) grade is removed after the student has enrolled for the next semester or session, the effect on the student’s GPA will be based on its inclusion with grades for the semester or session for which the student is enrolled. Attendance While On Probation- Students may continue to enroll in classes at CSN while on academic probation, provided they maintain a semester GPA of 2.0 or higher. Academic Disqualification/Suspension- Students enrolled in CSN classes while on academic probation are subject to academic disqualification when both their semester and cumulative GPA fall below 2.0. Students who are disqualified will be allowed to attend one class. The first academic disqualification will be for one semester so that, for example, a student disqualified at the end of the fall semester may not attend during the following spring semester, but may




25



26

attend a subsequent summer session. A second academic disqualification will be for one calendar year. A subsequent third disqualification will also be for one calendar year, and the disqualified student must petition the Student Appeal Committee through the Office of the Registrar for reinstatement at CSN. The petition should explain all extenuating circumstances and provide documentation when available. The recommendations of the Disqualification Appeals Committee will be given to the Vice President for Academic Affairs for approval or denial. Credit that a student earns at another institution while on academic disqualification at CSN will be evaluated when the student is reinstated at CSN and off academic probation. Academic disqualification status will appear on the student’s official transcript. Grade Appeal ProcessA. A student may request a change of grade for any of three reasons: 1. A clerical or computational error was made by the instructor in assigning the grade. 2. The instructor lost or damaged student work that had been completed and submitted as assigned. 3. The instructor evaluated the student’s work on the basis of different factors than were used to evaluate the work of the other students in the course. B. The student will first discuss the request for change of grade with the instructor. If the matter cannot be resolved, the student may appeal in writing to the department chair/head. This appeal must contain a signed statement of the reasons for a change in grade and any supporting documentation including course syllabi and copies of any disputed work etc. This appeal must be submitted within four months of the end of the course in which the grade is being disputed. If resolution is still not reached, the student may appeal to the dean of the school. The dean will refer the appeal to the School Grade Committee. The School Grade Committee will rule on the matter within 30 days of the date of the appeal to the dean. C. The School Grade Committee will be appointed annually. School dean will solicit members for this committee as defined below. The Committee will consist of five members of the school: 1. One department chair/head selected by the dean. 2. Two school faculty members selected by the dean. 3. One representative from Student Affairs selected by the Vice President for Student Affairs. 4. The fifth member of the committee will be a faculty member selected by the student. If the student declines to suggest a committee member the dean will select the fifth member from the discipline involved in the appeal.


5. The dean will seek replacement of any member of the Committee, who is directly involved in a particular case. If a member of the committee is unavailable, the Dean will replace the member for that individual appeal. D. When a grade appeal is referred to the School Grade Committee, the Committee will schedule a formal hearing at which the student and the instructor may each make a statement of the case. The Committee may hear other witnesses and examine evidence as they choose. E. The Committee may decide: 1. no action; 2. the grade will be changed; or 3. the student may replace lost or damaged work. The Committee’s decision will be binding on all parties. Sufficient evidence must be presented, by the student for the Committee to recommend a change of grade or the acceptance of replacement work. If a change of grade is recommended, the dean will sign and file the grade change form. If replacement work is recommended, the committee will establish a reasonable time line for completion of the replacement work and the dean will appoint a faculty member from the same or related discipline to evaluate the replacement work and decide the student’s final grade. F. The Committee will prepare a summary of the appeal and the reasons for their decision. The summary will be sent to the student, the faculty member, the department chair/head, and the school dean.

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS To ensure students graduate with current knowledge in their chosen fields, CSN requires that students must meet degree or certificate course requirements that are listed in a CSN catalog published no earlier than six years before graduation. Students must: • Select the catalog under which they earned their first letter grade or • Select the catalog they declared or changed major or • Select the catalog in effect when the student has completed the degree or certificate or • Select a degree that is offered for the first time after the student has enrolled. The student must choose the catalog year in which the degree or major was first offered. In no case may a student use a catalog that is more than six years old at the time of graduation. Students planning to receive an Associate of Arts, Associate of Applied Science, Associate of Business, Associate of General Studies, or an Associate of Science degree must complete a minimum of 60 credits, depending on specific program requirements, of various courses meeting general education and program specific requirements and have at least a 2.0 grade point average.

Students planning to receive a Certificate of Achievement must complete a minimum of 30 credits, depending on specific program requirements, of various general education and certificate specific requirements and have at least a 2.0 grade point average. In addition, students must: • Satisfactorily complete a minimum of 15 semester credit hours in residence at the College for an Associate degree or Certificate of Achievement, which may include the required 15 semester credits in residence in the major occupational area for an Associate of Applied Science or Certificate of Achievement. • Students cannot have any outstanding financial obligation to a NSHE institution. • Complete all course requirements by the last day of final examinations of the candidate’s final semester • Students cannot have a grade of D+, D , D- (delete or below) in the major occupational area for the Associate of Applied Science degree • And, if a student is earning two certificates or degrees subsequently or simultaneously he/she must satisfy the following dual degree policy requirements. File a separate Application for Graduation and pay the fee for each degree. Complete all curricular requirements for each degree. Complete 15 credits in residence beyond the requirements for the first degree. This means a student must have a minimum of 75 semester credits, 30 of which were earned in residence at CSN. Students earning dual degrees may use a course only once to fulfill each certificate or degree requirements. Students transferring credits completed at other institutions toward their, CSN degree or certificate must have their transcripts evaluated prior to applying for graduation. Any student who fails to meet graduation requirements in any given semester must file a new application with the Office of the Registrar. Students may apply for and receive diplomas for one of three graduation dates: August, December or May. Application for Graduation- CSN awards the following degrees upon successful completion of all requirements: Associate of Arts, Associate of Applied Science, Associate of Business, Associate of General Studies, Associate of Science and the Certificate of Achievement. Diplomas and transcripts indicate the degree and any emphasis if applicable. Commencement exercises are held once a year in May. Students who graduated during the preceding summer or fall semesters will be listed in the commencement program and may participate in the May commencement. Students must file an application for graduation with the Office of the Registrar and pay a graduation application fee of $15.00 and a $5.00 diploma-mailing fee during the semester in which they plan to complete requirements for graduation. Deadlines for filing are noted in current Class Schedules. There is a late fee for applications submitted after published deadlines.

As part of the process of applying for graduation, students may be asked to complete a short inventory of questions designed to evaluate CSN’s effectiveness preparing students as well as students’ satisfaction with their overall experience at the College. For more information on the inventory, students can ask their counselor, academic advisor or the Registrar. High Honors/Honors- All students graduating from CSN are considered for High Honors or Honors based on their CSN cumulative grade point average. High Honors requires a cumulative GPA of 3.6. An Honors designation requires a cumulative GPA of 3.4. All honor students receive recognition on their diplomas, academic transcripts and in the commencement program. Course Substitution- If a student is unable to obtain a course which is listed as a program requirement or has already taken a course which appears similar in content, he/she may apply for a substitution. The student is not granted any additional credit but is merely allowed to substitute a course not listed as a requirement for a course, which is required. The student must fulfill the appropriate 15 credit residency requirement. It is the student’s responsibility to: • Complete a separate Substitution Waiver form, available in the Office of the Registrar, for each request and • Submit the request to the appropriate Department Chair for review and signature. The appropriate Dean for the course will then review the request for approval or denial and forward it to the Office of the Registrar. The student will receive a copy of the form on completion of the process. Course Waiver- If a student feels he/she has the training or experience equivalent to the instruction given in a specific required course, he or she may apply to the appropriate Department Chair for a waiver of that course. Students should keep in mind: • If a waiver is granted, the student must still complete the appropriate 15 credit hours in residence. • Students must still have the total number of credits required for graduation, since a course waiver does not waive the total credits required to receive a degree. • Waiver of an institutional degree or certificate requirement requires the approval of the appropriate Dean for the course. Students should contact the appropriate Department Chair to determine how to fulfill the credits for the degree whenever a waiver is granted. Course waiver forms are available in the Office of the Registrar.

IMMUNIZATIONS AND OTHER SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A student enrolled in any of the following programs is a potential candidate for the special requirements policy, depending on the particular course of study:




27



28

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Cardiorespiratory Science Contact Lens Technician Culinary Arts Management Dental Assisting: Clinical Emphasis Dental Hygiene Diagnostic Medical Sonography Early Childhood Education Emergency Medical Technician: Basic/Intermediate Health Information Technology Massage Specialist Medical Coding Medical Laboratory Assistant Medical Laboratory Technician Medical Office Assisting Medical Office Practice Medical Transcription Mental Health Services Nursing (RN) Nursing Assistant Occupational Therapy Assistant Ophthalmic Dispensing Technician Optical Laboratory Technician Paramedic Medicine Patient Registration Pharmacy Technician Phlebotomy Physical Therapist Assistant Practical Nursing (PN) Radiation Therapy Technology Reflexology Specialist Surgical Technology Veterinary Technology

Immunizations Nevada law and cooperative agreements with community partners requires the protection of students at high risk for exposure to vaccine-preventable diseases. Students may be required to provide documentation of receipt of vaccination or serological proof of immunity to any or all of the following: • Hepatitis A via Health Card (only Culinary Arts and Massage Specialist) • Hepatitis B • Measles (rubeola), Mumps, Rubella (MMR) • Chicken Pox (Varicella) • Tetanus/Diphtheria • Rabies (only Veterinary Technician) Program requirements vary. Consult with program directors and advisors for specific program requirements and deadlines for vaccinations. TB Skin Test- Prior to and while enrolled in a healthcare program, the student may be required to show proof of no active pulmonary disease (tuberculosis) present.


Physical Examination and Health Insurance- Each healthcare student must complete a physical examination and show proof of major medical health insurance coverage. Drug Screen- Prior to enrollment in a healthcare program, the student is required to test negative for drug use through a drug screen. Criminal Background Check- A criminal background check is required of each student prior to enrollment in a healthcare program. CPR- Prior to and while enrolled in a healthcare program, each student is required to be certified in CPR & AED through a Healthcare Provider course.

MATRICULATION DATE The term “date of matriculation” is the date of the first day of instruction in the semester or term in which enrollment first occurs and continues through the completion of at least one academic course. Enrollment in, CSN non-credit courses, which are not state-funded, shall not be used in determining “date of matriculation” for evaluation of residence.

NAME CHANGE Students who wish to change their name on record at CSN will need to complete a Name and Address Change Request form available at the Office of the Registrar and provide appropriate documentation such as marriage certificate, divorce decree or other court documents. Name changes are processed for currently enrolled students only.

RELIGIOUS HOLIDAYS It is the policy of the Nevada System of Higher Education to be sensitive to the religious obligations of its students. Any student missing class, quizzes, examinations or any other class or lab work because of observance of religious holy days shall, whenever possible, be given an opportunity during that semester to make up the missed work. The make-up will apply to the religious holy day absence only. It shall be the responsibility of the student to notify the instructor in advance in writing, according to the policy of the institution offering the class, if the student intends to participate in a religious holy day that does not fall on state holidays or periods of class recess. This policy shall not apply in the event that administering the assignment at an alternate time would impose an undue hardship on the instructor or the institution that could not reasonably have been avoided. Any student, who is denied a make-up option after appropriately noticing the instructor shall have the right to appeal that decision through the normal appeal mechanism in place at that institution.

REMEDIAL POLICY 1. The Nevada System of Higher Education reserves the right to cancel the admission or registration of any individual whose attendance at a university or college, in the opinion of the appropriate administrative officer and the President, would not be mutually beneficial to that individual and the university or college. 2. Placement testing should take place prior to matriculation. Additionally, English and mathematics testing must take place no more than two years prior to matriculation. 3. All degree-seeking students who place in developmental/remedial coursework must take the prescribed sequence of courses until remediation is completed. Beginning Fall 2007, students requiring remediation must complete all required coursework prior to completion of 30 college-level credits unless otherwise authorized by the institution.

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER POLICY In accordance with the Federal Privacy Act of 1974, applicants for admission and enrolled students at CSN are advised that disclosure and use of their social security number is voluntary. Students who do not agree to the use of their social security number as a personal identifier will be assigned a “C” number. A social security number or an assigned “C” number may be used: 1. 2. 3. 4.

to identify student records at CSN for registration and course enrollment; to certify attendance and report student status; an assigned C number may be used in the Student Information System (SIS) as an identifier to grants, loans, and other financial aid information. However, the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, gives the United States Department of Education (and parties authorized to assist them in administering the student aid programs), the authority to collect your Social Security number for federal student assistance purposes; 5. for recording grade information.

CSN uses social security numbers or “C” numbers for identification purposes. Use of these numbers for identification purposes will facilitate the provision of services and compilation of information necessary to maintain accurate records on applicants and students. Students who are employed full-time by CSN or who receive federally funded educational aid have to disclose their social security numbers for payroll and other mandatory reporting purposes, but such students have a right to have separate “C” numbers for other identification purposes.

TRANSFERRING FROM ANOTHER INSTITUTION Transfer students may request that all schools, colleges and universities which they previously attended send official copies of their transcripts to the Office of the Registrar. They must also submit a Request for Transfer Credit Evaluation form before an official evaluation of their credits is undertaken. Transcripts will be evaluated according to the requirements of the specific degree or program being pursued. The official evaluation will be returned to the student indicating the credits accepted and how these credits apply in the specific program of study. Allow four to six weeks for processing.

TRANSFERRING TO ANOTHER INSTITUTION Many CSN students transfer to a university or four-year college. For most students, the transfer is part of a planned program and works smoothly because the transferring students have completed a program of classes which they know will become part of a baccalaureate degree. They have studied the university or college catalog and talked with a counselor to discuss specific transfer issues. Transfer information may be obtained in Counseling Offices at our three main campuses.

TRANSFERRING WITHIN THE NEVADA SYSTEM OF HIGHER EDUCATION Nevada System of Higher Education Transfer Rights and Responsibilities for Students and Institutions In Title 4, Chapter 14, Section 15.12, the Board of Regents mandated that there be a NSHE website outlining the transfer process and protections given to baccalaureate degree-seeking students. The following presents the policies and procedures that govern student transfers between NSHE institutions. It is intended to inform students of their rights and responsibilities and affirm institutional responsibilities. Students and institutional representatives should follow these policies when making transfer-related decisions.

Student Rights Students have the right to: • Receive automatic fulfillment of lower-division general education requirements at the universities, state college, and community colleges that offer select baccalaureate degrees upon completion of an Associate of Arts, Associate of Science, or an Associate of Business degree from a NSHE community college. • Access information from the community colleges, state college, and universities about their transfer admission requirements, including documents required for admission, housing, and information about the institution’s costs, financial aid, and student services.




29



30

• Access information about the transfer of specific courses, credit hours, grades, and degree requirements. This includes information about transferring courses with grades below a “C,” courses students may have repeated, and credit previously granted by examination. • Access and receive admission and transfer-related decisions in writing (electronic or paper) specifically: • Acceptance by the community colleges (limited access programs only), state college, and the universities. • Evaluation of courses and credits accepted for transfer credit and their course equivalencies, if applicable. • Outline of transfer courses and requirements which the transferred courses or credits will satisfy for the degree or program sought. • Analysis of the number of semester credits required to complete a degree in the chosen major program of study. • The NSHE institution’s appeals process for transfer related decisions. • Appeal any NSHE institution’s transfer-related decision. The appeal process will be developed and maintained by each NSHE institution and published on the institutions’ website. • Elect to graduate under the course catalog graduation requirements under any of the following options, provided that the course catalog at the time of graduation is not more than ten years old: • The course catalog of the year of enrollment in a baccalaureate level course/program at a NSHE community college (valid transfer contract may be required.) • The course catalog of the year of transfer into a baccalaureate level program at the universities, state college, or community colleges that offer select baccalaureate • The course catalog of the year of graduation from a NSHE institution. Warning: Changing majors may change the course catalog and graduation requirements, which may increase the time to degree completion. Notice: Students have all the above rights and any others as summarized in the Summary of Board of Regents Transfer Policies. The summary can be accessed at the NSHE website at http://system.nevada.edu. Paper copies of this document are available upon request of the institution’s admission office.

Student Responsibilities Students have the responsibility to: • Understand the transfer policies and procedures of the institution they are considering for transfer. Students should seek information from the institution they are transferring to regarding: core curriculum, prerequisites, major program requirements, degree requirements, admissions, financial aid, scholarships, housing, deadlines, restrictions, and other transfer-related criteria.


• Complete all materials required for application and submit the application on or before the published deadlines. • Research how courses are applicable to degree and major requirements. • Understand that if they change their major, not all courses taken will necessarily apply to their new major. • Plan ahead and realize that appointments with advisors are necessary. • Understand that after a break in their enrollment, status as an admitted student may be affected.

NSHE Institution Responsibilities NSHE institutions will: • Make transfer-related policies and procedures available on their websites. • Make answers to frequently asked questions about transfer issues accessible for students and provide opportunities for appropriate follow-up appointments to students. • Provide information on the approximate costs of attending the institution, including tuition, books and supplies, housing, and other related fees. • Relay admission and transfer-related decisions to students in writing (electronic or paper); including information about the student’s appeal rights. • Establish and make available upon request internal appeals processes to review transfer-related issues and decisions. • Engage in continuous, authentic dialogue among NSHE institutions about transfer-related issues with the purpose of solving the challenges before they negatively impact students.

TRANSCRIPT REQUEST Students may request official transcripts for their own personal use or have transcripts sent to another institution. Official transcripts are printed on security paper and bear the CSN seal and signature of the Registrar. Requests for official transcripts can only be accepted from a student himself unless the student gives written authorization for release to another person or organization. To request an official transcript, students submit a written request to the Office of the Registrar. Official transcripts cost $2.00 per copy and are mailed within 48 hours of receiving a request. Students may request unofficial transcripts, also known as courtesy transcripts, for their personal use. Unofficial transcripts are computer print-outs and do not bear the CSN seal or signature of the Registrar. Requests for unofficial transcripts can only be accepted from the student. To request an unofficial transcript, students must do so in person at the Office of the Registrar at any time. Unofficial transcripts are free of charge and processed within 30 minutes of receiving a request.

CO U N S E L I N G

Counseling and Psychological Services (CAPS) offers a variety of free and confidential services aimed at promoting the growth and development of currently-enrolled CSN students and the larger CSN community. All services are free of charge and are available to students taking at least 6 credits during Spring/Fall semesters or 3 credits during Summer terms. CAPS provides short-term counseling/psychotherapy for individuals, couples (students only), families, and groups. We also offer crisis intervention and educational presentations and programs. CAPS provides services in a confidential, professional, and ethical environment to CSN’s diverse student population. CAPS psychologists can help students to better cope with many of life’s challenges. For example, we often help with: • Stress and anxiety management (e.g., regarding tests, public speaking, social situations, panic attacks, etc.) • Depression • Relationship issues • Social skills • Self-esteem, self-confidence and assertiveness issues • Identity issues • Dealing with traumatic experiences (e.g., sexual assault, combat, physical abuse) • Coping with physical and learning disabilities and ADHD • Understanding addictive behaviors (e.g., alcohol, drugs, gambling) • Coping with grief and loss • Clarifying values and priorities • Multicultural/Diversity issues If the issues require services other than those that CAPS can provide, the psychologist will work to connect the student with appropriate professionals in the greater Las Vegas area. CAPS also provides outreach and educational services to the entire college community through presentations, workshops, and staff training. These services are oriented toward understanding, preventing, coping with, and treating emotional and behavioral difficulties. Confidential consultations are available to assist faculty and staff regarding student-specific concerns and/or classroom situations. For more information or to schedule an appointment with CAPS, please call us. Cheyenne Campus: 651-4099 West Charleston Campus: 651-5518 Henderson Campus: 651-3099

CAREER SERVICES The Career Services Office offers career exploration and job search assistance to students and community members. In partnership with Nevada JobConnect, the Center provides job search services as well as access to employment

training programs. Career Services helps students define career goals through computerized assessments and career exploration activities. Services include: • Career Guidance • Résumé and cover letter critiquing • Self-directed employment searches • Internship and volunteer opportunities • Internet listing of employment opportunities • Employment referrals for qualified individuals • Assistance to employers in locating qualified personnel • Perfect Interview software – Interview Prep • Workshops in résumé writing, job-seeking skills and Employment decision-making skills • Access to career reference materials • Employment events and job fairs Services are available Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Cheyenne 651-4700 ~ Charleston 651-5089 ~ Henderson 651-3174

COUNSELING SERVICES The Counseling Department provides personalized assistance to students in selecting both courses and a program of study which will meet their educational goals and personal needs. The Counseling Department guides students in formulating their vocational and educational plans, clarifying basic interests and abilities, and accessing resources that will benefit their progress. Students are encouraged to visit the counseling department every semester. Bilingual counselors and advisors are available. Counselors and advisors may be helpful to students in the following ways:

Academic Support • Guide students in selecting a major, classes, and degree programs • Develop an educational plan for degree completion • Familiarize students with CSN academic and support services • Provide continuous degree evaluation, including transferred credits • Complete unofficial graduation evaluation

COUNSELING

CAPS

Career Guidance • Identify short and long-term career goals • Career exploration and information • Direct students to Nevada Career Info System (NCIS)

Personal Counseling Provided by Counselors • Mentor students to achieve personal and career goals • Interpret personality, vocational, and skills inventories • Build and develop problem-solving and interpersonal skills


31

CO U N S E L I N G • Identify potential problems that may hinder students’ progress • Crisis counseling Services are free and available by appointment or walkin. Hours of service at the Cheyenne, Henderson, and West Charleston campuses are: Monday through Thursday, 8 a.m. to 6:30 p.m., and Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. The Counseling Department chat-room at the CSN website is also available Monday through Friday from 12 p.m. to 4 p.m., or by E-mail at [email protected].

Transfer Centers

COUNSELING

The CSN Counseling Department Transfer Centers are resource centers students and faculty can use to research transfer information to four year institutions. Available at the Cheyenne, Henderson, and West Charleston Campus, each Transfer Center has: • A resource library of catalogs from instate and out-ofstate colleges and universities • Up-to-date printed and computer based informational materials • Computers available to use in researching transfer questions and applying to four year institutions • Schedules of college/university recruiters on CSN campuses Students planning to transfer to four year institutions should speak to a counselor or advisor to receive assistance and selecting courses and appropriate degree paths. The Transfer Center Coordinators can also be reached at [email protected].

DEAF AND HARD OF HEARING SERVICES Deaf and Hard of Hearing Services provides accommodations and support services for students with a documented hearing loss. Services are available at all campuses of CSN. This office assists students and staff to achieve full accessibility to all aspects of the academic experience. The department refers students to other college departments and community agencies to enrich their educational experiences. Accommodations may include but are not limited to the following: • Note Taker • Sign Language Interpreter • Oral Interpreter • Speech-to-Text • Testing Accommodations • Technical Support You may contact Deaf and Hard of Hearing Services at 651-4448 or TDD 651-4328 or VRS 131.216.133.212

32


DISABILITY RESOURCE CENTER CSN recognizes its responsibility to provide equal access to its educational programs and services to all qualified persons with documented disabilities. These responsibilities are mandated under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and under Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. Under Federal law, a “disability” is a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities. (These terms are defined in considerable detail in the applicable public laws. The Disability Resource Center can provide you with additional information.) Beyond legal responsibilities for promoting equal access, CSN welcomes all individuals, regardless of disability, who choose to visit, work or take classes here. All academic accommodations are provided on an individual basis following a review of the student’s documentation of disability. Accommodations may include, but are not limited to the following: • Note takers to assist in providing class notes • Readers • Scribes • Lab and research assistants • Access to adaptive computer lab • Testing accommodations In order to request accommodations for a disability, students should contact a Disability Specialist in the Disability Resource Center on their primary campus. Students enrolling in classes through online courses or at one of our rural sites should contact the Disability Resource Center at any campus. Students requesting accommodations as a person with a disability under Section 504 of the ADA are responsible for providing documentation of their disability to the Disability Resource Center. Such documentation should provide a complete picture of the individual’s current functioning and come from an appropriately licensed or certified professional. Recognizing that it may be necessary to request further information as part of the documentation process, and knowing that some requested accommodations may require substantial lead time in order to assure they will be ready for the start of classes, it is recommended that students with disabilities contact the Disability Specialist as soon as possible after making the decision to enroll. Complete student information on all related policies, procedures, guidelines and grievance procedures may be obtained from the DRC office on each of the three main campuses. DRC information can also be found on the CSN website www.csn.edu

PEER AMBASSADOR PROGRAM A division of the Office of Student Recruitment and Retention, the Peer Ambassador Program is a prestigious and fun organization that helps its members develop speaking and leadership skills. Peer Ambassadors provide:

CO U N S E L I N G 1) a direct link between newly admitted students and critical steps necessary for student success, such as placement testing and counseling services;

• Resources for financial assistance and scholarships

2) schedule-building assistance;

• Employment & Internship assistance

3) follow-up information on registration procedures, financial aid opportunities, and referrals to other support services;

• Apprenticeship Preparation Training

5) mentoring services that help peers understand the campus culture and its services. Those interested in applying must be at least a second semester CSN student in good standing, taking at least 6 credits, with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75 and with at least 12 credits earned by the time of application. Peer Ambassadors are located on the three main campuses. For more information please call 651-4717.

RECRUITMENT SERVICES Recruitment services are provided through the Office of Student Recruitment and Retention. There are offices located on the Cheyenne and Charleston campuses. Recruiters are dedicated to providing personal assistance to potential and current CSN students through every step of the college experience. In addition to recruiting in local high schools, Recruiters also connect with local businesses, community agencies, government agencies, and traditionally underserved populations. Recruiters regularly schedule campus tours and plan many on-campus events throughout the year. To contact this office, please call 651-4717 or 651-7449.

REENTRY PROGRAM The Reentry Program, located in the Career Services area on the Cheyenne, Charleston and Henderson campuses, provides assistance to students facing significant barriers to education and/or employment including individuals pursuing non-traditional occupations, single parents, displaced homemakers, educationally or economically disadvantaged, students with disabilities, unemployed and dislocated workers. The Reentry Program works closely with all academic schools, other campus services and maintains a strong community referral system. The Reentry Program invites students to visit and find out how the program can help them with the following services: • Non-traditional career exploration • Interest and aptitude assessments • Academic advising • Textbook loans (TAP)

RETENTION OFFICE The mission of the Retention Office is to help students successfully complete their term coursework, persist in their degree/certificate programs and graduate in a timely manner. Retention specialists develop personalized success plans for students in need of academic support (as well as for those who want to enhance their college success skills) that identify weaknesses and formulate strategies to help ensure the attainment of educational goals. Success planning appointments include learning effective study strategies, accessing campus resources, developing adjustment techniques to college life and its demands, finding answers to questions about CSN in general, and having an advocate to help the student navigate the system. The Retention Office also coordinates E-Alert, CSN’s academic early warning system, which provides a conduit for instructors to refer students encountering difficulty in their courses. Retention Specialists are available to assist students at each of the three main campuses. To set up an appointment with a retention specialist, please call: West Charleston............651-7367 Cheyenne ......................651-2626 Henderson ....................651-3103

TESTING CENTERS Placement tests are available for potential CSN students at no cost at the three major campuses and 29 additional testing sites. The three major testing centers are: Cheyenne 651-4050 located in room 1106, Charleston 651-5733 in building D, room 112, and Henderson 651-3128 in building B, room 107. The testing centers administer tests Monday through Thursday 8:00 AM to 7:30 PM, closing at 9:00 PM and Friday 8:00 AM to 3:30 PM, closing at 5:00 PM, except state holidays. Any person living outside of Las Vegas may take a placement test without traveling to Las Vegas. Please call (702) 651-7465 or (702) 651-5733 for more information. All new CSN degree/certificate seeking or transfer students are required to take the English and Math placement tests. The Reading placement test is required if the student is taking a reading course or if the student is placed in English 92 or 98 with the WebCT English Placement Test.


COUNSELING

4) campus tours and assistance with special Recruitment projects/events; and

• Workshops and seminars on resume writing, job interviewing, study & life skills

33

CO U N S E L I N G

COUNSELING

Web-CT English Placement Test: (scores are good for one year; tests may be retaken every four months) You must take an English placement test prior to registering for any English class. It can take up to 48 hours to receive test results. SAT and ACT test scores (See table below) taken within the past two years may be substituted in lieu of the English placement test (depending on the scores). An original must be presented. English as a Second Language Placement Test: The ESL test must be taken if you plan to register for ESL classes or if you are placed into the ESL category with the general English test at a Testing Center or site. Information on test schedules is available in the Language Labs. At the Cheyenne campus, tests are administered in the Language Lab - room 2649 or call 651-4475. At the Charleston campus, tests are administered in the Language Lab – building C, room 213 or call 651-5736. ESL tests are administered in the Testing Center at the Henderson campus, located in building B, room 107 or call 651-3128. Accuplacer Math Placement Test: (scores are good for one year; tests can be taken every four months) You must take the math placement test prior to registering for any math class. SAT and ACT test scores (See table below) taken within the past two years may be substituted in lieu of the Math placement test (depending on the scores). An original must be presented. Accuplacer Reading Placement Test: (scores are good for one year; tests may be taken every four months) You must take the reading placement test prior to registering for any reading class or if you are placed in English 92 or 98 with the WebCT English Placement Test. Accuplacer Business Letter Writing Placement Test (BUS108): (scores are good for one year; tests may be taken every four months). Students must take a placement test prior to registering for BUS 108. GED and Pre-GED: If you are interested in the pre-GED test, call a testing center to schedule a date. Pre-GED is given by appointment only. If you are interested in the GED test, you must pre-register in-person at the campus where you plan to take the test. Call for pre-registration requirements. The GED is given twice a month in English and Spanish at the three main campuses. CLEP and Dantes: These tests enable non-traditional and traditional students to earn college credit based on life achievement and job skills. Minimum test scores must be obtained. These tests are offered at the three main campuses. Proctoring: The testing centers proctor tests for courses taught at CSN FREE of charge (make-up tests and online courses / instructor exams). Proctoring for tests from other institutions (including UNLV, NSC and UNR) is also available for a fee. Career Interest and Aptitude (Strong and MBTI and WOWI) tests are available at the three main campuses for a fee.

34


English 101 - Passing Scores ACT ........................21 SAT ......................510 (Critical Reading) PASSING MATH SCORES Course ACT SAT 95............................................17 ..................400 - 469 97............................................18 ..................470 - 489 96 ........................................19 - 20 ..............490 - 509 120 or 122 ..........................21 - 22 ..............510 - 529 124 or 126 ..........................23 - 24 ..............530 - 559 128..........................................25 ..................560 - 579 127 or 132 ........................26 - 27 ..............580 - 629 181..........................................28 ..............630 and Above If your ACT/SAT scores are below the scores listed above, you must take CSN’s Placement Tests before registering for classes. General information: SAT Score reports: collegeboard.com Phone: (866) 756-7346 ACT General Information and instructions for obtaining copies of scores: act.org/aap/

TRIO – STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES The federally funded TRiO Student Support Services Program is a comprehensive and highly individualized onestop educational project designed to help first-generation college, financial aid qualified, and/or disabled students complete a two-year degree at CSN and/or transfer to a four-year school. All services are FREE, including in-depth and long-term academic planning, supplemental tutoring, assistance in filing financial aid and scholarship forms, career exploration, and study skills instruction. The TRiO department is located on the Cheyenne Campus, Room 1120, and can be reached by calling 651-4441.

Art Gallery

Computer Labs - Interactive Learning Centers

The CSN Art Gallery, located in room 1401 of the Nicholas J. Horn Performing Arts Complex on the Cheyenne campus, provides the campus and the community with a wide range of contemporary art exhibits. The gallery hosts exhibits of work by guest artists, students and faculty. Exhibit announcements can be found posted on campus bulletin boards, or call the CSN Department of Art and Art History for information.

CSN has full-service computer labs at the Cheyenne, Henderson, and Charleston campuses as well as at the A.D. Guy Center and Centers on the Green Valley High School, Palo Verde High School, and Western High School campuses. The computer labs called “Interactive Learning Centers” bring together students, computing resources and instructors. Computer-based instruction, application and word processing software and individual instruction are available to currently registered students.

Bookstores Bookstores are located on the Cheyenne campus, Henderson campus, and the Charleston campus. Each bookstore sells the required and supplemental textbooks for classes at its campus, as well as general school supplies, study aids, educationally discounted software, clothing, and gift items. Students can also purchase textbooks and get text information from the bookstore website at www.efollett.com. Bookstore Refund Policy- Your Textbooks are fully refundable in original condition with sales receipt within 2 weeks from the official start of classes for Fall and Spring courses, 1 week for Summer Courses. After this date, you may return your books within 3 business days of purchase with original receipt for your full refund. Books for classes cancelled by the school are fully refundable within 1 week of the scheduled start date for the course. Please use caution when opening package sets, as some electronic media and textbook packages may not be fully refunded once opened. No refunds are offered during final exam periods.

Campus Child Care Campus Child Care provides access to higher education for student parents through high-quality, low-cost child care services. Children of faculty/staff are also eligible. Hours of service are Monday through Friday, 7 a.m. to 6 p.m. Full day and half-day schedules are available with drop-in services when available. Child Care serves children two through five years of age. Please contact Campus Child Care on the Cheyenne or Charleston campuses for details.

College Library Services All CSN students are eligible to have CSN/NSHE library privileges. CSN has libraries on the Cheyenne, Henderson, and Charleston campuses. In addition to the collections of books, periodicals, media, and research materials on each campus, College Library Services provides extensive online access to the world of information (full-text journal, magazine, and newspaper articles, books, media, databases, indexes, and online catalogs across all disciplines) via their website from any location on or off campus. The website also provides a variety of information literacy tutorials and research guides to help with coursework across the curriculum. Reference services are available on each campus and also via phone and chat. CSN libraries participate in interlibrary loan and document delivery programs to support borrowing of materials from other libraries. Please visit their website at www.csn.edu/library for complete information on the libraries and their resources, hours of service, locations, phone numbers, and policies.

Early Childhood Education Lab School The Early Childhood Lab School is a nationally accredited center and an important component of the teacher education program at CSN. The school offers programs for toddlers through kindergarten and is open to faculty, staff, students and the community. The Early Childhood Lab is open Monday through Friday, 7:30 am to 6 pm with closures for all state holidays and optional programming during the summer. Because class sizes are limited and there are waiting lists for all age groups, early application is strongly recommended. For further information, contact the Early Childhood Lab School on the Cheyenne campus.

English as a Second Language CSN offers beginning through advanced ESL courses for non-native English speakers to help improve speaking and writing skills in English. To determine which ESL courses to take, students need to take a placement test. Contact the Department of International Languages for placement information.

International Student Conversation and Coffee Corner The Conversation and Coffee Corner is a drop-in lounge where students from all over the world converse in English with an English instructor on subjects that are interesting to all. The Corner is open during the fall and spring semesters on the Cheyenne and Charleston campuses. Contact Tutorial Services for Corner hours and locations.

Language Labs The Language Labs located on the Charleston and Cheyenne campuses provide English as a Second Language (ESL) testing. The Labs also provide international language students access to audio, video and computer materials used in developing language proficiency.

Performing Arts Center The Nicholas J. Horn Theatre, as part of the CSN Performing Arts Center, presents a variety of theater productions, lectures, music events and activities on the Cheyenne campus throughout the year. Students, employees and the community are all invited to come and enjoy these special events. For information on upcoming events or to make reservations, call 651-LIVE or stop by the Box Office, located in room 1404 on the Cheyenne campus.


STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES

S T U D E N T S U P P O RT S E RV I C E S

35



Planetarium and Observatory

36

CSN’s Planetarium, the only public planetarium in Southern Nevada, presents performances to the community that feature re-creations of the night sky on its 30-foot diameter domed screen that depict the relative motions of the sun, moon, planets and stars. The Planetarium is located in room 1033 at the south entrance of the Cheyenne campus. Free telescope viewing sessions are held in the nearby Student Observatory on clear nights. Special telescope viewing sessions are also scheduled whenever notable astronomical events occur. For information, call the Astronomy Hotline at 651-4SKY. The Planetarium, in cooperation with the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), also operates the Regional Educator Resources Center. The Center, located in room 2025B on the Cheyenne campus, provides science and mathematics material to teachers and educators for classroom use. The Planetarium is a partner in Project Astro, Marsville and Star Station One.

Student GovernmentThe Associate Students of the College of Southern Nevada (ASCSN) is comprised of an elected student body that represents all CSN students. ASCSN is committed to encouraging students in striving to achieve their educational goals by aiding them with information and resources. ASCSN provides a variety of activities to promote social interaction among students. ASCSN serves as a voice for students to express their views to faculty and College Administration. ASCSN also promotes interaction with students from other institutions within the NSHE. Student Clubs and Organizations- Student Government awards funds to official student clubs and organizations. Through this funding, approximately 40 clubs and organizations are able to host a variety of extracurricular events: • A Cadre of Aspiring Research Based Educators (A.C.A.R.E.) • Alpha Xi Beta (Chapter of Phi Theta Kappa) • Anime Club • Art Club • Association of Students in Communication (ASC) • Black Student Association (BSA) • Campus Crusade for Christ • Cheyenne Fencing Club • Choir Club • CCHS Council (West Charleston) • Culinary • Dance Club • Dental Hygienist Association (SADHA) • English Honor Society-Sigma Kappa • German Club • International Student Organization • Jazz Club


• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

LeCerle Francais (French Club) League of United Latin American Citizens (LULAC) LDSSA Cheyenne Multicultural Club National Student Nursing News Club Nursing Events Committee Organizations Nursing Student Pinning Organization P.A.T.H.S. Peer Ambassador Club Photography Club Physical Therapist Assistant (PTASA) Skills USA-Vica, Automotive SOL (Student Organization of Latinos) Southern Nevada Sonography Student Resource League The View from Nevada We the People…The Citizen and the Constitution

Student Life and Leadership Development- The Department of Student Life and Leadership Development helps prepare students for life-long learning and global citizenship; this is accomplished by promoting and supporting campus activities that appeal to a diverse community. The Department also serves as a resource for student government and clubs and develops academic, cultural and social programs and activities which support the academic mission of the college. Additionally, through the CSN Student Leadership Academy and the CSN Student Professional Development certificate program the department supports students personal and leadership growth and development. For more information on any of our programs, please contact our office at 651-4051. CSN Student Leadership Academy- The CSN Student Leadership Academy is a certificated program sponsored by the College of Southern Nevada. The program consists of a series of workshops focusing on leadership development. For more information, please call (702) 651-4051. CSN Sports Center- The CSN Sports Center at the Cheyenne Campus provides students, faculty and staff a modern facility to meet their health and fitness goals. The CSN Sports Center compliments the physical education classes and award winning intercollegiate sports at the College of Southern Nevada. The facility houses 16 strength conditioning machines and brand new elliptical, treadmills and stair masters for cardio conditioning. The facility offers two racquet ball courts, basketball courts, locker rooms and saunas. The CSN Sports Center also offers a variety of intramural sporting activities for students, faculty and staff. For more information on any of our programs, please contact our office at 651-4447.


Phi Theta Kappa- If you wish to obtain a Phi Theta Kappa notation on your diploma, transcript, and in the commencement book, you must complete the chapter Phi Theta Kappa Graduation Form. This form may be obtained from the Phi Theta Kappa Office or from the chapter website http://www.csn.edu/ptk/. The deadline for receipt of the form is the same as that for graduation. Use the information on the form to purchase the items you want (stole, tassel, double honors cord, and medallion). The Collegiate Review- The Collegiate Review is the official CSN student newspaper. The Collegiate Review is managed by students and sponsored by the Department of English.

Please contact Tutorial Services for any of the above services’ locations and hours of operation: Charleston 651-5732; Cheyenne 651-4232; Henderson 651-3125.

Writing Centers The College strongly recommends that all students taking classes with a lot of writing assignments use the Writing Center. It is a place where students from all disciplines and at all levels can come and discuss their writing with a trained Writing Assistant. Assistants will help students at any stage in the writing process, from idea generation, through organization, to final revision. The Writing Center is not an editing service, so we won’t simply correct students’ errors for them; however, Writing Assistants will help students produce quality written work by showing them techniques and skills to find and correct their own errors so that students will avoid making them in the future. No appointment is necessary; we are a walk-in service. Please come prepared by bringing a copy of the instructor’s or professors’ writing assignment and guidelines, including any style sheets for documentation. The Writing Center is free and is located on each main campus. Please contact the Writing Center near you for locations and hours of operation: Charleston 651-7402; Cheyenne 651-4101; Henderson 651-3187. We look forward to seeing you.

Student Identification Cards- CSN I.D. cards are available to students, faculty, and staff. The CSN I.D card: • Provides identification at the CSN Library for borrowing privileges. • Provides identification for student status to qualify for discounts. Students must show a current semester schedule and a photo I.D. in order to obtain a CSN I.D. card. There is a $2.00 charge for your CSN I.D. card. Fees are subject to change.

Tutorial Services CSN provides tutoring services on each of its three main campuses. Services include: • One on one tutoring in most academic areas is available for students’ specific areas of need. Students may receive a maximum of four hours of free tutoring services for each credit of class in which they are enrolled. Tutorial services cannot guarantee tutors for all subjects. • Open Science and Math Resource Centers provides brief drop-in tutoring for students enrolled in all levels of Math and Science courses. • International Student and Coffee Corner, which is a drop-in service, invites students from all over the world to come and converse in English with an English Professor on subjects that are interesting to everyone. • Communication Lab, located on the Cheyenne campus only, is a walk-in service where Communication students may go to get help preparing speeches from fulltime Communication instructors and professors.



Intramural Sports-The College of Southern Nevada offers a variety of intramural sports including but not limited to flag football, basketball, indoor soccer, dodge ball, racquetball and volleyball. Intramural sports at CSN provide students, faculty and staff the opportunity for wholesome leisure-time opportunities to enrich their lives through relationship and character building activities. Leadership development opportunities exist through team captain roles and refereeing along with various other opportunities within intramural sports. For more information on any of our programs, please contact our office at 651-4447.

37

DIVISION OF WORKFORCE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

D I V I S I O N O F WO R K F O RC E A N D E CO N O M I C D E V E LO P M E N T

38

Division of Workforce and Economic Development Students seeking educational opportunities, other than specific credit degrees offered at CSN main campuses, have access to additional options through the Division of Workforce and Economic Development Programs. The Division of Workforce and Economic Development offers non-credit classes and programs not typically offered in a traditional, semester-long, class room instruction format to meet the needs of business & industry, local government, and educational institutions through customized training programs and curricula. The Division is broken into several workforce specialty areas that include: Community & Personal Enrichment; Adult Literacy & Language; Manufacturing & Transportation; Construction; Business Assessment & Consulting; Hospitality; Prison Programs; Fire, Police, Security & Emergency Medical Services (EMS); American Heart Healthcare Programs; Service Sector-Retail, Banking, Insurance & Real Estate; Occupational Health & Safety Programs; GM Training Center. Classes are offered at company worksites and at Learning Centers located throughout the Las Vegas Valley and at rural locations throughout 42,000 miles in Southern Nevada. Learning Centers- A variety of learning centers make credit and non-credit classes available at many off-campus locations throughout the Las Vegas valley and 42,000 square miles of Southern Nevada. In addition to the Centers located on the campuses of Palo Verde High School, Green Valley High School and Western High School, the Division of Workforce and Economic Development’s service locations throughout all campuses, remote and rural centers. Rural Education Programs- If you live outside the Las Vegas Valley, you can still attend CSN and obtain an Associate Degree or Certificate. The Rural Education Program offers traditional, internet and video conferenced classes. High school students can access dual credit opportunities. Numerous other programs are available to adults returning to school or changing careers. Continuing Education- Division of Workforce and Economic Development offers continuing education under program specialty areas: Adult Literacy & Language- The Sahara West Center houses the College’s Adult Basic Education Program. Hospitality- Workforce Specialists are located on the West Charleston Campus and work throughout Southern Nevada and offers a range of customized training programs for front and back of the house operations. Manufacturing & Transportation-Workforce Specialist services training needs in Manufacturing and Transportation in Southern Nevada. This specialist can assist you to upgrade and maintain a productive and knowledgeable workforce using online, onsite, and customized training opportunities. Also offered is a Manufacturing Certification Class that includes Safety and Forklift Certification.


Construction- The construction workforce specialist assists all within the construction industry in reaching new heights by upgrading and training staff on cutting edge technology and up to date, proven methods of business process success. Training programs and workshops are tailored to fit the specific needs of clients so they are able to quickly apply what they have learned and make a difference in their respective companies without interfering with their day to day operations. Fire, Police, Security & Emergency Medical ServicesWorkforce specialists work to fill pre and post hire certification needs of the fire, state patrol, police and other emergency service industries in Southern Nevada. American Heart Community Training Center & Healthcare-Workforce Specialists offer Basic Life Support, ACLS, PALS, and other certifications to the healthcare and all occupational industries to meeting their certification and regulatory requirements. Workforce Specialists travel throughout the Southern Nevada region. Business Assessment & Consulting- Workforce Specialists work to assist companies in identifying training and planning needs, skill gaps, retention and hiring strategies and work with occupational specialists for the implementation of these customized programs and services. These specialists also provide the WorkKeys™ Occupational Profiling and Assessment to assist in the creation of targeted curriculum and programs to provide our area with job candidate pools for when hiring. Service Sector-Retail, Banking, Insurance & Real Estate- Workforce Specialists serve pre- and post hire training needs of the retail, banking, finance, mortgage and real estate business needs in Southern Nevada. Both pre-licensure and license renewal programs are offered in the Community & Personal Enrichment schedule and specialty programs are delivered direct to businesses or through the College’s employment or WIA partners. Occupational Health & Safety Programs- The Workforce Specialist is the first point of contact to business & industry safety trainers and Human Resource Managers for safety and related training issues. The Specialist develops short and long term programs designed to meet the pre, post-hire and continuing education needs for entry and/or re-certification in these areas as well as mandatory local and state OSHA training requirements. Community & Personal Enrichment- offers on going feebased, non-credit classes every semester to assist individuals in their personal development. Classes address a broad variety of personal growth courses including but not limited to, arts and crafts, recreational and leisure interests, professional and personal development programs, software and computer skills, test preparation, theatre and language classes. Included in this department are courses designed specifically for students aged 55+ and a variety of College for Kids courses. These classes are listed in the Community & Personal Enrichment Schedule distributed three times a year and available at all CSN campuses and Clark County libraries.

D I V I S I O N O F WO R K F O RC E A N D E CO N O M I C D E V E LO P M E N T

DIVISION OF WORKFORCE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

The ACT Center- The ACT Center (American Collegiate Testing Center) located on the campus of Green Valley High School, serves as a hub of resources and programs providing business and industry with high quality affordable training options using state-of-the-art technologies. The ACT Center training lab provides a secured room for high-level, professional licensure and certification testing. All Workforce Specialists may utilize programs in the ACT Center as stand alone or blended curriculum for the delivery of customized programs to meet their occupational market. The MAP (Manufacturing Assistance Partnership)- is CSN’s industrial extension program providing direct support for access to new technologies and best business practices. In partnership with CSN, MAP sets up expert training to meet industry-specific needs. MAP also assists in connecting industry with other needed resources beyond training.


39

C S N P R I M A R Y F I E L D S O F S T U DY 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9

C S N P R I M A RY F I E L D S O F S T U DY 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9

40

PRIMARY FIELDS OF STUDY AND COURSE PREFIXES Accounting......................................................................ACC Air Conditioning................................................................AC Air Force ROTC ..............................................................AES Academic and Life Success ............................................ALS American Sign Language ................................................AM Animation ....................................................................ANIM Anthropology ..............................................................ANTH Architectural Drafting ....................................................ADT Arabic ............................................................................ARA Art ..................................................................................ART Astronomy ......................................................................AST Automotive ......................................................ABDY, AUTO Aviation..............................................................................AV Biology ..........................................................................BIOL Banking and Finance........................................................FIN Bookkeeping ..................................................................ACC Building Inspection ....................ADT, BI, BT, CONS, SUR Building Technology ..................................BT, CONS, SUR Business................................................................BUS, MGT Cardiorespiratory Sciences..............................................CRS Casino Management ......................................................GAM Chemistry ....................................................................CHEM Chinese ............................................................................CHI CISCO ..........................................................................CSCO Clinical Laboratory Science ............................................CLS Communication..............................................................COM Computer Aided Drafting & Design ..........................CADD Computer Office Technology..........................................COT Computer Graphics ........................................................GRC Computing and Information Technology ........................CIT Construction Technology ............................BT, CONS, SUR Counseling and Personal Development ..........................CPD Counseling and Personnel Services..............................CAPS Criminal Justice ..............................................................CRJ Culinary Arts ..................................................................CUL Dance..............................................................................DAN Dental Assisting ................................................................DA Dental Hygiene ................................................................DH Diesel Technology ............................................................DT Drafting ..............................................................CADD, DFT Early Childhood Education ............................................ECE Economics....................................................................ECON Education ................................................EDUC, EDU, EPD Educational Psychology ..................................................EPY Emergency Management Administration ......................EMA Emergency Medical Services ........................................EMS Engineering ..........................CEE, CEG, EE, ET, EGG, ME English ............................................................................ENG English as a Second Language ........................................ESL Environmental Safety and Health ..................................ESH Environmental Science ..................................................ENV Filipino..............................................................................FIL Finance ............................................................................FIN Fire Science Technology ............................................FS, FT Floral Design ....................................................................OH Food and Beverage ..........................................................FAB French ..........................................................................FREN Geography....................................................................GEOG Geology ........................................................................GEOL Geographic Information Systems ......................CIT, GIS, IS German............................................................................GER Graphic Technology ..........................................ANIM, GRC


Greek ..............................................................................GRE Health Information Technology ......................................HIT Health and Human Performance ....................................HHP History............................................................................HIST Hotel Management ..............................................HMD, TCA Human Services ............................................................HMS Information Systems ..........................................................IS Interior Design ..............................................................INTD Insurance ..........................................................................INS Italian..............................................................................ITAL Japanese............................................................................JPN Journalism ....................................................................JOUR Korean ............................................................................KOR Latin ................................................................................LAT Latin American Studies ..................................................LAS Legal Assistant ..............................................................LAW Library Skills....................................................................LIB Management ........................................................BUS, MGT Marketing/Merchandising/Retail Management ............MKT Massage..........................................................................MSG Mathematics ....................................................MATH, STAT Mechanical Technology ....................................................MT Medical Office Assisting ..............................................MOA Mental Health Services ..............................................MHDD Military Science ................................................................MS Music ..................................................MUS, MUSA, MUSE Nursing ........................................................................NURS Nursing Assistant ........................................................NURS Occupational Therapy Assistant......................................OTA Office Administration......................................................COT Ophthalmic Technology ..............................................OPHT Ornamental Horticulture ..................................................OH Paralegal ........................................................................LAW Pharmacy Technician ..................................................PHAR Philosophy......................................................................PHIL Phlebotomy......................................................................CLS Photography ....................................................................PHO Physical Education ................................................PED, PEX Physical Therapy ................................................................PT Physics ..........................................................................PHYS Political Science ..............................................................PSC Portuguese ....................................................................PORT Practical Nursing ..............................................................PN Psychology ......................................................................PSY Radiation Therapy Technology ....................................RDTP Reading Skills ..............................................................READ Real Estate ........................................................................RE Reflexology ....................................................................REF Russian ............................................................................RUS Sociology ........................................................................SOC Sonography ....................................................................SON Spanish ..........................................................................SPAN Speech............................................................................COM Spelling Skills................................................................SPEL Statistics ..........................................................MATH, STAT Surgical Assisting..............................................RNFA, STFA Surgical Technology ....................................................SRGT Surveying ........................................................................SUR Thai................................................................................THAI Theatre..........................................................................THTR Travel and Tourism ........................................................TCA Veterinary Technology..................................................VETT Vocabulary Skills ............................................................VOC Welding ..........................................................................MTL Women’s Studies ........................................................WMST

C S N P R I M A RY F I E L D S O F S T U DY 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9

52.0999 51.19 23.0501 43.01

52.0999 12.05 16.16 51.06 51.06 51.15

PRIMARY FIELD Accounting Air Conditioning Technology Anthropology Archtectural Design Technology, Residential Design Architectural Design Technology, Interior Design Art Associate of Arts (No Emphasis) Associate of Science (No Emphasis) Automotive Technology Automotive Technology Collision and Repair Aviation Technology Biological Science Bookkeeping Building Technology Building Inspection Building Technology Carpentry Building Technology Construction Management Building Technology Electrician Building Technology Land Surveying Building Technology Plumbing Business Business German Business Management Business Management Human Resources Management Business Management International Business Management Business Management Public Sector Relations Management Business Management Small Business Management Business Management Telecommunications/Networking CADD Technology Cardiorespiratory Science Casino Management Chemistry Clinical Lab Practices Clinical Lab Processor Clinical Lab Client Services Rep. Communication Computer Office Technology Computing and Information Technology Computing and Information Technology Database Computing and Information Technology GIS Computing and Information Technology Networking Computing and Information Technology Programming Computing and Information Technology User Support Concierge Management Contact Lens Technician Creative Writing Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Correctional Criminal Justice Hotel/Industry Security Criminal Justice Juvenile Justice Criminal Justice Law Enforcement Criminal Justice LETA Criminal Justice Public Safety Communication Culinary Arts Culinary Arts Management Deaf Studies Deaf Studies Interpreter Preparation Dental Assisting Clinical Dental Hygiene Developmental Services Technician

AA

AB

AS

X X X

X X

AAS X X

AGS

BS

X X

X X

X

X

X X

X

X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X

X X

X X

X X X X X X X

X X X

X X X X

X

X

X X X X X

X

CC*

X

X X X X X X

X

CA

X X

X X


CIP CODE 52.03 47.02 45.02 19.0601 50.0408 50.07 24.0101 24.0101 47.06 47.0603 49.01 26.01 52.03 46.0499 46.0201 52.2001 46.0302 46.999 46.0503 52.01 16.05 52.02 52.1 52.11 52.02 52.07 52.02 15.13 51.09 52.0999 40.05 51.1 51.1 51.1 9.01 52.04 11.01

*CC: The Certificate of Completion is an industry-driven and defined certificate recognizing identified core competencies and issued upon completion of a defined set of courses of a specific duration.


41


C S N P R I M A RY F I E L D S O F S T U DY 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 CIP CODE PRIMARY FIELD 51.09 Diagnostic Medical Sonography Cardiac/Vascular Ultrasound Diagnostic Medical Sonography General/Vascular Ultrasound 47.0605 Diesel Heavy Equipment/Master Technician 13.12 Early Childhood Education 13.1210 Early Childhood Education Director Early Childhood Education Infant/Toddler Education Early Childhood Education Preschool Education Early Childhood Education Teacher Aide Education 40.06 Earth Science 45.06 Economics 13.1303 Educational and Professional Development - Online Teaching 15.03 Electronic Engineering Technology Electronic Engineering Technology LAN and Network Electronic Engineering Technology Network Security Electronic Engineering Technology Networking and Internetworking Electronic Engineering Technology Slot Repair Electronic Engineering Technology Telecommunications 13.12 Elementary Education 43.99 Emergency Management Administration 51.09 Emergency Medical Services Emergency Medical Technician 23.01 English 15.05 Environmental Safety and Health Environmental Resource Tech. 15.07 Environmental Safety and Health Occupational Safety Management 15.05 Environmental Safety and Health Safety Management Environmental Safety and Health Waste Water Treatment Environmental Safety and Health Water Treatment 3.01 Environmental Science 52.08 Finance 43.02 Fire Science Management 43.02 Fire Science Technology Fire Investigation Fire Science Technology Urban Fire Fighting Fire Science Technology Wild Land Fire Fighting 51.09 First Assisting 52.0905 Food And Beverage Management 24.0102 General Studies 11.99 Geological Science 30.2001 Global Studies 10.03 Graphic Technology Animation Graphic Technology Computer Graphics Design Graphic Technology Electronic Publishing Graphic Technology Multimedia Authoring Graphic Technology Web Design Graphic Technology 2D Animation 51.07 Health Information Technology History 54.01 52.09 Hospitality Management 52.0904 Hotel Management 50.0408 Interior Design Advanced 16 International Languages 9.0401 Journalism/Media Studies Emphasis 51.1 Laboratory Sciences Technician 05.0107 Latin American Studies 22.03 Legal Support Specialist 52.14 Marketing/Merchandizing/Retail Management 51.35 Massage Specialist 27.01 Mathematics

AA

AB

AS

X

X

X

AAS X X X

AGS

X X X X

CC*

X X

X X

X X X X

X

X X X X

X

X X

X

X X X X X

X X X X

X X

X X X X

CA X

X

X X

BS

X X X X X X

X X

X

X

X

X

X X X X X X

X

X X

X X

X X X

X X


42


C S N P R I M A RY F I E L D S O F S T U DY 2 0 0 8 - 2 0 0 9 AA

AB

AS

AAS X X X X X X

X X X X

AGS

BS

CA X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X

X X X

X X

X

X

X X X X X X X

X X

X X

X

X X X

X X

X X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X X

CC*

X X

X X

X

X X X

X X

X

X


CIP CODE PRIMARY FIELD 15.08 Mechanical Technology Industrial Mechanical Technology Operations Mechanical Technology Power Utility Program Mechanical Technology Showroom 51.07 Medical Coding 51.0802 Medical Laboratory Assistant 51.08 Medical Laboratory CSN Occupational Track Medical Laboratory UNLV Transfer Track Medical Office Assisting 51.07 51.07 Medical Office Practice 51.07 Medical Transcription 51.15 Mental Health Services Mental Health Services Technician 51.15 50.09 Music 50.09 Music Business And Technology 51.16 Nursing Nursing LPN To RN Nursing Assistant 51.16 51.08 Occupational Therapy Assistant 51.18 Opthalmic Technology Opthalmic Dispensing Technician 51.18 Optical Laboratory Technician 1.06 Ornamental Horticulture Environmental Horticulture Ornamental Horticulture Floral Design Ornamental Horticulture Landscape Design/Contracting Ornamental Horticulture Landscape Management Ornamental Horticulture Urban Horticulture 22.03 Paralegal Studies 51.09 Paramedic Medicine 52.0999 Pastry Arts 51.07 Patient Registration 51.08 Pharmacy Technician 38.01 Philosophy 51.08 Phlebotomy 50.06 Photography Commercial Photography Photography Videography and Film 51.08 Physical Therapist Assistant 45.1 Political Science 51.16 Practical Nursing 14.01 Pre-Engineering 42.01 Psychology 51.09 Radiation Therapy Technology 52.15 Real Estate 51.35 Reflexology Specialist 51.16 Registered Nurse First Assisting 52.14 Retail Management 13.12 Secondary Education 45.11 Sociology Sociology Applied Skills Special Education 13.1 51.09 Surgical Technology Surgical Tech. First Assisting 51.09 50.0501 Theater Studies 52.0903 Travel And Tourism 51.08 Veterinary Technology 48.05 Welding Technology Welding Technology Entry Level Welder 24.0199 Women’s Studies



43

COMPREHENSIVE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

CO M P R E H E N S I V E D E G R E E R E Q U I R E M E N TS

44

GENERAL INFORMATION

Nevada System of Higher Education General Education Core

Which Catalog?

All Nevada System of Higher Education Associate of Arts, Associate of Business, Associate of Science, and Baccalaureate candidates are required to complete a general education core of fifteen (15) credits. Completion of the legislative requirement of United States and Nevada Constitution is required of all students. Courses used to satisfy the NSHE general education core requirements can simultaneously satisfy CSN general education requirements. The mission of the NSHE general education core is to provide opportunities for students to develop a foundation for life-long learning, professional success, and personal development. Upon completion of courses in mathematics, natural and social sciences, fine arts, and humanities, students will demonstrate critical thinking, communication, research and technical skills, and become meaningful participants within their communities and the world. Each NSHE Associate of Arts, Associate of Business, Associate of Science, and Baccalaureate degree must include courses fulfilling the following general education core:

The College of Southern Nevada publishes a catalog each year, which begins fall semester and ends with the next summer term. To earn an associate degree or certificate, students must meet the requirements in the CSN catalog that is current when they earn their first credit(s), took courses and received grades, or the catalog students declare or changed major, or the catalog requirements in effect when they complete the degree or certificate requirements. If a degree is offered for the first time after a student is enrolled, a student may choose the catalog year in which the degree or primary field of study was first offered. In no case may students use a catalog that is more than six (6) years old at the time of graduation (B/R 10/94). Catalog requirements for limited entry programs may begin upon admission to the program. Older CSN catalogs that covered three years are effective at the end of the catalog year. For example, 19992001 is effective until the summer of 2007. 2001-2003 catalog is effective until the summer of 2009. Any questions about matriculation should be referred to the Office of the Registrar. Students enrolled in programs that are accredited or licensed must meet the requirements most recently approved by the accrediting agency or licensing authority. Occasionally the College may change courses and course numbers within a program of study. Students should regularly consult a counselor or advisor in their primary field of study about their course of study.

Credit and GPA Requirements All candidates must earn a minimum of 60 credits which count towards an associate degree. Some programs require more than 60 credits. (See descriptions in this catalog for the specific number of credits required in each primary field of study.) All candidates must earn a minimum of 15 credits in residence at the College for an associate degree. For the Associate of Applied Science degree, a minimum of 15 credits must be earned in the special program requirements. Non-traditional credit, credit transferred from another institution, or credit earned through the course challenge process may not be used to establish the 15 credit residency requirement. All associate degree candidates must have at least a 2.0 grade point average. The following limitations also apply: • No courses with numbers below 100 (such as MATH 093) • No more than 16 non-traditional education credits • AAS candidates cannot have a D grade in the special program requirements


English Requirement. 6 credits. To satisfy the English requirement, all students must complete six semester credits of English, normally consisting of ENG 100 or 101 and 102. CSN assists students learning English through developmental courses and tutoring. Constitutions Requirement. 3-6 credits. The state law of Nevada requires passing a satisfactory examination of the constitutions of both the United States and the State of Nevada. Examinations for the Constitutions requirement may be given only when students are registered in one of the appropriate courses listed in each degree. Mathematics Requirement. 3 credits. Any three credits of an introductory level lower-division mathematics course (120 or above). CSN assists student learning mathematics through developmental courses and tutoring. Natural Sciences Requirement. 3 credits. Any three credits of an introductory level lower-division (100 or 200 level) course in any natural science. Social Science or Humanities Requirement. 3 credits. Any three credits of an introductory level lower-division (100 or 200 level) course in either the social sciences or humanities. This requirement may not be satisfied by the same courses that satisfy the English requirement. (Students earning a second associate of arts, associate of science, or associate of business or baccalaureate degree are not required to repeat the NSHE core of fifteen credits. Evidence of completion of the legislative requirements of U.S. and Nevada Constitutions is required of all seconddegree students.)

CSN General Education Core CSN has developed a curriculum for general education in each of its degrees and certificates as directed by policies of the NSHE Board of Regents that is consistent with its mission. The curriculum integrates goals for student success, and focuses on strengthening student skills in key areas. Whether a student completes a CSN degree and wants to transfer to a four-year college or university, obtain job training, or enrich their personal lives, these skills are the foundation of learning. These skills are embedded in most CSN courses, but the general education courses specifically required in every primary field of study emphasize them. Assessments of the skills and methodologies are embedded in all general education courses. As part of the process of applying for graduation, students may be asked to complete a short inventory of questions designed to evaluate CSN’s effectiveness preparing students as well students’ satisfaction with their overall experience at the College. For more information on the inventory, students should ask their academic counselor or registrar. General Education courses at CSN offer opportunities for students to explore and begin to understand the world. The goals for general education are to develop student competencies in skills or methodologies and to explore broad, common areas of knowledge. General education courses prepare students to access, evaluate, and integrate information from a variety of sources in order to gain knowledge and to use that knowledge to continue life-long learning, to exercise responsible judgment, to make informed decisions, to adapt to changing environments, and to take meaningful action in professional, personal, and community life. Often the skills or methodologies will result from a number of the courses completed, not one specific course. Completing general education at CSN results in fulfilling the following skills or methodologies and goals that directly correlate with general education programs at the University of Nevada, Las Vegas and Nevada State College: • students will be able to write competently and speak competently; • students will understand how to obtain and use information, via both print and electronic media; • students will engage quantitative reasoning, that is, math skills, at the college level; • students will develop competency in analytical reasoning; • students will understand basic concepts of one or two scientific areas of study and develop a knowledge of scientific methodologies; • students will acquire a range of political knowledge, including an understanding of the United States and Nevada Constitutions; • students will acquire an introductory level knowledge about social sciences and their insights about individual or group behaviors;

• students will acquire appreciation or introductory knowledge of the humanities and at least one of the fine arts; • students will understand differences in attitudes, perspectives, and cultures.

ASSOCIATE DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS Including Associate of Arts, Associate of Business, Associate of Science, Associate of Applied Science, Associate of General Studies, and Certificate of Achievement

Transfer Degrees CSN offers a variety of fields of study for students who plan eventually to earn a baccalaureate degree from a fouryear college or university. Students who plan to transfer can earn the Associate of Arts, Associate of Business, or the Associate of Science. These programs can provide the first two years of a four-year program. Any student transferring from the College of Southern Nevada with an Associate of Arts, Associate of Business, or an Associate of Science degree will have that degree counted as fulfilling UNLV’s general education requirements without the necessity for a course-by-course articulation. Every school, whether it is the University of Nevada, Las Vegas, University of Nevada, Reno, Nevada State College, Great Basin College or another college, has its own specific requirements and recommended electives for its various majors. While CSN has a number of major-to-major fields of study with UNLV and Nevada State College, all students planning to transfer to a four-year institution must meet with a counselor or advisor to ensure their understanding of current transfer guidelines and to carefully design a transfer path that will best meet their needs. (See Transfer Students’ Rights and Responsibilities in this catalog.) Always see a counselor or advisor to outline a detailed semester-by-semester plan of study and to obtain all current information on CSN degree requirements leading to graduation.




45



46

The following are general requirement outlines for CSN’s AA, AB, AS, AAS, AGS and CA degrees and certificates of achievement. See page 245 for B. S. Degree requirements in Dental Hygiene. GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS - ASSOCIATE OF ARTS (AA) Coursework must total at least 60 credits. The AA degree includes between 60-72 total credit hours including at least 33 credit hours in general education. In no case, may one course be used to meet more than one requirement. Course numbers less than 100 or with a “B” cannot be used toward the Associate of Arts. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: 35 Credits (Credits in emphases may very) CR 6-8

ENGLISH: English (ENG) (100 or 101 or 113) and (102 or 114)

CR ANALYTICAL THINKING: Philosophy (PHIL) 102

3

LITERATURE: Choose from the following: English (ENG) 223 or above

3

MATHEMATICS: Choose from the following: Mathematics (MATH) 120, 124 or above

3

FINE ARTS: Choose from the following. If transferring to UNLV or NSC, choose one Introductory or Appreciation course: Art (ART) 101, 107, 135, 160, 216, 260, 261 Dance (DAN) 101 Music (MUS) 101, *121, 125, **134, Theatre (THTR) *100, 105

3

7

HUMANITIES: Communication (COM) 101 and one of the following: English (ENG) 223 or above – **ENG 292 History (HIST) 101, 102, 105, 106, *150, *151, 217 International Languages: Chinese (CHI) *111, *112 French (FREN) *111, *112, *211, *212 German (GER) *111, *112, *211, *212 Italian (ITAL) *111, *112, *211, *212 Japanese (JPN) *111, *112, *211, *212 Korean (KOR) *111, *112, *211, *212 Latin (LAT) *111, *112 Russian (RUS) *111, *112, *211, *212 Spanish (SPAN) *111, *112, *211, *212 Philosophy (PHIL) 101, 102, *124, 135, 203, 205, 210, 245, 247, 249

6

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE: Two courses are required and one must include a lab. Choose from the following: Astronomy (AST) 101 or above Biology (BIOL) 100, 109, 113, 120, 122, 189, 196, 197, 220, 223, 224, 251 Chemistry (CHEM) 105 or above Environmental Science (ENV) 101, 220 Geography (GEOG) 103, 104, 117 Geology (GEOL) 101, 102, 103, 105, 120 Physics (PHYS) 110 or above U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: Choose from the following: Political Science (PSC) 101 History (HIST) 101 and 102 History (HIST) 101 and 217

4-6

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS: 25 Credits CR SOCIAL SCIENCES: Nine credits must be from three different disciplines. Choose from the following: Anthropology (ANTH) 101, 104, 105, 106, *205, 206, *209 Criminal Justice (CRJ) 101 Economics (ECON) 102, 103 Political Science (PSC) 101, 200, 211,*231 Psychology (PSY) 101, 102 Sociology (SOC) 101, 102, *205, 261, 275, 276 Women’s Studies (WMST) **113


9

CR ELECTIVES: Number of credits varies according to emphasis. Students should utilize this area to take courses that meet requirements for their major at their intended transfer school. Those who have not yet selected a major may choose from among transferable courses to explore their options. Consult a counselor to ensure transferability of courses.

16

* - indicates course satisfies UNLV’s International Requirement. ** - indicates course satisfies UNLV’s Multicultural Requirement.

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS - ASSOCIATE OF BUSINESS (AB) Coursework must total at least 62 credits. The AB degree includes between 60-72 total credit hours including at least 33 credit hours in general education. In no case, may one course be used to meet more than one requirement. Course numbers less than 100 or with a “B” cannot be used toward the Associate of Business. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: 32 Credits CR ENGLISH: English (ENG) (100 or 101 or 113) and (102 or 114)

6-8

LITERATURE: Choose from the following: English (ENG) 223 or above

3

FINE ARTS: Choose from the following. If transferring to UNLV or NSC, choose one Introductory or Appreciation course: Art (ART) 101, 107, 135, 160, 216, 260, 261 Dance (DAN) 101 Music (MUS) 101, *121, 125, **134 Theatre (THTR) *100, 105

3

HUMANITIES: Communication (COM) 101

3

ANALYTICAL THINKING: Philosophy (PHIL) 102

3

MATHEMATICS: Choose from the following: Mathematics (MATH) 124 or above

3

CR LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE: Two courses are required and one must include a lab. Choose from the following: Astronomy (AST) 101 or above Biology (BIOL) 100, 109, 113, 120, 122, 189, 196, 197, 220, 223, 224, 251 Chemistry (CHEM) 105 or above Environmental Science (ENV) 101, 220 Geography (GEOG) 103, 104, 117 Geology (GEOL) 101, 102, 103, 105, 120 Physics (PHYS) 110 or above U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: Choose from the following: Political Science (PSC) 101 History (HIST) 101 and 102 History (HIST) 101 and 217

7

4-6

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS: 30 Credits Accounting (ACC) 201 Accounting (ACC) 202 Business (BUS) 101 Communication (COM) 102 Information Systems (IS) 101 Economics (ECON) 102 Economics (ECON) 103

Economics (ECON) 261 Mathematics (MATH) 132 Management (MGT) 201

* - indicates course meets UNLV’s International Requirement. ** - indicates course meets UNLV’s Multicultural Requirement.




47



48

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS - ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE (AS) Coursework must total at least 60 credits. The AS degree includes between 60-72 total credit hours including at least 33 credit hours in general education. In no case, may one course be used to meet more than one requirement. Course numbers less than 100 or with a “B” cannot be used toward the Associate of Science. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: 34 Credits CR 6-8

ENGLISH: English (ENG) (100 or 101 or 113) and (102 or 114) LITERATURE: Choose from the following: English (ENG) 223 or above

3

FINE ARTS: Choose from the following. If transferring to UNLV or NSC, choose one Introductory or Appreciation course: Art (ART) 101, 107, 135, 160, 216, 260, 261 Dance (DAN) 101 Music (MUS) 101, *121, 125, **134, Theatre (THTR) *100, 105

3

HUMANITIES: Communication (COM) 101 and one of the following: English (ENG) 223 or above – **ENG 292 History (HIST) 101, 102, 105, 106, *150, *151, 217 International Languages: Chinese (CHI) *111, *112 French (FREN) *111, *112, *211, *212 German (GER) *111, *112, *211, *212 Italian (ITAL) *111, *112, *211, *212 Japanese (JPN) *111, *112, *211, *212 Korean (KOR) *111, *112, *211, *212 Latin (LAT) *111, *112 Russian (RUS) *111, *112, *211, *212 Spanish (SPAN) *111, *112, *211, *212 Philosophy (PHIL) 101, 102, *124, 135, 203, 205, 210, 245, 247, 249

6

CR MATHEMATICS: Choose from the following: Mathematics (MATH) 181 (For Sciences) Mathematics (MATH) 120, 124 or above (For Health Sciences) SOCIAL SCIENCES REQUIREMENT: Nine credits must be from three different disciplines. Choose from the following: Anthropology (ANTH) 101, 104, 105, 106, *205, 206, *209 Criminal Justice (CRJ) 101 Economics (ECON) 102, 103 Political Science (PSC) 101, 200, 211,*231 Psychology (PSY) 101, 102 Sociology 101, 102, *205, 261, 275, 276 Women’s Studies (WMST) **113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: Choose from the following: Political Science (PSC) 101 History (HIST) 101 and 102 History (HIST) 101 and 217

3-4

9

4-6

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS: 26 Credits CR SCIENCE:

12-13

Three-to-four courses are required and one must include a lab. Choose from the following: Astronomy (AST) 101 or above Biology (BIOL) 100, 109, 113, 120, 122, 189, 196, 197, 220, 223, 224, 251 Chemistry (CHEM) 105 or above Environmental Science (ENV) 101, 220 Geography (GEOG) 103, 104, 117 Geology (GEOL) 101, 102, 103, 105, 120 Physics (PHYS) 110 or above

CR ELECTIVES: 12-13 Number of credits varies according to emphasis. Students should utilize this area to take courses that meet requirements for their major at their intended transfer school. Those who have not yet selected a major may choose from among transferable courses to explore their options. Consult a counselor to ensure transferability of courses.

See specific courses required for each emphasis in the catalog. * - indicates course meets UNLV’s International Requirement. ** - indicates course meets UNLV’s Multicultural Requirement.


GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS - ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE (AAS) Coursework must total at least 60 credits. The AAS degree includes between 60-72 total credit hours including between 25-29 credit hours in general education. In no case, may one course be used to meet more than one requirement. Only courses numbered 100 or above may be used. The Associate of Applied Science degree provides employment related and career enhancing skills necessary to succeed in a chosen occupational or technical field of study. Although the AAS degree is not designed to transfer to a four-year program, some of the courses will transfer to four-year colleges and universities. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: CR COMMUNICATIONS: 3 Choose from the following: Business (BUS) 108 Communication (COM) 101, 102, 215 English (ENG) (100 or 101 or 113), (102 or 114), 107, 205 (Select either ENG 100 or101 or 113 to meet only one requirement. ENG 100, 101and 113 are equivalent). Journalism (JOUR) 102 Theatre (THTR) 105 ENGLISH: 3-5 Choose from the following: English (ENG) (100 or 101 or 113), 107 (Select either ENG 100 or101or 113 to meet only one requirement. ENG 100, 101, and 113 are equivalent). HUMAN RELATIONS: Choose from the following: Academic and Life Success (ALS) 101 Anthropology (ANTH) 101, 112, 201, 205 History (HIST) 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260 Human Services (HMS) 130, 135B, 265B Management (MGT) 100B, 283 Philosophy (PHIL) 135 Political Science (PSC) 201 Psychology (PSY) 101, 102, 207, 208, 261 Sociology (SOC) 101 or above

3

MATHEMATICS: Mathematics (MATH) 100B or above, as specified in the catalog for each degree and emphasis.

3

SCIENCE: Choose from the following: Astronomy (AST) 101 or above Biology (BIOL) 100 or above Chemistry (CHEM) 103 or above Engineering (EGG) 131, 132 Environmental Science (ENV) 101 or above Geography (GEOG) 103, 104, 117 Geology (GEOL) 100 or above Health and Human Performance (HHP) 123B, 124B Physics (PHYS) 110 or above

6

CR FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: Choose from the following: American Sign Language (AM) 145 or above Anthropology (ANTH) 101 or above Art (ART) 101 or above Communication (COM) 101 or above Economics (ECON) 100 or above English (ENG) 223 or above Geography (GEOG) 106 or above History (HIST) 101 or above International Languages: Chinese (CHI) 101B or above French (FREN) 101B or above German (GER) 101B or above Italian (ITAL) 101B or above Japanese (JPN) 101B or above Korean (KOR) 101B or above Latin (LAT) 111, 112 Russian (RUS) 111, 112, 211, 212 Spanish (SPAN) 111, 112, 211, 212 Music: Music (MUS) 100 or above Music - Private Instruction (MUSA) 101 or above Music - Concert, Chamber Chorale, Ensemble or Orchestra (MUSE) 101 or above Philosophy (PHIL) 101 or above Political Science (PSC) 101 or above Psychology (PSY) 101 or above Sociology (SOC) 101 or above Theatre (THTR) 100 or above Women’s Studies (WMST) 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: Choose from the following: Political Science (PSC) 101 History (HIST) 101 and 102 History (HIST) 101 and 217

3

4-6

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS: Number of credits required may vary by emphasis. See program requirements and specific courses in the catalog.




49



50

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS- ASSOCIATE OF GENERAL STUDIES (AGS) Coursework must total at least 60 credits. The AGS degree includes between 60-72 total credit hours including at least 33 credit hours in general education. In no case, may one course be used to meet more than one requirement. Only courses numbered 100 or above may be used. The Associate of General Studies degree is designed for students wishing to acquire a broad education, rather than pursuing a specific transfer field or professional/technical field. The AGS is not intended for transfer to a four-year institution. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: CR COMMUNICATIONS: English (ENG)(100 or 101 or 113) and one of the following: Business (BUS) 107, 108 Communication (COM) 101, 102, 215 English (ENG) 102, 107, 114, 205

6-8

FINE ARTS: Choose from the following: Art (ART) 101 or above Dance (DAN) 101 Music: Music (MUS) 100 or above Music - Private Instruction (MUSA) 101 or above Music - Concert, Chamber Chorale, Ensemble or Orchestra (MUSE) 101 or above Theatre (THTR) 100 or above

3

HUMANITIES: Choose from the following: American Sign Language (AM) 145 or above English (ENG) 223 or above History (HIST) 101 or above International Languages: Chinese (CHI) 101B or above French (FREN) 101B or above German (GER) 101B or above Italian (ITAL) 101B or above Japanese (JPN) 101B or above Korean (KOR) 101B or above Latin (LAT) 111, 112 Russian (RUS) 111, 112, 211, 212 Spanish (SPAN) 111, 112, 211, 212 Philosophy (PHIL) 101, 119, 120, 135, 203

3

CR MATHEMATICS: Choose from the following: Mathematics (MATH) 120, 124 or above

3

SCIENCE: Choose from the following: Astronomy (AST) 101 or above Biology (BIOL) 100 or above Chemistry (CHEM) 103 or above Environmental Science (ENV) 101 or above Geography (GEOG) 103, 104, 117 Geology (GEOL) 100 or above Physics (PHYS) 110 or above

3

SOCIAL SCIENCES: Choose from the following: Anthropology (ANTH) 101 or above Economics (ECON) 100 or above English (ENG) 223 or above Geography (GEOG) 106, 109 Political Science (PSC) 101 or above Sociology (SOC) 101 or above Women’s Studies (WMST) 113

3

U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: Choose from the following: Political Science (PSC) 101 History (HIST) 101 and 102 History (HIST) 101 and 217

4-6

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS: 35 Credits CR ELECTIVES: Students may choose occupational or general education courses as electives for this degree.


35

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS - CERTIFICATE OF ACHIEVEMENT (CA) Coursework must total at least 30 credits. The Certificate of Achievement includes between 30-39 credit hours including 9 credit hours of general education. In no case, may one course be used to meet more than one distribution requirement. Only courses numbered 100 or above may be used to meet requirements for the CA. The Certificate of Achievement provides employment related and career enhancing skills necessary to succeed in a chosen occupational or technical field of study. The courses will often be a subset of those required for a corresponding Associate of Applied Science degree. Many students complete the CA and then continue to complete the associate degree while experiencing employment in their chosen profession. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS:

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS: CR

COMMUNICATIONS: Choose from the following: Business (BUS) 108 Communication (COM) 101, 102, 215 English (ENG) (100 or 101or 113), or (102 or 114), 107, 205 Journalism (JOUR) 102 Theatre (THTR) 105

3

Number of credits required may vary by emphasis. Each certificate must include courses which have specific instructional content in computation and human relations. This content must be of significant depth and breadth and be clearly identified in the syllabi of these courses. See program requirements and specific courses in the catalog.




51

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A )

60 Credits

The Associate of Arts Degree is a general transfer program for students who are planning to transfer to UNLV, UNR, NSC, GBC or another baccalaureate-level institution. Students who are transferring outside the NSHE are advised to select courses that meet the requirements of the institution to which they intend to transfer. The AA allows for a disciplinary emphasis and leads to further, specialized study at a four-year college or university. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 CREDITS):

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

LITERATURE: ENG 223 or above

3

___________

FINE ARTS: ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR

3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 223 or above, HIST, International Languages 111 or above, PHIL

6

___________

ANALYTICAL THINKING: PHIL 102

3

MATHEMATICS: MATH 120, 124 or above

3

___________

_____________________________________ ______C O U ___________ RS

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES 7 (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS

___________

_____________________________________

ENGLISH: ENG 100 or 101 or 113 and 102 or 114

U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

SOCIAL SCIENCES: 9 (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines) ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113

SEE A COUNSELOR TO SELECT 16 CREDITS: CR 16 ______

SEMESTER

______

___________

LO R T _____________________________________ ______ O

___________

_____________________________________

4-6

___________

___________

SEE A _____________________________________ CO U N

SE

SELEC

T

______

___________

ES

___________

60 Total Credits ___________

____________________________________ Counselor Signature

_______________ Date

____________________________________ Student Signature

_______________ Date

AA A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

52


A N T H RO P O LO G Y E M P H A S I S

6 3 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) • Demonstrate ability to distinguish among the fields of psychology, sociology, and anthropology, including theoretical perspectives, methodologies, and levels of analysis.

• Demonstrate ability to apply at least three anthropological tools/concepts/ principles and analysis of real situations in family, friendship groups, workplace, students and/or other groups.

• Demonstrate ability to distinguish among the four sub-fields of anthropology, including historical development, methodology, and theoretical orientation.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto:

A L L C S N CO U R S E S T R A N S F E R ; H OW E V E R , T H O S E W I T H “ B ” S U F F I X E S S P E C I F I C A L LY D O N OT T R A N S F E R TO N S C , U N LV, A N D U N R . I N S U B J E C T A R E A L I S T E D B E LOW W H E R E S P E C I F I C CO U R S E N U M B E R S A R E N OT L I S T E D, CO N S U LT A CO U N S E LO R / A DV I S O R TO GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits):

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (28 Credits):

CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________

FINE ARTS:

3

___________


6

___________


3

___________


3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS

7

___________


4-6


ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR

SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Six credits must be from two different disciplines) CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113

CR

SEMESTER

6

___________

ANTH 101

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

3

___________

ANTH 102

Introduction to Physical Anthropology

3

___________

ANTH 105

Introduction to World Archaeology

3

___________

ANTH 106

Introduction to Anthropological Linguistics

3

___________

PSY 210

Introduction to Statistical Methods

4

___________

6

___________

FOR GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY: PLUS 6 credits: ANTH 112 or above OR

___________

FOR AFRICAN CULTURE: 6 credits from the following: ANTH 201, 204, 205, 206, 209, 216 or ENG 223

63 Total Credits

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. For General Anthropology, all courses match UNLV. For African Culture, students should select 6 credits from ANTH 201, 205, 209 or ENG 223. NSC: Degree program not offered. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

ANT A05

Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


53

A RT E M P H A S I S

62 Credits


ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Apply critical thinking skills in the production and analysis of works of art.

• Articulate orally and through written responses to works of art using appropriate language of art.

• Create art that demonstrates strong foundational skills in the application of technique.

• Demonstrate knowledge of the artistic practices and cultural contexts of a variety of artistic traditions.

ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements.


GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________


3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 7 (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS

___________

9

___________

4-6

___________


SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines) ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 OR HIST 101 AND HIST 102 OR HIST 101 AND HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER

ART 101

Drawing I

3

___________

ART 102

Drawing II

3

___________

ART 107

Design Fundamentals I (2-D)

3

___________

ART 216

Sculpture I

3

___________

ART 231

Painting I

3

___________

ART 260

Survey of Art History I

3

___________

OR ART 261

Survey of Art History II

ART 262

Survey of Asian Art

OR ART 263

Survey of African, Oceanic, and Native American Art

3

___________

ART 298

Portfolio Emphasis

3

___________

3

___________

Plus three credits from the following: ART 124

Introduction to Printmaking

ART 135

Photography I

ART 141

Introduction to Digital Photography

ART 201

Life Drawing

ART 211

Ceramics I

ART 243

Digital Imaging I

ART 265

Introduction to Contemporary Art

62 Total Credits For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. For Art History, all courses match UNLV. For Bachelor of Fine Arts, students should select ART 135. NSC: Degree program not offered. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

FA A05


54


CO M M U N I C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

62 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) • Demonstrate effective and appropriate communication choices as sender, receiver, and observer.

• Demonstrate competence with technologies and equipment common to communication practices.

• Understand the human communication process in a variety of contexts: interpersonal, public, group, and mass.

• Apply critical analysis and logical thinking toward making informed, reasoned, and equitable decisions.

• Understand, analyze and evaluate major theories of communication as they invent, research, organize, and deliver structured speeches, papers, or projects.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS


ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

HUMANITIES: ENG 223 or above, HIST,


3

___________

International Languages 111 or above, PHIL


3

___________


3

___________


___________

9

___________

4-6

___________


SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines) ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

COM 101

Oral Communication

3

___________

COM 102

Introduction to Interpersonal Communication

3

___________

COM 216

Survey of Communication Studies 3

___________

Plus 15 credits from the following: COM 133

Culture and Communication

3

___________

12

___________

AND COM Electives

62 Total Credits

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. NSC: Degree program not offered. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

COM A05



55

C R E AT I V E W R I T I N G E M P H A S I S

62 Credits

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) The AA degree with Creative Writing emphasis focuses on the writing of fiction or poetry. As knowledge of the genres and traditions of literature is central to the development of a writer or poet, courses that include the study of the elements of fiction and poetry are integrated into the program. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate critical thinking, reading, and writing skills in the analysis of a variety of academic texts by authors of diverse cultural backgrounds.

developed essays with clear thesis statements, topic sentences, and effective transitional expressions.

• Identify purpose and audience within the rhetorical context.

• Apply the conventions of standard English (grammar, mechanics, and usage) in written assignments.

• Use the steps of the writing process (using invention strategies, organizing, writing, and revising) to produce coherent, well-

• Develop research, synthesis, and documentation skills to prepare papers with MLA-style citation.

ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (27 Credits):

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits):

CR

SEMESTER

8

___________

Oral Communications

3

___________

ENG 205

Introduction to Creative Writing

3

___________

ENG 220

Writing Poetry

CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

International Languages 111 or above (courses must be in a single language)


3

___________

COM 101

ANALYTICAL THINKING:

3

___________

3

___________


___________

9

___________


PHIL 102 MATHEMATICS: MATH 120, 124 or above

SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines) ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 OR HIST 101 AND HIST 102 OR HIST 101 AND HIST 217

OR

4-6

ENG 221

Writing Fiction

3

___________

ENG 232

World Literature II

3

___________

ENG 296

Writing Portfolio

1

___________

6

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following:

___________

ENG 243

Introduction to Short Story

ENG 261

Introduction to Poetry

ENG 275

Contemporary Literature 62 Total Credits

For Students transferring to: UNLV or NSC: Degree program not offered. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

ENG A03


56


CRIMINAL JUSTICE EMPHASIS

62 Credits

The Associate of Arts Degree in Criminal Justice is intended to provide students with the skills, abilities and knowledge needed in order to become practitioners, to transfer to a another institution, and to continue their education. The degree will provide students with a broad overview of the criminal justice system and the criminal justice process, the origin and purpose of formalized criminal laws and other methods of social control, factors that contribute to deviant behavior, methods by which crime might be controlled, and various perspectives relating to the purpose of the criminal justice system in contemporary American society. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge of the history and nature of the major components of the criminal justice system: police, courts, and corrections. • Demonstrate familiarity with the basis of decision-making in the criminal justice process, the social and political context of the legal system, important constitutional issues, and how criminal law differs from other forms of law.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS


• Demonstrate knowledge of the overall problem of crime in the United States, including different types of crimes. • Understand current issues related to crime prevention and rehabilitation of offenders.



CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and HIST, International Languages 111 or above, PHIL

6


3

MATHEMATICS: MATH 120, 124 or above LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL or PHYS



CR

SEMESTER

CRJ 101

Introduction To Criminal Justice

3

___________

CRJ 130

Survey of Criminal Law

3

___________

CRJ 270

Introduction to Criminology

3

___________

Plus 18 credits from the following: CRJ 102

Introduction to Criminal Justice II

3

___________

CRJ 106

Introduction to Corrections

3

___________

CRJ 120

Community Relations

3

___________

CRJ 155

Juvenile Justice System

3

___________

___________

CRJ 164

Introduction to Criminal Investigation

3

___________

3

___________

CRJ 211

Police in America

3

___________

CRJ 215

Probation and Parole

3

___________

7

___________

CRJ 225

Criminal Evidence

3

___________

CRJ 235

Legal Method and Process

3

___________

4-6

___________

___________

62 Total Credits


CRJ A20



57

C U L I N A RY A RTS M A N AG E M E N T E M P H A S I S

63 Credits


ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate basic cooking skills including product identification, knife skills, cold food production and cooking skills.

• Demonstrate proficiency in the restaurant operation.

• Be able to produce commonly used stocks, the foundation sauces and a large compliment of secondary sauces.

• Demonstrate a basic understanding of commercial food and beverage purchasing.

• Demonstrate proficiency in food service sanitation.



CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________

FINE ARTS: ART 160

3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and HIST, International Language (111 or above) or PHIL

6


3

MATHEMATICS: MATH 124

3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: BIOL 100, CHEM 110

8

___________

4-6

___________



___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CUL 110

Basic Cookery

4

___________

CUL 125

Principles of Baking

3

___________

CUL 130

Garde Manger

3

___________

CUL 225

Advanced Baking

3

___________

CUL 250

Saucier

3

___________

FAB 102

Food Service Sanitation II

2

___________

FAB 112

Restaurant Management I

3

___________

FAB 160

Hospitality Purchasing

3

___________

HMD 101

Introduction to the Hospitality Industry

3

___________

63 Total Credits


CUL A03


58


E A R LY C H I L D H O O D E D U C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

63 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) • Demonstrate the dimensions of multicultural education, and demonstrate knowledge of the appropriate pedagogical practices for teaching diverse students. • Demonstrate the use of computers, programs and software, the internet and technological tools. • Explain the major theoretical perspectives of educational psychology and apply the concepts and methods of psychology to teaching, learning and schooling.

• Explain the variety of conventional and informal appraisal techniques for evaluation of the learners’ progression and performance, and provide various modifications within the instructing and learning strategies. • Explain the historical, legal, and philosophical foundations, setting, problems, complexities, and issues related to contemporary early childhood education.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS




CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and HIST 217

6

___________


3

___________


3

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL or PHYS

7

___________

4-6

___________


U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102

CR

SEMESTER

ECE 232

Practicum: Infant and Toddler

4

___________

ECE 250

Introduction to Early Childhood Education

3

___________

ECE 251

Curriculum in Early Childhood Education

3

___________

ECE 252

Infant/Toddler Curriculum

3

___________

ECE 260

Children’s Literature

3

___________

EDU 210

Nevada School Law

2

___________

EDU 220

Principles of Educational Psychology

4

___________

EDU 234

Survey of Computer Uses

3

___________

EDU 280

Valuing Cultural Diversity

3

___________

___________

63 Total Credits


ECE A04



59

E CO N O M I C S E M P H A S I S

61 Credits


ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of economic concepts and applications emphasizing economic theoretical perspectives.

• Demonstrate knowledge of various forms of market structures in the business world.

• Demonstrate preparedness to pursue a bachelor’s degree in economics or related areas.

• Understand the nature of the U.S. banking system and how the Federal Reserve Bank conducts monetary transactions.

• Explain the workings of current global economic and social issues. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________

FINE ARTS:

3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 223 or above, HIST, PHIL

6

___________


3

___________


3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab) AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117 GEOL, PHYS

7

___________




CR

SEMESTER

ECON 102

Principles of Microeconomics

3

___________

ECON 103

Principles of Macroeconomics

3

___________

ECON 261

Principles of Statistics I

3

___________

8

___________

International Languages (Two courses in the same language) PLUS

4-6

FOR GENERAL ECONOMICS: ECON 262

Principles of Statistics II

3

___________

ECON 274

Investment Economics

3

___________

ECON 295

Special Topics in Economics

3

___________

FOR APPLIED FINANCIAL ECONOMICS: ECON 274

Investment Economics

3

___________

ECON 275

Risk Management Economics

3

___________

ECON 276

Internship in Financial Economics 3

___________

___________ 61 Total Credits

For Students transferring to: UNLV: Towards BA in General Economics. For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. NSC: Degree program not offered. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

ECO A01


60


E L E M E N TA RY E D U C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

This degree is designed to provide for the first two years of college preparation for students preparing to become elementary education teachers and/or who plan to become a paraprofessional (Instructional Aid). STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Recognize the dimensions of multicultural education, and demonstrate knowledge of the appropriate pedagogical practices for teaching diverse students. • Demonstrate use of computers, programs and software, the internet and technological tools for the integration of technology across the school curriculum. • Explain the major theoretical perspective of education psychology and apply the concepts and methods of psychology to teaching, learning, and schooling.

• Explain the variety of conventional and informal appraisal techniques for evaluation of the learners’ progression and performance, and provides various modifications within the instruction and learning strategies.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS


• Explain the historical, legal, and philosophical foundations, settings, problems, complexities, and issues related to contemporary elementary education.



CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

EDU 201


3

___________


3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and HIST 217

6

___________


3

___________


3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: (One course must be taken from each category listed below.) LIFE SCIENCE: BIOL 100 EARTH SCIENCE: GEOG 103 and 104 (Lab) PHYSICAL SCIENCE: CHEM 105 and 106 (Lab)

12

___________


4-6

___________


CR

SEMESTER

Introduction to Elementary Education

3

___________

EDU 210

Nevada School Law

2

___________

EDU 220


4

___________

EDU 234

Survey of Computer Uses in Education

3

___________

EDU 280


3

___________

ELECTIVE: (6 Transferable Credits) _____________________________________ ______

___________ SEE A CO U N S E LO _____________________________________ ______ ___________ R TO SELEC T CO___________ _____________________________________ ______ URSE S

61 Total Credits

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. MATH 122 is a prerequisite course for MATH 123 and can be used as an elective. NSC: EDUC 203, MATH 120 and PSY 101 are additional requirements. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

ECE A05



61

E M E RG E N C Y M A N AG E M E N T A D M I N I S T R AT I O N E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) This degree prepares students for career leadership positions in the area of Emergency Management. Students will learn the basic tenets of emergency management: mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery. The purpose of the EMA degree is to assist governmental agencies with command and control operations and support of minor and major disasters. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate basic knowledge of all the tenets of emergency management, including mitigation, recovery, preparedness, response and recovery.

• Demonstrate understanding of emergency management theories and concepts.

• Demonstrate knowledge of interagency and community-wide participation in planning, coordinating and management functions designed to improve emergency management capabilities. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (32 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

EMA 101


3

___________

FINE ARTS:

3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101

3

___________


3

___________


3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 7 (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOL or PHYS

___________


CR

SEMESTER

Principles of Emergency Management

3

___________

EMA 102

Emergency Planning

3

___________

EMA 120

Emergency Operations Centers

3

___________

EMA 130

Role and Scope of the Public Information Officer

3

___________

EMA 140

Disaster Response and Recovery

3

___________

EMA 210

Disaster Mitigation

3

___________

EMA 220

Emergency Simulations and Exercises

3

___________

EMA 230

Incident Command System National Curriculum

4

___________

EMA 240

Web-Based Emergency Management Simulation Exercise

4

___________

EMA 250

Terrorism Response Planning

3

___________



4-6



EMA A01


62


ENGLISH EMPHASIS

61 Credits


• Demonstrate critical thinking, reading, and writing skills in the analysis of a variety of academic texts by authors of diverse cultural backgrounds. • Identify purpose and audience within the rhetorical context. • Use the steps of the writing process (using invention strategies, organizing, writing, and revising) to produce coherent, welldeveloped essays with clear thesis statements, topic sentences, and effective transitional expressions.

• Apply the conventions of standard English (grammar, mechanics, and usage) in written assignments. • Develop research, synthesis, and documentation skills to prepare papers with MLA-style citations.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS


• Incorporate computer technology (type, spell check, cut/paste, save, print, etc.) into the writing process and apply the skills of revision, editing, and proofreading in written assignments.



CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________

Plus 9 credits from the following: ENG 223 or above


3

___________


___________

9

___________

4-6

___________


SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines) ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER

14

___________

3

___________

_____________________________________

3

___________

_____________________________________

3

___________

_____________________________________

3

___________

International Languages: 111 or above (courses must be in a single language) COM 101

Oral Communication

61 Total Credits

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. Students should select 9 credits from the following ENG 235, 236, 241, and 242. NSC: Students should select 9 credits from the following ENG 231, 232, 241, 242, 243, 252, and 261. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

ENG A02



63

G LO BA L S T U D I E S

64 Credits

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) The Global Studies program is predicated on the notion that solutions to local, national, and international issues are found not within the confines of a particular field, but at the boundaries and within the union of disciplines. This implies that the program is interdisciplinary. Gaining an understanding of global social, economic, political, historical systems which are anchored in the differing philosophical and religious traditions will help the student appreciate the commonality of all human aspirations irrespective of location. The appreciation of diversity of human cultures and traditions is the core value which enables program graduates to work and succeed in our global Society. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Through oral and/or written arguments present logically and internally consistent arguments from a variety of sides of a contemporary global issue or event.

• Through oral and/or written arguments demonstrate an appreciation that people the world over face many of the same global issues despite their diverse values and traditions.

• Analyze, reformulate issues, and proffer solutions using the art of compassionate critical thinking.

• Have no more than one C grade in the required program courses.

• Through oral and/or written argument demonstrate an understanding of the interconnectedness of global events. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

ENGLISH: 6 ENG 100 or 101 or 113 and 102 or 114 LITERATURE: 3 ENG 223 or above FINE ARTS: 3 ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR HUMANITIES: 6 COM 101 and ENG 231 or ENG 232 ANALYTICAL THINKING: 3 PHIL 102 MATHEMATICS: 3 MATH 120, 124, 132 or above LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 7 (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV 101, GEOG 103, 104, 117 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: 4-6 PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

___________

___________

SEMESTER

3 3

___________ ___________

3

___________

3

___________

8

___________

CAPSTONE COURSE IN GLOBAL STUDIES: 3 (PSC 295 or ECON 295 – Special Topics)

___________

GEOG 106 World Geography Plus 3 credits from the following: HIST 150

Introduction to Chinese Civilization

HIST 151

Introduction to Japanese Civilization

HIST 222

Terrorism and Political Violence

HIST 247

History of the Mexican Nation

HIST 280

History of American Immigration

ART 262

Survey of Asian Art

ART 263

Survey of African, Oceanic, and Native American Art

MUS 126

History of Black Popular Music

PHIL 124

Philosophical Traditions of Asia

PHIL 210

World Religions

Plus 3 credits from the following: PSC 211

Comparative Government and Politics

PSC 231

World Politics

WMST 113 Gender, Race and Class

People and Culture of the World

Gender in CrossCultural Perspective ECON 103 Principles of Macroeconomics Continued in next column.

CR

Plus 3 credits from the following: ___________

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (29 Credits): ANTH 201 OR ANTH 209

Continued from previous column.

3

___________

3

___________

International Languages: (Two courses in the same language)


GLO A01

64 Total Credits


64


H I S TO RY E M P H A S I S

62 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) • Demonstrate an understanding of the contours of history as a varied field of study encompassing social, political, economic, constitutional, and cultural history. • Demonstrate an understanding of history in general, and the interplay of world, national, and/or local events in the shaping of the world in which we live, and a better appreciation of the student’s role in society.

• Demonstrate appropriate oral and written communications skills. • Demonstrate critical thinking skills. • Demonstrate abilities to do research and find information on historical and current events.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS




CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________



3

___________


___________

SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines) ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON 103, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113

9

___________

U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101

4

CR

SEMESTER

FINE ARTS: ART, DAN 101, Music or THTR

3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101, International Languages 111 or above, PHIL

3

___________

HIST 101

U.S. History I

3

___________

HIST 102

U.S. History II

3

___________

HIST 105

European Civilization to 1648

3

___________

HIST 106

European Civilization Since 1648

3

___________

HIST 217

Nevada History

3

___________

HIST 251

Historical Investigation

3

___________

3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: HIST _____________________________________ ___________

62 Total Credits

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. NSC: No additional courses suggested. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

SS A04



65

H O S P I TA L I T Y M A N AG E M E N T E M P H A S I S

62 Credits

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) The Associate of Arts (AA) degree with a Hospitality Management emphasis is specifically designed for the student who intends to transfer to the William F. Harrah College of Administration at UNLV. This AA degree is fully articulated with UNLV and the hotel college. The special program requirements at CSN are included in the hotel college core requirements at UNLV. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in computer technology related to the front desk. • Demonstrate knowledge of the nature and scope of the hospitality industry.

• Demonstrate proficiency in Financial Analysis. • Demonstrate a basic understanding of commercial food and beverage purchasing.



CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________

FINE ARTS:

3

___________


ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR HUMANITIES: COM 101 and HIST, International Languages 111 or above, PHIL

6

___________


3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 124 or above

3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab) AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL or PHYS

7

___________


CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201

Financial Accounting

3

___________

ECON 261


3

___________

FAB 102


2

___________

FAB 160


3

___________

HMD 101


3

___________

HMD 103

Introduction to the Lodging Industry 3

___________

HMD 225

Basic Computer Applications for Hospitality Managers

OR

4-6

IS 101

Introduction to Information Systems 3

___________

HMD 259

Human Resources Management in 3 the Hospitality Industry

___________

HMD 295

Work Experience in Lodging Operations

1

___________

TCA 221

Hospitality Accounting I

3

___________



HMD A02


66


I N T E R N AT I O N A L L A N G UAG E S E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) • Demonstrate an ability to converse at an intermediate level of fluency in the language of concentration.

• Demonstrate knowledge of the culture and context of the language of concentration.

• Acquire a passive reading vocabulary equivalent to that necessary for success in 300-level courses.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS





CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3


CR

SEMESTER


6

___________

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and HIST or PHIL

6

___________

3

___________

International Languages: 111 or above (courses must be in single language)

14

___________

3

___________


___________

SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines): ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113

9

___________


4-6

___________



61 Total Credits


IB A01



67

JOURNALISM/MEDIA STUDIES EMPHASIS

62 Credits

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) The Associate of Arts degree with Journalism and Media Studies Emphasis is a general transfer program for students who are planning to transfer to UNLV and UNR or another baccalaureate-level institution. A secondary objective may be employment upon the completion of the AA. Student will be able to specialize in one of four (4) areas; Television Production, Radio Production, Print Journalism and Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC). STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the ability to effectively analyze a range of audience types and tailor content to those audiences through a variety of media. this will include an understanding of the various communication codes of those media. • Demonstrate an understanding about diverse cultures through audience analysis, communication with other students in class discussions, and planned curriculum. • Demonstrate an understanding of a range of media technologies including television, radio, and computer applications for both research and the creation of media content. Many such technologies will involve hands-on activities (e.g., running cameras, computer editing, newspaper layout programs, etc.).

• Demonstrate an understanding of roles, responsibilities, and routines of various media operations that will enhance their ability to obtain employment and perform in employment situations. • Student will demonstrate that they understand (1) that communication is a dynamic process that involves constant change and development; (2) that communication requires adaptation and adjustment to various audience dynamics; and that (3) that meanings rest in words, actions and channels through which messages are exchanged.



SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________


3

___________


___________


9

___________


4-6


___________

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232.

CR

SEMESTER

COM 101

Oral Communication

3

___________

COM 196

Internship

3

___________

JOUR 100

Introduction to Journalism and Media Studies

3

___________

JOUR 101

Critical Analysis of the Mass Media

3

___________

JOUR 102

News Reporting and Writing

3

___________

JOUR 203

Writing Across Media

3

___________

JOUR 220

Fundamentals of Applied Media Aesthetics

3

___________

JOUR 241

News and the News Media

3

___________

FOR TELEVISION PRODUCTION: Plus 3 Credits from: JOUR 201 Television Studio Production I

3

___________

FOR RADIO PRODUCTION: Plus 3 Credits from: Radio Production COM 121

3

___________

FOR PRINT JOURNALISM: Plus 3 Credits from: JOUR 105 Publications Workshop I

3

___________

FOR INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS (IMC): Plus 3 Credits from: JOUR 261 Introduction to IMC

3

___________

NSC: Degree program not offered. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

JOU A01

62 Total Credits


68


L AT I N A M E R I C A N A N D L AT I N A / O S T U D I E S

6 3 Credits

This interdisciplinary degree offers courses on Latin America and Latinas/Latinos in the United States. It aims at providing an overview of the historical, political, cultural, financial, psychological, and artistic factors that have contributed to create the current conditions, identity, and diversity of these groups. The program prepares students for further education and careers in areas such as education, humanities, social sciences, business, counseling, and the media. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate understanding of a variety of historical, political, economic, geographic, and social issues that define Latin America and its people and/or U.S. Latinos. • Demonstrate understanding of the diversity and complexity of cultures, traditions, and artistic expressions found throughout Latin America and/or the U.S. Latino population.

• Demonstrate appropriate oral and written communication skills. • Demonstrate abilities to do research and find information on topics related to Latin America and/or U.S. Latinos. • Demonstrate a language competency equal to a one year or a oneyear sequence in Spanish at the college level.

ASSOCIATE ASSOCIATE OF ARTS OF ARTS




ENGLISH: ENG 100 or 101 or 113 and 102 or 114 LITERATURE: ENG 223 or above FINE ARTS: ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 292 or ENG 293 ANALYTICAL THINKING: PHIL 102 MATHEMATICS: MATH 120, 124 or above LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER

6

___________

3

___________

3

___________

6

___________

3

___________

3

___________

7

___________

4-6

___________


Introduction to Latin American Studies LAS 210 Hispanic Groups in the United States LAS 299 Capstone Class in Latin American Studies Continued in next column. LAS 101

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3

___________

1

___________

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. For Social Science, students should select 9 credits from ANTH 214, PSC 205, PSY 260, and ECON 180.

Continued from previous column.

CR

SEMESTER

Plus 6-8 credits from the following: 6-8 SPAN 111 First Year Spanish I SPAN 112 First Year Spanish II OR SPAN 211 Second Year Spanish I SPAN 212 Second Year Spanish II OR SPAN 226 Spanish for Heritage Speakers I SPAN 227 Spanish for Heritage Speakers II Plus 3 credits from the following: 3 ENG 211 Introduction to Linguistics OR LAS 224 Mexican Culture Plus 3 credits from the following: 3 ART 267 Pre-Columbian Art and Architecture MUS 229 Survey of Latin American Music PHO 275 History of 20th Century Mexican Photography Plus 9 credits from the following: 9 ANTH 214 Introduction to Mesoamerican Prehistory and Archeology ECON 180 Economics and Discrimination HIST 227 Introduction to Latin American History and Culture I HIST 228 Introduction to Latin American History and Culture II HIST 247 History of the Mexican Nation HIST 280 History of American Immigration PSC 205 Latin Politics and Society PSY 260 Psychological Adjustment of Latinos in the U.S.

___________


LAS A01

___________

___________

___________

63 Total Credits



69

MUSIC EMPHASIS

62 Credits


ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate fluency in the written language of music, including the ability to read and write in multiple clefs, recognize and construct various musical devices including chords, scales, intervals, rhythms, and harmonization in traditional and contemporary styles.

• Demonstrate basic knowledge in required general education courses, in order to display a well-rounded level of literacy and competence in universally recognized fields of study such as English, mathematics, science, and humanities.

• Demonstrate literacy in the historical styles of music, including the ability to recognize Western musical forms and styles from the Middle Ages through the twentieth century.

• Demonstrate expanded knowledge of diversity and technology, issues which have significant impact upon the ever-changing fields of music history, theory, and performance.

• Acquire broad experience in applied music, through piano proficiency examinations, private instruction on voice or an instrument, and required ensemble participation. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (27 Credits):


SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________


3

___________

Private Lessons (MUSA 101- 146, MUSA 201-246)


___________

Ensemble (MUSE 101 - MUSE 161)


9

___________


4-6


CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

MUS 131

Introduction to Music Literature

MUS 205

Theory I

4

___________

MUS 206

Theory II

4

___________

MUS 207

Theory III

4

___________

MUS 208

Theory IV

4

___________

4-8

___________

4

___________

Piano Proficiency Exam and three juried performances in major field are required.

___________

Four semesters Concert Attendance required (MUS 100) 62 Total Credits


FA A06


70


P H I LO S O P H Y E M P H A S I S

62 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) • Demonstrate knowledge of influential thinkers and arguments that have been advanced in the history of the Western intellectual tradition. • Demonstrate knowledge of some of the most influential thinkers and arguments that have been advanced by contemporary thinkers. • Demonstrate knowledge of some of the core concepts and vocabulary related to metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, aesthetics, and logic.

• Demonstrate an ability to think critically, such as the ability to identify inconsistencies in sets of claims, to identify the presumptions of claims, and to identify the implications of claims. • Demonstrate the ability to think objectively, that is, dispassionately, about their own personal convictions whether they are religious, political, or social in nature.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS




CR

SEMESTER


6

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 223 or above, HIST, International Languages 111 or above

6

___________

Introduction to Philosophy

3

___________

_____________________________________

3

___________

_____________________________________

3

___________

_____________________________________

3

___________

_____________________________________

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________


3

___________

Plus 12 credits from the following: PHIL


7

___________


9


4-6


PHIL 101

___________ 62 Total Credits ___________

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. Students should select 12 credits from the following: PHIL 102, 135, 203, 205, 210, 244, 247, and 249. NSC: Degree program not offered. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

PHI A01



71

POLITICAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS

62 Credits


ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the Nevada Constitution and the Bill of Rights, and the major institutions of government, executive, legislative, judicial, and the remaining amendments to the United States Constitution.

• Demonstrate a greater knowledge and understanding of this democratic republic, as well as demonstrate an understanding of U.S. public policy and its relation to our lives.

• Provide a rationale for the study of American Politics and the historical development of this field. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (37 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3

___________


3

___________


___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100 or 101 OR 113 and 102 or 114

U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

4-6

CR

SEMESTER

SOCIAL SCIENCES: ECON 103 and ANTH, CRJ 101, PSY, SOC

6

___________


3

___________

PSC 101

Introduction to American Politics

4

___________

PSC 200

Survey of Political Theory

3

___________

PSC 211

Comparative Government and Politics

3

___________

_____________________________________

3

___________

_____________________________________

3

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: PSC



PSC A01


72


P S YC H O LO G Y E M P H A S I S

60 Credits


• Demonstrate familiarity with empirical scientific methods and theory utilized in social science research. • Demonstrate ability to distinguish among psychologists, psychiatrists, psychoanalysts, including theoretical orientations, methods of inquiry and techniques of intervention.

perspectives including cognitive, behaviorism, biological psychology, humanistic psychology, socio-cultural psychology and evolutionary psychology to the analysis of human behavior. • Apply at least three psychology tools/concepts/principles towards improvement of life for themselves and/or others.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS


• Demonstrate ability to apply three of the six major psychological ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6


3


3


7



___________

___________ ___________

CR SOCIAL SCIENCES: 9 (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines) ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, SOC, WMST 113

SEMESTER ___________

FOR GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY: FINE ARTS: ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR

3

___________

PSY 101

General Psychology

3

___________

PSY 210

Introduction to Statistical Methods 4

___________

PSY 240

Introduction to Research Methods

3

___________

3

___________

MHDD 103 Psychopathology and Developmental Disabilities

1

___________

MHDD 107 Medication Fundamentals

2

___________

MHDD 109 Introduction to Therapeutic Interventions

2

___________

MHDD 154 Advanced Therapeutic Intervention 2

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: PSY FOR MENTAL HEALTH:

4-6

___________

___________

MHDD 127 Positive Behavior Supports OR

PSY 101

General Psychology

3

___________

PSY 210

Introduction to Statistical Methods 4

___________

PSY 241

Introduction to Abnormal Psychology

___________

3

For Students transferring to: UNLV: Students must follow the General Psychology track. For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232.

60 Total Credits

NSC: Students must follow the General Psychology track. For BS in General Psychology, students must complete MATH 181 and PSY 234. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

PSY A01



73

S E CO N D A RY E D U C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) This degree is designed to provide for the first two years of college preparation for students preparing to become secondary education teachers and/or who plan to become a paraprofessional (Instructional Aid). STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Recognize the dimensions of multicultural education, and demonstrate knowledge of the appropriate pedagogical practices for teaching diverse students. • Demonstrate use of computers, programs and software, the internet and technological tools for the integration of technology across the school curriculum. • Explain the major theoretical perspective of educational psychology and apply the concepts and methods of psychology to teaching, learning and schooling.

• Explain the variety of conventional and informal appraisal techniques for evaluation of the learners’ progression and performance, and provide modifications within the instructing and learning strategies. • Explain the historical, legal and philosophical foundations, settings, problems, complexities, and issues related to contemporary secondary education.

ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (34 - 35 Credits): CR


SEMESTER

ENGLISH: 6-8 ___________ ENG 100 or 101 or 113 and 102 or 114 LITERATURE: 3 ___________ ENG 223 or above MATHEMATICS: 3 ___________ MATH 120, 123 or above U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: 4-6 ___________ PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 SEE A COUNSELOR TO SELECT COURSES APPROPRIATE FOR THE DISTRIBUTIONS TOWARDS YOUR CAREER PATH FOR A SOCIAL SCIENCE TEACHING FIELD: ANALYTICAL THINKING: 3 ___________ PHIL 102 FINE ARTS: 3 ___________ ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR HUMANITIES: 6 ___________ COM 101 and HIST 217 LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 7 ___________ (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM, ENV, GEOG, GEOL, PHYS FOR A LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCE / ANALYTICAL THINKING TEACHING FIELD: FINE ARTS: 3 ___________ ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR HUMANITIES: 6 ___________ COM 101 and HIST 217 SOCIAL SCIENCES: 9 ___________ (Select one course from three different disciplines): ANTH (except 102), CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113 FOR A HUMANITIES / FINE ARTS TEACHING FIELD: 3 ___________ ANALYTICAL THINKING: PHIL 102 LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 7 ___________ (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM, ENV, GEOG, GEOL, PHYS SOCIAL SCIENCES: 9 ___________ Select one course from three different disciplines): ANTH (except 102), CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113

EDU 202 EDU 210 EDU 220 EDU 234 EDU 280

Introduction to Secondary Education Nevada School Law Principles of Educational Psychology Survey of Computer Uses in Education Valuing Cultural Diversity

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

2 4

___________ ___________

3

___________

3

___________

ELECTIVES: 12 (12 Transferable Credits) _____________________________________ ______

___________

SEE A CO U N _____________________________________ ______ ___________ S E LO R TO S E L E______ _____________________________________ C T CO___________ URSE S _____________________________________ ______ ___________

61 Total Credits

ECE A06 For Students transferring to: UNLV: Secondary Education Teaching Fields for course distributions match lower division requirements. NSC: Degree program not offered. Student must refer to specific major for Secondary Education Teaching Concentration. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.


74


S O C I O LO G Y E M P H A S I S

60 Credits

The Associate of Arts Degree with an Emphasis in Sociology will prepare students to apply to an undergraduate program in sociology. In addition, students who plan to pursue a career will have basic skills in critical thinking, writing, and oral communication. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an ability to express the contribution of sociology to understanding social reality at both the micro and macro level of analysis.

• Demonstrate an ability to define and illustrate the following sociological concepts: culture, social structure, social inequality, and cultural diversity.

• Demonstrate an ability to apply the major theoretical orientations in sociology — functionalism, conflict, and symbolic interactionism —to the analysis of social structure and human behavior.

• Apply at least three sociological tools/concepts/principles towards improvement of life for themselves and/or others.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS


• Demonstrate knowledge of social science research methods, data interpretation, and various ethical issues related to the research process. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits):


SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3


3


6


3


3


4-6


___________

SOCIAL SCIENCES: 6 (Six credits must be from two different disciplines): ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, WMST 113

___________

SOC 101

Principles of Sociology

3

___________

SOC 102

Contemporary Social Issues

3

___________

SOC 240

Social Science Research Methods

3

___________

SOC 275

Introduction to Marriage and the Family

3

___________

SOC 299

Capstone Course in Sociology

1

___________

3

___________

3

___________

___________

___________ ___________


LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 7 (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

___________

___________

SOC 205

Ethnic Group

SOC 210


SOC 225

Media and Society

SOC 261

Introduction to Social Psychology

SOC 276

Aging in Modern Society

SOC 298

Selected Topics in Sociology



COM 102

Introduction to Interpersonal Communications

HIST 107

Women in American History

HIST 280

History of American Immigration

IS 101

Introduction to Information Systems

MGT 201

Principles of Management

PHIL 207

Social and Political Philosophy


SOC A01

60 Total Credits



75

S P E C I A L E D U C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

62 Credits

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) This degree is designed to provide for the first two years of college preparation for students preparing to become special education teachers and/or who plan to become a paraprofessional (Instructional Aid). STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Recognize the dimensions of multicultural education, and demonstrate knowledge of the appropriate pedagogical practices for teaching diverse students. • Demonstrate use of computers, programs and software, the internet and technological tools for the integration of technology across the school curriculum.

• Explain the variety of conventional and informal appraisal techniques within the instructing and learning strategies. • Explain the historical, legal, and philosophical foundations, setting, problems, complexities, and issues related to contemporary special education.

• Explain the major theoretical perspectives of educational psychology and apply the concepts and methods of psychology to teaching, learning and schooling. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (27 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

Introduction to Special Education

3

___________

EDU 210

Nevada School Law

2

___________

EDU 220


4

___________

EDU 234


3

___________

EDU 280


3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

EDU 203


3

___________

FINE ARTS:

3

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100,or 101,or 113 and 102 or 114

ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR HUMANITIES: COM 101 and HIST 217

6


3

___________


3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM, ENV, GEOL or PHYS

7

___________

4-6

___________


___________

ELECTIVES: (12 Transferable Credits) _____________________________________

12 ______

___________

SEE A CO U N _____________________________________ ______ ___________ S E LO R TO S E ______ ___________ _____________________________________ LECT _____________________________________ ______C O___________ URSE S 62 Total Credits

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. NSC: For students planning to attend NSC, Special Education is part of the Elementary Education Major. EDUC 201, Math 122, Math 123, and PSY 101 are additional requirements. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

ECE A07


76


T H E AT R E S T U D I E S E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

The Associate of Arts Degree in Theatre Studies is designed for students who wish to pursue theatre careers in acting and theatre education. Courses for study include: communication, management, acting, voice, movement, criticism, research, construction techniques for theatre, electronic technology, lighting, sound and performance practical application. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Expand their vocabulary - in particular their knowledge of the terminology of the theater - through reading and research.

• Improve their ability to think critically and write effectively through script analysis and discussion.

• Expand their knowledge and ability to communicate the social and historical relevance of the central themes and fundamental philosophies of theatrical literature from classical to contemporary.

• Be effectively prepared for continued study and the completion of a four-year degree in Theater.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS


• Be able to effectively discuss the similarities and differences of theater’s various genres. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________


3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 7 (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENG, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS

___________


9

___________


4-6


CR

SEMESTER

DAN 132

Jazz Dance (Beginning)

1

___________

DAN 135

Beginning Modern Dance

1

___________

DAN 138

Beginning Ballet

1

___________

THTR 102

Introduction to Stage Voice

3

___________

THTR 105

Introduction to Acting I

3

___________

THTR 199

Play Structure and Analysis

3

___________

THTR 204

Theatre Technology I

3

___________

THTR 205

Introduction to Acting II

3

___________

THTR 209

Theatre Practicum

5

___________

THTR 214

Theatre Technology II

3

___________



THR A01


77



77

WO M E N ’ S S T U D I E S E M P H A S I S

6 2 Cre d i t s

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS

A S S O C I AT E O F A RTS D E G R E E ( A A ) Gender shapes human consciousness and determines the social, economic, political, and cultural organization of human society throughout history. Students who enter into women’s studies will thus be exposed to the historical and contemporary issues of gender. We are committed to providing a setting for students to develop critical thinking and writing skills, the ability to analyze material, the use of abstract thinking, and oral presentations. These skills that will serve the students well in their personal professional and social lives. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge of the contributions that women have made throughout history in all aspects of life, sources of their omission from traditional approaches to scholarship and traditional centers of power, and contemporary issues concerning gender and sexual orientation in culture and society. • Demonstrate knowledge of feminist theories, multidisciplinary

perspectives, feminist research methodologies and ethics, global and local activism, and structural and cultural analyses, especially the intersectionality of gender, race, and class. • Demonstrate the ability to think abstractly, read critically, analyze situations, organize material, write well, and conduct oral presentations, all of which are useful skills that employers welcome.



SEMESTER

6-8

___________

LITERATURE: ENG 231 or ENG 232

3

___________


3

___________


3

___________


LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 7 (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105, or above, ENV, GEOL 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS

___________

9

___________

SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines) ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 OR HIST 101and HIST 217

4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

FINE ARTS: ART, DAN, Music, THTR

6

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 223 or above, HIST, International Languages 111 or above

6

___________

WMST 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies

3

___________

WMST 113 Gender, Race, and Class

3

___________

WMST 247 Philosophy and Women

3

___________

WMST 250 Introduction to Feminist Theory

3

___________

WMST 255 The American Women’s Movement 3

___________

WMST 275 Introduction to Marriage and Family 3

___________

WMST 285 History of Witchcraft

3

___________

WMST 286 Goddess Traditions

3

___________

WMST 295 Special Topics

3

___________


62 Total Credits


WMS A01


78


A S S O C I AT E O F B U S I N E S S D E G R E E ( A B )

62 Credits

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge and skills required for employment in business related careers.

• Demonstrate understanding of the theory and practice of business.

• Demonstrate an understanding of business operations.

Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (32 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________

FINE ARTS:

3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101

3

___________


3

___________


3

___________

LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES: (Two courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM 105 or above, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL or PHYS

7

___________




CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

ACC 202

Managerial Accounting

3

___________

BUS 101

Introduction to Business

3

___________

COM 102


3

___________

IS 101


___________

ECON 102


3

___________

ECON 103


3

___________

ECON 261


3

___________

MATH 132

Finite Mathematics

3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

ASSOCIATE OF BUSINESS

ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES.

62 Total Credits 4-6

___________

For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. NSC: In addition students must complete MGT 235. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

BUS A01



79

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S )

60 Credits

The Associate of Science Degree is a general transfer program for students who are planning to transfer to UNLV, UNR, NSC, GBC or another baccalaureate-level institution. A secondary objective may be employment upon completion of the AS. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES: Student Learning Outcomes depend upon the students Special Program Requirements and the outcomes will be done through the Science Department on an individual basis. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (34 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

SCIENCE:


3

___________

(Three-to-four courses from the following, one must include a lab): AST, BIOL, CHEM, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS


3

___________


6

___________


ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (26 Credits): SEMESTER

13

___________

PLUS 13 CREDITS SEE A COUNSELOR TO SELECT 13 CREDITS: _____________________________________ ______

3-4

___________


9

___________


4-6

MATHEMATICS: (For Sciences) MATH 181 (For Health Sciences) MATH 120, 124 or above

CR

___________

SEE A _____________________________________ ______ ___________ CO U N S E L O _____________________________________ ______ ___________ R TO SELEC T CO___________ _____________________________________ ______ URSE S _____________________________________ ______ ___________ 60 Total Credits

___________


_______________ Date


_______________ Date

AS A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

80


B I O LO G I C A L S C I E N C E E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S ) The Associate of Science Degree is a general transfer program for students who are planning to transfer to UNLV, UNR, NSC, GBC or another baccalaureate-level institution. A secondary objective may be employment upon completion of the AS. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge of the diversity and similarity of organizational levels ranging from molecules to the community.

• Articulate, in verbal and written form, knowledge of biology, biological methods, and biological issues in context.

• Demonstrate knowledge of scientific methods and the relationships among theory, experiment, analysis of date and general knowledge.

• Demonstrate knowledge of basic laboratory safety procedures and experimentation skills.

ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (32 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6


4

___________

SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Six credits must be from two different disciplines): ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113

6

___________


4-6

___________


___________

CR

SEMESTER

BIOL 189

Fundamentals of Life Science

4

___________

BIOL 196

Principles of Modern Biology I

4

___________

BIOL 197

Principles of Modern Biology II

4

___________

CHEM 121 General Chemistry I

4

___________

CHEM 122 General Chemistry II

4

___________

CHEM 241 Organic Chemistry I

4

___________

PHYS 151

General Physics I

4

___________

PHYS 152

General Physics II

4

___________



64 Total Credits

*Students with strong high school preparation in biology (honors or AP Biology courses with lab or the equivalent) and who have achieved a score of 4 or better on the AP Biology exam or a score of 600 or better on the SAT II Biology E/M exam or a satisfactory score on the CSN Biological Sciences Placement Exam may have the BIOL 189 lecture waived. For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. NSC: No additional courses suggested. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

BIO A01



81

C H E M I S T RY E M P H A S I S

63 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S ) The Associate of Science Degree is a general transfer program for students who are planning to transfer to UNLV, UNR, NSC, GBC or another baccalaureate-level institution. A secondary objective may be employment upon completion of the AS. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate a knowledge of Inorganic Chemistry: Stoichiometry, Nomenclature, Acids and Bases, Gas Laws, Equilibrium, Kinetics, Thermochemistry, Electrical Chemistry and Nuclear Chemistry. • Demonstrate a knowledge of Organic Chemistry: Stoichiometry, Nomenclature, Acids and Bases, Gas Laws, Equilibrium, Kinetics, Organic Synthesis and Mechanisms.

• Demonstrate a knowledge of Scientific Methods and the relationship of theory, experiment, data analysis and general knowledge. • Demonstrate the ability to articulate chemical knowledge in verbal, written, and computational form.





CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 223 or above, HIST International Languages 111 or above, PHIL

6


4

___________


9

___________


4-6


CR

SEMESTER


4

___________


4

___________

CHEM 241 Organic Chemistry I

4

___________

CHEM 242 Organic Chemistry II

4

___________

4

___________

MATH 182 ___________

Calculus II

PLUS FOR BIOCHEMISTRY:

___________

BIOL 196


4

___________

BIOL 197


4

___________

FOR CHEMISTRY BA: PHYS 151

General Physics I

4

___________

PHYS 152

General Physics II

4

___________

FOR CHEMISTRY BS: PHYS 180

Physics for Scientists and Engineers I

4

___________

PHYS 181

Physics for Scientists and Engineers II

4

___________

PHYS 182

Physics for Scientists and Engineers III

4

___________

63 Total Credits


CHE A01


82


D E N TA L H YG I E N E

88 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S ) The Dental Hygienist is the licensed prevention specialist in the dental health team, providing health education, administering local anesthesia, removing deposits and stains from teeth, exposing x-rays, and applying topical fluoride. The curriculum is demanding, requiring a high degree of individual motivation, stamina, and manual dexterity. This program of classroom and clinical instruction is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval without reporting requirements.” The Commission is a specialized accrediting body recognized by the United States Department of Education. The Commission on Dental Accreditation can be contacted at 312 440-4653 or at 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL. 60611. Graduates will be eligible to take the written national Board and clinical State or Regional Boards in order to become licensed. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate treatments that include preventive and therapeutic procedures to promote and maintain oral health and assist the patient in achieving oral health goals.

• Demonstrate the ability to initiate and assume responsibility for health promotion and disease prevention activities for diverse populations.

• Demonstrate the ability to acquire and synthesize information in a critical, scientific, and effective manner. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES.


ENGLISH: ENG 100 or 101 or 113 and 102 or 114, HUMANITIES:

CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

3

___________

COM 101 or 102 LITERATURE:

3

___________

ENG 223 or above MATHEMATICS:

3

___________

MATH 127 or above LIFE AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES:

12

___________

6

___________

4-6

___________

BIOL 223, 224, CHEM 121 SOCIAL SCIENCES:

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (51 Credits): Continued from previous column. CR CLS 262 Applied Clinical Microbiology 1 for Dental Hygienists DH 102

Oral Biology

DH 104

Dental Hygiene I

3

___________

DH 105

Introduction to Clinical Practice

2

___________

DH 107

Legal and Ethical Implications in Dental Hygiene

2

___________

DH 110

Concepts of Oral Health

2

___________

DH 112

Oral Radiology

3

___________

DH 115

Clinical Practice I

3

___________

DH 117

Periodontics I

2

___________

DH 119

General and Oral Pathology for Dental Hygienists

2

___________

DH 122

Nutritional Aspects in Dentistry

2

___________

DH 202

Pharmacology

2

___________

DH 203

Special Patients

2

___________

DH 208

Community Dental Health I

2

___________

DH 209

Pain and Anxiety Control

3

___________

DH 210

Clinical Dental Hygiene II

4

___________

DH 211

Dental Materials and Techniques for Dental Hygienists

2

___________

DH 212

Periodontic Principles II

2

___________

DH 216

Principles of Dental Practice

1

___________

DH 217

Periodontics III

1

___________

DH 219

Community Dental Health Lab

1

___________

DH 220

Clinical Dental Hygiene III

4

___________

SOC 101, PSY 101 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

THIS PROGRAM IS INTENDED FOR TRANSFER ONLY TO THE CSN BS IN DENTAL HYGIENE OR TO BE A STAND ALONE DEGREE. This is a limited-entry program. Some of these courses are program prerequisites and MUST be completed before a student is considered eligible for entry into the Program. Students MUST attend a Health Programs orientation and meet with a Health Programs advisor for additional advisement. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (51 Credits):

CLS 261

Clinical Microbiology for Dental Hygienists

Continued in next column.

CR

SEMESTER

2

___________

3


DH A03


Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements.

___________

88 Total Credits



83

E A RT H S C I E N C E E M P H A S I S

62 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S ) The Associate of Science Degree is a general transfer program for students who are planning to transfer to UNLV, UNR, NSC, GBC or another baccalaureate-level institution. A secondary objective may be employment upon completion of the AS. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Describe and apply the Scientific Method. • Analyze and interpret astronomy articles from popular publications.

• Describe modern theories about the origin and evolution of the solar system or universe.

• Describe how the universe works through the application of fundamental physical laws.

• Apply mathematical principles to an understanding of the nature of the physical universe.





CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

AST 103


3

___________

OR


3

___________


6

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 126 and MATH 127 or MATH 128

5-6

___________


9

___________


4-6

___________


CR

SEMESTER

Introductory Astronomy: The Solar System

AST 104

Introductory Astronomy: Stars and Galaxies

3

___________

AST 105

Introductory Astronomy Laboratory

1

___________

GEOG 103

Physical Geography

3

___________

GEOL 101

Geology: Exploring Planet Earth

4

___________

GEOL 102

Earth and Life Through Time

4

___________

4

___________

CHEM 121 General Chemistry I ENV 101

Introduction to Environmental Science

3

___________

PHYS 151

General Physics I

4

___________

62 Total Credits


GEO A02


84


E N V I RO N M E N TA L S C I E N C E E M P H A S I S

60 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S ) The Associate of Science Degree is a general transfer program for students who are planning to transfer to UNLV, UNR, NSC, GBC or another baccalaureate-level institution. A secondary objective may be employment upon completion of the AS. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Analyze information about environmental systems, distinguish between hazardous and non-hazardous wastes, explain and describe Principles of Ecology and Evolution, and list the attributes of environmental impact statements.

• Utilize properties of chemicals and chemical reactions, and the Law of Thermodynamics. • Classify processes using biological, chemical, physical and geological nomenclature.

• Apply the Scientific Method to problems and solve the problems using critical thinking techniques. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 223 or above, HIST, PHIL

6

___________

4-6

___________

9

___________


MATHEMATICS: MATH 126 and MATH 127 or MATH 128 (for ENV BA) MATH 181 (for ENV BS) SOCIAL SCIENCES: ECON 102 and (Six credits from two different disciplines): ANTH, CRJ 101, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

SEMESTER

BIOL 196


4

___________

ENV 101


3

___________

ENV 220

Introduction to Ecological Principles

3

___________

GEOG 103

Physical Geography

3

___________

GEOL 101


4

___________


8

___________


4-6

CR

4

___________

MATH 182

Calculus II

4

___________

PHYS 151

General Physics I

4

___________

PHYS 152

General Physics II

4

___________




For Students transferring to: UNLV: For Literature, students must complete ENG 231 or ENG 232. NSC: Students must take MATH 181 and CHEM 121 and PHYS 151. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

ENV A01



85

G E O LO G I C A L S C I E N C E E M P H A S I S

63 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S ) The Associate of Science Degree is a general transfer program for students who are planning to transfer to UNLV, UNR, NSC, GBC or another baccalaureate-level institution. A secondary objective may be employment upon completion of the AS. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Describe and apply the Scientific Method. • Identify common rocks and minerals with the aid of classification tables and describe general processes involved with their formation. • Describe and apply physical and chemical properties for the development of landforms using erosion, transportation and deposition as fundamental earth processes.

• Describe and apply physical and chemical properties as related to the Modern Theory of Plate Tectonics, including structural and seismic processes. • Read and interpret topographic and geologic maps.





CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6


4

___________

SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Nine credits must be from three different disciplines): ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC,WMST 113

9

___________



4-6

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER


4

___________


4

___________

GEOL 101


4

___________

GEOL 102

Earth and Life Through Time

4

___________

MATH 182

Calculus II

4

___________

PHYS 151

General Physics I

4

___________

PHYS 152

General Physics II

4

___________

AND

OR PHYS 180


PHYS 181

Physics for Scientists and Engineers II 63 Total Credits


GEO A01


86


M AT H E M AT I C S E M P H A S I S

66 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S ) This degree offers coursework intended to satisfy the typical requirements needed to obtain a mathematics teaching endorsement for individuals who, after earning a baccalaureate degree and a teaching license, want to teach high school mathematics courses through Algebra II and Geometry I. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Apply problem solving skills.

• Analyze and evaluate problem solving skills.

• Analyze and interpret data problems associated with employment. • Utilize logical thinking skills to resolve issues that arise in the workplace. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________

FINE ARTS: ART, DAN 101, Music or THTR

3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 223 or above, HIST, International Languages 111 or above, or PHIL

6

___________


4

___________


9

___________

4-6

___________


U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 AND HIST 102 or HIST 101 AND HIST 217

MATH 132 Finite Mathematics MATH 182 Calculus II MATH 251 Discrete Mathematics I MATH 253 Matrix Algebra MATH 283 Calculus III MATH 285 Differential Equations STAT 152 Introduction to Statistics Select 8 credits from the following: BIOL 189 Fundamentals of Life Science BIOL 196 Principles of Modern Biology I BIOL 197 Principles of Modern Biology II CHEM 121 General Chemistry I CHEM 122 General Chemistry II PHYS 180 Physics for Scientists and Engineers I AND PHYS 180L Physics for Scientists and Engineers Lab I PHYS 181 Physics for Scientists and Engineers II AND PHYS 181L Physics for Scientists and Engineers Lab II PHYS 182 Physics for Scientists and Engineers III AND PHYS 182L Physics for Scientists and Engineers Lab III


CR

SEMESTER

3 4 3 3 4 3 3

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

4 4 4 4 4 3

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

1

___________

3

___________

1

___________

3

___________

1

___________



66 Total Credits

NSC: Secondary Education option only. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

MAT A01



87

O R N A M E N TA L H O RT I C U LT U R E / E N V I RO N M E N TA L H O RT I C U LT U R E E M P H A S I S

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S ) This degree is designed for students seeking transfer for a BS in Horticulture. It combines the expertise and resources of the Associate Degree program at CSN with the plant and horticulture courses and faculty at the universities. Individuals with a BS degree in Horticulture are in high demand for production, supervisory and management positions. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge of plant propagation techniques and the best management practices of plant propagation.

• Demonstrate knowledge of the basic plant sciences including anatomy, physiology, and taxonomy.

• Create plant selection criteria based upon the suitability of the ornamental plant to the environment, landscape site, and landscape use.

• Demonstrate knowledge of the mathematics, English, science, and humanities required for an AS degree and admission to a baccalaureate program.

• Demonstrate knowledge of soils and plant nutrition as related best management practices for the propagation, installation and maintenance of cultivated plants. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES.


Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (34 Credits):


SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________

FINE ARTS:

3

___________


ART, DAN 101, Music, THTR HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 223 or above, HIST, International Languages 111 or above, PHIL

6


3

SOCIAL SCIENCES: ECON 102 and 3 credits from any of these disciplines: ANTH, CRJ 101, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113

6


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BIOL 196


4

___________

BIOL 202

General Botany

4

___________


4

___________


4

___________

3

___________

OH 101

Introduction to Plant Propagation

OH 103

Traditional Ornamental Plants

OR

___________

OH 213

Xeric Landscape Plants

3

___________

OH 105

Soils and Plant Nutrition

3

___________

3

___________

Select 9 credits from the following: ___________

OH 104

Floriculture

OH 111

Turf Grass Fundamentals

OR ___________

OH 112

Turf Grass Management

3

___________

OH 203

Introduction to Plant Pathology and Landscape Pests

3

___________

OH 209

Arboriculture

4

___________

OH 223

Integrated Pest Management

3



OH A20


88


PRE-ENGINEERING EMPHASIS

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A S ) The Associate of Science Degree is a general transfer program for students who are planning to transfer to UNLV, UNR, NSC, GBC or another baccalaureate-level institution. A secondary objective may be employment upon completion of the AS. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Formulate and apply the principles and equations of rigid body equilibrium in the solution of equilibrium problems involving particles and rigid bodies. • Develop and draw free body diagrams in the solutions of particle and rigid body equilibrium problems.

• Develop and apply “kinetic” principles in the solutions of particle and rigid body dynamic problems. • Ability to formulate, draw and apply free body diagrams and kinetic diagrams in the solutions of particle and rigid body dynamic problems.

• Develop and apply “kinematic” principles in the solutions of particle and rigid body dynamic problems. ALL CSN COURSES TRANSFER; HOWEVER, THOSE WITH “B” SUFFIXES SPECIFICALLY DO NOT TRANSFER TO NSC, UNLV, AND UNR. IN SUBJECT AREA LISTED BELOW WHERE SPECIFIC COURSE NUMBERS ARE NOT LISTED, CONSULT A COUNSELOR/ADVISOR TO ENSURE TRANSFERABILITY OF ALL COURSES. Courses with “G” suffixes are designated Honors level courses and can be used to fulfill equivalent general education requirements. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________


3

___________


3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 and ENG 235 or above, HIST, International Languages 111 or above, PHIL, WMST 113

6


4

___________

SOCIAL SCIENCES: (Nine credits must be from two different disciplines): ANTH, CRJ 101, ECON, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113

9

___________



CR

SEMESTER

Statics

3

___________


4

___________

Calculus II

4

___________

ME 242

Dynamics

3

___________

PHYS 180


3

___________

PHYS 180L Physics for Scientists and Engineers Lab I

1

___________

CEE 241

MATH 182

___________



PLUS

4-6

___________

For Students transferring to:

FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING: GEOL 101


4

___________

PHYS 181


3

___________

PHYS 181L Physics for Scientists and Engineers Lab II

1

___________

OR FOR MECHANICAL ENGINEERING: MATH 283

Calculus III

4

___________

PHYS 182

Physics for Scientists and Engineers III

3

___________

PHYS 182L Physics for Scientists and Engineers Lab III

1


UNLV: Under Social Sciences, students should select ECON 102 as one of the courses. NSC: Degree program not offered. Articulation is subject to change. Consult a counselor for more information.

PEN A01



89

A S S O C I AT E O F G E N E R A L S T U D I E S D E G R E E ( AG S )

60 Credits

The Associate of General Studies degree is designed for students who, while seeking advanced learning in a broad variety of disciplines, do not wish to concentrate in any one particular field of study. The numerous elective credits in the degree provide students with an excellent opportunity to pursue learning in traditional academic disciplines or occupational programs. While some courses may transfer, the AGS is not intended as a transfer degree within the NSHE. STUDENTS WISHING TO COMPLETE THIS DEGREE MUST CONSULT A COUNSELOR IN ORDER TO PLAN A COURSE OF STUDY. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits):

ASSOCIATE OF GENERAL STUDIES

COMMUNICATIONS: ENG 100, 101 or 113 and one of the following: BUS 107, 108, COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 102, 107, 114, 205


CR

SEMESTER

ELECTIVES (List Below):

6-8

___________

_____________________________________ ______

___________

_____________________________________ ______

___________

_____________________________________ ______

___________

_____________________________________ ______

___________

_____________________________________

______

___________

_____________________________________ ______

___________

_____________________________________

______

___________

_____________________________________

______

___________

_____________________________________ ______

___________


3

___________

HUMANITIES: AM, ENG 223 or above, HIST, International Languages, PHIL 101, 119, 135, 203

3

___________


3

___________

SCIENCE: AST, BIOL, CHEM, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS

3

___________

SOCIAL SCIENCES: ANTH, ECON, GEOG 106, 109, PSC, PSY, SOC, WMST 113

3

U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and either HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

4-6

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

SEE A CO U N _____________________________________ ______ ___________ S E LO R TO S E L E______ _____________________________________ C T CO___________ URSE S _____________________________________ ______ ___________

60 Total Credits


_______________ Date


_______________ Date

AGS A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

90


ACCO U N T I N G

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Accounting provides a comprehensive background in the principles, procedures and theories of organizing and maintaining business and financial transactions. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge and skills required for employment in the accounting field.

• Demonstrate proficiency with the computerized accounting systems and software to process financial information.

• Demonstrate knowledge of the principles, procedures and theories of organizing and maintaining business and financial transactions. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102, THTR 105

3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC

3

___________


3

SCIENCE: AST, BIOL, CHEM, EGG 131, 132, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS, HHP 123B, 124B

6

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, Music, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113

3


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 105

Taxation for Individuals

3

___________

ACC 201


3

___________

ACC 202


3

___________

ACC 203

Intermediate Accounting I

3

___________

ACC 204

Intermediate Accounting II

3

___________

ACC 205

Cost Accounting

3

___________

ACC 220

Microcomputer Accounting Systems

3

___________

BUS 273

Business Law I

3

___________

IS 101


___________

___________

___________

___________

ACC 210B

IRS Computerized Tax Preparation Program

3

___________

ACC 222B

Accounting Using Spreadsheets

3

___________

ACC 223B

Introduction to QuickBooks

3

___________

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 109B

Business Mathematics

3

___________

ECON 102


3

___________

ECON 103


3

___________

ECON 261


3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MKT 210

Marketing Principles

3

___________

ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE


61 Total Credits

ACC A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


91

A I R CO N D I T I O N I N G T E C H N O LO G Y

66 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program prepares students to install, maintain, service, troubleshoot and repair residential heating and cooling systems. Additionally, the program includes commercial refrigeration courses enabling students to learn how to maintain, troubleshoot and repair walk-in freezers, ice machines and other related machinery. Instruction includes classroom, laboratory and hands-on work in the field. Along with core classes, academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations components are stressed to help students prepare to meet challenges commonly found in the workplace.


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Perform the basic tasks of a Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration (HVAC/R) technician in a residential and light commercial environment

• Utilize currently accepted EPA rules, techniques, and regulations in the performance of HVAC/R duties; observe proper safety practices when working with high- and low-voltage electricity, and when working with refrigerants under pressure

• Read and interpret electrical schematics; troubleshoot and diagnose mechanical and electrical problems using methods and equipment appropriate to this industry

• Demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, communication skills, and other core degree requirements adequate to assume supervisory or entry-level management positions in HVAC/R industry



SEMESTER

5

___________

AC 103B

Introduction to HVAC 5 Mechanical Theory and Application

___________

AC 106B

Residential Gas Heating

5

___________

AC 110B

Intermediate HVAC Electrical Theory and Application

5

___________

AC 111B

Heat Pumps

5

___________

AC 115B

Troubleshooting

5

___________

AC 200B

Commercial Refrigeration I

5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

COMMUNICATIONS: ENG 107

3

___________

AC 102B

Introduction to HVAC Electrical Theory and Application

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________

SCIENCE: BIOL 100, ENV 101, GEOL 101, PHYS 110

6

___________


3


4-6

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following AC 295B

Work Experience I

6

___________

AC 114B

Heat Load and Duct Design

5

___________

AC 120B

Air Conditioning Sheet Metal Fabrication

3

___________

AC 202B

Commercial Refrigeration II

5

___________


AC A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

92


A RC H I T E C T U R A L D E S I G N T E C H N O LO G Y - I N T E R I O R D E S I G N E M P H A S I S

70 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) Design theory and application, color, space planning, interior materials, furniture specification, CADD, business practices and field experience. Additional Certificate of Completion prepares students for the NCIDQ exam.

• Demonstrate competency in the foundations and theory of interior design.

selection and specification of interior furnishings, finishes, materials, textiles and decorative elements.

• Demonstrate competency in drafting, CADD and presentation skills. • Demonstrate competency in design development skills in the

• Demonstrate knowledge in design process including research, programming, concept development, specifications and business practices.



CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: ANTH 101, 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, SOC 101

3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 116 or above (except MATH 122, 123)

3

SCIENCE: BIOL 101, CHEM 105, ENV 101, PHYS 110

6

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: ART 107

3

COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113


4-6

___________

___________

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ADT 100B

Introduction to Drafting Theory

3

___________

CADD 100

Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting

3

___________

CADD 105B Intermediate Computer Aided Drafting

3

___________

INTD 101B Introduction to Interior Design

3

___________

INTD 105B History of Furniture and Interiors I

3

___________

INTD 106B History of Furniture and Interiors II

3

___________

INTD 115B Color Application

2

___________

INTD 210B Design Drawing I

3

___________

Textiles

3

___________

INTD 218B Methods and Materials

3

___________

INTD 220B Design Process

3

___________

INTD 255B Interior Design Studio

4

___________

INTD 257B Interior Design Studio II

4

___________

INTD 258B Business Practices

3

___________

2

___________

INTD 216

INTD 270

Field Experience

70 Total Credits



ADT A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


93

A RC H I T E C T U R A L D E S I G N T E C H N O LO G Y - R E S I D E N T I A L D E S I G N E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree program builds the skills required to produce professional and quality residential architectural designs. The core curriculum is a sequence of lecture/lab courses that stress the theory and method of detailing and drafting for residential buildings. Graduates can seek employment at residential design and architectural firms. Along with special program courses, academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations components are stressed to prepare student to meet the challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Comprehend and utilize drafting standards and skills specific to the Architecture profession.

• Organize and produce a set of architectural working drawings for a residential building.

• Comprehend and utilize building codes appropriately in the design of residential buildings.

• Comprehend and utilize design principles, to include: site context, user needs, climate conditions and other environmental conditions through assigned residential design projects.


• Comprehend building systems, to include: structural, plumbing, electrical, mechanical and utilize their role in the production of architectural working drawings and construction documents. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits): CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC

3

___________


3


6

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: ART 101

3


4-6

___________


___________

SEMESTER

ADT 100B


3

___________

ADT 101B

Architectural Residential Design

3

___________

ADT 103B

Urban Planning

2

___________

ADT 104B

Architectural Graphics

4

___________

ADT 107B

Architectural Residential Codes

2

___________

ADT 114B

History of the Built Environment

3

___________

ADT 201B

Computer Aided Residential Design 3

___________

ADT 205B

Architectural Environmental Control Systems

2

___________

ADT 210B

Residential Structural Technology

3

___________

ADT 220B

Architectural Design Portfolio

1

___________

ADT 290B

Internship in Architectural Design Technology

4

___________

CADD 105

Intermediate Computer Aided Drafting

3

___________

CONS 108B Construction Materials and Methods

3

___________

CONS 120B Blueprint Reading and Specifications

3

___________

___________

___________

CR

64 Total Credits

ADT A04 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

94


AU TO M OT I V E T E C H N O LO G Y

75 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree program, one of the largest of its kind in the west, prepares students for lucrative careers as automotive technicians, as well as related automotive occupations. Master Accredited by ASE/NATEF, instruction is provided on state-of-the-art equipment in both classrooms and labs. ASE Master Certified technicians provide all instruction, with the focus on understanding automotive systems operation and how to effectively and efficiently diagnose and service these systems. Additionally, emphasis is placed on preparing students to personally pass ASE certification exams. Integral to the program is an internship component that provides students with current industry experience. Partnerships exist with many major automobile, tool and equipment manufacturers. Along with special program courses, academic skills emphasizing related math, science, communication and human relations components are stressed to prepare students to succeed in the workforce. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate diagnostic and repair routines as related to the eight major systems of the automobile.

• Demonstrate use of both and PC based computerized diagnostic equipment.

• Successfully pass the eight ASE certification examination.

• Demonstrate understanding of diagnostic and repair literature.

• Demonstrate knowledge in the use of both printed and electronic repair information and service literature. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (50 Credits):

CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

AUTO 115B Automotive Electricity and Electronics I

4

___________

AUTO 117B Advanced Automotive Electronics

4

___________

AUTO 136B Engine Repair

5

___________

AUTO 145B Automotive Brakes

4

___________

AUTO 155B Steering and Suspension

4

___________

AUTO 165B Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning

4

___________

AUTO 205B Manual Drive Train and Axles

4

___________

AUTO 216B Automatic Transmissions

5

___________

AUTO 225B Engine Performance I/Fuel and Ignition

4

___________

AUTO 227B Engine Performance II/ Emission Control

4

___________

AUTO 235B Engine Performance III/ Diagnostics

4

___________

AUTO 245B Power Train Removal and Replacement

4

___________



75 Total Credits

AT A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


95

AV I AT I O N T E C H N O LO G Y

66 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Aviation Technology prepares students who seek careers as professional pilots. Upon graduation, students will have earned an FAA Private Pilot Certificate, FAA Instrument Rating and an FAA Commercial Pilot Certification, as well as the degree. Classroom and lab instruction utilizes, modern flight simulators and state-of-the-art aviation training devices. FAA Certificated Flight Instructors provide all flight instruction in conjunction with our community partner flight school providers. Students must meet all eligibility requirements determined by the Federal Aviation Administration and the Transportation Security Administration. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the standards of the Federal Aviation Administration for the Private Pilot, Instrument Rating, and Commercial Pilot Certificates, by successfully passing the FAA Knowledge Exams and the FAA Practical Exams for each certificate or rating sought.

• Utilize and incorporate elements of the General Education Requirements of academics to advance overall learning and enhance professional development. Graduates will be qualified to enter the employment arena as FAA Certified Commercial Pilots.

• Perform advanced applications of flight operations relevant to certificate or rating be sought that will support and expand the students knowledge relevant to all aspects of flight.




CR

SEMESTER

COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101

3

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________

SCIENCE: EGG 131, 132

8

___________


3


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

AV 100B

Aviation Orientation

3

___________

AV 110B

Private Pilot Ground School

4

___________

AV 111B

Private Pilot Certification Lab

3

___________

AV 112B

Human Factors and Safety

3

___________

AV 115B

Aviation Meteorology

3

___________

AV 210B

Instrument Ground School

4

___________

AV 212B

Instrument Certification Lab

3

___________

AV 214B

Aerodynamics

3

___________

AV 220B

Air Transportation

3

___________

AV 240B

Advanced Aircraft Systems

3

___________

AV 250B

Commercial Pilot Ground School

4

___________

AV 251B

Commercial Pilot Certification Lab 3

___________


AV A01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

96


B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - B U I L D I N G I N S P E C T I O N E M P H A S I S

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree prepares students to inspect and oversee construction of residential and commercial buildings. Students learn proper procedures and materials that comply with plans, specifications and building codes. Students are prepared for employment as plan reviewers, building, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and fire code inspectors. Along with special program courses, academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations components are stressed to prepare students to meet the challenges common in the workplace.

• Relate to the various codes, to include the different tables.

• Define the administrative provisions of the building codes. • Infer the building inspector’s responsibilities.

• Identify the various fire ratings, protection and prevention techniques.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101,ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC

3


3


6


3


4-6

___________ ___________

___________

___________

SEMESTER

ADT 103B

Urban Planning

2

___________

BI 100B

Introduction to Residential Electrical Codes

3

___________

BI 101B

Introduction to Building Codes

3

___________

BI 102B

Introduction to Electrical Codes

3

___________

BI 103B

Introduction to the Residential Plumbing and Mechanical Codes

2

___________

BI 104B

Introduction to Plumbing and Mechanical Codes

2

___________

BI 105B

Introduction to Residential Building Codes

2

___________

BI 107B

Introduction to the Energy Conservation Code

1

___________

BI 108B

Introduction to the Fuel Gas Codes 1

___________

BI 110B

Structural Inspections

3

___________

BI 113B

Introduction to Fire Codes

3

___________

BI 115B

Code Administration

3

___________

BI 130B

Building Code Plan Review

3

___________

BI 201B

Capstone Course IBC/IRC

1

___________

BI 202B

Capstone Course NEC

1

___________

BI 203B

Capstone Course IPC/IMC

1

___________


3

___________


3

___________

___________

___________

CR


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Define the history and development of the various building codes.

65 Total Credits

BT A06 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


97

B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - C A R P E N T RY E M P H A S I S

60 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This Associate of Applied Science Degree builds the skills required to provide professional and quality workmanship in the construction industry. The core curriculum stresses the theory and application of rough and finish carpentry for residential and light commercial construction. Instruction includes classroom, laboratory and actual in-the-field hands-on course work. Along with special program courses, academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations components are stressed to prepare students to meet the challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Comprehend and utilize OSHA requirements and carpentry safety rules and regulations.

• Comprehend and utilize proper rough and finish carpentry hand, power, and pneumatic tool usage.

• Comprehend and utilize the International Residential Code as it applies to rough carpentry.

• Comprehend the various types of rough lumber and rough hardware utilized in rough carpentry.

• Comprehend and utilize blueprint reading and specifications, to include framing terminology.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BT 120B

Carpentry Theory and Application - Level 1A

3

___________

BT 121B

Carpentry Theory and Application - Level 1B

5

___________

BT 122B

Carpentry Theory and Application - Level 1C

5

___________

BT 220B


5

___________

BT 221B


5

___________

BT 222B


4

___________

CONS 295B Work Experience I

4

___________

CONS 296B Work Experience II

4



98


B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - CO N S T RU C T I O N M A N AG E M E N T E M P H A S I S

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree prepares students to oversee construction of buildings, dams, bridges and highways. Students learn proper procedures and materials that comply with plans, specifications and building codes. Students are prepared for employment as construction estimators, project managers and other supervisory positions in the construction industry. Academic skills emphasizing math, science and human relations components are stressed to help students meet the challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • For any item, element, or system in a construction project: identify what is necessary, calculate quantities, and estimate cost.

• Identify recent developments in construction materials and methods. • Create bar charts and network schedules manually.

• Create a construction data base. • Describe how various construction materials are produced. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (40 Credits):

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101

3

___________


3

SCIENCE: ENV 101, CHEM 105 FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: ECON 102

COMMUNICATIONS: ENG 107 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113


CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

BI 101B


3

___________

BUS 101


3

___________


3

___________

___________


3

___________

6

___________

CONS 121B Principles of Construction Estimating

3

___________

3

___________

Construction Estimating II

3

___________

CONS 281B Construction Planning, Scheduling 3 and Control

___________

CONS 282B Construction Law

3

___________

CONS 284B Construction Contract Documents

3

___________

CONS 286B Construction Management and Analysis

3

___________

CONS 295B Work Experience I

3

___________

4

___________

4-6

___________

CONS 221

SUR 161

Elementary Surveying

65 Total Credits





99

B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - E L E C T R I C I A N E M P H A S I S

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree prepares students to take the Clark County Journeyman’s Electrician's Exam. Open to all students, the course work is provided in the class room and lab. This is the approved technical, core training program for students involved in the non-union State Registered Apprenticeship Program with the Associated Builders and Contractors, Inc. Along with special program courses, academic skills emphasizing math, science, and human relations components are stressed to help students meet the challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate a working knowledge of and the ability to use all tools applicable to the electrical trade. • Demonstrate a working knowledge of and be able to apply formulas used in the calculation of phases of electrical work.

• Install all necessary equipment to complete an electrical system. • Demonstrate a working knowledge of and the ability to troubleshoot and repair any and all problems that arise in electrical systems.

• Determine the equipment necessary for any given electrical situation residential, commercial, or industrial.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3


6

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BT 140B

Electrical Theory and Application - Level 1A

5

___________

BT 141B

Electrical Theory and Application - Level 1B

5

___________

BT 142B


5

___________

BT 143B


5

___________

BT 240B


5

___________

BT 241B


5

___________

BT 242B


5

___________

BT 243B


5

___________

___________

65 Total Credits


100


B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - L A N D S U RV E Y I N G E M P H A S I S

68 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program prepares students to operate surveying equipment and provides them with an understanding of legal surveying principles and state law regarding surveying and mapping. It also acquaints students with advanced boundary and survey adjustments and with Global Positioning Systems applications. Students are prepared for employment with civil engineering and surveying firms or continue their studies to complete the BAS degree in Land Surveying. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate a working knowledge of the ability to calibrate and operate surveying equipment.

• Demonstrate a working knowledge of state law regarding surveying and mapping.

• Define legal principles that emphasize the requirements of CCD (Construction Contract Documents).

• Demonstrate a working knowledge of advanced boundary and control survey adjustments.

• Describe legal surveying terminology.

CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIS105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC MATHEMATICS: MATH 126 and 127 or MATH 128

3

5-6

___________

SEMESTER

ADT 103B

Urban Planning

2

___________

CADD 100


4

___________

4

___________

CADD 230B Civil Drafting I GIS 109

Introduction to Geographic Information Systems

3

___________

SUR 161


4

___________

SUR 162

Advanced Surveying

4

___________

SUR 261

Legal Aspects of Surveying

3

___________

SUR 262

Principles of Land Surveying

3

___________

SUR 263

Civil Survey Design

3

___________

Introduction to Global Positioning Systems

3

___________

___________

___________

CR

SCIENCE: PHYS 151, 152

8

___________

SUR 264

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, MUS, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113

3

___________

SUR 265

Introduction to Construction Surveying

4

___________

SUR 268

Surveying Project

2

___________


4-6

___________

68 Total Credits






101

B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - P LU M B I N G E M P H A S I S

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree prepares students to take the Clark County Journeyman’s Plumbing Exam. Course work is provided in the classroom and lab and is open to all students. This is the approved technical, core training program for students involved with the Plumbing, Heating and Cooling Contractors in association with the Associate Builders and Contractors Inc. Along with special program courses, academic skills emphasizing math, science, and human relations components are stressed to help students meet the challenges common in the workplace. .STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Comprehend and utilize blueprints and drawings, to include working drawings, isometrics, sketching, symbols, and abbreviations.

• Comprehend and utilize residential and commercial pluming fixtures, fittings, valves and trim, to include installation.

• Comprehend and utilize sewer disposal systems, to include drains, waste and vent piping systems.

• Comprehend and utilize storm drainage and storm drainage potable water systems.

• Comprehend and utilize water distribution systems, to include water heaters, water treatment systems, air gaps and vacuum breakers.




CR

SEMESTER

COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 102, 114, 205, JOUR 102, THTR 105

3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BT 130B

Plumbing Theory and Application - Level 1A

5

___________

BT 131B

Plumbing Theory and Application - Level 1B

5

___________

BT 132B


5

___________

BT 133B


5

___________

BT 230B


5

___________

BT 231B


5

___________

BT 232B


5

___________

BT 233B


5

___________

65 Total Credits


102


B U S I N E S S M A N AG E M E N T

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Business Management provides the individual with the understanding and knowledge necessary for managing people and functions. Managerial and motivational theories, global management, decision making and organizational designs are stressed. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain current general business and management theories. • Apply general business and management theories to real-life professional situations.

• Demonstrate leadership using the latest techniques in coaching and participatory styles of management.

• Demonstrate proficiency for entry-level business or management positions within profit and nonprofit organizations. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102, THTR 105

3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5


3


3


6


3


4-6

___________ ___________

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 108

Business Letters and Reports

3

___________

BUS 272

Legal Environment

OR BUS 273

Business Law I

3

___________

ECON 103


3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 103

Small Business Management

3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MGT 212

Leadership and Human Relations

___________

MGT 235

Organizational Behavior

3

___________

MGT 283

Personnel Administration

3

___________

MGT 284B

Introduction to International Management

3

___________

MKT 210


3

___________

OR ___________

MKT 261

Introduction to Public Relations

Plus 3 credits from the following: BUS 106B

Business English

3

___________

BUS 107

Business Speech Communication

3

___________

BUS 271

Introduction to Employment Law

3

__________

BUS 274

Business Law II

3

___________

MGT 120B

Introduction to Public Sector Administration

3

___________

MGT 291B

Women in Management

3

___________

MGT 294B

Seminar in Management

3

___________


OR

64 Total Credits BM A06 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


103

B U S I N E S S M A N AG E M E N T - H U M A N R E S O U RC E M A N AG E M E N T E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree is designed to provide students with the understanding and knowledge necessary for managing people and functions. Students will learn key concepts and techniques of personnel supervision in private and public sector administration through various interactive and teambuilding activities.


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain current general business and human resources management theories.

• Demonstrate proficiency for entry-level human resource management positions with profit and nonprofit organizations.

• Apply general business and human resources management theories to real-life professional situations.

• Demonstrate the latest techniques in recruitment, selection, training, and other human resource practices.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

CR

SEMESTER

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 108


3

___________

BUS 272

Legal Environment

OR

___________

BUS 273

Business Law I

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 103


3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MGT 212


3

___________

MGT 235


3

___________

MGT 283


3

___________

MGT 286B

Personnel Interviewing

3

___________

MKT 210


3

___________


___________

ACC 201


3

___________

BUS 106B

Business English

3

___________

BUS 107


3

___________

BUS 271


3

__________

BUS 274

Business Law II

3

___________

ECON 103


3

___________

MGT 120B


3

___________

MGT 291B

Women in Management

3

___________

MGT 294B


3

___________

61 Total Credits

BM A07 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

104


BUSINESS MANAGEMENT - INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT EMPHASIS

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program is designed to provide students with the understanding and knowledge necessary for managing people and functions. An examination of management resources across national boundaries, the international marketplace and legal aspects of international business are emphasized. Students will learn management concepts through interactive exercises and case studies. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain current general business and global management theories and how they apply to international business settings.

• Demonstrate proficiency for entry-level management positions within a global or multi-national organization.

• Apply general business and global management strategies to reallife professional situations.

• Demonstrate the latest techniques and trends in international business and management practices.



ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 108


3

___________

BUS 272

Legal Environment 3

___________

3

___________

OR


3


3


6


3


4-6

___________

___________

___________

BUS 273

Business Law I

BUS 275B

Fundamentals of

OR

International Business

BUS 280B

Legal Aspects of International Business

IS 101


___________

MGT 103


3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MGT 212


OR ___________

___________

MGT 235


3

___________

MGT 283


3

___________

MGT 284B

Introduction to International Management

3

___________

MKT 210


3

___________

MKT 250

Introduction to International Marketing

3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: ACC 201


3

___________

BUS 106B

Business English

3

___________

BUS 107


3

___________

BUS 271


3

___________

BUS 274

Business Law II

3

___________

BUS 284B

Internship in International Business

3

___________

ECON 103


3

___________

MGT 291B

Women in Management

3

___________

MGT 294B


3

___________



CR



105

B U S I N E S S M A N AG E M E N T - P U B L I C S E C TO R R E L AT I O N S E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree is designed to provide students with the understanding and knowledge necessary for managing people and functions. Decision making in public sector administration and an examination of corporate and public policy are emphasized in the program. Students will learn management concepts through various interactive course techniques and formats. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain current general business and management theories and how they apply to public administration functions.

• Demonstrate proficiency for entry-level management positions within public sector organizations.

• Apply general business and management strategies to real-life professional situations related to public administration.

• Demonstrate the latest techniques and trends in public sector business and management practices. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (36 Credits):



SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 108


3

___________

BUS 272

Legal Environment

OR BUS 273

Business Law I

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 103


3

___________

MGT 120B


3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MGT 212


3

___________

MGT 235


3

___________

MGT 283


3

___________

MKT 210


3

___________


___________

ACC 201


3

___________

BUS 106B

Business English

3

___________

BUS 107


3

___________

BUS 271


3

___________

BUS 274

Business Law II

3

___________

ECON 103


3

___________

MGT 286B

Personnel Interviewing

3

___________

MGT 288B

Compensation Management

3

___________

MGT 291B

Women in Management

3

___________

MGT 294B


3

___________

61 Total Credits


106


B U S I N E S S M A N AG E M E N T - S M A L L B U S I N E S S M A N AG E M E N T E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program is designed to provide students with the understanding and knowledge necessary to manage people and functions. Students will learn the techniques necessary to start and operate successful small businesses through various interactive course techniques and formats. Financial and administrative controls, marketing and legal requirements are emphasized in the program. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain current general business and management theories and how they apply to small business settings.

• Explain the purpose of a business proposal used to initiate startup efforts for a prospective small business.

• Apply general business and management strategies to real-life in small business settings.

• Demonstrate the latest techniques and trends in small business management practices.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

CR

SEMESTER

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 102B

Entrepreneurship and Innovation

3

___________

BUS 108


3

___________

BUS 272

Legal Environment

OR BUS 273

Business Law I

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 103


3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MGT 212


___________

MGT 235


3

___________

MGT 283


3

___________

MKT 210


3

___________


___________

ACC 201


3

___________

BUS 106B

Business English

3

___________

BUS 107


3

___________

BUS 271


3

___________

BUS 274

Business Law II

3

___________

ECON 103


3

___________

MGT 120B


3

___________

MGT 291B

Women in Management

3

___________

MGT 294B


3

___________

6

___________


OR

Plus 6 credits from the following: BUS



107

B U S I N E S S M A N AG E M E N T - T E L E CO M M U N I C AT I O N S / N E T WO R K I N G E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree is designed to provide students and professionals with the knowledge and skill sets necessary for responsibly managing today’s information-dependent business environments. Business procedures and operations based on national and international telecommunications and data communications standards are emphasized.


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain current general business and telecommunications management theories.

• Understand LANs and WANs and the technologies that support those networks.

• Demonstrate a working knowledge of general business and telecommunications management theories to real-life professional situations. • Demonstrate the ability to manage information and telecommunications projects.

• Demonstrate a working knowledge of the following network and information security management topics: threat techniques, risk analysis, contingency planning, categories of security devices, password techniques, encryption, and intercept devices.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 272

Legal Environment

OR


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

BUS 273

Business Law I

3

___________

ET 108B

Telecommunications and the Information Age

3

___________

ET 115B

Network Security Management

3

___________

ET 116B

Business Data Networks

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 103


3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MGT 212


OR ___________

MGT 235


3

___________

MGT 283


3

___________

MKT 210


3

___________


CIT 112B

Network+

3

___________

CIT 113B

IT Project+

3

___________

CSCO 105B Fundamentals of Voice and Data Cabling

3

___________

CSCO 120B Cisco Networking Academies I

4

___________

64 Total Credits


108


C A D D T E C H N O LO G Y

60 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program provides students with the skills to plan, prepare and interpret construction documents. Students will develop these skills through board drafting with a high emphasis on using computer-aided design and drafting workstations. Instruction also includes office standards, ethics, equipment maintenance and production techniques. This degree is used as the basis for students entering civil engineering design, architectural design, electrical engineering design or mechanical design fields as well as for employment as CADD operators. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Perform tasks in operating a CADD workstation using industry standard software used in Southern Nevada

• Utilize office standards, techniques, and procedures in the workplace.

• Produce two- and three-dimensional construction documents using the drafting tools within the CAD software that will apply to their discipline.

• Demonstrate adequate knowledge of mathematics, communications skill and other core degree requirements. Graduates will be ready to be employed as an entry-level CADD Technician.




3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3


6


3


4-6

CR ADT 100B


3

__________

CADD 100


3

___________

CADD 105


3

___________

CADD 200

Advanced Computer Aided Drafting 4

___________

CADD 207

Descriptive Geometry

3

___________

4

___________

3

___________

3

___________

CADD 230B Civil Drafting I

4

___________

Civil Drafting II

4

___________

3

___________

CADD 210B CADD Project CADD 250 ___________

CADD 231 ___________

CAD Systems Management

Plus 12 credits from the following: ADT 201B

___________

SEMESTER

Computer Aided Residential Design




CR

CAD A01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


109

C A R D I O R E S P I R ATO RY S C I E N C E S

86 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) Cardiorespiratory Sciences (CRS) is a multi-disciplined, multi-credentialed program preparing students in care, management, and life-support of individuals having deficiencies and abnormalities associated with the cardiopulmonary system. A successful graduate of this program will obtain credentials from a national laboratory credentialing agency, the American Heart Association, Cardiovascular Credentialing International, and the National Board for Respiratory Care. The Cardiorespiratory Sciences Program provides a quality academic experience preparing Respiratory Care Practitioners and Cardiac Technicians. The graduate will possess the attitudes, skills, and knowledge required to think critically, communicate effectively, and provide self-direction while administering care. The program emphasizes developing competencies that integrate protocols, Clinical Practice Guidelines, and critical pathways into an efficient cardiorespiratory care plans. A limited entry program, students must attend a health programs orientation and meet with a health programs advisor for additional counseling. The Cardiorespiratory Sciences Program is accredited by: The Committee on Accreditation for Respiratory Care, 248 Harwood Road, Bedford, Texas 76021-4244, 817 283-2835. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competency to pass the National Board for Respiratory Care’s (NBRC) Entry Level Examination. • Demonstrate competency to pass the NBRC’s Written Registry Examination.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 100B, or above (except MATH 122, 123)

3

SCIENCE: BIOL 223, 224, 251

12


3


4-6

• Demonstrate competency to pass the NBRC’s Clinical Simulation Examination. • Demonstrate competency to pass the Certified Cardiographic Technician Examination.

CR CLS 151B

Phlebotomy

CLS 152B CRS 111B

3

___________

Applied Phlebotomy

3

___________

Introductory Concepts of Cardiorespiratory Sciences

3

___________

CRS 112B

Introductory Concepts of Cardiorespiratory Equipment

1

___________

CRS 115B

Clinical Practicum I

4

___________

CRS 121B

Advanced Concepts of Cardiorespiratory Sciences

3

___________

CRS 122B

Advanced Concepts of Cardiorespiratory Equipment

1

___________

CRS 123B

Applied Cardiorespiratory Assessment

3

___________

CRS 124B

Cardiorespiratory Pharmacology

3

___________

CRS 125B

Clinical Practicum II

4

___________

CRS 135B

Summer Practicum

3

___________

CRS 211B

Neonatal and Pediatric Cardiorespiratory Care

3

___________

CRS 212B

Neonatal and Pediatric Cardiorespiratory Equipment

1

___________

CRS 213B

Cardiorespiratory Diagnostics

3

___________

CRS 214B

Cardiorespiratory Diagnostics Equipment

1

___________

CRS 215B

Clinical Practicum III

4

___________

CRS 221B

Continuity of Cardiorespiratory Care

3

___________

CRS 222B

Seminar for Success

1

___________

CRS 225B

Clinical Practicum IV

4

___________

HIT 165B

Pathophysiology

4

___________

___________

___________ ___________

___________

This is a limited-entry program. Some of these courses are program prerequisites and MUST be completed before a student is considered eligible for entry into the Program. Students MUST attend a Health Programs orientation and meet with a Health Programs advisor for additional advisement.

SEMESTER

CRS A01

86 Total Credits


110


C A S I N O M A N AG E M E N T

6 5 Cre d i t s

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program is designed to provide students with the opportunity to begin a career in the casino and gaming industry. Students will obtain a strong basic background in casino games, marketing, gaming regulations, gaming law and supervision. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in the operation of a Casino.

• Demonstrate proficiency in the operation of the Slots Department.

• Demonstrate proficiency in dealing Table Games.

• Demonstrate proficiency in the Casino Cage.




3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 115B or 124

3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

___________

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

GAM 105

Survey of Gaming Regulations

3

___________

GAM 106

Supervision of Casino Games

3

___________

GAM 108

Slots Management I

3

___________

GAM 131

Race and Sports Book Management 3

___________

GAM 225

Introduction to Gaming Management

3

___________

GAM 295

Work Experience in Casino/Gaming 1

___________

HMD 101


3

___________

HMD 235

Hotel, Restaurant and Gaming Law 3

___________

HMD 259

Human Resources Management in the Hospitality Industry

3

___________

3

___________

TCA 180 ___________

CR

Hotel, Restaurant and Casino Marketing

Plus 9 credits from the following: GAM 103

Casino Cage Operations

3

___________

GAM 109

Slots Management II

3

___________

GAM 119

Blackjack Dealing

3

___________

GAM 121

Craps Dealing

3

___________

GAM 122

Roulette Dealing

3

___________

GAM 123

Baccarat Dealing

3

___________

GAM 124

Poker Dealing

3

___________

GAM 126

Pai Gow Tiles Dealing

3

___________

GAM 206

Casino Surveillance

3

___________


CR

65 Total Credits

GAM A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


111

CO M P U T E R O F F I C E T E C H N O LO G Y

60 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Computer Office Technology provides individuals with the knowledge and skills necessary for office professionals. Courses include instruction in the latest computer office technology skills (using keyboard, voice, and handwriting computer input); software (including word processing, spreadsheets, databases and presentations); general and advanced office skills; and communication skills.


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in Computer Input using a keyboard by touch, voice recognition software, or handwriting recognition software at a minimum of 30 wpm with 95% accuracy. • Demonstrate proficiency in computer Input of various office-

related documents (using methods listed above) in a word processing program with 95% accuracy. • Demonstrate beginning and intermediate functions of a word processing program with 95% accuracy.


SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits): Continued from previous column. CR

COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102, THTR 105 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113 HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC MATHEMATICS: MATH 120 or above (except MATH 122, 123) SCIENCE: AST, BIOL, CHEM, EGG 131, 132, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS, HHP 123B, 124B FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International languages, Music, PHIL, PSC,PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

3-5

___________

3

___________

3

___________

6

___________

COT 127B OR COT 201B COT 129B COT 200 IS 101

3

4-6

___________

___________


ACC 201 Financial Accounting BUS 108 Business Letters and Reports COT 102 Computer Keyboarding II Continued in next column.

COT 106 OR COT 108 OR COT 209B

CR

SEMESTER

3 3 3

___________ ___________ ___________

SEMESTER

Gregg Shorthand I Speedwriting Shorthand I Tablet Computer, Voice and Handwriting II Microsoft Office for Offices

3

___________

Word Processing II Records Management Word Processing I

3 3 3

___________ ___________ ___________


MGT 201 Principles of Management Plus 3 credits from the following: Gregg Shorthand II COT 107 COT 109B Speedwriting Shorthand II COT 190B Practicum in Computer Office Technology COT 213B Business Professionalism COT 291B Seminar Plus 3 credits from the following: Introduction to Business BUS 101 BUS 273 Business Law I MGT 100B Practical Human Relations for Business MGT 283 Personnel Administration Plus 2 credits from the following: COT 103B Keyboarding Review and Speed COT 118B Word I for Offices COT 119B Word II for Offices COT 126B PowerPoint for Offices COT 128B Ten-Key Calculations COT 208B Tablet Computer, Voice and Handwriting

___________

3

___________

3 3 1-3

___________ ___________ ___________

3 1-3

___________ ___________

3 3 3

___________ ___________ ___________

3

___________

1 1 1 1 1 1

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

60 Total Credits

COT A01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

112


COMPUTING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate basic PC hardware knowledge and skills.

• Demonstrate basic computer networking knowledge and skills.

• Demonstrate basic computer software knowledge and skills. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (36 Credits):


SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

15 credits from the following: CIT 110

A+ Hardware

CIT 111

A+ Software

OR 3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

___________

CIT 171

Introduction to the UNIX Operating System

3

___________

CIT 112B

Network+

3

___________

CIT 151

Beginning Web Development

3

___________

CIT 160

Introduction to Computer Security

OR CIT 217

Security+

3

___________

CIT 180

Database Concepts and SQL

3

___________

IS 101


___________

IS 115

Introduction to Programming

3

___________

21

___________

Plus 21 credits from the following: CIT, CSCO, EGG, ET, GIS, IS



HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101,ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC

CIT A27 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


113

C R I M I N A L J U S T I C E - CO R R E C T I O N A L E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Criminal Justice provides the individual with knowledge of the principles and procedures of developing, administering and managing correctional services. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Understand the four subsystems of the criminal justice network and the workings of these institutions in society.

• Understand correctional theories and concepts.

• Explain the means by which institutions provide justice and how it is used to satisfy the needs of society. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (36 Credits):



SEMESTER

COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, ENG 100, 101, 102, 113, 114

3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: 3 HMS 130, 135B, 265B, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC 101, 102, 202, 205, 275

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CRJ 101

Introduction to Criminal Justice

3

___________

CRJ 102


3

___________

CRJ 106

Introduction to Corrections

3

___________

CRJ 120

Community Relations

3

___________

CRJ 164


3

___________

CRJ 225

Criminal Evidence

3

___________

Plus 18 credits from the following: CRJ 105B

Corrections Operations and Jail Management

3

___________

CRJ 130


3

___________

CRJ 195B

Practicum/Internship I

3

___________

CRJ 196B

Practicum/Internship II

3

___________

CRJ 233B

Nevada Criminal Law

3

___________

CRJ 251

Principles of Correctional Administration

3

___________

CRJ 252B

The Classification Process in Corrections

3

___________

CRJ 255B

Counseling in Correctional Institutions

3

___________

CRJ 270


3

___________

___________

61 Total Credits

CRJ A06 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

114


C R I M I N A L J U S T I C E - H OT E L / I N D U S T RY S E C U R I T Y E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree will educate future or current professionals in the area of loss prevention, public relations and investigations. In addition, the program will prepare students for management positions in the security field and enhance opportunities for advancement. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate understanding of the four subsystems of the criminal justice network and the working of these institutions in society.

• Identify and understand the different classes of crimes. • Understand the legal context of “citizens arrest.”

• Differentiate between private and public criminal justice services. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (39 Credits):

CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: HMS 130, 135B, 265B, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102 207, 208, 261, SOC 101, 102, 202, 205, 275

3

___________


3


6


3


4-6

___________

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CRJ 101


3

___________

CRJ 102

Introduction To Criminal Justice II 3

___________

CRJ 164


3

___________

CRJ 180

Introduction to Security

3

___________

CRJ 182B

Human Relations for Security Officers

3

___________

CRJ 220

Criminal Procedures

3

___________

CRJ 233B

Nevada Criminal Law

3

___________

Plus 18 credits from the following: CRJ 181B

Retail Security

3

___________

CRJ 195B


3

___________

CRJ 196B


3

___________

CRJ 240B

Hotel/Motel Security I

3

___________

CRJ 243B

Hotel/Motel Security II

3

___________

CRJ 270


3

___________

PSY 102

Psychology of Personal and Social Adjustment

3

___________

SOC 102


3

___________

___________

64 Total Credits





115

CRIMINAL JUSTICE - JUVENILE JUSTICE EMPHASIS

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree offers course work that addresses both the legal and professional aspects of the criminal justice network with emphasis directed towards adolescent and the youthful offenders. The program gives special attention to the juvenile court system and its relation to family, schools, peer pressure, police and correctional settings. Juvenile accountability for criminal behavior is also presented in the program. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate understanding of the four subsystems of the criminal justice network and the workings of these institutions in society.

• Demonstrate understanding of juvenile justice theories and concepts.

• Explain the means by which institution provide justice and how it is used to satisfy the needs of society.




CR

SEMESTER

COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, ENG 100, 101, 102 113, 114

3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________

CRJ 102


3

___________

CRJ 120

Community Relations

3

___________

CRJ 155

Juvenile Justice System

3

___________

CRJ 164


3

___________

Prevention and Control of Delinquency

3

___________

___________


3

___________

CRJ 226


6

___________



3


4-6

___________

SEMESTER

CRJ 101


___________

CR

CRJ 195B


3

___________

CRJ 196B


3

___________

CRJ 215


3

___________

CRJ 233B

Nevada Criminal Law

3

___________

CRJ 253B

Juvenile Courts and Procedures

3

___________

CRJ 270


3

___________

PSY 234

Psychology of Adolescence

3



116


C R I M I N A L J U S T I C E - L AW E N F O RC E M E N T E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree offers course work that addresses both the legal and professional aspects of the criminal justice network while integrating social and behavioral sciences. The program prepares people seeking employment in the field of law enforcement. The program also provides professional growth and preparation for career promotions to those already employed in the criminal justice field. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate understanding of the four subsystems of the criminal justice network and the workings of these institutions in society.

• Demonstrate understanding of law enforcement theories and concepts.

• Explain the means by which institutions provide justice and how it is used to satisfy the needs of society. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

CR

SEMESTER

CRJ 101


3

___________

CRJ 102


3

___________

CRJ 120

Community Relations

3

___________

CRJ 164


3

___________

CRJ 220

Criminal Procedures

3

___________

CRJ 225

Criminal Evidence

3

___________

___________

___________

CRJ 112

Criminal Justice Organization and Administration

3

___________

CRJ 130


3

___________

CRJ 140

Elements of Supervision

3

___________

CRJ 165B

Criminalistic Science

3

___________

CRJ 195B


3

___________

CRJ 196B


3

___________

CRJ 214

Principles of Police Patrol Techniques

3

___________

CRJ 215


3

___________

CRJ 233B

Nevada Criminal Law

3

___________

CRJ 270


3

___________

61 Total Credits





117

C R I M I N A L J U S T I C E - L E TA E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree prepares students for a career as a peace officer with Category I and II Nevada Law Enforcement Agencies. Students who successfully complete the program will be awarded a Nevada POST Category I certificate. The curriculum places a strong emphasis on Community Oriented Policing and Problem Solving (COP & PS). Testing methodology is structured for an active learning environment which includes written examinations, scenarios and case studies. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Basic fundamentals of academic course work as required by the Nevada Commission on Peace Officer’s Standards and Training (POST).

• Participate in the use of defensive tactics techniques that are authorized by Nevada Law Enforcement agencies.

• Demonstrate the proper firing techniques for firearms and use of force requirements for a Nevada Peace Officer. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (28 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

3

___________


___________


3

___________


6


6


4-6

COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, ENG 100, 101, 102, 113, 114 ENGLISH: ENG 107



___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CRJ 110B

Introduction to Nevada Law Enforcement

3

___________

CRJ 111B

Firearms I

3

___________

CRJ 114B

Firearms II

2

___________

CRJ 164


3

___________

CRJ 170B

Physical Training for Law Enforcement

1

___________

CRJ 210B

Community Policing in Southern Nevada

3

___________

CRJ 214


3

___________

CRJ 219B

Emergency Vehicle Operation and Control

3

___________

CRJ 220

Criminal Procedures

3

___________

CRJ 229B

Defensive Tactics

3

___________

CRJ 233B

Nevada Criminal Law

3

___________

IS 101


___________



118


C U L I N A RY A RTS

70 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree is a quality, professional program for students wishing to enter and/or advance in the field of culinary arts. Students are taught to master the fundamentals of cooking with emphasis on hands-on preparation of various cuisines including basic cookery, aromatics, international and French cooking. Students who successfully complete CUL 110 Basic Cookery may obtain certification through the National Restaurant Association. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in food service sanitation and nutrition. • Demonstrate basic cooking skills including product identification, knife skills, cold food production and cooking skills by passing the requirements of standardized practical skills test. • Demonstrate the ability to identify and show proficiency in the use of many different herbs and spices by passing the requirements of a practical skills test.

• Produce commonly used stocks, the foundation sauces and a large compliment of secondary sauces. • Develop menus in a multitude of American and International cuisines and show proficiency in the production of these menus in an operational setting.

CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5


3


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

CR

SEMESTER

CUL 110

Basic Cookery

4

___________

CUL 125


3

___________

CUL 130

Garde Manger

3

___________

___________

CUL 200

Aromatics/Restaurant Experience

4

___________

___________

CUL 220

International Cuisine

4

___________

CUL 240

French Cuisine

4

___________

CUL 250

Saucier

3

___________

CUL 295

Work Experience in Culinary Arts

1

___________

FAB 102


2

___________

FAB 112


3

___________

FAB 160


3

___________

FAB 167

Food Service Nutrition

2

___________

FAB 210

Fundamentals of Food and Beverage Control

3

___________

FAB 230

Menu Planning

3

___________

HMD 101


3

___________

___________





CUL A04 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


119

DEAF STUDIES

60 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Deaf Studies program prepares students to work in a variety of situations with the deaf community. Students will obtain a strong understanding, receptively and expressively, of American Sign Language, deaf culture and history. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto:


• Acquire ASL vocabulary relevant to day-to-day discourse, academic topics, medical issues, financial issues, familial issues, political issues, and recreational activities.

• Exhibit an ability to apply ASL classifiers relevant to situations and rules of usage.

• Acquire vocabulary relevant to figurative language in ASL.

• Exhibit an ability to explain the basic grammar rules of ASL relating to questions, clauses, and non-manual signals.

• Exhibit an ability to conduct spontaneous discourse with native and near native ASL users.

• Exhibit an ability to apply their skills and knowledge in nonrehearsed situations.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

AM 145

American Sign Language I

4

___________

AM 146

American Sign Language II

4

___________

AM 147

American Sign Language III

4

___________

AM 148

American Sign Language IV

4

___________

AM 149

American Sign Language V

4

___________

AM 151

Fingerspelling I

1

___________

AM 152

Fingerspelling II

1

___________

AM 153

Deaf Culture

3

___________

AM 154

Deaf History

3

___________

AM 155

Structure of American Sign Language

3

___________

AM 156

A Survey of Deafness

1

___________

AM 157

ASL/English Translation

3

___________

60 Total Credits

DE A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

120


D E A F S T U D I E S - I N T E R P R E T E R P R E PA R AT I O N E M P H A S I S

62 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) CSN offers the first Sign Language Interpreter Preparation program in Nevada. Upon completion of the program, students will have entry-level professional skills as Sign Language Interpreters and Translators. It is our mission to improve the quality and quantity of interpreting services provided to individuals who are deaf, hard of hearing and deaf-blind. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate conversational American Sign Language skills at a competency level equivalent to that of an interpreter. • Demonstrate successful interpretation of a communication transaction between a Deaf and Hearing individual using the methodology of Consecutive Interpretation.

• Demonstrate basic interpreting skills and knowledge in specialized areas such as: Deaf-Blind, Theatrical, Religious, Medical, Legal and Education. • Take and pass the EIPA-Pre Screening tool for employment with the Clark County School District as an interpreter.

• Demonstrate successful interpretation of a communication transaction between a Deaf and Hearing individual using the methodology of Simultaneous Interpretation. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits): CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5 3

___________


3


6


3

___________


4-6

___________

___________

___________

SEMESTER

AM 153

Deaf Culture

3

___________

AM 154

Deaf History

3

___________

AM 155

Structure of American Sign Language

3

___________

AM 156

A Survey of Deafness

1

___________

AM 157

ASL/English Translation

3

___________

AM 205

Introduction to Interpreting

4

___________

AM 206

Consecutive Interpreting

4

___________

AM 207

Simultaneous Interpreting

4

___________

AM 208

Observation/Practicum in Interpreting

3

___________

AM 209

Advanced Interpreting

4

___________

AM 210

Specialized Interpreting

2

___________

AM 211

Internship in Interpreting

3

___________

___________


CR

62 Total Credits



DE A04 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


121

DIAGNOSTIC MEDIC AL SONOGR APHY - C ARDIAC/VASCUL AR ULTR ASOUND TR ACT

92 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) Ultrasonography is a diagnostic imagine procedure that utilizes high frequency sound waves to image abdominal organs, vessels, the heart, and the developing fetus in the maternal uterus. Ultrasound can demonstrate masses, fluid accumulations and other pathology in the patient. Ultrasound exams are performed under the supervision of a qualified physician. Students electing to take this area of study are prepared to enter the sonography field in the areas of adult and pediatric echocardiography as well as vascular ultrasound. The student, upon graduation, will be eligible to sit for the National Registry Exams for Diagnostic Cardiac Sonography and Vascular Technology. Upon passing the exams, they will use the designation RDCS (Registered Diagnostic Cardiac Sonographer) and RVT (Registered Vascular Technologist). This is a limited entry program and student must attend a health programs orientation and meet with a health programs advisor for additional counseling. The Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (www.caahep.org) upon the recommendation of the JRC-DMS which is located at 1361 Park Street, Clearwater, FL 33756. 727 210-2350.


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the ability to evaluate cardiovascular ultrasonic images for appropriate anatomy and recognize cardiovascular pathologic conditions. • Demonstrate the ability to operate cardiovascular ultrasound equipment and determine proper sonographic techniques, transducer size, and image setting to obtain quality images.

• Demonstrate the ability to anticipate and provide basic patient care and comfort during sonographic procedures.



COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102, THTR 105 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113 HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC MATHEMATICS: MATH 111B or 116 or above (except MATH 122, 123) SCIENCE: BIOL 223, 224 FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, Music, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

3-5

___________

3

___________

3

___________

8

___________

3

___________

4-6

___________


EGG 131 Technical Physics I OR Physics with Lab Medical Terminology I HIT 117B SON 102B Basic Cardiac Sonography SON 116B Echocardiography I SON 125B Sonographic Physics and Instrumentation I SON 135B Cardiovascular Ultrasound Physics SON 150B Patient Care for Imaging Professions SON 160B Sonographic Scanning Lab I SON 190B Sonographic Physics and Instrumentation II SON 195B Sonographic Scanning Lab II SON 216B Echocardiography II SON 225B Stress Echocardiography SON 250B Seminar and Case Review I SON 255B Seminar and Case Review II SON 261B Pediatric Echocardiography I SON 262B Pediatric Echocardiography II SON 275B Vascular Sonography I SON 276B Vascular Sonography II SON 280B Sonographic Clinical Practicum I SON 281B Sonographic Clinical Practicum II SON 282B Sonographic Clinical Practicum III SON 283B Sonographic Clinical Practicum IV SON 284B Sonographic Clinical Practicum V SON 291B Cardiac Registry Review

CR

SEMESTER

4

___________

1 4 3 3

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

2 3

___________ ___________

2 3

___________ ___________

2 3 3 2 2 3 2 4 4 2

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

2

___________

3

___________

3

___________

3

___________

2

___________

92 SON A03 Total Credits Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

122


DIAGNOSTIC MEDIC AL SONOGR APHY - GENER AL/VASCULAR ULTR ASOUND TR ACT

93 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) Ultrasonography is a diagnostic imagine procedure that utilizes high frequency sound waves to image abdominal organs, vessels, the heart, and the developing fetus in the maternal uterus. Ultrasound can demonstrate masses, fluid accumulations and other pathology in the patient. Ultrasound exams are performed under the supervision of a qualified physician. Students electing to take this area of study are prepared to enter the sonography field in the areas of abdominal, obstetrical/gynecological and vascular ultrasound. The student, upon graduation, will be eligible to sit for the National Registry Exams for Diagnostic Cardiac Sonography and Vascular Technology. Upon passing the exams, they will use the designation RDMS (Registered Diagnostic medical Sonographer) and RVT (Registered Vascular Technologist). This is a limited entry program and student must attend a health programs orientation and meet with a health programs advisor for additional counseling. The Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (www.caahep.org) upon the recommendation of the JRC-DMS which is located at 1361 Park Street, Clearwater, FL 33756. 727 210-2350.

• Demonstrate the ability to evaluate abdominal, obstetrical/gynecological and vascular ultrasonic images for appropriate anatomy and recognize pathologic conditions. • Demonstrate the ability to operate ultrasound equipment and determine proper sonographic techniques, transducer size, and image setting to obtain quality images.

• Demonstrate the ability to anticipate and provide basic patient care and comfort during sonographic procedures.



COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102, THTR 105 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113 HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC MATHEMATICS: MATH 111B or 116 or above (except MATH 122, 123) SCIENCE: BIOL 223, 224 FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, Music, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

3-5

___________

3

___________

3

___________

8

___________

3

___________

4-6

___________


EGG 131 Technical Physics I OR Physics with Lab Medical Terminology I HIT 117B SON 101B Basic Sonography SON 101L Basic Sonography Laboratory SON 125B Sonographic Physics and Instrumentation I SON 150B Patient Care for Imaging Professions SON 160B Sonographic Scanning Lab I SON 190B Sonographic Physics and Instrumentation II SON 195B Sonographic Scanning Lab II SON 210B Abdominal Sonography I SON 220B Abdominal Sonography II SON 235B Gynecologic Sonography SON 245B Obstetrical Sonography I SON 250B Seminar and Case Review I SON 255B Seminar and Case Review II SON 260B Obstetrical Sonography II SON 270B Small Parts/ Pediatric Sonography SON 275B Vascular Sonography I SON 276B Vascular Sonography II SON 280B Sonographic Clinical Practicum I SON 281B Sonographic Clinical Practicum II SON 282B Sonographic Clinical Practicum III SON 283B Sonographic Clinical Practicum IV SON 284B Sonographic Clinical Practicum V SON 290B Sonography Registry Review

CR

SEMESTER

4

___________

1 3 1 3

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

3

___________

2 3

___________ ___________

2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

4 4 2 2 3 3 3 2

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

SON A02



93 Total Credits



123

D I E S E L H E AV Y E Q U I P M E N T M A S T E R T E C H N I C I A N

77 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Diesel/Heavy Equipment program prepares students to enter the workforce as technicians to maintain, diagnose, and repair heavy equipment. The program focuses both on over the road trucks as well as diesel powered heavy equipment, typically used in the construction industry. Students will learn diesel engine and propulsion systems, fuel management systems, related accessory components, as well as hydraulics, welding certifications, and HVAC certifications. All students will be prepared to take ASE certification exams at the completion of the appropriate course. Integral to this program is a paid internship component, allowing students to gain valuable work experience prior to completion of their program, making them more employable. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Prepare for employment in the Diesel Technology Industry as a Certified Technician. • Successfully pass the following ASE/NATEF certification exams: ASE T2, ASE T3, ASE T4, ASE T5, ASE T6, ASE T7. • Successfully pass the AWS D1.1 mild steel horizontal welding certification.

• Successfully pass the IMACA refrigerant handling certification. • Successfully pass the SP2 safety and pollution prevention certification





CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 107

3

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

AC 211

Transport Refrigeration

2

___________

DT 104

Diesel Equipment Service

4

___________

DT 115

Diesel/Heavy Equipment Electrical Systems

4

___________

DT 117

Advanced Diesel/Heavy Equipment Electronics

4

___________

DT 136

Diesel Engine Repair I

4

___________

DT 138

Diesel Engine Repair II

4

___________

DT 145

Diesel Brake Systems

4

___________

DT 155

Steering, Suspension and Directional Controls

4

___________

DT 165

Diesel/Heavy Equipment Heating and Air Conditioning

4

___________

DT 205

Diesel/Heavy Equipment Drive Train and Axles

4

___________

DT 295

Internship Co-Op I

2

___________

DT 296

Internship Co-Op II

2

___________

DT 297

Internship Co-Op III

2

___________

MT 108B

Fluid Power (PNE, HYD, INST)

4

___________

MTL 223B

Special Topics in Welding Technology

4

___________

77 Total Credits

DLS A01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

124


E A R LY C H I L D H O O D E D U C AT I O N - D I R E C TO R E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The program is aimed at providing individuals with both the business knowledge needed for managing and/or owning a child care and the knowledge of children necessary to provide quality care. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Manage the business aspects of a day care program, including record keeping, financial and staff supervision. • Implement a developmentally appropriate program for infants, toddlers and preschoolers. • Meet licensing requirements for being director of a preschool and/or infant/toddler program.

• Distinguish typical and atypical development in young children. • Demonstrate appropriate skills in modifying the care and education of young children to allow for the appropriate inclusion of children with atypical development.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

BUS 101

CR

SEMESTER


OR ___________

BUS 102B

Entrepreneurship and Innovation


3


3


6


3


4-6

___________

___________

MGT 103


3

___________

ECE 130

Infancy

3

___________

ECE 200

The Exceptional Child

3

___________

ECE 202

Understanding Human Growth and Development

3

___________

ECE 204

Principles of Child Guidance

3

___________

ECE 235

Adapting Curricula for Young Children with Special Needs

3

___________

ECE 240

Administration of the Preschool

3

___________

ECE 250


3

___________

ECE 251


3

___________

ECE 252


3

___________

IS 101


___________

GT 100B

Practical Human Relations for Business

3

___________

MGT 212


3

___________

___________

___________

___________


OR

64 Total Credits

ECE A08 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


125

E A R LY C H I L D H O O D E D U C AT I O N - I N FA N T / TO D D L E R E D U C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

66 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program is designed for students seeking careers and/or personal growth in the field of early childhood education. The course work provides students with a wide-range of knowledge and skills, including a solid foundation in the normal patterns of growth and development. Upon completion of this degree, students may elect to transfer credits towards upper-division studies and/or go directly into employment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the elements and dynamics of quality education and care for infants and toddlers. • Demonstrate appropriate skills for providing quality education and care for infants and toddlers.

• Distinguish typical and atypical development in infants and toddlers. • Demonstrate appropriate skills in modifying the care and education of infants and toddlers to allow for the appropriate inclusion of infants and toddlers with atypical development.

• Demonstrate appropriate skills in interacting with infants and toddlers and their families.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3


6


3


4-6

___________

___________

SEMESTER

ECE 121

Parent Caregiver Relationships

1

___________

ECE 122

Observation Skills

1

___________

ECE 123

Health and Nutrition for Young Children

1

___________

ECE 127

Role of Play for Infants and Toddlers

1

___________

ECE 130

Infancy

3

___________

ECE 134

Guiding Infant/Toddlers

1

___________

ECE 157

Art in the Preschool Curriculum

1

___________

ECE 200


3

___________

ECE 202


3

___________

ECE 204


3

___________

ECE 232


4

___________

ECE 235


3

___________

ECE 245

Practicum: Seminar

2

___________

ECE 250


3

___________

ECE 252


3

___________

ECE 260


3

___________

ECE 274

Individual Child and The Family

3

___________

ECE 285

Current Issues in Infancy

2

___________

___________

___________

CR

66 Total Credits


126


E A R LY C H I L D H O O D E D U C AT I O N - P R E S C H O O L E D U C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

66 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science degree in Early Childhood Education, Preschool Education emphasis provides students with formal academic studies of entry-level skill development. Students will gain both theoretical and practical skills necessary to work in a preschool setting, family daycare or childcare center. Upon completion of this degree, students may elect to transfer credits towards upper-division studies and/or go directly into employment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the elements and dynamics of quality education and care for young children.

• Distinguish typical and atypical development in school age children.

• Demonstrate appropriate skills for providing quality education and care for young children.

• Demonstrate appropriate skills in modifying the care and education of young children to allow for the appropriate inclusion of children with atypical development.

• Demonstrate appropriate skills for interacting with young children and their families.


CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101,ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC

3

___________


3


6


3


4-6

___________

SEMESTER

ECE 122

Observation Skills

1

___________

ECE 123


1

___________

ECE 151

Math in the Preschool Curriculum

1

___________

ECE 152

Science in the Preschool Curriculum

1

___________

ECE 155 ECE 156

Literacy and the Young Child Music in the Preschool Curriculum

1 1

___________ ___________

ECE 157


1

___________

ECE 158

Activities for Physical Development in Young Children

1

___________

ECE 200


3

___________

ECE 202


3

___________

ECE 204


3

___________

ECE 231

Preschool Practicum

4

___________

ECE 235


3

___________

ECE 245

Practicum Seminar

2

___________

ECE 250


3

___________

ECE 251


3

___________

ECE 254

Applied Child Guidance

___________

___________

CR

___________ OR ECE 274

Individual Child and The Family

3

___________

ECE 260


3

___________

ECE 273

Individual Child and Community

3

___________



66 Total Credits



127

E A R LY C H I L D H O O D E D U C AT I O N - T E AC H E R A I D E E M P H A S I S

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree provides students both theoretical knowledge and practical skills necessary for educational work with children in daycare centers, preschools, elementary schools and children with special needs. This course work partially fulfills the requirements established by the “No Child Left Behind Act of 2001.” Upon completion of this degree, students may elect to transfer credits towards upper-division studies and/or go directly into employment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the elements and dynamics of quality education while functioning as a classroom aide for school age children. • Demonstrate appropriate skills for providing a quality educational environment for school age children.

• Distinguish typical and atypical development in school age children. • Demonstrate appropriate skills in modifying the educational setting for school age children to allow for the appropriate inclusion of school age children with atypical development.

• Demonstrate appropriate skills in interacting with school age children.



SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3


6


3


4-6

___________

___________

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (40 Credits): Continued from previous column. CR ECE 159

After School Activities

ECE 200


SEMESTER

1

___________

OR EDU 203

Introduction to Special Education

3

___________

ECE 202


3

___________

ECE 204


3

___________

ECE 241

Practicum for Teacher Aides

4

___________

ECE 245

Practicum Seminar

2

___________

ECE 260


3

___________

EDU 201

Introduction to Elementary Education

OR ECE 250


3

___________

EDU 210

Nevada School Law

2

___________

EDU 220


___________

OR ___________

ECE 274

Individual Child and Community

AND


SEMESTER

ECE 122

Observation Skills

1

___________

ECE 155

Literacy and the Young Child

1

___________

ECE 157


1

___________

ECE 138

Step Families

4

___________

EDU 234


3

___________

EDU 280


3

___________

IS 101



Continued in next column. ECE A03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

128


ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Electronics Engineering Technology prepares students to assist in providing support for engineering functions or to function as an Electronics Technician. Instruction includes analog and digital circuit design, implementation and testing, fabrication techniques, fiber optics, telecommunications, and microprocessor programming and interface. This two-year program provides students with the methods and procedures used in engineering organizations and by electronics technicians. Instruction takes place in a hands-on, state-of-the-art environment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate a working knowledge of safety procedures, use of common hand tools, and proper fabrication techniques associated with the electronics environment.

• Construct, analyze and test various types of digital circuits using Boolean expressions, Karnaugh maps and general purpose test equipment.

• Identify passive components, construct, and test various DC and AC circuits.

• Demonstrate a working knowledge of microcomputers and microprocessors to include writing an assembly language program to output a sinusoid wave, square wave, and triangle wave to an output port.

• Identify active analog components, design, construct, and test various DC and AC circuits to include low-pass, band-pass, and highpass filters using operational amplifiers as well as constructing a Bode Plot of an amplifier's frequency and phase response.


CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________


3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 211B

4

___________

SCIENCE: EGG 131 and 132

8

___________


3

___________


4-6


CR

SEMESTER

ET 100B

Survey of Electronics

3

___________

ET 104B

Fabrication and Soldering Techniques

2

___________

ET 131B

DC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 132B

AC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 212B

Digital Logic I

4

___________

ET 213B

Digital Logic II

4

___________

ET 220B

Solid State Devices and Circuits I

4

___________

ET 222B

Solid State Devices and Circuits II 4

___________

ET 282B

Microprocessors I

4

___________

ET 293B

Advanced Telecommunications

4

___________

65 Total Credits

___________



EE A03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


129

E L E C T RO N I C E N G I N E E R I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - N E T WO R K S E C U R I T Y E M P H A S I S

67 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This Associate of Applied Science Degree in Electronics Engineering Technology – Network Security Emphasis prepares students with the necessary skills required by today’s computer networking security industry. Instruction includes five semesters of Cisco Networking Academy courses that lead to certifications in networking and network security, electronics and digital circuits, structured cabling, network security management and a selection of related courses such as Novell or Microsoft operating systems. This two-year course of study includes the skills necessary to install, maintain, troubleshoot, repair and manage network security infrastructure. Instruction takes place in a hands-on, state-of-the-art environment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Design the physical and logical topology of a network for security and functionality and distinguish specific types of network security threats.

• Identify the key aspects of an organizations response to an intrusion, the response plan, incident determination, and incident containment.

• Demonstrate understanding of the security aspects of structured cabling.

• Understand and apply electronic and digital logic concepts to network and security design.

• Understand organization’s network security philosophies, policies and procedures, as they affect the selection of appropriate security hardware, software, and configurations. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (27 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


8

___________

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above,, HIST, International Languages, Music,, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113

3

___________


4-6




___________

CR

SEMESTER


3

___________

CSCO 109B PC Troubleshooting and Repair

3

___________


4

___________

CSCO 121B Cisco Networking Academies II

4

___________

CSCO 220B Cisco Networking Academies III

4

___________

CSCO 221B Cisco Networking Academies IV

4

___________

CSCO 230B Fundamentals of Network Security

4

___________

ET 115B


3

___________

ET 131B

DC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 212B

Digital Logic I

4

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: CIT 171

Introduction to Unix Operating Systems

3

___________

CIT 211

Microsoft Networking I

3

___________

CIT 290

Internship in CIT

1-6

___________

CSCO 130B Fundamentals of Wireless LANs

3

___________

ET 117B

Computer Forensics

3

___________

ET 118B

Internet Forensics

3

___________

67 Total Credits


130


ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY-NETWORKING & INTERNETWORKING EMPHASIS

66 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This Associate of Applied Science Degree in Electronics Engineering Technology, Networking and InterNetworking Technology Emphasis prepares students with the necessary skills required by today’s computer networking industry. Instruction includes five semesters of Cisco Networking Academy courses that lead to networking and cabling certification, electronics and digital circuits, telecommunications, fiber optics and a selection of related courses such as Novell or Microsoft operating systems. Completion of this program, will help students prepare for Cisco Introduction to Cisco Networking Technologies Exam, Cisco Wireless Certification, Panduit Installer Certification, National Association of Communications Contractors Fiber Optic certification and BICSI Level 1 installer Registration exam. This two-year course of study includes the skills necessary to install, maintain, troubleshoot and repair LANs, MANs and/or WANs. Instruction takes place in a hands-on, state-of-the-art environment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Design the physical and logical topology of a LAN and interconnecting Wide Area Networks networks.

• Analyze LAN, WAN, and wireless requirements and select appropriate hardware to satisfy those requirements.

• Design the logical topology of Local Area Networks (LANs) and connecting Wide Area Networks (WANs).

• Develop and implement appropriate IP addressing scheme.

• Design and install the supporting cable plant and wireless for LANs and connecting networks.


CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151,180, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 111, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, PT 122, SOC

3

___________


3

___________


8

___________


3

___________


4-6

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113


SEMESTER


4

___________


3

___________


4

___________


4

___________

ET 108B


3

___________

ET 131B

DC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 212B

Digital Logic I

4

___________

ET 287B

Introduction to Fiber Optics

3

___________

A+ Hardware

3

___________

CIT 111

A+ Software

3

___________

CIT 171

Introduction to Unix Operating System

3

___________

CIT 211


3

___________

CIT 290

Internship in CIT

1-6

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: CIT 110 AND

___________


SEMESTER


3

___________


4

___________

CSCO 109B PC Troubleshooting and Repair

3

___________

CSCO 230B Fundamentals of Network Security

4

___________

ET 115B


3

___________

ET 117B

Computer Forensics

3

___________



66 Total Credits

Continued in next column. EE A07 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


131

E L E C T RO N I C E N G I N E E R I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - S LOT R E PA I R E M P H A S I S

69 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Slot Repair degree provides students with the necessary skills to assist in the planning, design, troubleshooting and maintenance of various slot machines and related devices. Instruction includes player tracking and slot management systems, gaming regulations, random number generators, opto-couplers, coin comparators, dollar bill validators, and more. This two-year program provides the student with the slot repair methods and procedures used in the Gaming Industry. Instruction takes place in a hands-on, state-of-the-art environment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate a working knowledge of the theory of operation of a typical electronics slot machine; Pseudo Random Number Generators; ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM and RAM; and stepper motors.

• Identify electronic circuits and components used in slot machines. • Demonstrate positive work ethics and interpersonal skills in a group environment.

• Describe the operation of peripheral devices; the external features of a slot machine; the coin-in coin-out assemblies; the modes of operation of the electronics slot machine. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (28 Credits):



ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113


CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________


3


4

___________


8

___________


3


4-6

___________

___________

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

ET 104B


2

___________

ET 131B

DC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 132B

AC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 138B

Introduction to Slot Machine Technology

3

___________

ET 212B

Digital Logic I

4

___________

ET 238B

Slot Machine Principles I

4

___________

ET 239B

Slot Machine Principles II

4

___________

ET 282B

Microprocessors I

4

___________

GAM 105


3

___________

GAM 108

Slots Management I

3

___________

3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: CSCO 105B Fundamentals of Voice and Data Cabling

___________

CR

ET 106B

Test Equipment Operation

3

___________

ET 108B


3

___________

ET 287B


3



132


E L E C T RO N I C E N G I N E E R I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - T E L E CO M M U N I C AT I O N S E M P H A S I S

63 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Electronics Engineering Technology, Telecommunication Emphasis prepares students with the necessary skills required by today’s high-tech, high-wage telecommunications industry. Instruction includes telecommunications and advanced telecommunications courses, electronics and digital circuits, data acquisition, microprocessor interface and programming and fiber optics. This two-year program provides the students with the methods and procedures used by technicians in the telecommunications industry. Instruction takes place in a hands-on, state-of-the-art environment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Construct, test, and verify the operation of voice and data cables, various AC, DC, analog and digital circuits, demonstrate a working knowledge of microprocessors, data acquisition devices, fiber optics, electronics/telecommunications laboratory test equipment and perform a mechanical and fusion splice to specification.

• Design and test low-pass, band-pass, and high-pass filter using operational amplifiers. • Demonstrate positive work ethics and interpersonal skills in a group environment.

• Perform local area network analysis and management. • Explain the signaling specifications of the telephone set, subscriber loop interface and central office and distinguish between the various modulation and multiplexing techniques commonly employed in the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (28 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151,180, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 111, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, PT 122, SOC

3

___________


4

___________


8

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________


CR

SEMESTER

ET 131B

DC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 132B

AC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 212B

Digital Logic I

4

___________

ET 220B

Solid State Devices and Circuits

4

___________

ET 228B

Data Acquisition

4

___________

ET 276B

Introduction to Telecommunications 4

___________

ET 282B

Microprocessors I

4

___________

ET 287B


3

___________

ET 293B


4

___________

63 Total Credits





133

ENVIRONMENTAL SAFET Y AND HEALTH - ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCE TECHNOLOGY

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S )


This degree provides students with the opportunity to acquire the knowledge, skills and abilities to obtain employment in the environmental resource field. Courses include a 40-hour HAZWOPER OSHA requirement. Academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations components are stressed to prepare students to meet challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of the management of hazardous materials and its impact on the human health and the environment. • Demonstrate an understanding of the various laws, regulations and guidelines that are applicable to the ESH arena, and how they drive decision making in the management of hazardous materials and hazardous waste.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of Industrial Hygiene as it applies to various industrial settings. • Demonstrate adequate knowledge of hazardous materials management, relevant skills, and other core degree requirements necessary to assume a supervisory position within the context of Environmental Safety and Health.



COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102, THTR 105 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113 HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 113, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC MATHEMATICS: MATH 120 or above (except MATH 122, 123) SCIENCE: AST, BIOL, CHEM, EGG 131, 132, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS, HHP 123B, 124B FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, Music, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

3-5

___________

3

___________

3

___________

6

___________

3

4-6

___________

___________


ESH 130 ESH 201 ESH 202 ESH 203 ESH 204 ESH 205 ESH 210B ESH 215B

Introduction to Hazardous Materials Management 40 Hour HAZWOPER Certification Environmental Laws and Regulations Sampling, Analysis, Treatment and Disposal Environmental Site Assessments Transportation of Hazardous Materials Waste Minimization and Recycling Environmental Computer Applications

OR GIS 109B Introduction to GIS Continued in next column.

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3 3

___________ ___________

3

___________

3 3

___________ ___________

3

___________

3

___________

Plus 12 credits from the following: General Biology for Non-Majors BIOL 100 CADD 100 Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting CHEM 105 Chemistry, Man and Society CHEM 110 Chemistry for Health Sciences I CHEM 111 Chemistry for Health Sciences II CHEM 121 General Chemistry I CHEM 122 General Chemistry II EMS 108B Emergency Medical Technician Training ENV 101 Introduction to Environmental Science ENV 220 Introduction to Ecological Principles ESH 220B Introduction to WasteWater Treatment ESH 225B Ethics and Legal Issues in Environmental Restoration ESH 230B Radiation Health Physics ESH 235B Asbestos Inspection and Abatement ESH 240B WasteWater Treatment I ESH 241B WasteWater Treatment II ESH 242B WasteWater Treatment III ESH 243B Water Treatment Plant Operations ESH 244B Water Distribution I ESH 245B Water Treatment Plant Operations II ESH 246B Water/WasteWater Mathematics I ESH 247B Water/WasteWater Mathematics II ESH 248B Water Quality Analysis and Laboratory ESH 249B Industrial Pretreatment Programs and Inspection ESH 250B Pump Operation and Maintenance ESH 251B Current Issues ET 100B Survey of Electronics FT 101 Introduction to Fire Science MT 110B Material Science I (Ferrous and Non-Ferrous) SUR 161 Elementary Surveying

SEMESTER

4 4

___________ ___________

3 4 4 4 4 8

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

3

___________

3 3

___________ ___________

3

___________

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

3

___________

3 3 3 3 4

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

3

___________

61 Total Credits ESH A01


134


ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY AND HEALTH - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT EMPHASIS

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program prepares students in the fast growing and lucrative Occupational Safety Management career field. Students learn to design, implement and manage an effective and proactive safety program that includes establishing goals, procedures and injury prevention policies. This program prepares students for professional certifications including ASP (Associate Safety Professional), CSP (Certified Safety Professional), CHMM (Certified Hazardous Materials Manager), and CIH (Certified Industrial Hygienist). STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of the management of occupational health and safety and its impact on operational profit.

• Demonstrate knowledge of mathematics, communication skills, and other core degree requirements adequate to assume a supervisory position in Occupational Safety Management.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the various laws, regulations and guidelines that are applicable to the ESH arena, and how they drive occupational safety and health. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits): CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 120 or above (EXCEPT MATH 122, 123)

3


6


3


4-6

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BI 101B


3

___________

ESH 130

Introduction to Hazardous Materials Management

3

___________

ESH 201

40 Hour Hazwoper Certification

3

___________

ESH 205

Transportation of Hazardous Materials

3

___________

ESH 207B

Introduction to Safety Management

3

___________

ESH 208B

Safety Management II

3

___________

ESH 211B

Industrial Hygiene I

3

___________

ESH 212B

Industrial Hygiene II

3

___________

ESH 213B

Construction 500

3

___________

ESH 214B

General Industry 501

3

___________

ESH 265B

Safety Laws and Regulations

3

___________

FT 121

Fire Prevention I

3

___________


___________



ESH A04 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


135

E N V I RO N M E N TA L S A F E T Y A N D H E A LT H - WA S T E WAT E R T R E ATM E N T E M P H A S I S

60 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program prepares students for a lucrative career in the wastewater treatment field. Students learn to operate machinery used in plants where urban wastewater is treated for release back into the environment. Classes are generally held at the Clark County Sanitation District facilities. Academic skills emphasizing math, science and human relations are stressed to prepare students to meet challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of waste water treatment and related technologies.

• Demonstrate an understanding of pump operation and maintenance for waste water treatment operation.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the laws and regulations that apply to waste water treatment.

• Demonstrate knowledge of waste water treatment operations, relevant skills and other core degree requirements adequate to assume entry level supervisory positions in waste water treatment operations.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the various treatment methodologies and technologies applicable to waste water treatment.

CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ESH 242B

Wastewater Treatment III

3

___________

ESH 246B

Water/Wastewater Mathematics I

3

___________



COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102, THTR 105 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113 HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101, 112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC MATHEMATICS: MATH 120 or above (except MATH 122, 123) SCIENCE: AST, BIOL, CHEM, EGG 131, 132, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS, HHP 123B, 124B FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, Music, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

3-5

___________

ESH 247B

Water/Wastewater Mathematics II

3

___________

3

___________

ESH 248B

Water Quality Analysis and Laboratory

4

___________

ESH 250B

Pump Operation and Maintenance

3

___________

ESH 251B

Current Issues

3

___________

4

___________

CHEM 105 Chemistry, Man and Society

3

___________

CHEM 110 Chemistry for Health Sciences I

4

___________

CHEM 111 Chemistry for Health Sciences II

4

___________


4

___________


3

___________

3

___________

ESH 215

Environmental Laws and Regulations Environmental Computer Applications

6

3

4-6

___________

___________

General Biology for Non-Majors

EMS 108B

Emergency Medical Technician Training

8

___________

ENV 220


3

___________

ESH 225B

Ethics and Legal Issues in Environmental Restoration

3

___________

___________

ESH 230B

Radiation Health Physics

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ESH 235B

Asbestos Inspection and Abatement 3

___________

3

___________

ESH 249B

Industrial Pretreatment Programs and Inspection

3

___________

ET 100B


3

___________

FT 101

Introduction to Fire Science

3

___________

MT 110B

Material Science I (Ferrous and Non-Ferrous)

4

___________

OR Introduction to Geographic Information Systems

3

ESH 240B

Wastewater Treatment I

3

___________

ESH 241B

Wastewater Treatment II

3

___________

GIS 109B

Plus 4 credits from the following: BIOL 100


ESH 202

SEMESTER

___________

60 Total Credits

Continued in next column. ESH A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

136


E N V I RO N M E N TA L S A F E T Y A N D H E A LT H - WAT E R T R E ATM E N T E M P H A S I S

60 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree prepares students for a lucrative career in the water treatment field. Students learn to maintain and operate water management plants that treat water supplies for urban areas. Classes are generally held at the Clark County Sanitation District. Academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations components are stressed to prepare students to meet challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of water treatment and related technologies

• Demonstrate an understanding of pump operation and maintenance for drinking water treatment operation

• Demonstrate an understanding of the laws and regulations that apply to drinking water treatment

• Demonstrate knowledge of water treatment operations, communication skills, and other core degree requirements adequate to assume entry level supervisory positions in water treatment operations.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the various treatment methodologies and technologies applicable to drinking water treatment


CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

ESH 202 ESH 215

3-5

___________

3

___________

3

___________

6

___________

3

___________

4-6

___________

OR GIS 109B ESH 243B ESH 244B ESH 245B ESH 246B ESH 247B ESH 248B

Environmental Laws and Regulations Environmental Computer Applications

Introduction to GIS Water Treatment Plant Operations I Water Distribution I Water Treatment Plant Operations II Water/WasteWater Mathematics I Water/WasteWater Mathematics II Water Quality Analysis and Laboratory ESH 250B Pump Operation and Maintenance ESH 251B Current Issues Plus 4 credits from the following: BIOL 100 General Biology for Non-Majors CHEM 105 Chemistry, Man and Society CHEM 110 Chemistry for Health Sciences I CHEM 111 Chemistry for Health Sciences II CHEM 121 General Chemistry I CONS 120B Blueprint Reading and Specifications EMS 108B Emergency Medical ENV 220 Introduction to Ecological Principles ESH 225B Ethics and Legal Issues in Environmental Restoration ESH 230B Radiation Health Physics ESH 235B Asbestos Inspection and Abatement ESH 249B Industrial Pretreatment Programs and Inspection ET 100B Survey of Electronics FT 101 Introduction to Fire Science MT 110B Material Science I (Ferrous and Non-Ferrous)

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3 3 3 3 3 3 4

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

3 3

___________ ___________

4 3 4 4 4 3

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

8 3 3

___________ ___________ ___________

3 3 3

___________ ___________ ___________

3 3

___________ ___________

4

___________




60 Total Credits ESH A03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


137

FINANCE

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Finance prepares the individual to perform financial services. These include credit collection, transit routing of notes and drafts, receiving and paying out money and functions associated with processing loans. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the knowledge necessary to handle personal finances.

• Demonstrate understanding of basic financial concepts.

• Demonstrate the ability to provide basic financial services for others.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

6-8


3


3


6


3


4-6

___________

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

ACC 202


3

___________

ACC 220


3

___________

ECON 102


3

___________

ECON 103


3

___________

FIN 101

Personal Finance

3

___________

FIN 115

Introduction to Investments

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MKT 210


3

___________

___________ ___________

CR


___________

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 108


3

___________

BUS 273

Business Law I

3

___________

ECON 261


3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________


BF A03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

138


F I R E S C I E N C E M A N AG E M E N T

67 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Fire Science Management prepares the career firefighter with course work that meets the National Fire Protection Association’s Fire Officer II Standard (NFPA). This degree encompasses the National Fire Academy’s model curriculum and articulates with the Bachelor of Public Administration Fire Safety Administration Concentration at the University of Nevada, Las Vegas. This program is designed for firefighters currently employed by area fire departments. Many courses in this curriculum require a NFPA Firefighter II certification. • Demonstrate preparedness for the Nevada State Fire Marshall’s written test in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association’s Firefighter I Standard 1001 covering the topics of fire department operations, communications, rescue, and prevention.

• Conduct a fire inspection, basic fire ground math calculations, and fire ground functions according to standards set forth by the National Fire Protection Association and the International Building Code Convention.

• Demonstrate preparedness for the Nevada State Fire Marshall’s practical skills test according to standards set forth by the Nevada State Fire Training Standards Committee encompassing the skills of rescue, fire ground operations, and prevention.

• Demonstrate preparedness for the National Fire Academy’s certifications in Incident Command, Building Construction and Tactics and Strategies.



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 107

3

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: MGT 283

3

___________


3

___________

SCIENCE: AST, CHEM, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS, BIOL 189, 223, 224

6

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: ECON 261, PHIL 101, PSY 101

3

___________

4-6

___________

COMMUNICATIONS: ENG 100, 101, 113


___________

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

FT 105

Fire Behavior and Combustion

FT 121

Fire Prevention I

3

___________

FT 125

Building Construction I

3

___________

FT 126

Fire Cause Determination

3

___________

FT 131

Hazardous Materials I (operational)

3

___________

FT 151

Fire Service Hydraulics I

3

___________

FT 190

Fire Instructor I

3

___________

FT 191

Intro to Company Officer

3

___________

FT 224

Fire Protection Systems

3

___________

FT 243

Firefighting Tactics and Strategy

3

___________

FT 247

Incident Safety Officer

3

___________

FT 291

Fire Administration

3

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: BUS 107


3

___________

CRJ 225

Criminal Evidence

3

___________

ECON 261


3

___________

EMS 201B

Operations and Management in EMS

1

___________

FT 143

Incident Command System

3

___________

FT 144

High Rise Firefighter I

3

___________

FT 230

Fire Chemistry

3

___________

FT 298

Seminar in Fire Management

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 120B


3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MGT 235


3

___________

PSC 208

Survey of State and Local Government

3

___________



67 Total Credits FSM A03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


139

F I R E S C I E N C E T E C H N O LO G Y - U R BA N F I R E F I G H T I N G E M P H A S I S

69 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree is designed for people who desire to enter a career in a municipal, county or state fire department. The material is linked with the Nevada State Fire Marshall’s Nevada Firefighter I Certificate. Students are given the opportunity to take several didactic and practical tests administered throughout the program to attain certification at both the state and national level related to fire and emergency services. The core curriculum includes orientation material to the fire service, fire fighting procedures, hazardous materials, emergency medical services, fire prevention and an introduction to wildland fire fighting. The course content is designed to meet or exceed the National Fire Protection Association’s 1001 Standard for Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications. The elective material is designed to allow a student to obtain some degree of specialization that may tailor a student’s education to qualify for specialty teams within a fire department organization. This degree does not guarantee employment and securing a fire department position in Nevada is extremely competitive. Students may be placed in paramilitary and physically demanding environments designed to introduce the student to job tasks and skills required to operate in the fire and emergency services.


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate preparedness for the Nevada State Fire Marshall’s written test in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association’s Firefighter I Standard I 1001 covering the topics of fire department operations, communication, rescue, and prevention. • Demonstrate preparedness for the Nevada State Fire Marshall’s practical skills test in with the Firefighter I Standard I 1001 covering the topics of fire department operations, communication, rescue, and prevention.

• Able to conduct a fire inspection, basic fire ground math calculation, and fire conversion. • Demonstrate preparedness for the National Fire Academy’s certifications in Incident Command, Building Construction, and Tactics and Strategies.



COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113 HUMAN RELATIONS: HMS 130, 135B, 265B, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC 101, 102, 202, 205, 275 MATHEMATICS: MATH 120 or above (except MATH 122, 123) SCIENCE: AST, BIOL, CHEM, EGG 131, 132, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS, HHP 123B, 124B FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, Music, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

3-5

___________

3

___________

3

___________

6

___________

3

___________

4-6

___________


Emergency Medical Technician Training FT 101 Introduction to Fire Science FT 105 Fire Behavior and Combustion Continued in next column. EMS 108B

CR

SEMESTER

8

___________

3 3

___________ ___________

FT 121 Fire Prevention I 3 FT 125 Building Construction I 3 FT 126 Fire Cause Determination 3 FT 151 Fire Service Hydraulics I 3 FT 224 Fire Protection Systems 3 Plus 6 credits from the following: Nevada FireFighter I 3 FT 104 FT 109B Internship in Firefighting 3 FT 143 Incident Command System 3 FT 243 Firefighting Tactics and Strategy 3 Plus 9 credits from the following: CONS 120B Blueprint Reading and 3 Specifications BUS 101 Introduction to Business 3 CHEM 105 Chemistry, Man and Society 3 CHEM 110 Chemistry for Health Sciences I 4 CHEM 111 Chemistry for Health Sciences II 4 EMS 109B Basic EMT Refresher 2 3 ESH 205 Transportation of Hazardous Materials FT 150 Apparatus and Equipment 3 FT 226 Fire/Arson Investigation 3 3 FT 230 Fire Chemistry FT 291 Fire Administration 3 3 FT 298 Seminar in Fire Management IS 101 Introduction to Information Systems 3 MGT 201 Principles of Management 3

SEMESTER ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ 69 Total Credits FST A04


140


F I R E S C I E N C E T E C H N O LO G Y - W I L D L A N D F I R E F I G H T I N G E M P H A S I S

69 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree is designed for people who desire to enter or enhance their career in a state or federal, wildland fire fighting agency. The material is linked with the National Multi-Agency Coordinating Group certification process. Students are given the opportunity to take several didactic and practical tests administered throughout the program to attain both state and national level wildland competencies. The core curriculum includes certification material to secure the basic wildland red card needed for employment in a wildland fire agency. Additional course work is designed to meet or exceed the National Fire Protection Association’s 1051 Standard on Wildland Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications, 1995 Edition. The elective material is designed to allow a student to obtain some degree of specialization that may tailor a student’s education to qualify for supervisor positions in a wildland organization. Students may be placed in paramilitary and physically demanding environments designed to introduce the student to the job tasks and skills required to operate in the wildland fire services. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate preparedness for the combined National Wildland Group Consortium Red Card certification with a greater than 70% score in the fields of Urban Interface, Wildland Fire Fire Behavior, Wildland Techniques, and Initial Attack. • Demonstrate preparedness for the National Wildfire Consortium Group Pack Skills Test, Fire Shelter Development, and Fire Line Cutting Test.

• Demonstrate preparedness to pass the National Wildfire Consortium Group certification in Squad Boss and Strike Team Leader upon graduation. • Demonstrate preparedness to pass the basic wildland firefighter written test according to the National Fire Protection Association’s Firefighter I Standard 1051 for Wildland firefighter.

CR

SEMESTER


8

___________

FT 110

Basic Wildland Fire Fighting

4

___________

FT 114

Initial Attack Incident Commander 2

___________

FT 143


3

___________

FT 151


3

___________

FT 211

Fire Business Management

2

___________

FT 216

Urban/Wildland Fire Operations

4

___________

FT 218

Intermediate Fire Behavior

3

___________

FT 243


3

___________

GEOG 117

Meteorology/Climatology

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114

3-5

___________

EMS 108B

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: HMS 130, 135B, 265B, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC 101,102, 202, 205, 275

3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

___________


___________

CHEM 103 Preparatory Chemistry

3

___________

CHEM 105 Chemistry, Man and Society

3

___________


4

___________

CHEM 111 Chemistry for Health Sciences II

4

___________


4

___________


4

___________

CRJ 225

Criminal Evidence

3

___________

FT 126


3

___________

FT 224


3

___________

GEOG 103

Physical Geography

3

___________

IS 101


___________




69 Total Credits FST A05 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


141

FOOD AND BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program is designed to provide quality education to those seeking to begin a career or further their career in the food service industry. The program consists of course work in food and beverage management, culinary arts and general education which enable students to obtain the necessary knowledge and skills to be successful in the work environment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in the operation of a Restaurant. • Demonstrate proficiency in food service sanitation and nutrition by passing the prescribed National Restaurant Association exams.

• Demonstrate proficiency in the use and application of food

service math.

• Learn the basic functions of a professional Kitchen.




• Demonstrate a basic understanding of commercial food and beverage purchasing.

CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

CUL 110

Basic Cookery

4

___________

FAB 102


2

___________

FAB 112


3

___________

FAB 160


3

___________

FAB 167


2

___________

FAB 210


3

___________

FAB 230

Menu Planning

3

___________

FAB 272

Liquor and Bar Management

3

___________

FAB 285

Catering Management

3

___________

FAB 295

Work Experience in Food Service

1

___________

HMD 101


3

___________

HMD 235


___________

HMD 259


___________

3


FAB A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

142


G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - A N I M AT I O N E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program covers the concepts associated with 3D Computer Animation. Students will learn to use the software to create 3D scene layouts and file manipulation. Topics include composing 3D animated scenes, special effects, creating 3D models and applying 2D and 3D maps. Advanced instruction in 3D character modeling and animation for postproduction before outputting to a chosen media type is also offered. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Develop a storyboard on paper describing the contents for which an animation will be created. • Desktop PC’s running animation software will be used to digitally create the 3D Geometric components of an animation. Other features of the Software will be used to create special effects using particle systems and space warps, geometric representational shapes of organics used for characters, customization and Scripting user interface.


SEMESTER

ANIM 237B Fundamentals of 3D Computer Animation

4

___________

___________

ANIM 240B Intermediate 3D Computer Animation

4

___________

___________

ANIM 245B Advanced 3D Computer Animation

4

___________

ANIM 250B 3D Character Modeling and Animation I

4

___________

ANIM 255B 3D Character Modeling and Animation II

4

___________

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5


3


3

SCIENCE: AST 101, PHYS 151

7


3


4-6


___________

GRC 103

Introduction to Computer Graphics

3

___________

GRC 183

Electronic Imaging I

3

___________

IS 101


___________

PHO 214

Videography and Film I

3

___________

4

___________

___________ ___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: ANIM 242B Introduction to 3D Conceptual Design ___________

ART 201

Life Drawing I

3

___________

ART 107


3

___________

GRC 175B

Web Design and Publishing I

3

___________

PHO 170

Beginning Photography

3

___________



• A network of PC’s will be used by the student to render the animation and record it to a media type by the industry, e.g. VHS, DVD, CD-ROM.

64 Total Credits

GT A14 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


143

G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - CO M P U T E R G R A P H I C S D E S I G N E M P H A S I S

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program trains people to use digital tools for employment in design and creative production. Although a degree is not necessary for initial employment, students who complete an AAS degree have a good chance for employment that is profitable. Students will learn concepts and approaches to technology necessary for lifelong learning. This emphasis is directed toward creating graphics targeted for print. A graphic artist may design brochures, reports and logos or may create layouts for magazines or newspapers. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto:


• Demonstrate communication, critical thinking, design, technological and production skills dealing with producing creative work destined for the printing press.

• Design, edit and assemble page layouts. • Demonstrate basic design, layout, typography and illustration skills.

• Produce vector and bitmap graphics using Adobe software.

• Each student will develop a customized, professional portfolio of their work.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5


3


3


6


3


4-6

___________ ___________

___________

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GRC 101

Introduction to Graphic Communications

3

___________

GRC 103

Introduction to Computer Graphics 3

___________

GRC 104

Layout and Typography Fundamentals

3

___________

GRC 107

Design Fundamentals

3

___________

GRC 110

Rendering and Illustration

3

___________

GRC 119

Computer Graphics/Digital Media

3

___________

GRC 140

Electronic Publishing I

3

___________

GRC 156B

Computer Illustration I

3

___________

GRC 183B


3

___________

GRC 207

Electronic Design

3

___________

GRC 278B

Electronic Prepress

3

___________

GRC 294B

Portfolio Workshop

1

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: GRC 65 Total Credits

___________


144


G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - M U LT I M E D I A AU T H O R I N G E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program trains people to use digital tools for employment in design and creative production. Although a degree is not necessary for initial employment, students who complete an AAS degree have a good chance for obtaining employment that is profitable. Students will learn concepts and approaches to technology necessary for lifelong learning. The Multimedia Authoring emphasis is directed toward creating graphics and presentations which are targeted for a monitor or screen. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate communication, critical thinking, design, technological and production skills dealing with producing professional creative work that will be seen on a screen or monitor. • Produce vector and bitmap graphics using Adobe software.

• Demonstrate basic design, illustration, and animation skills related to multimedia production. • Use a variety of techniques and applications to render images in 2D and 3D presentations.

• Design, edit and assemble multimedia presentations using Macromedia Director. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3


6


3


4

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GRC 103


___________

GRC 107

Design Fundamentals

3

___________

GRC 119


3

___________

GRC 156B


3

___________

GRC 175B


3

___________

GRC 179B

Multimedia Design and Production I 3

___________

GRC 183B


3

___________

GRC 188

Web Animation and Interactivity I

3

___________

GRC 286B

Digital Video Post Production

3

___________

GRC 288B

Web Animation and Interactivity II 3

___________

PHO 214


3

___________

PHO 220B

Digital Video Editing

3

___________

___________

___________

GRC 110


3

___________

GRC 185

Computer Animation I

3

___________

GRC 279B

Multimedia Design and Production II

3

___________

64 Total Credits





145

G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - W E B D E S I G N E M P H A S I S

67 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program trains people to use digital tools for employment in design and creative production. Although a degree is not necessary for initial employment, students who complete an AAS degree have a good chance for obtaining employment that is profitable. Students will learn concepts and approaches to technology necessary for lifelong learning. The Web Design emphasis is a more specific field within multimedia. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate communication, critical thinking, design, technological and production skills dealing with producing creative work that will be seen on the word wide web.

• Demonstrate basic design, illustration, and animation skills related to multimedia production. • Produce animated and interactive web content.

• Produce vector and bitmap graphics using Adobe software. • Design, edit, and assemble web pages and sites.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3


3

___________


6

___________

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, Music, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

3

4

___________

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

GRC 101

Intro to Graphic Communications

GRC 103

Introduction to Computer Graphic

3

___________

GRC 107

Design Fundamentals

3

___________

GRC 110


3

___________

GRC 119


3

___________

GRC 156B


3

___________

GRC 175B


3

___________

GRC 183B


3

___________

GRC 188

Web Animation and Interactivity I

3

___________

GRC 275B

Web Design and Publishing II

3

___________

GRC 276B

Web Design and Publishing III

3

___________

GRC 288B

Web Animation and Interactivity II 3

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: CIT 151B


3

___________

CIT 152B

Web Script Language Programming 3

___________

CIT 251

Advanced Web Development

3

___________

GRC 104


3

___________

GRC 165

Electronic Painting

3

___________

GRC 207

Electronic Design

3

___________

GRC 229

Creative Typography

3

___________

GRC 283B

Electronic Imaging II

3

___________

GRC 294B

Portfolio Workshop

3

___________

Your 3 credits may include up to 3 credits from the following work experience courses: GRC 289B

Special Projects in Graphic Communications

1-3

___________

GRC 290

Internship in Graphic Communications

1-3



146


H E A LT H I N F O R M AT I O N T E C H N O LO G Y

70 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Health Information Technology program is an Associate of Applied Science. The program is fully accredited by the Commission on Accreditation for Health Informatics and Information Management Education (CAHIIM) which is located at 233 N. Michigan Ave., Chicago, IL 60601-5800, 312 233-1131. Upon successful completion of the program, graduates are eligible to apply to the national registry exam for the certification as a Registered Health Information Technician (RHIT). The program is limited entry so students must attend a Health Sciences Orientation and meet with a program advisor. The HIT program combines academic courses on campus with professional practice experiences at clinical affiliate sites. Health information is used in every aspect of health care planning and delivery. A patient’s health record contains vitally important information that must be analyzed, coded, stored, and protected. The health record serves as a means of communication among all members of the health care team, including physicians, nurses, laboratory technicians, therapists and many others. The documentation comes from the hospital stay, emergency room visits, outpatient clinic visits, physician’s office encounters, nursing home, or home care program. Such documentation assists in ensuring continuity of care and protects the financial and legal interests of the patient, health care facility, and responsible practitioner caring for the patient. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate entry level competency as defined by the American Health Information Management Association.

• Demonstrate the competencies necessary to obtain employment in the field.

• Demonstrate the knowledge and skills to successfully pass the RHIT exam. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (27 Credits): CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 100B or above (except MATH 122, 123)

3

SCIENCE: BIOL 223, 224

8

___________

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: PHIL 102

3

___________

U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101

4


SEMESTER

COT 127B

Microsoft Office for Offices

3

___________

HIT 100B

Introduction to ICD-9-CM

2

___________

HIT 101B

Current Procedural Terminology

3

___________

HIT 105B

Healthcare Dynamics

2

___________

HIT 118B

Language of Medicine

3

___________

HIT 119B

Advanced Language of Medicine

2

___________

HIT 165B

Pathophysiology

4

___________

HIT 170B

Computers in Health Care

3

___________

HIT 180B

Introduction to Health Information Management

3

___________

HIT 201B

Classification Systems for Health Care Data

3

___________

HIT 205B

Health Services Organization

3

___________

HIT 206B

Professional Practice Experience I 3

___________

HIT 207B

Health Information Management

3

___________

HIT 245B

Quality Management and Research 3

___________

___________

___________

CR

Plus 3 credits from the following: HIT 208B

Professional Practice Experience II 3

___________

HIT 299B

Selected Topics in Health Information Technology

___________

3



70 Total Credits

HIT A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


147

H OT E L M A N AG E M E N T

62 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree is designed to provide students with an opportunity to seek employment in entry-level supervisory positions or, for those already in the hotel industry, an opportunity for job advancement, professional growth and career mobility. The program offers a strong background in front office operation, hotel marketing, accounting, human resource management and technology. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in Front Office Operations including technology related to the Front Desk.

• Demonstrate a proficiency in support department operations, such as accounting, marketing, and law.

• Demonstrate proficiency in Human Resources Management.

• Demonstrate understanding of management theories and concepts.

• Demonstrate a proficiency in Housekeeping Operations.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

FAB 112


3

___________

HMD 101


3

___________

HMD 103


___________

HMD 202

Housekeeping Operations

3

___________

HMD 203

Front-Office Operations

3

___________

HMD 225


3

___________

HMD 235


___________

HMD 259


3

___________

HMD 295

Work Experience in Lodging Operations

1

___________

TCA 141

Travel and Tourism I

3

___________

TCA 180


3

___________

TCA 221


3

___________


HMD A03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

148


M A R K E T I N G / M E RC H A N D I S I N G / R E TA I L M A N AG E M E N T

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree prepares students for careers in advertising, retail sales and marketing. The program includes a comprehensive exposure to marketing principles and business related issues. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain current marketing, merchandising and retail management theories and how they apply to organizational settings.

• Explain the characteristics of marketing and merchandising plans used in retail establishments.

• Apply marketing and merchandising strategies to real-life retail settings.

• Demonstrate the latest techniques and trends in marketing and merchandising practices.




3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5


3


3


6


3


4-6


3

___________

MKT 111

Introduction to Merchandising

3

___________

MKT 127

Introduction to Retail Management

3

___________

MKT 132

Introduction to Sales Management

3

___________

MKT 210


3

___________

MKT 211

Introduction to Professional Sales

3

___________

MKT 262

Introduction to Advertising

3

___________

___________

__________

___________

___________

SEMESTER

BUS 101

___________

___________

CR

Plus 6 credits from the following: MKT 123

Introduction to Sales Promotion

3

___________

MKT 125

Introduction to Fashion Merchandising

3

___________

MKT 250


3

___________

Plus 9 credits from the following: BUS 107


3

___________

BUS 273

Business Law I

3

___________

COM 101

Oral Communication

3

___________

ECON 102


3

___________

ECON 103


3

___________

ECON 261


3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 103


3

___________

MKT 261


3

___________

SOC 225

Media and Society

3

___________


CR

61 Total Credits

MKT A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


149

M E C H A N I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y - I N D U S T R I A L E M P H A S I S

66 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program provides students with classroom and laboratory experiences in electricity, mechanical power, pneumatics, hydraulics and ferrous and non-ferrous material. The Industrial Emphasis focuses on those skills used in industrial settings. Academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations are stressed to prepare students to meet the challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the knowledge and ability to select, test, set up, and maintain various electro-mechanical systems and machinery and perform basic system calculations.

• Demonstrate the ability to assemble, operate, and maintain various electrical motor controllers, mechanical power transmission systems, and high pressure fluid power systems.

• Demonstrate the ability to apply various troubleshooting techniques for the identification and correction of faults in electrical, mechanical, and fluid power systems.

• Demonstrate knowledge and skills in basic mathematical calculations, communication, and teamwork concepts.



CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

SCIENCE: ENV 101 and GEOL 101

6


3


4-6



ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113

AUTO 105B General Automotive

CR

SEMESTER

4

___________

BI 123B

Blueprint Reading for the Building Trades

3

___________

CADD 100


4

___________

DFT 100

Basic Drafting Fundamentals

4

___________

MT 102B

Fundamentals of Electricity

4

___________

MT 104B

Industrial Electricity

4

___________

MT 106B

Mechanical Power Transmission

4

___________

MT 108B

Fluid Power (Pneumatics, Hydraulics, Instrumentation)

4

___________

___________

MT 110B


4

___________

___________

MT 115B

Programmable Logic Controllers I

3

___________

MT 116B

Programmable Logic Controllers II

3

___________

___________

___________

66 Total Credits

MT A05 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

150


M E C H A N I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y - O P E R AT I O N S E M P H A S I S

64 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree provides students with classroom and laboratory experiences in electricity, mechanical power, pneumatics, hydraulics and ferrous and non-ferrous material. The Operations Emphasis focuses on those skills used in operational settings. Academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations are stressed to prepare students to meet the challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the knowledge and ability to follow guidelines for safe operation and maintenance of various mechanical, electrical, and fluid power systems.

• Demonstrate the skills and knowledge to apply various troubleshooting techniques for identification and correction of faults in electrical circuits and mechanical and high pressure fluid power systems.

• Demonstrate the skills to design and operate basic electrical, mechanical, and fluid power systems and to use computer-based programmable logic controller devices to monitor their operation and performance.

• Demonstrate knowledge and skills in mathematics, written and oral communication, and teamwork.



• Demonstrate skills necessary for further education and managerial positions.

SEMESTER

SEMESTER

3

___________

AC 103B

Introduction to HVAC 5 Mechanical Theory and Application

___________

3-5

___________

BI 103B

Introduction to Residential Plumbing 2 and Mechanical Codes

___________


3

___________


MATHEMATICS: MATH 116, 120, 124, 126, 127

3

___________


6

___________


3

___________


4-6


3

___________

IS 101


___________

MT 102B


4

___________

MT 104B


4

___________

MT 106B


4

___________

MT 108B


4

___________

MT 110B


4

___________

MT 115B


3

___________

MT 116B


3

___________



CR

CR



151

M E C H A N I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y - P OW E R U T I L I T Y P RO G R A M

60 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree prepares students for employment in the power production field. This multimedia based program combines course work using personal computers at the CSN computer labs with three hands-on internships (operations, Electrician's and hydro-electrical) to provide students with a wide range of learning experiences. The program is presented in cooperation with the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation. Academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations are stressed to prepare students to meet challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Identify the occupational positions available in the Power Utility and other power generating plants. • Participate in an on-the-job training experience in a power generating plant or dam.

• Develop positive attitudes towards work and service to others. • Be prepared to accept management and/or supervisory positions in the Power Utility and other power generating plants.

• Identify acceptable work performance standards.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3


6


3


4-6

___________

___________

SEMESTER

MT 120B

Electrical Safety

1

___________

MT 121B

Fundamentals of Industrial Measurement

2

___________

MT 122B

Hand Tools and Measuring Instruments

1

___________

MT 123B

Rigging and Lifting

1

___________

MT 124B

Industrial Lubrication

1

___________

MT 140B

Electrical/Electronic Theory

2.5

___________

MT 141B

Electrical Print Reading

1

___________

MT 142B

Conduit Bending and Installation

0.5

___________

MT 143B

Electrical Control Equipment

3

___________

MT 144B

Electrical/Electronic Test Equipment

1

___________

MT 145B

Troubleshooting Skills

0.5

___________

MT 160B

Industrial Hydraulic Power

3

___________

MT 161B

AC/DC Motors

2

___________

MT 162B

Programmable Logic Controllers

1.5

___________

MT 180B

Co-Op/Internship First Semester

2

___________

MT 181B

Co-Op/Internship Second Semester 2

___________

MT 182B

Co-Op/Internship Third Semester

2

___________

ESH 201

40-Hour HAZWOPER Certification

3

___________

5

___________

___________

___________

CR

Plus 5 credits from the following: BI, BT, ET, MT

60 Total Credits


152


M E C H A N I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y - S H OW RO O M E M P H A S I S

66 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree provides students with classroom and laboratory experiences in electricity, mechanical power, pneumatics, hydraulics and ferrous and non-ferrous material. The Showroom Emphasis focuses on those skills used in entertainment settings. Academic courses emphasizing related math, science and human relations are stressed to prepare students to meet challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the knowledge and the ability to use basic electrical concepts, laws, and symbols used in the industry to design various electrical systems and perform required calculations.

• Demonstrate the knowledge and skills in mathematics concepts, oral communications and written proficiencies as required by the degree program.

• Demonstrate the necessary skills to design, assemble, and operate various fluid power systems and perform basic system calculations.

• Demonstrate teamwork skills through design and operation of various fluid and mechanical power systems and demonstrate potential to accept supervisory responsibilities as a manager.

• Demonstrate the ability to apply various troubleshooting techniques for the identification and correction of faults in mechanical and fluid power systems.



CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR CONS 120B Blueprint Reading and Specifications 3


DFT 100


4

___________

IS 101


___________

MT 102B


4

___________

MT 104B


4

___________

MT 106B


4

___________

MT 108B


4

___________

3-5

___________


3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 116, 120, 124, 126, 127

3

___________

MTL 122B

Introduction to Oxy-Acetylene Welding

3

___________


6

___________

THTR 204

Theater Technology I

3

___________

THTR 214

Theater Technology II

3

___________


3

___________


4-6

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: BI 102B


3

___________

CADD 100


4

___________

ESH 130


3

___________

ET 100B


3

___________

ET 104B


2

___________

3

___________

INTD 101B Introduction to Interior Design IS 115


3

___________

MTL 212

Welding I

3

___________



66 Total Credits



153

M E D I C A L L A B O R ATO RY - C S N O CC U PAT I O N A L T R AC K

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Medical Laboratory Technician (MLT) is an important member of the health care team in hospitals, clinics, medical research and teaching centers and is an indispensable participant with physician sin providing critical diagnostic information. The MLT functions as a dependable, ambitious and highly motivated professional capable of handling high stress situations with ease and confidence. The MLT performs diagnostic laboratory procedures using state-of-the-art instrumentation to aid in the detection, diagnosis and treatment of disease; monitors the standards of accuracy and precision in the performance of tests; performs routine preventive maintenance and troubleshoots instrument problems; and participates in research and evaluation of new procedures. The Medical Laboratory Technology program is a two year program. It combines academic and laboratory courses on campus with practical experience at clinical affiliates. This program is accredited by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 W. Bryn Mawr Ave. Suite 670, Chicago, IL 60631. 773 714-8880. Students successfully completing the program are eligible to take the National Certification examinations. Upon successful completion of the above, the student may apply to the State of Nevada for the required license as a Medical Technician STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate comprehension of concepts and techniques in all major clinical laboratory disciplines.

• Demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and abilities to successfully pass the national certification examination.

• Demonstrate the skills and abilities necessary to secure employment as a medical laboratory technician. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (34 Credits):



SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________

SCIENCE: CHEM 110, 111, HHP 123B

12

___________


3

___________

U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS:

4-6

(except MATH 122, 123)

___________

PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217 This is a limited-entry program. Some of these courses are program prerequisites and MUST be completed before a student is considered eligible for entry into the Program. Students MUST attend a Health Programs orientation and meet with a Health Programs advisor for additional advisement.

CR

SEMESTER

CLS 151B

Phlebotomy

2

___________

CLS 152B

Applied Phlebotomy

1

___________

CLS 153B

Phlebotomy Clinical Practicum

2

___________

CLS 161

Urinalysis and Body Fluids

1

___________

CLS 162

Applied Urinalysis and Body Fluids

1

___________

CLS 241

Clinical Chemistry

3

___________

CLS 242

Applied Clinical Chemistry

2

___________

CLS 251

Immunology/ Immunohematology

2

___________

CLS 252

Applied Immunology/ Immunohematology

2

___________

CLS 271

Clinical Microbiology

2

___________

CLS 272

Applied Clinical Microbiology

2

___________

CLS 281

Parasitology/Mycology/Virology

1

___________

CLS 282

Applied Parasitology/ Mycology/Virology

1

___________

CLS 291

Hematology

2

___________

CLS 292

Applied Hematology

2

___________

CLS 294


2

___________

CLS 295


2

___________

CLS 296


4


MLT A05 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

154


M E D I C A L L A B O R ATO RY - U N LV T R A N S F E R T R AC K

6 9 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Medical Laboratory Technician (MLT) is an important member of the health care team in hospitals, clinics, medical research and teaching centers and is an indispensable participant with physician sin providing critical diagnostic information. The MLT functions as a dependable, ambitious and highly motivated professional capable of handling high stress situations with ease and confidence. The MLT performs diagnostic laboratory procedures using state-of-the-art instrumentation to aid in the detection, diagnosis and treatment of disease; monitors the standards of accuracy and precision in the performance of tests; performs routine preventive maintenance and troubleshoots instrument problems; and participates in research and evaluation of new procedures. The Medical Laboratory Technology program is a two year program. It combines academic and laboratory courses on campus with practical experience at clinical affiliates. This program is accredited by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 W. Bryn Mawr Ave. Suite 670, Chicago, IL 60631. 773 714-8880. Students successfully completing the program are eligible to take the National Certification examinations. Students successfully completing the program are eligible to transfer to UNLV and pursue the Medical Technology baccalaureate degree. Upon successful completion of the above, the student may apply to the State of Nevada for the required license as a Medical Technician. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate comprehension of concepts and techniques in all major clinical laboratory disciplines.

• Demonstrate the ability to transfer to UNLV and successfully complete the baccalaureate degree in Medical Technology.

• Demonstrate the knowledge, skills, and abilities to successfully pass the national certification examination.

CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________

SCIENCES: CHEM 121, 122 BIOL 189, 196

16

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________


CR

SEMESTER

CLS 151B

Phlebotomy

2

___________

CLS 152B

Applied Phlebotomy

1

___________

CLS 153B


2

___________

CLS 161

Urinalysis and Body Fluids

1

___________

CLS 162

Applied Urinalysis and Body Fluids

1

___________

CLS 241

Clinical Chemistry

3

___________

CLS 242

Applied Clinical Chemistry

2

___________

CLS 251

Immunology/ Immunohematology

2

___________

CLS 252

Applied Immunology/ Immunohematology

2

___________

CLS 271

Clinical Microbiology

2

___________

CLS 272

Applied Clinical Microbiology

2

___________

CLS 281

Parasitology/Mycology/Virology

1

___________

CLS 282

Applied Parasitology/ Mycology/Virology

1

___________

CLS 291

Hematology

2

___________

CLS 292

Applied Hematology

2

___________

CLS 294


2

___________

CLS 295


2

___________

CLS 296


4

___________




69 Total Credits MLT A06



155

M E N TA L H E A LT H S E RV I C E S

60 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree provides the academic knowledge and skill competencies needed by paraprofessionals in mental health services, developmental services and closely-related human services. The degree offers the option for a student to prepare as a Direct Support Professional and/or frontline supervisor of Direct Support Professionals. The special program courses in the degree are infused with the Community Support Skill Standards (a set of nationally validated competencies for community human service practitioners) and an established set of ethical guidelines for Direct Support Professionals. The courses are competency based and provide the opportunity for development of on the job skills. Direct Support Professionals (DSPs) provide guidance and support to people who need help to be self-sufficient. DSPs provide this support to a wide range of individuals including people with physical, psychiatric, or cognitive disabilities or chronic illness; children and youth who are at risk; and families who need assistance in supporting family members. DSPs are found in many human service settings with various job titles, such as Residential Counselor, Employment Specialist, Job Coach, Service Coordinator, Mental Health Technician, Developmental Support Technician and Personal Support Assistant. These jobs share similar requirements and approaches including the ability to teach life skills, provide physical assistance, and to support the empowerment, choices and self-direction of the individual receiving supports. It is estimated that there are over 2 million Americans working in these roles. Job growth in this profession is estimated to be above average in the future. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Qualify or obtain employment in direct support services delivery or supervision for persons with physical and/or mental disabilities. • Successfully demonstrate the knowledge and skills required of a direct support professional or supervisor in accordance with current professional standards.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

3-5

___________

3

___________

3

___________

6

___________

3

___________

4-6

___________


MHDD 101 Role of the Technician MHDD 105 Conflict Prevention and Response Training MHDD 107 Medication Fundamentals Continued in next column.

CR

SEMESTER

1 2

___________ ___________

2

___________

• Successfully apply the knowledge, skills, and ethical standards of a direct support professional or supervisor in an applied human services setting.


SEMESTER

MHDD 109 Introduction to Therapeutic 2 ___________ Interventions MHDD 126 Understanding Developmental 2 ___________ Disabilities MHDD 127 Positive Behavior Supports 2 ___________ MHDD 150 Issues in Substance Abuse 1 ___________ MHDD 153 Life Span Development 1 ___________ MHDD 154 Advanced Therapeutic 2 ___________ Interventions MHDD 160 Understanding Mental Illness 2 ___________ MHDD 295 Practicum 3 ___________ PSY 101 General Psychology 3 ___________ PSY 241 Introduction to Abnormal 3 ___________ Psychology Plus 9 credits from the following: FOR MENTAL HEALTH/DEVELOPMENTAL SERVICES: Introduction to Counseling 3 ___________ CPD 117 HMS 130 Human Sexuality 3 ___________ MHDD 102 Medical Component 1 ___________ 1 ___________ MHDD 103 Psychopathology and Developmental Disabilities 1 ___________ MHDD 106 Teaching and Active Treatment MHDD 110 Introduction to Disability Services 3 ___________ 3 ___________ MHDD 130 Teaching Life Skills MHDD 152 Allied Therapies 1 ___________ MHDD 291B Fieldwork Experience 3 ___________ FOR SUPERVISORY SERVICES: MGT 201 Principals of Management 3 ___________ MGT 212 Leadership and Human Relations 3 ___________ MGT 283 Personnel Administration 3 ___________ MGT 286B Personal Interviewing 3 ___________ 60 Total Credits MHD A08


156


NURSING

72 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Registered Nurse is an important member of the health care team; an indispensable participant within the medical community who provides total patient care; and a dependable, responsible, motivated professional capable of handling high stress situations with ease and confidence. The Registered Nurse provides care using the nursing process; works within the guidelines of the Nevada Nurse Practice Act to give care, support and education to patients so that they can recover and stay well, works in hospitals, nursing homes, rehabilitation centers, home health, community agencies, medical facilities which offer acute and long term care, wellness centers, clinics and drug centers, monitors the physical and mental status of patients; gives medication and records the patients’ reactions, symptoms and progress; and directs Practical and Nursing Assistants in a variety of health care settings. There are extensive job opportunities and potential in career advancement for graduates of the degree program. Graduates of this program are eligible to sit for the NCLEX-RN exam for state licensure. Courses in the two-year degree can be applied toward the requirements for a Bachelor of Science in Nursing at a four year institution. The program has full approval status by the Nevada State Board of Nursing, 2500 West Sahara, Suite 207, Las Vegas, NV 89102. 702 486-5800, and is accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission, Inc., 61 Broadway 33rd Floor, New York, NY 10006, 800 699-9656. A limited entry program; students must attend a health programs orientation and meet with a health programs advisor for additional counseling. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the ability to apply principles of the physiological, psychological, socio-cultural and spiritual concepts when providing safe and competent nursing care for clients at various stages in their life span.

• Demonstrate the ability to empower and support individuals and families through caring behaviors.

• Demonstrate the ability to apply the nursing process and critical thinking to assist individuals and families to enhance and maintain adaptive behaviors that promote optimal health, quality of life, and death with dignity. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits):


3

___________

NURS 101

3-5

___________

NURS 115

HUMAN RELATIONS: PSY 101

3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 100B, 120 or above (EXCEPT MATH 122, 123)

3

___________

SCIENCE: BIOL 189, 223, 224, 251

16

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: SOC 101

3

COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101, 215 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113


CR

SEMESTER

Introduction to Professional Nursing Practice

6

___________

Medical-Surgical Nursing I

6.5

___________

NURS 125B Pharmacology for Nursing Practice 2

4-6

___________ ___________

NURS 208

Professional Topics: Management Concepts and Transition into Professional Practice

NURS 211

___________

2

___________

Medical-Surgical Nursing II

4.5

___________

NURS 243

Mental Health Nursing

4.5

___________

NURS 247

Maternal-Newborn Nursing

4.5

___________

NURS 248

Pediatric Nursing

4.5

___________

NURS 296

Nursing Management and Preceptorship

2.5

___________


CR



NUR A05 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


157

N U R S I N G - L P N TO R N E M P H A S I S

72 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program is designed for practicing License Practical Nurses who wish to prepare to licensure as a professional nurse. The program awards credits for PN program courses and Nevada LPN licensure. Courses within the two year degree can be applied towards the requirements for a Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree at a four year institution. The program has full approval status by the Nevada State Board of Nursing, 2500 West Sahara, Suite 207, Las Vegas, NV 89102 702 486-5800, and is accredited by the National league for Nursing Accrediting Commission, Inc., 61 Broadway 33rd Floor, New York, NY 10006, 800 699-9656. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the ability to apply principles of the physiological, psychological, socio-cultural and spiritual concepts when providing safe and competent nursing care for clients at various stages in their life span.

tain adaptive behaviors that promote optimal health, quality of life, and death with dignity. • Demonstrate the ability to empower and support individuals and families through caring behaviors.

• Demonstrate the ability to apply the nursing process and critical thinking to assist individuals and families to enhance and mainGENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (35 Credits):

COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101, 215


ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________


3

MATHEMATICS: MATH 100B, 120 or above (except MATH 122, 123)

3

SCIENCE: BIOL 189, 223, 224, 251

16

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: SOC 101

3



4-6

___________

Practical Nursing Program courses and Nevada LPN Licensure NURS 125B Pharmacology for Nursing Practice

8

___________

2

___________

4.5

___________

2

___________

Introduction to Associate Degree Nursing

NURS 208

Professional Topics: Management Concepts and Transition into Professional Practice

NURS 211

Medical-Surgical Nursing II

4.5

___________

NURS 243

Mental Health Nursing

4.5

___________

NURS 247

Maternal-Newborn Nursing

4.5

___________

NURS 248

Pediatric Nursing

4.5

___________

NURS 296

Nursing Management and Preceptorship

2.5

___________

___________

___________

SEMESTER

NURS 205 ___________

___________

CR

This is a limited-entry program. Some of these courses are program prerequisites and MUST be completed before a student is considered eligible for entry into the Program. Students MUST attend a Health Programs orientation and meet with a Health Programs advisor for additional advisement. 72 Total Credits

NUR A04 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

158


O CC U PAT I O N A L T H E R A P Y A S S I S TA N T

75 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) Catalog Description: Occupational therapy assistants help individuals learn (or re-learn) many “ordinary” tasks performed every day at home, at work, at school, and in the community. Under the supervision of an occupational therapist, the occupational therapy assistant helps patients establish a lifestyle that is as independent, productive, and satisfying as possible. This limited entry program trains students to work at rehabilitation centers, hospitals, long term care facilities, other patient care facilities, and in community settings. Students are required to complete a series of clinical experiences at clinics affiliated with the program. Level I clinical experiences are completed during the OTA course work and require 40 daytime hours for each clinical experience. Fieldwork Level II is assigned after course work is completed, scheduled for full time days, and requires the completion of 640 clinical hours. Fieldwork Level II must be completed within 18 months of academic preparation. The Occupational Therapy Assistant Program is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education of the American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located at P.O. Box 31220, Betheseda, MD 20824-1220, 301 652-5782. Graduates of the program can sit for the national examination for the Occupational Therapy Assistant administered by the National Board of Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT). After successful completion, the individual will be a Certified Occupational Therapy Assistant (COTA) and eligible for state licensure. Students must attend a health programs orientation and meet with a health programs advisor. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the ability to respond to request for services in accordance with policies and procedures of the service agency. • Demonstrate the ability to assist with data collection and evaluation under the supervision of an OTR.

• Demonstrate the ability to develop treatment goals under the supervision of an OTR.


FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: PSY 101 or 102 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

SEMESTER

3

___________

OTA 131B

3-5

___________

3

___________

OTA 132B OTA 133B OTA 210B

3

___________

OTA 211B

6

___________

3

___________

4-6

___________

OTA 212B OTA 215B OTA 216B OTA 217B OTA 218B OTA 220B OTA 221B

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (50 Credits): CR Science & Occupation: Introduction to Occupational Therapy OTA 118B Neuroanatomy and Sensorimotor Treatment OTA 119B Musculoskeletal Anatomy OTA 120B Principles of Occupational Therapy OTA 121B Occupational Therapy Fieldwork I A OTA 130B Occupational Therapy Theory and Application Through the Life Span Continued in next column. OTA 100B

OTA 222B SEMESTER

3

___________

OTA 223B OTA 224B

2

___________

OTA 225B

1 3

___________ ___________

OTA 235B OTA 240B

1

___________

OTA 250B

2

___________

Occupational Therapy Fieldwork I B Treatment Techniques I Assessments and Measurement Principles of Psychosocial Dysfunction Occupational Therapy Fieldwork I C Treatment Techniques III Activities I Occupational Tasks I Activities II Occupational Tasks II Principles of Physical Dysfunction Occupational Therapy Fieldwork I D Occupational Therapy in Geriatric Practice Treatment Techniques II Functional Anatomy and Kinesiology Fabrication and Use of Splints and Assistive Devices Occupational Therapy Seminar Level II Fieldwork in Physical Disabilities Level II Fieldwork in Psychosocial Dysfunction

SEMESTER

1

___________

1 2 2

___________ ___________ ___________

1

___________

1 2 1 2 1 3

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

1

___________

2

___________

3 3

___________ ___________

3

___________

3 3

___________ ___________

3

___________


COMMUNICATIONS: ENG 102, 107, 114 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113 HUMAN RELATIONS: OTA 122B and 123B MATHEMATICS: MATH 116, 124 or above SCIENCE: BIOL 223, 224 or HHP 123B and 124B and OTA 119B

CR


75 Total Credits OTA A02

Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation. This is a limited-entry program. Some of these courses are program prerequisites and MUST be completed before a student is considered eligible for entry into the Program. Students MUST attend a Health Programs orientation and meet with a Health Programs advisor for additional advisement.


159

O P H T H A L M I C T E C H N O LO G Y - O P H T H A L M I C D I S P E N S I N G T E C H N I C I A N E M P H A S I S

73 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Ophthalmic Technology Program prepares graduates to be professional manufacturing and dispensing opticians. The program consists of systematic instruction and experience in all aspects of the work in the profession. The program includes instruction and laboratory training in: contact lens skills, eyewear dispensing skills, lens finishing techniques, lens surfacing techniques, as well as sales techniques, basic business operations and communications. Instruction and practice in low vision aids, physician assisting skills, and ocular prosthetics are also covered. Graduates of the program are prepared to take the American Board of Opticianry and the National Contact Lens Examiners certification examinations. Graduates are also prepared to take the Nevada Board of dispensing Opticians licensing examination. Graduates of the program can gain employment as manufacturing opticians, dispensing opticians, entry level management positions in vision care, as well as open their own independent vision care facility. A limited entry program; students must attend a health programs orientation and meet with a health programs advisor for additional counseling. Accrediting Agency: Commission on Opticianry Accreditation, P.O. Box 3073, Merrifield, VA 22116 703 940-9134. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the ability to analyze the prescriptive and lifestyle needs of a patient and make appropriate recommendations for optical devices.

• Demonstrate the competencies necessary to pass the ABO, NCLE, and Nevada State Board of Dispensing Opticians licensing examinations.

• Demonstrate the ability to perform all the daily tasks of a laboratory and dispensing optician in a competent manner.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 120 or above (excluding MATH 122, 123)

3

SCIENCE: BIOL 100, BIOL 189 or HHP 123B and 124B Plus 3 or 4 credits from science requirements: AST, BIOL, CHEM, EGG 131, 132, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS, HHP 123B, 124B

8


3

___________


4-6

___________

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

IS 101 Introduction to Information Systems 3 OPHT 102B Introduction to Contact Lenses 3

___________ ___________

OPHT 112B Anatomy and Physiology of the Eye and Related Structures

3

___________

OPHT 121B Ophthalmic Optics I

5

___________

OPHT 123B Ophthalmic Optics II

5

___________

OPHT 155B Geometric Optics

3

___________

OPHT 201B Ophthalmic Dispensing I

5

___________

OPHT 202B Contact Lenses I

3

___________

OPHT 203B Contact Lenses II

1

___________

OPHT 220B Theory of Refractometry

3

___________

OPHT 223B Ophthalmic Dispensing II

5

___________

OPHT 232B Opticianry Management Sales

3

___________

OPHT 291B Clinical Applications III

3

___________

OPHT 299B Certificate Review

1

___________


73 Total Credits OPH A01


160


O R N A M E N TA L H O RT I C U LT U R E - F LO R A L D E S I G N E M P H A S I S

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree prepares students for the commercial floral design industry which encompasses private retail shops, wedding chapels, silk floral establishments and major resort hotels. Typical positions in floral establishments include owner/manager, lead designer, assistant designer or salesperson. Courses are primarily taught in the evenings and are offered at both the Henderson and West Charleston Campuses. A work experience program is also available for students wishing to obtain on-the-job training. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Perform all basic tasks of a floral designer in a commercial setting. • Calculate and develop market sheets for ordering product for shop needs and act as a consultant for weddings, special events and funerals.

• Demonstrate knowledge of math, communications skills and other core degree requirements adequate to assume supervisory or entry level management positions in the floral design industry or become entrepreneurs.

• Function as a salesperson and be able to select and recommend materials for the construction of floral décor to customer’s preference, using industry standards. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3


6


3


4-6

ACC 135B

CR

SEMESTER

Bookkeeping I

___________

___________

ACC 201


3

___________

MGT 103


3

___________

OH 100B

Horticulture Fundamentals

3

___________

OH 102B

Introduction to Floral Design

3

___________

OH 104

Floriculture

3

___________

OH 106B

Floral/Permanent Botanicals

3

___________

OH 202B

Floral/Tributes and Traditions

3

___________

OH 204B

Floral/Traditional Weddings

3

___________

OH 208B

Floral/Creativity and Competition

3

___________

OH 220B

Floral/Events and Display

3

___________

OH 295B

Floral Careers Internship

3

___________


OH 108B

Floral/Event Balloon Sculptures

1.5

___________

OH 115B

Floral/Orientation to Resort Work 1.5

___________

OH 118B

Floral/Resort Plant and Interiorscapes

1.5

___________

OH 206B

Floral/Beginning Ikebana

3

___________


OR


OH A01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


161

O R N A M E N TA L H O RT I C U LT U R E - L A N D S C A P E D E S I G N / CO N T R AC T I N G E M P H A S I S

69 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This program is designed for students seeking employment in entry-level supervisory positions or, for those currently employed in the industry, opportunities for job advancement, professional growth and career mobility. Students completing the degree pursue careers as landscape contractors, landscape designers, irrigation designers, landscape CADD operators, landscape consultants and interior landscape designers. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate successful operation of basic surveying equipment to attain field data, including the use of this data in the preparation of grading and drainage plans. • Demonstrate the ability to complete a landscape site and inventory analysis, people’s needs analysis, conceptual drawing and a landscape design master plan.

• Demonstrate the ability to design irrigation systems, including turfgrass spray systems, bubbler systems, drip and micro-spray systems. • Develop annual irrigation base schedules based on site inspections, site data collections and data input into computer water management programs.

• Demonstrate the ability to read and interpret soil analysis report forms. To utilize soil test analysis data in preparation of soils for landscape use.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3


3


6

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: ART, DAN, Music, THTR

3

___________

4-6

___________


___________

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CADD 100


4

___________

DFT 100


4

___________

OH 100B


3

___________

OH 101

Plant Propagation

3

___________

OH 103


3

___________

OH 105


3

___________

OH 107B

Landscape Materials

3

___________

OH 109B

Landscape Grading and Drainage

3

___________

OH 111


3

___________

OH 201

Turf Sprinkler Systems Design

3

___________

OH 205

Landscape Planning/Design

3

___________

OH 213


3

___________

OH 215B

Advanced Irrigation Design

3

___________

OH 217B

Advanced Landscape Design

3

___________

69 Total Credits


162


O R N A M E N TA L H O RT I C U LT U R E - L A N D S C A P E M A N AG E M E N T E M P H A S I S

68 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree is designed for students seeking employment in entry-level supervisory positions or, for those currently employed in the industry, opportunities for job advancement, professional growth and career mobility. Professionals in this industry are responsible for the production, utilization and maintenance of trees, flowers, shrubs and turfgrasses that are used to enhance the environment. Graduates of the program understand how to grow, propagate, select and maintain plants for specific environments. Students completing the program often pursue careers as golf course managers, sports field managers, park managers, certified arborists, certified pest control operators and residential/commercial landscape maintenance/management contractors. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the ability to develop an annual maintenance program for the optimal care of a landscape site including turf, ornamental trees and shrubs, and annual color plants. • Prepare an annual operating budget for a landscape site that accounts for labor and supplies including plant material, fertilizers, pesticides, and related products to complete the required activities cited in the annual maintenance program.

• Develop pruning specifications that are in accordance with the best management practices and the ANSI A300 standards. • Develop an integrated plant health care program that will monitor plant health and implement strategies, including an integrated pest management plan, to maintain and/or improve plant health.

• Evaluate the efficiency of an irrigation system on a landscape site, including scheduling, and make recommendations to improve efficiency. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits):



3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3


6


3


4-6

___________

___________

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

OH 100B


3

___________

OH 101

Plant Propagation

3

___________

OH 103


OR OH 213


3

___________

OH 104

Floriculture

3

___________

OH 105


3

___________

OH 111


3

___________

OH 112


3

___________

OH 114B

Irrigation Systems

3

___________

OH 201


3

___________

OH 203


3

___________

OH 209

Arboriculture

4

___________

OH 211B

Irrigation Management

3

___________

OH 212B

Landscape Management Records

3

___________

OH 223


3

___________


CR

68 Total Credits



163

O R N A M E N TA L H O RT I C U LT U R E - U R BA N H O RT I C U LT U R E E M P H A S I S

62 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S )


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Successfully demonstrate basic floral design skills including identification of fresh product and equipment. Explain current design trends and concepts.

• Demonstrate ability to research and develop recommendations to establish and implement best management practices for a landscape site.

• Read and interpret soil analysis report forms. Utilize test results to propose recommendations for soil preparation or remediation to comply with best management practices.

• Demonstrate ability to create landscape planting plans and landscape irrigation plans in conformance with industry standards. • Identify horticultural career opportunities locally and nationally.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

OH 100B


3

___________

OH 102B


3

___________

OH 105


3

___________

Plus 28 credits from courses with OH prefix.

62 Total Credits


164


PA R A L E G A L S T U D I E S

63 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associates of Applied Science Degree in Paralegal Studies is a program of study which qualifies its graduates to be employed in law and business related occupations, including private law firms, corporate departments and government entities. Substantive law is combined with thorough preparation in legal procedures, research methodology and practical knowledge. Elective course offerings will permit students to specialize in particular areas of interest. The Paralegal Studies Program provides the foundation for students to think critically and act ethically in accordance with the local and national rules of professional conduct. Graduates of this program will be prepared to perform high quality legal work under the direction of an attorney. The program encourages graduates to continue educational pursuits and seek community service opportunities STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate ability to manage cases and draft legal documents by applying written skills and knowledge of legal procedures in civil litigation and other substantive areas of law.

• Demonstrate knowledge of research methodology by applying critical thinking initiatives to various information formats including computerized and traditional library research.

• Identify ethical issues and be able to apply the rules of professional conduct through synthesis and analysis.

• Proficient use of word processing software and ability to identify and adapt to different types of law office technology and computer applications.



CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, PSC 201, PSY, SOC

3

___________


3

SCIENCE: AST, BIOL, CHEM, ENV, GEOG 103, 104, 117, GEOL, PHYS

6

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON, ENG 223 or above, GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, Music, PHIL, PSC, THTR, WMST 113

3


4-6

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113

___________

___________

SEMESTER

IS 101


___________

LAW 101

Fundamentals of Law I

3

___________

LAW 231

Civil Procedure

3

___________

LAW 234

Civil Procedure II

3

___________

LAW 253

Law Office Management

3

___________

LAW 259

Legal Writing

3

___________

LAW 261

Legal Research I

4

___________

LAW 262

Legal Research II

4

___________

LAW 263

Ethics

3

___________


___________

LAW 204

Torts

3

___________

LAW 205

Contacts

3

___________

LAW 232

Criminal Procedure

3

___________

LAW 250

Administrative Law

3

___________

LAW 251

Bankruptcy

3

___________

LAW 252

Family Law

3

___________

LAW 255

Probate Procedures

3

___________

LAW 258

Constitutional Law

3

___________

LAW 264

Civil Evidence

3

___________

LAW 295

Supervised Field Experience

3

___________

RE 103

Real Estate Law and Practice

3

___________



CR

63 Total Credits

LAW A01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


165

PA R A M E D I C M E D I C I N E

74 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The objective of this degree is to train students with the necessary cognitive, psychomotor, and affective behaviors to provide advanced life support in the prehospital setting and to provide the necessary coursework to be licensed in the State of Nevada and nationally certified. This limited entry program offers a comprehensive and in-depth study of advanced life support skills which include pharmacology, advanced airway management procedures and skills, ECG interpretation and electrical therapy. Associate degree recipients may see improved opportunity for managerial, clinical, or educational advancement after sufficient field experience is obtained. The Paramedic program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (www.caahep.org) upon the recommendation of the Committee of Educational Programs for the Emergency Medical Services Professions (CoA-EMSP). Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs, 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1970, Chicago, Illinois 60601-2208 312 553-9355. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competencies necessary to pass the certification and licensure written and practical examination. • Demonstrate skills and abilities necessary to successfully complete all aspects of the field internship.



• Demonstrate the skills and abilities necessary to seek opportunities for managerial, clinical, or educational advancement after sufficient field experience is obtained.


CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC

3

___________


3

___________


8

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________


CR

SEMESTER

BIOL 224

Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4

___________

EMS 125B

Pharmacology for Paramedics

3

___________

EMS 127B

Paramedic Clinical Practice I

2

___________

EMS 129B

Paramedic Fundamentals

3

___________

EMS 145B

Essentials of Paramedic Medicine

3

___________

EMS 165B

Pathophysiology for Paramedics

3

___________

EMS 166B

Paramedic Technology

4

___________

EMS 167B

Paramedic Clinical Practice II

2

___________

EMS 168B

Electrophysiology/ Electrocardiography

3

___________

EMS 169B

Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS)

1

___________

EMS 171B

Prehospital Trauma Life Support (PHTLS)

1

___________

EMS 172B

Vehicle Extrication for Paramedics 3

___________

EMS 173B

Paramedic Field Internship

3

___________

EMS 176B

Pediatrics for Paramedics

4

___________

EMS 185B

Advanced Emergency Care

3

___________

EMS 202B

Advanced ECG Interpretation

2

___________

EMS 220B

Advanced Paramedic Skills

2

___________

HIT 117B

Medical Terminology I

1


PM A03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

166


PA S T RY A RTS

70 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree is a quality, professionally oriented program for students wishing to enter and/or advance in the field of baking and pastry arts. Students are taught to master the fundamentals and techniques of baking and pastry arts with emphasis on hands-on preparation of breads, cakes, pastries, desserts, chocolate and sugar art. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in food service sanitation and nutrition. • Demonstrate basic cooking skills including product identification, knife skills, cold food production and cooking skills.

• Demonstrate plating techniques for individual restaurant hot and cold dessert preparations.

• Demonstrate basic baking skills including production of breads, quick breads, puff pastry, pies, and additional baking skills. • Produce a variety of decorated restaurant cakes. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits): CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

___________

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CUL 110

Basic Cookery

4

___________

CUL 125


3

___________

CUL 135

Breads of the World

3

___________

CUL 175

Cake Design

3

___________

CUL 215

Plated Desserts

3

___________

CUL 225

Advanced Baking

3

___________

CUL 230

Pastry Arts

3

___________

CUL 255B

Retail Bakery Management

3

___________

CUL 260

Introduction to Chocolate

3

___________

CUL 265

Introduction to Sugar Arts

3

___________

CUL 280B

Principles of Quantity Baking

3

___________

CUL 295


1

___________

FAB 102


2

___________

FAB 160


3

___________

FAB 167


2

___________

HMD 101


3

___________

70 Total Credits



CUL A05 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


167

P H OTO G R A P H Y - CO M M E RC I A L P H OTO G R A P H Y E M P H A S I S

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Photography program offers instruction in commercial photographic skills and creative photographic processes. Beginning and intermediate photographic processes and skills are addressed. Advanced instruction in photographic lighting, photographic commercial illustration, photojournalism, color lab technologies and portraiture is provided.


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate mastery of film and digital camera systems both inside and outside the studio to produce commercially viable images.

• Understand and produce commercial images in the areas of Portraiture, Weddings, Sports, Editorial, Product, Forensic, and Photojournalism.

• Use supplemental lighting systems and controls to make effective images.

• Process images using Photoshop, and produce prints using digital printers.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3

___________


4-6

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GRC 103


3

___________

PHO 170


3

___________

PHO 175

Intermediate Photography

3

___________

PHO 195

Photographic Lighting

4

___________

PHO 208B

Introduction to Large Format Photography

3

___________

PHO 225

Photographic Commercial/ Illustration I

4

___________

PHO 235

Photographic Portraiture I

4

___________

PHO 240B

Digital Photographic Imaging

3

___________

13

___________

Plus 13 credits from the following: PHO or up to 6 credits from GRC

65 Total Credits

PHO A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

168


P H OTO G R A P H Y - V I D E O G R A P H Y A N D F I L M E M P H A S I S

65 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) Basic and intermediate filmmaking techniques are addressed using portable video or 16 mm film equipment. Advanced instruction in video/film camera usage, production planning, storyboarding, lighting, directing and editing with commercial photography applications is provided. Additional topics in video portfolio and documentary filmmaking are also available. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Operate a 35mm camera to include F-stop, shutter speed and ISO, operate a light meter and apply concepts of photographic composition and creative expression to pictures. • Create shots lists to shoot basic video sequences, operate a video camera and editing equipment, and assemble basic sequences into short movies. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (25 Credits):

• Develop creative story concepts and script ideas and create professional standard scripts. • Identify story elements, script, produce, light, direct and edit a short documentary movie. • Develop a professional portfolio and prepare for further academic work. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (40 Credits):

CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

CR

SEMESTER

PHO 150B

Movies and Media

3

___________

PHO 151B

Film Directing Styles

3

___________

PHO 170


3

___________

PHO 195


4

___________

PHO 214


3

___________

PHO 216

Videography and Film II

3

___________

PHO 218B

Film Screenwriting I

3

___________

PHO 220B

Video Digital Editing

3

___________

PHO 223B

Documentary Film Production I

3

___________

PHO 290B

Video Portfolio

3

___________

___________

___________

PHO 152B

World Cinema

3

___________

PHO 215

Rock Video Production

3

___________

PHO 219B

Screenwriting II

3

___________

PHO 221B

Advanced Digital Editing

3

___________

PHO 226B

Documentary Film Production II

3

___________

PHO 245B

Video Lighting and Grip

3

___________

THTR 105

Introduction to Acting I

3

___________

OR



Any course with GRC prefix 65 Total Credits

PHO A03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


169

P H YS I C A L T H E R A P I S T A S S I S TA N T

72 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) Upon successful completion of the program, students will receive the AAS degree in Physical Therapist Assistant. This entitles the graduate to take the national licensure examination. Successful passing of this examination and completion of the state licensure requirements will allow the graduate to function as a licensed physical therapist assistant (PTA). The program integrates classroom and laboratory experiences into a structurally sound curriculum that develops the competencies required to function as a safe, ethical and competent PTA. Students are required to complete three full time clinical education affiliation experiences in hospitals and clinics affiliated with the program. Requirements for participation in these clinical education experiences include having: 1) current CPR and First Aid cards; 2) a current personal health insurance policy; 3) a yearly negative TB test; 4) the appropriate immunizations; 5) a satisfactory physical examination; and 6) an appropriate drug and alcohol screen. The program is a limited entry program and students considering applying to the program MUST attend a health programs orientation and meet with a health programs advisor for additional counseling. The program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education which is located at 1111 North Fairfax St., Alexandria VA 22314, 800 999-2782.


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competencies necessary to successfully complete the national licensure examination. • Demonstrate the skills and abilities necessary for employment as a PTA.

• Demonstrate competencies necessary in clinical settings.


COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101 ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113 HUMAN RELATIONS: PT 122 MATHEMATICS: MATH 116, 120, 124 or above SCIENCE: HHP 123B, 124B and PT 105 or BIOL 223, 224 and PT 105 FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ SOCIAL SCIENCES: PSY 101, 102, 233, 241, 261, PHIL 102, 244 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

CR

SEMESTER


3

___________

PT 118

3-5

___________

PT 120

3

___________

3

___________

6

___________

3

___________

4-6

___________

PT 121

PT 226

PT 244 PT 248 PT 250 PT 251


Introduction to Physical Therapy Principles of Kinesiology Problems in Kinesiology Fundamental Principles for the Physical Therapist Assistant

PT 130 PT 134 PT 225

PT 238 PT 240


PT 100 PT 110 PT 111 PT 117

PT 125 PT 126

CR

SEMESTER

3 2 2 2

___________ ___________ ___________ ___________


PT 254 PT 255 PT 256

Fundamental Procedures for the Physical Therapist Assistant Observation and Measurement Principles for the Physical Therapist Assistant Observation and Measurement Procedures Principles of Physical Agents Physical Agent Procedures and Practices Administration in Physical Therapy Clinical Affiliation I Therapeutic Principles for Musculoskeletal Pathologies Therapeutic Procedures for Musculoskeletal Pathologies Pathophysiology I Orthotic and Prosthetic Considerations in Patient Care Clinical Affiliation II Pathophysiology II Therapeutic Principles for Cardiopulmonary Pathologies Therapeutic Procedures for Cardiopulmonary Pathologies Therapeutic Principles for Neuromuscular Pathologies Therapeutic Procedures for Neuromuscular Pathologies Clinical Affiliation III

SEMESTER

2

___________

2

___________

2

___________

2 2

___________ ___________

2 2 3

___________ ___________ ___________

2

___________

3 1

___________ ___________

2 3 2

___________ ___________ ___________

1

___________

3

___________

2

___________

2


PT A05 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

170


R A D I AT I O N T H E R A P Y T E C H N O LO G Y

81.5 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Radiation Therapy Associate of Applied Science degree program prepares graduates to work with the radiation oncologist in delivering daily doses of ionizing radiation for cancer treatment. Graduates are eligible to sit for the National exam for the American Registry of Radiologic Technologist Certification in Radiation Therapy. A limited entry program; students must attend a health programs orientation and meet with the health programs advisor for additional counseling.

• Demonstrate the ability to pass the ARRT national accreditation examination.

• Demonstrate competency in the operation of linear accelerator and performance of emergency procedures.

• Demonstrate basic knowledge of what cancer is and how cancer is treated.

• Demonstrate the ability to pursue opportunities in management after sufficient clinical experience has been earned.


SEMESTER

CR

SEMESTER

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (54.5 Credits): Continued from previous column CR


3-5

___________

RDTP 103B Introduction to Oncology

1

___________

RDTP 105B Principles and Practice of Radiation Therapy

2

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

RDTP 115B Caring for the Patient at the End of Life

1

___________


3

___________

RDTP 125B Radiographic Process

2

___________

RDTP 150B Introduction to Radiation Physics

2

___________

RDTP 180B Radiobiology

3

___________

RDTP 202B Radiotherapy Physics

3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 111B or 116 or above (except MATH 122, 123)

3

RDTP 210B Treatment Planning I

3

___________

RDTP 211B Radiographic Analysis

2

___________ ___________

8

___________

RDTP 212B Cross Sectional, Topographic and Radiological Anatomy

2


RDTP 213B Radiation Oncology

3

___________


3

___________

RDTP 214B Methodologies II

2

___________

RDTP 215B Treatment Planning II

3

___________

RDTP 216B Methodologies III

2

___________

2

___________


4-6

RDTP 219B Advanced Radiation Therapy Techniques RDTP 220B Treatment Planning Lab

1

___________

RDTP 221B Ethics/Law/Professionalism

2

___________

RDTP 229B Radiation Therapy Board Review

1

___________

RDTP 230B Clinical Practicum I

0.5

___________

RDTP 231B Clinical Practicum II

3

___________

RDTP 232B Clinical Practicum III

1

___________

RDTP 233B Clinical Practicum IV

1

___________

4

___________

___________

___________

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (54.5 Credits): CR EGG 131

SEMESTER

Technical Physics

OR Physics with Lab

4

___________

RDTP 234B Clinical Practicum V

RDTP 101B Introduction to Radiation Therapy

2

___________

RDTP 102B Methodologies I

2

___________





81.5 Total Credits RDT A01



171

R E A L E S TAT E

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science Degree in Real Estate provides the graduate with knowledge and skills to make intelligent decisions in the acquisition, ownership and disposition of real estate. The degree provides entry-level proficiency for real estate salesmen, brokers, property managers and appraisers. The program also provides enrichment for escrow officers, loan officers, building contractors and land developers. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain real estate listing practices and how they apply to the real estate market in general.

• Demonstrate ability to complete real estate transactions in accordance with local, state, and Federal guidelines.

• Apply negotiation strategies to real-life professional situations involving real estate transactions.

• Demonstrate ability to obtain an official real estate license required to practice in the capacity of real estate agent.

• Explain the purpose of a standard real estate appraisal and the practices by which it is used.




CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


3

___________


3


6


3


4-6

CR

SEMESTER

BUS 101


3

___________

FT 125


3

___________

IS 101


___________

MKT 210


OR

___________

RE 102B

Real Estate Math

3

___________

RE 101

Real Estate Principles

3

___________

RE 103


3

___________

RE 130B

Escrow I

OR ___________

___________

___________

RE 201B

Real Estate Brokerage

3

___________

RE 199

Real Estate Investments

3

___________

RE 202

Real Estate Financing and Insurance

3

___________

RE 203B

Tax Aspects of Real Property Transactions

3

___________

RE 205B

Real Property Management

3

___________

RE 206

Real Estate Appraising

3


RE A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

172


S U RG I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y

61.5 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competencies necessary to pass the Program Assessment Exam.

• Demonstrate entry level competencies necessary for employment.

• Demonstrate competencies necessary to take the certification exam.

CR

SEMESTER

Microbiology for Surgical Technicians

2

___________

CLS 126B

Applied Microbiology for Surgical Technicians

1

___________

HIT 117B

Medical Terminology

1

___________

SRGT 101B Introduction to Surgery Technology 1

___________

SRGT 103B Pharmacology for the Surgical Technologist

2

___________

SRGT 105B Surgical Interventions I

5

___________

SRGT 106B Surgical Fundamentals I

3

___________

SRGT 108B Central Services Practicum

0.5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CLS 125B

3-5

___________


3

___________

MATHEMATICS: MATH 100B, 120 or above

3

COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101, ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113

___________


8

___________

SRGT 114B Principles and Practices of Surgical Technology I

3

___________


3

___________

SRGT 204B Principles and Practices of Surgical Technology II

3

___________

SRGT 205B Surgical Interventions II

5

___________

SRGT 206B Surgical Fundamentals II

3

___________


4-6

___________

SRGT 207B Clinical Practicum I

3

___________

SRGT 210B Clinical Practicum II

2

___________ 61.5 Total Credits


SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (34.5 Credits):


SUR A01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


173

T R AV E L A N D TO U R I S M

61 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) This degree enables students to enter management training positions within the travel industry and also prepares those presently employed to assume managerial responsibility. Tourism career opportunities include convention and exposition management, meeting and trade show management, the hotel/accommodations industry, recreational activities, special events management, airline and transportation industries, retailing and tour directing at all levels. There are numerous paid and unpaid work experiences available to students in this program. These cooperative education and coordinated internship positions provide an excellent entry in the field, as well as networking and referral opportunities. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto:


• Demonstrate awareness of travel and tourism components and their interrelationships.

• Identify major domestic and international destinations.

• Demonstrate a knowledge of Travel and Tourism operations.

• Demonstrate awareness of human relations and customer service skills in the tourism industry.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5


3


3


6


3


4-6

___________


3

___________

HMD 101


3

___________

HMD 235


___________

HMD 259

Human Resources Management, in the Hospitality Industry

3

___________

TCA 141


3

___________

TCA 180


3

___________

TCA 225

Introduction to International Tourism

3

___________

TCA 241

Travel and Tourism II

3

___________

TCA 242

The Travel Agency Operations

3

___________

TCA 251

Tourism and Convention Externship

3

___________

___________

___________

___________

SEMESTER

ACC 201

___________

___________

CR

Plus 6 credits from the following: FAB 112


3

___________

GAM 225

Introduction to Gaming Management

3

___________

HMD 203


3

___________

TCA 110

Introduction to Convention Industry 3

___________

TCA 190

Introduction to Destination Marketing

3

___________

TCA 200

Airline Reservations

3

___________

61 Total Credits

TCA A02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

174


V E T E R I N A RY T E C H N O LO G Y

74 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) Veterinary Technology (VETT) prepares students with knowledge and skills necessary to provide general veterinary nursing care and technical assistance in the varied disciplines found in the practice of veterinary medicine and surgery. These include nurse anesthetist, operating room technician, radiology technician, dental hygienist, medical laboratory technician, as well as clinical and practice management. The program is recognized by the Nevada State Board of Veterinary Medical Examiners and is fully accredited by the American Veterinary Medical Association (AVMA) Committee on Veterinary Technician Education and Activities (CVTEA), 1931 N. Meacham Rd., Suite 100, Schaumburg, IL 60173, (800) 248-2862. Students that complete the program are qualified to sit for state and national licensing examinations and enter into practice as a licensed veterinary technician. The Veterinary Technology Program has entered into a unique partnership with the Western Veterinary Conference that allows sharing of resources such as facilities, equipment, and educational opportunities to augment the student’s learning experience. This partnership also makes available nationally and internationally recognized Doctors of Veterinary Medicine that act as visiting instructors in many disciplines. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competencies necessary to pass the national and state board examinations for veterinary technicians.

• Demonstrate skills and abilities to pursue managerial opportunities after obtaining sufficient clinical experience.

• Demonstrate entry level competency as a veterinary technician.

CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101,112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC

3

MATHEMATICS: MATH 100B, 120 or above (except MATH 122, 123)

3

SCIENCE: BIOL 189 and 251

8

FINE ARTS/HUMANITIES/ 3 SOCIAL SCIENCES: AM, ANTH, ART, COM, ECON,ENG 223 or above,

___________

___________

___________ ___________

GEOG 106 or above, HIST, International Languages, Music, PHIL, PSC, PSY, SOC, THTR, WMST 113 U.S. AND NEVADA CONSTITUTIONS: PSC 101 or HIST 101 and HIST 102 or HIST 101 and HIST 217

4-6

___________


CR

SEMESTER

VETT 101B Introduction to Animal Health Technology

1

___________

VETT 105B Veterinary Medical Terminology

1

___________

VETT 110B Clinical Anatomy and Physiology I 4

___________

VETT 112B Clinical Anatomy and Physiology II 4

___________

VETT 125B Veterinary Office and Clinical Procedures

2

___________

VETT 127B Basic Animal Nursing

4

___________

VETT 203B Veterinary Clinical/General Pathology

4

___________

VETT 205B Diagnostic Imaging

2

___________

VETT 208B Lab Animal Science and Exotics

2

___________

VETT 209B Parasitology

1

___________

VETT 211B Animal Nutrition

2

___________

VETT 225B Pharmacology and Toxicology

2

___________

VETT 227B Advanced Animal Nursing

4

___________

VETT 230B Principles of Asepsis

1

___________

VETT 235B Surgical, Anesthesia and Dental Procedures

4

___________

VETT 240B Large Animal Procedures

2

___________

VETT 250B Critical Care/ER

3

___________

VETT 260B Directed Clinical Practice I

2

___________

VETT 265B Directed Clinical Practice II

2

___________




74 Total Credits

VET A01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


175

W E L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y

7 4 Credits

A S S O C I AT E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E ( A A S ) The Associate of Applied Science, Welding Technology, is a continuation of the Welding Technology, Entry Level Welder Emphasis Certificate with additional academic work required in general education. Students will continue their welding skill development in advanced welding courses of pipe welding, fabrication, welding codes and non-destructive testing. Graduates may work as a supervisor in welding-related industries as well as enter into private welding business.


STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Read and interpret blueprints.

• Perform satisfactory welds in all of the various positions.

• Demonstrate proper safety practices during welding operations. • Cut parts to proper sizes as shown on a production drawing.

• Perform the necessary skills, in conjunction with good business and entrepreneurial techniques, to pursue a career in the welding industry.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: ALS 101, ANTH 101,112, 201, 205, HIST 105, 106, 107, 150, 151, 210, 247, 260, HMS 130, 135B, 265B, MGT 100B, 283, PHIL 135, PSC 201, PSY 101, 102, 207, 208, 261, SOC

3

___________


3

___________


6

___________


3


4-6

SEMESTER

CADD 100


4

___________

IS 101


___________

MT 102B


4

___________

MT 110B


4

___________

MTL 115B

Nondestructive Testing (ND) of Metals

3

___________

MTL 130B

Welding Support Equipment Operations

3

___________

MTL 131B

Blue Print Reading, Layout, and Sketching

3

___________

MTL 132B

Cutting and Welding: Oxy/Fuel, Plasma, and CC

4

___________

MTL 133B

SMAW (Stick Arc)

3

___________

MTL 134B

GTAW (TIG) Gas Tungsten Arc Welding

4

___________

MTL 135B

GMAW (Hard Wire)

2

___________

MTL 137B

FCAW (Flux Core)

2

___________

MTL 154B

Structural Welding Codes

3

___________

MTL 214B

Fabrication Layout

3

___________

MTL 218B

Pipe Welding Procedures

3

___________

MTL 270B

Welding Certification Preparation

1

___________

___________

___________

CR

74 Total Credits

WT A01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

176


A I R CO N D I T I O N I N G T E C H N O LO G Y

44 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Air Conditioning Technology Program is an 18-month course of study that prepares students to install, maintain, service, troubleshoot and repair residential heating and cooling systems. Additionally, this program includes commercial refrigeration, allowing the student to learn how to maintain, troubleshoot and repair walk-in freezers, ice machines, ice cream machines and other related machinery. Instruction includes classroom, laboratory and actual in-the-field hands-on course work. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Perform the basic tasks of a Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration (HVAC/R) technician in a residential and light commercial environment • Read and interpret electrical schematics; troubleshoot and diagnose mechanical and electrical problems using methods and equipment appropriate to this industry GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):

COMMUNICATIONS: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

• Utilize currently accepted EPA rules, techniques, and regulations in the performance of HVAC/R duties; observe proper safety practices when working with high- and low-voltage electricity, and when working with refrigerants under pressure


CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

AC 102B

Introduction to HVAC Electrical Theory and Application

5

___________

AC 103B

Introduction to HVAC Mechanical 5 Theory and Application

___________

AC 106B


5

___________

AC 110B


5

___________

AC 111B

Heat Pumps

5

___________

AC 115B

Troubleshooting

5

___________

AC 200B

Commercial Refrigeration I

5

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following AC 295B

Work Experience I

6

___________

AC 114B

Heat Load and Duct Design

5

___________

AC 120B

Air Conditioning Sheet Metal Fabrication

3

___________

AC 202B

Commercial Refrigeration II

5

___________

Computation included in AC 102B Human Relations included AC 103B

CERTIFICATE OF ACHIEVEMENT

44 Total Credits

AC C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


177

A RC H I T E C T U R A L D E S I G N T E C H N O LO G Y - R E S I D E N T I A L D E S I G N E M P H A S I S

3 8 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Residential Design Technology is an 18-month course of study that builds the skills required to produce professional and quality residential architectural designs. The core curriculum is a sequence of lecture/lab courses that stress the theory and method of detailing and drafting for residential buildings. Graduates can seek employment at residential design and architectural firms or continue their studies to complete the AAS degree in Architectural Design Technology. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Comprehend and utilize drafting standards and skills specific to the Architectural profession.

• Organize and produce a set of architectural working drawings for a residential building.

• Comprehend and utilize building codes appropriately in the design of residential buildings.

• Comprehend and utilize design principles to include: site context, user needs, climate conditions, and other environmental conditions through assigned residential design projects.

• Comprehend building systems to include: structural, plumbing, electrical, mechanical, and utilize their role in the production of architectural working drawings for a residential building. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ADT 100B


3

___________

ADT 101B

Architectural Residential Design

3

___________

ADT 103B

Urban Planning

2

___________

ADT 104B

Architectural Graphics

4

___________

ADT 107B

Architectural Residential Codes

2

___________

ADT 114B

History of the Built Environment

3

___________

ADT 201B


___________

ADT 205B

Architectural Environmental Control Systems

2

___________

ADT 210B

Residential Structural Technology

3

___________

ADT 220B

Architectural Design Portfolio

1

___________

CADD 105


3

___________


3

___________


3

___________

Computation included in ADT 210B Human Relations included in ADT 103B


38 Total Credits

ADT C03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

178


AU TO M OT I V E T E C H N O LO G Y

53 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program prepares students for lucrative careers as automotive technicians, as well as related automotive occupations. Master Accredited by ASE/NATEF, instruction is provided on state-of-the-art equipment in both classrooms and labs. ASE Master Certified technicians provide all instruction, with the focus on understanding how automotive systems operate and how to effectively and efficiently diagnose and service these systems. Additionally, emphasis is placed on preparing students to personally pass ASE certification exams. Integral to the program is the internship component that provides students with current industry experience. Partnerships exist with many major automobile, tool and equipment manufacturers. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate understanding of diagnostic and repair routines as related to the eight major systems of the automobile.

• Be able to use both hand held and PC based computerized diagnostic equipment.

• Successfully pass the eight ASE certification examination. • Be competent in the use of both printed and electronic repair information and service literature. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (50 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

AUTO 115B Automotive Electricity and Electronics I

4

___________

AUTO 117B Advanced Automotive Electronics

4

___________

AUTO 136B Engine Repair

5

___________

AUTO 145B Automotive Brakes

4

___________

AUTO 155B Steering and Suspension

4

___________

AUTO 165B Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning

4

___________

AUTO 205B Manual Drive Train and Axles

4

___________

AUTO 216B Automatic Transmissions

5

___________

AUTO 225B Engine Performance I/ Fuel Ignition

4

___________

AUTO 227B Engine Performance II/ Emission Control

4

___________

AUTO 235B Engine Performance III/ Diagnostics

4

___________


4

___________

Computation included in AUTO 115B

53 Total Credits


Human Relations included in AUTO 115B

AT C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


179

AU TO M OT I V E T E C H N O LO G Y - CO L L I S I O N A N D R E PA I R E M P H A S I S

53 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program, designed as both a Certificate and a Degree program, provides preparation for the field of Collision Repair. Major components include structural repair, non-structural repair, and refinishing. All classes are taught to industry defined standards, utilizing the Industry Council for Automotive Repair (O-CAR) curriculum. Included in the outcomes for each class are I-CAR certification exams. The program consists of technical course work, related academic course work and internship. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Prepare for I-CAR certification examinations; ABR 01, AIR 01, CLS 01, CPS 01, CUS 01, DAM 01-04, ELE 01-02, FCR 01, HEA 01, HEA 01, MEA 01, PLA 01-02, REF 01-04, RES 01, SPS 01- 03, SSS 01, STE 01-02, TRM 01, WCS 01-02, WKR 01. • Prepare for ASE certification examinations; Painting and Refinishing (B2), Non-Structural Analysis and Damage repair (B3), Structural Analysis and Damage repair (B4), Mechanical and Electrical Components (B5), Damage Analysis and Estimating (B6).

• Properly identify the relationship between various stakeholders in the industry. i.e.: insurance companies, repair shops, manufacturers and parts suppliers.




• Perform non structural analysis and repair; structural analysis and repair; painting and refinishing; and mechanical and electrical analysis repair.

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ABDY 101B Collision Repair Fundamentals and Estimating

2

___________

ABDY 110B Paint and Refinish I

4

___________

ABDY 120B Non-Structural Welding

4

___________

ABDY 122B Non-Structural Body and Panel and Trim

4

___________

ABDY 140B Automotive Electrical

4

___________

ABDY 144B Automotive Brakes and Suspension Systems

4

___________

ABDY 146B Automotive Mechanical Systems

4

___________

ABDY 150B Structural I

4

___________

ABDY 152B Structural II

4

___________

ABDY 154B Structural III

4

___________

ABDY 180B Non Structural-Advanced Body Panel

4

___________

ABDY 220B Paint and Refinish II

4

___________

ABDY 222B Paint and Refinish III

4

___________

Computation included in AC 103B


Human Relations included in AC 103B

53 Total Credits

AT C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

180


BOOKKEEPING

3 0 Cre d i t s

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Bookkeeping provides students with the necessary skills for entry level positions such as accounts receivable or payable clerk, general secretary/bookkeeper, part-time bookkeeper and payroll clerk. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the skills necessary to obtain employment in the bookkeeping field.

• Demonstrate computer knowledge related to the most popular software in accounting.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 135B

Bookkeeping I

3

___________

ACC 201


3

___________

ACC 220


3

___________

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 106B

Business English

OR BUS 108


3

___________

BUS 109B


3

___________

COT 101B

Computer Keyboarding I

3

___________

IS 101


___________

3

___________

ELECTIVE Computation included in ACC 201 Human Relations included in BUS 101


30 Total Credits

BOK C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


181

B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - B U I L D I N G I N S P E C T I O N E M P H A S I S

40 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This degree prepares students to inspect and oversee construction of residential and commercial buildings. Students learn proper procedures and materials that comply with plans, specifications and building. codes. Students are prepared for employment as plan reviewers, building, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and fire code inspectors. Along with special program courses, academic skills emphasizing related math, science and human relations components are stressed to prepare students to meet the challenges common in the workplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Define the history and development of the various building codes.

• Relate to the various codes, to include the different tables.

• Define the administrative provisions of the building code. • Infer the building inspector’s responsibilities.

• Identify the various fire ratings, protection and prevention techniques.



3-5

___________



CR

CR

SEMESTER

ADT 103B

Urban Planning

2

___________

BI 100B


3

___________

BI 101B


3

___________

BI 102B


3

___________

BI 103B

Introduction to Residential Plumbing and Mechanical Codes

2

___________

BI 104B


2

___________

BI 105B


2

___________

BI 107B


1

___________

BI 108B

Introduction to the Fuel Gas Codes 1

___________

BI 110B

Structural Inspections

3

___________

BI 113B

Introduction to Fire Codes

3

___________

BI 130B

Building Code Plan Review

3

___________

BI 201B

Capstone Course IBC/IRC

1

___________

BI 202B

Capstone Course NEC

1

___________

BI 203B

Capstone Course IPC/IMC

1

___________


3

___________


3

___________

Computation included in BI 110B Human Relations included in ADT 103B 40 Total Credits

BT C06 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

182


B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - C A R P E N T RY E M P H A S I S

3 4 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This Certificate of Achievement in Carpentry is a six-semester course of study that builds the skills required to provide professional and quality workmanship in the construction industry. The core curriculum stresses the theory and application of rough and finish carpentry for residential and light commercial construction. Instruction includes classroom, laboratory and actual in-the-field hands-on course work. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Comprehend and utilize OSHA requirements and carpentry safety rules and regulations.

• Comprehend and utilize proper rough and finish carpentry hand, power, and pneumatic tool usage.

• Comprehend and utilize the International Residential Code as it applies to rough carpentry.

• Comprehend the various types of rough lumber and rough hardware utilized in rough carpentry.

• Comprehend and utilize blueprint reading and specifications, to include framing terminology. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BT 120B


3

___________

BT 121B


5

___________

BT 122B


5

___________

BT 220B


5

___________

BT 221B


5

___________

BT 222B


4

___________

4

___________

CONS 295B Work Experience I Computation included in BT 120B Human Relations included in BT 122B


34 Total Credits



183

B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - CO N S T RU C T I O N M A N AG E M E N T E M P H A S I S

36 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Building Technology, Construction Management emphasis is an 18-month course of study that prepares students to oversee construction of buildings, dams, bridges and highways. Students learn proper procedures and materials that comply with plans, specifications and building codes. Students are prepared for employment as construction estimators, project managers and other supervisory positions in the construction industry or continue their studies to complete the AAS degree in Construction Management. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • For any item, element, or system in a construction project, identify what is necessary, calculate quantities, and estimate cost.

• Identify recent developments in construction materials and methods. • Create bar charts and network schedules manually.

• Create a construction data base. • Describe how various construction materials are produced. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

BI 101B


3

___________

BUS 101


3

___________


3

___________


3

___________

CONS 121B Principles of Construction Estimating

3

___________

Construction Estimating II

3

___________

CONS 281B Construction Planning, Scheduling and Control

3

___________

CONS 282B Construction Law

3

___________

CONS 284B Construction Contract Documents

3

___________

CONS 286B Construction Management and Analysis

3

___________

CONS 221

Computation included in CONS 121B Human Relations included in CONS 282B


36 Total Credits


184


B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - E L E C T R I C I A N E M P H A S I S

43 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This degree prepares students to take the Clark County Journeyman’s Electrician's Exam. Open to all students, the course work is provided via the classroom and the laboratory. Additionally, this is the approved technical core-training program for students involved in the non-union, State Registered Apprenticeship program with the Associated Builders and Contractors, Inc. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge of and ability to use all tools applicable to the electrical trade. • Demonstrate and apply formulas used in the calculation of phases of electrical work.

• Install all necessary equipment to complete an electrical system. • Troubleshoot and repair any and all problems that arise in electrical systems.

• Determine the equipment necessary for any given situation (residential, commercial, industrial). SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (40 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BT 140B


5

___________

BT 141B


5

___________

BT 142B


5

___________

BT 143B


5

___________

BT 240B


5

___________

BT 241B


5

___________

BT 242B


5

___________

BT 243B


5

___________

Computation included in BT 140B Human Relations included in BT 143B


43 Total Credits



185

B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - L A N D S U RV E Y I N G E M P H A S I S

47 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program prepares students to operate surveying equipment and provides them with an understanding of legal surveying principles and state law regarding surveying and mapping. It also acquaints student with advanced boundary and survey adjustments and with Global Positioning Systems applications. Students are prepared for employment with civil engineering and surveying firms or continue their studies to complete the AAS degree in Land Surveying. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate a working knowledge of the ability to calibrate and operate surveying equipment.

• Demonstrate a working knowledge of state law regarding surveying and mapping.

• Define the legal principles that emphasize the requirements of CCD (Construction Contract Documents).

• Demonstrate a working knowledge of advanced boundary and control survey adjustments.

• Describe legal surveying terminology. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ADT 103B

Urban Planning

2

___________

CADD 100


4

___________

4

___________

3

___________

5-6

___________

CADD 230B Civil Drafting I GIS 109


MATH 128

Precalculus and Trigonometry

OR MATH 126

Precalculus I

AND MATH 127

Precalculus II

SUR 161


4

___________

SUR 162

Advanced Surveying

4

___________

SUR 261

Legal Aspects of Surveying

3

___________

SUR 262

Principles of Land Surveying

3

___________

SUR 263

Civil Survey Design

3

___________

SUR 264

Introduction to Global Positioning Systems

3

___________

SUR 265

Introduction to Construction Surveying

4

___________

SUR 268

Surveying Project

2

___________


Computation included in MATH 126, 127, 128 Human Relations included in SUR 261 47 Total Credits


186


B U I L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - P LU M B I N G E M P H A S I S

43 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This degree prepares students to take the Clark County Journeyman’s Plumbing Exam. Open to all students, the course work is provided via the classroom and the laboratory. Additionally, this is the approved technical, core-training program for students involved with the Plumbing, Heating and Cooling Contractors in association with Associated Builders and Contractors, Inc. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Comprehend and utilize blueprints and drawings, to include working drawings, isometrics, sketching, symbols and abbreviations.

• Comprehend and utilize residential and commercial pluming fixtures, fittings, valves and trim, to include installation.

• Comprehend and utilize sewer disposal systems, to include drains, waste and vent piping systems.

• Comprehend and utilize storm drainage and storm drainage potable water systems.

• Comprehend and utilize water distribution systems, to include water heaters, water treatment systems, air gaps and vacuum breakers. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (40 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BT 130B


5

___________

BT 131B


5

___________

BT 132B


5

___________

BT 133B


5

___________

BT 230B


5

___________

BT 231B


5

___________

BT 232B


5

___________

BT 233B


5

___________

Computation included in BT 132B Human Relations included in BT 130B


43 Total Credits



187

BUSINESS GERMAN

36 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Business German teaches students the language of Business German and gives them an insight into a global economy. The topics, language and skill-building exercises offer excellent preparation for students who, after 30 credits in German, plan to pursue careers in hotels, casinos, restaurants, tourism or international business. In addition, students acquire the essential skills necessary for proficiency in the world of German business, finance, industry, ecology, economics and geography. Moreover, students will be well prepared to pass the prestigious and universally recognized examination, Prufung Wirtschaftsdeutsch International (International Business German Examination). STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Acquire essential vocabulary for the hotel, gaming, restaurant, tourism and international business environments as well as vocabulary relating to medicine and government. • Respond appropriately in German to selected business documents.

• Apply principles of successful job Interviewing as defined in German cultural and linguistic contexts. • Apply techniques that enable the establishment of contacts with German clients.

• Initiate bank transactions in German linguistic and cultural contexts e.g. open a bank account. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (33 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GER 105

First Year Business German I

4

___________

GER 106

First Year Business German II

4

___________

GER 111

First Year German I

4

___________

GER 112

First Year German II

4

___________

GER 205

Second Year Business German I

4

___________

GER 206

Second Year Business German II

4

___________

GER 211

Second Year German I

3

___________

GER 212

Second Year German II

3

___________

3

___________

MATH 115B Mathematics for the (or above) Hospitality/Gaming Industry Computation included in MATH 115B or above Human Relations included in GER 211


36 Total Credits

BUS C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

188


B U S I N E S S M A N AG E M E N T

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Business Management provides students with the understanding and knowledge necessary for managing people and functions. Decision making for both private and public sector agencies is stressed in the program. Students will learn basic principles of management and human relations skills through various interactive course techniques and formats. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain current general business and management theories. • Apply general business and management theories to real-life professional situations.




• Demonstrate preparation for entry-level business or management positions within profit and nonprofit organizations.

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

BUS 101


3

___________

BUS 273

Business Law I

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 100B


3

___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MGT 235


3

___________

MGT 283


3

___________

3

___________

ELECTIVE Computation included in ACC 201 Human Relations included in MGT 100B


30 Total Credits

BM C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


189

C A D D T E C H N O LO G Y

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program provides students with the skills to plan, prepare and interpret construction documents. Students will develop these skills through board drafting with a high emphasis on using computer-aided design and drafting workstations. Instructions also includes office standards, ethics, equipment maintenance and production techniques. This degree is used as the basis for students entering civil engineering design, architectural design, electrical engineering design or mechanical design fields as well as for employment as CADD operators. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Perform tasks in operating a CADD workstation using industry standard software used in Southern Nevada.

• Utilize office standards, techniques, and procedures in the workplace.

• Produce Two- and Three-Dimensional construction documents using the drafting tools within the CAD software that will apply to their discipline.

• Demonstrate adequate knowledge of mathematics, communications skill and other other core degree requirements. Graduates will be ready to be employed as an entry-level CADD Technician.



COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108, COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 100, 101, 107, 113, 205, JOUR 102, THTR 105

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CADD 100


3

___________

CADD 105


3

___________

CADD 200

Advanced Computer Aided Drafting 4

___________

CADD 207

Descriptive Geometry

3

___________

4

___________

3

___________


___________

CADD 210B CADD Project CADD 250

CAD Systems Management

Plus 7 credits from the following: ADT 201B

CADD 230B Civil Drafting I

4

___________

CADD 231B Civil Drafting II

4

___________


3

___________

Computation included in CADD 100 Human Relations included in CADD 250


30 Total Credits

CAD C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

190


C A S I N O M A N AG E M E N T

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Successful completion of this certificate program will provide students with an opportunity to seek employment in entry-level casino and gaming positions. For those currently employed in the industry, this certificate enhances opportunity for job advancement, professional growth and career mobility. Students will obtain a basic knowledge of casino games, as well as casino management, casino marketing, gaming regulations, gaming law and human relations in the casino industry. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in dealing Table Games.

• Demonstrate proficiency in the Casino Cage.

• Demonstrate proficiency in the operation of the Slots Department. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

GAM 105


3

___________

GAM 106

Supervision of Casino Games

3

___________

GAM 108

Slots Management I

3

___________

HMD 101


3

___________

HMD 235

Hotel, Restaurant and Gaming Law

3

___________

HMD 259


3

___________

TCA 180


3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: GAM 103

Casino Cage Operations

3

___________

GAM 109

Slots Management II

3

___________

GAM 119

Blackjack Dealing

3

___________

GAM 121

Craps Dealing

3

___________

GAM 122

Roulette Dealing

3

___________

GAM 123

Baccarat Dealing

3

___________

GAM 124

Poker Dealing

3

___________

GAM 126

Pai Gow Tiles Dealing

3

___________

GAM 206

Casino Surveillance

3

___________

Human Relations included in HMD 259 30 Total Credits


Computation included in ACC 201

GAM C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


191

CO M P U T E R O F F I C E T E C H N O LO G Y

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Computer Office Technology provides individuals with the knowledge and skills necessary for office professionals. Courses include instruction in the latest computer office technology skills (using keyboard, voice, and handwriting computer input); software (including word processing, spreadsheets, databases and presentations); general and advanced office skills; and communication skills. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate computer input using a keyboard by touch, voice recognition software, or handwriting recognition software at a minimum of 30 wpm with 95% accuracy.

• Demonstrate beginning and intermediate functions of a word processing program.

• Demonstrate computer input of various office-related documents (using methods listed above) in a word processing program with 95% accuracy. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

ACC 135B

CR

SEMESTER

Bookkeeping I

OR ACC 201


3

___________

COT 102

Computer Keyboarding II

3

___________

COT 106

Gregg Shorthand I

3

___________

OR COT 108

Speedwriting Shorthand I

OR COT 209B COT 127B

Tablet Computer, Voice and Handwriting II Microsoft Office for Offices

OR COT 201B

Word Processing II

3

___________

COT 129B

Records Management

3

___________

COT 200

Word Processing I

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 100B


3

___________


Plus 3 credits from the following: COT 103B

Keyboarding Review and Speed

1

___________

COT 118B

Word I for Offices

1

___________

COT 119B

Word II for Offices

1

__________

COT 126B

PowerPoint for Offices

1

___________

COT 128B

Ten-Key Calculations

1

___________

COT 208B

Tablet Computer, Voice and Handwriting

1

___________

Computation included in ACC 135B or ACC 201 Human Relations included in MGT 100B 30 Total Credits COT C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

192


CO M P U T I N G A N D I N F O R M AT I O N T E C H N O LO G Y - D ATA BA S E E M P H A S I S

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Database emphasis prepares students to use popular database management programs such as Access and Oracle, as well as to design and administer stores of data. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate ability to design, create, use and maintain databases for a variety of customer applications. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CIT 112B

Network+

3

___________

CIT 180


3

___________

IS 115


3

___________


A+ Software

OR CIT 171

Introduction to the Unix Operating System

3

___________

CIT 113B

IT Project+

3

___________

CIT 151


3

___________

CIT 152

Web Script Language Programming 3

___________

CIT 155

Introduction to ColdFusion

3

___________

CIT 181

Introduction to Oracle

3

___________

CIT 183

Oracle Database Administration

3

___________

CIT 203B

Access Certification Preparation

3

___________

CIT 251


3

___________

CIT 252

Web Database Development

3

___________

CIT 284

Oracle PL/SQL Programming II

3

___________

CIT 287

Database Application Development 3

___________

CIT 290

Internship in CIT

___________

1-6

Computation included in IS 115 Human Relations included in ENG 100, 101, 107


30 Total Credits

CIT C20 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


193

COMPUTING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - GIS (GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS) EMPHASIS

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Upon successful completion of this program, students will be able to use GIS software to work in industry. GIS information is used by industry for a variety of purposes, such as population forecasting, land-use planning, weather forecasting and other areas. This program integrates classroom experience with hands-on lab exercises. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an in depth knowledge of principles of geographic Information system and science.

• Demonstrate preparedness to meet competitive employment opportunities.

• Demonstrate ability to communicate GIS principles through oral and written means. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GIS 109


3

___________

GIS 111

Introduction to Remote Sensing

3

___________

GIS 205

GIS Applications

3

___________

GIS 236

GIS Applications II

3

___________

3

___________

Plus 15 credits from the following: CADD 100


CIT 132

Beginning Visual Basic

3

___________

CIT 151


3

___________

CIT 171


3

___________

CIT 180


3

___________

CIT 181

Introduction to Oracle

3

___________

CIT 232

Advanced Visual Basic

3

___________

CIT 261

VBA Programming for Microsoft Office

3

___________

CIT 290

Internship in CIT

1-6

___________

GIS 214B

Programming in GIS

3

___________

GIS 215B

Introduction to ArcIMS

3

___________

GIS 290

Portfolios in GIS

3

___________

IS 115


3

___________

Computation included in GIS 109


Human Relations included in ENG 100, 101, 107, 113 30 Total Credits


194


COMPUTING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - NETWORKING EMPHASIS

36 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program integrates classroom experience with hands-on lab exercises, which prepare students for entry-level employment performing network administration. Upon successful completion of this program, students will be prepared to take industry certification exams to obtain Microsoft MCP, Microsoft MCSA, Microsoft MCSE, Novell CNA or Novell CNE certification. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in the OSI & DOD model and its relationship to the TCP/IP protocol suite.

• Subnet a TCP/IP network.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CIT 112B

Network+

3

___________

CIT 211


3

___________

CIT 212

Microsoft Networking II

3

___________

CIT 213

Microsoft Networking III

3

___________

CIT 215

Microsoft Networking V

3

___________


A+ Hardware

3

___________

CIT 111

A+ Software

3

___________

CIT 171


3

___________

CIT 173

Linux Installation and Configuration

3

___________

CIT 174

Linux System Administration

3

___________

CIT 214

Microsoft Networking IV

3

___________

CIT 217

Security+

3

___________

CIT 218

MCSE Special Topics (up to 6 credits)

1-6

___________

CIT 271

Advanced UNIX Operating Systems 3

___________


4

___________


4

___________


4

___________


4

___________

Computation included in CIT 112B

36 Total Credits


Human Relations included in ENG 100, 101, 107, 113



195

CO M P U T I N G A N D I N F O R M AT I O N T E C H N O LO G Y - P RO G R A M M I N G E M P H A S I S

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program integrates classroom experience with hands-on lab exercises, which prepare students for employment in a variety of areas. A computer programmer writes the instructions the computer follows. The programmer also tests, debugs and maintains computer programs. CSN’s computer programming classes teach modern computer languages such as Java, C++ and Visual Basic. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate development of Pseudo code and flowchart to simple problems.

• Demonstrate the understanding of control structures in developing computer programs.

• Demonstrate proficiency in development of solution for complex computer problems.

• Demonstrate the understanding of Object Oriented Programming (OOP) in developing computer programs.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

IS 115


CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

Choose three tracks totaling 18 credits from the following list: Track 1 - JAVA CIT 130

Beginning Java

3

___________

CIT 230

Advanced Java

3

___________

CIT 131

Beginning C Programming

3

___________

CIT 231

Advanced C Programming

3

___________

Track 2 - C

Track 3 - VB.NET CIT 132

Beginning Visual Basic

3

___________

CIT 232

Advanced Visual Basic

3

___________

Track 4 - C++ CIT 133

Beginning C++

3

___________

CIT 233

Advanced C++

3

___________


Track 5 - Web Development CIT 151


3

___________

CIT 251


3

___________

6

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: CIT, CSCO, IS, GIS Computation included in IS 115 Human Relations included in ENG 100, 101, 107, 113 30 Total Credits CIT C19 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

196


CO M P U T I N G A N D I N F O R M AT I O N T E C H N O LO G Y - U S E R S U P P O RT E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Upon successful completion of this program, students will be prepared for jobs providing technical support and training to computer users. In addition, some of the required courses prepare students for nationally recognized certifications. CIT 110 and CIT 111 are preparation for A+ certification. CIT 201, 202, 203 and 208 are preparation for Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) certifications. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate in-depth knowledge of desktop application software. • Demonstrate ability to provide instruction and training in desktop application software.

• Demonstrate knowledge of helpdesk and user support concepts and duties.

• Demonstrate basic knowledge of PC computer hardware.

• Use problem solving, trouble shooting, and communication skills to help end-users resolve problems with hardware and applications.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CIT 110

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

A+ Hardware

OR CSCO 109B PC Troubleshooting and Repair CIT 111

A+ Software

3

___________

CIT 201B

Word Certification Preparation

3

___________

CIT 202B

Excel Certification Preparation

3

___________

CIT 203B

Access Certification Preparation

3

___________

CIT 208

Presentation Skills and Software

3

___________

CIT 209

User Support Skills and Technology 3

___________

Plus 9 credits from the following: ACC 222B

Accounting Using Spreadsheets

OR ACC 223B

Introduction to QuickBooks

CIT 112B

Network+

3

___________

3

___________

CIT 113B

IT Project+

3

___________

CIT 140

Introduction to the AS/400-iSeries 3

___________

CIT 151


___________

CIT 160

Introduction to Computer Security 3

___________

CIT 261

VBA Programming for Microsoft Office

3

___________

CIT 290

Internship in CIT

1-6

___________

COT 209B

Tablet Computer, Voice and Handwriting II

3

___________

ET 108B


3

___________

ET 117B

Computer Forensics

3

___________

GIS 109


3

___________

GRC 103


3

___________

IS 115


3

___________

3


OR CSCO 120B Cisco Networking Academies I

Computation included in CIT 202B Human Relations included in CIT 209B

33 Total Credits CIT C22



197

CO N C I E RG E M A N AG E M E N T

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Concierge Management Certificate program is designed to provide students with the skills and knowledge needed to become a professional concierge. The curriculum is designed to teach students basic skill sets required for entry level positions as a Concierge. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge of Concierge Management Operations. • Demonstrate ability to operate the Concierge Assistant software program.

• Demonstrate knowledge of human relations and customer service skills. • Demonstrate knowledge of cultural awareness and diversity.

• Demonstrate ability to communicate effectively with team members and guests. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

FAB 271

Wine Appreciation

3

___________

HMD 203


3

___________

TCA 100B

Concierge Management - Business 3 Operations and Customer Service

___________

TCA 101B

Concierge Assistant Computer Operations

3

___________

TCA 110

Introduction to the Convention Industry

3

___________

TCA 141


3

___________

TCA 200

Airlines Reservations

3

___________

TCA 241


3

___________

TCA 251


3

___________

3

___________

3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: CHI 101B

Conversational Chinese I

FREN 101B Conversational French I GER 101B

Conversational German I

3

___________

ITAL 101B

Conversational Italian I

3

___________

JPN 101B

Conversational Japanese I

3

___________

KOR 101B

Conversational Korean I

3

___________

3

___________

SPAN 101B Basics of Spanish I


Computation included in TCA 100B Human Relations included in TCA 141 33 Total Credits

HMD C03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

198


CRIMINAL JUSTICE

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This certificate is designed to prepare students to enter/or advance in the field of criminal justice. The program is an integration of both academic and practical curriculum. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Understand the four subsystems of the criminal justice network and the workings of these institutions in society.

• Understand correctional theories and concepts.

• Explain the means by which institutions provide justice and how it is used to satisfy the needs of society. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):

COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101, ENG 100, 101, 113


CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CRJ 101


3

___________

CRJ 102


3

___________

CRJ 120

Community Relations

3

___________

CRJ 130


3

___________

CRJ 164


3

___________

CRJ 225

Criminal Evidence

3

___________

9

___________

Plus 9 credits from the following: CRJ Electives Computation included in CRJ 164 Human Relations included in CRJ 120


30 Total Credits

CRJ C05 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


199

C R I M I N A L J U S T I C E - L AW E N F O RC E M E N T T R A I N I N G AC A D E M Y E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Criminal Justice with a Law Enforcement Training Academy (LETA) Emphasis prepares students for a career as a peace officer with Category I and II Nevada Law Enforcement Agencies. Students are awarded thirty credits in criminal justice, three credits in English and a Nevada POST Category I Certificate. The curriculum places a strong emphasis on Community Oriented Policing and Problem Solving (COP & PS). Testing methodology is structured for an active learning environment that will include written examinations, scenarios and case studies. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the basic fundamentals of academic course work as required by the Nevada Commission on Peace Officer’s Standards and Training (POST). • Demonstrate proficiency in the operation of academic course work as required by the Nevada Commission on Peace Officer’s Standards and Training (POST). GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):


• Demonstrate the proper firing techniques for firearms and use of force requirements for a Nevada Peace Officer. • Participate in the use of defensive tactics techniques that are authorized by Nevada Law Enforcement agencies. • Demonstrate physical activity necessary to pass the Nevada POST physical Agility Test. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (30 Credits):

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CRJ 110B

Introduction to Nevada Law Enforcement

3

___________

CRJ 111B

Firearms I

3

___________

CRJ 114B

Firearms II

2

___________

CRJ 164


3

___________

CRJ 170B

Physical Training for Law Enforcement

1

___________

CRJ 210B

Community Policing in Southern Nevada

3

___________

CRJ 214


3

___________

CRJ 219B

Emergency Vehicle Operation and Control

3

___________

CRJ 220

Criminal Procedures

3

___________

CRJ 229B

Defensive Tactics

3

___________

CRJ 233B

Nevada Criminal Law

3

___________

Computation included in CRJ 164 Human Relations included in CRJ 210B


33 Total Credits


200


C R I M I N A L J U S T I C E - P U B L I C S A F E T Y CO M M U N I C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Public Safety Communication is designed to prepare the student for a career in fire, law enforcement, ambulance or other public safety dispatch centers. The curriculum includes course work in criminal law, medical dispatching, incident command and communication operations. The course material is designed to meet key prerequisite knowledge under the National Fire Protection Association’s 1061 standard that identifies the minimum job performance requirements for public safety telecommunicators at the levels of Public Safety Telecommunicator I and Public Safety Telecommunicator II. Seminar material and certification is available from the Association of Public-Safety Communication Officials for certain course material in the Public Safety Communication certificate program. Certain aspects of the course work meet the requirements for credit with Nevada P.O.S.T. Students will be exposed to the workings of a public safety center and will be required to pass a criminal background check prior to access into the communication facilities. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the ability to take a call and route an emergency 911 call to the appropriate resources. • Meet the National Fire Protection Association 472,1221 consensus for Emergency Communications.

• Process an emergency medical call and direct resources, instruct a layperson via telephone on basic life saving techniques, identify a crime under Nevada law, and Identify appropriate resources to assign to an event where a criminal act my be occurring.

• Input and process data via computer. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):

COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 107


CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

COT 102

Computer Keyboarding II

CRJ 113B

911 Communications Specialist I

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3

___________

OR FT 140B

911 Communications Specialist I

CRJ 213B

911 Communications Specialist II

OR FT 240B

911 Communications Specialist II

3

___________

CRJ 233B

Nevada Criminal Law

3

___________

EMS 190B

Emergency Medical Dispatch

3

___________

FT 143


3

___________

GIS 109

Introduction to GIS

3

___________

HMS 267B

Solutions to Stress

3

___________

MATH 120

Fundamentals of College Mathematics

3

___________

Computation included in MATH 120

30 Total Credits


Human Relations included in CRJ 113B/FT 140B



201

C U L I N A RY A RTS

31 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Hotel, Restaurant and Casino Management, Culinary Arts emphasis is a quality, professionally oriented program designed for students wishing to enter and/or advance in the field of culinary arts. Students are taught to master the fundamentals of cooking with emphasis on hands-on preparation of various cuisines. Students who successfully complete CUL 110 Basic Cookery may obtain certification through the National Restaurant Association. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in food service sanitation and nutrition. • Demonstrate basic cooking skills including product identification, knife skills, cold food production and cooking skills.

• Produce commonly used stocks, the foundation sauces and a large compliment of secondary sauces.

• Demonstrate the ability to identify and show proficiency in the use of many different herbs and spices. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CUL 110

Basic Cookery

4

___________

CUL 130

Garde Manger

3

___________

CUL 200

Aromatics/Restaurant Experience

4

___________

CUL 250

Saucier

3

___________

CUL 295


1

___________

FAB 102


2

___________

FAB 112


3

___________

FAB 160


3

___________

FAB 167


2

___________

HMD 101

Introduction to Hospitality Industry

3

___________

Computation included in FAB 160 Human Relations included in HMD 101


31 Total Credits

CUL C03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

202


DEAF STUDIES

31 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T \Successful completion of this program will enable students, who are not interested in becoming interpreters, to work in a variety of situations with the deaf community. Students will obtain a strong understanding of American Sign Language, as well as deaf culture and history of deafness. Students will be able to communicate with deaf family members, friends and co-workers. Students also have the option to enter the Associate of Applied Science program in Deaf Studies to further their skills and understanding. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate fluency in American Sign Language (ASL) demonstrated via spontaneous discourse with native and near-native ASL users.

• Demonstrate the ability to employ narrative skills in rehearsed ASL storytelling and personal account communication.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

AM 145

American Sign Language I

4

___________

AM 146

American Sign Language II

4

___________

AM 147

American Sign Language III

4

___________

AM 148

American Sign Language IV

4

___________

AM 149

American Sign Language V

4

___________

AM 151

Fingerspelling I

1

___________

AM 152

Fingerspelling II

1

___________

AM 153

Deaf Culture

3

___________

AM 154

Deaf History

3

___________

Computation included in AM 151 Human Relations included in AM 151


31 Total Credits

DE C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


203

D E N TA L A S S I S T I N G - C L I N I C A L E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The dental assisting curriculum is open-entry and may be completed on a full or part time basis. The program is accredited by the American Dental Association’s Commission on Dental Accreditation and is designed to prepare students for the national certification through the Dental Assisting National Board (DANB), 676 N. St. Clair Street, Suite 1880, Chicago, Illinois 60611, 800 FOR-DANB. After completing the English Placement test and qualifying for English 101 or 113, students may contact the Dental Assistant Program Director at 651-5658 to enroll. Dental assistants are primarily employed in private dental offices but may also work in public clinics, hospitals and dental schools. The curriculum includes classroom and laboratory experience in dental sciences, dental materials, radiology, chairside assisting and dental office management. During the second semester, students will be placed in at least three clinical sites where they must complete 300 hours of clinical experience. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate current dental assistant practice and educational standards. • Demonstrate competency to apply principles of the psychological and socio-cultural concepts to develop effective interpersonal skills necessary to provide supportive treatment to diverse populations of dental clients.




• Demonstrate competency to function as a member of the dental team by recognizing and recording general and oral conditions, providing preventive care and implementing current dental technology.

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

DA 108B

Introduction to Dental Assisting

2

___________

DA 115B

Dental Health Education

1

___________

DA 118B

Dental Materials for Dental Assistants

3

___________

DA 119B

Dental Chairside Procedures

4

___________

DA 123B

Practice Management and Procedures

1-3

___________

DA 124B

Integrated Science for Dental Assistants

4

___________

DA 126B

Clinical Externship

6

___________

DA 128B

Dental Radiology

Radiation Protection for Dental Auxiliaries

3

___________

DA 107B

Intraoral Radiographic Technique

3

___________

DA 136B

Dental Specialties

3

___________

OR DA 106B AND


Computation included in DA 123B Human Relations included in DA 108B 33 Total Credits

DA C04 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

204


D I E S E L H E AV Y E Q U I P M E N T M A I N T E N A N C E T E C H N I C I A N

31 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Diesel/Heavy Equipment program prepares students to enter the workforce as technicians to maintain, diagnose, and repair heavy equipment. Students will learn diesel engine and propulsion systems, fuel management systems, related accessory components, as well as hydraulics, welding certifications, and HVAC certifications. All students will be prepared to take ASE certification exams at the completion of the appropriate course. Integral to this program is a paid internship component, allowing students to gain valuable work experience prior to completion of their program, making them more employable. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Prepare for employment in the Diesel Technology Industry as a Maintenance Technician. • Successfully pass the AWS D1.1 mild steel horizontal welding certification. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (6 Credits):

COMMUNICATIONS: 3-5 credits from the following: BUS 108, COM 101, 102, 215, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102, THRT 105

• Successfully pass the IMACA refrigerant handling certification. • Successfully pass the SP2 safety and pollution prevention certification.


CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

CR

SEMESTER

DT 104

Diesel Equipment Service

4

___________

DT 115

Diesel/Heavy Equipment Electrical Systems

4

___________

DT 136

Diesel Engine Repair I

4

___________

DT 165

Diesel/Heavy Equipment Heating and Air Conditioning

4

___________

DT 295

Internship Co-Op I

2

___________

DT 296

Internship Co-Op II

2

___________

MT 108B

Fluid Power (PNE, HYD, INST)

4

___________

MTL 223B

Special Topics in Welding Technology

4

___________

Computation included in DT 115 Human Relations included in DT 295


31 Total Credits

DLS C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


205

E A R LY C H I L D H O O D E D U C AT I O N - I N FA N T / TO D D L E R E D U C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

39 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Infant/Toddler Certificate in Early Childhood Education provides students with both the theoretical knowledge and practical skills training necessary for the care of infants and toddlers in family day care homes or child care centers. This certificate enables students to meet Nevada State licensing requirements for Infant Toddler Director. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the elements and dynamics of quality education and care for infants and toddlers.

• Demonstrate appropriate skills in interacting with infants and toddlers and their families.

• Demonstrate appropriate skills for providing quality education and care for infants and toddlers. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (6 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

COMMUNICATIONS: 6-8 3-5 credits from the following: BUS 108, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102

___________

3 credits from the following: COM 101, 102, 215

CR

SEMESTER

ECE 121

Parent Caregiver Relationships

1

___________

ECE 122

Observation Skills

1

___________

ECE 123


1

___________

ECE 127

Role of Play for Infants and Toddlers

1

___________

ECE 130

Infancy

3

___________

ECE 134

Guiding Infant/Toddlers

1

___________

ECE 151


1

___________

ECE 157


1

___________

ECE 200


3

___________

ECE 202


3

___________

ECE 204


3

___________

ECE 232


4

___________

ECE 245

Practicum: Seminar

2

___________

ECE 252


3

___________

ECE 260


3

___________

ECE 285

Current Issues in Infancy

2

___________

Computation included in ECE 151 Human Relations included in ECE 202


39 Total Credits

ECE C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

206


E A R LY C H I L D H O O D E D U C AT I O N - P R E S C H O O L E D U C AT I O N E M P H A S I S

39 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Preschool Education Certificate in Early Childhood Education provides students with both the theoretical knowledge and practical skills training necessary for students working in a preschool setting, family day care home or child care center. This certificate enables students to meet Nevada State licensing requirements for Preschool Director. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the elements and dynamics of quality education and care for young children.

• Demonstrate appropriate skills in interacting with young children and their families.

• Demonstrate appropriate skills for providing quality education and care for young children.

COMMUNICATIONS: 3-5 credits from the following: BUS 108, ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205, JOUR 102 3 credits from the following: COM 101, 102, 215


CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ECE 121

Parent caregiver Relationships

1

___________

ECE 122

Observation Skills

1

___________

ECE 123


1

___________

ECE 151


1

___________

ECE 152


1

___________

ECE 155


1

___________

ECE 156

Music in the Preschool Curriculum 1

___________

ECE 157


1

___________

ECE 158


1

___________

ECE 200


3

___________

ECE 202


3

___________

ECE 204


3

___________

ECE 231

Preschool Practicum

4

___________

ECE 245

Practicum Seminar

2

___________

ECE 250


3

___________

ECE 251


3

___________

ECE 260


3

___________

Computation included in ECE 151 Human Relations included in ECE 202 39 Total Credits



ECE C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


207

E L E C T RO N I C E N G I N E E R I N G T E C H N O LO G Y

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Upon successful completion of this certificate program, students will be prepared for an entry-level position providing support in industry. Instruction includes both analog and digital design and testing of electronic circuits, devices and systems, telecommunications and data-communications. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Develop a working knowledge of safety procedures, use of common hand tools, and proper fabrication techniques associated with the electronics environments, identify passive components, construct, and test various DC and AC circuits. • Construct, analyze and test various types of digital circuits using Boolean expressions, Karnaugh maps and general purpose test equipment.

output a sinusoidal wave, square wave, and triangular wave to an output port. • Identify active analog components, design, construct, and test various DC and AC circuits using operational amplifiers construct a Bode Plot of an amplifier's frequency and phase response. • Develop positive work ethics and interpersonal skills in a group environment.

• Develop a working knowledge of microcomputers and microprocessors to include writing an assembly language program to GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ET 104B


2

___________

ET 131B

DC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 132B

AC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 212B

Digital Logic I

4

___________

ET 213B

Digital Logic II

4

___________

ET 220B


4

___________

ET 228B

Data Acquisition

4

___________

ET 282B

Microprocessors I

4

___________

Computation included in ET 131B and 132B Human Relations included in ET 132B


33 Total Credits

EE C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

208


E L E C T RO N I C E N G I N E E R I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - L A N A N D N E T WO R K E M P H A S I S

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Upon successful completion of this program, students will be prepared for an entry-level position in industry. This program is designed to train students to use the Cisco hardware to create a LAN and the skills needed to install, maintain, troubleshoot and repair these systems. Completion of this program, will help students prepare for Cisco Introduction to Cisco Networking Technologies Exam, Cisco Wireless Certification, CompTIA’s FIT Certification, Panduit Installer Certification, and BICSI Level 1 Installer Registration Exam. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Design the physical and logical topology of a Local Area Network. • Analyze LAN requirements and select appropriate hardware to satisfy those requirements; develop and implement appropriate IP addressing scheme to support LAN requirements. • Understand electronic and digital logic concepts and their application to LAN implementation and troubleshooting. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):


• Perform a minimum of basic arithmetic operations including addition, subtraction, multiplication and division and apply them to solving network related problems. • Develop positive work ethics and interpersonal skills in a group environment.


CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

3

___________


4

___________


4

___________


3

___________

CSCO 105B Fundamentals of Voice and Data Cabling CSCO 109B PC Troubleshooting and Repair OR CIT 110

A+ Hardware

AND CIT 111

A+ Software

ET 108B


3

___________

ET 131B

DC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 287B


3

___________

Computation included in ET 108B, 131B, 212B, 287B Human Relations included in CSCO 121B


30 Total Credits



209

E L E C T RO N I C E N G I N E E R I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - S LOT R E PA I R E M P H A S I S

34 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Upon successful completion of this program, students will be prepared for an entry-level position in the gaming industry. This program integrates classroom experience with hands-on lab exercises and covers topics such as planning, design, troubleshooting and maintenance of various slot machines and related devices. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Develop a working knowledge of the theory of operation of a typical electronics slot machine; a working knowledge of Pseudo Random Number Generators; a working knowledge of ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM and RAM; a working knowledge of stepper motors.

• Describe the operation of peripheral devices; the external features of a slot machine; the coin-in coin-out assemblies; the modes of operation of the electronics slot machine.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

• Identify electronic circuits and components used in slot machines.

CR

SEMESTER

ET 104B


2

___________

ET 131B

DC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 132B

AC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 138B

Introduction to Slot Machine Technology

3

___________

ET 212B

Digital Logic I

4

___________

ET 238B

Slot Machine Principles I

4

___________

ET 239B

Slot Machine Principles II

4

___________

GAM 105


3

___________

GAM 108

Slots Management I

3

___________

Computation included in ET 131B, 132B Human Relations included in ET 132B


34 Total Credits


210


E L E C T RO N I C E N G I N E E R I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - T E L E CO M M U N I C AT I O N S E M P H A S I S

34 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Upon successful completion of this program, students will be prepared for an entry-level position in industry. Students will acquire the necessary skills required by today’s high-tech, high-wage telecommunications industry. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Construct, test, and verify the operation of various AC, DC, analog and digital circuits, demonstrate a working knowledge of microprocessors, data acquisition devices, fiber optics, electronics/telecommunications laboratory test equipment and perform a mechanical and fusion splice to specification. • Explain the signaling specifications of the telephone set, subscriber loop interface and central office and distinguish between the various modulation and multiplexing techniques commonly employed in the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN).

COMMUNICATIONS: ENG 100, 101,107, 113

3-5

• Develop positive work ethics and interpersonal skills in a group environment. • Perform a minimum of basic arithmetic operations including addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division and apply them to solving electronics problems.



• Design and test low-pass, band-pass, and high-pass filter using operational amplifiers.

ET 131B

DC for Electronics

CR 4


ET 132B

AC for Electronics

4

___________

ET 212B

Digital Logic I

4

___________

ET 220B


4

___________

ET 276B

Introduction to Telecommunications 4

___________

ET 282B

Microprocessors I

4

___________

ET 287B


3

___________

ET 293B


4

___________


Computation included in ET 131B, 132B Human Relations included in ET 132B


34 Total Credits



211

ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY AND HEALTH - ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCE TECHNOLOGY EMPHASIS

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This Certificate of Achievement is an 18-month program that provides students with the opportunity to acquire the knowledge, skills and abilities to obtain employment in the Environmental Safety and Health field. Courses cover such areas as Transportation of Hazardous Materials, Environmental Laws and Regulations and the 40-Hour HAZWOPER OSHA requirement. Classroom and Laboratory course work is accomplished. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of the management of hazardous materials and its impact on the human health and the environment. • Demonstrate an understanding of the various laws, regulations and guidelines that are applicable to the ESH arena, and how they GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):

COMMUNICATIONS:

drive decision making in the management of hazardous materials and hazardous waste. • Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of Industrial Hygiene as it applies to various industrial settings.

CR

SEMESTER


3

___________

ENV 220


3

___________

ESH 220B

Introduction to Wastewater Treatment

3

___________

ESH 225B

Ethics and Legal Issues in Environmental Restoration

3

___________

ESH 230B

Radiation Health Physics

3

___________

ESH 235B

Asbestos Inspection and Abatement 3

___________

ESH 240B


3

___________

ESH 241B


3

___________

ESH 242B


3

___________

ENG 107


SEMESTER

ESH 130


3

___________

ESH 201


3

___________

ESH 202

Environmental Laws and Regulations

3

___________

ESH 203

Sampling, Analysis, Treatment and Disposal

3

___________

ESH 243B

Water Treatment Plant Operations I 3

___________

ESH 204

Environmental Site Assessments

3

___________

ESH 244B

Water Distribution I

3

___________

ESH 205


3

___________

ESH 245B

Water Treatment Plant Operations II 3

___________

ESH 246B


3

___________

ESH 210B

Waste Minimization and Recycling

3

___________

ESH 247B


3

___________

ESH 215

Environmental Computer Applications

ESH 248B


4

___________

ESH 249B

Industrial Pretreatment Programs and Inspection

3

___________

ESH 250B


3

___________

ESH 251B

Current Issues

3

___________

MT 110B


4

___________

OR GIS 109B

Introduction to GIS

3

___________



SEMESTER

BT 161


3

___________

EMS 108B


8

___________

ENV 101


3

___________

Computation included in ESH 203 Human Relations included in ESH 130

Continued in next column. 30 Total Credits

ESH C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

212


ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY AND HEALTH - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT EMPHASIS

39 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This Certificate program prepares students in the fast growing and lucrative Occupational Safety Management career field. Students learn to design, implement and manage an effective and proactive safety program that includes establishing goals, procedures and injury prevention policies. This Certificate program is the foundation program to prepare students for professional certifications including ASP (Associate Safety Professional), CSP (Certified Safety Professional), CHMM (Certified Hazardous Materials Manager), and CIH (Certified Industrial Hygienist). STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of the management of occupational health and safety and its impact on operational profit.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the various laws, regulations and guidelines that are applicable to the ESH arena, and how they drive occupational safety and health.




CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BI 101B


3

___________

ESH 130


3

___________

ESH 201


3

___________

ESH 205


3

___________

ESH 207B


3

___________

ESH 208B

Safety Management II

3

___________

ESH 211B


3

___________

ESH 212B


3

___________

ESH 213B

Construction 500

3

___________

ESH 214B

General Industry 501

3

___________

ESH 265B


3

___________

FT 121

Fire Prevention I

3

___________

Computation included in ESH 201 Human Relations included in ESH 130


39 Total Credits



213

E N V I RO N M E N TA L S A F E T Y A N D H E A LT H - S A F E T Y M A N AG E M E N T E M P H A S I S

36 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement is an 18-month program that provides students with the opportunity to acquire the knowledge, skills and abilities to obtain employment in the safety management field. Courses cover such areas as ergonomics, safety laws and regulations and industrial hygiene. Classroom and laboratory course work is accomplished. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the fundamentals of the management of occupational health and safety and its impact on an operations and profitability.

• Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the various laws, regulations and guidelines that are applicable to the ESH arena, and how they drive occupational safety and health.




CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ESH 130


3

___________

ESH 203

Sampling, Analysis, Treatment and Disposal

3

___________

ESH 207B


3

___________

ESH 211B


3

___________

ESH 212B


3

___________

ESH 255B

Ergonomics

3

___________

ESH 260B

Process and System Safety

3

___________

ESH 265B


3

___________

FT 121B

Fire Prevention I

3

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: COM 101

Oral Communication

3

___________

EMS 108B


8

___________

ESH 201


3

___________

ESH 202


3

___________

ESH 204

Environmental Site Assessments

3

___________

ESH 205


3

___________

ESH 206B

Confined Space Rescue

3

___________


Computation included in ESH 203 Human Relations included in ESH 130 36 Total Credits


214


E N V I RO N M E N TA L S A F E T Y A N D H E A LT H - WA S T E WAT E R T R E ATM E N T E M P H A S I S

31 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This Certificate of Achievement is an 18-month program that prepares students for a lucrative career in this area. Students learn to operate the machinery used in wastewater management plants where urban wastewater is treated for release back into the environment. Classes are generally held at the Clark County Sanitation District facilities. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of waste water treatment and related technologies

• Demonstrate an understanding of the various treatment methodologies and technologies applicable to waste water treatment

• Demonstrate an understanding of the laws and regulations that apply to waste water treatment.

• Demonstrate an understanding of pump operation and maintenance for waste water treatment operation.




CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ESH 202


3

___________

ESH 240B


3

___________

ESH 241B


3

___________

ESH 242B


3

___________

ESH 246B


3

___________

ESH 247B


3

___________

ESH 248B


4

___________

ESH 250B


3

___________

ESH 251B

Current Issues

3

___________

Computation included in ESH 246B Human Relations included in ESH 202


31 Total Credits



215

E N V I RO N M E N TA L S A F E T Y A N D H E A LT H - WAT E R T R E ATM E N T E M P H A S I S

31 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Environmental Safety and Health, Water Treatment emphasis is an 18-month program that prepares students for a lucrative career in this area. Students learn how to maintain and operate plants that treat water supplies for urban areas. Classes are generally held at the Clark County Sanitation District. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate an understanding of the fundamentals of water treatment and related technologies.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the various treatment methodologies and technologies applicable to drinking water treatment.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the laws and regulations that apply to drinking water treatment.

• Demonstrate an understanding of pump operation and maintenance for drinking water treatment operation.




CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ESH 202


3

___________

ESH 243B

Water Treatment Plant Operations I

3

___________

ESH 244B

Water Distribution I

3

___________

ESH 245B

Water Treatment Plant Operations II

3

___________

ESH 246B


3

___________

ESH 247B


3

___________

ESH 248B


4

___________

ESH 250B


3

___________

ESH 251B

Current Issues

3

___________

Computation included in ESH 246B Human Relations included in ESH 202


31 Total Credits


216


F I R E S C I E N C E T E C H N O LO G Y - F I R E I N V E S T I G AT I O N E M P H A S I S

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Fire Science Technology, Fire Investigation is designed for the career fire, law enforcement or insurance specialist to attain the knowledge skills and abilities to process and prevent the crime of arson. Curriculum includes course work in criminal law, crime scene photography, fire cause and determination and arson. The course material is designed to meet key prerequisite knowledge under the NFPA 1033 Standard outlining Professional Qualifications for Fire Investigators. Seminar material and certification is available from the International Association of Arson Investigators. Certain aspects of the course work meet the requirements for credit with Nevada P.O.S.T. Students should be advised that most arson careers are internal promotions within fire or law enforcement organizations, although employment opportunities do exist in private industry. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Define Fire and demonstrate how to properly document a fire scene. • Explain the fire tetrahedron and the fire behavior in specific conditions of environment and/or ignitable liquids. • Determine whether a fire is accidental or incendiary (arson), which degree of arson is representative for all four degrees of arson, and which method of search is best for the fire scene that presents itself. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (6 Credits):

• Understand and explain a landmark court decision that pertains to fire investigations and scene searches. • Student will demonstrate preparation to secure the Nevada State Fire Marshall’s Fire Investigation Certificate as outlined by NFPA.


CR

SEMESTER


3

___________


3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CRJ 162

Investigative Photography I

3

___________

CRJ 164


3

___________

CRJ 225

Criminal Evidence

3

___________

CRJ 233B

Nevada Criminal Law

3

___________

CRJ 270


3

___________

FT 126


3

___________

FT 226

Fire/Arson Investigation

3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: FT 227

Arson for Profit

3

___________

FT 229

Special Topics Prevention/Investigation

3

___________

Computation included in MATH 120 Human Relations included in CRJ 270


30 Total Credits

FST C05 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


217

F I R E S C I E N C E T E C H N O LO G Y - U R BA N F I R E F I G H T I N G E M P H A S I S

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Urban Fire Fighting certificate is designed for people who desire to enter a career in a municipal, county or state fire department. The material is linked with the Nevada State Fire Marshall’s Nevada Firefighter I Certificate. Students are given the opportunity to take the Nevada or National Fire Protection Association’s Firefighter I didactic and practical test. Course material must be taken in sequence with all prerequisites being completed prior to sitting for the testing with the State Fire Marshall’s Office. The core curriculum includes orientation material to the fire service, firefighting procedures, hazardous materials procedures, emergency medical services, fire prevention and an introduction to wildland firefighting. The course content is designed to meet or exceed the National Fire Protection Association’s 1001 Standard for Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications. The Urban Fire Fighting certificate does not guarantee employment and securing fire department positions in Nevada is extremely competitive. Students may be placed in paramilitary and physically demanding environments designed to introduce the student to the job task and skills required to operate in the fire and emergency services. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate preparedness to complete the Nevada State Fire Marshall’s written Test in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association’s Firefighter I Standard 1001 covering the topics of the fire department operations, communications, rescue, and prevention.

• Conduct a fire inspection, basic fire ground math calculations, and fire conversion. • Demonstrate skills to attain the National Fire Academy’s certification in Incident Command, Building Construction, and Tactics and Strategies.

• Demonstrate preparedness to complete the Nevada State Fire Marshall’s practical skills test according to standards set forth by the Nevada State Fire Training Standards Committee encompassing the skills of rescue, fire ground operations, and prevention. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

FT 101

Introduction to Fire Science

3

___________

FT 121

Fire Prevention I

3

___________

FT 126


3

___________

FT 143


3

___________

FT 151


3

___________

FT 224


3

___________

FT 243


3

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: FT 104

Nevada Firefighter I

3

___________

FT 105

Fire Behavior and Combustion

3

___________

FT 109B

Internship in Firefighting

3

___________

FT 125


3

___________

Computation included in FT 151


Human Relations included in FT 101 30 Total Credits

FST C03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

218


FOOD AND BEVERAGE MANAGEMENT

32 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This Food and Beverage program prepares students to begin a career or further their career in the food service industry. The program, consisting of food and beverage management courses and culinary courses, is designed to provide students with the necessary knowledge and skills to be successful in their food service careers. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in food serve sanitation and nutrition. • Learn the basic functions of a professional kitchen by passing the requirements of the required courses.

• Demonstrate proficiency in the use and application of food service math by passing the required cost control course.

• Demonstrate a basic understanding of commercial 6 beverage purchasing. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

4

___________

CUL 110

Basic Cookery

FAB 102


2

___________

FAB 112


3

___________

FAB 160


3

___________

FAB 167


2

___________

FAB 210


3

___________

FAB 230

Menu Planning

3

___________

FAB 285

Catering Management

3

___________

HMD 101

Introduction to Hospitality Industry 3

___________

HMD 259


___________

3



32 Total Credits

FAB C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


219

G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - 2 D A N I M AT I O N E M P H A S I S

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Introduces the student to basic concepts of 2D computer animation. Students learn to use software to create and manipulate images. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate communication, critical thinking, design, technological and production skills and produce and create 2D animation.

• Apply basic design and illustration skills relating to creating animated content for the web and multimedia productions.

• Produce vector and bitmap graphics using Adobe software. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GRC 103


___________

GRC 107

Design Fundamentals

3

___________

GRC 110


3

___________

GRC 119


3

___________

GRC 156B


3

___________

GRC 179

Multimedia Design and Production I 3

___________

GRC 183B


3

___________

GRC 185

Computer Animation I

3

___________

GRC 188

Web Animation and Interactivity I 3

___________

Computation included in GRC 103, 183B Human Relations included in GRC 107


30 Total Credits

GT C22 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

220


G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - A N I M AT I O N E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program introduces the student to the basic concepts of 3D computer animation. Students learn to use software to create and manipulate 3D geometry and images. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Develop a storyboard on paper describing the contents for which an animation will be created.

• Render and record animations.

• Use animation software to create 3D geometric components and special effects. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (30 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ANIM 237B Fundamentals of 3D Computer Animation

4

___________

ANIM 240B Intermediate 3D Computer Animation

4

___________

ANIM 245B Advanced 3D Computer Animation

4

___________

ANIM 247B Introduction to 3D Animation Compositing

4

___________

ANIM 250B 3D Character Modeling and Animation I

4

___________

ANIM 255B 3D Character Modeling and Animation II

4

___________


___________

IS 101

Plus 3 credits from the following: ANIM 242B Introduction to 3D Conceptual Design

4

___________

ART 107


3

___________

ART 201

Life Drawing I

3

___________

GRC 175B


3

___________

PHO 170


3

___________

PHO 245


3

___________

Computation included in ANIM 250B

33 Total Credits


Human Relations included in ANIM 240B



221

G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - CO M P U T E R G R A P H I C S D E S I G N E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program is designed for those seeking to enter the field and will train students to use digital tools for design and creative production for first-time employment. This program is directed toward creating graphics targeted for the print. A graphic artist may design brochures, reports and logos or create layouts for magazines or newspapers. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate communication, critical thinking, design, technological and production skills dealing with producing creative work destined for the printing press.

• Design, edit and assemble page layouts. • Apply proper prepress procedures.


• Demonstrate basic design, layout, typography and illustration skills.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GRC 101


3

___________

GRC 103


___________

GRC 104


3

___________

GRC 107

Design Fundamentals

3

___________

GRC 110


3

___________

GRC 119


3

___________

GRC 140


3

___________

GRC 156B


3

___________

GRC 183B


3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: GRC 207

Electronic Design

3

___________

GRC 278B

Electronic Prepress

3

___________

Computation included in GRC 103, 183B Human Relations included in GRC 104, 107, 140, 207


33 Total Credits


222


G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - E L E C T RO N I C P U B L I S H I N G E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program is designed for those seeking to enter the field and will train students to use digital tools for design and creative production for first-time employment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate communication, critical thinking, design, technological and production skills dealing with production creative work destined for the printing press.

• Design, edit, and assemble page layouts. • Demonstrate basic design, layout, typography and illustration skills.

• Produce vector and bitmap graphics using Adobe software. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GRC 103


___________

GRC 104


3

___________

GRC 107

Design Fundamentals

3

___________

GRC 119


3

___________

GRC 140


3

___________

GRC 156B


3

___________

GRC 183B


3

___________

GRC 240B

Electronic Publishing II

3

___________

GRC 278B

Electronic Prepress

3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: GRC 101


3

___________

GRC 110


3

___________

GRC 120B

Color Scanning

1

___________

GRC 121B

Intermediate Macintosh

1

___________

GRC 173B

Digital Photo Retouching

2

___________

GRC 229

Advanced Typography

3

___________

Computation included in GRC 103, 278B Human Relations included in GRC 107, 140


33 Total Credits



223

G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - M U LT I M E D I A AU T H O R I N G E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program is designed for those seeking to enter the field and will train students to use digital tools for design and creative production for first-time employment. The Multimedia Authoring emphasis is directed toward creating graphics and presentations targeted for a monitor or screen. Students will draw or render pictures on computers and place these images with text and/or sound to communicate. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate communication, critical thinking, design, technological and production skills to produce and create work for the printing press.

• Design, edit and assemble multimedia presentations using Macromedia Director procedures.


• Demonstrate basic design, illustration, and animation skills related to multimedia production.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GRC 103


___________

GRC 107

Design Fundamentals

3

___________

GRC 119

Computer Graphics /Digital Media 3

___________

GRC 156B


3

___________

GRC 175B


3

___________

GRC 179

Multimedia Design and Production I

3

___________

GRC 183B


3

___________

GRC 188


___________

PHO 214


3

___________

PHO 220B


3

___________

Computation included in GRC 119 Human Relations included in GRC 119 and 175B


33 Total Credits


224


G R A P H I C T E C H N O LO G Y - W E B D E S I G N E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program is designed for those seeking to enter the field and will train students to use digital tools for design and creative production for first-time employment. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate communication, critical thinking, design, technological and production skills dealing with producing creative work that will be seen on the word wide web.

• Design, edit, and assemble web pages and sites.


• Produce animated and interactive web content.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

• Demonstrate basic design, illustration, and animation skills related to web design and production.

CR

SEMESTER

GRC 101

Intro to Graphic Communications

3

___________

GRC 103


___________

GRC 107

Design Fundamentals

3

___________

GRC 110


3

___________

GRC 119


3

___________

GRC 156B


3

___________

GRC 175B


3

___________

GRC 183B


3

___________

GRC 188


___________

GRC 275B

Web Design and Publishing II

___________

3

Computation included in GRC 103, 183B Human Relations included in GRC 107


33 Total Credits



225

H OT E L M A N AG E M E N T

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Hotel, Restaurant and Casino Management, Hotel Management emphasis prepares students for entry-level industry positions. For those currently employed in the hotel industry, this certificate enhances opportunity for job advancement. Students will obtain a strong knowledge of the basic elements of management in hotel operations with an emphasis on the hotel front office and human resources management. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate proficiency in Front Office Operations including technology related to the Front Desk.

• Demonstrate proficiency in Housekeeping Operations.

• Demonstrate proficiency in Human Resources Management.

• Demonstrate proficiency in support department operations, such as accounting, marketing and law.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

ACC 201


3

___________

HMD 101


3

___________

HMD 103


___________

HMD 202

Housekeeping Operations

3

___________

HMD 203


3

___________

HMD 225


3

___________

HMD 235


___________

HMD 259


3

___________

TCA 180


3

___________

TCA 221


3

___________

Computation included in ACC 201 Human Relations included in HMD 259


33 Total Credits

HMD C04 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

226


L E G A L S U P P O RT S P E C I A L I S T

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement, Legal Support Specialist is designed to instruct students preparing to enter the legal field as secretarial support staff. The program covers the structure of law offices, administrative functions of legal support staff, the court system, specialty areas of law, the trial process and procedures for processing a lawsuit. There is a heavy emphasis placed upon the computer application knowledge required by the profession. The program of study qualifies its graduates to be employed in private law firms, corporate legal departments and government legal offices. Graduates are also prepared for clerical positions in educational institutions, government offices, hospitals and insurance companies. In addition, graduates may work as receptionists, clerk typists, or word processors or take charge of legal record keeping. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate ability to perform business communication tasks. • Gauge ability to maintain office records and calendars, and prioritize multiple tasks. • Denote aptitude for understanding legal terminology, legal complexities, and supporting documents.

• Appraise knowledge of law office protocol as prescribed by ethical codes. • Demonstrate a working knowledge of procedural law, the law library, and how to prepare legal documents.



COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101, 102, 215, BUS 107, 108

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

COT 106 OR COT 108 OR COT 209B COT 127B OR COT 201B

COT 129B COT 200 ENG 100 OR ENG 101 OR ENG 113

CR

SEMESTER

Tablet Computer, Voice and Handwriting II Microsoft Office for Offices

3

___________

Word Processing II

3

___________

Records Management Word Processing I Composition Enhanced

3 3

___________ ___________

Gregg Shorthand I Speedwriting Shorthand I

Composition I

IS 101 LAW 101

Composition I for International 3-5 Students Introduction to Information Systems 3 Fundamentals of Law I 3

___________ ___________ ___________

LAW 253


3

___________

CIT 106B

Spreadsheets

1

___________

CIT 107B

Database

1

___________

CIT 109B

WordPerfect

1

___________

COT 103B

Keyboarding Review and Speed

1

___________

COT 126B

PowerPoint for Offices

1

___________

COT 208B


1

___________



Computation included in LAW 253 Human Relations included in LAW 101 30 Total Credits LA C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


227

M A S S AG E S P E C I A L I S T

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Successful completion of this program entitles students to take the National Certification Examination for Massage Therapist given by the National Certification Board for Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork. Successfully passing this exam and completion of city, county and/or state licensure requirements allows graduates to work as Licensed Massage Therapists. This academic program integrates classroom and laboratory, hands-on education with clinical education into a sound curriculum which prepares students for employment in a variety of fields including: resort or day spas, medical facilities or as independent contractors. Requirements for participation in the clinical experience includes: 1) current CPR card; 2) current county massage therapist health care card; 3) negative TB test; and 4) appropriate immunizations. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competencies necessary to complete the state and local licensing requirements for practicing massage therapy. • Demonstrate an understanding of business practices and other skills necessary in the operation of a massage business. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________


COMMUNICATIONS: ENG 100, 101, 102, 107, 113, 114, 205 COM 101, 102, 102G, 215

• Demonstrate personnel qualities necessary for effective and ethical client/therapist interaction and care, including proper documentation skills.

CR

SEMESTER

HHP 123B

Introduction to the Human Body

4

___________

MSG 100B

Kinesiology for the Massage Specialist

2

___________

MSG 101B

Kinesiology for the Massage Specialist Lab

1

___________

MSG 102B

Principles of Swedish Massage

2

___________

MSG 103B

Swedish Massage Lab

2

___________

MSG 104B

Introduction to Shiatsu

1

___________

MSG 105B

Shiatsu Massage Lab

1

___________

MSG 106B

Massage Clinic I

1

___________

MSG 107B

Fundamentals of Deep Tissue Massage

1

___________

MSG 108B

Deep Tissue Massage Lab

1

___________

MSG 109B

Essentials of Sports and Injury Massage

1

___________

MSG 110B

Sports and Injury Massage Lab

1

___________

MSG 111B

Introduction to Complementary Modalities

1

___________

MSG 112B

Complementary Modalities Lab

1

___________

MSG 113B

Massage Business Practices

2

___________

MSG 114B

Pathophysiology for the Massage Specialist

3

___________

MSG 115B

Massage Clinic II

2

___________

MSG 116B

Introduction to Clinical Practice

1

___________

MSG 117B

Self-Care for Massage Practitioners 1

___________

PT 105

Musculoskeletal Anatomy Review

___________

1

Computation included in MSG 113B Human Relations included in MSG 116B MSG C01

33 Total Credits


228


M E C H A N I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y - I N D U S T R I A L E M P H A S I S

36 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Mechanical Technology, Industrial Emphasis is an 18-month program that provides students with classroom and laboratory experiences in electricity, mechanical power, pneumatics, hydraulics and ferrous and non-ferrous material. The Industrial emphasis focuses on those skills used in industrial settings. Courses include Industrial Electricity, Mechanical Power Transmission and Programmable Logic Controllers. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the knowledge and ability to select, test, set up, and maintain various electro-mechanical systems and machinery and perform basic system calculations.

• Demonstrate the ability to assemble, operate, and maintain various electrical motor controllers, mechanical power transmission systems, and high pressure fluid power systems.

• Demonstrate the ability to apply various troubleshooting techniques for the identification and correction of faults in electrical, mechanical, and fluid power systems.

• Demonstrate the ability and skills to prepare technical reports and communicate the results through effective oral communications.




CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CADD 100


4

___________

IS 101


___________

MT 102B


4

___________

MT 104B


4

___________

MT 106B


4

___________

MT 108B


4

___________

MT 110B


4

___________

MT 115B


3

___________

MT 116B


3

___________

Computation included in MT 102B, 104B Human Relations included in MT 115B, 116B


36 Total Credits

MT C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


229

M E C H A N I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y - O P E R AT I O N S E M P H A S I S

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Mechanical Technology, Operations Emphasis is an 18-month program that provides students with classroom and laboratory experiences in electricity, mechanical power, pneumatics, hydraulics and ferrous and non-ferrous material. The Operations emphasis focuses on those skills used in operational settings. Courses include Industrial Electricity, Mechanical Power Transmission and Fluid Power. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the knowledge and ability to follow guidelines for safe operation and maintenance of various mechanical, electrical, and fluid power systems. • Demonstrate the skills to design and operate basic electrical, mechanical, and fluid power systems and to use computer-based programmable logic controller devices to monitor their operation and performance. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):


• Demonstrate the skills and knowledge to apply various troubleshooting techniques for identification and correction of faults in electrical circuits and mechanical and high pressure fluid power systems. • Demonstrate the ability and skills to prepare technical reports and communicate the results through effective oral communications. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (27 Credits):

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

AC 103B

Introduction to HVAC Mechanical Theory

5

___________

BI 103B

Introduction to Residential Plumbing and Mechanical Code

2

___________

CONS 120

Blueprint Reading and Specifications

3

___________

MT 102B


4

___________

MT 104B


4

___________

MT 106B


4

___________

MT 108B


4

___________

3

___________

Plus 3 credits: MT Computation included in MT 102B Human Relations included in MT 102B


30 Total Credits


230


M E C H A N I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y - P OW E R U T I L I T Y P RO G R A M

42 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Mechanical Technology, Power Utility Certificate of Achievement is an 18-month to two-year program that prepares students for employment in the Power Production career field. This multimedia-based program uses the personal computers at the CSN Computer Labs, plus three hands-on internships required in Operations, Electrician's and Hydro/Electrical to provide students with a wide-range of experiences. This program is presented in cooperation with the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Identify the occupational positions available in the Power Utility and other power generating plants.

• Identify acceptable work performance standards. • Develop positive attitudes towards work and service to others.

• Participate in an on-the-job training experience in a power generating plant or dam. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (9 Credits): CR

SEMESTER


3

___________

ESH 201

SCIENCE: EGG 131

3

___________


3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

40-Hour Hour Hazwoper Certification

3

___________

MGT 100


3

___________

MT 120B

Electrical Safety

1

___________

MT 121B

Fundamentals of Industrial Measurement

2

___________

MT 122B

Hand Tools and Measuring Instruments

1

___________

MT 123B

Rigging and Lifting

1

___________

MT 124B

Industrial Lubrication

1

___________

MT 140B

Electrical/Electronic Theory

2.5

___________

MT 141B

Electrical Print Reading

1

___________

MT 142B

Conduit Bending and Installation

0.5

___________

MT 143B

Electrical Control Equipment

3

___________

MT 144B

Electrical/Electronic Test Equipment 1

___________

MT 145B

Troubleshooting Skills

0.5

___________

MT 160B

Industrial Hydraulic Power

3

___________

MT 161B

AC/DC Motors

2

___________

MT 162B

Programmable Logic Controllers

1.5

___________

MT 180B

Co-Op/Internship First Semester

2

___________

MT 181B

Co-Op/Internship Second Semester 2

___________

MT 182B

Co-Op/Internship Third Semester

2

___________

Computation included in MT 121B, 122B, 123B, 140B, 160B Human Relations included in MT 180B, 181B, 182B 42 Total Credits





231

M E C H A N I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y - S H OW RO O M E M P H A S I S

31 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Mechanical Technology, Showroom emphasis is an 18-month program that provides students with classroom and laboratory experiences in electricity, mechanical power, pneumatics, hydraulics and ferrous and non-ferrous material. The Showroom emphasis focuses on those skills used in entertainment settings. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the knowledge and the ability to use basic electrical concepts, laws, and symbols used in the industry to design various electrical systems and perform required calculations.

• Demonstrate the ability to apply various troubleshooting techniques for the identification and correction of faults in mechanical and fluid power systems.

• Demonstrate the necessary skills to design, assemble, and operate various fluid power systems and perform basic system calculations.

• Demonstrate the ability and skills to prepare technical reports and communicate the results through effective oral communications.




CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BI 123B

Blueprint Reading for the Building Trades

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MT 102B


4

___________

MT 104B


4

___________

MT 106B


4

___________

MT 108B


4

___________

THTR 204

Theatre Technology I

3

___________

THTR 214

Theatre Technology II

3

___________

Computation included in MT 102B, 104B Human Relations included in MT 102B


31 Total Credits


232


M E D I C A L CO D I N G

42 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The coding program is designed for students to become coding specialists with demonstrated knowledge and skills in applications of classifications and nomenclatures to health information. Coding with approved classification systems is required for direct patient care, research, and fiscal reimbursement. Recipients of the Certificate of Achievement in Medical Coding may apply to take the national certification exam given by the American Health Information Management Association. Successful candidates receive the Certified Coding Associate (CCA), Certified Coding Specialist 9CCS), or Certified Coding Specialist – Physician Based (CCS-P) credential. The Certificate of Achievement in Medical Coding may serve towards the first year of the Associate of Applied Science degree in Health Information Technology. The Medical Coding program is approved by the American Health Information Management Association, 233 N. Michigan Ave., Suite 2150, Chicago, IL 606015519, 312 233-1100. Students should meet with a health programs advisor for additional information. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate coding competency as published by the American Health Information Management Association.

• Demonstrate knowledge, skills, and competencies necessary to gain employment as a medical coder.

• Demonstrate competencies necessary to successfully pass one of the national coding registry examinations. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

BIOL 223

Human Anatomy and Physiology I

4

___________

BIOL 224

Human Anatomy and Physiology II

4

___________

COT 127B


3

___________

HIT 100B

Introduction to ICD-9-CM

2

___________

HIT 101B

Current Procedural Terminology

3

___________

HIT 105B

Healthcare Dynamics

2

___________

HIT 118B


3

___________

HIT 119B


2

___________

HIT 165B

Pathophysiology

4

___________

HIT 170B

Computers in Health Care

3

___________

HIT 180B

Introduction to Health Information Management

3

___________

HIT 201B

Classification Systems for Health Care Data

3

___________

HIT 210B

Coding Practice Experience

3

___________

Human Relations included in HIT 210B 42 Total Credits


Computation included in HIT 119B

COD C03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


233

M E D I C A L L A B O R ATO RY A S S I S TA N T

32 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement for Medical Laboratory Assistant provides students with the skills necessary to collect and process patient samples for analytic testing. The Medical Laboratory Assistant supports other clinical laboratory professionals in providing physicians with critical diagnostic information utilized in patient care.

STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge of commonly ordered tests and specimen requirements.

• Accession, process, and distribute patient samples. • Display effective oral and written communication skills.

• Perform blood collection techniques. • Perform point of care testing. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (7 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

HUMAN RELATIONS: HIT 103B

1

___________


3

___________


CR

SEMESTER

4

___________

CLS 145

Laboratory Methods

2

___________

CLS 146B

Applied Laboratory Methods

2

___________

CLS 147B

Medical Laboratory Assistant Clinical Practicum

2

___________

CLS 151B

Phlebotomy

2

___________

CLS 152B

Applied Phlebotomy

1

___________

CLS 153B


2

___________

HHP 123B


4

___________

HIT 105B

Healthcare Dynamics

2

___________

HIT 117B


1

___________

IS 101


___________

Computation included in HIT 103B Human Relations included in MATH 120B


32 Total Credits

CLS C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

234


MEDICAL OFFICE ASSISTING

39 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T As a medical assistant, you will be a multi-skilled professional, dedicated to assisting in patient care management. You will be trained to perform administrative and clinical/laboratory duties and may manage emergency situations, facilities, and/or personnel. The clinical duties of medical assistants include preparing patients for examinations and treatments; taking vital signs and medical histories, sterilizing instruments; performing diagnostic tests and basic laboratory procedures; and assisting the physician with examinations and minor office surgery. Administrative duties include scheduling and receiving patients; obtaining patient data; establishing and maintaining confidential medical records; handling telephone calls, preparing correspondence and reports; purchasing supplies and maintaining equipment; and assuming responsibility for the daily office business. The Medical Office Assisting program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (www.caahep.org) upon the recommendation of Curriculum Review Board of The American Association of Medical Assistants Endowment (CRB-AAMAE). Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs, 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1970, Chicago, IL 606012208, 312 553-9355. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competencies necessary Certification Examination (CMA).

to

challenge

the

• Demonstrate entry level competencies as defined by the American Association of Medical Assistants.

• Demonstrate the skills and abilities necessary to find employment in the field or continue with their education in pursuit of a degree. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CLS 130B

Laboratory Procedures for Medical Office Assistants

2

___________

CLS 131B

Applied Laboratory Procedures for Medical Office Assistants

1

___________

COT 127B


3

___________

HIT 102B

Coding and Medical Office Insurance

3

___________

MOA 101B

Introduction to Medical Assisting

3

___________

MOA 106B

Terminology of the Body in Health and Disease I

3

___________

MOA 107B

Medical Assistant Techniques

4

___________

MOA 108B

Terminology of the Body in Health and Disease II

3

___________

MOA 110B

Clinical Assistant Techniques

4

___________

MOA 120B

Medical Office Management

4

___________

MOA 130B

Clinical Externship

3

___________

MOA 131B

Externship Seminar

1

___________

MOA 195B

Selected Topics in Medical Assisting

2

___________

Computation included in MOA 107B Human Relations included in MOA 101B 39 Total Credits




MOA C04 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


235

MEDICAL TRANSCRIPTION

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The transcription program prepares students to become a medical language specialist who is highly skilled in transcribing medical dictation detailing a patient’s health care. As an indispensable part of the health care team, the medical transcriptionist produces medical reports which become permanent records of medical, scientific, and legal value. The Medical Transcriptionist works in hospitals, clinics, medical research and teaching centers, as well as in private medical offices of physicians and surgeons. Recipients of the Certificate of Achievement in Medical Transcription have met the minimum competencies for the American Association for Medical Transcription. Students may apply to take the certification exam to become a Certified Medical Transcriptionist (CMT). STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate entry level competencies in medical transcription as published by American Association for Medical Transcription.

• Demonstrate knowledge, skills, and entry level competencies needed to gain employment as a medical transcriptionist.

• Demonstrate skills and abilities necessary to find employment in the field. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

COT 200

Word Processing I

3

___________

ENG 107

Technical Communications I

3

___________

HHP 123B


4

___________

HIT 118B


3

___________

HIT 119B


2

___________

HIT 120B

Medical Transcription I

4

___________

HIT 122B

Medical Transcription II

4

___________

HIT 165B

Pathophysiology

4

___________

Computation included in HIT 119B Human Relations included in HIT 122B


30 Total Credits

MTR C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

236


M E N TA L H E A LT H S E RV I C E S

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Mental Health Services prepares students for careers as Direct Support Specialists to provide direct support services to persons with cognitive, developmental and/or mental disorders in human services. This human services field requires knowledge and skills competency in mental health and/or developmental services, ethical judgment, the ability to teach life skills, provide physical assistance, and to support self-sufficiency, empowerment, and self-direction in persons and families receiving services. Direct Support Specialists (DSSs) are found in many different residential and rehabilitation settings with various job titles, such as Mental Health Technician, Developmental Support Technician, Residential Counselor, Rehabilitation Specialist, Employment Specialist, or Job Coach. Job growth in this profession is estimated to be above average in the future. This Certificate of Achievement meets the need for students to access high quality training and the development of advanced skills in this human services profession. The courses are competency based and provide the opportunity for development of on the job skills. The Certificate contains all courses required in Nevada for the certification of Mental Health Technicians and Developmental Support Technicians. Students seeking certification should obtain advising on current certification requirements. All courses in this Certificate can be applied toward the Associate of Applied Science in Mental Health Services. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Qualify or obtain employment in direct support services for persons with mental and/or intellectual disabilities. • Successfully demonstrate the knowledge and skills required of direct support services to persons with mental and/or intellectual disabilities.

• Meet the Nevada educational requirements to qualify for certification as a Mental Health Technician and/or Developmental Support Technician.

• Apply the knowledge, skills, judgement and ethical standards of direct support services to persons with mental and/or intellectual disabilities in an applied human services setting.


CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________



SEMESTER

MHDD 102 Medical Component

1

___________

MHDD 103 Psychopathology and Developmental Disabilities

1

___________

MHDD 106 Teaching and Active Treatment

1

___________

MHDD 110 Introduction to Disability Services 3

___________

2

___________

CR

SEMESTER

MHDD 101 Role of the Technician

1

___________

MHDD 126 Understanding Developmental Disabilities

MHDD 105 Conflict Prevention and Response Training

2

___________

MHDD 130 Teaching Life Skills

3

___________

MHDD 150 Issues in Substance Abuse

1

___________

MHDD 107 Medication Fundamentals

2

___________

MHDD 152 Allied Therapies

1

___________

MHDD 109 Introduction to Therapeutic Interventions

2

___________

MHDD 160 Understanding Mental Illness

1

___________

MHDD 291B Fieldwork Experience

3

___________

MHDD 127 Positive Behavior Supports

2

___________

MHDD 153 Life Span Development

1

___________

MHDD 154 Advanced Therapeutic Interventions

2

___________

MHDD 295 Practicum

3

___________

PSY 101

General Psychology

3

___________

PSY 241


3

___________

Computation included in MHDD 107, 109, 127 Human Relations included in PSY 101, MHDD 101, 107, 109, 127, 153, 154, 295 30 Total Credits




MHD C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


237

M U S I C B U S I N E S S A N D T E C H N O LO G Y

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Music Business and Technology is designed for students who wish to pursue careers in commercial music production, marketing, recording or management. The program provides in-depth studies of recording technology in the studio setting, with ample time for projects and research. Two levels of Business of Music are also offered to give students a comprehensive overview of all facets of the music industry, including management, budgeting, copyrights and related legal issues. In addition, students are required to take courses in general music, communication and computer literacy in order to give them the tools needed to succeed in the open marketplace. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate fundamental knowledge of music theory and history to communicate effectively with professional musicians.

• Demonstrate knowledge of various music business practices, including contracts, copyrights, talent management, and budgeting.

• Be prepared to manage, assist, or engineer basic professional recording sessions. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits): CR COMMUNICATIONS: COM 101

3

SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (27 Credits): SEMESTER ___________

IS 101

CR Introduction to Information Systems 3


MUS 101

Music Fundamentals

3

___________

MUS 111

Piano Class I

3

___________

MUS 181

Business of Music

3

___________

MUS 231E

Recording Techniques I E

3

___________

MUS 232E

Recording Techniques II E

3

___________

MUS 281B

Business of Music II

3

___________

MUS 285B

Advanced Recording Techniques

3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: MUS 121

Music Appreciation

3

___________

MUS 125

History of Rock Music

3

___________

MUS 134

Jazz Appreciation

3

___________

Computation included in IS 101 Human Relations included in COM 101


30 Total Credits

MUS C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

238


O R N A M E N TA L H O RT I C U LT U R E - F LO R A L D E S I G N E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The floral industry is a fast-paced, dynamic and rewarding field. Successful candidates develop the ability to think on their feet and to demonstrate manual dexterity, people skills and product knowledge. The beauty of the product, pleasing the customer and the opportunity for creative expression are the rewards of this career field along with a profitable return on your business venture. Some typical positions in floral establishments might include owner/manager, lead designer, assistant designer, salesperson, cut flower processor, interior plant maintenance personnel and delivery personnel. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Perform all basic tasks of a floral designer in a commercial setting. • Calculate and develop market sheets for ordering product for shop needs and act as a consultant for weddings, special events and funerals. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):


• Function as a salesperson and be able to select and recommend materials for the construction of floral décor to customer’s preference, using industry standards.


CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

OH 100B


3

___________

OH 102B


3

___________

OH 104

Floriculture

3

___________

OH 106B

Floral/Permanent Botanicals

3

___________

OH 202B

Floral/Tributes and Traditions

3

___________

OH 204B

Floral/Traditional Weddings

3

___________

OH 208B

Floral/Creativity and Competition

3

___________

OH 220B

Floral/Events and Display

3

___________

OH 295B

Floral Careers Internship

3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: OH 108B

Floral/Event Balloon Sculptures

1.5

___________

OH 115B

Floral/Orientation to Resort Work 1.5

___________

OH 118B


1.5

___________

OH 206B

Floral/Beginning Ikebana

3

___________

Computation included in OH 202B Human Relations included in OH 202B


33 Total Credits

OH C07 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


239

ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE - LANDSC APE DESIGN/CONTR ACTING EMPHASIS

38 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Ornamental Horticulture, Landscape Design/Contracting provides an opportunity for students to acquire knowledge, skills and abilities needed to obtain jobs in the landscape field. Job opportunities include entry-level supervisory positions; some prior field experience in the landscape field may be necessary. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate successful operation of basic surveying equipment to attain field data, including the use of this data in the preparation of grading and drainage plans.

• Demonstrate the ability to design irrigation systems, including turfgrass spray systems, bubbler systems, drip and micro-spray systems.

• Demonstrate the ability to complete a landscape site and inventory analysis, people’s needs analysis, conceptual drawing and a landscape design master plan.

• Demonstrate the ability to develop annual irrigation base schedules based on site inspections, site data collections and data input into computer water management programs.

• Demonstrate the ability to read and interpret soil analysis report forms. To utilize soil test analysis data in preparation of soils for landscape use. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR


CADD 100


4

DFT 100


4

___________

OH 103


3

___________

OH 107B

Landscape Materials

3

___________

OH 109B

Landscape Grading and Drainage

3

___________

OH 111


3

___________

OH 201


3

___________

OH 205

Landscape Planning/Design

3

___________

OH 213


3

___________

OH 215B

Advanced Irrigation Design

3

___________

OH 217B

Advanced Landscape Design

3

___________

Computation included in OH 201 Human Relations included in OH 205


38 Total Credits


240


O R N A M E N TA L H O RT I C U LT U R E - L A N D S C A P E M A N AG E M E N T E M P H A S I S

40 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Ornamental Horticulture, Landscape Management emphasis provides an opportunity for students to acquire knowledge, skills and abilities needed to obtain jobs in the landscape management field. Job opportunities may be found at golf courses, sports fields and parks. Some prior field experience in the landscape field may be necessary. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Develop an annual maintenance program for the optimal care of a landscape site including turf, ornamental trees and shrubs, and annual color plants. • Prepare an annual operating budget for a landscape site that accounts for labor and supplies including plant material, fertilizers, pesticides, and related products to complete the required activities cited in the annual maintenance program.

• Develop pruning specifications that are in accordance with the best management practices and the ANSI A300 standards. • Develop an integrated plant health care program that will monitor plant health and implement strategies, including an integrated pest management plan, to maintain and/or improve plant health.

• Evaluate the efficiency of an irrigation system on a landscape site, including scheduling, and make recommendations to improve efficiency. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

OH 101

Plant Propagation

3

___________

OH 103


3

___________

OR OH 213


OH 105


3

___________

OH 111


3

___________

OH 112


3

___________

OH 114B

Irrigation Systems

3

___________

OH 201


3

___________

OH 203


3

___________

OH 209

Arboriculture

4

___________

OH 211B

Irrigation Management

3

___________

OH 212B

Landscape Management Records

3

___________

OH 223


3

___________

Computation included in OH 105

40 Total Credits


Human relations included in OH 111



241

PA R A L E G A L S T U D I E S

32 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Paralegal Studies is designed for students who hold an associate or baccalaureate degree. It is a program of study which qualifies its graduates to be employed in law and business related occupations, including private law firms, corporate departments and government entities. Substantive law is combined with thorough preparation in legal procedures, research methodology and practical knowledge. The Paralegal Studies Program provides the foundation for students to think critically and act ethically in accordance with the local and national rules of professional conduct. Graduates of this program will be prepared to perform high quality legal work under the direction of an attorney. The program encourages graduates to continue educational pursuits and seek community service opportunities. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate ability to provide general legal assistance to the public. • Apply legal terminology to real life law based situations.

• Explain basic legal procedures as they apply to serving the public within a legal framework.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

IS 101


___________

LAW 101

Fundamentals of Law I

3

___________

LAW 231

Civil Procedure

3

___________

LAW 234

Civil Procedure II

3

___________

LAW 253


3

___________

LAW 259

Legal Writing

3

___________

LAW 261

Legal Research I

4

___________

LAW 262

Legal Research II

4

___________

LAW 263

Ethics

3

___________

Computation included in LAW 253 Human Relations included in LAW 101


32 Total Credits

LAW C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

242


PA R A M E D I C M E D I C I N E

51 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The objective of this certificate is to train students with the necessary cognitive, psychomotor, and affective behaviors to provide advanced life support in the prehospital setting and to provide the necessary coursework to be licensed in the state of Nevada and nationally certified. This limited entry program offers a comprehensive and in-depth study of advanced life support skills which include pharmacology, advanced airway management procedures and skills, ECG interpretation and electrical therapy. After completion of this certificate, students may then choose to complete the next phase of the program and earn an Associate of Applied Science degree in Paramedic Medicine. The Paramedic program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (www.caahep.org) upon the recommendation of the Committee of Educational Programs for the Emergency Medical Services Professions (CoA-EMSP). Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs, 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1970, Chicago, IL 60601-2208, 312 553-9355. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competencies necessary to pass the certification and licensure written and practical examinations.

• Demonstrate satisfactory professional behavior in clinical and field settings.

• Demonstrate skills and abilities necessary to successfully complete all aspects of the field internships.



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________


CR

SEMESTER

HHP 123B


4

___________

HHP 124B

Introduction to the Human Body Computer Lab

1

___________

EMS 125B

Pharmacology for Paramedics

3

___________

EMS 127B

Paramedic Clinical Practice I

2

___________

EMS 129B

Paramedic Fundamentals

3

___________

EMS 145B

Essentials of Paramedic Medicine

3

___________

EMS 165B

Pathophysiology for Paramedics

3

___________

EMS 166B

Paramedic Technology

4

___________

EMS 167B

Paramedic Clinical Practice II

2

___________

EMS 168B

Electrophysiology/ Electrocardiography

3

___________

EMS 169B

Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS)

1

___________

EMS 171B

Prehospital Trauma Life Support (PHTLS)

1

___________

EMS 172B

Vehicle Extrication for Paramedics 3

___________

EMS 173B

Paramedic Field Internship

3

___________

EMS 176B

Pediatrics for Paramedics

4

___________

EMS 185B

Advanced Emergency Care

3

___________

EMS 202B

Advanced ECG Interpretation

2

___________

EMS 220B

Advanced Paramedic Skills

2

___________

HIT 117B


1

___________

Computation included in EMS 125B



Human Relations included in EMS 129B 51 Total Credits PM C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


243

PA S T RY A RTS

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Pastry Arts program is a quality, professionally oriented course of study designed for students wishing to enter and/or advance in the field of pastry arts. Students are taught to master the fundamentals and techniques of baking and pastry arts with emphasis on hands-on preparation of breads, cakes and pastries. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate basic cooking skills including product identification, knife skills, cold food production and cooking skills. • Demonstrate basic baking skills including production of breads, quick breads, puff pastry, pies, and additional baking skills. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):


• Produce a variety of decorated restaurant cakes. • Demonstrate plating techniques for individual restaurant hot and cold dessert preparations. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (30 Credits):

CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

CUL 110

Basic Cookery

4

___________

CUL 125


3

___________

CUL 135

Breads of the World

3

___________

CUL 175

Cake Design

3

___________

CUL 225

Advanced Baking

3

___________

CUL 255B

Retail Bakery Management

3

___________

CUL 295


1

___________

FAB 102


2

___________

FAB 160


3

___________

FAB 167


2

___________

HMD 101


3

___________



33 Total Credits

CUL C04 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

244


P H A R M AC Y T E C H N I C I A N

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program provides education and training to prepare students to work in a hospital or retail pharmacy setting under the direction of a registered pharmacist. After successful completion of the program pre-requisites and admission into the program, the student will complete one semester of program coursework taught primarily on-line followed by a one semester practicum in one or more Las Vegas area clinical/retail settings. At the completion of the program, the student will be eligible for certification as a Pharmacy Technician by the Nevada State Board of Pharmacy and for employment in the pharmacy industry. A limited entry program. Students must attend a health programs orientation and meet with a health programs advisor for additional counseling on program requirements and coursework timelines. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competency in pharmacy math, pharmacology, and pharmacy techniques/procedures.

• Demonstrate skills and abilities necessary to gain employment as a pharmacy technician.

• Demonstrate competency necessary for certification as a pharmacy technician. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (6 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER


3

___________

ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 107, 113

3-5

___________


CR

SEMESTER

COT 101B

Computer Keyboarding I

3

___________

HIT 117B


1

___________

IS 101


___________

PHAR 101B Pharmacy Techniques

4

___________

PHAR 105B Pharmaceutical Math for Technicians

3

___________

PHAR 110B Pharmacology for the Pharmacy Technician

4

___________

PHAR 126B Pharmacy Technician Practicum

6

___________

Computation included in PHAR 105B Human Relations included in PHAR 110B


30 Total Credits

PHT C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


245

P H OTO G R A P H Y - CO M M E RC I A L P H OTO G R A P H Y E M P H A S I S

40 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program provides instruction in commercial photographic skills and creative photographic processes. Beginning and intermediate photographic processes and skills are addressed. Other topics include photographic lighting, photographic commercial/illustration, photojournalism, color lab technologies and portraiture. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Operate film and digital camera systems both inside and outside the studio to produce commercially viable images.

• Produce commercial images in the areas of Portraiture, Weddings, Sports, Editorial, Product, Forensic, and Photojournalism.

• Use supplemental lighting systems and controls to make effective images.

• Develop ability to process images using Photoshop, and produce prints using digital printers.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

GRC 103


3

___________

PHO 170


3

___________

PHO 175

Intermediate Photography

3

___________

PHO 195


4

___________

PHO 208B

Introduction to Large Format Photography

3

___________

PHO 225

Photographic Commercial/ Illustration I

4

___________

PHO 235

Photographic Portraiture I

4

___________

PHO 240B

Digital Photographic Imaging

3

___________

10

___________

Plus 10 credits from the following: PHO or up to 4 credits from GRC Computation included in PHO 170 Human Relations included in PH0 170


40 Total Credits

PHO C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

246


P H OTO G R A P H Y - V I D E O G R A P H Y A N D F I L M E M P H A S I S

40 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program addresses basic and intermediate filmmaking techniques using portable video or 16mm film equipment. Other topics include video/film camera usage, production planning, storyboarding, lighting, directing and editing with commercial photography applications. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Operate a 35mm camera to include F-stop, shutter speed and ISO, operate a light meter and apply concepts of photographic composition and creative expression to pictures. • Create shots lists to shoot basic video sequences, operate a video camera and editing equipment, and assemble basic sequences into short movies. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):


• Develop creative story concepts and script ideas and create professional standard scripts. • Identify story elements, script, produce, light, direct and edit a short documentary movie.


CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

PHO 150B

Movies and Media

3

___________

PHO 151B

Film Directing Styles

3

___________

PHO 170


3

___________

PHO 195


4

___________

PHO 214


3

___________

PHO 216

Videography and Film II

3

___________

PHO 218B

Film Screenwriting I

3

___________

PHO 220B


3

___________

PHO 223B

Documentary Film Production I

3

___________

PHO 290B

Video Portfolio

3

___________

6

___________

Plus 6 credits from the following: PHO 152B

World Cinema

PHO 215

Rock Video Production

PHO 219B

Film Screenwriting II

PHO 221B

Advanced Digital Editing

PHO 226B

Documentary Film Production II

PHO 245B


THTR 105B Introduction to Acting I OR

Computation included in PHO 170 and 195 Human Relations included in PH0 150 and 214 40 Total Credits


Any course with GRC prefix

PHO C03 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


247

P R AC T I C A L N U R S I N G

44 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Practical Nursing Program is designed to prepare the graduate to provide nursing care in structured health care settings for clients of all ages who have well defined health problems with predictable outcomes. Emphasis is placed on the ability to make sound judgments based on critical thinking skills, the knowledge of scientific principles, and the ability to use technical skills in a variety of settings. Graduates are eligible to apply to take the national licensure examination-practical nurse (NCLEX-PN) to become a licensed practical nurse (LPN). The program has full approval status by the Nevada State Board of Nursing, 2500 West Sahara, Suite 207, Las Vegas, NV 89102, 702 486-5800 and is accredited by the National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission, Inc., 61 Broadway-33rd Floor, New York, NY 10006, 800 669-9656. A limited entry program; students must attend a health programs orientation and meet with a health programs advisor for additional counseling. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competency to use principles of biological, psychological, social and nursing sciences when assisting with the development and implementation of the plan of care for people of all ages and diverse cultures in various stages of health.

clients experiencing common, well-defined stable health problems in structured health care settings. • Demonstrate ability to practice within the ethical and legal framework of practical nursing.

• Demonstrate competency to use critical thinking skills when contributing to the nursing process while providing nursing care for GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (9 Credits):


CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________

HIT 117B


3

___________


3

___________


CR

SEMESTER

1

___________

HHP 123B* Introduction to the Human Body

4

___________

HHP 124B* Introduction to the Human Body Computer Lab

1

___________


PN 100L

Practical Nursing Learning Lab

1

___________

PN 101B

Introduction to Practical Nursing

2

___________

PN 103B

Gerontological Health Care

2

___________

PN 104B

Practical Nursing Fundamentals

5

___________

PN 105B

Practical Nursing I

5

___________

PN 106B

Family Nursing

3

___________

PN 108B

Practical Nursing II

4

___________

PN 110B

Practical Nursing Seminar/ Management Concepts

4

___________

PN 125B

Pharmacology for Practical Nursing Practice

3

___________

Other Requirement Completion of an approved nursing assistant course and current certified nursing assistant in Nevada by the start of the 3rd semester.


Computation included in MATH 100B Human Relations included in PSY 101

*BIOL 223 and 224 would be accepted in lieu of HHP 123 and 124.

44 Total Credits

PN C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

248


R E A L E S TAT E

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Real Estate provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to make intelligent decisions in the acquisition, ownership and disposition of real estate. The certificate offers entry-level proficiency for real estate salesmen, brokers, property managers and appraisers. The program also provides enrichment for currently employed escrow officers, loan officers, building contractors and land developers. Successful completion of RE 101 and RE 103 will enable students to satisfy requirements of the Nevada State Real Estate Commission to take the Salesman’s Exam. RE 101, RE 103 and RE 206 are among several courses required by the Nevada Real Estate Commission to take the Broker’s Exam. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Explain real estate listing practices and how they apply to the real estate market in general.

• Explain the purpose of a standard real estate appraisal and the practices by which it is used.

• Apply negotiation strategies to real-estate professional situations involving real estate transactions.

• Demonstrate ability to complete real estate transactions in accordance with local, state, and federal guidelines.



CR

SEMESTER


3-5

___________


3

CR

SEMESTER

RE 101

Real Estate Principles

3

___________

RE 102B

Real Estate Math

3

___________

RE 103


3

___________

RE 130B

Escrow I

___________ OR RE 205B

Real Property Management

3

___________

RE 199

Real Estate Investments

3

___________

RE 202

Real Estate Financing and Insurance

3

___________

RE 203B

Tax Aspects of Real Property Transactions

3

___________

RE 206

Real Estate Appraising

3

___________

Computation included in RE 102B Human Relations included in RE 202


30 Total Credits

RE C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


249

R E TA I L M A N AG E M E N T

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program was developed out of a collaborative effort between the retail industry and the College. The curriculum encompasses several business essentials, including management and communication, required for career success. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto:

• Understand the fast-paced challenges prevalent in the retail industry.

• Understand the scope of the retail manager’s job and an understanding of the basic requirements for success performance management



• Demonstrate a strong foundation in writing, oral communications, math applications and computer literacy.

COMMUNICATIONS: BUS 108

CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

ACC 135B

CR

SEMESTER

Bookkeeping I

OR ACC 201


3

___________

BUS 109B


3

___________

COM 101

Oral Communication

3

___________

IS 101


___________

MGT 201


3

___________

MGT 212


3

___________

MGT 283


3

___________

MKT 127

Introduction to Retail Management 3

___________

MKT 210


___________

3

Computation included in ACC 135B or ACC 201 Human Relations included in MGT 212


30 Total Credits

RM C05 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

250


S O C I O LO G Y - A P P L I E D S K I L L S E M P H A S I S

33 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T This program will provide students an opportunity to work in community social service agencies and other fields after completing the proposed degree requirements. Many of the courses are applied in nature and fit with current community services agencies’ occupational needs. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Distinguish among the fields of psychology, sociology, and anthropology.

• Demonstrate knowledge of and apply social sciences concepts to delivering services in a social science agency.

• Demonstrate proficiency qualifications for entry level position in a social service agency. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (3 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3

___________

CR

SEMESTER

MGT 201


3

___________

SOC 101

Principles of Sociology

3

___________

SOC 102


3

___________

SOC 210


4

___________

SOC 240

Social Science Research Methods

3

___________

SOC 281

Computer Applications for the Social Sciences

4

___________

SOC 289

Applied Skills in Sociology

3

___________

SOC 291

Field Experience in Sociology

1

SOC 298

Selected Topics in Sociology

3

___________

Plus 3 credits from the following: ACC 201


3

___________

COM 102


3

___________

MKT 210


3

___________

PHIL 102

Critical Thinking and Reasoning

3

___________

Computation included in SOC 210 Human Relations included in SOC 101


33 Total Credits

SOC C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


251

S U RG I C A L T E C H N O LO G Y

45.5 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The surgical technologist functions as a member of the surgical team anticipating the needs of the surgeon, passing instruments and providing sterile items in an efficient manner. This program provides graduates with the knowledge and technical skills to obtain entry level employment in hospitals, outpatient surgery centers, clinics, urgent care facilities, and private surgeons’ offices. Students receive a balanced education in both theory and clinical practice. The Surgical Technology program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (www.caahep.org) upon the recommendation of the Accreditation Review Committee on Education in Surgical Technology (ARC-ST). Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs, 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1970, Chicago, IL 60601-2208, 312 553-9355. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate competencies necessary to pass the Program Assessment Exam (PAE).

• Demonstrate skills and abilities necessary for employment.

• Demonstrate competencies necessary to take the certification exam. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (42.5 Credits):



CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________



CR

SEMESTER

BIOL 223

Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4

___________

BIOL 224

Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4

___________

HIT 117B


1

___________

SRGT 101B Introduction to Surgical Technology

1

___________

SRGT 103B Pharmacology for the Surgical Technologist

2

___________

SRGT 105B Surgical Interventions I

5

___________

SURG 106B Surgical Fundamentals I

3

___________

SURG 108B Central Services Practicum

0.5

___________

SURG 114B Principles and Practices of Surgical Technology I

3

___________

SURG 204B Principles and Practices of Surgical Technology II

3

___________

SURG 205B Surgical Interventions II

5

___________

SURG 206B Surgical Fundamentals II

3

___________

SURG 207B Clinical Practicum I

3

___________

SURG 210B Clinical Practicum II

2

___________

CLS 125B

Microbiology for Surgical Technicians

2

___________

CLS 126B

Applied Microbiology for Surgical Technicians

1

___________

Computation included in SRGT 103B Human Relations included in SRGT 207B 45.5 Total Credits

SURG C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

252


T R AV E L A N D TO U R I S M

30 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement in Travel and Tourism is designed for students seeking successful careers in the growing field of travel and tourism. It is also designed to develop and update skills of those presently employed in the industry. Tourism career opportunities include convention management, meeting and trade shows, hotel/recreational activities, special event management, transportation companies and tour directing. Numerous paid and unpaid cooperative internship positions are also available to students in the program. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge of Travel Agency operations. • Identify major domestic and international destinations.

• Demonstrate awareness of human relations and customer service skills in the tourism industry.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

HMD 101

Introduction to Hospitality Industry 3

___________

TCA 110

Introduction to the Convention Industry

3

___________

TCA 141


3

___________

TCA 190

Introduction to Destination Marketing

3

___________

TCA 200

Airline Reservations

3

___________

TCA 225

Introduction to International Tourism

3

___________

TCA 241


3

___________

TCA 242

The Travel Agency Operations

3

___________

TCA 251


3

___________

Computation included in TCA 225 Human Relations included in TCA 141


30 Total Credits

TCA C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


253

V E T E R I N A RY T E C H N O LO G Y

37 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T Veterinary Technology (VETT) prepares students with knowledge and skills necessary to provide general veterinary nursing care and technical assistance in the varied disciplines found in the practice of veterinary medicine and surgery. These include nurse anesthetist, operating room technician, radiology technician, dental hygienist, medical laboratory technician, as well as clinical and practice management. The program is recognized by the Nevada State Board of Veterinary Medical Examiners and is currently preparing for accreditation evaluation by the American Veterinary Medical Association’s Committee on Veterinary Technician Education and Activities. Students that complete the program are qualified to sit for state and national licensing examinations and enter into practice as a licensed veterinary technician. The Veterinary Technology Program has entered into a unique partnership with the Western Veterinary Conference that allows sharing of resources such as facilities, equipment, and educational opportunities to augment the student’s learning experience. This partnership also makes available nationally and internationally recognized Doctors of Veterinary Medicine that act as visiting instructors in many disciplines. Entrance requirements into this Certificate program require documented 4,000 hours work experience in a veterinary practice. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate knowledge and skills to pass the national and state board examinations for veterinary technicians.

• Demonstrate the entry level competency necessary for employment as a veterinary technician.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________


CR

SEMESTER

1

___________

VETT 110B Clinical Anatomy and Physiology I 4

___________

VETT 112B Clinical Anatomy and Physiology II 4

___________

VETT 128B Animal Nursing

4

___________

VETT 203B Veterinary Clinical/General Pathology

4

___________

VETT 205B Diagnostic Imaging

2

___________

VETT 208B Lab Animal Science and Exotics

2

___________

VETT 209B Parasitology

1

___________

VETT 211B Animal Nutrition

2

___________

VETT 225B Pharmacology and Toxicology

2

___________

VETT 235B Surgical, Anesthesia and Dental Procedures

4

___________

VETT 240B Large Animal Procedures

2

___________

VETT 266B Directed Clinical Practice for 2 Certificate of Achievement Students

___________

VETT 105B Veterinary Medical Terminology

Computation included in VETT 225B Human Relations included in VETT 266B


37 Total Credits

VET C01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.

254


W E L D I N G T E C H N O LO G Y - E N T RY L E V E L W E L D E R E M P H A S I S

32 Credits

C E RT I F I C AT E O F AC H I E V E M E N T The Certificate of Achievement - Entry Level Welder Emphasis provides students with both hands-on skill training and theoretical knowledge of welding. Extensive classroom and laboratory instruction is given in the common welding and cutting process of oxy/fuel cutting and welding, shielded metal arc welding, gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding, flux core arc welding, and plasma arc cutting. Additional course work is available in non-destructive testing, welding codes, pipe welding, fabrication and computer numerical controlled (CC) cutting. Graduates may work in a variety of welding technology industries including: sales, welding equipment repair, welder, fitter, CC programmer, education, welding management and general repair welding. Students may elect to enter the program at any time. Additionally, there are few prerequisites for each welding course. Both experienced welders and beginners may choose the welding process of their choice to begin their instruction. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Read and interpret blueprints.

• Cut parts to proper sizes as shown on a production drawing.

• Demonstrate proper safety practices during welding operations.

• Perform satisfactory welds in all of the various positions.




CR

SEMESTER

3-5

___________

CR

SEMESTER

MATH 116

Technical Mathematics

3

___________

MT 110B


4

___________

MTL 130B

Welding Support Equipment Operations Blue Print Reading, Layout, and Sketching

3

___________

3

___________

MTL 132B

Cutting and Welding: Oxy/Fuel,Plasma, CC

4

___________

MTL 133B

SMAW (Stick Arc)

3

___________

MTL 134B

GTAW (TIG) Gas Tungsten Arc Welding

4

___________

MTL 135B

GMAW (Hard Wire)

2

___________

MTL 137B

FCAW (Flux Core)

2

___________

MTL 270B

Welding Certification Preparation

1

___________

MTL 131B

Computation included in MATH 116 Human Relations included in MTL 130B


32 Total Credits

WT C02 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.


255


126 Credits

BAC H E LO R O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E Admission Policy • Graduate of accredited dental hygiene program • Completion of AS Degree or equivalent in Dental Hygiene • Current active Dental Hygiene License • Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 for dental hygiene coursework • Student may only enroll in upper division courses after admission to the Bachelor of Science Program or with permission of the Program Director. • Students are expected to enroll in 4-6 credits per semester to remain in the program. Any exceptions must be approved by the Program Director.

Course Requirements BS Degree Professional Dental Hygiene Curriculum Prerequisites – required prior to selection of DH Professional Track (listed below) DH 402 DH 404 DH 406 DH 408

Public Health and Special Populations - 2 credits Research Methodology - 2 credits Health Care Administration - 2 credits or ECON 320 Health Economics - 3 credits Teaching Concepts for the Oral Health Professional - 2 credits BS Degree Professional Track

After Completion of Professional Dental Hygiene Curriculum (prerequisites listed above) Choose one of the following Professional Tracks Public Health Focus DH 412 DH 422

Dental Public Health Administration - 2 credits Oral Epidemiology and Biostatistics - 2 credits

DH 418 DH 428

Advanced Education Concepts - 2 credits Clinical and Laboratory Teaching - 2 credits

Education Focus

Final Two Courses in Degree Sequence DH 440 DH 442

Capstone Seminar I - 2 credits Capstone Seminar II - 2 credits BS Degree Dental Hygiene and Core Curriculum Courses can be taken in any sequence

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

ART, DAN, Music, THTR - 3 credits DH 400 Group Dynamics and Human Relations - 3 credits DH 410 Cross Culture Communication in Health Care - 3 credits ENG 333 Professional Communications - 3 credits EPY 303 Educational Psychology - 4 credits PHIL 302 Intermediate Reasoning and Critical Thinking - 3 credits PHIL 311 Biomedical Ethics - 3 credits

256

Further Information Additional information on the Bachelor of Science Degree in Dental Hygiene can be obtained at http://www.csn.edu/health/ DH B01 Students may elect to graduate using the degree requirements in effect at the time of matriculation, or when they declared or changed major or the current catalog. If a program is official after a student has matriculated, the student may choose the degree requirements of the new program. In no case may a student use a catalog which is more than six years old at the time of graduation.



126 Credits

BAC H E LO R O F S C I E N C E D E G R E E The Bachelor of Science Degree in Dental Hygiene will prepare dental hygiene professionals for enhanced roles and responsibilities within the emerging profession. The curriculum is designed to introduce students to the expanding role of dental hygienists in public health and education. Graduates of the Baccalaureate program will be qualified for an array of challenging career opportunities in public health, administration, research, management and related fields. The Bachelor of Science Program allows associate degree students and licensed dental hygienists the opportunity to build upon their current knowledge, enhance their current professional role and advance to broader careers to meet the growing public health and education needs. Studies can be undertaken on a full time or part time basis. All courses are offered online, in order to provide flexibility for each student’s busy schedule. This is a limited entry program. All students must satisfy the NSHE Nevada History requirement. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES - Graduates of this program will have the opportunityto: • Demonstrate the ability to acquire and synthesize information in a critical, scientific and effective manner. • Demonstrate the ability to interact with other health professionals to provide educational services and strategies that promote and advance the health of the public. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (49 Credits): CR

SEMESTER

6-8

___________

FINE ARTS: ART, DAN, Music, or THTR

3

___________

HUMANITIES: COM 101 or 102

3

___________

LITERATURE: ENG 231 or 232

3

___________


3

___________

SCIENCE: BIOL 223, 224, CHEM 121

12

___________

SOCIAL SCIENCES : SOC 101, PSY 101

6

___________

4-6

___________


• Demonstrate the ability to contribute to the advancement of the dental hygiene body of knowledge and/or conduct research. SPECIAL PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS (26 Credits):

LOWER DIVISION GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS ENGLISH: ENG 100, 101, 113 and 102, 114

• Demonstrate the ability to serve in roles and assume responsibility for health promotion and disease prevention activities for diverse populations by involvement in education and public health programs.

CR

SEMESTER

DH 400

Group Dynamics and Human Relationships

3

___________

DH 402

Public Health and Special Populations

2

___________

DH 404

Research Methodology

2

___________

DH 406

Health Care Administration

2

___________

OR ECON 320

Economics of Health and Health Care

DH 408

Teaching Concepts for the Oral Health Professional

2

___________

DH 410

Cross Cultural Communication in Health Care

3

___________

DH 440

Capstone Seminar I

2

___________

DH 442

Capstone Seminar II

2

___________

EPY 303

Educational Psychology

4

___________

Dental Public Health Administration

2

___________

Oral Epidemiology and Biostatistics

2

___________

AND

UPPER DIVISION GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

DH 412

PHIL 311 Professional Ethics

3

___________

PHIL 302 Intermediate Reasoning Critical Thinking

3

___________

ENG 333 Professional Communication

3

AND DH 422

___________ OR DH 418

Advanced Education Concepts

AND DH 428

Clinical/Laboratory Teaching 126 Total Credits DH B01



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE

MAXIMUM AS DEGREE, DENTAL HYGIENE CREDITS AWARDED - 51 This is a limited-entry program. Some of these courses are program prerequisites and MUST be completed before a student is considered eligible for entry into the Program. Students MUST attend a Health Programs orientation and meet with a Health Programs advisor for additional advisement.

257

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS The following course descriptions are intended to briefly describe the nature of each of the courses. For more complete information, departments or faculty can provide specific course syllabuses. The numbers in the right side of each description define the credits and average weekly contact hours the student will spend in formal classes during a 16 week semester. Classes scheduled for other than a 16 week semester will have the contact hours adjusted accordingly. a - defines the number of semester credits b - average number of lecture hours per week c - average number of laboratory hours per week d - average number of clinical hours per week e - average number of other formal instructional hours per week

• CREDITS per semester • LECTURE hours per week • LAB hours per week • CLINICAL hours per week • OTHER hours per week

A (B, C, D, E) In addition to these hours, students are expected to complete homework assignments on their own time. These assignments may include library research, computer utilization, field trips, cultural performances, and other instructional activities.

EXAMPLE ENG 101

Composition I 3 credits 3 lecture hours 0 laboratory hours 0 clinical hours 0 other hours

3 (3,0,0,0)

Automotive Technology, Collision and Repair ABDY 101B Collision Repair Fundamentals and Estimating 2 (2,0,0,0) This course will provide an overview of the collision repair industry, orient students to the programs policies and procedures, and I-CAR core training module requirements. Minor estimating is also included. ABDY 110B Paint and Refinish I 4 (2,4,0,0) This course provides instruction in all phases of metal preparation: sanding, masking, metal treatment, priming, as well as spraying basecoat and clear coat and the proper use and maintenance of paint guns. Prerequisite: ABDY 101B or instructor approval. ABDY 120B Non-Structural Welding 4 (2,4,0,0) This course prepares the student in general welding safety, Plasma Arc Cutting, Oxy and Acetylene welding, cutting, heating and GMAW MIG welding techniques. Students will be prepared to take the I-CAR hands on steel welding test. Prerequisite: ABDY 101B or instructor approval. ABDY 122B Non-Structural Body and Panel and Trim 4 (2,4,0,0) This course covers the proper techniques for removal, installation, adjustment, and alignment of body hardware, body trim, and body sheet metal parts (using basic hand tools.) Prerequisite: ABDY 101B or instructor approval. ABDY 140B Automotive Electrical 4 (2,4,0,0) This course will provide the student with a working knowledge of basic circuitry, wiring schematics, diagnosis, and servicing of electrical and electronic components. Prerequisite: ABDY 101B or instructor approval. ABDY 144B Automotive Brakes and Suspension Systems 4 (2,4,0,0) This course prepares the student to diagnose and repair collision related damage to suspension and braking systems. Prerequisite: ABDY 101B or instructor approval. ABDY 146B Automotive Mechanical 4 (2,4,0,0) Systems Diagnosis and repair of drive train, fuel and exhaust systems, drivability and emissions systems, heating and cooling systems, air conditioning systems and restraint systems. Prerequisite: ABDY 101B or instructor approval. ABDY 150B Structural I 4 (2,4,0,0) Introduction to specialized frame and unibody measuring, anchoring, and pulling equipment. The student will perform welding techniques and use corrosion preventive materials to restore the vehicle as closely as possible to pre-collision condition. Prerequisite: ABDY 120B or instructor approval.

258


ABDY 152B Structural II

4 (2,4,0,0)

This course prepares the student in the repair of a moderate to heavily damaged vehicles using specialized frame and unibody measuring, anchoring, and pulling equipment. Continued instruction in welding techniques and corrosion preventive materials to restore the vehicle as closely as possible to pre-collision condition is included. Prerequisite: ABDY 150B or instructor approval.

ABDY 154B Structural III

AC 102B

Introduction to HVAC Electrical Theory and Application 5 (4,2,0,0)

This course covers electrical safety, basic electrical math, elementary circuit diagram reading and drawing, and motor theory. Labs cover: assembly and wiring techniques, and the use of electrical meters.

AC 103B

4 (2,4,0,0)

Introduction to HVAC Mechanical Theory and Application

5 (4,2,0,0)

Advanced preparation for the student in repair of a moderate to heavily damaged vehicle using specialized frame and unibody measuring, anchoring, and pulling equipment. Welding techniques will receive special emphasis. Prerequisite: ABDY 152B or instructor approval.

This course covers mechanical and electrical safety, basic mechanical math and physics, the refrigeration cycle, system components, enthalpy, and psychrometrics. Labs cover: recovery, evacuation, leak testing, charging, and system measurements.

ABDY 180B Non Structural - Advanced Body Panel

AC 105B 4 (2,4,0,0)

This course covers the identity of auto body parts and their structural relationships. Removal, installation, adjustment, and alignment of body hardware, body trim, and body sheet metal parts (using basic hand tools) are skills that are mastered in this course. Prerequisite: ABDY 122B or instructor approval.

ABDY 220B Paint and Refinish II

4 (2,4,0,0)

This course covers metal preparation, sanding, masking, metal treatment, and priming. Spraying of basecoat and clear coat, color matching, blending, and the proper care of a paint gun are also included. Students will learn blending, color adjusting and tinting. Prerequisite: ABDY 110B or instructor approval.

ABDY 222B Paint and Refinish III

4 (2,4,0,0)

This course is an advanced study in the proper technique in metal preparation including sanding, masking, metal treatment, and priming. Spraying of basecoat and clear coat, color matching, color blending, and the proper set up, maintenance and trouble shooting of a paint gun are also included. Prerequisite: ABDY 220B or instructor approval.

Air Conditioning Technology AC 100B

Technician Certification Review

5 (3,0,0,0)

A lecture course to prepare students for certification exam, devoted to all aspects of EPA regulatory requirements under Section 608 of the Clean Air Act.

AC 101B

Refrigeration Certification Lab 1 (3,3,0,0)

Lab is devoted to practice in passive and active refrigerant recovery techniques, recycling, leak testing, evacuation and charging. Lecture is devoted to technician certification review.

Domestic Refrigeration

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

2 (1,2,0,0)

The course covers sealed system components, defrost and electrical controls, mechanical servicing of domestic refrigerators, troubleshooting, ice makers, window air conditioners and window air conditioning repair.

AC 106B


5 (4,2,0,0)

Types of gas furnaces, troubleshooting, function of controls, repair of mechanical controls, combustion efficiency tests, piping techniques, proper ventilation and combustion will be covered. Prerequisites: AC 102B, 103B.

AC 108B

Recreational Vehicles Refrigerators/Heating and Cooling

2 (1,2,0,0)

This course will deal with all types of recreational vehicle furnaces and air conditioning systems. Proper charging methods of hydrogen ammonia absorption refrigerators will also be covered.

AC 110B


5 (4,2,0,0)

This course covers intermediate level electrical diagram drawing and interpretation, enthalpy and psychrometrics, and specialized system components for resistance heat HVAC. Labs cover: wiring of various control circuits, and system measurements. Prerequisites: AC 102B, 103B.

AC 111B

Heat Pumps

5 (4,2,0,0)

This course covers heat pumps and their operation. It will teach various defrost methods including time temperature, demand, air switch and other defrost controls. Charging methods will be covered which include superheat, weigh-in and dial-a-charge. The course will also include compressor change-out methods and advance wiring. C.O.P., E.E.R., SEER rating and design points of heat pumps are covered. Prerequisite: AC 110B.


259

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AC 112B

Air Properties and Air Measurements 3 (3,0,0,0) Air problems and air measurement are emphasized. Psychrometric properties of air are calculated combining both psychrometrics and air measurement. Psychrometers and various instruments for air measurements are utilized.

AC 295B Work Experience I 1-16 (0,0,0,15-90) This course is designed to provide practical experience applying the HVAC (Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning) theory and techniques gained in other CSN HVAC courses through on-the-job experience while working alongside experienced HVAC technicians.

AC 114B Heat Load and Duct Design 5 (4,2,0,0) The course will teach heat gain and loss using the J-Manual and worksheets. Students will be taught to do calculations on microcomputers. Also included in this course are the factors affecting system design and design procedures using Manual-D.

Accounting ACC 105 Taxation for Individuals 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of the individual taxpayer’s taxable income through an analysis of income, exemptions, deductions and credits.

AC 115B Troubleshooting 5 (4,2,0,0) This course will teach recommended service and diagnostic procedures for air conditioning systems. This will include general troubleshooting procedures for both refrigeration and electrical systems. Prerequisite: AC 111B.

ACC 135B Bookkeeping I 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the basic principles of bookkeeping and accounting, theory of debit and credit, the bookkeeping cycle, journals, ledgers, bank reconciliations and payroll.

AC 116B Copper Fundamentals 1 (1,0,0,0) Silver braising, Oxy-Acetylene equipment, use of copper tubing, swagging, flairing, bending, and proper cutting techniques in air conditioning applications will be covered.

ACC 201 Financial Accounting 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic accounting techniques with emphasis on the accounting cycle, analysis of financial statements, payables and receivables, plant assets, inventories and internal controls for cash.

AC 120B

Air Conditioning 3 (2,2,0,0) Sheet Metal Fabrication This course covers basic sheet metal layout, as it applies to the Air Conditioning industry. Areas covered include cutting and bending sheet metal, computing size requirements, plenums and straight fittings. Labs will include hands-on work on the Brake, Shear and Pittsburg machines. AC 200B Commercial Refrigeration I 5 (4,2,0,0) An introduction to commercial refrigeration. Deals with system components, mechanical and electrical controls, random and planned defrost, various accessories, application and types of refrigeration systems and troubleshooting basic commercial systems. Prerequisites: AC 102B, 103B, 111B. 3 (2,2,0,0) Automatic Controls AC 201B Introduction to fundamentals of air conditioning controls. Electric, pneumatic and electronic components, and applications in air conditioning and refrigeration systems including microprocessors and energy management. Prerequisites: AC 102B, 103B. AC 202B Commercial Refrigeration II 5 (4,2,0,0) Follow-up course to AC 200B - Commercial Refrigeration I. Course covers sequence of operation, application, troubleshooting, repair cleaning and preventive maintenance techniques of various types of ice making equipment including flaked, cubed and crushed ice machines.

ACC 202 Managerial Accounting 3 (3,0,0,0) Accounting methods and techniques utilized by corporations, cost systems, budgeting, and the utilization of accounting data for planning and control. Prerequisite: ACC 201. ACC 203 Intermediate Accounting I 3 (3,0,0,0) Accounting for assets and liabilities, concepts and techniques concerning preparation and analysis of the balance sheet, essentials of interest, annuities and present value. Prerequisite: ACC 202. ACC 204 Intermediate Accounting II 3 (3,0,0,0) Accounting for stockholders’ equity, statement of cash flows, statement analysis, pensions and leases. Prerequisite: ACC 203. ACC 205 Cost Accounting 3 (3,0,0,0) Cost concepts and decision making, break even techniques, budgets and management analysis. Prerequisite: ACC 201. ACC 210B

IRS Computerized Tax Preparation Program 3 (3,0,0,0) Hands-on experience preparing computerized individual income tax returns utilizing the I.R.S. Electronic Filing System. Prerequisite: ACC 105. Microcomputer 3 (3,0,0,0) Accounting Systems Develop skills in the use of computerized accounting. Interact with on-line realistic computerized accounting systems. Primary objective will be to focus on an applications approach using actual business case studies. Prerequisite: ACC 201. ACC 220

AC 211 Transport Refrigeration 2 (1,2,0,0) This course covers maintenance, diagnosis, and repair of trailer mounted refrigeration systems. Proper refrigerant handling, EPA regulations and certifications are covered and students will be prepared for any required certification processes. Prerequisite: DT 165 or instructor approval.

260


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Accounting Using Spreadsheets 3 (3,0,0,0) Application of spreadsheet functions using the two most popular programs, Excel and Lotus. Techniques covered will be creating and printing a worksheet, working with files, setting up data bases, and enhancing accounting information with the use of graphs and macros. Prerequisite: ACC 201. ACC 223B Introduction to QuickBooks 3 (3,0,0,0) Computerized Accounting with QuickBooks is designed to introduce students to the QuickBooks accounting program. The student will receive hands-on training in the use of QuickBooks using fictitious case studies. Prerequisite: ACC 201. ACC 299B

Supervised Work Experience in Accounting 3 (0,0,0,10) Cooperative Education course designed to provide the student with on-the-job supervised educationally directed work experience with the accounting program. Student must work a minimum average of 10 hours per week for a total of 150 hours to earn practicum work experience credit. Grade will be given upon verification of employment.

ADT 114B

History of the Built Environment 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will discuss the history of architecture and city design in the western and the non-western civilization. The time periods to be covered will be from classical Greek, Hellenistic and Roman, through the Romanesque period, including the events and architecture of non-western civilization happening in the same time frame. The influences these architecture and design philosophies have had on the shaping of civilization will also be discussed. ADT 201B

Computer Aided Residential Design 3 (2,2,0,0) This course will help the students comprehend the production and coordination of various drawing types and schedules utilizing AutoCAD software and emphasizing an ability to communicate design intent for residential building. Open lab will be required. Prerequisites: ADT 101B and CADD 105.

Architectural Drafting Technology

Architectural Environmental Control Systems 2 (2,0,0,0) This course will help students understand the principles of design relating to the creation of habitats that efficiently meet the needs of the intended occupant. Content will include general systems terminology and principles and green building construction. Corequisite: ADT 107B.

ADT 100B

ADT 210B

Introduction to Drafting Theory 3 (2,2,0,0) An introduction to manual drafting theory as utilized in fields of architecture, interior design and graphic arts. Geometric construction, orthographic projection, elevation and isometric drawings are included. Open lab will be required. ADT 101B

Architectural Residential Design 3 (2,2,0,0) Emphasis will be placed on residential design by creating a full set of architectural working drawings and by using the proper residential code references. Open lab will be required. Prerequisites: ADT 100B, 107B, CONS 120B. 2 (2,0,0,0) ADT 103B Urban Planning Surveying of urban planning to include historical examples and the theoretical, social, technical and environmental forces that shape this profession. ADT 104B Architectural Graphics 4 (3,3,0,0) Architectural drafting and presentation techniques emphasizing two dimensional renderings in color and black and white media. Prerequisite: ADT 101B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ACC 222B

ADT 205B

Residential Structural 3 (2,2,0,0) Technology This course will help students to apply basic structural principles to problems encountered in the design and construction of single family dwelling structures not exceeding two stories in height. Prerequisite: ADT 107B. ADT 220B Architectural Design Portfolio 1 (1,0,0,0) Students will develop a portfolio and resume for use in the acquisition of exhibitions and/or employment. Class will also be used to evaluate graduating students’ strengths and weaknesses of the Architectural Design Technology program. ADT 290B

Internship in Architectural Design Technology 1-4 (0,0,0,5-20) Provide students the unique opportunity to work within selected firms/agencies of the Architectural Design industry, directed by a qualified professional and supervised by the instructor. One credit may be earned for each 5 hours worked per week, to a maximum of 4 credits total. Prerequisite: ADT 201B.

Air Force ROTC AES 110

ADT 107B

Architectural Residential Codes 2 (2,0,0,0) The main emphasis of this course will be placed on the Residential Building Code. Students will also study portions of the Residential Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing and Energy Conservation Codes.

The Foundations of the 1 (1,0,0,0) United States Air Force I A survey course designed to introduce AFROTC cadets and prospective Air Force officers to the Air Force culture. Course describes the heritage and structure of the United States Air Force and the opportunities available to the Air Force corps.


261

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AES 111 AFROTC Leadership Lab 1-A 2 (0,4,0,0) A progression of experiences designed to develop leadership ability and awareness of the Air Force lifestyle with emphasis on: Air Force customs and courtesies; drill and ceremonies, physical fitness, the Air Force officer’s environment and culture and opportunities available to commissioned officers. Corequisite: AES 110 or equivalent. The Foundations of the United States Air Force II 1 (1,0,0,0) Survey course designed to introduce AFROTC cadets to the leadership aspects of being an Air Force officer and the environment in which the Air Force functions. Course emphasizes the Air Force’s core values and other unique characteristics of serving in the United States Air Force. Prerequisite: AES 110 or equivalent.

Academic and Life Success ALS 101 College Success 3 (3,0,0,0) Learn strategies for mastering academic and life success. Course topics include change, goal setting, money, time/priority management; test preparation, note-taking, memory techniques; relationships, communication, listening, wellness, diversity and personal responsibility.

AES 120

AES 121 AFROTC Leadership Lab I-B 2 (0,4,0,0) A progression of experiences designed to develop leadership ability and awareness of the Air Force lifestyle with emphasis on: Air Force customs and courtesies; drill and ceremonies, physical fitness, the Air Force officer’s environment and culture and opportunities available to commissioned officers. Corequisite: AES 120 or equivalent. AES 230

The Evolution of USAF Air and Space Power I 1 (1,0,0,0) Survey course designed to trace the development of the U.S. Air Force air and space power through a historical prism. Begins with the study of early flight and concludes with the Korean conflict. Special emphasis is placed on the evolving nature of Air Force capabilities, functions and doctrine. AES 231 AFROTC Leadership Lab II-A 2 (0,4,0,0) An in-depth progression of experiences developing leadership ability and awareness of the Air Force lifestyle. Focus is on continued military training related to uniform wear, military customs and courtesies, and military ceremonies. Corequisite: AES 230 or equivalent. The Evolution of USAF Air and Space Power II 1 (1,0,0,0) Survey course to trace the development of US Air Force air and space power through a historical prism. The course begins with the study of the Vietnam War and concludes with the second war against Iraq. Emphasis is placed on the evolving nature of Air Force capabilities, functions and doctrine. Prerequisite: AES 230 or equivalent.

American Sign Language AM 145 American Sign Language I 4 (4,0,0,0) Designed mainly to introduce ASL and to focus on the development of basic conversational skills, emphasizing receptive abilities. AM 146 American Sign Language II 4 (4,0,0,0) The course continues to stress the development of basic conversational skills with emphasis on expanding vocabulary and expressive skills. Prerequisite: AM 145. AM 147 American Sign Language III 4 (4,0,0,0) This course promotes the shifting from comprehension to production of ASL, to bring one’s current ASL fluency to a point of self-generated ASL. Prerequisite: AM 146. AM 148 American Sign Language IV 4 (4,0,0,0) This course encourages the student to expand his or her command of discourse in ASL on various everyday topics. Prerequisite: AM 147. AM 149 American Sign Language V 4 (4,0,0,0) A course intended to encourage majors in Deaf Studies to further develop their conversational ASL abilities, particularly in the area of self expression. Prerequisite: AM 148. AM 151 Fingerspelling I 1 (1,0,0,0) This course is designed to develop basic skills in receptive and expressive fingerspelling. Prerequisite: AM 147.

AES 240

AES 241 AFROTC Leadership Lab II-B 2 (0,4,0,0) An in-depth progression of experiences developing leadership ability and awareness of the Air Force lifestyle. Focus is on continued military training related to uniform wear, military customs and courtesies, and military ceremonies. AES 241 is required for all cadets applying to attend Field Training. Corequisite: AES 240 or equivalent.

262


AM 152 Fingerspelling II 1 (1,0,0,0) This course is designed to improve receptive and expressive fingerspelling skills to intermediate/advanced levels. Prerequisite: AM 151. AM 153 Deaf Culture 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is designed to introduce students to the American Deaf Culture and definitions of culturally linked terms and philosophies. Prerequisite: AM 147. 3 (3,0,0,0) Deaf History AM 154 This course is designed to introduce students to the history of deaf people and the sociological, psychological, educational and political forces which have shaped the field of deafness. Prerequisite: AM 147.

AM 155

Structure of American Sign Language 3 (3,0,0,0) This course acquaints students with the information and research concerning phonetics, morphology, syntax, semantics, neurolinguistics, psycholinguistics, and sociolinguistics of American Sign Language. This class will be conducted in American Sign Language without voice. Prerequisite: AM 147 or instructor approval. AM 156 A Survey of Deafness 1 (1,0,0,0) This survey course provides students an overview of deafness including such topics as career options, deaf culture, language, communication modes, adaptive equipment and causes of deafness. AM 157 ASL/English Translation 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is an introduction to the process of working between two languages. Students will analyze textual material and translate from the source into the target language with the goal of maintaining semantic accuracy. Prerequisite: AM 155 or instructor approval. AM 205 Introduction to Interpreting 4 (4,0,0,0) An introduction and overview of the profession of sign language interpretation, including standards of practice, Code of Ethics for Interpreters, professionalism, business practices and assessment skills. Prerequisites: AM 145-149, 151, 152 or instructor approval. AM 206 Consecutive Interpreting 4 (2,4,0,0) This skills development course focuses on the task of interpretation and transliteration skills between American Sign Language, English, and other communication modes used by deaf people using consecutive interpreting strategies. Prerequisites: AM 145-149, 151, 152 or instructor approval. AM 207 Simultaneous Interpreting 4 (2,4,0,0) This skills development course focuses on the task of interpretation and transliteration between American Sign Language, English and other communication modes used by deaf people using simultaneous interpreting strategies. Prerequisite: AM 206.

AM 210 Specialized Interpreting 2 (2,0,0,0) This course introduces students to areas of interpreter specialization. Each area of specialization will include vocabulary, techniques, practical text to analyze and interpret. Prerequisite: AM 207. AM 211 Internship in Interpreting 3 (1,0,0,8) This course provides internship experiences to students in the final semester of the interpreter preparation program. Site visits will be made by the instructor. Prerequisite: AM 210.

Animation ANIM 237B Fundamentals of 3D Computer Animation 4 (3,3,0,0) Introduction to the basic concepts of computer animation. Familiarization with software interfaces, screen layout, coordinate system, commands and file manipulation. Introduction to the creation of objects, cameras, lights and scenes. Basic editing, mapping and rendering. Prerequisite: IS 101. ANIM 240B Intermediate 3D Computer Animation 4 (3,3,0,0) Introduction to the concepts of story boards, hierarchical linkage of objects, editing of objects and sub-objects, animation controls, kinematics and inverse kinematics and animating materials. Prerequisite: ANIM 237B. ANIM 242B Introduction to 3D Conceptual Designs 4 (3,3,0,0) An introduction to the 3D Conceptual Designs in the AEC industry, using 3D Studio Viz and AutoCAD. This course will demonstrate various modeling methods used in the Drafting industry of Architecture, Mechanical, Civil, and Electrical/Electronic design. It will also teach how to create 3D Renderings and Animated Assemblies required in the Drafting and Engineering Industries. Prerequisite: ANIM 240B.

Observation/Practicum 3 (1,0,0,8) in Interpreting This course provides students opportunities to shadow, observe and interact with professional interpreters in a supervised observation/practicum setting. Class discussions will be held in seminar format. Prerequisite: AM 207.

ANIM 244B Introduction to 3D Material Applications 4 (3,3,0,0) The student will use the material editor of the 3D Studio Max program to apply various bitmaps to the 3D geometric models and adjust the lights, camera, and the material mapping coordinates for rendering a photorealistic scene. Prerequisite: ANIM 240B.

AM 209 Advanced Interpreting 4 (2,4,0,0) This course continues the development of skills in interpretation and transliteration in order to prepare students for employment. Emphasis is placed on practical application of theory and process of interpreting in class and lab situations. Prerequisite: AM 207.

ANIM 245B Advanced 3D 4 (3,3,0,0) Computer Animation This course will introduce special effects. The student will demonstrate the use of particle systems, space warp, volumetric, compositing effects, network rendering and video post output. Prerequisite: ANIM 240B.

AM 208

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS


263

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ANIM 247B Introduction to 3D Animation Compositing 4 (3,3,0,0) Introduction to compositing 3D animated scenes, live video, audio, graphic images, and special effects (SFX) using the latest postproduction software (i.e. Combustion, Premier, After Effects, Studio 7, etc.). Prerequisite: ANIM 240B. ANIM 250B 3D Character Modeling and Animation I 4 (3,3,0,0) The student will create organic 3D models; people, plants, animals, etc., and apply bones, metaballs, physique, and bipedal footsteps to the geometry doing the animation process. Prerequisite: ANIM 240B.

ANTH 201

People and Culture of the World 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of human societies and their peculiar institutions as seen in the cultures of various peoples around the world. ANTH 202 Introduction to Archaeology 3 (3,0,0,0) An examination of the research goals, theoretical foundations and methods of anthropological archaeology. Examples are taken largely from the Southwest and Great Basin.

ANIM 255B 3D Character Modeling and Animation II 4 (3,3,0,0) The student will place created organic 3D models into a scene and prepare the scenes for postproduction before outputting to a media type, e.g., film or CD ROM. Prerequisite: ANIM 250B.

Art in Cross-Cultural Perspective 3 (3,0,0,0) An examination of the visual arts within the context of the culture and social system that gave rise to it. The philosophies of art and the relationship between art and ideology, both in contemporary and past societies are examined. Areas covered include Mesoamerica, Native America, Africa, New Guinea, Upper Paleolithic and other ancient high cultures.

Anthropology

ANTH 205

ANTH 101

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 (3,0,0,0) An in-depth analysis of culture revealed by world ethnography. Introduction to Physical Anthropology 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of changes in life through time, with emphasis on the primate order of mammals, including the fossil evidence for primate evolution, in particular, human evolution.

ANTH 204

Ethnic Groups in Contemporary Societies 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of ethnic relations in the United States and other societies where cultural and “racial” pluralism illustrates problems and processes of social interaction. Prerequisite: Introductory course in one of the social sciences. (Same as SOC 205.)

ANTH 102

ANTH 104

Great Discoveries in Archaeology 3 (3,0,0,0) Examination of famous archaeological discoveries and contemporary archaeological fieldwork and analysis. Illustrates archaeology’s contribution to modern views of the past. ANTH 105

Introduction to 3 (3,0,0,0) World Archaeology Development of human society and technology from the earliest traces of culturally patterned behavior to the emergence of civilization in the Old and New Worlds. ANTH 106

Introduction to Anthropological Linguistics 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the scientific study of language in the context of culture. This course covers phonology, syntax, and semantics. ANTH 112 Social Anthropology 3 (3,0,0,0) An examination of the application of anthropological concepts to contemporary society. The results of studies of nonwestern, sociocultural systems used in considering alternate solutions to the problems confronting Western man today will be covered.

264


ANTH 206

African Culture Through Oral History and Storytelling 3 (3,0,0,0) An exploration of the different life-ways in various societies of Africa and African Diaspora through oral traditions and folklore. ANTH 207 Sport and Culture 3 (3,0,0,0) This course looks at the relationship of sport and culture in past and contemporary world cultures. The course uses western and non-western sports to illustrate the nature of this relationship. ANTH 209

Gender in CrossCultural Perspective 3 (3,0,0,0) A cross-cultural study of the range of similarity and difference in gender perception, meaning, and relations between the sexes. ANTH 211 Prehistory of North America 3 (3,0,0,0) An examination of the prehistory of North America with particular emphasis on Western North America and its relationship to Middle America. Introduction to North American Indians 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of traditional life and modern conditions of American Indians with emphasis on the western United States. ANTH 212

ANTH 214

Introduction to Mesoamerican Prehistory and Archaeology 3 (3,0,0,0) The study of prehistoric and protohistoric cultures and areas of Mexico and Central America, including the Aztecs and Mayans. ANTH 215

Introduction to Faith, Witchcraft and Magic 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces students to the anthropological study of religion as a human institution. Examines the history, methods, and current status of the field. ANTH 216 Cultures Through Film 3 (3,0,0,0) An exploration of societies, cultures and cultural anthropology through film. Ethnographic and documentary films are shown. ANTH 217

Drums, Culture and New World Rhythmatism 3 (3,0,0,0) Explore the complex relationships between culture, rhythm, music, and dance, while learning to sing and play hand drums from around the world. This course will compare and contrast the role and meaning of rhythm and music in traditional cultures with the contemporary global renaissance of drum and dance. In addition to lecture, reading, writing and video, expect a hands-on experiential process involving song, poetry, some movement, and lots and lots of drumming. Archaeological Field Methods Survey 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to archaeological field problems, survey, and recording. Study of a variety of archaeological locales including historic, prehistoric and rock art sites. ANTH 225

ANTH 291

Practicum: Group Discussion Leader 2 (1,0,0,4) This course is designed to introduce the student to skills and facilities of instruction in the college classroom. Prerequisite: ANTH 101. ANTH 299

Capstone Course in Anthropology 1 (1,0,0,0) Provides theoretical and practical overview of the field of anthropology in relationship to the Anthropology AA degree and emphasis. Prerequisite: Completion of Anthropology AA degree emphasis course of study.

Arabic ARA 111 First Year Arabic I 4 (4,0,0,0) This course is intended to teach the alphabet and sound system of Modern Arabic. It will introduce basic conversation in Egyptian Arabic as well as the cultural norms related to these conversations. It will include basic Arabic vocabulary and an introduction to Arabic grammar.

ARA 112 First Year Arabic II 4 (4,0,0,0) This course is intended for non-native Arabic speakers who wish to study modern Arabic, including listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The course focuses primarily on Modern Standard Arabic but also includes practice with the spoken Arabic of Egypt. Prerequisite: ARA 111 or permission of the department.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ARA 211 Second Year Arabic I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is a continuation of Arabic 112, and is intended for intended for non-native Arabic speakers who wish to study modern Arabic, including listening, speaking, reading, and writing. This course focuses primarily on Modern Standard Arabic but also includes practice with the spoken Arabic of Egypt. Prerequisite: ARA 112 or permission of the department. ARA 212 Second Year Arabic II 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is a continuation of Arabic 211, Second Year Arabic I, and is intended for non-native Arabic speakers who wish to study modern Arabic, including listening, speaking, reading, and writing. This course focuses primarily on Modern Standard Arabic but also includes practice with the spoken Arabic of Egypt. Prerequisite: ARA 211 or permission of the department.

Art ART 101 Drawing I 3 (0,6,0,0) An introductory studio course emphasizing a disciplined foundation in drawing concepts based on visual observations. ART 102 Drawing II 3 (0,6,0,0) Further development of the fundamental drawing skills acquired in Art 101. Emphasis on extending visual concepts, exploring alternate materials and developing compositional devises. Study of various applications of life drawing included. Prerequisite: ART 101. ART 105 Color Theory 3 (0,6,0,0) An introduction to color interaction, optical phenomena and their creative application. Jewelry I 3 (0,6,0,0) ART 106 Introduction to basic fabricating processes, i.e., sawing and soldering of both common and fine metals. From simple jewelry pieces to setting stones or construction of simple non-jewelry pieces. Includes historical evolution of metal work and student research. Emphasis on knowledge and development of manual skills and personal aesthetic sense. ART 107 Design Fundamentals I (2-D) 3 (0,6,0,0) A course in art fundamentals designed to develop a visual language. Emphasis on the application of the elements and principles of pictorial structure, point, line, shape, plane, space and color.


265

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ART 108 Design Fundamentals II (3-D) 3 (0,6,0,0) An introduction to the principles and elements of sculptural process in a variety of media which may include wood, plaster, clay and metal.

ART 211 Ceramics I 3 (0,6,0,0) Basic hand-building techniques are explored as means to produce vessel and sculptural forms along with glaze decoration. Cost of clay is in addition to course fee.

ART 124 Introduction to Printmaking 3 (0,6,0,0) Introduction to printmaking with emphasis on its creative possibilities. One or several of the basic techniques developed: intaglio, lithography, seriography, mono-type and relief printmaking. Prerequisite: ART 101.

ART 212 Ceramics II 3 (0,6,0,0) Introduction to basic wheel-throwing techniques to produce vessel forms, surface decorations and glaze application. Cost of clay is in addition to course fee.

ART 127 Watercolor I 3 (0,6,0,0) An introduction to the opaque and transparent watercolor media and the development of techniques and skills in the manipulation of the medium.

ART 216 Sculpture I 3 (0,6,0,0) An introduction to techniques and concepts in contemporary sculpture which will include casting, carving and constructing.

ART 135 Photography I 3 (0,6,0,0) A beginning course which emphasizes a fine arts and aesthetic approach to the medium. Assignments explore ideas in contemporary art while developing technical and darkroom skills.

ART 217 Sculpture II 3 (0,6,0,0) Intermediate study of techniques and concepts in contemporary sculpture. Prerequisite: ART 216 or instructor permission.

ART 141

Introduction to Digital Photography 3 (0,6,0,0) A beginning course in digital photography that emphasizes a fine arts approach. Technical proficiency and individual exploration are stressed. Introduction to Digital Photography II 3 (0,6,0,0) Intermediate study of operations and techniques in digital photography such as lighting, exposure and print enhancement. Emphasis placed on development of personal body of work. Prerequisite: ART 141 or instructor permission. ART 142

ART 160 Art Appreciation 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the visual arts. Emphasis will be placed upon the acquisition of the tools and the skills necessary to understand and interpret works of art. Traditional art forms, such as painting and sculpture will be considered as well as newer genres such as installation and performance. ART 201 Life Drawing I 3 (0,6,0,0) An introduction to the depiction of the human form with studies in anatomy and pictorial organization. Emphasis on technical skills based on observational studies. Prerequisites: ART 101, 102.

266

ART 219 Beginning Sculpture Foundry 3 (0,6,0,0) Beginning techniques and concepts of traditional and contemporary cast metal including mold making, casting, tooling and patination. Prerequisite: ART 216 or instructor permission. ART 225 Intermediate Printmaking 3 (0,6,0,0) A continuation of ART 124 with emphasis on color theory, print history and the exploration of personal imagery. Studio projects will be based on individual interests with faculty advisement. Both group and individual critiques will be employed. Prerequisite: ART 124. ART 226 New Technology Printmaking 3 (0,6,0,0) Introduction to photo, computer and hand-drawn imagery within the traditional printmaking format. Techniques covered will include: intaglio, lithography, and monotype. Prerequisites: ART 101, 124. ART 231 Painting I 3 (0,6,0,0) Introduction to the concepts of painting, including color, form, technical skills and knowledge of materials. Emphasis on the development of aesthetic awareness. Projects will be problem-solving assignments. Prerequisite: ART 101.

ART 202 Life Drawing II 3 (0,6,0,0) A continuation of studies of the human form. Emphasis on conceptual development using a variety of materials. Prerequisites: ART 101, 102, 201.

ART 232 Painting II 3 (0,6,0,0) A continuation of ART 231 with an emphasis on conceptual development and individual interests. Prerequisites: ART 101, 231.

ART 206 Jewelry II 3 (0,6,0,0) Introduction to the basic techniques of lost wax metal casting (centrifuge and vacuum). Includes information about advanced fabricating techniques with emphasis on personal expression and individual artistic growth. Prerequisite: ART 106.

ART 235 Photography II 3 (0,6,0,0) Intermediate level course which explores techniques such as Zone System, night photography, large format and alternate darkroom processes. Emphasis on development of personal body of work and exploration of contemporary photography. Includes field trips. Prerequisite: ART 135.


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ART 244 Digital Imaging II 3 (0,6,0,0) Advanced application of the concepts and practice of computer imaging and the use of related media with emphasis on creative applications of digital technology. Prerequisite: ART 243. ART 245 Digital Media I 3 (0,6,0,0) Exploration of various digital media in the creation of art. ART 253 Cinema II/The Sound Era 3 (3,0,0,0) This introductory course identifies creative use of film-making techniques and surveys the major genres of film since the 1930’s. Main genres explored include the Western, Crime, Horror, Musical, Science Fiction, War, Comedy, Action-Adventure and Foreign. In-class films, class critiques, field trip. ART 260 Survey of Art History I 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of Western art and architecture from the prehistoric era to the beginning of the Renaissance. ART 261 Survey of Art History II 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of painting, sculpture and architecture in the West from the Renaissance through the modern era. ART 262 Survey of Asian Art 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the art and architecture of Asia including India, Tibet, China, Korea, Japan, and Southeast Asia, through an exploration of the major religious and secular artistic traditions from Neolithic to Modern times. Slide lectures, video/film, discussions and museum field trip. ART 263

Survey of African, Oceanic, 3 (3,0,0,0) and Native American Art An introduction to the arts and architecture of Tribal Africa, Oceania and Aboriginal Cultures, and Native America. Slide lectures and class discussion. Field trips. 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of American Art ART 264 Survey of the art and architecture of the United States from the colonial period through the late 20th century. Slide lectures, discussions and videos. ART 265

Introduction to Contemporary Art 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of the major art forms and movements since World War II and of the critical and cultural milieu in which they developed.

ART 267

Pre-Columbian Art and Architecture 3 (3,0,0,0) Studies the art and architecture of the numerous traditions and cultures of South and Meso America and the examination of the effects of European contact and later developments in the ancient Southwest.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ART 243 Digital Imaging I 3 (0,6,0,0) An introduction to the concepts and practices of computer imaging and the use of related media with emphasis on creative applications of digital technology. Prerequisite: ART 101 or 107.

ART 270 Women in Art 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will explore the contributions women have made to Western art from the Middle Ages through the present. Among the topics we shall consider are: works of art produced by women artists and the historical circumstances in which they were produced; how women have been represented by Western artists, both male and female; and the role women have played in Western culture as art patrons and art collectors. ART 275

Survey of History of Photography 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the artistic development of photography from early inventions as a technique to its use as a fine art. Considered also is relationship of photography to Modern Art movements and mass media. Slide lectures, discussion and field trips. ART 298 Portfolio Emphasis 3 (3,0,0,0) Participants will develop portfolios, documents and verbal skills necessary for the college transfer or job acquisition in the fine arts field. Class will cover development of professional portfolio, résumé, artists’ statement and marketing strategies in art.

Astronomy AST 101 General Astronomy 3 (3,0,0,0) An elementary course which considers the solar system, stellar systems and stellar and galactic evolution according to currently accepted concepts. This course designed for non-science majors with little or no background in science or mathematics. Introductory Astronomy: The Solar System 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey course at the beginning level which discusses the nearby objects of our solar system, the formation and evolution of planetary bodies and the exploration of space. A minimum of mathematics is required, in the tradition of the amateur astronomer. Recommended for non-science majors. AST 103

AST 104

Introductory Astronomy: Stars and Galaxies 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey course at the beginning level which discusses stellar systems and galaxies. Topics include stellar evolution, formation of galaxies and cosmology. A minimum of mathematics is required, in the tradition of the amateur astronomer. Recommended for non-science majors.


267

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AST 105

Introductory Astronomy Laboratory 1 (0,3,0,0) Course provides practical experience in observational astronomy including telescopic observations and laboratory exercises. In conjunction with AST 101, AST 103, or AST 104, it fulfills the lab science elective for any degree program. Prerequisites: MATH 095 or equivalent and AST 101 or 103 or 104 which may be taken concurrently. AST 299B Directed Study 1-3 (0,3-9,0,0) Covers selected topics and directed student research of interest to students in astronomy. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

Automotive Technology AUTO 105B General Automotive 4 (1,6,0,0) Basic maintenance procedures of the major components of the automobile using service repair manuals, hand and power tools, precision measurement equipment, fasteners and chemicals. AUTO 115B Automotive Electricity and Electronics I 4 (1,6,0,0) Topics include mastery of DC electricity, use of digital multimeters, troubleshooting electrical problems in starting, charging and accessory systems. Prerequisite: AUTO 105B or instructor approval. AUTO 117B Advanced Automotive Electronics 4 (1,6,0,0) Advanced AC and DC automotive electronic circuits. Troubleshooting electronically controlled components including supplemental restraint systems and convenience accessories. Prerequisite: AUTO 115B or instructor approval. 5 (2,6,0,0) AUTO 136B Engine Repair Maintenance/repair of cooling and lubrication systems. Diagnosis of engine and removal from front wheel drive and conventional vehicles. Prerequisite: AUTO 115B or instructor approval. AUTO 145B Automotive Brakes 4 (1,6,0,0) Focus is on theory, diagnosis, and service of drum, disc, and anti-lock braking systems, brake component machining, hydraulic component reconditioning, friction and hardware replacement. Prerequisite: AUTO 115B or instructor approval. AUTO 155B Steering and Suspension 4 (1,6,0,0) Diagnosis/service of suspension components including shocks, springs, ball joints, manual and power steering systems and four wheel alignment are some areas covered. Prerequisite: AUTO 115B or instructor approval.

268


AUTO 165B Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning 4 (1,6,0,0) R12 and R134A air conditioning systems maintenance diagnosis and repair. R12 to R134A conversion procedures. Troubleshooting automatic temperature controls and leak detection. Prerequisite: AUTO 115B or instructor approval. AUTO 175B Recreational Vehicle Service Repair 3 (2,2,0,0) This course provides instruction in the maintenance and repair of the following recreational vehicle components: electrical, refrigeration and water systems, power generators and accessories. AUTO 177B Recreational Vehicle Service Repair II 4 (1,6,0,0) This course provides instruction in maintenance and repair of the following recreational vehicle components; air conditioning, heating, LP gas, cooking appliances and leveling systems. Prerequisite: Auto 175B. AUTO 205B Manual Drivetrain and Axles 4 (1,6,0,0) Operation, diagnosis, maintenance repair or replacement of manual transmissions, clutch assemblies, differentials, drivelines, axles, and manual transaxles. Prerequisite: Auto 115 or instructor approval. AUTO 216B Automatic Transmissions 5 (2,6,0,0) Operation, diagnosis, maintenance, and repair of automatic transmissions including rear wheel drive, front wheel drive, and electronically controlled transmissions and transaxles. Prerequisite: AUTO 115B or instructor approval. AUTO 224B Advanced Auto Body Clinic 2 (1.5,1,0,0) Advanced course in metal repair, masking techniques, and refinishing, using hand tools, sanders and spray guns. AUTO 225B Engine Performance I/ Fuel and Ignition 4 (1,6,0,0) A study of engine related subsystems which include ignition, fuel, cooling, starting, and charging systems. Theory and testing of computerized engine management systems. Prerequisite: AUTO 136B or instructor approval. AUTO 227B Engine Performance II/ Emission Control 4 (1,6,0,0) Automotive emission control systems. Preparation on current gas analyzers for testing to meet the Nevada certification requirements. Prerequisite: AUTO 225B or instructor approval. AUTO 235B Engine Performance III/ Diagnostics 4 (1,6,0,0) Computerized engine and fuel management control. Operational theory of automotive computers. Use of hand held diagnostic interfaces. Prerequisite: AUTO 227B or instructor approval.

AUTO 240B Nevada 1G Emission Inspection Preparation

2 (2,0,0,0)

This course meets the initial State of Nevada training requirements for those individuals wishing to become a Nevada 1G emission inspector.

AUTO 242B Nevada 2G Technician Preparation

3 (3,0,0,0)

Course reviews compression, ignition, electrical, air fuel delivery, and emission control devices modules. Specifically designed to prepare experienced technicians to successfully complete the certification examination.

AUTO 244B Nevada 2G Re-Certification

2 (2,0,0,0)

This is a state approved course that qualifies under both the 12-hour and the 20-hour training requirements for the State of Nevada 2G repair technician re-certification. Under the current state guidelines, students completing this course and receiving a grade of 80% or higher on the final exam qualify for Nevada Class 2G Re-certification.


4 (1,6,0,0)

Course reviews the removal and installation of major automotive components including the engine assembly, transmission assembly, differential and four wheel drive units. Prerequisite: AUTO 105B or instructor approval.

AUTO 276B Nevada Class II Emissions, Compression and Ignition

2 (2,0,0,0)

Provides experienced technicians with a review of compression basics, ignition basics, ignition timing theory, diagnostic equipment use, oscilloscope waveform patterns and repair manual use.

AUTO 277B Nevada Class 2G Emissions, Electrical

2 (2,0,0,0)

Meets State of Nevada training requirements for the electrical module on the class 2G repair certification examination. State of Nevada approved.

AUTO 278B Nevada Class 2G Emissions, Air/Fuel Delivery

2 (2,0,0,0)

Meets State of Nevada training requirements for the Air/Fuel Delivery and Computer Engine Controls modules on the class 2G repair certification examination. State of Nevada approved.

AUTO 279B Nevada Class 2G Emissions, Emission Control Devices

2 (2,0,0,0)

Meets State of Nevada training requirements for the Emission Control Devices Module. State of Nevada approved.

AUTO 291B, 292B, 293B, 294B Work Experience I, II, III, IV1-4 (0,0,0,5-20) Cooperative education courses, designed to provide the student with on-the-job supervised and educationally directed work experience. Each course except AUTO 294B will have a prerequisite of successful completion of the preceding Work Experience course. One credit may be earned for each 5 hours worked per week during the semester up to a maximum of 4 credits per semester, not to exceed 16 credits total. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Aviation AV 100B Aviation Orientation 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will introduce students to the history and development of flight, basic aircraft principles, the aviation industry, and career opportunities within the industry. AV 110B Private Pilot Ground School 4 (4,0,0,0) A study of aviation fundamentals including principles of flight, aircraft and engine operations, weather, navigation and radio communication as required by FAA (Federal Aviation Administration) regulations. This course will prepare the student to take the FAA Private Pilot Airplane Certificate Knowledge exam. AV 111B Private Pilot Certification Lab 3 (0,6,0,0) Students will begin flight training with an FAA (Federal Aviation Administration) Certified Flight Instructor. Training will include all skills necessary to pass the FAA Private Pilot Airplane Certificate Practical exam. Corequisite: AV 110B. AV 112B Human Factors and Safety 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will study the effects of human factors on pilot performance and safety including education and training, the aviation environment and pilot mental and physical condition. AV 115B Aviation Meteorology 3 (3,0,0,0) This course deals with atmospheric conditions and the effect on aeronautical applications. Weather development patterns and observations from the pilot’s point of view will be emphasized. AV 210B Instrument Ground School 4 (4,0,0,0) Aspects of instruction will include the aeronautical knowledge areas as determined by the Federal Aviation Administration for the Instrument Rating — Airplane. This course will prepare eligible students to take the FAA Instrument Rating — Airplane Knowledge Exam. Course may be taken as an IFR refresher or to enhance knowledge of IFR flight operations. Prerequisite: AV 110B.


269

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AV 212B

Instrument Certification Lab

3 (0,6,0,0)

Students will begin flight training with an FAA Certificated Flight Instructor — Instrument. Training will include all skills necessary to pass the FAA Instrument Airplane Practical Exam. Corequisite: AV 111B.

AV 214B

Aerodynamics

Air Transportation

3 (3,0,0,0)

This class surveys the regulations of the aviation industry at the state, federal, and international levels. Historical events and how they impact current and past legislation will be studied. Students will also investigate the impact of legislation and treaties on the aviation industry, such as deregulation, international alliances and agreements.

AV 240B

Advanced Aircraft Systems

3 (3,0,0,0)

Course covers the different types of commercial aircraft, and their various operational, instrumentation, electrical, electronic, fuel, and mechanical systems. The course will also cover principles of operations, and commercial aircraft structure and avionics. Mathematical calculations for determining large aircraft weight and balance will also be presented. Prerequisite: AV 110B.

AV 250B

Commercial Pilot Ground School

4 (4,0,0,0)

This course prepares students to take the FAA Commercial Pilot Knowledge Exam. Aspects of instruction will include the aeronautical knowledge areas as determined by the Federal Aviation Administration for the Commercial Pilot Certificate.

AV 251B

Commercial Pilot Certification Lab

3 (0,6,0,0)

Students will begin flight training with an FAA (Federal Aviation Administration) Certified Flight InstructorAdvanced. Training will include all practical skills necessary for an FAA Commercial Pilot Certificate.

Building Inspection BI 100B


3 (3,0,0,0)

This course will provide an overview of the principles, designs and materials of residential electrical systems and emphasizes the format and use of the International Residential Electrical Code. Course is oriented towards ICC certification preparation.

270


3 (3,0,0,0)

Introduction to International Building Code for students in fields where a basic knowledge of code requirements are necessary. Course is oriented toward IBC certification preparation.

3 (3,0,0,0)

Study of basic aerodynamic theory. Covers wing design and theory, lift analysis and drag criteria, and basic performance criteria calculations. The effects of low and high speed flight configurations are examined. Prerequisite: AV 110B.

AV 220B

BI 101B


BI 102B


3 (3,0,0,0)

Provides an overview of the principles, design and materials of electrical systems and emphasizes the format and use of the National Electric Code. Course is oriented towards NEC certification preparation. Prerequisite: BI 100B.

BI 103B

Introduction to Residential Plumbing and Mechanical Codes 2 (2,0,0,0)

This course will provide an overview of the principles, designs and materials of residential plumbing and mechanical systems and emphasizes the format of the International Residential Plumbing and Mechanical Codes. This course is oriented towards the ICC certification preparation. Corequisite: BI 108B.

BI 104B


2 (2,0,0,0)

This course will provide an overview of the principles, designs and materials of commercial plumbing and mechanical systems and emphasizes the format of the International Plumbing (IPC) and Mechanical (IMC) Codes. This course is oriented towards the ICC certification preparation. Prerequisite: BI 103B.

BI 105B


2 (2,0,0,0)

Introduces the International Residential Building Code to students needing a basic knowledge of residential building code requirements. This course is oriented toward ICC certification preparation.

BI 107B


1 (1,0,0,0)

This course is for students needing a basic knowledge for energy conservation. Course will include: R-value for ceiling, wall, floor and door efficiency, U-factor for window efficiency, HVAC efficiency, water conservation efficiency and green building construction.

BI 108B

Introduction to the Fuel Gas Codes

1 (1,0,0,0)

This course will provide an overview of the principles, designs and materials of fuel and gas systems and emphasizes the format and use of the International Fuel Gas Code. Course is oriented towards ICC certification preparation.

BI 110B Structural Inspections 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides the correct code requirements of applications, techniques and inspections of reinforced concrete, structural block (CMU) and prestressed concrete. Course is oriented toward ICC certification preparation. Prerequisite: BI 101B. BI 113B Introduction to Fire Codes 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides an overview of the International Fire Code and emphasizes the format and use of the fire code. Course is oriented toward IFC certification preparation. Prerequisite: BI 101B. BI 115B Code Administration 3 (3,0,0,0) Preparation for field situations through study of codes dealing with conflict, courtesy, legalities, model codes, national standards and relations with professionals and others. Prerequisites: ADT 103B, BI 101B. BI 130B Building Code Plan Review 3 (3,0,0,0) A broad-reaching investigation of non-structural requirements of the International Building Code as it relates to the evaluation of building plans and of the interrelated requirements of the Plumbing, Mechanical, Electrical and International Energy Conservation Codes. This course is for those students that comprehend blueprint reading and is oriented toward ICC Plans Examiner Certification preparation. Prerequisite: BI 101B. BI 201B Capstone Course IBC/IRC 1 (1,0,0,0) An overview of the International Building Code and of the International Residential Code requirements. Graduating students’ strengths and weaknesses will be evaluated by a proficiency exam for the IBC and the IRC or students shall furnish proof of IBC and IRC certifications. The grading method for the Capstone Course is pass/fail and it is an independent study course. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. BI 202B Capstone Course NEC 1 (1,0,0,0) An overview of the National Electrical Code requirements. Graduating students’ strengths and weaknesses will be evaluated by a proficiency exam for the NEC or students shall furnish proof of NEC certification. The grading method for the Capstone Course is pass/fail and it is an independent study course. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. BI 203B Capstone Course IPC/IMC 1 (1,0,0,0) An overview of the International Plumbing Code and of the International Mechanical Code requirements. Graduating students’ strengths and weaknesses will be evaluated by a proficiency exam for the IPC and the IMC or students shall furnish proof of IPC and IMC certifications. The grading method for the Capstone Course is pass/fail and it is an independent study course. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.

BI 295B Work Experience 1-4 (0,0,0,5-20) Provides the unique opportunity to work within Building Departments in the building inspection industry, directed by a qualified professional and supervised by the instructor. One credit may be earned for each five hours worked per week during the semester up to a maximum of 4 credits per semester. Program Director approval required.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Biology BIOL 095 Basic Biology 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the principles of math, chemistry, cell biology, energetics, and molecular genetics designed to prepare students for college freshman biology. The application of study skills to biology courses will also be emphasized. This course is non-transferable. BIOL 100

General Biology for Non-Majors 4 (3,3,0,0) An introduction to biology with emphasis on human concerns. Topics include aspects of organism structure, function, ecology, and evolution which provide a biological perspective for issues facing modern society. Intended to satisfy the lab science general education requirement. BIOL 101 Biology 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to biological principles common to the study of all living organisms with particular emphasis on the human species. BIOL 103 Biology Laboratory Entry by departmental authorization only.

1 (0,3,0,0)

Principles of Nutrition 3 (3,0,0,0) BIOL 109 Description of the nature and role of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, water, vitamins and minerals in the human body. Energy relationships and various controversies in nutrition are examined, as well as relationships between nutrition, health and disease. 4 (3,1,0,0) Natural History BIOL 110 This course explores the ways living organisms survive in nature and demonstrates how each organism illustrates the principles of ecology and evolution. BIOL 112 Animal Behavior 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to invertebrate and vertebrate animal behavior, its description, role, genetic and evolutionary basis, and methods of study. Designed as a general education, nonmajors course. 3 (3,0,0,0) Life in the Oceans BIOL 113 An introduction to the environment and inhabitants of the sea.


271

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BIOL 115

Nutrition

1 (1.5,0,0,0)

Scientific foundations of nutrition with emphasis on the roles of good nutrition and personal fitness in optimal health. Includes diet and activity analysis.

BIOL 120

Plants and People

3 (3,0,0,0)

An introduction for non-biology majors to the social, cultural, and economic role of useful and harmful plants and plant products in modern society. Consideration is given to the origin, history and human value of selected plants, especially those used for food, medicine and industrial raw materials, or in religious rites.

BIOL 122

Desert Plants

3 (2,3,0,0)

A study of the typical desert plant community types in the United States and the identification of their more common species. Explores adaptations to aridity and the nature, origin and occurrence of arid environments.

BIOL 189

Fundamentals of Life Science

4 (3,3,0,0)

Survey of contemporary biology topics including bio-chemistry, cell structure and function, genetics, physiology, evolution and ecology. For Biological Sciences and Health Sciences majors and others who require biology as part of their professional career preparation.

BIOL 196


4 (3,3,0,0)

A study of the basic characteristics of living systems including the chemical and physical structure of cells, classification of living organisms and principles of genetics, ecology and evolution. This course is designed for science, biological science and preprofessional majors. Prerequisite BIOL 189.

BIOL 197


4 (3,3,0,0)

A survey of major groups of organisms presented in an evolutionary context, including natural selection, biodiversity, structure and function, reproduction, physiology, and ecology. Prerequisite BIOL 189.

BIOL 202

General Botany

4 (3,3,0,0)

An introduction to the development, anatomy, physiology, diversity and evolutionary relationships of the major plant groups. Prerequisite: BIOL 189.

BIOL 208

Introduction to Human Genetics

3 (3,0,0,0)

Non-majors, general education course covering hereditary principles applied to human inheritance and their implications for human affairs. Study of selected examples of human traits. Prerequisite: BIOL 100 or higher.

272


BIOL 209 Cell Processes 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides undergraduate biology majors with a basic knowledge of cell structure and function. Subjects discussed include chemical components of cells, molecular and cellular organization of organelles and their function, and specialized cells. Prerequisites: BIOL 189, CHEM 115. Corequisite: BIOL 209R. BIOL 209R Cell Processes Discussion 1 (1,0,0,0) A discussion course complementing BIOL 209, emphasizing the integration and application of concepts. Prerequisites: BIOL 189, CHEM 115. Corequisite: BIOL 209. BIOL 214 Molecular Processes 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to concepts of DNA replication, transcription, translation, the control of gene expression, and DNA recombinant technologies. Will also include comprehensive study of both prokaryotic and eukaryotic nuclear structure and cell protein structure/function. Prerequisites: BIOL 209, 209R. BIOL 220

Introduction to Ecological Principles 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the major principles and underlying processes of organismal, population, community and ecosystem ecology. (Same as ENV 220.) BIOL 223

Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4 (3,3,0,0) A detailed study of the anatomy and physiology of human cells and tissues and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular and nervous systems. Designed for allied health majors. Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or better in BIOL 189. BIOL 224

Human Anatomy and Physiology II 4 (3,3,0,0) A detailed study of the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Topics include the circulatory, respiratory, digestive, urinary, endocrine and reproductive systems. This course is designed for allied health majors. Prerequisite: BIOL 223. BIOL 251 General Microbiology 4 (3,3,0,0) Survey of the distribution, morphology and physiology of microorganisms in addition to skills in aseptic procedures, isolation and identification. Topics in microbial genetics, human disease and immunology are also explored. Recommended for all allied health and preprofessional majors. Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or better in BIOL 189. BIOL 251G

General Microbiology Honors 4 (3,3,0,0) Topics include prokaryotic cell structure, function, metabolism, genetics, phylogenetic classification, diversity, relation to plants/animals/humans and pathogenesis, ecology and evolution, environmental and applied microbiology, agents, and eukaryotic microorganisms. Emphasis is on bacterial metabolic strategies to include aerobic and anaerobic metabolism, chemolithotrophy, phototrophy, and role in biogeochemical cycles, ecological diversity, genetics and phylogeny/evolution, and human-microbe interactions and infectious disease. Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory. Prerequisites: Grade of “C” or better in BIOL 189 or GPA of 3.5 or written permission of instructor.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Building Technology BT 120B

Carpentry Theory and Application - Level 1A 3 (2,2,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: safety rules, regulations, OSHA requirements, basic math related to rough carpentry, proper hand tool usage, proper power tool usage and blueprint reading. Corequisite: COM 101. BT 121B

Carpentry Theory and Application - Level 1B 5 (4,2,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: blueprint reading, residential building codes, footing and foundation layout, laser level usage, foundation elevations, concrete form setting and foundation rough hardware to include replacement hardware. Prerequisite: BT 120B. BT 122B

Carpentry Theory and Application - Level 1C 5 (3,2,0,5) Items covered in this course will include: blueprint reading, residential building codes, rough lumber, framing hardware and method of installation, framing terminology, framing demonstrations, truss layout, roof designs, pneumatic tool usage and basic math formulas for construction. Student must work at least 5 hours per week for the entire semester for a framing contractor. Prerequisite: BT 121B. BT 130B

Plumbing Theory and Application - Level 1A 5 (4,2,0,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: plumbing history, hand tools, piping materials, safety rules, mathematics, measuring tapes, folding rules, scale rulers, sewage disposal, introduction to gasses and pressure pipe and fittings. BT 131B

Plumbing Theory and Application - Level 1B 5 (4,2,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: mathematics (percent and decimals), job safety (OSHA), typical plumbing fixtures, fittings and valves and introduction to blueprint reading and drawings. Prerequisite: BT 130B. BT 132B

Plumbing Theory and Application - Level 2A 5 (4,2,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: water distribution systems, mathematics, offsets and formulas and drain, waste and vent piping systems. Prerequisite: BT 131B. BT 133B

Plumbing Theory and Application - Level 2B 5 (4,2,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: basic welding, rigging and hoisting, scheduling rough-in sheets and advance blueprint reading and drawings. Prerequisite: BT 132B.

BT 140B

Electrical Theory and Application - Level 1A 5 (2,2,0,10) Items covered will include: safety rules, regulations, OSHA requirements, basic math related to the electrical industry, proper hand tool usage, proper power tool usage, basic rigging, hardware systems and conduit installation. Students must work at least 10 hours per week for the entire semester for an electrical contractor.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BIOL 299 Selected Topics in Biology 1-4 (1-4,0,0,0) Covers selected topics of interest to students in the biological sciences. Prerequisite: BIOL 189.

BT 141B

Electrical Theory and Application - Level 1B 5 (2,2,0,10) Items covered in this course will include: blueprint reading, electrical theory, Ohm’s Law application, electrical test equipment, introduction to NEC, raceways, boxes and fittings, conductors and residential, commercial and industrial wiring. Student must work at least 10 hours per week for the entire semester for an electrical contractor. Prerequisite: BT 140B. BT 142B

Electrical Theory and 5 (2,2,0,10) Application - Level 2A Items covered in this course will include: alternating current, AC and DC electric motor operations, grounding circuits, conduit bending, electrical boxes and fittings and applicable NEC code. Students must work at least 10 hours per week for the entire semester for an electrical contractor. Prerequisite: BT 141B. BT 143B

Electrical Theory and Application - Level 2B 5 (2,2,0,10) Items covered in this course will include: conductor installation, cable trays, conductor termination and splices, installation of electrical service equipment, circuit breakers, fuses, splices, relays, contactors, lighting, safety protocol and use of the National Electrical Code. Students must work at least 10 hours per week for the entire semester for an electrical contractor. Prerequisite: BT 142B. BT 220B

Carpentry Theory and 5 (2,4,0,5) Application - Level 2A Items covered in this course will include: residential building codes, floor joist, framing layout, cut and buck, frame walls, plumb and line walls, shear and brace walls, rough hardware, trusses, fascia, sheathing, exterior doors and windows for construction of storage sheds. Student must work at least 5 hours per week for the entire semester for a framing contractor. Prerequisite: BT: 122B. Carpentry Theory and Application - Level 2B 5 (2,4,0,5) Items covered in this course will include: footing layout, setting concrete forms, framing layout, cut and buck plate, frame walls, plumb and line walls, shear walls, install rough hardware, layout and set trusses, hang fascia, roof sheathing, interior and exterior elevations, set exterior doors and windows and final pick-up for construction of a single family residence. Student must work at least 5 hours per week for the entire semester for a framing contractor. Prerequisite: BT 220B. BT 221B


273

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BT 222B

Carpentry Theory and Application - Level 2C 4 (3,3,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: proper hand, power and pneumatic tool usage for finish carpentry, installation of shelving, interior doors, to include swinging, pocket, bi-pass and bi-fold and basic cabinet installation. Prerequisite: BT 221B. Plumbing Theory and Application - Level 3A 5 (4,2,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: residential and commercial plumbing fixtures and appliances, residential and commercial plumbing fixture fittings and trim, residential and commercial rough and finish plumbing installations, National Fuel Gas Code, mathematics, local gas codes and inspections and testing. Prerequisite: BT 133B.

BT 242B

Electrical Theory and Application - Level 4A 5 (2,2,0,10) Items covered in this course will include: feeder and service load calculations, commercial, industrial and emergency systems, basic electronic theory, fire alarm systems and specialty transformers. Students must work at least 10 hours per week for the entire semester for the entire semester for an electrical contractor. Prerequisite: BT 241B.

BT 230B

BT 231B

Plumbing Theory and Application - Level 3B 5 (4,2,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: storm drainage, sizing storm drains, piping expansion, energy and temperature control, water heaters, water treatment, basic electricity, electrical safety and blueprint reading. Prerequisite: BT 230B. BT 232B

Plumbing Theory and Application - Level 4A 5 (4,2,0,0) Items covered in this course will include: repair service and sizing of sanitary drainage, venting systems, storm drainage potable water systems, gas piping, indirect waster systems (I, II and III), interceptors and backwater valves and protection of water supply, air gaps, vacuum breakers and heating systems. Prerequisite: BT 231B. BT 233B

Plumbing Theory and 5 (4,2,0,0) Application - Level 4B Items covered in this course will include: hydraulic theory, pump theory, types, installation and maintenance, isometric drawings and plumbing code review. Prerequisite: BT 232B. BT 240B

Electrical Theory and 5 (2,2,0,10) Application - Level 3A Items covered in this course will include: load calculations, branch circuits, conductor selection, circuit protection, fill requirements, wiring devices, distribution equipment and transformers. Students must work at least 10 hours per week for the entire semester for an electrical contractor. Prerequisite: BT 143B. Electrical Theory and Application - Level 3B 5 (2,2,0,10) Items covered in this course will include: basic lighting, motor calculations, maintenance and control, HVAC electrical systems and hazardous location procedures. Students must work at least 10 hours per week for the entire semester for an electrical contractor. Prerequisite: BT 240B.

BT 243B

Electrical Theory and Application - Level 4B 5 (2,2,0,10) Items covered in this course will include: advanced controls, HVAC controls, welding machine requirements, heat tracing and freeze protection, advanced motor protection and high voltage terminators and splices. Students must work at least 10 hours per week for the entire semester for an electrical contractor. Prerequisite: BT 242B.

Business Management BUS 100B Investments 3 (3,0,0,0) Introductory investments course designed to help students understand the theoretical concepts and analytical foundations necessary for further study in the field. Provides an overall picture of the securities market, the institutions, the processes, the mechanisms of how stocks and bonds are bought and sold. Emphasis given to the principles upon which sound practices and policies are based in making investment decisions and in managing financial assets. BUS 101 Introduction to Business 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to build a business foundation and to give students a broad background of modern business principles. Course will introduce students to the business profession by incorporating and integrating business knowledge and information across departmental curriculum lines to enhance the overall comprehension of the business world. Class projects are assigned to promote team work among students to use their own capabilities in utilizing all educational aspects to build comprehensive and extensive business plans. BUS 102B

Entrepreneurship and Innovation 3 (3,0,0,0) Practical overview of business start up, planning, preparation, and risk assessment. Concentration on business plan formulation including acquiring financing, personnel selection, sales and marketing.

BT 241B

274


3 (3,0,0,0) BUS 106B Business English Utilizes previous English language experience to train students in the basic skills of business communication in both oral and written form. Excellent foundation for Business Letters/Reports. Prerequisite: COMPASS Diagnostic Test (ACT).

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Business Speech Communication 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to provide students with the opportunity to develop speaking and listening skills necessary for successful onthe-job communications. Emphasizes interpersonal and organizational communications such as interviewing, small group dynamics and oral presentations.

BUS 280B

Legal Aspects of International Business 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) An introductory overview of International Law divided into three week topical sections of related business and legal aspects designed to emphasize international imports and exports, treaties and remedies. The student may select all or one of the sections; one credit per section.

BUS 108 Business Letters and Reports 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to develop conceptual skills in all types of written and oral business communications, furnish practical applications of these skills, and acquaint the student with tools and techniques required to communicate in the real world of business. Prerequisite: COMPASS Diagnostic Test (ACT).

BUS 284B

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BUS 107

Internship in International Business 3 (3,0,0,0) Students in this program will work with experienced business people to assist them as well as to learn about international activities.

Computer Aided Drafting and Design BUS 109B Business Mathematics 3 (3,0,0,0) Fundamental mathematical processes for the business person and the consumer are reviewed. Discounts, commissions, depreciation, overhead and interest rates are studied. BUS 160

Introduction to Financial Planning 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides technical and conceptual financial information to individuals interested in helping others or themselves to establish economic goals and appropriate financial plans.

CADD 100

Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting 3-4 (2,2,0,0) This is a continuation of Drafting Fundamentals. The student will be introduced to the basic operation of a CADD workstation using CADD software in a Microsoft Windows environment to produce two dimensional design drawings. Students should be knowledgeable in the windows operating system. Additional Lab hours are required. Prerequisite ADT 100B or instructor permission. CADD 105

BUS 271

Introduction to Employment Law 3 (3,0,0,0) The study of federal and state labor law and employment law and how it impacts employers, employees and the American workforce. BUS 272 Legal Environment 3 (3,0,0,0) Nature and function of law, legal systems, constitutional law, administrative law, antitrust, consumer protection, torts and product liability. BUS 273 Business Law I 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the law as it applies to contract sales and commercial paper. BUS 274 Business Law II 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of law as it applies to secured transactions, agency, employment, partnerships, corporations and property. BUS 275B

Fundamentals of International Business 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will introduce the student to the exciting world of International Business. It will examine the following: direct focus on the development of management skills in handling problems of multinational business; analysis of problems stemming from the movement of goods, services, human resources, technology, finance, and ownership across national boundaries. Prerequisite: BUS 101.

Intermediate Computer Aided Drafting 3-4 (2,2,0,0) This course is a continuation of CADD 100, introducing the student to the automated features of a CADD workstation, using industry standard CADD software to produce two dimensional design drawings. Additional lab hours are required. Prerequisite: CADD 100. 3 (2,3,0,0) CADD 110B Technical Sketching Freehand sketching techniques with emphasis placed on orthographic, section, auxiliary, pictorial and architectural applications. Prerequisite: DFT 100. CADD 200

Advanced Computer Aided Drafting 3-4 (3,3,0,0) This course is a continuation of CADD 105, introducing the student to the 3-D applications of AutoCAD software. Prerequisite: CADD 105. CADD 207 Descriptive Geometry 3 (2,3,0,0) View relationships, spatial visualization, relation between point, line and plane as pertaining to architectural and engineering applications using CADD software. Prerequisite: CADD 100. CADD 210B CADD Project 3-4 (2,4,0,0) Project application in a specific discipline. Experience in creating construction documents for construction or manufacturing using a computer-aided drafting workstation. Prerequisite: CADD 105.


275

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CADD 225B Architectural Computer Aided Drafting and Design I 3-4 (3,3,0,0) Using AutoCAD software, emphasis is placed on the basic drawing, editing, text, dimensioning, and block commands. The projects in this course enable students to study, produce, and coordinate several different types of drawings and schedules in order to clearly and precisely communicate design intent for a residential building. Prerequisite: ADT 104B or CADD 100 or some prior equivalent knowledge of AutoCAD. CADD 230B Civil Drafting I 3-4 (3,3,0,0) An introduction to the terminology, symbols and procedures used in the civil engineering field. Prerequisite: DFT 100. CADD 231B Civil Drafting II 3-4 (3,3,0,0) Civil engineering procedures used in municipal and rural mapping, roadway plans, earthwork, right-of-way, land development and utilities. Prerequisite: CADD 230B. CADD 250 CAD Systems Management 3-4 (3,2,0,0) Management of computer aided design and drafting workstations. Hardware and software selection, backup procedures, office standards, security, latest CADD technology and office issues will be covered. Prerequisite: CADD 105.

Counseling and Guidance Personnel Services 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) CAPS 123 Career Development A beginning course in life and career planning. Offered to assist participant to make informed occupational choices. Explore abilities, interests, values, aptitudes and occupational needs to assist in life planning. 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) CAPS 125B Job Search Techniques This course will present techniques for use in the job hunting process. Résumé writing, research strategies, skills identification plus practice interview techniques will be utilized. May be repeated 3 times. 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) CAPS 126B Parenting Skills This course meets the need of CSN students who are single parents, blended families and many times for local and federal requirements in divorce mediation. May be repeated up to a maximum of 3 credits. College Success for Hispanic Leaders 2 (2,0,0,0) The goal of this course is to close the gap between the college completion rates of Hispanics compared to nonHispanics. Problems unique to Hispanic student achievement will be covered including study skills techniques, short and long term college planning, self-discovery and development of cross-cultural competency in leadership style. CAPS 127

276


CAPS 128

Foundations of Success for International Students 1 (1,0,0,0) Foundations of Success for International Students is designed to assist students with F-1 visas to overcome the difficulties often experienced with achieving academic success in an unfamiliar environment. Particular attention will be paid to achieving academic success in an unfamiliar environment, how to understand the complex relationship between academics and regulatory issues, and techniques for successfully managing cultural adjustments issues. CAPS 129B Assertiveness Techniques 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) This class will explain the difference between passive, aggressive and assertive actions and help the student to gain self-esteem and confidence when communicating with others. May be repeated up to a maximum of 3 credits. CAPS 130

Stress Management Techniques 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) Surveys personal lifestyles to identify areas of handling stress and tension that occurs in daily life. Techniques will be taught that will help to cope with anxiety producing situations. (May be repeated up to a maximum of 3 credits.)

Civil Engineering CEE 241 Statics 3 (3,0,0,0) Engineering analysis of concentrated and distributed force systems at equilibrium: analysis of structures, beams and cables, friction, virtual work, fluid statics, shear and moment diagrams. Corequisites: PHYS 180 and MATH 182.

Chemistry CHEM 103 Preparatory Chemistry 3 (3,0,0,0) Serves as a preparation for CHEM 121. Introduces general principles and terminology in chemistry to students with poor chemistry backgrounds. Exercises aimed at developing problem solving skills. Corequisite: MATH 126 or higher. 3 (3,0,0,0) CHEM 105 Chemistry, Man and Society A survey of basic ideas in chemistry for non-science majors. Explores chemistry at work in everyday life. Investigates structure and change in the real world. CHEM 106

Beginning Chemistry 1 (0,3,0,0) Laboratory Laboratory exercises designed to illustrate material discussed in CHEM 105. May be used in partial fulfillment of the General Education Core requirement. Prerequisite: CHEM 105 (or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 105). CHEM 110

Chemistry for Health 4 (3,3,0,0) Sciences I Survey of general chemistry designed for Allied Health majors and non-science majors. Emphasis on the foundation needed for the study of organic and biochemistry. Prerequisite: MATH 120 or 124 or above.

CHEM 111

Chemistry for Health Sciences II 4 (3,3,0,0) Survey of organic and biochemistry designed for Allied Health majors, and non-science majors. Application of chemical principles leading to an understanding of how living organisms function. Prerequisite: CHEM 110.

CHI 112 First Year Chinese II 4 (4,0,0,0) A second semester course designed to continue and improve skills learned in CHI 111. Prerequisite: CHI 111.

CHEM 121 General Chemistry I 4 (3,3,0,0) An investigation of the fundamental structure of matter and chemical terminology. Introduces topics such as solution chemistry, thermochemistry and gas laws. Designed for science and pre-professional majors. Prerequisites: MATH 126 and (CHEM 103 or 110 or a passing score on the Chemistry Placement Exam).

CIT 095 Personal Computer Basics 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides a hands-on, activity based learning experience that covers computer terminology, working with files, and protecting against computer viruses. It explores the Internet, teaches how to email and share pictures via email, and how to do searches. Students will create a document with word processing software and a basic budget with spreadsheet software. An overview of other computer applications such as data bases and presentations will be included. Graded Pass/Fail.

CHEM 122 General Chemistry II 4 (3,3,0,0) An application of chemical principles to inorganic systems. Emphasis on thermodynamics, equilibrium and kinetics. Prerequisites: CHEM 121 and MATH 127 or 128. CHEM 220

Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 (3,3,0,0) Introduction to the properties of organic functional groups and to elementary laboratory techniques. Prerequisite: CHEM 111 or 122. 4 (3,3,0,0) CHEM 241 Organic Chemistry I Intensive introduction to the chemistry of carbon and its functional groups, including the structure and behavior of its molecules. Laboratory emphasis is on natural processes. Prerequisite: CHEM 122. CHEM 242 Organic Chemistry II 4 (3,3,0,0) Continuation of CHEM 241, covering simple and polyfunctional compounds, with emphasis on syntheses of organic molecules. Laboratory emphasis on natural processes and qualitative analysis. Prerequisite: CHEM 241. Selected Topics in Chemistry 1-4 (0,3-12,0,0) Covers selected topics of interest to students in chemistry. Prerequisite: CHEM 122 and instructor approval. CHEM 292

Chinese CHI 101B Conversational Chinese I 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing spoken communication. Speaking skills, oral listening skills, reading and writing skills explored. A vocabulary of Chinese-English words developed. CHI 102B Conversational Chinese II 3 (3,0,0,0) A continuation of CHI 101B, Conversational Chinese I. Prerequisite: CHI 101B. 4 (4,0,0,0) CHI 111 First Year Chinese I The development of language skills in listening speaking and writing. Oral emphasis.

Computing and Information Technology

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CIT 100B Computer Sampler 1 (1,0,0,0) A hands-on learning experience for the new computer user/owner. This course will teach how a computer works, how to work in a Windows operating system, how to add new programs and components to your system and how to “surf the Internet.” Graded Pass/Fail. CIT 102B Introduction to Windows 1 (1,0,0,0) Thorough introduction to the Windows computing environment. Hands-on tutorials and projects on Personal Computers help students understand how to use this popular graphic-oriented user interface. Graded Pass/Fail. 1 (1,0,0,0) CIT 103B Internet Covers the principles of the Internet, including such topics as searching the Internet, Internet access, Usenet News groups, E-mail, and World Wide Web browser software. Graded Pass/Fail. CIT 104 Introduction to Macintosh 1 (0.5,1,0,0) Thorough introduction to the Macintosh computing environment. Hands-on tutorials and projects on Macintosh systems help students understand how to use this popular graphic oriented user interface. 1 (1,0,0,0) Spreadsheets CIT 106B The basics of manipulating and presenting numerical data using a spreadsheet. Hands-on experience with a popular spreadsheet program. Prerequisites: Knowledge of personal computers and Windows; IS 101 or CIT 102B. Graded Pass/Fail. 1 (1,0,0,0) Database CIT 107B Fundamentals of creating tables and manipulating data, querying, customizing reports and data entry screens and working with multiple tables. Hands-on experience with a popular database management program. Prerequisites: Knowledge of personal computers and Windows; IS 101 or CIT 102B. Graded Pass/Fail.


277

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CIT 108B PowerPoint 1 (1,0,0,0) With Microsoft PowerPoint, you can easily organize, powerfully illustrate, and professionally deliver your ideas using computer presentations or slide shows. Whether conducting an informal meeting, presenting to an audience, or delivering your message over the Internet, PowerPoint has the tools you need to communicate with impact. This class starts with the basics and continues with a study of its numerous features. Graded Pass/Fail. Prerequisite: CIT 102B. CIT 109B WordPerfect 1 (1,0,0,0) Hands-on learning of WordPerfect features to create, modify and print documents, change layout and preference parameters, merge documents, incorporate graphics, create outlines and tables, and to use other features. Graded Pass/Fail. CIT 110 A+ Hardware 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will prepare students to maintain PC’s, identify and correct errors in hardware configuration, upgrade and install new hardware as well as preparation for the A+ Core test. CIT 111 A+ Software 3 (3,0,0,0) Lectures and tests prepare students to take and pass the A+ Operating Systems module test. Students must also take and pass the A+ Core test to be A+ certified. CIT 112B Network+ 3 (3,0,0,0) This course covers basic networking terminology, network components, transmission media and protocols. Focuses on the OSI model of network computing. Course serves as preparation for the CompTIA Network+ exam. IT Project+ 3 (3,0,0,0) CIT 113B The purpose of this class is to help students gain the knowledge required to effectively plan, implement and complete IT projects across the organization. Topics will include business practices, interpersonal skills and project management processes. Prerequisite: IS 101 or associated certification. Beginning Java 3 (3,0,0,0) CIT 130 An introduction to the Java programming language. Use of Java programming language for problem formulation and solution. Java language’s control structures, applets, graphics, inheritances, Swing components, File I/O. Object Oriented concepts and related material. New topics may replace some old ones to keep this course current. Prerequisites: IS 115 and/or ability to program in a high level language. CIT 131 Beginning C Programming 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the C programming language. Topics will include C data types, input, output, operators, decision and looping statements, functions, and the C library. Prerequisites: IS 115 and/or ability to program in a high level programming language.

278


CIT 132 Beginning Visual Basic 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the Visual Basic.NET programming language. Topics will include problem solving, Visual Basic.NET Objects, decision and repetition statements, input, output, events, functions, procedures and graphical display of data. New topics may replace some old ones to keep this course technically current. Prerequisites: IS 115 and/or ability to program in a high level language. CIT 133 Beginning C++ 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the C++ programming language. Topics will include C++ data types, input, output, operators, decision and looping statements, functions and classes. Prerequisites: IS 115 and/or ability to program in a high level programming language. CIT 140

Introduction to the AS/400-iSeries 3 (3,0,0,0) Introductory course for AS/400-iSeries. Topics covered include AS/400-iSeries architecture, user interface, menus, objects, Application Development Tool Set, basic system operations. Prerequisite: IS 101. CIT 151 Beginning Web Development 3 (3,0,0,0) Students will develop an understanding of the World Wide Web and the creation of Web pages. Students will learn the ins and outs of creating a home page to include graphics and sound and will be able to develop one for personal or commercial use. Prerequisite: IS 101 or instructor permission. CIT 152

Web Script Language Programming 3 (3,0,0,0) In this course students will learn and use JavaScript, VBScript, and DHTML. With these and ASP controls, students will be able to create interactive web pages. Prerequisite: CIT 151 or instructor permission. 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to ColdFusion CIT 155 Students will learn to use ColdFusion Application Server, Administrator, and Studio to create and deploy database backed sites. Students should have programming and SQL experience. Prerequisites: CIT 130, 180 or instructor permission. CIT 160

Introduction to Computer Security 3 (3,0,0,0) Principles and practices of protecting valuable data from loss, corruption and compromise. Emphasis on the needs of home computer users and small businesses. Topics include data backup, risk assessment, network and internet security and e-commerce. Prerequisite: IS 101 or equivalent. CIT 171

Introduction to the UNIX Operating System 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the UNIX/Linux Operating System. Topics will include UNIX origins, directory and file system, vi editor, printing, manual pages, fundamental user commands, the shell, and Graphical User Interface.

CIT 173

LINUX Installation and Configuration 3 (3,0,0,0) This course prepares students to install, configure and use the Linux Operating System. Prerequisite: CIT 171 or instructor permission.

CIT 201B

CIT 174

LINUX System Administration 3 (3,0,0,0) This course prepares students to administer Linux systems and networks. Prerequisite: CIT 173 or instructor permission.

CIT 202B Excel Certification Preparation 3 (3,0,0,0) Comprehensive coverage of basic and advanced features of spreadsheet software including, but not limited to, the set of skills on Microsoft’s certification exams for Excel. Prerequisite: IS 101 or CIT 106B or equivalent.

CIT 180 Database Concepts and SQL 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic principles of data modeling and relational database design. Hands-on learning of Structured Query Language (SQL). Prerequisite: IS 115 or equivalent programming experience or instructor permission.

CIT 203B

CIT 181 Introduction to Oracle 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides students with a basic understanding of the Oracle software system. Students will learn the fundamentals of database design, a structured approach to system development, creation and manipulation of data, and retrieval of information from an Oracle database. Basic concepts of the Structured Query Language (SQL), fundamentals of PL/SQL (Oracle’s programming language), creation of simple Forms and Reports will be covered.

CIT 206B

CIT 182 Oracle Developer I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course presents a variety of standard and custom reports using the Oracle Developer product. Students learn how to retrieve, display and format data in a variety of styles such as tabular, matrix, mailing label and letter reports. They also learn how to customize more complex reports, embed graphical charts in reports, create simple forms to interact with the user and to link multiple forms. Prerequisite: CIT 181 or a working knowledge of SQL. CIT 183

Oracle Database Administration 3 (3,0,0,0) Learn how to install a RDBMS, manage database objects in an effective and efficient manner, including performance monitoring, storage management, database security, user management, database connectivity, and backup/recovery techniques. Prerequisite: CIT 180, or 181 or instructor permission. Oracle PL/SQL Programming I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course presents the basics of writing Oracle PL/SQL program units. Basic PL/SQL language elements, decisions, loops, procedures, functions and packages will be covered. Prerequisite: IS 115 or the ability to program in a high level programming language or instructor permission. CIT 184

Word Certification Preparation 3 (3,0,0,0) Comprehensive coverage of basic and advanced features of word processing software including, but not limited to, the set of skills on the Microsoft’s certification exams for Word. Prerequisite: IS 101 or equivalent.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Access Certification Preparation 3 (3,0,0,0) Comprehensive coverage of basic and advanced features of database management software including, but not limited to, the set skills on Microsoft’s certification exams for Access. Prerequisite: IS 101 or CIT 107B or equivalent. MS Outlook Certification Preparation 3 (3,0,0,0) Recognizes and applies basic and advanced features of Outlook including, but not limited to, the skills on the Microsoft Outlook Certification exams. Each component of the Outlook package will be identified and explored as an integrated system. Prerequisite: IS 101 or instructor permission. CIT 208

Presentation Skills and Software 3 (3,0,0,0) Techniques and methods for producing high quality presentations for business and for computer training. Includes comprehensive coverage of features presentation software including, but not limited to, the set of skills on Microsoft’s certification exam for PowerPoint. Prerequisite: IS 101 or equivalent. User Support Skills and Technology 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the help desk and the help desk industry. Provides a solid foundation for newcomers to the industry and builds skills and knowledge for advancement in the industry. Prerequisites: CIT 201B, 202B, 203B or equivalent. CIT 209

Microsoft Networking I 3 (3,0,0,0) CIT 211 The Core A Operating systems course prepares students to prove their expertise with desktop, server, and networking components. Core A consists of the required areas of study mandated by Microsoft. Prerequisite: CIT 112B or instructor permission. Microsoft Networking II 3 (3,0,0,0) CIT 212 The Core B Advanced Operating systems course prepares students to prove their expertise with desktop, server, and networking components. The course consists of the required areas of study mandated by Microsoft in order to complete the MCSE core requirements. Corequisite: CIT 211 or instructor permission.


279

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CIT 213 Microsoft Networking III 3 (3,0,0,0) The Core C course prepares students to prove their expertise with desktop, server, and networking components. This course consists of the required areas of study mandated by Microsoft in order to complete the MCSE core requirements. Corequisites: CIT 211, 212 or instructor permission. CIT 214 Microsoft Networking IV 3 (3,0,0,0) The Core D course prepares students to prove their expertise with desktop, server, and networks. This course consists of the required areas of study mandated by Microsoft in order to complete the MCSE core requirements. Prerequisite: CIT 213 or instructor permission. CIT 215 Microsoft Networking V 3 (3,0,0,0) The MCSE electives course prepares students to show their expertise and knowledge of Microsoft products. The Microsoft MCSE electives course covers the required area of study required by Microsoft for MCSE certification. Prerequisite: CIT 211 or instructor permission. This course can be repeated to a maximum of 9 credits. CIT 216 Server+ 3 (3,0,0,0) An intense class to prepare mid- to upper-level technicians, responsible for server hardware functionality, to take the CompTIA Server+ certification exam. The Server+ certification credential validates advanced-level technical competency of server issues and technology, including installation, configuration, upgrading, maintenance, troubleshooting, and disaster recovery. Students will learn how to install, configure, diagnose, and troubleshoot server hardware and network operating systems. Prerequisite: CIT 112B Network+ or associated certification. CIT 217 Security+ 3 (3,0,0,0) The purpose of this class is to prepare professionals with at least two years of networking experience and who possess a thorough knowledge of TCP/IP to take and pass the CompTIA Security+ certification exam. Topics will include general security concepts, communications security, infrastructure security basics of cryptography, and operational/organizational security. Prerequisite: CIT 112B or associated certifications. CIT 218 MCSE Special Topics 3 (3,0,0,0) Special topics on computers and networking equipment, OS, and administration will be covered. This course is designed specifically for students pursuing MCSA and/or MCSE certification or for those desiring additional learning after achieving a Microsoft Advanced Certification. Prerequisites: CIT 211, CIT 212 (or equivalent certifications) or instructor permission. This class can be repeated for a maximum of 9 credits. CIT 230 Advanced Java 3 (3,0,0,0) A continuation of CIT 130. This course will focus on advanced topics of Java. Provides special examples illustrating applications for which Java was designed. Prerequisites: IS 115, CIT 130 or instructor permission.

280


CIT 231 Advanced C Programming 3 (3,0,0,0) An advanced course in the C programming language. Topics will include structures, arrays, pointers, sequential and direct access files in the C language. Prerequisite: CIT 131 or instructor permission. CIT 232 Advanced Visual Basic 3 (3,0,0,0) A continuation of CIT 132. Advanced program structures in Visual Basic.NET. Topics will include sequential files, random access files, control, Objects of Visual Basic.NET, and other applications for which Visual Basic.NET is designed. Prerequisites: IS 115 and CIT 132 or equivalent or instructor permission. CIT 233 Advanced C++ 3 (3,0,0,0) Advanced data structures and program structures in C++ language. Larger programs and special examples illustrating applications C++ was designed for. Prerequisite: CIT 133 or instructor permission. CIT 239

Advanced Programming Techniques 3 (3,0,0,0) Data structures and algorithms for manipulating linked lists. String and file processing, recursion, software engineering, structured programming and testing especially using larger programs. Languages (C++, Java, etc.) may vary with the course. Prerequisite: CIT 230 or equivalent or instructor permission. CIT 251 Advanced Web Development 3 (3,0,0,0) Students will effect data transfers among differing systems or applications using DTDs and advanced schemas. Stylesheet uses will be addressed using Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations. Prerequisite: CIT 151 or instructor permission. CIT 252 Web Database Development 3 (3,0,0,0) A variety of database and interactive web development options will be addressed including Active Server Pages, Java Server Pages, and PHP. Prerequisite: CIT 130 or equivalent or instructor permission. Advanced Web Database Development 3 (3,0,0,0) Students will learn about and use salient features of ASP.NET and ADO.Net for advanced script development, debugging, advanced database access, retrieval, and reporting. Prerequisite: CIT 252 or instructor permission. CIT 253

CIT 255 Web Server Administration I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course covers installations of Linux, firewalls, OpenSSL, OpenSSH, Network Management, MySQL, and Apache. Systems Analysis and Design I 3 (3,0,0,0) CIT 260 An examination of systems and their elements and processes. Includes techniques used by systems analysts to determine user requirements and the translation of user requirements into design specifications. Prerequisite: Previous programming experience.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS VBA Programming for Microsoft Office

Clinical Laboratory Science 3 (3,0,0,0)

Introduction to customization, automation and integration of Microsoft Office applications using Visual Basic for Applications. Teaches programming logic, principles and techniques. Prerequisites: CIT 201B, and 202B or equivalent strong working experience with Microsoft Office. No previous programming experience required.

CIT 262

Computer Simulation

3 (3,0,0,0)

Introduction to simulation methods and model building with application to games, business strategies, and other real world situations. Includes design, implementation and evaluation of computerized simulations. Prerequisite: successful completion of first course in programming or instructor permission.

CIT 271

Advanced UNIX Operating System

Oracle Developer II

3 (3,0,0,0)

Oracle Database Administration II

3 (3,0,0,0)

This course will present the basic concepts of database backup and recovery, performance tuning, and introduces the Net8 for network administration. Prerequisite: CIT 183.

CIT 284

Oracle PL/SQL Programming II 3 (3,0,0,0)

This course presents a broader coverage of using PL/SQL to develop applications and covers the more advanced features of the PL/SQL language. Prerequisite: CIT 184.

CIT 287

Database Application Development

3 (3,0,0,0)

The process of developing database applications from obtaining user requirements through implementation and testing. Incorporates visual modeling tools. Prerequisites: CIT 180, 181 or equivalent database experience.

CIT 290

Internship in CIT

CLS 125B

Microbiology for Surgical Technicians 2 (2,0,0,0) An introduction to clinical microbiology with an emphasis on clinically significant microbes, the infectious disease process, control of microbial growth, and aseptic technique. Corequisite: CLS 126B. Applied Microbiology for Surgical Technicians 1 (0,3,0,0) This is a laboratory course utilizing microscopic, cultural, and serological techniques to study the characteristics of selected clinically significant microbes. Specimen collection and processing, as well as disinfection and sterilization methods will also be addressed. Corequisite: CLS 125B.

3 (3,0,0,0)

This course presents a broader coverage of Oracle Forms and Reports by building on the concepts learned in the first Oracle Developer course. Prerequisite: CIT 182.

CIT 283

Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science 1 (0.5,1.5,0,0) This course is designed to introduce students to the basic laboratory procedures performed in a clinical laboratory setting. Major clinical areas include hematology, microbiology, chemistry, and blood banking.

CLS 126B

Advanced UNIX/Linux commands, utilities, and shells. Topics will include regular expressions, find, grep, sed, awk, and shells. Prerequisites: CIT 171.

CIT 282

CLS 101B

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CIT 261

1-6 (0,0,0,5-30)

Supervised work experience within a selected computer and information technology firm or an information systems department in a major corporation. Designed by company official and faculty advisor to apply knowledge to on-thejob situation. Available to students entering their last three semesters of instruction for degree. Contact department for application, screening, and required skills evaluation.

CLS 130B

Laboratory Procedures for Medical Office Assistants 2 (2,0,0,0) This course introduces theory and fundamentals of laboratory procedures for personnel working in a physician’s office, including clinical significance of laboratory results. Corequisite: CLS 131B. CLS 131B

Applied Laboratory Procedures for Medical Office Assistants 1 (0,3,0,0) This course provides practical application of laboratory procedures for personnel working in a physician’s office. Corequisite: CLS 130B. CLS 145 Laboratory Methods 2 (2,0,0,0) This is an introduction to the role of the medical laboratory technician in the health care system. Topics include collection and handling of specimens, laboratory computers, quality control and clinical laboratory preview of professional working situation. CLS 146B Applied Laboratory Methods 2 (0,6,0,0) An introduction to the ordering, processing, and analysis of patient samples; utilization of laboratory equipment, instrumentation, and information system. Corequisite: CLS 145. CLS 147B

Medical Laboratory Assistant Clinical Practicum 2 (0,0,6,0) A clinical rotation in specimen accessioning, processing, basic laboratory techniques, and point of care testing. Prerequisites: Completion of Medical Laboratory Assistant program.


281

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CLS 151B Phlebotomy 2 (2,0,0,0) Study of blood collection methods, with emphasis on patient preparation and identification, sample collection, and selected diagnostic tests performed in the clinical laboratory. Corequisite: CLS 152B. CLS 152B Applied Phlebotomy 1 (0,3,0,0) Supervised practice of blood collection methods routinely used to collect patient samples for diagnostic testing. Corequisite: CLS 151B. CLS 153B

Phlebotomy Clinical Practicum 2 (0,0,8,0) A clinical rotation in blood collection and specimen processing techniques. Prerequisites: CLS 151B, and 152B. CLS 161 Urinalysis and Body Fluids 1 (1,0,0,0) Introduction to fundamentals and ethics of medical laboratory technology, quality control, laboratory safety and supply records. Theory and practical application of urinalysis procedures and other body fluids such as CSF and synovial fluids. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. CLS 162

Applied Urinalysis and Body Fluids 1 (0,3,0,0) Course covers analysis of urine with emphasis on chemical, macroscopic and microscopic methodologies. Microscopic analysis of body fluids such as CSF and synovial fluids. Corequisite: CLS 161. CLS 202B

Laboratory Procedures for Veterinary Technicians 2 (0,6,0,0) A laboratory course designed to instruct the student in the analysis of animal blood and other body fluids. Emphasis will be placed on hematology, microbiology, immunology and urinalysis procedures used in the diagnosis of animal diseases. CLS 241 Clinical Chemistry 3 (3,0,0,0) This course covers basic principles of methodology in clinical chemistry: physiologic biochemistry specimen collection differentiation of normal and abnormal test results, special, precautions and troubleshooting of test procedures, validation of reliability and correlation with other laboratory tests. Prerequisites: Acceptance into program, CHEM 111 or 122. 2 (0,6,0,0) Applied Clinical Chemistry CLS 242 This course covers specimen collection and processing of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, heme derivatives, nitrogen, enzymes, blood ph and gases, electrolytes, vitamins, hormones and drugs; liver function tests, analytical instrumentation and quality control. Corequisite: CLS 241. CLS 251

Immunology/ Immunohematology 2 (2,0,0,0) An overview of the immune response with emphasis on serological principles used in the laboratory diagnosis of disease processes. Identification of blood group antigens and antibodies and their clinical significance in transfusion therapy. Prerequisites: Acceptance into program, CHEM 111 or 122.

282


CLS 252

Applied Immunology/ Immunohematology 2 (0,6,0,0) The following serological and immunohematological laboratory procedures are covered: grouping, typing, compatibility testing, pregnancy testing, titers, cold agglutinins, quality control. Corequisite: CLS 251. CLS 261

Clinical Microbiology for Dental Hygienists 2 (2,0,0,0) An introduction to clinical microbiology with emphasis on microbial diseases of dental origin and diseases with secondary oral manifestations. Corequisite: CLS 262. CLS 262

Applied Clinical Microbiology for Dental Hygienists 1 (0,3,0,0) A laboratory course emphasizing isolation and identification of pathogenic bacteria, through the use of conventional and commercial methods, microscopic techniques, and serological tests. Specimen collection and processing of microbiological samples will also be addressed. Corequisite: CLS 261. CLS 271 Clinical Microbiology 2 (2,0,0,0) Study of microorganisms of medical importance to man. Includes study of bacteria, their characteristics, medical significance and identification. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. CLS 272

Applied Clinical Microbiology 2 (0,6,0,0) Specimen collection and processing. Isolation and identification of pathogenic bacteria, through the use of conventional and commercial methods, microscopic techniques and serological tests. Corequisite: CLS 271. CLS 281

Parasitology/Mycology/ Virology 1 (1,0,0,0) Study of the characteristics, medical significance and laboratory identification of human parasites, fungi and viruses. Prerequisite: Acceptance into program. CLS 282

Applied Parasitology/ Mycology/Virology 1 (0,3,0,0) Specimen collection and processing identification of parasites; cultivation and identification of medically significant fungi; virology studies. Corequisite: CLS 281. CLS 291 Hematology 2 (2,0,0,0) Development, identification and function of cellular and humoral elements in whole blood. Principles of laboratory assays used in determining the existence and diagnosis of hematologic disorders. Prerequisites: Acceptance into program and CHEM 111 or 122. 2 (0,6,0,0) Applied Hematology CLS 292 Slide preparation and staining; manual and automated assays of whole blood components; cell identification; coagulation tests and special hematology procedures. Corequisite: CLS 291.

CLS 294 Clinical Practicum I 2 (0,0,6,0) A clinical rotation in microbiology, parasitology, mycology, and virology. Prerequisites: CLS 272, 282. CLS 295 Clinical Practicum II 2 (0,0,8,0) A clinical rotation in chemistry, urinalysis, and body fluids. Prerequisites: CLS 162, 242. CLS 296 Clinical Practicum III 4 (0,0,12,0) A clinical rotation in hematology, coagulation, immunology, and immunohematology. Prerequisites: CLS 252, 292.

Communication COM 101 Oral Communication 3 (3,0,0,0) Theory and practice in spoken communication, including prepared and extemporaneous speaking experience. COM 102

Introduction to Interpersonal Communication 3 (3,0,0,0) Examination of theories of effective interpersonal communication with in-class exercises designed to provide practical application of theory. Prerequisite: ENG 100 or 101. COM 120 Introduction to Broadcasting 3 (3,0,0,0) Emphasizes history of radio and television broadcasting: study of laws that have governed broadcasting; survey of growth, concepts, problems and operations of broadcast facilities and their employees; special considerations involving the major organizations of broadcasting: FCC, NAB, and more; opportunities in the field. COM 121 Radio Production 3 (3,0,0,0) A study and practical use of radio broadcast equipment, announcing techniques, programming concepts, program logs and their functions and structures, basic equipment care, commercial production and news production. Prerequisite: COM 120. COM 133 Culture and Communication 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to theory, analysis and practice in understanding culture and its impact on communication. Emphasis on the use of cultural awareness and multicultural sensitivity to improve oral and written communication skills. Cinema as Art and Communication 3 (3,0,0,0) An appreciative survey of cinema in its diverse forms. Historical and stylistic influences on the aesthetic values and social implications of cinema. Illustrated by screen examples. COM 180

COM 196 Internship 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) A supervised workshop experience in a local television studio, radio station or newspaper. Can be repeated for a total of 6 credits. Prerequisite: A basic communications course pertinent to the internship, approval of station or newspaper and department chair.

COM 203 Advanced Public Speaking I 3 (3,0,0,0) Advanced theory and practice in spoken communication, including prepared, extemporaneous, oral interpretation and impromptu speaking experience. Emphasis on advanced delivery and research skills. COM 211 Survey of Rhetorical Studies 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of historical development of various rhetorical canons, concepts, and perspectives beginning with ancient Greek and Roman discourse and concluding with contemporary rhetoric.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COM 215

Introduction to Group Communication 3 (3,0,0,0) Principles of small group communication and problem solving theory and practice. COM 216

Survey of Communication Studies 3 (3,0,0,0) Analysis of the contexts, principles, and values of human communication grounded in communication theory. Focuses on developing competency in the areas of intrapersonal, interpersonal, small group, organization, and public communication. COM 217 Argumentation and Debate 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of the basic principles of argumentation and their application in academic debate. Emphasis on the use of reasoning skills in oral communication. COM 250B Debate Practicum 1 (0,4,0,0) The course is designed for students who are participants in intercollegiate forensic competition. This course may be taken a maximum of three (3) times. Prerequisite: COM 217.

Construction Technology CONS 108B Construction Materials and Methods 3 (3,0,0,0) Covers building materials from foundation to roof used for exterior and interior carpentry, including finish and rough hardware. Methods of installation are discussed. CONS 120B Blueprint Reading and Specifications 3 (3,0,0,0) Emphasis is placed on reading and interpreting residential and commercial blueprints and specifications. CONS 121B Principles of Construction 3 (3,0,0,0) Estimating Fundamental aspects of important materials of modern construction and description of how they are used in estimating both residential and commercial construction costs. Plans, specifications and handbooks are used. Prerequisites: MATH 116 and CONS 120B.


283

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CONS 130B Construction Electricity 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will help students understand wiring for interior and exterior systems to include layout, construction materials and methods of application, code requirements, sizing and installation standards and practices. CONS 221 Construction Estimating II 3 (2,2,0,0) Advanced estimating concepts based on utilizing state-ofthe-art software, including creating databases, digitizer take offs, complete computerized estimating of both residential and commercial projects. Prerequisites: IS 101, CONS 121B. CONS 281B Construction Planning, Scheduling and Control 3 (2,2,0,0) Topics include project scheduling and evaluation using network scheduling techniques. Critical path scheduling is also used. Prerequisite: CONS 221. CONS 282B Construction Law 3 (3,0,0,0) Areas covered include specifications as used in building construction documents, how specifications complement the drawings, specifications for workmanship and materials, law of contracts, construction contracts, construction supervision, liability and arbitration. CONS 284B Construction Contract Documents 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides an in-depth understanding of construction contract forms as found in the typical project manual, covering conditions of the contract, specifications and drawing. Prerequisite: CONS 282B. CONS 286B Construction Management and Analysis 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to modern management theory and techniques with applications to modern construction problems, management principles and methods of applying this knowledge to the modern construction industry. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. 1-4 (0,0,0,5-20) CONS 295B Work Experience I Provides the unique opportunity to work within selected firms of the building technology industry, directed by a qualified professional and supervised by the instructor. One credit may be earned for each five hours worked per week for the entire semester up to a maximum of 4 credits per semester. 1-4 (0,0,0,5-20) CONS 296B Work Experience II Provides the unique opportunity to work within selected firms of the building technology industry, directed by a qualified professional and supervised by the instructor. One credit may be earned for each five hours worked per week during the semester up to a maximum of 4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: CONS 295B.

284


CONS 297B Work Experience III 1-4 (0,0,0,5-20) Provides the unique opportunity to work within selected firms of the building technology industry, directed by a qualified professional and supervised by the instructor. One credit may be earned for each five hours worked per week during the semester up to a maximum of 4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: CONS 296B. CONS 298B Work Experience IV 1-4 (0,0,0,5-20) Provides the unique opportunity to work within selected firms of the building technology industry, directed by a qualified professional and supervised by the instructor. One credit may be earned for each five hours worked per week during the semester up to a maximum of 4 credits per semester. Prerequisite: CONS 297B.

Computer Office Technology COT 101B Computer Keyboarding I 3 (3,0,0,0) Mastery of computer alpha-numeric keyboard by touch and introduction of 10-key pad. Not for students who have previously had typing. COT 102 Computer Keyboarding II 3 (3,0,0,0) Formatting of letters, memos, and other office documents. Introduction to word processing. Students should be able to type 25 wpm. Keyboarding Review and Speed 1 (1,0,0,0) Emphasis on speed building techniques of the alphabet, symbols, and numbers. May be repeated for a maximum of three credits. COT 103B

COT 106 Gregg Shorthand I 3 (3,0,0,0) Beginning Gregg shorthand theory, dictation, and transcription. A necessary skill for jobs that require faster dictation. COT 107 Gregg Shorthand II 3 (3,0,0,0) Review of shorthand theory and brief forms. Emphasis on dictation for speed building. Transcription of dictation into mailable format. COT 108 Speedwriting Shorthand I 3 (3,0,0,0) Complete theory of alphabetic shorthand - abbreviated longhand. Beginning dictation and transcription practice. Used for taking lecture notes or general office dictation. COT 109B Speedwriting Shorthand II 3 (3,0,0,0) Dictation and transcription for speed development. Reinforcement of theory and confidence-building through extensive repetitive use of common words, phrases and shortcuts. Spelling and punctuation emphasis for mailable letters.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COT 201B

COT 119B Word II for Offices 1 (1,0,0,0) Introduction to the most common intermediate features of the Microsoft Word program. Emphasis on creation, edition, and printing of intermediate office documents in accordance with proper office practices. Intended for students who desire professional quality intermediate skills in Microsoft Word.

COT 208B

COT 126B PowerPoint for Offices 1 (1,0,0,0) Introduction to the most common beginning features of the PowerPoint program. Emphasis on creation and edition of office documents in accordance with proper office practices. Intended for students who desire professional quality beginning skills in PowerPoint. 3 (3,0,0,0) COT 127B Microsoft Office for Offices Covers the beginning features of Word, Excel, Access, and PowerPoint, the main programs in Microsoft Office. Learn the beginning features of word processing, spreadsheets, database management, and presentations in these popular computer software packages. Emphasis on office documents for students who desire professional quality beginning skills in these programs. COT 128B Ten-Key Calculations 1 (1,0,0,0) An introductory course for learning the keyboard of a 10key numeric keypad or calculator by touch. Includes using this skill to do business math. COT 129B Records Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to filing principles and rules, equipment and supplies, filing systems (alphabetic, numeric, etc.), records disposition, correspondence control, information retrieval and records storage. COT 190B

Practicum in Computer Office Technology 1-3 (0,0,0,4-12) Practical training or career-related work experience in an office setting under qualified supervision. Department approval required. Variable Credits. One credit may be earned for each four hours worked per week during the semester up to a maximum of 3 credits per semester. COT 200 Word Processing I 3 (3,0,0,0) Includes the input of documents, revisions, output, proofreading, grammar and punctuation. Students use a computer with word processing software. Students should be able to type 40 wpm.

Word Processing II

3 (3,0,0,0)

Instruction to the most common intermediate features of a popular word processing program. Includes proofreading and grammar, with document preparation. Emphasis on office documents and procedures. Students should be able to type 50 wpm. Prerequisite COT 200 or instructor approval.


COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COT 118B Word I for Offices 1 (1,0,0,0) Instruction to the most common basic features of the Microsoft Word program. Emphasis on creation, edition, and printing of office documents in accordance with proper office practices. Intended for students who desire professional quality beginning skills in Microsoft Word.

1 (1,0,0,0)

Learn the basics of a Tablet PC (or equivalent) and how to create and edit documents using your voice (up to 100 wpm) and handwriting rather than the keyboard. Students use a Tablet computer for documents, email, and other everyday computer tasks.

COT 209B

Tablet Computer, Voice and Handwriting II

3 (3,0,0,0)

Learn more about Tablet computers and their capabilities, techniques, and shortcuts. Improve voice and handwriting recognition skills using a Tablet PC (or equivalent) to work with documents, email, and Internet tasks. Use programs such as Sticky Notes, WordLogic, Journal, OneNote, and Tablet PC Power Toys.

COT 213B

Business Professionalism

3 (3,0,0,0)

A capstone course that provides students with opportunities to learn about professional characteristics and traits considered important to business environments. Also includes intermediate to advanced word processing skills for business writing. Emphasis on telephone techniques, courtesy skills, public relations, appearance and business etiquette. Prerequisite: COT 200 or instructor approval.

COT 291B

Seminar

1-3 (1-3,0,0,0)

Special seminars conducted for students and administrative assistants involved in college and community activities. Variable credits. May be repeated up to a maximum of 3 credits.

Counseling and Personal Development CPD 116

Substance Abuse: Fundamental Facts and Insights 3 (3,0,0,0)

Overview of how involvement with alcohol, tobacco and other drugs can affect health, personal and social development. Related social, philosophical, cultural, prevention and treatment issues.

CPD 117

Introduction to Counseling

3 (3,0,0,0)

Provides students with clinical interviewing and basic counseling skills for substance abusers. Discusses confidentiality and ethics. Includes experiential role play. Prerequisite: PSY 101.


285

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CPD 120

Treatment Planning and Case Management 2 (2,0,0,0) Provides working knowledge of treatment planning for addicted patients. Discusses patient histories, treatment goals, documentation and legal requirements. Prerequisite: CPD 116.

CPD 254

CPD 121 Gambling Addiction 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides knowledge of gambling addiction. Covers signs and symptoms, historical, cultural and economic perspectives, and treatment. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or CPD 116.

CPD 255

CPD 133

Small Group Interaction Group Counseling 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides knowledge of group dynamics, counseling skills, and role play. Prerequisites: PSY 101 and CPD 117. CPD 134

Women and Substance Abuse Treatment Issues 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides working knowledge of issues in counseling addicted women. Covers signs and symptoms, historical perspectives, cultural attitudes, family issues, pregnancy, drug affected children and treatment approaches. CPD 201

Crisis Communication Skills 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides understanding of crisis, its stages and intervention. Covers types of crises, training in communication and basic counseling skills and referral services. Includes experiential role play. CPD 217

Advanced Counseling Techniques for Substance Abuse 3 (3,0,0,0) Comprehensive overview of counseling philosophies, concepts, theories and practical treatment approaches appropriate for the substance abuser. Prerequisites: PSY 101 and CPD 117. CPD 218

Family Counseling Issues in Substance Abuse 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides knowledge for identifying and assessing substance abuse appropriate for family counseling. Theoretical and practical approaches to family counseling. Prerequisites: PSY 101 and CPD 117. CPD 220 Dual Diagnosis 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides working knowledge of the assessment and treatment of patients with a coexisting mental illness and substance abuse disorder. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or CPD 116.

Bio-Psycho/Social Factors in Addiction 3 (3,0,0,0) Theories of alcohol and other drug addictions with emphasis on the signs and symptoms of problematic use as well as methods of assessment and intervention. Prerequisite: CPD 116. Developmental Theories and Prevention/ Education Strategies 3 (3,0,0,0) The impact of addiction on development in children and families, perinatal addiction and fetal alcohol syndrome, and current prevention and education models and services. Prerequisite: CPD 254. CPD 290 Internship in Counseling 1 (0,0,1,0) Supervised counseling work experience with selected community agencies. Up to eight semester hour credits may be earned on the basis of 100 hours of internship for one credit. May be repeated up to eight credits. Prerequisite: Permission of the CSN Addiction Program Director. CPD 291

Substance Abuse Counseling Practicum I 3 (0,0,0,12) Substance abuse counseling work experience in a selected community agency. The student works 12 hours per week under agency supervision in the final year. If taken earlier, permission is required by CSN Addiction Program Director. Prerequisite: CPD 290 or approval of the CSN Addiction Program Director. CPD 292

Substance Abuse Counseling Practicum II 3 (0,0,0,12) Further supervised substance abuse counseling work experience in a selected community agency. The student works 12 hours per week under agency supervision in the final semester. Prerequisite: CPD 290 and CPD 291 or approval of the CSN Addiction Program Director.

Criminal Justice CRJ 101

Introduction to 3 (3,0,0,0) Criminal Justice A systems approach examination of criminal justice in America. An overview of the four subsystems: police, prosecution and defense, courts and corrections. Introduction to 3 (3,0,0,0) Criminal Justice II Topics include adjudicatory process and adult and juvenile corrections functions within the criminal justice system. CRJ 102

CRJ 105B 3 (3,0,0,0) Addiction and Trauma CPD 230 Provides knowledge of the interrelationship between addiction and trauma. Covers diagnostic criteria and includes experiential role-play and practice in counseling skills.

286


Corrections Operations 3 (3,0,0,0) and Jail Management Administration and management of the jail. Psychological impact of the jail on both the inmate and the corrections officer. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

CRJ 106 Introduction to Corrections 3 (3,0,0,0) The history and development of correctional agencies, particularly prisons. Designed to raise questions about the organizational and structural forces facilitating and impeding change. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 110B

Introduction to Nevada Law Enforcement 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides a systematic approach to examination of criminal justice in the State and in particular Southern Nevada. It will also include an overview of the major subsystems: police, prosecution, defense, courts, corrections and juvenile justice. This course is designed for students who will be attending the Law Enforcement Training Academy. CRJ 111B Firearms I 3 (2,2,0,0) Laws of arrest, search and seizure. Moral and ethical aspects of the use of deadly force. Firearm handling, safety, range nomenclature, marksmanship and qualification. CRJ 112

Criminal Justice Organization and Administration 3 (3,0,0,0) An in-depth study of the goals, policies and functions of the criminal justice agency. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 113B

911 Communications Specialist I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will provide the student with the basic skills needed for a career as an Emergency 911 Communications Specialist. Students will learn history, terms and codes, and liability issues associated with 911 telecommunicators. Additionally, students will learn classification and prioritization of crimes/calls, various calls screening methods for 911 and 311, conflict resolution and listening skills. Meets Nevada Post Standards. (Same as FT 140B.) CRJ 114B Firearms II 2 (1,2,0,0) Continuation of CRJ 111B. Advanced range qualification, precision marksmanship, defensive measures, counter ambush procedures, combat shooting, robbery in progress, building searches and shotgun use. Prerequisite: CRJ 111B. CRJ 116B Organized Crime in America 3 (3,0,0,0) This course focuses on the various traditional and non-traditional organized crime elements in America. A portion of the course will demonstrate to the student the financial impact of organized crime on the economy of the United States and its citizens. CRJ 119B

Multicultural Law Enforcement 3 (3,0,0,0) This course focuses on the cross-cultural contact that police officers and civilian employees have with citizens, victims, suspects and co-workers from diverse backgrounds.

CRJ 130 Survey of Criminal Law 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to criminal law, its common law origins, basic concepts and applications in legal proceedings. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 140 Elements of Supervision 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to supervisory roles in criminal justice agencies, selection process for supervisors, models for decision making and leadership styles. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CRJ 150B Principles of Drug Abuse 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics include drug types and their effects, drug use as a contributing factor in crime, narcotics enforcement programs and drug use as a problem in correctional institutions. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 155 Juvenile Justice System 3 (3,0,0,0) Explanations for deviant behavior, police encounters with juveniles, juvenile court process, juvenile dispositions and after care. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 162 Investigative Photography I 3 (3,0,0,0) A course covering the photographic processes and their use in police, fire and security services. An elementary knowledge of photography is required. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 164

Introduction to Criminal Investigation 3 (3,0,0,0) The investigation process: crime scene search, evidence collection and preservation, interviews and interrogations and case preparation. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 165B Criminalistic Science 3 (3,0,0,0) Evidence collection and preservation, scientific analysis, laboratory procedures and techniques to ensure chain of custody. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. Physical Training for Law Enforcement 1 (0,2,0,0) Post pretest. Physical training relevant to a law enforcement profession to prepare for the final physical training test. CRJ 170B

3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to Security CRJ 180 History and development of security services and relationship to the legal process, career roles and operational processes in various types of security organizations. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 181B Retail Security 3 (3,0,0,0) An examination of the methods used in loss prevention, practical application techniques and survey of current security literature. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 182B

CRJ 120 Community Relations 3 (3,0,0,0) An inquiry into the role of criminal justice agencies in the community, emphasizing communications and understanding between criminal justice agencies and the community. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

Human Relations 3 (3,0,0,0) for Security Officers An inquiry into the role of Security Personnel in dealing with the public, emphasizing communications and understanding between Security Personnel and the community. Prerequisites: CRJ 101, 180.


287

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CRJ 195B Practicum/Internship I 3 (0,0,0,8) Work with selected administration of justice agencies. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 196B Practicum/Internship II 3 (0,0,0,8) Work with selected administration of justice agencies. Develop a working knowledge of a particular criminal justice agency. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 204B

Behavioral Science for Criminal Justice 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to helping and counseling models, interpersonal communication methods for criminal justice personnel. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 210B

Community Policing in Southern Nevada 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides an introduction into the community policing models of Southern Nevada. It will also include an overview of the history, definition, evaluation and proactive policing concepts as applied to the various groups of citizens served by law enforcement agencies. This course is designed for students who will be attending the Law Enforcement Training Academy. CRJ 211 Police in America 3 (0,0,0,0) History of the American police; the pioneers, processes, evolution and dynamics of the police in society. Explores the basic philosophy of law enforcement and its application in criminal justice. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 212B

Cop Stories: Myths and Realities 3 (3,0,0,0) This course explores the myths and realities of policing in America. Students will communicate their understanding in both written and verbal expression. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 213B

911 Communications 3 (3,0,0,0) Specialist II This course will provide the student with the necessary skills for entry and promotions as 911 Communications Specialist. The course will provide advanced skills in radio dispatching procedures, critical incident stress management, homeland security, verbal judo and hands-on experience through simulation of job functions. Prerequisite: CRJ 113B or equivalent; must pass a background survey for wants/warrants/felonies and be at least 18 years old. Students must sign a waiver for sit-along at various agencies. Meets Nevada Post standards. (Same as FT 240B.) CRJ 214

Principles of Police Patrol Techniques 3 (3,0,0,0) An examination of the mission, operations and issues in police patrol. Report writing skills, techniques of observation, hazard recognition, non emergency calls. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

288


CRJ 215 Probation and Parole 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of probation and parole systems in the United States. Exploration of skills necessary to be an effective parole or probation officer. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 219B

Emergency Vehicle Operation and Control 3 (1,4,0,0) Shuffle steering, steering motion dynamics and vehicle braking (lock-wheel, ABS, impending). Pursuit driving times (vehicle timing) and techniques. Measurement of hearing and tunnel vision. CRJ 220 Criminal Procedures 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the substantive and procedural laws governing the arrest and prosecution of criminal offenders. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. Criminal Evidence 3 (3,0,0,0) CRJ 225 A study of evidence rules and procedural laws affecting criminal evidence. Overview of the appeal process with particular attention to recent U.S. Supreme Court decisions. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 226

Prevention and Control of Delinquency 3 (3,0,0,0) An analysis of the delinquency problem in terms of definition, cause and prevention. Review of delinquency prevention programs, research methods, community based alternatives. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 229B Defensive Tactics 3 (1,4,0,0) Protection against persons armed with dangerous and/or deadly weapons. Demonstration and drill in a number of holds, come alongs, restraints and baton use. CRJ 233B Nevada Criminal Law 3 (3,0,0,0) To familiarize the CRJ student with Nevada Criminal Law as set forth in the Nevada Revised Statutes and as interpreted and tested in cases before the Nevada Courts. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. 3 (3,0,0,0) Legal Method and Process CRJ 235 Federal and local judicial systems, analysis and synthesis of judicial opinions, the methods of interpretation of statutes, and the role of the courts in conflict resolution. 3 (3,0,0,0) Hotel/Motel Security I CRJ 240B Security and loss prevention techniques applied to the urban hotel/motel laws affecting security personnel, development of security programs. Prerequisite: CRJ 101. CRJ 243B Hotel/Motel Security II 3 (3,0,0,0) An advanced course providing the student with knowledge and skills required of supervisory security positions in the hotel/motel industry. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Principles of Correctional Administration

CRS 121B 3 (3,0,0,0)

A study of budgeting, staff operations, recruitment, public relations and decision making in correctional institutions. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

CRJ 252B

The Classification Process in Corrections

3 (3,0,0,0)

Diagnostic classification of inmates and the relationship to treatment strategies, policies and standards governing the diagnostic unit. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

CRJ 253B

Juvenile Courts and Procedures

3 (3,0,0,0)

Jurisdiction, function and organization of agencies dealing with juvenile law and court procedures. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

CRJ 255B

Counseling in Correctional Institutions

3 (3,0,0,0)

The application of various counseling techniques, reality therapy, transactional analysis and group counseling as used in the corrections systems. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

CRJ 270


3 (3,0,0,0)

A study of society’s efforts to explain and control criminal behavior; discussion of the prevailing theories related to crime in organized society. Prerequisite: CRJ 101.

Introductory Concepts of Cardiorespiratory Sciences

CRS 122B

Advanced Concepts of Cardiorespiratory Equipment 1 (0,4,0,0) Emphasizes skill development of critical cardiorespiratory care treatment modalities. Mechanical ventilation, physiological monitoring, and other application and operation theory presented in context of guidelines, protocols and pathways. Corequisite: CRS 121B. CRS 123B

Applied Cardiorespiratory Assessment 3 (3,0,0,0) Presents cardiopulmonary disease assessment, including chest physical exam, chest x-ray, and physiological monitoring. Case studies will assist respiratory care plan development based on guidelines, protocols and pathways. Corequisite: CRS 121B. CRS 124B

Cardiorespiratory Pharmacology 3 (3,0,0,0) Presents a pharmacological basis of cardiorespiratory interventions. Additionally, integrates this knowledge with aerosol, intramuscular, and intravenous medication administration techniques. Prerequisite: CRS 115B. Corequisites: CRS 121B, 122B, 123B, 125B. CRS 125B Clinical Practicum II 4 (0,0,16,0) Introduces the critically ill cardiorespiratory patient in the clinical setting. Emphasis on mechanical ventilation, physiological monitoring and other advanced therapeutic modalities. Corequisite: CRS 121B.

Cardiorespiratory Sciences CRS 111B

Advanced Concepts of Cardiorespiratory Sciences 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces acute (critical) cardiorespiratory care emphasizing all aspects of mechanical ventilation and patient monitoring. Critical thinking skills will be further developed through simulated cardiorespiratory care plans. Prerequisite: CRS 115B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CRJ 251

3 (3,0,0,0)

Presents an overview of health care delivery system and cardiorespiratory professional structures. Basic CRS care modalities are emphasized in context of clinical practice guidelines, therapist-driven protocols, and critical pathways. Prerequisite: Admission to CRS program.

CRS 135B Summer Practicum 3 (0,0,12,0) Structures preparation for the NBRC Certified Respiratory Therapist Self-Assessment Examination, EKG interpretation, and supportive clinical experience. Designed for self-paced, independent learning within structured clinical experience. Neonatal and Pediatric Cardiorespiratory Care 3 (3,0,0,0) Emphasizes cardiorespiratory pathophysiology of the pediatric/neonatal patient. Introduction and advanced pediatric/neonatal concepts developed in context of clinical practice guidelines, therapist driven protocols and critical pathways. Prerequisite: CRS 125B. CRS 211B

CRS 112B

Introductory Concepts of Cardiorespiratory Equipment 1 (0,4,0,0)

Emphasizes skill development of non-critical cardiorespiratory care treatment modalities. Equipment application and operation theory presented in context of guidelines, protocols, and pathways. Corequisite: CRS 111B.

CRS 115B


4 (0,0,16,0)

Introduces the non-critically ill cardiorespiratory patient in the clinical setting. Emphasizes hospital decorum, professionalism, equipment theory and application, guidelines, protocols and pathways. Corequisite: CRS 111B.

Neonatal and Pediatric Cardiorespiratory Equipment 1 (0,4,0,0) Emphasizes skill development of neonatal/pediatric cardiorespiratory care. Equipment application and operation theory of mechanical ventilation and physiological monitoring presented. Corequisite: CRS 211B. CRS 212B


289

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CRS 213B Cardiorespiratory Diagnostics 3 (3,0,0,0) Presents theoretical aspects of the cardiorespiratory diagnostic procedures, Holter recording, echocardiography, pulmonary function testing, stress testing, and basic polysomnography. Emphasizes application of acquired data to care plans. Corequisite: CRS 211B. CRS 214B

Cardiorespiratory Diagnostics Equipment 1 (0,4,0,0) Introduces skill development of non-invasive cardiorespiratory diagnostics. Equipment application and operation theory presented in context of care plan expectations. Corequisite: CRS 213B. CRS 215B Clinical Practicum III 4 (0,0,16,0) Emphasizes student exposure to multiple cardiorespiratory diagnostic laboratories. Rotations include non-invasive cardiorespiratory function, basic polysomnography and critical care. Continued application of guidelines, protocols and pathways. Corequisite: CRS 211B. CRS 221B

Continuity of 3 (3,0,0,0) Cardiorespiratory Care Presents cardiorespiratory care needs of chronically ill, discharge planning, care management, patient education, alternative care sites, and home care. Psychological issues of geriatric care are discussed. Prerequisite: CRS 215B. CRS 222B Seminar for Success 1 (1,0,0,0) Prepares student with a process and content review of the NBRC credentialing examinations. Successful passage of NBRC self assessment examination required. Corequisite: CRS 221B. CRS 225B Clinical Practicum IV 4 (0,0,16,0) Introduces student to chronically ill patient care in non-hospital and home settings. Successful passage of NBRC clinical simulation self-assessment examination required. Corequisite: CRS 221B.

Cisco CSCO 105B Fundamentals of Voice and Data Cabling 3 (2,2,0,0) This course is designed to explore the physical aspects of voice and data network cabling and installation. A handson, lab-oriented course stressing documentation design, installation issues, laboratory and on-the-job safety and working effectively in a group environment. Prepares students for the BICSI Installer Level 1 certification and NACC copper cable certification. CSCO 109B PC Troubleshooting 3 (2,2,0,0) and Repair This hands-on, lab-oriented Cisco course will develop the necessary skills to enter this field by building a computer, installing the operating system, adding peripherals, connecting the computer to a local area network and to the Internet, while stressing laboratory safety and working effectively in a group environment.

290


CSCO 110B Introduction to Network Operating Systems 3 (2,2,0,0) An intensive introduction to multi-user, multi-tasking network operating systems and their relation to the hardware on which they are installed. Characteristics of Linux, Windows 2000, NT and XP operating systems will be discussed. Students will explore a variety of topics including operating procedures, security issues, backup procedures and remote access. Prerequisite: CSCO 109B. CSCO 120B Cisco Networking Academies I 4 (3,2,0,0) This course is the first semester of four that apply toward the preparation for a CCNA certificate. It includes LAN devices, ISO/OSI model, IP addressing, Topology, structured cabling, LAN protocols, and network management. CSCO 121B Cisco Networking Academies II 4 (3,2,0,0) This is the second of four semester courses designed to provide students with classroom and hands-on experience in current and emerging networking technologies leading to CCNA Certification. Subjects include the OSI model, router configuration, troubleshooting and testing, distance vectoring, link state algorithms, and other router and networking subjects. Prerequisite: CSCO 120B. CSCO 130B Fundamentals of Wireless LANs 3 (2,2,0,0) An intensive introduction to wireless LANs which focuses on the design, planning, implementation, operation and troubleshooting of wireless LANs. This hands-on lab-oriented course stresses documentation, design, and installation issues, as well as lab safety, on-the-job safety, and working effectively in a group environment. This course will help prepare students for the Cisco wireless LAN Support Specialist Designation. Prerequisite: CSCO 121B. CSCO 175B Cisco Fundamentals of Web Design 4 (2.5,3,0,0) Focuses on the overall production processes surrounding Web site design with particular emphasis on design elements involving layout, navigation and interactivity. Site and page design using Adobe applications – Photoshop, Illustrator, GoLive, LiveMotion, and Premiere. Course is part of Cisco Network Academy Program. Prerequisite: Some experience with a computer and the world wide web; familiarity with a graphic application recommended. CSCO 220B Cisco Networking Academies III 4 (3,2,0,0) This is the third of four semester courses in networking technologies leading to CCNA Certification. Subjects include LAN Switching, VLANs, LAN Design, IGRP, Access Lists, and Novell IPX. Prerequisite: CSCO 121B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CSCO 230B Fundamentals of Network Security 4 (3,3,0,0) The Fundamentals of Network Security course is designed to prepare students for certification in this field (Cisco and CompTIA security exams). The course teaches students to design and implement security solutions to reduce the risk of revenue loss and vulnerability. This course combines hands-on experience, instructor-led lectures, and a Web based curriculum for students. The course is an introduction to network security and overall security processes. Prerequisite: CSCO 221B or CCNA Certification. CSCO 280B CCNP I 4 (3,2,0,0) This is the first of four semester courses designed to provide students with the academic and hands-on experience in building scalable Cisco networks necessary to successfully complete the BSCI exam (one of four) leading to CCNP certification. It provides the skills necessary to use advanced IP addressing and routing in implementing scalability for routers connected to LANs and WANs. Strongly recommend CCNA Certification or completion of all four semesters of the CCNA Networking Academy Program. CSCO 281B CCNP II 4 (3,2,0,0) This course is one of four courses needed to prepare for the CCNP series of Cisco certification training. It includes configuring asynchronous PPP, Frame Relay PVCs, implementing secure broadband connections, configuring IPSec VPNs, as well as implementing router security and using ACLs, AAA, TACACS+ and other IOS Firewall features. Prerequisite: CSCO 280B. CSCO 282B CCNP III 4 (3,2,0,0) This course will expose the student to advanced switching techniques, setup and configuration methods, the hierarchical model of LAN switching, VLAN Trunking protocols (VTP), STP operations, routing between VLANs, Multilayer switching processes, flowmasks, HSRP, Multicasting, IGMP, Wirless LAN access, and security features. Prerequisite: CSCO 280B. 4 (3,2,0,0) CSCO 283B CCNP IV This course is one of the four courses needed to prepare for the CCNP series of Cisco certification training. It includes understanding the techniques required to troubleshoot networks; optimize networks for implementation of VOIP, QoS on converged networks, implementing wireless security, and basic wireless management. Prerequisite: CSCO 280B.

Culinary Arts CUL 100 Sanitation/HACCP 2 (2,0,0,0) Theory and practice of Culinary Sanitation. Course covers proper food handling techniques, food borne illness prevention and introduction to “Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point” method of kitchen operations. Meets standards of National Sanitation Certification.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CSCO 221B Cisco Networking Academies IV 4 (3,2,0,0) This is the fourth and final course in networking technologies leading to CCNA certification. Subjects include WANs, WAN Design, Point to Point Protocol (PPP), ISDN and Frame Relay. Prerequisite: CSCO 220B.

CUL 110 Basic Cookery 4 (2,4,0,0) Introduction to culinary fundamentals, techniques and skills of modern cookery. Class covers procedures, ingredients and cooking theories. CUL 115

Introduction to Butchery and Charcuterie 3 (2,3,0,0) Students will learn proper receiving, inspection, and fabrication of meats, poultry, fish and shellfish. Basic techniques of smoking and force meat production will also be covered. 2 (1,2,0,0) CUL 121B Hydroponics Gardening This is an introductory course teaching basic principles of developing and maintaining a soilless garden for culinary purposes. The class will cover the various techniques used in hydroponics and apply them in the garden lab. Two hours of lab are required. CUL125 Principles of Baking 3 (2,3,0,0) This course will cover baking ingredients, use of equipment, proper storage and sanitation methods. Students will learn how to produce yeast products, pastries, pies, cookies and quick breads. CUL 130 Garde Manger 3 (2,3,0,0) Fundamentals of pantry with proper techniques and procedures in egg cookery, hot and cold sandwiches, lunch and dinner salads and dressings, basic garnishes, canapés and hot and cold appetizer production. Prerequisite: CUL 110. CUL 135 Breads of the World 3 (2,3,0,0) Students will learn measuring methods and scaling techniques, proper handling of yeast doughs, specialty doughs, different batters, and laminated doughs. 3 (2,3,0,0) Catering Operations CUL 140 This course teaches students how to plan and execute various types of catered events. The course will include planning, pricing, organization and preparation of the event. This includes planning and production of foods from assorted cuisines. Both front and back of the house operations will be covered. 3 (2,3,0,0) Cake Design CUL 175 Students will learn basic mixing techniques, ingredients, measuring and scaling. Instruction includes production of icings, fillings, specialty cakes, and cake decorating.


291

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CUL 200

Aromatics/Restaurant Experience 4 (2,4,0,0) Students will learn basic history and use of herbs and spices. They will learn how to enhance foods through proper usage. This class includes participation in actual restaurant operations. Prerequisites: CUL 100, 110. CUL 210 American Regional Cuisine 4 (2,4,0,0) Study of traditional and contemporary Regional American Cuisine. Emphasis will be placed on development trends, cultural influences, and use of native ingredients. Participation in restaurant operations is included in this class. Prerequisite: CUL 110. CUL 215 Plated Desserts 3 (2,3,0,0) Introduction to hot, cold, and frozen desserts. Students will learn how to make ice creams, sorbets, and parfaits. This course will cover chocolate decorations and the creation of plate presentations using fresh fruits and dessert sauces. CUL 220 International Cuisine 4 (2,4,0,0) Study of international foods with an emphasis on authentic ingredients and their proper usage. Participation in restaurant operations is included in this class. Prerequisites: CUL 110, 200. CUL 225 Advanced Baking 3 (2,3,0,0) This course will cover advanced and specialty breads, brioche and coffee cakes. Students will also learn how to make puff dough pastries, quiches, custards, and ice cream and sorbets. Prerequisite: CUL 125. CUL 230 Pastry Arts 3 (2,3,0,0) Course study will include European Pastries. Emphasis will be placed on ingredients, techniques, measuring, sealing, assembly and storage. Advanced Garde Manger 3 (2,3,0,0) CUL 235 Preparation techniques for force meats, mousses, galantines, terrines and pates. Perform cheese, salt, tallow and ice sculpting. Discuss hot and cold food competition guidelines. Prerequisite: CUL 130. CUL 240 French Cuisine 4 (2,4,0,0) Culinary fundamentals of classical cuisines are practiced in a weekly preparation of gourmet menus in a restaurant setting. Special emphasis is placed on proper cooking techniques. Prerequisites: CUL 110, 200. 3 (2,3,0,0) Saucier CUL 250 Basic sauce concepts and technical guidelines to produce high quality sauces. Covers stocks, thickening agents, reductions, liaisons, purees, mother sauces and compound derivations. Prerequisites: CUL 110, 200.

292


CUL 255B Retail Bakery Management 3 (2,3,0,0) This course introduces students to the application of baking and pastry arts production techniques in a wholesale and/or retail setting. The student is introduced to the theory regarding proper techniques for marketing and merchandising baked goods. Cost control for bakeries as well as recipe standardization and conversion, production planning, purchasing, costing and price for profit will be looked at. It will also feature the theory and practice of pastry buffet planning including themes and presentations. CUL 260 Introduction to Chocolate 3 (2,3,0,0) This course will cover the use of tempered chocolate for dipping, molding, and decorating. Students will learn to develop creative skills using chocolate. This course also covers techniques in piping, modeling, cutouts and curls. CUL 265 Introduction to Sugar Arts 3 (2,3,0,0) This course will cover the fundamentals of the art of pulled sugar including product identification, proper production techniques, and proper usage. Students will learn to create pulled sugar pieces, blown sugar pieces and poured pieces. They will also learn to use them in the design and production of centerpieces. CUL 270 Ice Carving 1 (1,1,0,0) A basic class devoted to developing the skills necessary to plan and produce functional and decorative Ice Sculptures. The class covers the safe use of hand and power tools as well as methods and procedures for transport and display. CUL 275 Advanced Cake Design 3 (2,3,0,0) This course covers advanced techniques in cake decorating. Students will learn how to make advanced icings such as fondant and royal icing, and how to assemble and decorate advanced specialty and wedding cakes. CUL 280B Principles of Quantity Baking 3 (2,3,0,0) This course will emphasize fundamental baking and pastry production techniques used in wholesale and/or retail bakeries. The student will participate in the production of scratch baking and commercial product usage. Group practice skills in team building and communication will be covered. American and European style pastry products will be featured. Baker’s percentages and conversion will be emphasized. CUL 285B Advanced Chocolate 3 (2,3,0,0) The various methods for tempering and the different types of chocolate will be reviewed. Students will learn advanced molding, shaping and texturing techniques. Creating an advanced showpiece will also be covered. Prerequisite: CUL 260. CUL 290 Culinary Competition 3 (2,4,0,0) Covers both category A and B for food shows based on the American Culinary Federation guidelines. Student may choose either category for the practical hands-on.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Work Experience in Culinary Arts 1 (0,0,0,1) In addition to the academic requirements, the Department of Resorts and Gaming requires 200 hours of acceptable employment in the hospitality industry. This work experience will be measured qualitatively as well as quantitatively. The work experience requirement should be met during the school year or in summers. Students who plan to transfer to UNLV will be able to transfer a maximum of 500 hours of employment toward UNLV’s 1000-hour employment requirement. International students must go to the office of International Student Services to verify employment eligibility and obtain authorization. This course can be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Grade will be given upon verification of employment.

Dental Assisting DA 106B

Radiation Protection for Dental Auxiliaries 1 (1,0,0,0) Course designed to acquaint the participant with radiation hazards and protection services for patient and operator. DA 107B

Intraoral Radiographic Technique 2 (1,2,0,0) Production of dental radiographs including processing, mounting and eliminating errors. Participants will expose, mount and critique a complete radiographic survey of a mannequin and selected patients. Corequisites: DA 106B, 118B, 119B, 124B.

DA 120B

Introduction to Dental Insurance 1 (1,0,0,0) Introduction to dental insurance processing including alternative payment plans. Introduction to CDT coding. DA 123B

Practice Management and Procedures 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) Principles of dental office routine, reception duties, bookkeeping, appointment control, correspondence, telephone technique, filing, interview techniques, and computer applications. Prerequisites: DA 118B, 119B, 124B. DA 124B

Integrated Science for Dental Assistants 4 (4,0,0,0) Anatomy and physiology of the body systems, with special emphasis on the head and neck. Embryology, histology and tooth morphology are included. DA 126B Clinical Externship 6 (1,0,0,20) Supervised clinical dental assisting experience in selected private dental practices and public clinics. Prerequisites: DA 118B, 119B, 124B, and 128B, or DA 106B/107B. DA 128B Dental Radiology 3 (2,3,0,0) An introduction to basic concepts of radiology, including radiation protection, intraoral and panoramic techniques of film exposure, processing and mounting. Corequisites: DA 118B, 119B, 124B.

DA 108B

Introduction to Dental Assisting 2 (2,0,0,0) Overview of the dental occupations, dental terminology, dental history, interpersonal relationships and employment requirements.

DA 136B Dental Specialties 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of the role of the dental assistant in the specialties of dentistry including orthodontics, pedodontics, oral surgery, periodontics, endodontics, and prosthodontics. Prerequisites: DA 118B, 119B, 124B.

DA 115B Dental Health Education 1 (1,0,0,0) Principles of preventive dentistry to include: nutritional physiology, essentials and counseling effect of nutrition on dental health; epidemiology, etiology and prevention of dental disease; design and management of a plaque control program and additional preventive measures, i.e., fluoride and sealant utilization.

DA 299B Independent Study 1-5 (1-5,0,0,0) Selected topics of interest to dental assisting students.

DA 118B

Dental Materials for Dental Assistants 3 (2,3,0,0) Composition, characteristics, physical properties and uses of materials commonly used in dental practice. Includes laboratory practice in manipulating dental materials. DA 119B Dental Chairside Procedures 4 (2,8,0,0) Development of the dexterity needed to assist in four-and sixhanded dentistry, demonstrating proper posture and form at chairside. Positive communication, sterilization, disinfection, and neatness are stressed, plus knowledge of instruments, dental operative procedures, manipulation of cements, bases and impression materials. Corequisites: DA 118B, 124B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CUL 295

Dance DAN 101 Dance Appreciation 3 (3,0,0,0) A multicultural exploration of the world’s first and most universal art form. Ballet history, sex and social dance, the politics of dance and 20th century self-expression among others are investigated through lecture, video and demonstration. DAN 125 Ballroom Dance (Beginning) 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Instruction in the major ballroom dances, including waltz, swing, fox trot, tango, rumba, and the cha-cha. DAN 126

Ballroom Dance (Beginning/Intermediate) 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Continuation of beginning ballroom dance. Prerequisite: DAN 125 or equivalent.


293

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS DAN 132 Jazz Dance (Beginning) Beginning techniques of jazz dance.

1 (1,2.5,0,0)

DAN 232 Jazz Dance (Intermediate) 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Intermediate techniques of jazz dance. Prerequisite: DAN 133 or equivalent.

DAN 133

Jazz Dance (Beginning/Intermediate) 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Continuation of beginning jazz dance. Prerequisite: DAN 132 or equivalent. DAN 135 Beginning Ballet 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Beginning techniques and theory of classical ballet. Beginning Intermediate Ballet 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Continuation of beginning ballet with more demanding concepts and skills. Prerequisite: DAN 135 or equivalent.

DAN 235 Intermediate Ballet 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Technique and theory of classical ballet. Prerequisite: DAN 136 or equivalent. DAN 238 Intermediate Modern Dance 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Technique and theory of modern concert dance. Prerequisite: DAN 138 or equivalent.

DAN 136

DAN 138 Beginning Modern Dance 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Introductory technique and theory of modern concert dance. Tap Dance (Beginning) DAN 144 Beginning techniques of tap dancing.

1 (1,2.5,0,0)

DAN 244 Tap Dance (Intermediate) 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Intermediate techniques of tap dance. Prerequisite: DAN 145 or equivalent. DAN 245 Repertory Tap Dance 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Learning of tap repertory and new choreography leading to performance opportunities. Prerequisite: DAN 145 or equivalent. DAN 270

DAN 145

Tap Dance (Beginning/Intermediate) 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Continuation of beginning tap dance. Prerequisite: DAN 144 or equivalent. Latin Dance 1 (1,2.5,0,0) DAN 168 Further development of Latin dances introduced in Beginning Ballroom Dance, plus the introduction of additional dances within the genre, including: Salsa, Merengue, Samba, and Mambo. Prerequisite: DAN 125. DAN 170

Beginning Middle 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Eastern Dance Learn to isolate and undulate gracefully to the mysterious sounds of Middle Eastern music. Explore the ancient arts of belly dance and the people throughout history who have contributed to its evolution. 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Yoga for Dancers DAN 175 Yoga techniques of stretching and breathing applied to the dancer’s instrument with resultant stress relief, increased flexibility and enhanced physical alignment. DAN 188 Dance Improvisation 2 (2,1.5,0,0) Development of performance and compositional skills through the exploration and analysis of basic dance elements including time, shape, space, motion and dynamics. DAN 225

Ballroom Dance (Intermediate) 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Intermediate techniques of ballroom dance. Prerequisite: DAN 126 or equivalent.

294


Intermediate Middle Eastern Dance 1 (1,2.5,0,0) A continuation of learning to isolate and undulate gracefully to the mysterious sounds of Middle Eastern music. A further exploration of the ancient arts of belly dance and the people throughout history who have contributed to its evolution. Prerequisite: DAN 170 or equivalent. DAN 281 Dance Performance 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Learning of repertory and new choreography leading to formal and informal performance opportunities. DAN 287 Concert Dance Company 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Professionally structured rehearsal of repertory and new choreography in preparation for formal performances, educational outreach programs and possible touring. Prerequisites: DAN 188, 235, 238 or equivalent. Class size limited, audition required. 2 (2,1.5,0,0) Choreography DAN 288 Introduction to the art of making dances with emphasis on the manipulation of time, shape, space, motion and dynamics.

Drafting DFT 100

Basic Drafting 4 (3,3,0,0) Fundamentals An introduction to manual drafting procedures including lettering, geometric constructions, orthographic projection, dimensioning, sections, auxiliary views and metric, architectural and engineering techniques. Corequisite: MATH 116.

DFT 207 Descriptive Geometry 3 (2,3,0,0) View relationships, spatial visualization, relation between point, line and plane as pertaining to architectural and engineering applications. Prerequisite: DFT 100.

DH 113B General and Oral Pathology 3 (3,0,0,0) The fundamentals of microscopic and gross pathology disease, repair, healing and regression. Recognition of the normal and abnormal in the oral cavity and human body. Prerequisites: BIOL 223 and 224.

Dental Hygiene

DH 115 Clinical Practice I 3 (0,0,12,0) Practice in performing oral prophylaxis, sterilization, patient management, patient education, fluoride use, charting, inspection of teeth, patient scheduling and recare systems. Prerequisites: DH 104, 105.

DH 100B

Introduction to Dental Hygiene 1 (0.5,0,0,1) Guided study of the role, responsibilities, and career opportunities of the dental hygienist. Field observation required.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DH 116B DH 102 Oral Biology 3 (2,3,0,0) Histology and embryology of oral structural formation. Clinical recognition of normal oral structures, study of physiological and structural functions of the teeth, head and neck and supporting tissues. Prerequisites: Any Anatomy and Physiology course with a lab. DH 103B Head and Neck Anatomy 2 (1,3,0,0) Anatomy of the head and neck with emphasis on structure and physiology of the oral cavity. DH 104 Dental Hygiene I 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to dental hygiene practice. Use and care of instruments, medical and dental histories, emergencies, infection control, appointment procedures and clinical operations. Corequisite: DH 105. DH 105

Introduction to Clinical Practice 2 (0,0,8,0) Clinical application of diagnostic, preventive and therapeutic procedures utilized in patient care by a dental hygienist. Corequisite: DH 104. DH 107

Legal and Ethical Implications in Dental Hygiene 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to professional, legal and ethical concepts in Dental Hygiene. DH 108B Concepts of Prevention 2 (2,0,0,0) Basic concepts of oral hygiene care, adjunctive aids and foundations of preventive oral health services. Introduction to deposits, stains and fluorides. DH 110 Concepts of Oral Health 2 (1,3,0,0) Basic concepts of oral health care, adjunctive aids and foundation of preventive strategies. Introduction to product evaluation, disease process, needs assessment, behavior modification, learning principles, deposits, stains and fluoride. DH 112 Oral Radiology 3 (2,3,0,0) A study of the theory of radiology, the techniques of film exposure, processing, mounting and interpreting. Radiation dosage and hazards as well as protection services for patient and operator are stressed.

Supervised Clinical Practice 1-3 (0,0,3-9,0) This course is designed to provide continuity of clinical practice from DH 115. The student will continue to improve clinical skills. Graded Pass/Fail only. DH 117 Periodontics I 2 (1,3,0,0) Advanced instrumentation, ultrasonic devices, root planing, curettage, subgingival irrigation and hypersensitivity. Application of sealant material, instrument sharpening, dental implants and study of occlusion. DH 119

General and Oral Pathology for Dental Hygienists 2 (2,0,0,0) The fundamentals of microscopic and gross pathology disease, repair, healing and regression. Special emphasis: diseases, developmental disturbances, infection, lesions, and injuries to the oral cavity. DH 120B

Fundamentals of Nutrition in Dentistry 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to principles of basic biochemistry. Application of nutritional education to dental hygiene practice. Prerequisite: CHEM 110. DH 122

Nutritional Aspects in Dentistry 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to principles of basic biochemistry and the relationship of nutrition to oral health. Application of nutritional education to dental hygiene practice: provide nutritional assessment. DH 202 Pharmacology 2 (2,0,0,0) A study of drugs by groups with special emphasis on those used in dentistry including their physical and chemical properties, dosage and therapeutic effects. DH 203 Special Patients 2 (2,0,0,0) Considerations in the treatment of patients with specific physical and mental challenges with a special emphasis on the management of the geriatric patient. DH 205B Clinical Practice II 5 (1,0,19,0) Clinical application of diagnostic, preventive, and therapeutic procedures utilized in patient care by a dental hygienist, with increased levels of achievement in all dental hygiene skills.


295

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS DH 206B Dental Materials 3 (2,3,0,0) Introduction to the physical properties of dental materials in the laboratory. Experience in the manipulation and preparation of those dental materials commonly used in dental practice. Prerequisite: CHEM 110. DH 207B Periodontics II 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the causes and classifications of disease with the principles of treatment. DH 208 Community Dental Health I 2 (2,0,0,0) Functions of health care agencies, literature, epidemiology of dental diseases, community preventive measures, program planning, the geriatric population and dental health educational methods.

DH 219 Community Dental Health Lab 1 (0,3,0,0) Prepares student to function as an effective oral health educator and resource person in public health settings. Prerequisite: DH 208. DH 220 Clinical Dental Hygiene III 4 (0,0,16,0) A continuation of Clinical Dental Hygiene II. Prerequisite: DH 210. DH 299B Independent Study 1-5 (1-5,0,0,0) Covers selected topics of interest to dental hygiene students including review for Dental Hygiene National Board Examination. Graded Pass/Fail only. Prerequisite: Instructor permission and department chair. DH 400

DH 209 Pain and Anxiety Control 3 (2,0,3,0) Administration of local anesthetics and nitrous oxide/oxygen analgesia. Pharmacological agents, physical and emotional evaluation of patients, anatomy and neurophysiology. Management of related medical emergencies. DH 210 Clinical Dental Hygiene II 4 (0,0,16,0) Clinical application of diagnostic, preventive, and therapeutic procedures utilized in patient care by a dental hygienist. Prerequisite: DH 115. Dental Materials and Techniques for Dental Hygienists 2 (1,3,0,0) Study of dental materials including physical and chemical properties, manipulation, utilization, and application in dental and dental hygiene procedures. DH 211

DH 212 Periodontic Principles II 2 (2,0,0,0) Fundamental principles of periodontics, etiology, histopathology, classification of gingival and periodontal diseases, prevention and non-surgical treatment. DH 215B Clinical Practice III 4 (1,0,15,0) A continuation of Clinical Practice II. Prerequisite: DH 205B. DH 216 Principles of Dental Practice 1 (1,0,0,0) Concepts of dental office management, productivity, marketing, interviewing and responsibilities of professionals. DH 217 Periodontics III 1 (1,0,0,0) Advanced study of periodontology with special emphasis on new surgical modalities and equipment. Orientation to all aspects of periodontal practice. 2 (1,3,0,0) Community Dental Health II DH 218B Designed to prepare the student to function as an effective oral health practitioner, educator and resource person in a variety of community health settings. Includes field experience. Implement a program designed to change the health status of a target group. Prerequisite: DH 208.

296


Group Dynamics and Human Relationships 3 (3,0,0,0) Emphasis on interpersonal, intrapersonal, and group relationships. Students will develop skills in communication, leadership, and team building. Prerequisite: Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program. DH 402

Public Health and Special Populations 2 (2,0,0,0) Historical and evolutionary concepts of public health. Exploration of social responsibility and population characteristics. A basic knowledge of working with special populations in Public Health. Prerequisite: Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program. DH 404 Research Methodology 2 (2,0,0,0) Fundamental and working knowledge of the scientific method employed in oral health research. Critical analysis of research. Utilization of scientific research and supporting evidence-based publications. Prerequisite: Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program. DH 406 Health Care Administration 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to health administration, evaluation of settings, and interventions. Emphasis on dental care in the United States and government policies that affect these areas. Prerequisite: Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program. DH 408

Teaching Concepts for the Oral Health Professional 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to the basic concepts of teaching. Includes teaching philosophies and methodologies. Emphasis on units of learning, learning objectives, and lesson plans. Prerequisite: Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program. DH 410

Cross Cultural Communication in Health Care 3 (3,0,0,0) Assists students with understanding of multi-cultural differences by integrating various cultural beliefs and attitudes with language skills. Prerequisite: Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program.

DH 412

Dental Public Health Administration 2 (2,0,0,0) Foundational concepts of leadership skills as applied to oral health programs, program management, legal, financial and ethical considerations. Communication with the grant writing process is presented. Prerequisites: DH 402,and 404 and admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program.

DT 117

DH 418

Advanced Education Concepts 2 (2,0,0,0) Emphasis will be placed on curriculum planning and implementation. New classroom technology will be emphasized. Prerequisite: DH 408 and admission to the Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program.

DT 136 Diesel Engine Repair I 4 (1,6,0,0) Students develop basic knowledge of design, construction and operating principles of diesel engines. This course emphasizes service, maintenance, diagnosis and repair of internal engine components including lubrication and cooling systems.

DH 422

DT 138 Diesel Engine Repair II 4 (1,6,0,0) Students study components, maintenance, diagnostics and repair of modern diesel engines with a specific focus on intake, fuel delivery, and exhaust systems. This course prepares the student for the ASE T2 certification exam. Prerequisite: DT 136 or instructor approval.

Oral Epidemiology and Biostatistics 2 (2,0,0,0) Principles and methods of epidemiologic investigation and the use of classical statistical approaches to describe the oral health of populations. Prerequisites: DH 402 or consent of instructor and admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program. DH 428 Clinical/Laboratory Teaching 2 (1,0,4,0) Provides students with knowledge and skills in clinical instruction. Psychomotor skill development and analysis and remediation of performance problems are stressed. Includes seminar and clinical application. Prerequisites: DH 418 or instructor permission and admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program. DH 440 Capstone Seminar I 2 (2,0,0,0) Provides opportunity to develop an action plan to solve a problem or meet the needs within one of the respective professional tracks. Prerequisites: Completion of all DH core courses and admission to the Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program. DH 442 Capstone Seminar II 2 (2,0,0,0) Provides opportunity to implement action plan developed within one of the professional tracks. Final Course in BSDH Program. Prerequisites: DH 440 and admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Program.

Diesel Technology DT 104 Diesel Equipment Service 4 (1,6,0,0) Preventive maintenance procedures of the major components of heavy equipment, use of hand and power tools service manuals, precision measurement, and equipment out of service standards. Diesel/Heavy Equipment Electrical Systems 4 (1,6,0,0) This course introduces electrical systems on modern trucks and construction equipment. Theory of electricity and electronics, types of electrical circuits, wiring, components and use of test equipment are covered as well as diagnostics of batteries, starting and charging systems.

Advanced Diesel/Heavy Equipment Electronics 4 (1,6,0,0) Advanced troubleshooting of AC and DC, electronic circuits, on board computers, electronically controlled components including convenience accessories and hydraulic controls. This course prepares the student for the ASE T6 certification exam. Prerequisite: DT 115 or instructor approval.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

4 (1,6,0,0,) DT 145 Diesel Brake Systems This course provides students with knowledge of medium and heavy duty hydraulic and airbrake systems including study in components, maintenance, diagnostics, and repair. This course prepares the student for the ASE T4 certification exam. DT 155

Steering, Suspension and Hydraulic Directional Controls 4 (1,6,0,0) Prepares the student with the knowledge and skills needed to adjust, diagnose, service and repair mechanical and hydraulic directional control, as well as suspension systems found on trucks and construction equipment. This course prepares the student for the ASE T5 certification exam. DT 165

Diesel/Heavy Equipment Heating, Air Conditioning 4 (1,6,0,0) This course covers theory, diagnostics, maintenance and service of air conditioning equipment found on truck cabs and off-road equipment. Emphasis is placed on diagnosis of various refrigerant systems while demonstrating knowledge and practice of EPA compliance requirements. Diesel/Heavy Equipment 4 (1,6,0,0) Drive Train and Axles This course includes the study of heavy truck chassis heavy duty transmissions, drivelines, power dividers, differentials as well as torque converters, torque dividers, power shift transmissions, planetary and gear final drives, tracks, rollers and idlers. Emphasis is placed on troubleshooting and service procedures required. DT 205

DT 115

2 (0,0,0,10) Internship Co-Op I DT 295 Cooperative education course, designed to provide the student with on-the-job supervised and educationally directed work experience. Each course except DT 295 will have a prerequisite of successful completion of the preceding Work Experience course.


297

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS DT 296 Internship Co-Op II 2 (0,0,0,10) Cooperative education course, designed to provide the student with on-the-job supervised and educationally directed work experience. Each course except DT 295 will have a prerequisite of successful completion of the preceding Work Experience course. DT 297 Internship Co-Op III 2 (0,0,0,10) Cooperative education course, designed to provide the student with on-the-job supervised and educationally directed work experience. Each course except DT 295 will have a prerequisite of successful completion of the preceding Work Experience course.

Early Childhood Education ECE 121

Parent Caregiver Relationships 1 (1,0,0,0) A course designed for Early Childhood students in which they can acquire various communications skills to enhance parent/caregiver relationships. ECE 122 Observation Skills 1 (1,0,0,0) A course designed to expose parents and teachers to various formal and informal observation methods that will enhance their observation and recording skills.


1 (1,0,0,0)

A study of mathematical development in young children. Emphasis on teaching techniques, materials and activities for supporting math development.

ECE 152


1 (1,0,0,0)

Study of young child’s emerging awareness of the biological and physical environment. Emphasis on supportive teaching techniques, materials and activities.

ECE 153

Language Development in the Preschool

1 (1,0,0,0)

Study of the development of language in preschool children. Exposure to activities and materials for fostering development of receptive and expressive language skills in the preschool.

ECE 154

Literature for Preschool Children

1 (1,0,0,0)

Brief survey of literature and poetry for use with preschool children. Techniques for integrating literature into the preschool curriculum will be examined.

ECE 155


1 (1,0,0,0)

Health and Nutrition for Young Children 1 (1,0,0,0) Study includes nutrition, health safety, infectious disease, first aid, and preventative measures for accidents and spread of diseases.

The development of learning activities and materials which augment and enhance the development of literacy skills in the young child.

ECE 127

Teaching techniques and music activities for young children. Focus on listening, singing, rhythm and creative movement.

ECE 123

Role of Play for Infants and Toddlers 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) Emphasis on techniques and play materials for use in the home and child care settings which will foster the child’s total development from birth to 2 1/2 years. ECE 130 Infancy 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of social, emotional, language and sensorimotor development in infancy. Emphasis placed on skills and facilitating optimum infant development. 1 (1,0,0,0) Guiding Infant/Toddlers ECE 134 A guidance course based on knowledge of developmental levels coupled with realistic expectations for behavior. Emphasis on positive teaching and parenting approaches. 1 (1,0,0,0) Step Families ECE 138 A course for parents and teachers focusing on the unique dynamics of step families, and the special issues of adults and children living in them.

298

ECE 151


ECE 156

ECE 157

Music in the Preschool Curriculum


1 (1,0,0,0)

1 (1,0,0,0)

A study of artistic/creative development. Emphasis on teaching techniques for supporting and enhancing artistic/creative development using a range of materials and activities.

ECE 158


1 (1,0,0,0)

A study of teaching techniques, materials and activities for supporting and enhancing gross motor development with a focus on both patterned and creative movement.

ECE 159

After School Activities

1 (1,0,0,0)

Developing curriculum for the school-aged child in after school programs. Emphasis on appropriate teaching techniques, materials, activities and nutritious snacks.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ECE 163 The School Age Child 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of the social, emotional, physical and cognitive development of the child from 6-12 years with emphasis on facilitation of optimum development. ECE 200 The Exceptional Child 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of the characteristics and requirements of children with special needs. Focus on the various exceptionalities, legislation affecting persons with special needs, and the impact of special needs upon the family and the individual. ECE 202

Understanding Human Growth and Development 3 (3,0,0,0) The class will provide a comprehensive introduction to the principles and basic concepts of child development. The course integrates the dimensions of physical, cognitive and psychosocial development into each major state of the child’s life — prenatal, infancy, preschool years, middle childhood and adolescence. ECE 204 Principles of Child Guidance 3 (3,0,0,0) A focus on support and enhancement of the child’s social/emotional development, social skills, and self-esteem through the use of positive guidance. ECE 231 Preschool Practicum 4 (0,0,0,16) A student teaching experience either on or off campus. Corequisites: ECE 245 and department approval. ECE 232

Practicum: Infant 4 (0,0,0,16) and Toddler A student teaching experience in an infant/toddler setting either on or off campus. Concurrent enrollment in ECE 245 MAY be required. Instructor approval. ECE 233

ECE 238

Family and Community Relations 1 (1,0,0,0) Requires participation in the Community College Early Childhood Education Lab. Class, conferences, discussion and community resources studied and applied to home and school needs. May repeat course once. ECE 240

Administration of the Preschool 3 (3,0,0,0) Capstone course for students completing the Early Childhood Education Directors degree program. Instructor approval required. ECE 241 Practicum for Teacher Aides 4 (0,0,0,16) A teaching experience as an aide in an elementary classroom. Corequisites: ECE 245 and department approval. ECE 245 Practicum Seminar 2 (2,0,0,0) A required seminar for students concurrently enrolled in ECE 231, or 241. Instructor approval. ECE 250

Introduction to Early 3 (3,0,0,0) Childhood Education An introduction to early childhood education. A course which deals with the total program: types, objectives, philosophy, curriculum, physical plant and equipment as these aspects relate to needs and interests of adults and children involved in early childhood field. ECE 251

Curriculum in Early Childhood Education 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of curriculum models; developmental learning theories; and curriculum planning and implementation in early childhood programs. Prerequisite: ECE 250. ECE 252 Infant/Toddler Curriculum 3 (3,0,0,0) Planning and implementing a curriculum for children age 02 1/2 years emphasizing physical, emotional, social and cognitive development through daily routines and planned activities. ECE 254 Applied Child Guidance 3 (3,0,0,0) A course focusing on the practical application of positive guidance methods and the concept of family systems. Prerequisite: ECE 204.

Practicum in Early Childhood 3 (0,0,0,9) Special Education A practical course focusing on the development of techniques, strategies and adaptations needed to implement the inclusion of pre-school children with special needs.

ECE 260 Children’s Literature 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of children’s literature and poetry for teachers and parents. Emphasis on developing literacy and strategies for integrating children’s literature into school and home environments.

ECE 235

ECE 273

Adapting Curricula for Young Children With Special Needs 3 (3,0,0,0) Course focuses on adapting typical early childhood curricula to meet the needs of infants, toddlers and preschoolers with special needs. Prerequisites: ECE 200, 251.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ECE 162 Teaching the Two Year Old 1 (1,0,0,0) Study of the physical, cognitive, and social-emotional characteristics of two year old children. Emphasis on choosing learning materials and equipment and on planning appropriate activities for two year olds in music, art, physical education, math, science, language development, literature, and reading readiness.

Individual Child and 3 (3,0,0,0) Community Study of the impact growing up in a changing world has on the development of children. Emphasis on the process of socialization.


299

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ECE 274

Individual Child and Family 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of the family as a system and the way it evolves and nurtures the child. Prerequisite: ECE 204. ECE 285 Current Issues in Infancy 2 (2,0,0,0) Study of the current trends and issues in infancy and their impact on working with infants.

Economics ECON 100 Introduction to Economics 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is intended for students with no prior background in business or economics. It is study of basic macroeconomics, microeconomics, and international economics principles, as well as current global economic and social issues. The course introduces the student to basic economic concepts and applications emphasizing the economic way of thinking. The student will, therefore, relate principles such as scarcity, opportunity cost, and cost-benefit analyses to everyday real world economic situations. ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics 3 (3,0,0,0) An examination of the price theory for product market models and consumer demand models with attention focused on the application of price theory in current economics issues. Prerequisite: MATH 096. ECON 103 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the determination of levels of national income, employment, prices and basic causes of fluctuation of these levels. Prerequisite: MATH 096. ECON 180

The Economics of Discrimination 3 (3,0,0,0) The Discrimination of Economics investigates the economic causes, effects, and remedies of discrimination based on categories such as age, ethnicity, gender, religion, national origin, or sexuality. (Same as WMST 180.) ECON 261 Principles of Statistics I 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to descriptive statistics, probability and expectations, theoretical distributions, hypothesis testing, correlation and regression analysis. The emphasis is on use, application and interpretation of statistical techniques. Prerequisite: MATH 124 or 132 or instructor permission. ECON 262 Principles of Statistics II 3 (3,0,0,0) Advanced statistical techniques, including multiple regression, the classical time series model, analysis of variance and non-parametric statistics. Prerequisite: ECON 261 or instructor permission. ECON 274 Investment Economics 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will explore the basic scientific paradigms and applications to micro-finance and investing. Topics will include individual securities, equity, fixed income, governments, global issues, bond funds, limited partnerships, options, futures, monetary market systems, real estate investing, microbanking, precious metals, antiques and collectables, micro-financial planning and many others.

300


ECON 275 Risk Management Economics 3 (3,0,0,0) This is a course of study in the theory and practice of risk management and insurance economics. Topics include risk management typology and Cyber risk models/applications, wealth creation and conversation, estate planning science, life insurance market, health risk management, senior risk management, basic insurance ethics, federal and state insurance laws and codes and many others. ECON 276

Internship in Financial Economics 3 (1,0,0,8) Interactive participation with numerous financial institutions in applying practical financial and investment tools and policies toward the completion of a research financial and investment project. ECON 295

Special Topics in Economics 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) Topics of current interest in applied economics and finance. This develops awareness of and appreciation for applied economics. May be repeated for a maximum of six credits. ECON 320

Economics of Health 3 (3,0,0,0) and Health Care Economics of health care sector including physician, allied health professional, hospital and insurance markets. Emphasis on the role of government, private sector, information and externalities in health care outcomes. Prerequisites: ECON 102 or consent of the instructor and Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Degree Program.

Education EDU 201

Introduction to Elementary Education 3 (3,0,0,0) Introductory course in teacher education that examines the role of the elementary school teacher in today’s society; historical, philosophical, cultural, and social domains are investigated. Strategies for effective interpersonal communication are explored. Foundations for the practice of teaching are explored and practiced at an introductory level. Observation in a local elementary school is required. EDU 202

Introduction to Secondary Education 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the historical and philosophical foundations, settings, problems, and issues related to contemporary secondary schooling and its complexities. Current issues and educational foundations (multicultural, social, and psychological) emphasized. Observation in a classroom is required. EDU 203

Introduction to Special Education 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides an overview of special education. Focus is on characteristics of learners with disabilities and on the historical, social and legal foundations of special education. The course is designed for undergraduate students in special education, general education, nursing, counseling, psychology and related fields. Observation in a classroom is required.

EDU 210 Nevada School Law 2 (2,0,0,0) This course is designed to acquaint prospective teachers with the legal aspects of the school setting. EDU 220

Principles of Educational Psychology 4 (4,0,0,0) The psychology of learning, motivation, growth and development, personality, dynamics, and social adjustment. Prerequisites: 33 total credits. EDU 234

Survey of Computer Uses in Education 3 (3,0,0,0) Overview of the uses of computers in education, including the use of the computer as a teacher utility, the use of application programs, and the selection and use of educational software. Prerequisite: Basic computer and word processing skills. Internet Research in Education 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is designed to help students learn more about information resources available when conducting research in the field of education and other subjects; identifying and mastering appropriate Internet research tools (search engines, directories, databases, digital libraries, e-journals, bibliographies, encyclopedias); developing research strategies, and critically evaluating Internet information.

EGG 131 Technical Physics I 4 (3,3,0,0) This course is designed for students in technical areas to study physics. Numerical calculations are intensive. This is the first semester of a one-year course. It covers equilibrium, motion, dynamics, wave and fluid mechanics. Prerequisites: MATH 111B, 116 or above (except MATH 122, 123).

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EGG 132 Technical Physics II 4 (3,3,0,0) Continuation of EGG 131. Covers thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, basic AC/DC circuits, solid state physics, optics, and an introduction to modern physics. Prerequisite: EGG 131. EGG 206 Engineering Mechanics I 3 (3,0,0,0) Engineering analysis of concentrated and distributed force systems at equilibrium. Prerequisites: MATH 181, DFT 207, or instructor approval.

EDU 270

EDU 280 Valuing Cultural Diversity 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces preservice educators to microcultures which may include class, ethnicity, gender, exceptionalities, religion, language, and age. Culturally appropriate pedagogical practices, dimensions of multicultural education and educational implications of diversity emphasized. EDU 298

Introduction to Gifted Education 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of educational programs for gifted children, including identification, characteristics, history, philosophy and programming options. Investigations on research, creativity, intelligence and special populations will also be covered.

Electrical Engineering EE 220 Circuits I 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to linear circuits analysis. Kirchhoff’s laws, operational amplifiers, node and loop analysis. Thevenin, Norton, and other circuit network theorems, first order RL and RC circuits, second order RLC circuits. A circuits simulation software PSpcie will also be covered in this course. Prerequisite: MATH 182.

Engineering 3 (2,2,0,0) EGG 125B Civil-Survey Design Advanced subdivision, street and utility horizontal design and computations; basic map preparation; methods and procedures for construction surveying of civil-designed improvements.

Emergency Management Administration EMA 101

Principles of Emergency Management 3 (3,0,0,0) This course introduces students to the fundamental aspects of emergency management. Students will learn the principles of emergency management and be able to work with the main emergency management issues. The course also describes how various emergency management services work together in a system of resources and capabilities. Emergency Planning 3 (3,0,0,0) EMA 102 This course will educate students about emergency planning and facilitate the process of working through the tasks that are required to develop a comprehensive, risk-based, allhazard Emergency Operations Plan (EOP). It will focus on the teamwork and coordination required in implementing the EOP when emergencies occur. Prerequisite: EMA 101. EMA 120

Emergency Operations Centers 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides information on how to determine the best location for an Emergency Operations Center (EOC), and describes the factors that should be considered in choosing its physical design. It describes the most prevalent approaches to EOC functions and the reasons for using them in organizing an EOC. The course also stresses the importance of standard operating procedures (SOPs) in EOC operations, and the requirement for conducting exercises and evaluations of the EOC. Prerequisite: EMA 101. Role and Scope of the Public Information Officer 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides students with the basic skills needed to perform public information duties as they relate to emergency management. It focuses on the definition of the job of the Public Information Officer (PIO) as well as the skills needed for that position. The course also covers the Joint Information System element of the National Incident Management System. Prerequisite: EMA 101. EMA 130


301

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EMA 140

Disaster Response and Recovery

Emergency Medical Services 3 (3,0,0,0)

This course introduces the basic concepts of disaster response and recovery. Concepts include the roles and responsibilities of emergency management stakeholders. Describes how roles and responsibilities differ in response versus recovery. Prerequisite: EMA 101.

EMA 210

Disaster Mitigation

3 (3,0,0,0)

This course presents the concepts that will enable students to apply the techniques of mitigation responsibilities in accordance with the National Mitigation Strategy and applicable regulations and standards. Prerequisite: EMA 101.

EMA 220

Emergency Simulations and Exercises

3 (3,0,0,0)

This course provides students with the knowledge and skills to develop and conduct disaster exercises that can be used to test emergency operations plans and the operational response capabilities of organizations, businesses and communities. The course also addresses and satisfies the National Exercise and Evaluation Program criteria. Prerequisite: EMA 101.

EMA 230

Incident Command System National Curriculum

4 (4,0,0,0)

The ICS National Training Curriculum covers I-100 ICS Orientation; I-200 Basic ICS; I-300 Intermediate ICS; I-400 Advanced ICS; I-401 Multiagency Coordination; and I-402 ICS for Executives. ICS is a required element of the National Incident Management System. This course provides ICS management tools for all levels of users. Prerequisite: EMA 101.

EMA 240

Web-Based Emergency Management Simulation Exercise

4 (4,0,0,0)

This exercise provides an opportunity to identify the issues and problems faced in responding to a terrorist incident. The incident is presented in several stages to focus on a variety of response issues. Each stage of the exercise covers key elements that are likely to be encountered in responding to a terrorist incident. Prerequisite: EMA 101.

EMA 250

Terrorism Response Planning 3 (3,0,0,0)

This course identifies policies and procedures for the emergency management administrator and staff. It evaluates Emergency Operations Plans (EOPs) as well as other government entities. The EMA manager will learn about hard and soft targets in his or her jurisdiction. Prerequisite: EMA 101.

302


EMS 108B

Emergency Medical Technician Training 8 (7,3.5,0,0) Basic emergency medical training in trauma and medical patient assessment, airway management, fracture and wound care, basic pharmacology and semiautomatic external defibrillation. EMS 150B must be taken concurrently and student must complete and pass both courses to meet national standards. Course satisfies local fire department testing prerequisite. Prerequisites: Healthcare Provider CPR card, current immunizations, and health insurance required. EMS 109B Basic EMT Refresher 2 (1.5,1,0,0) A 40-hour refresher course to update the skills of the Basic EMT. Required every two years for the Basic EMT in order to keep certification current. Review of the skills taught in basic course, new skills and new information that has become part of the EMS curriculum. Prerequisites: EMS 108B and/or current certification within the last two years as a Basic EMT. EMS 115B

Emergency Medical Technician - Intermediate 7 (6,3,0,0) Instructs in the roles and responsibilities for the EMTIntermediate. Skills include, but are not limited to, patient assessment skills, intravenous therapy, advanced airway management, basic electrophysiology, radio communications, and pharmacology for the EMT Intermediate. Corequisites: EMS 116B, 171B, 171L. Prerequisites: Current certification as a Nevada Basic EMT, current immunizations, and health insurance required. EMS 116B Intermediate Clinical Practice 1 (0,0,7,0) Field training for the EMT Intermediate student. Will involve in-hospital rotations, field ambulance training, and community service. Corequisite: EMS 115B. Prerequisites: Current certification as a Nevada Basic EMT, current immunizations, health insurance required. EMS 117B Clinical Practicum 1 (0,0,4,0) Supervised application of EMT Intermediate skills in the field and/or hospital setting. Emphasis will be on patient assessment, EKG interpretation, pharmacology applications, advanced and basic airway management. Prerequisites: Current enrollment or acceptance in the CSN Paramedic program. Current certification as an Intermediate EMT, current immunizations, health insurance required. EMS 125B Pharmacology for Paramedics 3 (3,0,0,0) A fundamental course in pharmacology for the prehospital health provider. Areas of emphasis are the pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics of drug therapy, roles and responsibilities of drug administration and dosage calculations. Covers common drug classifications found in the prehospital setting. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN Paramedic training.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EMS 129B Paramedic Fundamentals 3 (2,3,0,0) Basic aspects of patient assessment, airway management, communications, medical and legal considerations, and the moral and ethical aspects of pre-hospital emergency care. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN Paramedic training. EMS 145B

Essentials of Paramedic Medicine 3 (3,0,0,0) Course will allow the participant to apply the information gained from previous course work. Basic aspects of EMS systems, patient assessment skills, documentation, advanced airway procedures, and special circumstances such as assault and abuse, bioterrorism, and crime scene awareness will be addressed. This course will be tailored to advancing the students’ understanding of these subjects through both lecture and hands-on practice. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN paramedic program. EMS 150B EMT Basic Clinical 1 (0,0,6,0) This course places the EMT Basic in the skill performance clinical arena. Areas of emphasis are to include, but are not limited to, field ambulance ride-a-longs, in-hospital ER, psych, and labor and delivery and community service. Corequisite: EMS 108B. EMS 165B

Pathophysiology for Paramedics 3 (3,0,0,0) A correlative approach to pathophysiology employing both physical assessment skills and a basic cellular understanding to the various disease entities and trauma processes. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN Paramedic Training. EMS 166B Paramedic Technology 4 (3,3,0,0) Instructs in the recognition and management of medical and traumatic emergencies, which includes advanced airway management, advanced invasive procedures, medication administration and electrical therapy modalities. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN Paramedic Training. EMS 167B Paramedic Clinical Practice II 2 (0,0,16,0) Supervised application in a hospital and prehospital setting of the skills learned in aggregate Paramedic Training. Emphasis will be on patient assessment, recognition and management of medical and trauma emergencies. Grading to be on a Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN Paramedic Training.

EMS 168B

Electrophysiology/ Electrocardiography 3 (3,0,0,0) Instructs in the anatomy and physiology of the conduction system of the heart, the electrical system and electrocardiography, abnormal EKG patterns and the recognition and management of dangerous or life-threatening dysrhythmias. Includes an introduction to 12-lead ECG interpretation. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN Paramedic Training.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EMS 127B Paramedic Clinical Practice I 2 (0,0,16,0) Supervised application in a hospital and prehospital setting of the skills learned in aggregate Paramedic Training. Emphasis will be on patient assessment, recognition and management of medical and trauma emergencies. Grading to be on a Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN Paramedic Training.

EMS 169B

Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS) 1 (0.75,0.5,0,0) Instructs in the most current standards of the American Heart Association for ACLS. Class is offered in seminar format over two days. Prerequisites: Admission to CSN Paramedic Training or permission, current AHA healthcare provider CPR card. EMS 171B

Prehospital Trauma Life Support (PHTLS) 1 (0.75,0.5,0,0) Instructs in the assessment and management of the critical trauma patient according to national PHTLS format. Course is ALS in format, but may be suitable for very experienced Intermediate level providers. Class is offered in seminar format over two days. Prerequisite: Enrollment in CSN Paramedic Training or department approval. EMS 172B

Vehicle Extrication for Paramedics 3 (2.25,2.25,0,0) Vehicle extrication operations level is a participative course designed for pre-hospital care providers in NFPA 1670. Enhances and incorporates new knowledge and skills necessary to access, extricate, and care for victims of crash incidents. Provides knowledge in scene management and familiarization with local resources needed to mitigate incidents. Provides knowledge for competence at hazardous materials awareness level. Includes National Fire Academy ICS for EMS training. Prerequisite: Enrollment in CSN Paramedic training. Paramedic Field Internship 3 (0,0,0,24-32) Field internship allowing students to practice and apply advanced life support knowledge and skills. Each student will be a third person on a Paramedic rescue unit and will work directly with a Paramedic preceptor. Grading to be on a Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisites: Completion of CSN Paramedic training to date, local provisional Paramedic Certificate. EMS 173B

EMS 174B EMT Paramedic Refresher 4 (3,2,0,0) An 80-hour refresher course to update the skills of the EMT Paramedic. Required every two years for the EMT Paramedic in order to keep certification current. Review of the skills taught in basic and intermediate courses, new skills and new information that have become part of the program. Prerequisites: Current certification as an EMT Paramedic within the last two years.


303

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS EMS 176B Pediatrics for Paramedics 4 (3,3,0,0) Instructs in a comprehensive approach to the pediatric patient from birth to adolescence. Course will include AHAPediatric Advanced Life Support Curriculum (PALS). Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN Paramedic training. EMS 180B Intermediate EMT Refresher 3 (2.5,1,0,0) A 60-hour refresher course to update the skills of the Intermediate EMT. Required every two years for the Intermediate EMT in order to keep certification current. Review of the skills taught in basic and intermediate courses, new skills and new information that have become part of the program. Prerequisites: EMS 115B and/or current certification within the last two years as an Intermediate EMT. EMS 185B Advanced Emergency Care 3 (3,0,0,0) Instructs in the recognition and management of medical and traumatic emergencies, which includes advanced care for hemorrhage and shock, traumatic brain injuries, burns, thoracic and abdominal trauma, allergies and anaphylaxis, toxicology, and hazmat operations. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN paramedic program. EMS 190B Emergency Medical Dispatch 3 (2,0,4,0) Designed to perform emergency dispatch using the Emergency Priority Dispatch Systems. Students identify the correct chief complaint or incident type, prioritize response assignments, provide life-sustaining support, handle difficult callers and reduce the potential for life-threatening mistakes. Operations and Management in EMS 1 (1,0,0,0) Includes EMS system planning, organizing, directing, quality control, financing, stress management, and interagency communications. Will also address current issues in EMS locally and nationally. Prerequisite: Current EMT Paramedic certification or permission.

EMS 212B EMS Preceptor Training 2 (0,6,0,0) A 16-hour training for the experienced provider that will enable them to monitor and evaluate progress of the EMS student. Management, discipline, and the development of an engaging learning environment will be presented. Student, preceptor, and patient emotional intelligence evaluation will be developed. Prerequisites: One year professional or volunteer EMS experience and demonstrated emotional intelligence. EMS 220B Advanced Paramedic Skills 2 (0,6,0,0) This course will allow the participant to apply the information gained from Pathophysiology, Electrophysiology, Pharmacology, Paramedic Fundamentals, Paramedic Technology, Pediatrics, ACLS, PHTLS, PALS/PEP, and CPR. All aspects of the EMS system will be addressed. This course will be tailored to advancing the students understanding of all Paramedic subjects through practical skill scenarios. Prerequisite: Current enrollment in CSN Paramedic Program.

English College Prep English I 5 (5,0,0,0) ENG 092 Emphasis on college-level reading and writing. Practice in paragraph construction and the introduction to the complete essay. Review of grammar/punctuation skills and sentence structure. Guidance and instruction in integrating reading and writing skills. Prerequisite: Placement Test

EMS 201B

EMS 202B Advanced ECG Interpretation 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to 12 lead ECG interpretation. Topics will include intraventricular conduction delays, myocardial ischemia, injury, and infarction. Will also include pre-excitation syndrome, bundle branch blocks, ectopy, and advanced dysrhythmia interpretation. Course may be offered in seminar blocks as necessary. Prerequisite: EMS 168B or current EMTP certification. EMS 210B EMS Instructor 4 (3,0,0,3) An 80-hour program designed for the experienced provider who desires to assist and participate in the EMS education process. Involves learning how to teach adult students the cognitive, psychomotor, and affective domain skills in the EMS classroom. Effective evaluation tools and training in emotional intelligence is also included. Students will participate in a 40-hour mentoring practicum. Prerequisites: One year professional or volunteer EMS experience, demonstrated emotional intelligence and consent of EMS Program Director.

304


ENG 098 Preparatory Composition 3 (3,0,0,0) Intensive reading and writing course focusing on collegelevel critical reading and essay writing strategies. This course was designed for students whose ACT or SAT scores indicate that they would benefit from an additional semester of English before beginning their college-level work. Students who successfully complete English 098 with a grade of C- or better will be eligible to enroll in English 100, 101, or 113. Prerequisite: English 092 or Placement Test. Composition Enhanced 5 (5,0,0,0) ENG 100 A writing intensive course designed to strengthen collegelevel composition skills, with particular attention to audience, purpose, and context for writing. Students receive extensive background in strategies of planning, drafting, and revising. Research, primary and/or secondary, is introduced as a means by which students can extend their own understanding through the use of outside resources. Additionally, critical reading and thinking strategies are developed. Extra assistance with English writing skills (grammar, sentence structure, usage, and punctuation) is provided. Students who successfully complete ENG 100 with a grade of “C-” or higher will satisfy the ENG 101 requirement and will be eligible to enroll in ENG 102. Prerequisite: English Placement Test or ENG 098 or ESL 139 with a grade of “C-” or higher.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Composition I

3 (3,0,0,0)

A writing intensive course designed to strengthen collegelevel composition skills, with particular attention to audience, purpose and context for writing. Students receive extensive background in strategies of planning, drafting and revising. Research, primary and/or secondary, is introduced as a means by which students can extend their own understanding through the use of outside resources. Additionally, critical reading and thinking strategies are developed. Students who successfully complete ENG 101 with a grade of “C-” or higher will be eligible to enroll in ENG 102. Prerequisite: English Placement Test or completion of ENG 098 or ESL 139 with a grade of “C-” or higher.

ENG 101G

Composition I - Honors

3 (3,0,0,0)

A writing intensive, Honors-level course designed to strengthen college-level composition skills, with particular attention to audience, purpose, and context for writing. Limited class size ensures workshop environment and activities including extensive work on planning, drafting and revising. In addition, research techniques for primary and secondary sources are introduced as a means by which students can extend their understanding through outside resources. Critical thinking and reading skills are developed and deepened through oral and written presentations. Prerequisite: Instructor approval or English Placement Test, reflecting placement in ENG 101.

ENG 102

Composition II

3 (3,0,0,0)

Continuation and extension of ENG 101 and equivalents with attention to analytical reading and writing, critical thinking, and research methodologies, while emphasizing interpretation, analysis, synthesis and argument. Prerequisite: ENG 100, or 113 or 101 or 101G.

ENG 102G

Composition II - Honors

ENG 113

Composition I for International Students 3 (3,0,0,0) A writing intensive course designed to strengthen collegelevel composition skills, with particular attention to audience, purpose, and context for writing. Students receive extensive background in strategies of planning, drafting, and revising. Research, primary and/or secondary, is introduced as a means by which students can extend their own understanding through the use of outside resources. Additionally, critical reading and thinking strategies are developed. Students who successfully complete ENG 113 with a grade of C- or better will satisfy the ENG 101 requirement. Prerequisite: Placement test or a grade of Cor better in ESL 139 or ENG 098. ENG 114

Composition II for International Students 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation and extension of ENG 113 and equivalents with attention to analytical reading and writing, critical thinking, and research methodologies, while emphasizing interpretation, analysis, synthesis and argument. Prerequisite: ENG 100, 113 or ENG 101 with a C- or better. ENG 181 Vocabulary and Meaning 2 (2,0,0,0) Problems of meaning, word derivation and word formation are investigated with a view to enlarging and refining a working English vocabulary. ENG 190

Science Fiction/ Fantasy Literature 3 (3,0,0,0) Reading and discussion of selected novels and short stories, with emphasis on the relationship between futuristic and imaginative concepts, the real world and traditional literature. ENG 205

Introduction to Creative Writing: Fiction and Poetry 3 (3,0,0,0) A course designed to give students writing experience, introduce them to marketable types of writing and sharpen their writing to commercially acceptable quality.

3 (3,0,0,0)

An Honors-level version of ENG 102 Composition II, with a more in-depth focus on workshop and research techniques. Class will continue to emphasize rhetorical methodology, while deepening a student’s ability to read and write analytically, think critically, and interpret effectively. Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG 100, or 113 or 101 or 101G.

ENG 211 Introduction to Linguistics 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the study of language from the perspective of Modern Linguistics. The class studies the formation of sounds, words, sentences, and meaning; as well as aspects of language variation and acquisition.

3 (3,0,0,0)

3 (3,0,0,0) Writing Poetry ENG 220 The study of poetry writing methods and forms with concentration on the student’s creative writing. This course can be repeated once.

Instruction and practice in writing in the business world. Emphasis on reports, visuals, and forms of correspondence. Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance on placement test or ENG 101.

ENG 221 Writing Fiction 3 (3,0,0,0) The study of creative non-fiction writing methods and the art of the personal essay with concentration on the student’s creative writing. This course can be repeated once.

ENG 107

Technical Communications I

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENG 101


305

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ENG 223 Themes of Literature 3 (3,0,0,0) Themes and ideas significant in literature. May be repeated for a maximum six credits. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval. ENG 224B Introduction to Screenwriting 3 (3,0,0,0) The study of screenwriting methods and forms with a concentration on the student’s creative writing. ENG 230 Writing Creative Non-Fiction 3 (3,0,0,0) The study of creative non-fiction writing methods and the art of the personal essay with concentration on the student’s creative writing. ENG 231 World Literature I 3 (3,0,0,0) Major figures and movements in world literature from ancient times to the Renaissance. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval. ENG 231G World Literature I - Honors 3 (3,0,0,0) A reading intensive, Honors-level course designed to introduce students to the major figures, movements and ideas in world literature from ancient times to 1650. Prerequisite: Instructor approval or successful completion of ENG 100, or 101, or 113, or 101G. ENG 232 World Literature II 3 (3,0,0,0) Major figures and movements in world literature from the Renaissance to the present. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

ENG 242

Survey of American Literature II

3 (3,0,0,0)

Includes major American works and writers, Civil War to present, with emphasis on both enjoyment and critical appreciation of literature. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

ENG 243

Introduction to Short Story

3 (3,0,0,0)

Short stories read and discussed, with special emphasis on analysis and interpretation of plot, character, point of view, theme, symbol and tone. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

ENG 252

Introduction to Drama

3 (3,0,0,0)

Reading and discussion of works selected from among the best in Western Culture, including but not restricted to ancient Greek comedy and tragedy, Shakespeare, 18th Century Comedy and 19th Century Expressionism. Critical reviewing of drama, both live and on film, is promoted and encouraged. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

ENG 261

Introduction to Poetry

3 (3,0,0,0)

Lectures and discussions about poetry intended to develop the student’s ability to read, understand and evaluate a poem. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

ENG 267

Introduction to Women and Literature

3 (3,0,0,0)

3 (3,0,0,0) ENG 232G World Literature II - Honors A reading intensive, Honors-level course designed to introduce students to the major figures, movements and ideas in world literature from 1650 to the present. Prerequisite: Instructor approval or successful completion of ENG 100, or 101, or 113, or 101G.

Special emphasis on the cultural myths and conventions that have affected women in Western Culture from Greek to modern times. (Not restricted to women authors.) Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

ENG 235

Survey of English Literature I 3 (3,0,0,0) Reading and discussion of major British works and writers from Early English through the 18th Century. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

ENG 271

Survey of English Literature II 3 (3,0,0,0) ENG 236 Reading and discussion of major British works and writers from late 18th Century through modern literature. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

ENG 275

Survey of American Literature I 3 (3,0,0,0) Includes major American works and writers, Colonial Period to the Civil War, with emphasis on both enjoyment and critical appreciation of literature. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

Introduction to Shakespeare

3 (3,0,0,0)

Shakespeare’s principal plays read for their social interest and their literary excellence. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

Contemporary Literature

3 (3,0,0,0)

Reading and discussion of recent literature of various types to acquaint students with contemporary writers. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

ENG 241

306


ENG 278

Readings in the Contemporary Novel

3 (3,0,0,0)

Study of the post-World War II novel, its development, and direction. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Introduction to Chicano Literature 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to Chicano literature through a study of classic and contemporary works of prose, poetry, and theater. Course intended for non-English majors. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of ENG 101 or department chair or instructor approval.

Education Professional Development EPD 111B

The Paraprofessional in Education 3 (3,0,0,0) A course designed to acquaint students with the role of a paraprofessional in education.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENG 292

EPD 112B ENG 293 Latin American Literature 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to a rich and complex tradition of literary production from Latin America (including the Caribbean) that dates back from the pre-Columbian period to the present. Prerequisite: ENG 100, 101 101G, or 113, or instructor’s permission. ENG 296 Portfolio Assessment 1 (0,0,0,1) A one-credit, independent study undertaken to satisfy the exit requirement of the Associate of Arts degree in English with a creative writing emphasis. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. ENG 333 Professional Communications 3 (3,0,0,0) A course in applied rhetoric for students to develop the writing and communication skills they will need as professionals. The goal is to make strong writers with flexible analysis, writing and oral communication skills. Prerequisites: ENG 102 and Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Degree Program.

Effective Classroom Management 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will provide an introduction to classroom management, strategies and techniques for managing student behavior. EPD 113B

Assisting in Math and Science Instruction 3 (3,0,0,0) A course designed to introduce the student paraprofessional to current practices and tutoring strategies for math and science. EPD 114B

Assisting in Language Arts/ Literacy Instruction 3 (3,0,0,0) An introductory course addressing the language arts curriculum and tutoring strategies for the student paraprofessional assisting in the classroom. Spanish for the 3 (3,0,0,0) School Professional Basic conversational Spanish appropriate for the school professional. EPD 115B

Environmental Science ENV 101

Introduction to Environmental Science 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of basic ecological principles and an examination of selected environmental issues including overpopulation, pollution and energy alternatives. ENV 220

Introduction to Ecological Principles 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the major principles and underlying processes of organismal, population, community and ecosystem ecology. (Same as BIOL 220.) Organic Chemistry of Hazardous Wastes 3 (3,0,0,0) An overview of organic hazardous waste nomenclature, occurrence, activity as related to functional groups, measurement, modeling and risk assessment. Prerequisite: CHEM 100 or equivalent. ENV 240

ENV 299B

Special Topics in Environmental Studies 1-3 (0,3-9,0,0) Covers selected topics of interest to students in the environmental sciences. Prerequisite: ENV 101.

EPD 116B Classroom Technology 3 (3,0,0,0) The class will provide the student experience with technology commonly used in the classroom. Understanding Special 3 (3,0,0,0) Education An overview of the basics of special education including the IEP, IDEA and related services essential for education paraprofessionals. EPD 117B

Effective Communication Strategies 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will explore effective communication strategies such as conflict resolution and effective means of communicating in writing in the school setting. EPD 118B

EPD 119B Understanding Assessment 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will explore the role of assessment as it relates to the public school setting. 3 (3,0,0,0) EPD 121B Diversity in the Classroom This course is primarily designed for paraprofessional support teachers to explore the basic principles of diversity in schools and of teaching diverse learners. Observation in school is required.


307

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS EPD 122B Legal Issues in the Classroom 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will explore the legal implications of working in a public school setting as a paraprofessional. EPD 130B

Supervising Education Paraprofessionals in School Settings 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will provide teachers with supervisory skills and tools to work effectively with paraprofessionals in education. EPD 131B

Health and Safety Issues in School Settings 3 (3,0,0,0) A course addressing the basic health and safety practices of the school setting. EPD 162B

PPST/Praxis I Reading Review 1 (0,0,0,0) Review of reading and test-taking skills to assist the student in approaching the PPST/Praxis I Reading Exam with confidence. Education majors are required to pass the PPST/Praxis I before completing their degree program. EPD 163B PPST/Praxis I Writing Review 1 (1,0,0,0) Review of writing and test-taking skills to assist the student in approaching the PPST/Praxis I Writing Exam with confidence. Education majors are required to pass the PPST/Praxis I before completing their degree program. EPD 164B PPST/Praxis I Math Review 1 (1,0,0,0) Review of math and test-taking skills to assist the student in approaching the PPST/Praxis I Math Exam with confidence. Education majors are required to pass the PPST/ Praxis I before completing their degree program. This course is Pass/Fail. EPD 350

Teaching with 1 (1,0,0,0) Technology - Level I Overview of teaching with technology utilizing online learning styles, discussing digital technologies and experiencing with software programs as teacher resources. This course is taught exclusively online for practicing teachers. Prerequisites: Basic computer and word processing skills.

Faculty Orientation to Online Learning 1 (1,0,0,0) Overview of the course management system, WebCT used in online course development; Email, Discussion Board, Chatroom. EDP 354

Student Assessment in Online Learning 3 (3,0,0,0) This online course addresses various assessment formats that can be used for evaluating students in online courses. EPD 355

Instructional Design for Online Course Development 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces instructional design principles and relates the principles to the development of online courses. EPD 356

Special Topics: Technology Innovations in Online Learning 2 (2,0,0,0) This course introduces the emerging technologies for online teaching and learning. The list of technologies is subject to change based on professor discretion, as the course progresses, in terms of both additions and deletions of technologies. Technologies include: Web-Blogs, voice over Internet protocol (VOIP), and Podcasts. EPD 357

Teaching and Learning in the Online Classroom - Level I 1 (1,0,0,0) This course introduces pedagogical principles, skills and strategies for effective online teaching and online course management. Participants gain hands-on experience in using web-based chat rooms, email and discussion boards to increase student interaction in their online courses. Participants begin revising course content for the web and developing activities and assignments appropriate for specific disciplines. Course is taught exclusively within WebCT to practicing educators.

EPD 351

Teaching and Learning in the 1 (1,0,0,0) Online Classroom - Level II This course introduces instructional strategies for online instruction. Students will explore the differences between face-to-face and online instruction. Participants gain handson experience in using search engines and subdirectories to conduct online research and critically evaluate online resources for instruction. Course is taught exclusively within WebCT to practicing educators. Prerequisite: EPD 357.

EPD 352

EPD 359

Teaching with 1 (1,0,0,0) Technology - Level II Overview of teaching with technology utilizing online web and educational resources and exploring distance education related articles. This course is taught exclusively online for practicing teachers. Prerequisite: EPD 350. Teaching with Technology - Level III 1 (1,0,0,0) Overview of teaching with technology utilizing online web resources, teacher utilities, and educational resources. This course is taught exclusively online to practicing teachers. Prerequisites: EPD 350, 351, basic computer and word processing skills. Access to a suite of software such as Appleworks or Microsoft Office.

308

EPD 353


EPD 358

Teaching and Learning in the 1 (1,0,0,0) Online Classroom - Level III Participants learn how to revise course content, develop activities and assessment methods appropriate for specific disciplines in an online course. Ethical and legal issues associated with online learning will also be discussed. Course is taught exclusively within WebCT. Prerequisites: EPD 357, 358.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EPY 303 Educational Psychology 4 (4,0,0,0) General principles, theories and recent research evidence regarding human development, human learning and human motivation, especially as they pertain to classroom instruction. Prerequisites: PSY 101 or SOC 101 or ANTH 101 and Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Degree Program.

Environmental Safety and Health ESH 130

Introduction to Hazardous Materials Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides overview of hazardous materials identification, principles of toxicology risk assessment, analytical methods, laws and regulations and environmental impacts. ESH 131B Renewable Energy 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to various forms of energy production as alternatives to conventional type energy. ESH 133B Geotechnology 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to applications of geology and industry test fundamentals including: soils, asphalt, concrete. ESH 200B

OSHA Refresher Training 0.5 (0.5,0,0,0) Annual refresher training for hazardous waste site workers as required under OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1910.120. Trainees who complete ESH 201 should enroll annually. May be repeated annually for credit. Grades assigned on a pass/fail basis.

ESH 204

Environmental Site Assessments 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides hazardous waste site and property transfer investigation procedure for determining potential and extent of environmental contamination. Introduces specialized sampling techniques. ESH 205

Transportation of Hazardous Materials 3 (3,0,0,0) Explains regulations governing the transportation of hazardous materials and wastes. Course includes preparing manifests, hazard classifications, placarding, labeling, spill response and driver safety needs. Prerequisite: ESH 130.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Educational Psychology

ESH 206B Confined Space Rescue 3 (3,0,0,0) Outlines confined space hazards, monitoring, and entry and exit procedures. Discussions include proper permit requirements, ventilation, and monitoring equipment. Includes hands-on training of IAW 29 CFR 1910.146. ESH 207B

Introduction to Safety Management 3 (3,0,0,0) This course covers the requirement of 29 CFR 1910 and 1926. Topics include interpretation of OSHA standards, record keeping, OSHA inspection procedures, coordination and use of safety committees and writing an effective safety program and policy. ESH 208B Safety Management II 3 (3,0,0,0) The focus will be on behavioral safety and identifying the importance of a safety program to an employer and motivation of workers to work safely. Cost analysis and safety program validation to executive management is included. Prerequisite: ESH 207B. First Response to Hazardous Materials Incidents 4 (3,2,0,0) Prepares students with the knowledge of proper procedures used in hazardous materials release or in a potential release as part of an initial response team in order to protect persons, property or the environment. ESH 209B

40 Hour Hazwoper Certification 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces basic health and safety skills to meet requirements of OSHA 1910.120. A 40-hour certificate will be issued for successful completion. An annual refresher course (ESH 200B) will be required to maintain competency. ESH 201

ESH 202

Environmental Laws and Regulations 3 (3,0,0,0) Overview of the development and contents of current federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances that control the handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Sampling, Analysis, 3 (3,0,0,0) Treatment and Disposal Introduces standard sampling methods and analytical equipment for water, soil and air media. Also, overviews waste recovery, physical, chemical, biological and thermal treatment technologies. Prerequisite: ESH 130. ESH 203

Waste Minimization 3 (3,0,0,0) and Recycling Emphasizes techniques and approaches for reducing and eliminating the generation of hazardous wastes. Addresses source reduction, on-site and off-site recycling. ESH 210B

3 (3,0,0,0) Industrial Hygiene I ESH 211B Describes basic Industrial Hygiene issues including history and development, anatomy and physiology, hazard recognition and evaluation and hazard control. ESH 212B Industrial Hygiene II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of ESH 211B. Includes topics on hazard control and methods, occupational safety and health programs, and governmental regulations. Prerequisite: ESH 211B.


309

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ESH 213B Construction 500 3 (3,0,0,0) Prepares qualified instructors for the OSHA 10- and 30hour construction safety and health outreach program. Defining construction terms found in OSHA standards will be the focus. Prerequisite: ESH 207B.

ESH 242B Wastewater Treatment III 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of Wastewater Treatment II. Covers odor control, activated sludge, operational control alternatives, solids handling and disposal, phosphorus removal, nitrogen removal, wastewater reclamation. Prerequisite: ESH 241B.

ESH 214B General Industry 501 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides personnel with information on how provisions of OSHA may be implemented in the workplace. Rights and responsibilities under OSHA, the appeals process, recordkeeping and Voluntary Protection Programs are covered. Prerequisite: ESH 207B.

ESH 243B

ESH 215

Environmental Computer Applications 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces the fundamentals of environmental computer applications such as Geographical Information Systems (GIS) for managing spatial data bases of Computer Aided Management of Emergency Operations (CAMEO) or Internet applications and research.

Water Treatment Plant Operations I 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic knowledge for safe operation of water treatment plants. Topics include waste resources, reservoir management, coagulation and flocculation, sedimentation, filtration, disaffection, corrosion control and taste and odor control. ESH 244B Water Distribution I 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic knowledge for the safe operation and maintenance of water treatment plants. Topics include storage facilities, distribution facilities, water quality considerations, disaffection and safety. ESH 245B

ESH 220B

Introduction to Wastewater Treatment 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will cover the information and skills a wastewater treatment plant operator needs to perform the basic laboratory tests required for effective process control. Ethics and Legal Issues in Environmental Restoration 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides a foundation for exploring fundamental environmental ethics such as human responsibility for the environment in the technology era. Historical and ethnic perspectives are considered.

Water Treatment Plant Operations II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of ESH 243B, emphasizing the skills needed by operators of conventional surface water treatment plants. Includes information needed by operators responsible for the administration and management of treatment facility. Prerequisite: ESH 243B.

ESH 225B

ESH 230B Radiation Health Physics 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces the basic principles of radiation protection, atomic and nuclear structure and types of radioactivity. Emphasis is on the biological effects of radiation. ESH 235B

Asbestos Inspection 3 (3,0,0,0) and Abatement Trains workers, supervisors, and contractors on asbestos abatement including hazard assessment, sampling, inspection, health effects, personal protection and regulations. ESH 240B Wastewater Treatment I 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic knowledge for the safe operation of municipal wastewater treatment plants. Topics include flow measurement, screening, grit removal, sedimentation basins, solids handling, secondary biological processes and disinfection. 3 (3,0,0,0) Wastewater Treatment II ESH 241B Continuation of Wastewater Treatment I. Covers conventional activated sludge, solids handling, effluent disposal, laboratory procedures, analysis and presentation of data, records and recordkeeping. Prerequisite: ESH 240B.

310


ESH 246B

Water/Wastewater Mathematics I 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic review of mathematical skills used routinely in the water and wastewater treatment, including areas, volumes, flows, velocities, loading rates and dosages. Prerequisite: ESH 240B, or 243B. Water/Wastewater Mathematics II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of Water/Wastewater Mathematics I. Includes calculation for treatment efficiencies, pumping rates and pump calibration, horsepower, effluent disposal, solids handling and activated sludge. Prerequisite: ESH 246B. ESH 247B

Water Quality Analysis and Laboratory 4 (2,4,0,0) Lab tests required for water and wastewater treatment process control. Covers approved analytical procedures, quality control, and interpretation of data. Prerequisites: ESH 241B, 246B. ESH 248B

Industrial Pretreatment Programs and Inspection 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is designed to train inspectors in the safe and efficient procedures for inspecting industrial pretreatment facilities and to provide industrial users with an understanding of local limit requirements. ESH 249B

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Pump Operation and Maintenance 3 (3,0,0,0) Operation and maintenance of pumps, motors and valves in water and wastewater treatment plants and in collection and distribution systems. ESH 251B Current Issues 3 (3,0,0,0) Discussion of current issues in the field of water and wastewater technology. ESH 255B Ergonomics 3 (3,0,0,0) Course covers a range of relationships between workers and their work environment. Emphasized is primary design of engineering controls to reduce injuries and accidents.

ESL 119B

Reading and Communication for International Students III 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of reading and communication skills through analysis of assigned texts; study of vocabulary and idioms; explanation of grammar difficulties as needed; and guided discussion. Prerequisites: Placement Test or both ESL 111B and 118B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ESH 250B

ESL 120

English as a Second Language III 3 (3,0,0,0) An intermediate level course that continues the development of the basic sentence patterns of English in increasingly difficult contexts. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 111B. ESL 121

ESH 260B Process and System Safety 3 (3,0,0,0) Principles and methodologies for analyzing processes, systems, and operations for hazard control options and effectiveness. Fault tree analysis, failure mode and effect analysis and others are studied.

English as a Second Language IV 3 (3,0,0,0) An intermediate level course that continues the development of the basic sentence patterns of English in increasingly difficult contexts. Prerequisite: Placement Test or ESL 120.

English as a Second Language

Pronunciation and Listening Skills for International Students I 3 (3,0,0,0) Focuses on improvement of sound production and listening comprehension; attention given to the vowel/consonant system, reduced forms, stress and intonation. Prerequisite: Placement Test or ESL 120.

ESL 110B

ESL 123

ESH 265B Safety Laws and Regulations 3 (3,0,0,0) Course covers the processes, sources and applications for minimum requirements established by laws, regulations, statutes, and codes.

English as a Second Language I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course focuses on the student’s acquisition and control of the basic sound structures and sentence patterns of English. Prerequisite: Placement Test. English as a Second Language II 3 (3,0,0,0) This course focuses on the student’s acquisition and control of the basic sentence patterns of English. Prerequisite: Placement Test or ESL 110B.

ESL 122

Reading for International Students I 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of reading skills through analysis of assigned texts; systematic study of vocabulary and idioms; explanation of grammar difficulties as necessary. Prerequisite: Placement Test or ESL 120.

ESL 111B

ESL 115B

Reading and Communication for International Students I 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of reading and communication skills through analysis of assigned texts, study of vocabulary and idioms; explanation of grammar difficulties as needed, and guided discussion. Prerequisite: Placement Test. ESL 118B

Reading and Communication for International Students II 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of reading and communication skills through analysis of assigned texts; study of vocabulary and idioms; explanation of grammar difficulties as needed; and guided discussion. Prerequisites: Placement Test or both ESL 110B, and 115B.

ESL 124

Grammar for International Students I 3 (3,0,0,0) A beginning course focusing on the forms and meanings of English structure. Emphasis is on writing skills; however, attention is also given to oral skills. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 121 and 123. ESL 125

Reading for International Students II 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of reading skills through analysis of assigned texts; systematic study of vocabulary and idioms; explanation of grammar difficulties as necessary. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 123 and 124. ESL 126

Grammar for 3 (3,0,0,0) International Students II An intermediate course focusing on the forms and meanings of English structure. Emphasis is on writing skills; however, attention is also given to oral skills. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 124.


311

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ESL 127

Pronunciation and Listening Skills for International Students II 3 (3,0,0,0) Emphasis is on improvement of listening comprehension; attention given to consonant system and reduced forms. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 125 and 126.

Fabrication and Soldering Techniques 0.5-6 (0,1-12,0,0) Introduces electronic fabrication skills, tool operations applied to fabrication techniques of simple circuit boards, reading of schematic diagrams, soldering, drafting and wire wrapping.

ESL 128

Grammar for International Students III 3 (3,0,0,0) An advanced course focusing on the forms and meaning of English structure. Emphasis is on writing skills; however, attention is also given to oral skills. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 125 and 126.

ET 106B Test Equipment Operation 3 (2,2,0,0) An introduction to the use and operation of general and special purpose electronic test equipment, includes oscilloscope, multimeters, electronic multimeters, signal generators and transistor/capacitor testers.

ESL 129

ET 108B

Written English for International Students 3 (3,0,0,0) For ESL students who need further practice in advanced grammar and writing; focuses on sentence combining and analysis of rhetorical modes used in paragraph development. Prerequisite: Placement Test or ESL 128. ESL 132

Reading for International Students III 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of reading skills through analysis of assigned texts; systematic study of vocabulary and idioms; explanation of grammar difficulties as necessary. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 125 and 128. ESL 135

Reading and Conversation for International Students 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of reading skills through analysis of assigned texts, systematic study of vocabulary and idioms; explanation of grammar difficulties as necessary. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 129 and 132. ESL 138

Intermediate Writing for International Students 3 (3,0,0,0) For non-native students who need further practice in expressing their ideas in written form. Includes practice in grammar, editing, sentence combining, and word choice. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 129 and 132. ESL 139

Composition for International Students 3 (3,0,0,0) Improvement of writing skills for non-native speakers; emphasis on writing for academic purposes; attention given to sentence combining and grammatical errors made by ESL students. Prerequisites: Placement Test or ESL 135 and 138.

Electronics Engineering Technology Survey of Electronics 3 (3,0,0,0) ET 100B Introduces modern electronics technology and electronics concepts including voltage, current, resistance, power and frequency and functional analysis of simple analog and digital systems.

312

ET 104B


Telecommunications and the Information Age 3 (3,0,0,0) An introductory course that looks at the Telecommunications Industry from a technology standpoint. The student will learn about the telephone and telephone system, local area networks, fiber optics, how a modem works, wireless communications and other related topics. ET 109B Computer Repair Basics 3 (2,2,0,0) An introductory course in troubleshooting, repair and maintenance of PC’s. Students will learn how a PC works, how to diagnose and solve hardware related problems, how to install peripheral devices and how to upgrade existing PC hardware. ET 113B Introduction to Radar 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is an introduction to fundamental principles of radar. Topics include keys to a fundamental nonmathematical understanding of radar, directivity and the antenna beam, pulsed-delay and FM ranging, pulse compression, the Doppler effect, the pulsed spectrum, measuring range rate, choice of low and high PRFs, automatic tracking, and resolution requirements. ET 115B Network Security Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Students will learn about network and information security management topics, including threat techniques and protective techniques through a technical approach. Risk analysis, contingency planning, categories of security devices, password techniques, encryption, network protocol, and intercept devices are emphasized. ET 116B Business Data Networks 3 (3,0,0,0) This is an introductory course that looks at various types of data networks used in many organizations. The students will learn about LANs, WANs, OSI and TCP/IP models, IP addressing, dial-up devices, security, network applications, and network management. 3 (3,0,0,0) Computer Forensics ET 117B This course introduces the student to the preservation, identification, extraction, documentation and interpretation of crime related computer data. The course will include both lecture and demonstration of investigative techniques. Students should have basic computer knowledge.

ET 118B Internet Forensics 3 (3,0,0,0) This course introduces the student to network intrusion analysis. It will cover DNS, ICMP, and fragmentation intrusion techniques and the use of TCPdump and Snort in intrusion detection and prevention. Students should have basic networking knowledge. ET 124B Digital Crime Investigation 3 (3,0,0,0) Digital evidence plays a role in a wide range of crimes. The purpose of this course is to educate students about digital evidence and computer crime. It explains how computers are used in crimes, how they can be used as a source of evidence, relevant legal issues, deductive criminal profiling, criminal motivations, and investigative techniques. ET 125B RF and Microwave Devices 3 (3,0,0,0) This course includes a close look at various semiconductor RF and microwave devices, including microwave vacuum tubes, oscillators, amplifiers and power supplies.

ET 212B Digital Logic I 4 (3,3,0,0) This course is the first semester of a one-year course in digital circuits. It covers number systems, logic gates, Boolean algebra and K-map, combinational circuits and their applications, Flip-Flops, and related devices. ET 213B Digital Logic II 4 (3,3,0,0) Counters and registers, TTL and CMOS integrated circuits, MSI logic circuits, analog/digital interfacing circuits, memory devices, and introduction to microprocessors and microcomputers. Prerequisite: ET 212B. ET 217B Advanced Computer Forensics 3 (3,3,0,0) This course builds upon the skills learned in Computer Forensics. It includes lecture on advanced computer forensics topics and demonstration and practice in using computer forensics tools to analyze and reconstruct evidentiary data. Prerequisites: ET 117B and CSCO 109B or CIT 110 and 111.

ET 131B DC for Electronics 4 (3,3,0,0) Basic concepts of passive electronic circuits to include laws, measurements, and calculations relating to direct current. Components and general purpose test equipment are used in practical experimentation. Corequisite: MATH 111B.

ET 220B

ET 132B AC for Electronics 4 (3,3,0,0) Basic concepts of passive electronic circuits to include laws, measurements, and calculations relating to alternating current. Components and general purpose test equipment are used in practical experimentation. Prerequisite: ET 131B.

ET 222B

ET 138B

Introduction to Slot Machine Technology 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction course detailing the theory and operation of typical slot machines. Installation, maintenance and troubleshooting of slot machines and their peripherals will also be covered in this course.

ET 228B Data Acquisition 4 (3,3,0,0) This course provides a detailed look at data acquisition components: analog-to-digital converters (ADCs), digitalto-analog converters (DACs), sample and hold amplifiers, sensors, and PLLs. Op-amp theory and applications are also covered. Prerequisites: ET 212B, 132B.

ET 155B

ET 238B Slot Machine Principles I 4 (3,3,0,0) An introductory course in the design, theory, operation, maintenance and support of electronic slot machines. Prerequisites: ET 131B and 212B.

Home Technology Convergence 3 (3,0,0,0) This course prepares students for the CompTIA’s Home Technology Integration (HTI+) certification exam (HTO-10, HTI+ Residential System Examination and the HTO-102 HTI+ Systems Infrastructure and Integration Examination for HTI+ certification) and provides hands-on exercises in home technology integration skills. Topics covered include integration and internet control of residential subsystems, structured wiring systems integration, and an introduction to computer networking, safety, and troubleshooting. Subsystems discussed are home security, audio/video, computer networks, electrical wiring, HVAC (Heating Ventiliation/Air Conditioning), irrigation, cable/satellite, broadband, and telecommunications. Hands-on lab experiences cover commercial wiring and the installation and troubleshooting of integrated system.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Solid State Devices 4 (3,3,0,0) and Circuits I Covers characteristics, analysis and operation of rectifier diodes, zener and other diodes; BJT transistor small-signal and power amplifiers; FET and MOSFET transistors and circuitry. Prerequisite: ET 132B or instructor permission. Solid State Devices 4 (3,3,0,0) and Circuits II This course covers amplifier-frequency responses for both discrete and integrated circuits, op-amp circuits, thyristors, oscillators, active filters, and voltage regulators. Prerequisite: ET 220B.

ET 239B Slot Machine Principles II 4 (3,3,0,0) An intermediate course in the design and theory of electronic slot machines, slot management systems, player tracking systems, linked machines, local and wide area progressive systems. Prerequisite: ET 238B. ET 270B

Electronics Bench Servicing Techniques 4 (3,3,0,0) Troubleshooting and servicing television, radio and other home entertainment equipment utilizing general purpose and special purpose test equipment. Prerequisite: ET 262B.


313

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ET 276B

Introduction to Telecommunications 4 (3,3,0,0) This course introduces the student to the world of telecommunications. Topics covered include terminals, asynchronous and synchronous transmission protocols, the telephone company, trunk circuits, T-Carrier, and the subscriber loop interface. Prerequisite: ET 132B. ET 282B Microprocessors I 4 (3,3,0,0) A course on microprocessor machine and assembly language programming. A microprocessor’s instruction set will be covered along with its architecture and interface. Prerequisite: ET 212B. ET 287B Introduction to Fiber Optics 3 (2,2,0,0) Basic concepts of Fiber Optics system design, including splicing, terminating and installing optical fiber cable, field terminology and test equipment. ET 293B Advanced Telecommunications 4 (3,3,0,0) Topics include modem technology, wireless communications, the UART, fiber optics, error control, hamming codes, cyclic codes: CRC-12, CRC-15, AM, FM, PM, PPM, PWM.PCM and PLL technology. Prerequisite ET 132, or instructor permission.

Food and Beverage FAB 102 Food Service Sanitation II 2 (2,0,0,0) The theory and practice of food and environmental sanitation in the Culinary field. Food-related diseases, disease origins and personal hygiene are given special attention. Meets standards of National Sanitation Certification. FAB 112 Restaurant Management I 3 (2,3,0,0) Overview of the basic principles of restaurant management, operations and front-of-the-house training and development. Course contains laboratory work in Russell’s Restaurant. FAB 160 Hospitality Purchasing 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic principles of purchasing food, beverage, equipment, contract services and supplies. Primary focus on product identification, supplier selection, and the ordering, receiving, storing and issuing process. 2 (2,0,0,0) Food Service Nutrition FAB 167 Students learn the basics of nutritionally balanced menu planning and methods of promoting and producing healthy alternative food plans. FAB 190B Bartending 3 (2,2,0,0) A basic class devoted to developing the skills necessary to function as a bartender in a Hospitality operation. This is a hands-on course covering mixology of liquors and the handling of all types of alcoholic beverages. Must be 21 or older.

314


FAB 210


3 (3,0,0,0)

Cost control in the food service operation through sound procedures, controlled food production, inventories, storeroom issues, standardized recipes, effective labor practices and maintenance of records. Prerequisite: FAB 160.

FAB 230

Menu Planning

3 (3,0,0,0)

The basics of planning menus for a variety of food service establishments. Students will learn marketing and merchandising menus, menu development and costing, basic menu printing software and develop their own individual menus.

FAB 260

Hotel Restaurant Facilities, Planning and Equipment

3 (3,0,0,0)

Planning of hotel restaurant facilities with emphasis on equipment selection, layout, staffing, budgets, menus and work analysis.

FAB 271

Wine Appreciation

3 (3,0,0,0)

A comprehensive course on the wines of the world. The art of wine making, geographical identification of wine regions, ordering and serving of fine wines, history of wines and the proper matching of wines with foods. Each class meeting will include the tasting of several wines. Minimum age for enrollment is 21.

FAB 272

Liquor and Bar Management

3 (3,0,0,0)

A survey of the service and control of wines, liquors and beers, including discussion of taxes and local, state and national laws relating to the liquor industry.

FAB 285

Catering Management

3 (3,0,0,0)

Course teaches students how to market, sell, organize, plan, and execute catered affairs. Includes various types of meeting room set-ups used to meet customer requirements. Prerequisite: FAB 112.

FAB 295

Work Experience in Food Service

1 (0,0,0,1)

In addition to the academic requirements, the Department of Resorts and Gaming requires 200 hours of acceptable employment in the hospitality industry. This work experience will be measured qualitatively as well as quantitatively. The work experience requirement should be met during the school year or in summers. Students who plan to transfer to UNLV will be able to transfer a maximum of 500 hours of employment toward UNLV’s 1000 hour employment requirement. International students must go to the office of International Student Services to verify employment eligibility and obtain authorization. This course can be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Grade will be given upon verification of employment.

Filipino FIL 101B Basics of Filipino I 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing spoken communication. Focus is on speaking, listening, reading and writing skills. A vocabulary of Filipino-English words developed. FIL 102B Basics of Filipino II 3 (3,0,0,0) A course continuing the development of skills acquired in FIL 101B. Increased fluency and further vocabulary development stressed. Prerequisite: FIL 101B. FIL 111 First Year Filipino I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing. Oral emphasis. FIL 112 First Year Filipino II 4 (4,0,0,0) A second-semester course designed to continue the development of language skills learned in FIL 111. Prerequisite: FIL 111.

Banking and Finance FIN 101 Personal Finance 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the techniques of managing personal income, savings and expenses, making wise purchase decisions, insuring, investing and controlling financial resources. FIN 102B

Principles of Banking Operations 3 (3,0,0,0) Presents the fundamentals of bank functions in a descriptive fashion so that the beginning banker may view his or her chosen profession in a broad and operational perspective. FIN 103B

Analyzing Financial Statements 3 (3,0,0,0) Characteristics of financial statements for students who have studied accounting and financial statement analysis. Prerequisite: ACC 201. 3 (3,0,0,0) Consumer Lending FIN 104B Techniques of installment lending presented concisely. Emphasis on establishing credit, obtaining and checking information, servicing the loan and collecting the amount due, inventory financing, special loan programs, business development, advertising, the public relations aspect of installment lending and most efficient methods to maximize profits. FIN 107B Bank Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Presents new trends which have emerged in the philosophy and practice of management to provide new and experienced bankers with a working knowledge of bank management. Court case problems used as a management learning technique.

FIN 109B Marketing for Bankers 3 (3,0,0,0) Discusses the basis of public relations both internal and external and seeks to explain the why, the what and some of the how of public relations and marketing. Intended as an overview for all bankers in terms of what everyone in banking should know about the essentials of bank public relations and marketing.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FIN 115 Introduction to Investments 3 (3,0,0,0) Major types of investment securities and the markets in which they are traded. Mechanics of making an investment, including basic analytical and valuation techniques and a survey of investment literature and terms. FIN 210B Money and Banking 3 (3,0,0,0) Presents basic economic principles as they relate to banking. Provides the essential understanding necessary to further banking study. FIN 216B Commercial Lending 3 (3,0,0,0) Teaches bank employees the essential facts about promissory notes including: calculating interest and discounting commercial paper, guarantees, general collateral agreements, examining and processing documents accompanying notes secured by stocks, bonds and savings accounts and the concepts of attachment, perfection, priority default and foreclosure. FIN 255B International Banking 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to a vast field for those working in international departments as well as for those involved in the domestic activities of their banks. Presents the basic framework and fundamentals of international banking, how money is transferred from one country to another, how trade is financed, what the international agencies are and how they supplement the work of commercial banks and how money is changed from one currency to another.

French 3 (3,0,0,0) FREN 101B Conversational French I A course emphasizing spoken communications. Speaking skills, oral listening skills, reading and writing skills explored. A vocabulary of French-English words developed. FREN 102B Conversational French II 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing a continuation of skills acquired in FREN 101B. Increased fluency and further vocabulary development stressed. FREN 105 First Year Business French I 4 (4,0,0,0) A course that deals intensively with French business practices and French business language intended for students who encounter French-speaking clients in various professional situations.


315

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FREN 107

French for Hotel, Restaurant and Tourism I 3 (3,0,0,0) Students with no prior knowledge of French who work in hotels, restaurants or in tourist settings learn to communicate effectively with their French-speaking clientele. FREN 111 First Year French I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing. Emphasis is placed on communication in all four language acquisition skills. FREN 112 First Year French II 4 (4,0,0,0) The further development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing. Emphasis is placed on more sophisticated communication in all four language acquisition skills. Prerequisite: FREN 111 or equivalent. FREN 205

Second Year Business 4 (4,0,0,0) French I An applied intermediate language course for learners who want to further perfect their ability in business French and their knowledge of French business practices. Prerequisite FREN 105. FREN 206

Second Year Business French II 4 (4,0,0,0) An applied intermediate language course for learners who want to perfect their language abilities and knowledge of business French and French business practices. Prerequisite FREN 205. FREN 207

French for Hotel, Restaurant and Tourism II 2 (2,0,0,0) Students with previous knowledge of French in the area of hotel, restaurant and tourism increase their communication skills in their respective employment fields. Prerequisite: FREN 107. 3 (3,0,0,0) Second Year French I FREN 211 Continuation of French language skills and intensive reviews of grammatical structures, listening, speaking, reading and writing skills through an introduction to French literary readings. Prerequisite: FREN 112 or equivalent.

FS 228B Industrial Fire Protection II 3 (3,0,0,0) This course explores managerial and organizational principles with emphasis on industrial fires, OSHA regulations and industry needs. FS 292B Practicum/Internship II 3 (0,0,0,30) This course will provide students with work experience and skills sign-offs that meet the National Fire Protection Association’s Firefighter 2 criteria. Students must have proof of health insurance. Prerequisites: FT 101B, 109B. FT 101 Introduction to Fire Science 3 (3,0,0,0) Elementary course dealing with fire protection. Fire service organization, fire chemistry, apparatus and equipment, automatic extinguishing systems, alarm and communication systems and fire prevention techniques. FT 104 Nevada Firefighter I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will familiarize the student with the general rules and regulations of fire fighting, use and explanation of forcible entry, protective breathing apparatus, fire streams, first aid, ropes, salvage, fire hose, nozzles and apparatus, ladders, ventilation, inspection, rescue, sprinklers, fire alarms and communications, safety and fire behavior. FT 105

Fire Behavior and Combustion 3 (3,0,0,0) This course explores the theories and fundamentals of how and why fires start, spread and are controlled. Internship in Firefighting 3 (0,0,0,4) FT 109B This course will provide students with work experience and skills sign-offs that meet the National Fire Protection Association’s Firefighter I criteria. This course will make the student eligible to take the Nevada Fire Fighter I exam. Students must have proof of insurance. Prerequisites: FT 101, 104, 110, 131, EMS 108B.

Fire Science Technology

FT 110 Basic Wildland Firefighting 4 (3,0,0,2) Addresses the basic elements of wildland fire protection, fire behavior, department organization, apparatus and equipment, fire safety and incident command organization. fieldwork is required. Satisfies Wildland Training Series for S110, S-130, and S-190. Note: Satisfactory completion qualifies the student for National Wildland Fire Certification (Red Card).

3 (3,0,0,0) Fire Protection Hazards FS 203B Types of industrial and commercial hazards requiring special fire protection treatment such as heating equipment, flammable liquids, gasses and dusts. Emphasis on fundamental theories involved, inspection methods, determination of relative hazard, application of codes and standards and economics of installed protection systems. Prerequisites: FT 131B, 132B.

Initial Attack Incident 2 (2,0,0,0) Commander Deals with the management skills needed to perform the specific functions of Strike Team Leader and Initial Attack within the Incident Command System. Responsibilities of Strike Team Leader for both Engine and Crew are addressed. Satisfies Wildland Training Series Requirements for I-333, I-334, and I-400. Prerequisite: FT 218.

FREN 212 Second Year French II 3 (3,0,0,0) Further amelioration and perfection of grammatical, listening, speaking, reading and writing skills through selected French literary readings. Prerequisite: FREN 211 or equivalent.

316

FS 227B Industrial Fire Protection I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will familiarize the student with fire causes in business and industry with an analysis of protection measures available to reduce loss potential.


FT 114

FT 121 Fire Prevention I 3 (3,0,0,0) Principles and problems relating to fire prevention. National, state and local laws and ordinances influencing fire prevention. Code enforcement and fire underwriting also discussed. Course offered Fall semester, odd years only. FT 125 Building Construction I 3 (3,0,0,0) Fundamentals of building construction and design. Emphasis on the fire resistance of building materials, assemblies, exposures and related fire protection data. Course offered Fall semester, even years only. FT 126 Fire Cause Determination 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to arson, incendiarism, arson laws, types of incendiary fires, methods of determining fire cause, recognizing and preserving evidence, interviewing and detaining witnesses, procedures in handling juveniles, court procedures and giving court testimony. Course offered Spring semester, odd years only. Hazardous Materials I (Operational) 3 (3,0,0,0) Review of basic chemistry. Laws relating to storage, handling and transportation of hazardous materials. Fire fighting practices and techniques related to hazardous materials. Course offered Fall semester, even years only.

FT 151 Fire Service Hydraulics I 3 (3,0,0,0) Deals with the physical laws and problems involved with delivering water to the fire scene. Emphasis placed on developing and using the necessary mathematical formulas and equations necessary to determine the proper engine pressures for fire ground applications. Algebraic formulas stressed. Course offered Spring semester, even years only. Prerequisite: Elementary algebra or equivalent.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FT 165B

Vehicle Extrication Operational 3 (2.25,2.25,0,0) Vehicle extrication operations level is a participative course designed for prehospital care providers in NFPA 1670. Enhances and incorporates new knowledge and skills necessary to access, extricate, and care for victims of crash incidents. Provides knowledge in scene management and familiarization with local resources needed to mitigate incidents. Provides knowledge for competence at hazardous materials awareness level. Includes National Fire Academy ICS for EMS training. Prerequisites: FT 101, 104, 109B.

FT 131

FT 140B

911 Communications Specialist I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will provide the student with the basic skills needed for a career as an Emergency 911 Communications Specialist. Students will learn the history, terms and codes and liability issues associated with 911 Telecommunicators, classification and prioritization of crimes/calls, various callscreening methods for 911 and 311, conflict resolution and listening skills. Meets Nevada Post Standards. (Same as CRJ 113B.) FT 143 Incident Command System 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to meet the needs of fire officers and managers to use, deploy, implement and function within the incident command system. Addresses the need for incident management systems and an understanding of the command skills needed by department officers to effectively use ICS guidelines. Prerequisite: FT 243. FT 144 High Rise Firefighter I 3 (3,0,0,0) An advanced course that will familiarize the student with the concepts of fire travel and behavior in high rise buildings, principles of smoke movement and stacking and how this knowledge will aid in evacuation of these structures. FT 150 Apparatus and Equipment 3 (3,0,0,0) Operation of fire department apparatus and equipment. Driving techniques, traffic laws and restrictions relating to fire apparatus. Construction and maintenance of equipment also stressed. Course offered Fall semester, even years only.

FT 190 Fire Instructor I 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics included are the role of the instructor, preparing instructional objectives, communication skills, use of visual aids, and practice teaching techniques. Meets NFPA Standard 1041, Fire Instructor Training. Those completing the course will be certified as Fire Instructor I by the Nevada State Fire Marshal. FT 191

Introduction to Company Officer 3 (3,0,0,0) This is an entry-level course which prepares the students to recognize the fire service company officer’s role. It will examine group dynamics, communication, fire department organizational structure, fire ground and station management. This course partially meets the National Fire Protection Association’s standard for Fire Officer. FT 194B

Fire Assessment 3 (3,0,0,0) Center Training This course is designed to prepare frontline supervisors in the fire service for promotion to successive ranks in a fire department. The course will cover assessment center dimensions, behaviors, written and oral presentation problems. The student will participate in several simulation exercises. Students must have a State of Nevada Fire Officer I certificate to enroll in this course. 3 (3,0,0,0) Multi-Company Response FT 195B This course is designed to prepare frontline supervisors in the fire service for emergency response to scenarios involving a first alarm assignment. This course is designed to develop command skills and parallels the National Fire Academy’s Command and Control Principles. The student will participate in several command simulation exercises. Students must have a State of Nevada Firefighter II certificate to enroll in this course. Prerequisite: FT 191.


317

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FT 211 Fire Business Management 2 (2,0,0,0) Designed to meet the business management needs of fire finance, organization, workers compensation, procurement, property management and the crew boss responsibilities of safety, training and air operations. Satisfies Wildland Training Series for S-260. Prerequisite: FT 110. FT 216

Urban/Wildland Fire Operations 4 (3,0,0,2) Addresses the responsibilities necessitated by the ever increasing need to coordinate the interface of urban, rural and wildland firefighting units. Communications, terminology and elements of the Incident Command System are stressed. Satisfies Wildland Training Series Requirements for S-233. Prerequisite: FT 110. FT 218 Intermediate Fire Behavior 3 (3,0,0,0) Presents the basic factors, principles and terminology for fuels, topography and weather. Tactical decisions which are based on elements of fire, suppression and weather are stressed. Satisfies Wildland Training Series Requirements for S-290 and S-390. Prerequisite: FT 211. FT 221 Fire Prevention II 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will familiarize the student with inspection procedures and techniques as related to building construction, fire load, fire protection systems and the fire safety codes and their relation to the fire service. Prerequisite: FT 121. Fire Protection Systems 3 (3,0,0,0) FT 224 Examines fire extinguishing systems and alarm systems, automatic sprinkler systems, standpipe systems, dry chemical systems and certain special hazard systems. Course offered Spring semester, odd years only. 3 (3,0,0,0) Fire/Arson Investigation FT 226 An advanced course in Arson Investigation showing the principles and techniques needed for the investigation of automobile and boat fires, gas fires and explosions, electrical fires, chemical explosions and bombs and bomb scene investigations. Prerequisite: FT 126. FT 227 Arson for Profit 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will familiarize the student with data collection through various means as it pertains to investigations, the organization and interpretation of this data, link analysis and case management techniques. The use of forensic evidence from fire and bombing scenes, fire behavior, motives, use of financial records, building records, leases and insurance records. Special Topics Prevention/Investigation 3 (3,0,0,0) Selected topics in fire investigation, arson or cause and determination of fire. FT 229

318


FT 230 Fire Chemistry 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will teach students the chemical requirements for combustion, the chemistry of fuels and explosive mixtures, and the various methods of stopping combustion. FT 231

Hazardous Materials II (Technician) 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will teach the students the basic properties of hazardous materials and appropriate handling methods. Chemical reactions, toxicity, oxidation, processes of explosions, plastics, resins, and fibers will be explained. Prerequisite: FT 131. FT 240B

911 Communications Specialist II 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will provide the student with the necessary skills for entry and promotion as a 911 Communications Specialist. The course will provide advanced skills in radio dispatching procedures, critical incident stress management, homeland security, verbal judo and hands-on experience through simulation of job functions. Prerequisites: CRJ 113B; must pass a background survey for wants/warrants/felonies and be at least 18-years old. Students must sign a waiver for sit-along at various agencies. Meets Nevada Post standards. (Same as CRJ 213B.) FT 243

Firefighting Tactics and Strategy 3 (3,0,0,0) Effective manpower and equipment utilization. Fire attack procedures, preplanning, placement of apparatus at the fire scene and decision making. Course offered Spring semester, odd years only. FT 247 Incident Safety Officer 3 (3,0,0,0) This course covers common factors involving firefighter injuries, deaths, and prevention of unsafe acts and conditions. Fire Administration 3 (3,0,0,0) FT 291 This course will explore the current management methods in public safety and will cover such topics as financial management, personnel management, assessment centers, buildings and equipment, reports and records, and distribution of forces. Prerequisite: FT 191. Seminar in Fire Management FT 298 Selected topics in Fire Management.

3 (3,0,0,0)

Casino Management GAM 103 Casino Cage Operations 3 (3,0,0,0) Structured to provide students with knowledge and skills directly relevant to employment as a casino cage cashier. Practical application of the material presented. Emphasis on “learning by doing.”

GAM 105 Survey of Gaming Regulations 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of the laws and regulations related to the gaming industry. Specific emphasis on the history and development of Nevada Gaming laws and regulations and compliance requirements of gaming licenses. GAM 106 Supervision of Casino Games 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic casino managerial techniques with an emphasis on protection of casino games, staffing, labor/management relations, floor, pit, and shift supervision, credit and market control, cash and chip control and internal control forms. GAM 108 Slots Management I 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic slots management techniques with an emphasis on supervision of slot shift managers, mechanics, floor persons, change persons, booth cashiers, carousel attendants, coin room manager, slot drop, count room, jackpot fills and credits. GAM 109 Slots Management II 3 (3,0,0,0) Advanced slots management techniques with an emphasis on labor/management relations, productivity, staffing and directing, analysis of the slot report, marketing and promotions of slots and the detection of slot scams. Prerequisite: GAM 108. GAM 119 Blackjack Dealing 3 (3,0,0,0) Fundamentals of dealing Blackjack with an emphasis on card totaling, chip handling and cutting, shuffling, multiple deck delivery, the shoe, call bets, procedures, accuracy and game speed. Special attention given to the management aspects of Blackjack. GAM 121 Craps Dealing 3 (3,0,0,0) Fundamentals of dealing Craps with an emphasis on accurate and quick mental multiplication, chip handling, knowledge of odds on a variety of bets, procedures and game speed. Special attention given to the managerial aspects of Craps. 3 (3,0,0,0) Roulette Dealing GAM 122 Fundamentals of dealing Roulette with an emphasis on accurate and quick mental computations, chip handling, memorization of wheel and table layouts, procedures and game speed. Special attention given to the managerial aspects of Roulette. GAM 123 Baccarat Dealing 3 (3,0,0,0) Fundamentals of dealing Baccarat with an emphasis on the knowledge of commissions, percentages, mental computations, procedures, accuracy, game speed and the importance of customer relations, a significant component of the game. Special attention given to the managerial aspects of Baccarat.

GAM 126 Pai Gow Tiles Dealing 3 (3,0,0,0) The basics of dealing the casino game of Pai Gow (using dominos). GAM 131

Race and Sports Book Management 3 (3,0,0,0) This course prepares students in the specific techniques and methods of the daily operations of Nevada race and sports books. Students will be made aware of supervision and managerial responsibilities of book operations. Topics include operating budgets, marketing, state regulations and bookmaking theory.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GAM 206 Casino Surveillance 3 (3,0,0,0) All aspects of modern casino surveillance including: slots, table games, cage, sports books and keno. Also covers gaming control board requirements. GAM 225

Introduction to Gaming Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Overview of the casino; topics include the economics of the casino, its interface with the hotel, organizations and terminology. Not recommended for persons who have worked in the casino industry. GAM 295

Work Experience in Casino/Gaming 1 (0,0,0,1) In addition to the academic requirements, the Department of Resorts and Gaming requires 200 hours of acceptable employment in the hospitality industry. This work experience will be measured qualitatively as well as quantitatively. The work experience requirement should be met during the school year or in summers. Students who plan to transfer to UNLV will be able to transfer a maximum of 500 hours of employment toward UNLV’s 1000 hour employment requirement. International students must go to the office of International Student Services to verify employment eligibility and obtain authorization. This course can be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Grade will be given upon verification of employment.

Geography GEOG 103 Physical Geography 3 (3,0,0,0) Physical geography examines the spatial relationships between humans and the environment. A comprehensive and integrating science, physical geography allows the integration of earth systems such as weather, land formations, and earth patterns. Continuous integration of maps atlases, internet and geographic information system technology. GEOG 104

GAM 124 Poker Dealing 3 (3,0,0,0) Fundamentals of dealing Poker with an emphasis on accurate and quick mental computations, card handling, the rake, side pots, brushing, shilling, proposition players, procedures, game speed and the various forms of Poker. Special attention given to the managerial aspects of Poker.

Physical Geography 1 (0,3,0,0) Laboratory Course provides an opportunity to apply concepts in physical geography, including map interpretation, computer GIS, meteorological processes, development of landforms and an understanding of the dynamics of the earth. Prerequisite: GEOG 103, which may be taken concurrently.


319

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS GEOG 106 World Geography 3 (3,0,0,0) An analysis of the cultural regions of the world; physical settings, peoples, settlements, economic activities and historical and political factors. GEOG 109 Economic Geography 3 (3,0,0,0) Emphasizes worldwide patterns of economic activity. World population, food and development problems, natural and economic factors related to economic activity, study of selected agricultural and industrial commodities. GEOG 116 Oceanography 3 (3,0,0,0) In this course we will explore our world’s oceans and the role of the ocean in the Earth’s system. Topics covered will include the flow and transformations of water and energy into and out of the ocean, the physical and chemical properties of seawater, ocean circulation, marine life and its adaptations, interactions between the ocean and the other components of the Earth system, and the human/societal impacts on and in response to Earths System interactions. GEOG 117 Meteorology/Climatology 3 (3,0,0,0) Studies the composition, structure, and dynamics of the earth’s atmosphere that influences global weather patterns. Meteorology defines weather concepts that provide the basis for forecasting, weather analysis and understanding atmospheric phenomena such as hurricanes, tornadoes and extreme weather. Discussion on human impact of the atmosphere, ozone depletion, greenhouse effect and air pollution. GEOG 299

Selected Topics in Physical Geography 1-6 (0,3-18,0,0) Covers selected topics of interest to students in physical geography. Prerequisite: GEOG 101 or instructor approval.

Geology GEOL 100 Introduction to Geology 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic geology for non-majors, including rock and mineral identification and application of geological processes to explain the nation’s topography. GEOL 101

Geology: Exploring Planet Earth 4 (3,3,0,0) Fundamentals of geology including mineral and rock origins through various earth processes. Laboratories include rock identification and interpretation of topographic and geologic maps. Required weekend field trips. GEOL 102 Earth and Life Through Time 4 (3,3,0,0) The history of Earth through geological time including methods used to recognize fossils and their significance. Laboratories involve paleontology methods, maps and fossil studies. Required weekend field trips. Prerequisites: GEOL 101 (with lab) or equivalent.

320


GEOL 103 Physical Geology Laboratory 1 (0,1,0,0) Designed to introduce basic techniques in identification of minerals and rocks, and in the reading and interpretation of topographic and geologic maps. Includes some field exercises. Prerequisite or corequisite: GEOL 101. GEOL 105

Introduction to Geology of National Parks 3 (3,3,0,0) Geology of selected national parks and monuments in North America with emphasis on surface processes including the causes and effects of Pleistocene glaciation and major tectonic events that have shaped the topography of the United States and Canada. GEOL 115 Introduction to Gemology 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the nature, formation, description, identification, fashioning, and uses of gemstones, including a survey of the major groups of natural gemstones as well as synthetics. Covers basic terminology, the processes by which gem species can be discriminated from each other, fundamental chemical and physical principles, and the scientific method. GEOL 120 Natural Disasters 3 (3,0,0,0) Causes of natural disasters and their impact on people and property. Focuses on geological hazards such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, landslides, and floods. GEOL 299B Special Topics in Geology 1-5 (0,3-15,0,0) Covers selected topics of interest to students in the geological sciences. Prerequisite: GEOL 101 or instructor approval.

German GER 101B Conversational German I 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing spoken communication. Speaking, listening, reading and writing skills explored. German culture also emphasized. GER 102B Conversational German II 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing a continuation of the skills acquired in GER 101B. Increased fluency and further vocabulary development stressed. GER 105 First Year Business German I 4 (4,0,0,0) A course that deals intensively with German business practices and German business language intended for students who encounter German-speaking clients in various professional situations. GER 106 First Year Business German II 4 (4,0,0,0) An applied language course for learners who want to communicate with ease with German-speaking clients and further their knowledge of commercial and managerial German. Prerequisite GER 105.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS German for Hotel, Restaurant and Tourism I 3 (3,0,0,0) Students with no prior knowledge of German who work in hotels, restaurants, or tourist settings learn to communicate effectively with their German-speaking clientele. GER 111 First Year German I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Emphasis is placed on communication in all four language acquisition skills. GER 112 First Year German II 4 (4,0,0,0) The further development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Emphasis is placed on more sophisticated communication in all four language acquisition skills. Prerequisite: GER 111 or equivalent.

GIS 111

Introduction to Remote Sensing 3 (3,0,0,0) This class is designed to give students an introduction to basic remote sensing aerial photograph interpretation, satellite image processing. Students will learn the basic concepts and techniques of remote sensing and integration of remote sensing into GIS database. Prerequisite: GIS 109. GIS 205 GIS Applications 3 (3,0,0,0) The course is designed to give students an exposure to GIS software and its applications. Students will become familiar with the basic aspects of ESRI and ArcGIS Software with introduction to spatial analysis. Prerequisite: GIS 109.

GER 205

GIS 214B Programming in GIS 3 (3,0,0,0) This course examines the linkage between GIS and visual object-oriented programming and how it can be used to customize and expand GIS functions for different GIS applications. Prerequisite: GIS 109.

GER 206

GIS 215B Introduction to ArcIMS 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will provide students a conceptual overview and hands-on experience to build web-based geographic applications for the Internet. The course will provide an introductory understanding of the GIS mapping on the web. Prerequisite: CIT 151.

Second Year Business 4 (4,0,0,0) German I An applied intermediate language course for learners who want to further perfect their ability in business German and their knowledge of German business practices. Prerequisite GER 106. Second Year Business German II 4 (4,0,0,0) An applied intermediate language course for learners who want to perfect their language abilities and knowledge of business German and German business practices. Prerequisite GER 205. GER 207

German for Hotel, Restaurant and Tourism II 2 (2,0,0,0) Students with previous knowledge of German in the area of hotel, restaurant and tourism increase their communication skills in their respective employment fields. Prerequisite GER 107. 3 (3,0,0,0) Second Year German I GER 211 Continuation of German language skills and intensive review of grammatical structures, listening, speaking, reading and writing skills through an introduction to German literary readings. Prerequisite: GER 112 or equivalent. GER 212 Second Year German II 3 (3,0,0,0) Further amelioration and perfection of grammatical structures, listening, speaking, reading and writing skills through selected German literary readings. Prerequisite: GER 211 or equivalent.

Geographic Information Systems GIS 109

Introduction to Geographic 3 (3,0,0,0) Information Systems This class serves as an introduction into Geographic Information Systems (GIS). This course covers the basic concepts of a GIS. Principles of cartography and spatial analysis will also be covered. The intent of this class is to prepare the student for advanced training using specific GIS software packages. Prerequisite: IS 101.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GER 107

GIS Applications II 3 (3,0,0,0) GIS 236 This is an advanced course designed to give students an indepth understanding of spatial analysis. Students will functionally create spatial models to solve real world problems. Topics will emphasize problem solving skills in raster and vector environments using spatial analysis tools. GIS 290 Portfolios in GIS 3 (3,0,0,0) This is a capstone project class focusing on the applications of GIS technology. Students will be expected to complete a GIS project based on a real world problem. Prerequisites: GIS 205, 236.

Graphic Technology GRC 101

Introduction to 3 (2,2,0,0) Graphic Communications An introductory survey class on the theories, processes, systems, and technologies relevant to the graphic communications/digital media industry. Graphic communications history, industry makeup, job opportunities and basic theories/technologies will be explored. GRC 103

Introduction to Computer Graphics 3 (2,2,0,0) Hands-on approach to fundamental concepts and terminology for creating and editing basic electronic paint and draw type graphics. Includes software, hardware and operating system basics.


321

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GRC 104

Layout and Typography Fundamentals 3 (2,2,0,0) Introduction to typography and page layout rendered traditionally and manipulated by computer. Typographic theory, copy acquisition, proofreading, and fundamentals of typographic layout and design for publications and collateral pieces. GRC 105 History of Graphic Design 3 (2,2,0,0) An introduction to the evolution of graphic design with emphasis on acquiring knowledge of the basic visual and conceptual skills necessary for understanding the relationship between design, its audience and technology. GRC 107 Design Fundamentals 3 (2,2,0,0) An introductory course in the application and appreciation of the basic principles and elements of design, including form, shape, value, space, color and composition. GRC 109 Color and Design 3 (2,2,0,0) Color theories, color technologies and the application of color in art and design. Intermediate two-dimensional design problems focusing on the compositional, optical and psychological aspects of visual communication. Prerequisite: GRC 107. GRC 110 Rendering and Illustration 3 (2,2,0,0) Introductory class in developing techniques for visualizing and rendering images in 2D and 3D presentations using a variety of manual techniques and applications in the electronic environment. GRC 119

Computer Graphics/ Digital Media 3 (2,2,0,0) Continuation of Introduction to Computer Graphics. For students interested in producing graphics for web, multimedia, and animation. An introduction to basic concepts dealing with image manipulation, web graphics, animation, multimedia creation, storyboarding, and 3D modeling. Hands-on projects using popular graphics applications. Prerequisite: GRC 103.

GRC 140 Electronic Publishing I 3 (2,2,0,0) Electronic page layout and type crafting with an emphasis on design and assembly using Adobe InDesign and QuarkXPress software. Class projects involve using the computer exclusively as the tool for preparing publication material, including scanned images. Prerequisites: GRC 101, 103, 104. GRC 156B Computer Illustration I 3 (2,2,0,0) Thorough exploration of a bézier-curve based application as a professional illustration and design tool. Hands-on projects using Adobe Illustrator. Prerequisite: GRC 103. GRC 158 Cartooning 3 (2,2,0,0) Cartooning characters, newspaper comics, editorials, caricatures, and mascots denoting humorous people and situations. GRC 161 Advertising Design I 3 (2,2,0,0) Introduction to basic layout and design principles and concepts, applied to advertising. Creative evaluation of marketing strategies, conceptual thinking, and use of color and design is stressed. Hands-on, problem-solving approach involving logo development, typographical design, story boarding, print and billboard ads. Various graphic techniques explored. Prerequisite: GRC 104. GRC 165B Electronic Painting 3 (2,2,0,0) Using professional painting software as a professional tool to create advanced bitmapped artwork used as textures, backgrounds and images in game and educational CDs, web pages, 3D animation, and print productions. Prerequisite: GRC 103. GRC 173B Digital Photo Retouching 2 (1,2,0,0) Hands-on projects to master the techniques necessary to retouch photographs using Photoshop, including colorizing B&W, fixing focus, removing scratches, adjusting contrast and color. Prerequisite: GRC 103. GRC 175B Web Design and Publishing I 3 (2,2,0,0) Creating and managing web pages and sites using Dreamweaver software. Emphasis on the design, usability, and features of professional web page layout and site production process. Prerequisite: GRC 103. GRC 179

322

GRC 121B Intermediate Macintosh 1 (5,1,0,0) Customizing and configuring the Macintosh interface and basic troubleshooting of the operating system for efficient operation. Prerequisite: CIT 104 or a basic understanding of the Mac OS.

Multimedia Design 3 (2,2,0,0) and Production I Overview of the basic concepts of multimedia and how to plan and produce interactive projects that combine text, graphics, animation, video, and audio. Hands-on projects using Director for publishing to CD, DVD, and the Web. Prerequisite: GRC 119.

1 (0.5,1,0,0) GRC 125B Graphics Software A variety of short courses in software packages specific to graphic communications and digital media applications. Classes will include current software packages and upgrade-specific training. Verify type of software and levels of instruction in current schedule of classes. Grading to be on a Pass/Fail basis.

GRC 183B Electronic Imaging I 3 (2,2,0,0) Scanning and working with photographic and illustrative images using Adobe Photoshop. Hands-on projects dealing with photo correction, manipulation, compositing, and illustrative design explore the tools and basic features of this industry-leading image manipulation application. Prerequisite: GRC 103.


GRC 185 Computer Animation I 3 (2,2,0,0) Beginning 3D animation for multimedia, including modeling, lighting, rendering, and project management. Emphasis on creating content for multimedia, importing 3D files into common authoring programs and publishing to the Web. Prerequisite: GRC 119. GRC 188

Web Animation and Interactivity I 3 (2,2,0,0) Creating and publishing vector-based web Animations using the Flash authoring program. Students create web viewable Flash movies that combine bitmap and vector graphics, audio, animations, and scripting. GRC 207 Electronic Design 3 (2,2,0,0) Basic design concepts, principles, and methodology for effective visual communications in print and multimedia. Class projects involve using the computer exclusively as the tool for preparing design materials and/or as the final medium. Prerequisites: GRC 107, 119.

GRC 264B Advanced Illustration 3 (2,2,0,0) A continuation of Rendering and illustration. Emphasis is placed on developing problem solving strategies for the individual interested in the field of illustration. Various medium will be explored including: water medium, colored pencil and electronic media. Effective use of color in illustration will be an important aspect of the course. Prerequisite: GRC 110. GRC 271 Advertising Design II 3 (2,2,0,0) Continuation of Advertising Design I principles, methods, components, materials and media of advertising design. Recommended for those seeking to specialize as a graphic designer. Prerequisite: GRC 161. GRC 275B Web Design and Publishing II 3 (2,2,0,0) Intermediate to advanced techniques for creating and developing web sites using Dreamweaver. Web page and site development using DHTML, site promotion and maintenance are emphasized. Prerequisite: GRC 175B.

GRC 225B

Macintosh Troubleshooting and OS Management 2 (1.5,1,0,0) File and font management, hardware/software installation and configuration, troubleshooting, safety and maintenance related to the Macintosh platform. Prerequisite: CIT 104 or GRC 103.

GRC 276B Web Design and Publishing III 3 (2,2,0,0) Development of advanced professional web sites, using popular web scripting technologies, using PHP, MySQL and Javascript to create dynamic web sites. Advanced technologies will be discussed as well as an overview of industry trends related to web development. Prerequisite: GRC 275B.

GRC 228B 3D Electronic Design 3 (2,2,0,0) Explores the design concepts and process related to creating effective 3D digital images and scenes. Class projects involve using 3D software for preparing design materials for print, multimedia, and animation. Prerequisites: GRC 107, 119.

GRC 278B Electronic Prepress 3 (2,2,0,0) Creating, preparing, and managing desktop files to assure that they correctly output. Includes electronic stripping, art preparation, advanced type handling and scanning, color management, separations, and pagination. Prerequisites: GRC 140, 156B.

GRC 229 Advanced Typography 3 (2,2,0,0) Study of typography’s informative, expressive, and experimental potential. Hands-on projects, using the computer as a design tool, include typesetting, designing with type, and creating special type effects. Students learn both technical and creative ways type can be crafted. Prerequisites: GRC 104, 107. GRC 240B Electronic Publishing II 3 (2,2,0,0) Applying the advanced features of QuarkXPress and nonpage layout programs to solve complicated publishing problems and prepress issues. Hands-on, project-oriented approach is for the designer who wants to master the required tools in the design and publishing industry. Prerequisite: GRC 140. GRC 256B Computer Illustration II 3 (2,2,0,0) Advanced illustration techniques on Macintosh computers with emphasis on special projects and graphic solutions using Illustrator. Prerequisite: GRC 156B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Multimedia Design and Production II 3 (2,2,0,0) Intermediate and advanced multimedia production using Director. Emphasis on Lingo, the Director scripting language to produce highly interactive projects for publishing to CD, DVD, and the Web. Prerequisite: GRC 179. GRC 279B

GRC 283B Electronic Imaging II 3 (2,2,0,0) Advanced techniques working with both photographic and illustrative images in B&W and color, using Photoshop and related third-party software. Prerequisite: GRC 183B. GRC 286B Digital Video Post-Production 3 (2,2,0,0) Creating and publishing motion graphics using Adobe After Effects authoring program. Students learn to author and publish motion graphics combining music, text, and graphics to create a highly visual program. Emphasis is on creating content usable with digital video, common authoring programs, and the web. Prerequisite: PHO 220B.


323

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GRC 288B

Web Animation and Interactivity II 3 (2,2,0,0) Intermediate and advanced Flash techniques with an emphasis on ActionScript, importing and using video, and producing highly interactive projects for the Web. Prerequisite: GRC 188. GRC 289B

Special Projects in Graphic Communications 1-3 (0,0,0,5-15) Students work on individual design and communications projects under the direction of a faculty advisor; projects, provided by real world businesses and organizations, relate to the student’s selected major emphasis. Prerequisite: 21 GRC course credits. GRC 290

Internship in Graphic 1-8 (0,0,0,5-40) Communications Supervised work experience within a selected graphic communications firm, dependent upon student’s major emphasis. Designed by company official and faculty advisor to apply knowledge to on-the-job situation. Available to students entering their last semester of instruction for degree. Contact department for applications, screening and required skills evaluation. GRC 293B

Job Preparation for Graphic Communications 3 (2,2,0,0) Students will be required to learn job application skills and interview for employment. Includes field trips to sites in the design/graphics industry. Prerequisite: 15 hours of GRC credits. GRC 294B Portfolio Workshop 1-3 (0.5-1.5,1-3,0,0) Development of a customized, professional portfolio of the student’s work for prospective clients and employers. Prerequisite: 15 hours of GRC credits.

Greek GRE 111 First Year Modern Greek I 4 (4,0,0,0) A course emphasizing the development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing. Emphasis is placed on communication in all four language skills.

Health and Human Performance Introduction to the Health Professions 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is designed to provide the student with a survey of the various health careers and subject matter involving the health field today. HHP 110B

Introduction to the Human Body 4 (4,0,0,0) Introductory study of the structural and functional characteristics of the human body and their relationships to health and disease.

HHP 124B

Introduction to the Human Body Computer Lab 1 (0,2,0,0) A computer-based laboratory course designed to complement instruction in HHP 123B. Students required to take the lab must do so concurrently with HHP 123B. HHP 150 Living Healthy and Well 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is a study of healthy living principles as they apply to adult life. Emphasis is placed on the recognition of individual decisions that affect one’s overall health. HHP 190

Exercise, Nutrition and Weight Control 3 (3,0,0,0) A basic overview of principles of fitness as they apply to exercise and good nutrition. Emphasis will be placed on the practical application of sound exercise and eating habits and the development of a personalized fitness program. This course is designed for the average person who wishes to gain the knowledge necessary for improved health. HHP 201B Stress Management 2 (2,0,0,0) An overview of stress, its manifestations, and methods of managing it. Particular emphasis will be placed on the role of exercise in controlling stress and the development of a balanced life-style. HHP 203B Sports Nutrition 3 (3,0,0,0) A course designed for the fitness professional that explores the link between nutrition, energy metabolism, and exercise. Optimizing exercise performance and making prudent decisions in the nutrition marketplace will be discussed. HHP 206B

Prevention and Care of Exercise Injuries 2 (2,0,0,0) Overview of safety and injury management for the fitness professional. Includes injury prevention, safe use of exercise equipment, contraindicated exercise, facility safety requirements and liability issues. HHP 213 Healthy Aging 4 (4,0,0,0) A course designed to address the factors affecting the health and fitness status of an individual as that person progresses from early to late adulthood. Recognition and prevention of health and personal fitness problems will be emphasized. HHP 227B Topics in Alternative Medicine 1 (1,0,0,0) An examination of modern definitions of health; a comparison of traditional and alternative health care; an overview of alternative choices; trends in health care. May be repeated up to a maximum of three credits.

HHP 123B

324


2 (2,0,0,0) First Aid HHP 291 Study of various emergency medical problems and their management by application of basic First Aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation.

History HIST 101 U.S. History I 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of United States political, social, economic, diplomatic and cultural development from colonial times to 1865. Satisfies the United States Constitution requirement. History 101 and 102 need not be taken in sequence; either semester may be taken alone. HIST 102 U.S. History II 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of United States political, social, economic, diplomatic and cultural development from 1865 to present. Satisfies the Nevada Constitution requirement. History 101 and 102 need not be taken in sequence; either semester may be taken alone. HIST 105 European Civilization to 1648 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of the development of Western civilization from the dawn of history to 1648. HIST 106

European Civilization Since 1648 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of the development of Western civilization from 1648 to the present. Women in American History 3 (3,0,0,0) HIST 107 A study of the role of women in the creation of America. Includes a look at legal status, life style and the unique status of minority women. HIST 111

Survey of American Constitution History 3 (3,0,0,0) Origins and history of the constitutions of the U.S. and State of Nevada; surveys the development of American judicial interpretations and institutions. Satisfies the U.S. or Nevada Constitutions requirements. HIST 150

Introduction to Chinese Civilization 3 (3,0,0,0) An introductory survey of the growth and development of Chinese civilization with an emphasis on philosophy, literature, society and political development from 2200 B.C. to the present. HIST 151

Introduction to 3 (3,0,0,0) Japanese Civilization An introductory survey of the growth and development of Japanese civilization with an emphasis on philosophy, literature, society and political development from 8000 B.C. to the present. HIST 202 American Military History 3 (3,0,0,0) U.S. military history from the colonial period onward emphasizing war strategies, military thought, and policy in the armed forces and American society.

HIST 210 Southwest Heritage 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the American Southwest and its cultures placed in historical perspective. HIST 217 Nevada History 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of Nevada from early exploration to the present. Satisfies the Nevada Constitution requirement.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HIST 220 History of Las Vegas 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to Las Vegas from prehistoric times to the present, emphasizing recent developments. HIST 222

Terrorism and Political Violence 4 (4,0,0,0) This interdisciplinary course focuses on the motivation for terrorism and political violence. It addresses the question, “What makes an otherwise ordinary person deliberately attack unarmed civilians who have personally done the perpetrator no wrong and is in no position to redress the perpetrator’s grievances?” The course approaches the issue from four different academic perspectives: history, psychology, sociology, and political science. (Same as PSC 222, PSY 222, or SOC 222.) HIST 227

Introduction to Latin American History and Culture I 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of the development of Spain and Portugal as colonizing powers, the discovery and conquest of America, and the growth of political, social, and economic institutions during the Colonial Period. HIST 228

Introduction to Latin American 3 (3,0,0,0) History and Culture II Survey of Latin American independence movements, the major Latin American republics, and Latin American indigenous history and culture HIST 247 History of the Mexican Nation 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to pre-Columbian Mexico, Colonial New Spain and Mexican National History to the present. HIST 250

Introduction to the Study of History 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the research methods commonly used by historians. Practical application of these methods to everyday life is emphasized. HIST 251 Historical Investigation 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the basic concepts and techniques of historical investigation and writing. This course is writing intensive and is intended for students majoring in history or related disciplines HIST 260

Introduction to Native American History 3 (3,0,0,0) An examination of significant events and trends in Native American life. The course will focus on the contributions made by American Indians to the development of our history and contemporary society.


325

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HIST 275

The Wild West - Myth and Reality 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to acquaint the student with the history of the American West, the course will topically examine and compare the often romanticized themes of early novels and Hollywood films with the harsh reality of frontier life. The topics that may be examined include the Spanish Southwest, the fur trapping mountain men, the Indians and the army, outlaws, the mining men, cattle, timber, and farming frontiers, and the introduction of capitalism and large scale industrialization. HIST 280

History of American Immigration 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of why people came to the United States, how they established a new life and what contributions they made to the development of the United States. HIST 285 History of Witchcraft 3 (3,0,0,0) The study of the figure of the witch from ancient times to the present, and the historical, religious and social context from which it emerged. The course includes Paleolithic and Neolithic religion, witches in ancient cultures, formulation of the Christian witch concept, the witch hunt in Early Modern Europe and in the British North American colonies, and modern neo pagan witchcraft. (Same as WMST 285.) HIST 286 Goddess Traditions 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of goddess images in a variety of cultures from prehistory to the modern age including the history, values, beliefs, practices and ethics systems associated with goddess imagery. (Same as WMST 286.) HIST 295 Topical Issues in History 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) Study of a selected issue or topic of significance in history. The particular topic will vary, however, the intent of the study will be to develop an awareness of and appreciation for the complex forces which have shaped the modern world. Material for the study will be drawn from a wide variety of sources and may be interdisciplinary in nature. The course may be repeated up to a total of six credits, with the permission of the department chair. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair. HIST 299 Internship 3 (2,0,0,6) Supervised work experience with selected community businesses. Complete 30 credit hours, minimum 2.5 GPA. Prerequisites: Department chair approval, 15 HIST credits including HIST 101, 102, 217.

Health Information Technology HIT 100B Introduction to ICD-9-CM 2 (1,3,0,0) Introduction to the mechanics of using ICD-9-CM. Prerequisite: HIT 118B or MOA 108B.

326


HIT 101B

Current Procedural Terminology 3 (2,3,0,0) Mechanics of outpatient coding using CPT-4. Includes ambulatory reimbursement methodologies. Prerequisite: HIT 118B or MOA 108B. HIT 102B

Coding and Medical Office Insurance 3 (2,3,0,0) Introduction to ICD-9-CM and CPT coding, insurance and collection aspects as they relate to the medical office setting. Prerequisite: HIT 118B. HIT 103B

Customer Service Skills in a Healthcare Setting 1 (1,0,0,0) Designed to develop and practice customer service skills as needed in a healthcare setting. HIT 105B Healthcare Dynamics 2 (2,0,0,0) An introduction to the organization and functioning of the healthcare delivery system. Professional, legal, and ethical aspects of the health occupations. Prevention, community health needs, psychosocial factors in healthcare, and community agencies. HIT 106B Concepts of Health Insurance 2 (2,0,0,0) An introduction to varying aspects of health insurance coverage and its impact on health care reimbursement. HIT 107B

Patient Registration Practicum 2 (0,0,10,0) Provides the student with practical experience in performing patient registration duties. The practicum assignments are eighty (80) hours in a hospital admitting department. This is not an internet-only class. Corequisite: HIT 106B. Students must attend a mandatory orientation during first class session of HIT 106B. HIT 108B

Interpersonal Communication Skills in the Health 3 (3,0,0,0) Care Setting Designed for the development and practice of a set of interpersonal and human relation skills as needed among health care providers. HIT 117B Medical Terminology I 1 (1,0,0,0) Study of word derivations and formation with emphasis upon understanding common usage in the field of health care. HIT 118B Language of Medicine 3 (3,0,0,0) Application of medical language by body system and appropriate use within the accepted nomenclature and classification systems. This course is designed to meet professional program requirements.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Advanced Language of Medicine 2 (2,0,0,0) Advanced application of medical language specific to clinical specialties. This course is designed to meet professional program requirements. Prerequisite: HIT 118B or concurrent enrollment. HIT 120B Medical Transcription I 4 (2,6,0,0) Basic medical transcription skills. Corequisites: HIT 118B, ENG 100 or ENG 101 or satisfactory performance on English placement test and COT 200.

HIT 208B

Professional Practice Experience II 3 (0,0,12,0) Management and practical experience in specialized care settings. Prerequisite: HIT 206B. Grades assigned on a Pass/Fail basis. HIT 210B Coding Practice Experience 3 (0,0,12,0) Practical coding experience in a variety of health care settings. Corequisite: HIT 201B. Grades assigned on a Pass/Fail basis.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HIT 119B

HIT 245B HIT 122B Medical Transcription II 4 (1,0,12,0) Advanced medical transcription skills. Prerequisite: HIT 120B. Grades assigned on a Pass/Fail basis. HIT 165B Pathophysiology 4 (4,0,0,0) Introduction to concept of disease process in specific body systems. Prerequisite: BIOL 223 or HHP 123B. HIT 170B Computers in Health Care 3 (2,3,0,0) Hardware and software components of computers for health information applications. Methods of controlling the accuracy and security of data. Record linkage and data sharing concepts. Prerequisite: COT 127B. HIT 180B

Introduction to Health Information Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to Health Information Management procedures including professional ethics and processes to assure quality health care through quality information. Corequisite: HIT 118B. HIT 201B

Classification Systems for Health Care Data 3 (2,3,0,0) In-depth practice in assigning diagnostic and procedure codes according to ICD-9-CM. Prerequisites: HIT 100B, 101B, 118B, 119B, 165B, 180B. HIT 205B Health Services Organization 3 (3,0,0,0) Functions of health information departments in healthcare institutions. Origin, uses, format and regulatory requirements of health records. Computation and interpretation of healthcare statistics. Prerequisite: Acceptance into HIT Program. Professional Practice Experience I 3 (0,0,12,0) Practical experience in the acute care setting performing Health Information Departmental duties. Corequisite: HIT 205B. Grades assigned on a Pass/Fail basis. HIT 206B

HIT 207B

Health Information Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of Organizational Resources with emphasis on Human Resources, Financial Resources and Physical Resources as related to Health Information Management. Prerequisite: HIT 205B.

Quality Management and Research 3 (2,3,0,0) Methodologies for conducting quality improvement activities including collecting, organizing and presenting data. Learn knowledge based research techniques and guidelines regarding research and IRB processes. Prerequisite: HIT 205B. HIT 299B

Selected Topics in Health Information Technology 3 (3,0,0,0) Covers selected topics of interest to students of health information systems. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisite: HIT 205B.

Hotel Management HMD 101

Introduction to the Hospitality Industry 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of the history, likely direction, and dynamics of the hospitality industry from the perspective of the global economy, with emphasis on the wide variety of career opportunities. HMD 103

Introduction to the Lodging Industry 3 (3,0,0,0) Detailed presentation of lodging operations management in specific areas including front-office operations, housekeeping and sanitation, food and beverage, and facility operations, including risk management/security, accounting/ financial operations, and hospitality services. In addition to the hotel and lodging industry, other topical areas also include vacation ownership (time-share) industry, casino and resort industry. Prerequisite: HMD 101. HMD 202 Housekeeping Operations 3 (3,0,0,0) Application of various systems, procedures, and controls associated with a modern hotel or hospital housekeeping department. Emphasis on management delegation, scheduling, systems, routines, and equipment. Laundry operations and hotel recreation departments also reviewed. 3 (3,0,0,0) Front-Office Operations HMD 203 Study of front-office procedures from reservations through check-out including the night audit and the property management system and their impacts on other lodging operations. Special emphasis placed on guest-employee relations. Prerequisites: HMD 101 and ENG 100, or 101, or 113.


327

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HMD 225

Basic Computer Applications for Hospitality Managers 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces hardware and software applications used in the hospitality industry. HMD 235

Hotel, Restaurant and Gaming Law 3 (3,0,0,0) Legal aspects of the innkeeper/guest relationship with particular attention to personal liability, property liability, labor law, crimes, torts, evictions, negligence, administrative agencies and gaming regulations.

HMS 104B

Small Group Interaction Techniques 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces the student to the theories and techniques which relate to working with individuals. Personality theories presented in terms of their applicability to change processes. HMS 106B Human Services Practicum I 3 (0,0,0,8) Human Services work experience. The student works in a helping services facility eight hours a week under the supervision of a facility employee to gain practical work experience. Prerequisites: HMS 102B, 103B, 130, 265B. HMS 107B

HMD 259

Human Resources Management in the Hospitality Industry 3 (3,0,0,0) Recruitment, selection, compensation, training, and performance appraisal of employees and managers in the hospitality industry’s culturally diverse work place. Prerequisites: HMD 101 and ENG 100, or 101, or 113. HMD 295

Work Experience in Lodging Operations 1 (0,0,0,1) In addition to the academic requirements, the Department of Resorts and Gaming requires 200 hours of acceptable employment in the hospitality industry. This work experience will be measured qualitatively as well as quantitatively. The work experience requirement should be met during the school year or in summers. Students who plan to transfer to UNLV will be able to transfer a maximum of 500 hours of employment toward UNLV’s 1000 hour employment requirement. International students must go to the office of International Student Services to verify employment eligibility and obtain authorization. This course can be repeated up to maximum of four credits. Grade will be given upon verification of employment.

Human Services Introduction to Human Services 3 (3,0,0,0) An introductory course identifying the multifold programs and activities of social welfare and helping services and their key role in modern society; observation and reporting techniques emphasized.

Community Resources in Human Services 3 (3,0,0,0) A course designed to acquaint the student with resources available for substance abuse programs. HMS 116B Substance Abuse 3 (3,0,0,0) Explores the emergence of substance abuse as a sociological and cultural phenomenon in the United States. Identifies the development in legal policy, social history and the treatment and research dimensions. HMS 130 Human Sexuality 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to provide each student with the necessary biological, historical, psychological and sociological perspective for personal positive changes. Provides a forum for discussion on issues of common concern. HMS 135B Cross Cultural Relations 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of American Ethnic groups within contemporary American society. A practical “road map” leading to an overall picture of the complexity of the problems facing the United States society in attempting to alleviate the continuing social problems of cultural ethnic relations. 3 (3,0,0,0) HMS 152B Divorce Adjustment Designed to help people adjust to divorce and build their new life styles and systems in a positive creative way.

HMS 101B

HMS 102B Introduction to Counseling 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to provide an overview of the historical, philosophical and theoretical foundations of counseling. Students will examine the counselor as a person and explore the role of self-awareness in the field of counseling. 3 (3,0,0,0) HMS 103B Creative Self Awareness Course includes clarifying values, setting goals, exploring self, expanding options, overcoming barriers, working effectively, enhancing relations, planning and decision making.

328


HMS 206B Human Services Practicum II 3 (0,0,0,8) Human Services work experience. The student works in a helping services facility eight hours a week under the supervision of a facility employee to gain practical work experience. Prerequisite: HMS 106B. 3 (3,0,0,0) HMS 265B Death and Dying Designed to provide the student with the necessary information to both understand and cope with the social processes of dying, death and bereavement from an academic as well as a personal perspective. HMS 266B Mind/Body Health 3 (3,0,0,0) This class explores the many approaches to healing and maintaining wellness of the mind, body and spirit. Lectures, guest teachers and videos will be used in this interesting experiential class.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Solutions for Stress

3 (3,0,0,0)

How stress affects health and quality of life will be complimented by addressing methods of coping with stress in all areas of life. Exercise, nutrition, interpersonal skills and Eastern and Western forms of relaxation will be addressed.

HMS 268B

Developing Self-Esteem

3 (3,0,0,0)

This course will help students enrich their lives, and increase their happiness. Students will learn how to identify personal problems and how to effectively change their lives for the better. The course includes both group and experimental exercises.

HMS 295B, 296B, 297B, 298B Work Experience I, II, III, IV 1-4 (0,0,0,1-4) Cooperative Education courses designed to provide the student with on-the-job supervised and educationally directed work experience.

Phi Theta Kappa Honors Topic 3 (3,0,0,0)

The Honors Study Topic course is dedicated to the examination and illumination of the Phi Theta Kappa Honors Study Topic — providing ideas for scholastic enrichment. Open for general registration; may be taken twice for credit.

Insurance INS 105

Insurance Principles

Life and Health Insurance

Introduction to Interior Design 3 (2,2,0,0) An introduction to interior design: elements and principles of design, furniture arrangement, selection of furnishings and materials and the interior design profession. For majors and non-majors who wish to explore the field as a career choice. INTD 105B

History of Furniture and Interiors I 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the history of furniture and interiors from antiquity to the 19th Century. INTD 106B

History of Furniture and Interiors II 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of furniture and interiors from the 19th century to the present. Prerequisite: INTD 105B.

INTD 202 Field Study 1-2 (0,0,0,1-2) This course is a student/faculty seminar that includes group travel for field study experience. The grading method for this course is pass/fail. INTD 205B CADD for Interior Designers 3 (2,2,0,0) Students use AutoCad to implement designs in graphic form, to include floor plans, elevations and details. Prerequisite: CADD 100.

3 (3,0,0,0)

Understanding the basic concepts of risk and insurance doctrines. Explore the various areas of family risk management with emphasis in life, health, auto and home risks. Review applicable Nevada Revised Statutes.

INS 110B

INTD 101B

INTD 115B Color Application 2 (1,2,0,0) A study of color theory and its applications to interior design.

Humanities HUM 298

Interior Design

3 (3,0,0,0)

The purpose of the course is to satisfy the spirit and letter of NRS 683A and NAC 683A, requiring life and health prelicensing education. General product knowledge, terms, and concepts of life insurance, annuity contracts, and accident and health insurance are covered. Nevada insurance laws and regulations are discussed generally as well as specifically relating to life and health insurance.

INTD 210B Design Drawing I 3 (2,2,0,0) Introduction to quick sketching, interior perspective and rendering techniques. Prerequisite: ADT 100B. 3 (2,2,0,0) Textiles INTD 216 Consumer orientation to textiles. Serviceability, concepts of durability, care, comfort and aesthetic appearance are used to evaluate textiles alternatives for various end uses. INTD 218B Methods and Materials 3 (2,2,0,0) A study of interior furnishings, materials, techniques, processes and applications.

3 (3,0,0,0)

INTD 220B Design Process 3 (2,2,0,0) Studio projects in design process, space planning and interior construction documents. Prerequisites: INTD 101B and ADT 100B.

Facts, principles, basic concepts and Nevada statutes covering property and liability insurance. Designed for the person who contemplates engaging in the insurance industry as a professional or for those who desire to understand insurance for making informed business or personal decisions.

4 (3,3,0,0) INTD 255B Interior Design Studio Application of design concepts to interior spaces. Short exercises precede small residential projects. Prerequisites: INTD 115B, 210B, 216, 220B.

INS 210B

Property and Liability Insurance

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HMS 267B


329

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS INTD 257B Interior Design Studio II 4 (3,3,0,0) Advanced problem solving in residential interior design. Prerequisites: INTD 218B, 255B. INTD 258B Business Practices 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is an overview of interior design business principles and practices. Prerequisite: INTD 255B. INTD 259B

Interior Design: Selected Topics 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) Offers selected topics of interest to interior design students. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. INTD 260B Contract Documents 3 (2,2,0,0) Working drawing, related schedules, interior specifications, project management. Prerequisites: INTD 220B, 266B. INTD 262B Interior Design Drawing II 3 (2,2,0,0) Advanced study of sketching, perspective and rendering techniques focusing on color media. Prerequisite: INTD 210B. INTD 264B Kitchen and Bath Studio 3 (2,2,0,0) Design of residential kitchens and baths. Prerequisites: ADT 100B, INDT 218B. INTD 266B

Building Codes and Standards for Interior Designers 3 (3,0,0,0) Comprehensive study of major codes, standards and federal regulations affecting the interior design and construction of commercial and residential. Special emphasis on application as it affects the health, safety and welfare of the human user. INTD 270 Field Experience 1-4 (0,0,0,5-20) Provides students the opportunity to work in the interior design industry directed by a qualified professional and supervised by the instructor. Maximum of 4 credits. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. INTD 272B Lighting Theory 3 (2,2,0,0) Study of lighting design and applications for interior spaces. Prerequisites: INTD 101B, ADT 100B, INTD 115B. INTD 278B Hospitality Design Studio 3 (2,2,0,0) Design of hospitality spaces such as guestrooms, suites, restaurants, public spaces. Prerequisites: INTD 216, 218B, 220B.

IS 115 Introduction to Programming 3 (3,0,0,0) A first course in programming. Problem-solving and algorithm development using a modern programming language. Prerequisite: IS 101 or instructor permission.

Italian ITAL 101B Conversational Italian I 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing spoken communication. Speaking skills, oral listening skills, reading and writing skills explored. A vocabulary of Italian-English words developed. ITAL 102B Conversational Italian II 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing a continuation of skills acquired in ITAL 101B. Increased fluency and further vocabulary development stressed. Prerequisite: ITAL 101B. ITAL 111 First Year Italian I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, and writing. Oral emphasis. ITAL 112 First Year Italian II 4 (4,0,0,0) A second semester course designed to continue and improve the skills learned in ITAL 111. Prerequisite: ITAL 111 or permission of the department. ITAL 211 Second Year Italian I 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of Italian language skills with intensive review of grammatical structures. Emphasis on speaking, reading and writing skills. Introduction to Italian prose writing. Prerequisite: ITAL 112. ITAL 212 Second Year Italian II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of review of grammatical structures. Structured conversation, reading of one novel and writing based on assigned topics. Prerequisite: ITAL 211. Italy and Its Culture 3 (3,0,0,0) ITAL 221 Introduction to Italian Culture and its influence on the World Community: a general examination of Italy’s physical, historical, political, and administrative identity. An introduction to and assessment of the contributions of its major achievers in various areas of human endeavor: Art, Religion, Science, etc. A glance at Italy’s popular culture as reflected in its films and other documents of contemporary daily life. Taught in English, no knowledge of Italian required.

Information Systems IS 101

Introduction to 3 (3,0,0,0) Information Systems Concepts and applications of Information Systems. Introduction to hardware, software, data, and file concepts. Microcomputer applications software including word processing, spreadsheet, database, Internet, and presentation software.

330


Journalism JOUR 100

Introduction to Journalism and Media Studies 3 (3,0,0,0) This required course introduces prospective majors to the pragmatic, performative and presentational aspects of journalism and media studies.

JOUR 101

Critical Analysis of the Mass Media 3 (3,0,0,0) Analysis of the development of newspapers, magazines, motion pictures, radio, and telecommunications. Overview of institutional structure and theoretical perspectives. JOUR 102 News Reporting and Writing 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides fundamental instruction and pre-professional practice in writing as a basis for upper-division courses in journalism and media studies. Analysis of news content and how news is obtained and written. Discussions and laboratory. Prerequisite: ENG 100 or 101. JOUR 105 Publications Workshop I 3-6 (3-6,0,0,0) A course for producing the student newspaper, literary magazine, or any other student publication. Combination of graphics and journalism in one class period emphasizing total makeup of the newspaper and the different procedures required in putting it together. May be repeated for up to six credits. Prerequisites: JOUR 102. JOUR 201 Television Studio Production I 3 (3,0,0,0) Study and training in basic television studio production for live or live-to-tape programming. Emphasis on producing and directing with training in various studio, control room and engineering functions. Prerequisite: JOUR 220. JOUR 203 Writing Across Media 3 (3,0,0,0) Information gathering and writing for mass media communications including print, online, broadcast, advertising, and public relations. Prerequisites: JOUR 102, 220. JOUR 204

Introduction to Media Production 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to production tools and computer interfaces; emphasis on visual literacy, imaging, video and audio editing, Internet authoring, creating multimedia documents. Prerequisite: JOUR 203. JOUR 220

Fundamentals of Applied Media Aesthetics 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of the various fields that use visual imagery for communicative purposes. Graphic design, film, and televisual imagery covered. Emphasis on television and film aesthetics and picture composition. 3 (3,0,0,0) JOUR 222 Photojournalism Practical workshop covering news and public relations photography. Students learn to use photographic equipment and learn how to compose, shoot and crop photographs for news and advertising. Selected students may function as photographers for the COYOTE PRESS. JOUR 223 Contemporary Radio 3 (3,0,0,0) Examination of the structure, programming, regulation, and problems of radio in today’s world and the role the medium plays in informing and entertaining modern listeners.

JOUR 225 Publication Workshop III 3 (3,0,0,0) Intensive practical workshop in newspaper copy editing. Covers English grammar and usage, news wire style, libel law, page layout and picture cropping. Selected students may function as editors for the COYOTE PRESS. Prerequisites: JOUR 102.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

JOUR 226 Publication Workshop IV 3 (3,0,0,0) Intensive practical workshop in newspaper copy editing. Covers English grammar and usage, news wire style, libel law, page layout and picture cropping. Selected students may function as editors for the COYOTE PRESS. Prerequisite: JOUR 225. JOUR 241 News and the News Media 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of the history, purposes, functions, and effects of journalism. Prerequisite: JOUR 100 or 101. JOUR 261 Introduction to IMC 3 (3,0,0,0) Examination of the function of advertising and public relations in the media and society. Emphasis on the application of theory and its relationship to the IMC elements; public relations, advertising, promotion, direct marketing, interactive, and their ability to reach customers/publics. Prerequisites: JOUR 100, 102.

Japanese JPN 101B Conversational Japanese I 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing spoken communication. Speaking skills, oral and listening skills, reading and writing skills explored. A vocabulary of Japanese-English words developed. JPN 102B Conversational Japanese II 3 (3,0,0,0) Students will continue to develop speaking, oral and listening skills and vocabulary. Prerequisite: JPN 101B. JPN 111 First Year Japanese I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, and writing. Oral emphasis. JPN 112 First Year Japanese II 4 (4,0,0,0) A second semester course designed to continue and improve the skills learned in JPN 111. Prerequisite: JPN 111. JPN 211 Second Year Japanese I 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to continue the development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing. Contextual studies. Prerequisite: JPN 112. 3 (3,0,0,0) Second Year Japanese II JPN 212 Designed to continue the development of language skills learned in JPN 211. Prerequisite: JPN 211.


331

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Korean KOR 101B Conversational Korean I 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing spoken communication. Speaking skills, oral and listening skills, reading and writing skills explored. A vocabulary of Korean-English words developed. KOR 102B Conversational Korean II 3 (3,0,0,0) Students will continue to develop speaking, oral and listening skills and vocabulary. Prerequisite: KOR 101B. KOR 111 First Year Korean I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, and writing. Oral emphasis. KOR 112 First Year Korean II 4 (4,0,0,0) A second semester course designed to continue and improve the skills learned in KOR 111. Prerequisite: KOR 111. KOR 211 Second Year Korean I 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to continue the development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Contextual studies. Prerequisite: KOR 112.

Capstone Class in Latin American Studies 1 (0,0,0,1) As the last course of special program’s requirements, it integrates coursework covered in the Latin American and Latina/o Studies A.A. degree program and independent work involving reading, writing, and research. Prerequisite: Enrollment by instructor approval only.

Latin LAT 111 First Year Latin I 3 (3,0,0,0) The development of language skills, particularly reading and writing; structural analysis. LAT 112 First Year Latin II 3 (3,0,0,0) A second semester course designed to continue and improve the skills learned in Latin 111. Prerequisite: LAT 111.

Legal Assistant LAW 101 Fundamentals of Law I 3 (3,0,0,0) Relationship and delineation of the function and responsibility of the legal assistant, the attorney and the client. Prerequisites: ENG 100 or 101 with a grade of “C” or better and IS 101.

Latin American Studies

LAW 102 Fundamentals of Law II 3 (3,0,0,0) This course emphasizes the court system in Nevada focusing on the Internet. Subjects include preparing for trial, and summarizing depositions and medical records. Alternative dispute resolutions, arbitrations, mediation, short trials, calendaring, and time-keeping are also among the topics presented. Prerequisite: LAW 231.

LAS 101

LAW 201

KOR 212 Second Year Korean II 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to continue the development of language skills learned in KOR 211. Prerequisite: KOR 211.

Introduction to Latin American Studies 3 (3,0,0,0) Interdisciplinary introduction to the culture, history, and political economy of contemporary Latin America; examines topics such as colonialism and independence, values and social structures, political institutions, and economic relations in the region; presents and overview of the history and conditions of U.S. Latinos. LAS 210

Hispanic Groups in the United States 3 (3,0,0,0) This course studies the Hispanic populations of the United States, focusing especially on the three largest Hispanic groups: Mexicans, Puerto Ricans, and Cubans. The class analyzes and compares how the different Hispanic groups handle reality, immigration, and the processes involved in adapting to life in the U.S. LAS 224 Mexican Culture 3 (3,0,0,0) This course focuses on elements that contribute to the formation of the culture and identity of the Mexican nation: history, religion, music, art, food, movies and TV, traditions, celebrations and folklore, social realities, and the relationship with the U.S.

332

LAS 299


Business Law I for Legal Assistants 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the law of contracts and business organizations. Review primary and secondary source materials and develop written and/or oral reports. Draft relevant business forms. Prerequisite: LAW 101 or instructor approval. LAW 202B

Business Law II 3 (3,0,0,0) for Legal Assistants A study of the law of real property, personal property, partnerships, corporations, estates, trusts and bankruptcy. Review primary and secondary source materials and develop written and oral reports. Prerequisite: LAW 201. LAW 204 Torts 3 (3,0,0,0) Students will become familiar with the major torts of negligence, trespass to land, defamation, strict liability, wrongful death and conversion. Prerequisite: LAW 101. LAW 205 Contracts 3 (3,0,0,0) Discusses the basic elements of contract law including offer, acceptance, consideration, contractual capacity, legality, defenses to enforcement of contracts, remedies and an introduction to the Uniform Commercial Code. Special emphasis placed on the practical analysis of contracts. Prerequisite: Law 101 or instructor approval.

LAW 231 Civil Procedure 3 (3,0,0,0) This course emphasizes the court system in Nevada focusing on the internet. Topics include preparing pretrial litigation documents, as well as drafting a complaint, answer, and summons. Prerequisites: LAW 101, 259. LAW 232 Criminal Procedure 3 (3,0,0,0) Examines the criminal justice system, including procedures from arrest to final disposition, principles of constitutional, federal, state and local laws as they affect the process in criminal court procedures. Prerequisite: LAW 101. LAW 234 Civil Procedure II 3 (3,0,0,0) This course explores the court system in Nevada from the point of preparing for trial to post trial and alternative dispute resolutions, by retrieving rules from Nevada websites and Federal Websites. The students will be preparing documents for trial, including summarizing depositions and medical records. Prerequisite: LAW 231. LAW 250 Administrative Law 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of the history of administrative agencies, administrative law procedures, use of expert witnesses, law of evidence, constitutional limitations and judicial review. Prerequisite: LAW 101. 3 (3,0,0,0) LAW 251 Bankruptcy Study of expanded jurisdiction, its effects on financial rehabilitation of individuals and corporations; involuntary petitions, preparation of voluntary petitions filing; automatic stay provisions, complaint to vacate stay and abandonment of assets. Prerequisite: LAW 101. LAW 252 Family Law 3 (3,0,0,0) The law of family relations, including the following: marriage, annulment, dissolution, divorce, separation, guardianship, adoption, custody and legitimacy of children, parental rights and rights and duties of minors. Prerequisite: LAW 101. LAW 253 Law Office Management 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of economical and efficient law office practices and procedures including the proper use of law office technology and computerized data processing. Prerequisite: LAW 101. Probate Procedures 3 (3,0,0,0) LAW 255 Law related to estate planning issues. Includes procedure to distribute a person’s estate upon one’s death, creation and administration of a trust and procedure to appoint another to act on one’s behalf. Also includes a discussion of health care documents and related elderly care issues. Prerequisites: LAW 101. LAW 258 Constitutional Law 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will introduce the student to the fundamental principles and concepts of American Constitutional Law with specific emphasis on civil rights, liberties and responsibilities. Prerequisite: LAW 101.

LAW 259 Legal Writing 3 (3,0,0,0) An in-depth study and development of legal writing skills. Introduction to the major forms of legal writing, legal terminology, and the principles for organization of legal memorandums or briefs. Prerequisite: LAW 101 or instructor approval.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LAW 261 Legal Research I 4 (4,0,0,0) Legal research and terminology, including law library familiarization and development of skills. Emphasis on finding, reading and synthesizing cases and in preparing legal memoranda. Prerequisites: LAW 101, 259. LAW 262 Legal Research II 4 (4,0,0,0) In-depth study for developing legal research and writing skills. Subjects presented in Legal Research I will be covered in greater detail using federal, state, and administrative law. Emphasis will be placed upon computer assisted legal research tools such as Westlaw, Lexis, and the Internet. Prerequisite: LAW 261. LAW 263 Ethics 3 (3,0,0,0) Covers the relationship between the court, attorney, client and legal assistant. Discusses what a legal assistant may and may not do. Also discusses conflicts of interest, dealing with witnesses and adverse parties and confidentiality. LAW 264 Civil Evidence 3 (3,0,0,0) To familiarize the student with the rules and forms of evidence that is admissible in court. Prerequisite: LAW 101. LAW 267B

Legal Office Practice and Procedure 3 (3,0,0,0) Covers the basic law office practices and technology. Discusses law office personnel, management and filing, timekeeping and billing issues, calendaring, docket control and case management, telephone equipment, computer systems, law office accounting and ethical considerations. Prerequisite: LAW 101. LAW 295 Supervised Field Experience 3 (0,0,0,8) Offers legal assistant work experience under the supervision of an attorney. The student will work at a local law firm or agency eight hours per week, for a total of 120 hours to gain practical work experience. The student and law firm/agency will report their experience to the program director. Prerequisites: Completion of 21 LAW credits and Legal Programs Director approval.

Library Skills LIB 101 Research for College Papers 1 (1,0,0,0) An overview of basic research strategies using Internet and print resources. Focus is on gathering viable information for college assignments.


333

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Mathematics MATH 050D Mathematics for the Trades 4 (3,3,0,0) Course emphasizes solving apprenticeship related applied problems and includes a review of basic mathematics operations, exponents, English and Metric measurement, elementary algebra, scientific notation, plane and solid geometric figures, and triangle trigonometry. MATH 091 Basic Mathematics 3 (3,0,0,0) A course in arithmetic. Topics include fractions, decimals, measurements, percents, ratios and proportions. MATH 093 Pre-Algebra 3 (3,0,0,0) A course intended to review arithmetic and to preview elementary algebra. Prerequisite: MATH 091 with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score. MATH 095 Elementary Algebra 3 (3,0,0,0) A course in the fundamental operations of real numbers, solving linear equations in one variable, polynomials, quadratic equations in one variable, and introduction to graphing. Intended to provide a basic foundation for future mathematics needed in fields of business, economics, engineering and related fields. Strong background in fractions and positive and negative numbers is highly recommended. Prerequisite: MATH 093 with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score. MATH 096 Intermediate Algebra 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics include rational expressions and equations, linear equations and inequalities, radicals, quadratic equations, graphs, and applications. Prerequisite: MATH 095 with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score. MATH 097

Elementary and Intermediate Algebra 5 (5,0,0,0) A one semester course equivalent to the combination of MATH 095 and MATH 096. Topics include solving linear equations in one variable, polynomials, integer exponents, factoring, rational expressions and equations, graphing linear equations in two variable, inequalities, systems of linear equations, radicals and rational exponents, and quadratic equations. Prerequisite: MATH 093 with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score. MATH 100B Math for Allied Health Programs 3 (3,0,0,0) A course designed to provide the mathematics skills used in allied health fields. Topics include operations with fractions and decimals, measurement systems, percents, ratios and proportions, drug calculations, and IV flow rates. MATH 111B Mathematics for Electronics Applications 3 (3,0,0,0) An electronics algebra/trigonometry course which includes signed numbers, laws of exponents, proportions, logarithms, trigonometric functions, polar and rectangular conversions. Prerequisite: MATH 095. Corequisite: ET 131B.

334


MATH 115B Mathematics for the Hospitality/Gaming Industry 3 (3,0,0,0) Using data and examples relevant to the hospitality/gaming industry, students will use an applied approach to learn math skills relevant to this industry. Topics covered will include fractions, decimals, geometry, percents, ratio and proportions, probability and statistics. The use of computers and calculators will be integrated into the applications. Students will work in “teams” on some projects and activities. MATH 116 Technical Mathematics 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides technical mathematical core material so that the student gains practical problem solving experience. Topics may include arithmetic operations, integers, exponents, scientific notation, algebraic expressions, equations, the metric system, trigonometry and vectors. MATH 120

Fundamentals of College Mathematics 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics include probability, statistics, geometry, and consumer mathematics. It may include problem solving, sets, logic, mathematical systems, numeration, and measurement. Course is broad in scope, emphasizing applications. Prerequisite: MATH 096 or MATH 097 both with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score. MATH 122

Number Concepts for Elementary School Teachers 3 (3,0,0,0) Mathematics needed by those teaching the new-content curriculum at the elementary school level, emphasizing number concepts. This course does not satisfy the general education core requirements. Prerequisite: MATH 096 or MATH 097 both with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score. MATH 123

Statistical and Geometrical Concepts for Elementary School Teachers 3 (3,0,0,0) Mathematics needed by those teaching the new-content curriculum at the elementary school level, emphasizing concepts in statistics, geometry, and probability. Prerequitsite: MATH 122 with a grade of C or better. MATH 124 College Algebra 3 (3,0,0,0) Practical applications are the focal point of this course. Topics include equations and inequalities; linear, quadratic, polynomial, exponential and logarithmic functions and their graphs; and solutions of systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: MATH 096 or MATH 097 both with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score. Note: This course does NOT serve as a prerequisite for MATH 127, nor is it sufficiently rigorous for entry into calculus. MATH 126 Precalculus I 3 (3,0,0,0) A rigorous discussion of algebra concepts necessary for calculus is the focal point of this course. Topics include an indepth investigation of algebraic functions and their graphs and solutions of systems of equations. Prerequisite: MATH 096 or MATH 097 both with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test Score. Note: This course serves as a prerequisite course for MATH 127 and is essential for students planning to take calculus.

MATH 127

Precalculus II

3 (3,0,0,0)

Topics include an in-depth investigation of trigonometric functions and their graphs, analytic trigonometry, solutions of triangles, vectors, and analytic geometry. Prerequisite: MATH 126 with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score. Note: This course is essential for students planning to take calculus.

MATH 128

Precalculus and Trigonometry 5 (5,0,0,0)

A one semester course equivalent to the combination of MATH 126 and MATH 127. Topics include an in-depth investigation of algebraic and trigonometric functions and their graphs, solutions of systems of equations, analytic trigonometry, solutions of triangles, vectors, and analytic geometry. Prerequisite: MATH 096 or MATH 097 both with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score.

MATH 132

Finite Mathematics

3 (3,0,0,0)

Topics include symbolic logic, set theory, and probability theory applied to the analysis of business and social science problems. Prerequisite: MATH 124 or MATH 126 or MATH 128 all with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score.

MATH 170

Mathematics of Finance

3 (3,0,0,0)

A mathematical study of interest annuities, sinking funds, depreciation, amortization and other topics related to business problems. Prerequisite: MATH 096 or 1-1/2 units of high school algebra; BUS 116B recommended. (Same as BUS 170.)

MATH 176

Introductory Calculus for Application in Business and Social Sciences

Calculus I

MATH 251 Discrete Mathematics I 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics include fundamental principles of logic and proof methods, elements of set theory, equivalence relations and partitions, counting techniques, mathematical induction, cardinality, power set, inclusion-exclusion principle, Cartesian product, pigeonhole principle, binomial theorem, probability and expectation. Prerequisites: MATH 127 or equivalent; and corequisite: MATH 181 or equivalent. MATH 253 Matrix Algebra 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces linear algebra, including matrices, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, eigenvectors and eigenvalues. Prerequisite: MATH 182 with a grade of C or better. MATH 283 Calculus III 4 (4,0,0,0) Topics include vectors, differentiation and integration of vector valued functions, multi-variable calculus, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and applications. Prerequisite: MATH 182 with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score. MATH 285 Differential Equations 3 (3,0,0,0) Theory and techniques for constant and variable coefficient ordinary linear differential equations. Also included are a number of non-linear types of ordinary differential equations. Emphasis will be on those differential equations arising from modeling real world phenomena. Prerequisite: MATH 182 with a grade of C or better.

4 (4,0,0,0)

Differentiation and integration of algebraic functions with applications to the analysis of business and social science problems. Prerequisites: Placement Test or MATH 124 or MATH 126 or equivalent.

MATH 181

MATH 211B Advanced Mathematics for Electronics 4 (4,0,0,0) An advanced course focusing on the mathematics that supports RADAR theory, circuit theory and telecommunications theory. The course will include conic sections, trigonometric functions and vectors, matrices, analytic geometry, and the introduction to differential and integral calculus, applications of first and second order differential equations in electronics, and Laplace transforms. Prerequisites: MATH 111B, ET 132B, or instructor permission.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

4 (4,0,0,0)

Differentiation and integration of algebraic and transcendental functions with applications. Prerequisites: MATH 126 and MATH 127 or MATH 128 all with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score.

Mechanical Engineering 3 (3,0,0,0) Dynamics ME 242 Engineering analysis of bodies in motion in both two and three dimensions; analysis of the kinematic and kinetic principles for both particles and rigid bodies; the development and utilization of the concepts of force and acceleration, work, energy, impulse, momentum and impact. Prerequisites: CEE 241 (formerly CEG 206) and PHYS 180, 180L, and MATH 182.

Management MATH 182

Calculus II

4 (4,0,0,0)

Topics include further applications and techniques of integration with applications, polynomial approximations, sequences, and series. Prerequisite: MATH 181 with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score.

MGT 100B

Practical Human Relations for Business 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of human factors involved in business and management with emphasis upon mutual responsibilities and communication problems of employees, managers and customers. Team activities.


335

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MGT 103 Small Business Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics covered include start-up, financial and administrative controls, marketing programs, management techniques, legal and governmental relationships. All aspects of operating a business will be thoroughly discussed.

MGT 288B Compensation Management 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the principles and regulations of Compensation Management. Employee compensation and benefits will be examined to determine their effect on productivity in business and government.

MGT 120B

Introduction to Public Sector Administration 3 (3,0,0,0) Examines the relationship between public sector policies and the world of business. Surveys the public sector regulating advertising, products, production, mergers, competition and marketplace restrictions.

MGT 291B Women in Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics include women in management, changing life styles of women and men in U.S. labor force, U.S. legislation affecting women, management styles, power and leadership, effective time management, motivation and supervision, decision making techniques and effective communication.

MGT 201 Principles of Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics covered include fundamentals and principles of management, administrative policies, objectives and procedures and problems of organization control and leadership.

MGT 294B Seminar in Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Analysis of the nature and problems in management. Focus is on planning, organizing, decision making and controlling through the study of recent relevant literature and selected cases. May be taken a maximum of three times.

MGT 212

Leadership and Human Relations 3 (3,0,0,0) Focus is on understanding and managing human behavior in organizations. Developing a better understanding of one’s self as a leader and exploring some of the more effective ways of leading others. MGT 235 Organizational Behavior 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics include concepts, theories and case studies concerning the behavior of people in modern business organizations. Prerequisite: MGT 201. MGT 276 Creativity in Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Creating quality and originality that lead to new ways of seeing managerial methods. The utilization of imagination, insight, invention, ingenuity, intuition, inspiration and illumination to create a more dynamic managerial environment. MGT 283 Personnel Administration 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to develop an understanding of the duties and responsibilities of personnel at the mid-management level. Areas covered include: employee needs, human relations, recruiting techniques, orienting and training employees, benefit programs and economics of supervision. MGT 284B

Introduction to 3 (3,0,0,0) International Management Examination of the management of resources (people, capital goods, money, inventories and technology) across national boundaries. The student will also learn to adapt management principles and functions to the demands of foreign competition and environment. The class will be supplemented with international speakers. Prerequisite: MGT 201. 3 (3,0,0,0) MGT 286B Personnel Interviewing A study of the legal aspects of interviewing in the public and private sector. Students participate in oral board, orientation, counseling, exit and performance appraisal simulations.

336


Mental Health Services MHDD 101 Role of the Technician 1 (1,0,0,0) Basic skills in behavioral observation, documentation and approaches to intervention as a treatment team member. Other topics include guardianship, rights, confidentiality, abuse and neglect, and program implementation. 1 (1,0,0,0) MHDD 102 Medical Component This course covers basic medical information including infection control, safety procedures, confidentiality, awareness of normal bodily functions, personal care and recognition of signs and symptoms that need to be reported to medical staff. MHDD 103 Psychopathology and Developmental Disabilities 1 (1,0,0,0) Study of the functional relationship between dual diagnosis of mental disorders and/or developmental disabilities and individual treatment issues raised by dual diagnosis. MHDD 105 Conflict Prevention and Response Training 2 (2,0,0,0) This course focuses on the application of prevention and response techniques to support persons in crisis or conflict with others. These applications are for use by service providers as approved by the State of Nevada, Division of Mental Health and Developmental Services. MHDD 106 Teaching and Active Treatment 1 (1,0,0,0) Defining “active treatment” and its necessary components. Implementing active treatment in a service context of dignity, respect, privacy, access to choices and participation in the therapeutic process with the use of effective teaching methods.

MHDD 107 Medication Fundamentals 2 (2,0,0,0) Study of major categories of psychotropic and seizure medications. Rationale for use of medication, typical dosages, main effects, assessment of effectiveness and potential side effects. MHDD 109 Introduction to Therapeutic Interventions 2 (2,0,0,0) Basic approaches to behavioral intervention including defining behavior, data collection, principles and application of behavior change techniques, and implementation of behavioral programs. MHDD 110 Introduction to Disability Services 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of the history, social attitudes, major diagnostic categories, assessment techniques, major service approaches, legislation and standards of services related to persons with disabilities. MHDD 126 Understanding Developmental Disabilities 2 (2,0,0,0) Definition, history, diagnosis and causes of developmental disabilities. Development and delivery of effective direct support services to persons with developmental disabilities. MHDD 127 Positive Behavior Supports 2 (2,0,0,0) Addressed are applied approaches to changing behavior emphasizing positive learning principles, including functional observation and assessment of behavior, data collection, computation and graphing of data, positive behavior support planning and implementation, reinforcement, and progress evaluation.

MHDD 154 Advanced Therapeutic Interventions

2 (2,0,0,0)

A working knowledge of therapeutic interventions, including active listening skills, elements of treatment plans, applications of basic treatment models and issues in therapeutic relationships. Prerequisite: MHDD 109.

MHDD 160 Understanding Mental Illness 2 (2,0,0,0) Practical strategies for working with people with mental illness. Includes a brief history, social stigma, major diagnostic categories, common treatment issues and development of treatment plans related to mental illness.

MHDD 291B Fieldwork Experience

3 (1,0,0,12)

Experience to apply academic skills to on-site job training in human services agencies under experienced on-site supervision and on-going consulting with faculty mentor. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prerequisites: Completion of at least ten MHDD credits and approval of program director.

MHDD 295 Practicum

3 (1,0,0,8)

Career-related work experience working directly with persons with mental illness or developmental disabilities within a service provider agency. Prerequisite: Completion of at least 10 MHDD credits, evidence of TB test within past year, and approval of program director.

Marketing/Merchandising/ Retail Management MKT 111

Introduction to Merchandising 3 (3,0,0,0)

MHDD 130 Teaching Life Skills 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of teaching functional life skills to persons with disabilities, including persons with physical, social, vocational, communicative, intellectual, cognitive, and other mental disabilities.

Provides the knowledge necessary to buy merchandise profitably, with mastery of the role of the buyer in relation to other store personnel. Provides skill in planning and figuring markups and expense control as well as determining differences in buying fashion and staple merchandise.

MHDD 150 Issues In Substance Abuse 1 (1,0,0,0) Overview of substance abuse issues and study of basic treatment approaches. Includes biological and lifestyle factors as well as legal issues.

MKT 123

MHDD 152 Allied Therapies 1 (1,0,0,0) Study of the interdisciplinary roles of psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses, social workers, speech therapists, occupational therapists, recreational therapists and other professions involved in the therapeutic process. MHDD 153 Life Span Development 1 (1,0,0,0) Human growth and development through the life span. Includes social, cognitive and biological perspectives related to direct support services to persons with mental illness and/or developmental disabilities.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Introduction to Sales Promotion

3 (3,0,0,0)

Provides the basic knowledge necessary to develop sound sales promotion practices. Builds on a rigorous base of consumer psychology and treats advertising, reseller stimulation, personal selling and other communication tools as part of an overall promotional mix.

MKT 125

Introduction to Fashion Merchandising

3 (3,0,0,0)

Provides a comprehensive view of the fashion industry. Gives an up-to-date guide to the fundamentals of the merchandising of fashion apparel and accessories. Presents the basic principles of fashions, how fashions begin, move, disseminate and can be predicted.


337

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MKT 127

Introduction to Retail Management

Medical Office Assisting 3 (3,0,0,0)

Directs the student’s attention to the dollar and cents implications of managerial decisions and to the various methods used to measure the profitability of those decisions in the field of retailing. Underlines the importance of customer requirements, taste and expectations, emphasizing the retailing implications of market factors.

MOA 101B

Introduction to Medical Assisting 3 (2,3,0,0) Introduction to the profession of Medical Assisting. Topics include professionalism, communication techniques, community resources, medical ethics and confidentiality. Corequisites: ENG 101 and COT 127B. MOA 106B

MKT 132

Introduction to Sales Management

3 (3,0,0,0)

Provides a comprehensive view of the sales manager as an administrator. Presents a detailed picture of how to operate a sales force including selecting, training, compensating, supervising and motivating sales people.

MKT 210


3 (3,0,0,0)

Survey of marketing. Studies problems of the manufacturer, wholesaler and retailer in the marketing of goods and services, channels of distribution, customer relations, pricing policies and communications.

MKT 211

Introduction to Professional Sales

3 (3,0,0,0)

Provides a comprehensive hands-on experience in selling techniques as they relate to modern industrial, wholesale and consumer products.

MKT 250


3 (3,0,0,0)

Introduces the student to the various functions of marketing as they are performed in the international environment. Focuses on the problems and decisions facing management in international marketing. Considers the impact of differences in language, aesthetics, religion and business customs on marketing strategies. Prerequisite: MKT 210.

MKT 261


3 (3,0,0,0)

Techniques of public relations for those holding supervisory or higher positions in management and marketing. Principles of creating and maintaining good public relations, including employee/employer relations. Customer/employee relations receive emphasis while focusing on the programming of the total public relations effort and selecting of appropriate strategy, media and persuasive devices to accomplish objectives.

MKT 262

Introduction to Advertising

3 (3,0,0,0)

Presents methods and techniques to become a skillful advertiser. Includes copy writing skills, selecting proper media and how the advertisers can approach their problems most effectively.

338


Terminology of the Body in Health and Disease I 3 (3,0,0,0) Mechanics of medical terminology and essential anatomy and physiology of 5 body systems emphasizing application to patient interviewing, teaching, and communication with health professionals. Corequisite: MOA 107B. MOA 107B Medical Assistant Techniques 4 (3,3,0,0) Emphasis on the clinical aspect of a medical office. Topics include preparation, assisting, vital signs, basic pharmacology, nutrition and diet therapy. Corequisite: MOA 106B. MOA 108B

Terminology of the Body in Health and Disease II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of MOA 106B includes remaining body systems as well as human development and aging, diagnostic and imaging procedures. Prerequisite: Instructor permission. MOA 110B Clinical Assistant Techniques 4 (3,3,0,0) Principles of infection control and IV therapy. Equipment preparation, operation and maintenance. Aseptic techniques, preparation and administration of medications, ECG, assisting with minor office procedures, emergency procedures, CPR and First Aid Certification. Prerequisite: MOA 107B. MOA 120B Medical Office Management 4 (3,3,0,0) The theory, practice, and techniques of Medical Office Management. This course emphasizes medical administrative responsibilities, records management, business management, managed care, computerized office management, and transcription. Prerequisite: MOA 101B or approval of MOA Program Director. 3 (0,0,12,0) MOA 130B Clinical Externship Provides practical medical assisting experience in the physician’s office or a medical clinic. Student is an active participant in the administrative and clinical areas. The externship is part of the curriculum and is a learning experience. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. MOA 131B Externship Seminar 1 (1,0,0,0) Discussions of clinical issues and experiences with emphasis on case studies, role playing and problem solving techniques. Prerequisite: Instructor approval. MOA 195B

Selected Topics in Medical Assisting 2 (1,3,0,0) Covers selected topics of interest to students of Medical Office Assisting including review for the national certification examination and preparation for job search. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MS 100 Leadership Lab 1 (0,2,0,0) Practicum in those skills taught in the classroom during the other military science classes. This hands-on lab is led by mentored cadets focusing on leadership, planning and execution of squad tactics, movement formations, drill and ceremonies, equipment inspections, rappelling, land navigation, orienteering, rifle marksmanship and airmobile operations. This lab is required every semester the student takes a military science class. MS 101 Basic Military Skills I 2 (2,0,0,0) Mission of the armed services, introduction to the United States Army, its customs and traditions, the role of the army officer, the role of the noncommissioned officer corps, organization of the total Army (including the National Guard and the Army Reserve). Introductory orienteering, marksmanship, physical fitness, and briefing skills.

MSG 101B

Kinesiology for the Massage Specialist - Lab 1 (0,3,0,0) Students develop competencies in identifying anatomical landmarks, observing body symmetry, muscle length and contraction types, neurological control and stretching techniques and identifying acupuncture and trigger points. Corequisite: MSG 100B. MSG 102B

Principles of Swedish Massage 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduces students to the history and benefits of massage and the fundamentals for implementing the Swedish, infant and prenatal forms of massage. Corequisite: MSG 103B. MSG 103B Swedish Massage Lab 2 (0,6,0,0) Students develop competencies in body mechanics, draping and sterile technique, and the application of safe and effective Swedish, infant, myofascial and prenatal forms of massage. Corequisite: MSG 102B.

MS 102 Basic Military Skills II 2 (2,0,0,0) Mission of the armed services, introduction to the United States Army, its customs and traditions, the role of the army officer, the role of the noncommissioned officer corps, organization of the total Army (including the National Guard and the Army Reserve). Introductory orienteering, marksmanship, physical fitness, and briefing skills. Conduct a battle analysis using the army battle staff ride model.

MSG 104B Introduction to Shiatsu 1 (1,0,0,0) Introduces students to the history and principles which are fundamental to the use of Shiatsu massage techniques. Corequisite: MSG 105B.

MS 201 Leadership and Management I 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to leadership and management, which develops the basic skills that must be learned in order to perform as an effective leader. Introduction to the army leader development program, decision making processes, the code of conduct, the army operations order and its use. Advanced land navigation training, physical fitness, and briefing skills.

MSG 106B Massage Clinic I 1 (0,0,3,0) A supervised clinical experience which provides students opportunities to build self-confidence in applying massage while working with clients in a supervised clinical setting. Corequisite: MSG 102B, MSG 103B. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis.

Leadership and Management II 2 (2,0,0,0) MS 202 Continuation of leadership and management, which develops the basic skills that must be learned in order to perform as an effective leader. A study of battle leadership skills using historical models. Introduction to squad leadership skills. Advanced use of the army leader development program, decision making process, the army operations order, and its use. Advanced land navigation training, physical fitness, and briefing skills.

Massage Kinesiology for the Massage Specialist 2 (2,0,0,0) Students are introduced to the kinesiological principles of normal movement and the importance of palpation skills, assessment of body motion, and acupuncture and trigger point theories and relationships. Corequisite: MSG 101B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Military Science

MSG 105B Shiatsu Massage Lab 1 (0,3,0,0) Students develop competencies in the techniques used in the application of Shiatsu massage. Corequisite: MSG 104B.

Fundamentals of Deep Tissue Massage 1 (1,0,0,0) Introduces students to the principles and applications of deep tissue massage. Course emphasizes indications, contraindications and methods of application that are safe for the client and therapist. Corequisite: MSG 108B. MSG 107B

MSG 108B Deep Tissue Massage Lab 1 (0,3,0,0) Students will develop the skills required for the safe application of deep tissue massage techniques. The course explains how to select and integrate deep tissue strokes and routines and how to communicate with a client throughout a treatment session. Corequisite: MSG 107B.

MSG 100B

MSG 109B

Essentials of Sports and Injury Massage 1 (1,0,0,0) Introduces students to the principles and benefits of the advanced techniques of sports massage, and stretching techniques. Corequisite: MSG 110B.


339

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MSG 110B

Sports and Injury Massage Lab 1 (0,3,0,0) Students develop competencies in the application of sports massage and stretching techniques. Corequisite: MSG 109B.

MSG 202B Acupressure Lab 2 (0,6,0,0) The study of the acupressure techniques used to relieve common pain, tension and stress. Corequisite: MSG 201B, 203B.

MSG 111B

MSG 203B Acupressure Clinic 1 (0,0,3,0) A supervised clinical experience in acupressure. Students will practice the five elements theory of acupressure and will perform point applications of Chinese techniques. Corequisite: MSG 201B, 202B.

Introduction to Complementary Modalities 1 (1,0,0,0) Students are introduced to the principles underlying various complementary interventions and how these interventions can be integrated with various massage approaches. Corequisite: MSG 112B. MSG 112B

Complementary Modalities Lab 1 (0,3,0,0) Students are introduced to the skills used in complementary intervention treatments and learn how these skills can be integrated with traditional massage approaches. Corequisite: MSG 111B. MSG 113B Massage Business Practices 2 (2,0,0,0) Students review the business procedures fundamental to successful massage practice including professional work, basic business skills, legal, ethical and regulatory concerns, professional standards, and client-therapist relationship. Pathophysiology for the Massage Specialist 3 (3,0,0,0) Students review physiology of major systems of the human body. Course examines the inflammatory and healing processes following tissue trauma or disease and the disease process associated with selected pathologies. MSG 114B

MSG 115B Massage Clinic II 2 (0,0,6,0) A supervised clinical experience which provides students opportunities to build self-confidence in applying massage while working with clients in a supervised clinical setting. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. MSG 116B Introduction to Clinical Practice1 (1,0,0,0) This course will assist the students in developing skills necessary for practicing massage in a clinical setting. Course emphasizes use of SOAP charting, client interview skills, and effective communication with clients and other health professionals. Self-Care for Massage 1 (0,2,0,0) Practitioners Introduction to the strategies and techniques used to prevent burnout and stress caused by the physical demands of massage. All of the strategies and techniques presented will aid in optimal health and well-being and are easy to self-administer. MSG 117B

MSG 201B Fundamentals of Acupressure 2 (2,0,0,0) Theory and principles of acupressure used to relieve common pain, tension, and stress including an introduction to Oriental healing philosophy and techniques with emphasis on meridian theory and acupoints. Corequisite: MSG 202B, 203B.

340


MSG 204B Acupressure II 2 (2,0,0,0) An advanced course in traditional Chinese medicine which focuses on the location of acupressure points and the meridian system which encompasses the pathway energy flow in the body. The influence of energy on the state of health, the interconnectedness of meridians to emotions and their reaction when stimulated by internal or external events will be covered. Prerequisites: MSG 201B, 202B, 203B. Corequisite: MSG 204B, 205B. MSG 205B Acupressure II Lab 2 (0,6,0,0) The application of advanced acupressure techniques used to relieve common pain, tension, and stress. Prerequisites: MSG 201B, 202B, 203B. Corequisite: MSG 204B, 206B. MSG 206B Acupressure II Clinic 2 (0,0,6,0) A supervised clinical experience where students can perform a client assessment and select appropriate meridian to work and devise a treatment plan based on traditional Chinese medical theory. Prerequisites: MSG 201B, 202B, 203B. Corequisite: MSG 204B, 205B. MSG 210B

Nutrition for the Massage Specialist 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will introduce the students to basic nutrition and dietary concepts. Course will discuss the role of nutrition in preventative health care and its significance in a wellness model.

Mechanical Technology 4 (3,2,0,0) Fundamentals of Electricity MT 102B Fundamentals of constructing electrical circuits, measuring their predictable parameters, using measuring instruments and materials needed to maintain and repair electrical systems. MT 104B Industrial Electricity 4 (3,2,0,0) Emphasis placed on troubleshooting, fabricating, maintaining and repairing electrical systems encountered in industry. Prerequisite: MT 102B. Mechanical Power Transmission 4 (3,2,0,0) Overview of hardware components of mechanical power to include preventive maintenance, troubleshooting, overhauling and repairing parts and equipment. MT 106B

MT 108B

Fluid Power (Pneumatics, Hydraulics, Instrumentation) 4 (3,2,0,0) Presents the theoretical basis for hydraulic and pneumatic circuitry. Attention is given to circuit components and how they work. Assembly, disassembly and troubleshooting is emphasized. MT 110B

Material Science I (Ferrous and Non-Ferrous) 4 (3,2,0,0) The study of compositions, structures and behaviors of ferrous and nonferrous materials and their effects on physical, mechanical and electrical. MT 112B

Manufacturing Quality Control 3 (2,2,0,0) The development of a process to determine when a system is in or out of its parameters. Data collection, analysis and problem solving is emphasized. MT 114B

Automated Manufacturing Control 3 (2,2,0,0) Encompasses the requisition, ordering, expediting and stock control of materials. Principles of computer and sensor operated manufacturing are presented. MT 115B

Programmable Logic Controllers I 3 (2,2,0,0) Presents the principle of programming logic controller and computerized sensor controls. Emphasis placed on troubleshooting and maintaining computerized sensor control systems. MT 116B

Programmable Logic Controllers II 3 (2,2,0,0) Advanced programmable control applications and uses dealing with programmable control frequency drives and man machine interfaces packages. MT 120B Electrical Safety 1 (1,0,0,0) This course covers the proper safety procedures based on OSHA standards 29CFR 1910 requiring qualification for work on live circuits. Fundamentals of Industrial Measurement 2 (2,0,0,0) This course covers basic electrical pressure, density, viscosity, temperature measurements and application of Ohm’s Law. Safe and correct usage of various meters, gauges and test equipment will be emphasized. MT 121B

MT 122B

Hand Tools and Measuring Instruments 1 (1,0,0,0) Using computer simulation, the student will articulate proper holding of hand tools for turning and striking. In this same fashion the student will also set up, calibrate and properly use precision measurement tools.

MT 123B Rigging and Lifting 1 (1,0,0,0) Computer simulation will be used to demonstrate types of lifting equipment, when each type would be used and proper procedures for planning a lift. MT 124B Industrial Lubrication 1 (1,0,0,0) This course covers various lubrication systems, their operations, preventative maintenance, repair and failure analysis. Included are ring, bath, splash, constant level and force-fed systems. Proper use of related equipment will be covered.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MT 140B Electrical/Electronic Theory 2.5 (2.5,0,0,0) This course covers Ohm’s Law, the relationship of volts/amps/resistance, basic schematics, symbols and measurement. Analog and digital circuits will be introduced. Prerequisite: MATH 116. MT 141B Electrical Print Reading 1 (1,0,0,0) Reading and interpreting the symbols on electrical schematics, determining the function of input, logic and output elements in control circuits are covered. Prerequisite: MATH 116. MT 142B

Conduit Bending and Installation 0.5 (0.5,0,0,0) Understanding of general conduit bending and installation, in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NEC), conduit systems, general specifications and the use of types and major components of materials are introduced. Prerequisite: MATH 116. MT 143B Electrical Control Equipment 3 (3,0,0,0) Understanding of installation, maintenance and use of electrical control equipment, such as fuses, circuit breakers, circuit breaker panels, switches, control circuits and relays are covered. This course also covers basic troubleshooting and repair. Prerequisite: MATH 116. MT 144B

Electrical/Electronic Test 1 (1,0,0,0) Equipment This course deepens the understanding of electronic test equipment, including digital volt/ohmmeters (DVOM), oscilloscopes and function generators. Prerequisite: MATH 116. MT 145B Troubleshooting Skills 0.5 (0.5,0,0,0) Basic procedures for troubleshooting electrical control circuits, using schematic diagrams to locate problems. Performing continuity checks and developing a diagnostic routine are also covered. Prerequisite: MATH 116. MT 160B Industrial Hydraulic Power 3 (3,0,0,0) Components of hydraulic systems and how the components function together, as well as interpretation of hydraulic schematics are covered.


341

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MT 161B AC/DC Motors 2 (2,0,0,0) Identification of the basic types of AC/DC motors including permanent magnet, three-phase and induction motors, major components and how to measure, inspect and diagnose malfunctions are covered.

MTL 132B

MT 162B

Programmable Logic Controllers 1.5 (1.5,0,0,0) This course covers interpretation of programmable controller ladder logic, program elements of ladder logic and the function they perform.

MTL 133B SMAW (Stick Arc) 3 (1,4,0,0) Emphasis is placed on proper techniques, skill development and proficiency of Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) and cutting of mild steels, in flat, horizontal and vertical positions.

MT 180B

MTL 134B

Co-Op/Internship First Semester 2 (0,0,0,9) This course provides hands-on opportunities to apply material and skills learned in the interactive, multimedia course work previously completed in MT 120B, 121B, 122B, 123B, 124B. Prerequisite: Department approval. MT 181B

Co-Op/Internship Second Semester 2 (0,0,0,9) This course provides hands-on opportunities to apply material and skills learned in the interactive, multimedia course work previously completed in MT 140B, 141B, 142B, 143B, 144B and 145B. Prerequisite: Department approval. Co-Op/Internship Third Semester 2 (0,0,0,9) This course provides hands-on opportunities to apply material and skills learned in the interactive, multimedia course work previously completed in MT 160B, 161B and 162B. Prerequisite: Department approval. MT 182B

Welding Nondestructive Testing (NDT) of Metals 3 (2,2,0,0) Nondestructive testing (NDT) methods including visual, dye penetrant, ultrasonic, mag particle, and x-ray are used to determine the quality of critical welds.

Cutting and Welding: Oxy/Fuel, Plasma, CNC 4 (1,6,0,0) Basic theory and lab practice in oxy/fuel welding and cutting. Basic hand plasma cutting. Machine oxy/fuel cutting and an introduction to CNC cutting operations.

GTAW (TIG) Gas Tungsten Arc Welding 4 (1,6,0,0) Basic GTAW of mild steel, aluminum and stainless steel in the flat and vertical positions. Introduction to tube and pipe welding. MTL 135B GMAW (Hard Wire) 2 (1,3,0,0) A short comprehensive study of the theory and application of GMAW in the short circuit and spray mode. Lab activities will include exercises in flat, vertical and overhead positions. MTL 137B FCAW (Flux Core) 2 (1,3,0,0) A short comprehensive study of the theory and application of FCAW with and without shielding gas. Lab activities will include exercises in the flat, vertical and overhead positions. MTL 154B Structural Welding Codes 3 (3,0,0,0) Covers building construction, pipeline fabrication, pressure vessel construction and/or other fields where a basic knowledge of structural welding codes is necessary. The course will be oriented towards the structural welding codes AWS D1.1 (steel) and D1.2 (aluminum).

MTL 115B

Ultrasonic Nondestructive 3 (2,2,0,0) Testing - Level I Covers ultrasonic testing of material, including theory, terminology, principles, and applications. Course meets 40hour requirement for ASNT Level I inspector. Prerequisite: MTL 115B.

3 (1,4,0,0) MTL 214B Fabrication Layout Interpretation of blueprints, with an emphasis on the use of weld symbols. Layout techniques from drawings to fabrication of plates, shapes and pipe. Prerequisites: MTL 130B, 131B.

MTL 116B

MTL 218B Pipe Welding Procedures 3 (1,4,0,0) This course emphasizes skill development, proper technique and proficiency in pipe welding procedures for students already possessing SMAW proficiency in 1G, 2G, 3G, 2F and 3F positions. Prerequisite: MTL 133B or instructor approval.

Welding Support Equipment Operations 3 (2,2,0,0) Covers service, set up, operation and troubleshooting of welding support equipment including: ironworkers, drill presses, mag drills, grinders, bandsaws, cranes and rigging.

MTL 219B Ornamental Iron 3 (1,6,0,0) This class is designed for the do-it-yourself individual who wishes to use his or her knowledge of welding as an addition to his/her own field in the art of ornamental iron fabrication.

MTL 131B

MTL 223B

MTL 130B

Blue Print Reading, Layout, 3 (3,0,0,0) and Sketching Interpretation of structural steel blue prints, common welding shop layout problems, welding symbols, codes and specifications and free hand sketching.

342


Special Topics in Welding Technology 2-6 (1-5,3-6,0,0) Custom designed course content in welding technology with variable credit for managers, technicians, engineers, labor groups and others. Variable start times and dates.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Welding Certification Preparation 1 (0,2,0,0) This course prepares experienced welders for qualification (certification) to welding codes AWS, ASME IX, and API 1104. May be taken up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Instructor approval.

Music MUS 100 Concert Attendance 0 (0,0,0,1) Attendance at ten on-campus concerts and/or recitals as a member of the audience. Required of every music major for four semesters. Note: Students taking this course must check in with the Music Office during the first week of the semester. MUS 101 Music Fundamentals 3 (3,0,0,0) A course in learning to read music, including notation, terminology, scales, and chords. Designed to furnish a foundation for musicianship. MUS 103 Voice Class I 3 (3,0,0,0) Teaches fundamentals of tone production, breath control, and practical techniques involved in reading and interpreting songs.

MUS 126

History of Black Popular Music 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of the world of black music, its sociology and aesthetics from country, classic and urban blues to Rhythm and Blues and Soul. Among the artists whose work will be discussed: Robert Johnson, Bessie Smith, Little Richard, Ray Charles and all the major groups from the Ink Spots and Mills Brothers to the Ravens, Coasters and Gladys Knight and the Pips.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MTL 270B

MUS 131

Introduction to Music Literature 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of a listening repertoire that will serve as a basis for music history. MUS 133 History of The Beatles 3 (3,0,0,0) Students will study the history of The Beatles from their beginnings in Liverpool, England, to their unequaled world popularity. The course will feature a mixture of videos, music, and discussion that will cover every important phase of the world’s most successful and beloved rock band. MUS 134 Jazz Appreciation 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of jazz literature for the layperson from the early 1900’s to the present with emphasis on differentiating the various styles of jazz. MUS 140

MUS 107 Guitar Class I 3 (3,0,0,0) A class in basic guitar technique. Recommended for nonMusic majors and elementary school teachers. No previous musical training required. MUS 108 Guitar Class II 3 (3,0,0,0) Classroom instruction in guitar at the intermediate level. Prerequisite: MUS 107. MUS 111 Piano Class I 3 (3,0,0,0) Class instruction in piano playing. This course is for people who have never played the piano. MUS 112 Piano Class II 3 (3,0,0,0) A class in basic piano technique, designed as a continuation of MUS 111. Prerequisite: MUS 111. 3 (3,0,0,0) Music Appreciation MUS 121 The course is for students with little or no musical training and focuses on the historical background of classical music and composers and listening to representative works. Emphasis is on increasing enjoyment and understanding of a variety of classical musical styles. MUS 125 History of Rock Music 3 (3,0,0,0) The esthetics and sociology of rock from its origins in rhythm and blues to the rise of Elvis Presley and Rock-aBilly, Chuck Berry and teenage-rock, Bob Dylan and protest rock, the Beatles and the Rolling Stones, Psychedelic Rock, and Soul.

History of Jazz/ Pop Vocal Styles 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the development of jazz and popular vocal styles. An historical analysis through recordings of various innovative vocalists including Billie Holiday, Ella Fitzgerald, Frank Sinatra, Manhattan Transfer, Anita Baker and other notables who contributed to the development of jazz/pop vocalizing. This class is open to singers and nonsingers. MUS 171 Arranging/Orchestration 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction to be chosen from the following: Composition, Jazz Arranging, Orchestration, Song Writing and Counterpoint. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. MUS 174 Keyboard Ensemble 1 (1,2.5,0,0) An ensemble consisting of rhythm section players (bass, guitar, drums and percussion) and keyboard players performing various music from classical to jazz and pop styles. Also open to singers. Audition required. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. MUS 176

Advanced Jazz/ Rock Ensemble 1 (1,2.5,0,0) This performance ensemble will be a continuation of MUS 175. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Two semesters of MUS 175. MUS 181 Business of Music 3 (3,0,0,0) A general survey course to provide the knowledge of music merchandising, management, publishing, contracts, copyrights, record production, concert promotion and manager selection.


343

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MUS 191 Survey of Electronic Music 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey course designed to familiarize students with facets of electronic music including history, instruments, synthesizers and the recorded literature. MUS 205 Theory I 4 (3,3,0,0) A. Elementary Harmony. A basic study of elementary harmonic practices, including four-part writing and rudimentary forms. B. Lab. Sight singing and ear training. These elements are practiced as related to materials presented in Elementary Harmony. Prerequisite: Theory Placement Exam MUS 206 Theory II 4 (3,3,0,0) A. Elementary Harmony. A basic study of elementary harmonic practices, including four-part writing and rudimentary forms. B. Lab. Sight singing and ear training. These elements are practiced as related to materials presented in Elementary Harmony. Prerequisite: MUS 205. MUS 207 Theory III 4 (3,3,0,0) The study of harmonic practices including twentieth century techniques and rudimentary counterpoint practices, with related ear training and sight singing exercises. Prerequisites: MUS 205, 206. 4 (3,3,0,0) MUS 208 Theory IV A continuation of MUS 271. The advanced study of harmonic practices including twentieth century techniques and rudimentary counterpoint practices. Advanced ear training and sight singing exercises. Prerequisite: MUS 207. MUS 229

Survey of Latin American Music 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of sacred and secular musical traditions of Latin America from their folk roots to commercially recorded formats. This course will explore selected Latin musics from areas such as Brazil, Colombia, Cuba, Peru, and Mexico and investigate its spread to Asia, Africa, and the United States. Prerequisite: ENG 100, 101, 101G, or 113, or instructor’s permission.

344

MUS 237 Analog/Digital Synthesis 3 (3,0,0,0) A lecture/lab course emphasizing analog and digital sound synthesis. Prerequisite: MUS 191. MUS 238 Sampling/Sequencing/MIDI 3 (1,4,0,0) A lecture/lab course covering elements of digital sampling, sequencing, and MIDI. Prerequisite: MUS 191. MUS 249 Harp 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in harp. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Four semesters of MUS 149. MUS 251 Jazz Fundamentals I 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of chord/scale relationships in improvising jazz/rock music. Includes voicings for keyboard and instrumental performance. Prerequisite: MUS 206, or appropriate musical background. MUS 253 Voice 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in voice. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Four semesters of MUS 153. MUS 255

Jazz Keyboard 3 (3,0,0,0) Techniques I Continuation of skills from MUS 111 with an emphasis on pop, jazz, and contemporary piano styles. Prerequisite: MUS 111. MUS 256 Jazz Keyboard Techniques II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of MUS 255. Emphasis on improvisation, composition, and performance with rhythm section. Prerequisite: MUS 255. MUS 257 Woodwind Instruments 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Bassoon, Clarinet, Flute, Oboe and Saxophone. Private instruction on a woodwind instrument. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Four semesters of MUS 157.

3 (3,0,0,0) MUS 231E Recording Techniques I E Survey of recording techniques from studio setup to manufacturing of records and tapes.

MUS 259 Percussion 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in percussion. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Four semesters of MUS 159.

MUS 232E Recording Techniques II E 3 (3,0,0,0) An intermediate course in multi-track recording techniques including discussions on session procedures, production techniques, tracking and overdubbing methods, and general equipment operation. Prerequisite: MUS 231.

MUS 261 Drums 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in drums. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Four semesters of MUS 161.

MUS 236 History of Electronic Music 3 (3,0,0,0) An in-depth study of the historical progression of electronic music via recordings, and score/realization study. Prerequisite: MUS 191.

1 (0,0,0,0.5) Organ MUS 263 Private instruction in organ. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Four semesters of MUS 163.


MUS 265 Guitar 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in guitar. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Four semesters of MUS 165. MUS 267 Bass 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in bass. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Four semesters of MUS 167. MUS 269 Synthesizer 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in synthesizer. May be repeated up to a maximum of four credits. Prerequisite: Four semesters of MUS 169. MUS 281B Business of Music II 3 (3,0,0,0) A continuation of MUS 181. Topics include starting a record label, recording budgets, record royalties, audits, legal agreements, and the future of the recording and music industry. MUS 285B

Advanced Recording Techniques 3 (3,0,0,0) A continuation of MUS 232. Emphasis on hands-on recording projects, digital multitrack recording, hard-disk editing, and mixdown techniques. MUSA 101 Bass - Lower Division Private instruction in Bass for music majors.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 102 Bass II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Bass for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 101. MUSA 103 Bassoon - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Bassoon for Music Majors.

MUSA 110 Drum Set II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Drum Set for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 109. MUSA 111 Euphonium - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Euphonium for Music Majors.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSA 112 Euphonium II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Euphonium for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 111. MUSA 113 Flute - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Flute for Music Majors MUSA 114 Flute II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Flute for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 113. MUSA 115 Guitar - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Guitar for Music Majors. MUSA 116 Guitar II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Guitar for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 115. MUSA 117 Harp - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Harp for Music Majors MUSA 118 Harp II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Harp for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 117. MUSA 119 Harpsichord - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Harpsichord for Music Majors.

MUSA 104 Bassoon II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Bassoon for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 103.

MUSA 120 Harpsichord II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Harpsichord for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 119.

MUSA 105 Cello - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Cello for Music Majors.

MUSA 121 Horn - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Horn for Music Majors.

MUSA 106 Cello II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Cello for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 105.

MUSA 122 Horn II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Horn for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 121.

MUSA 107 Clarinet - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Clarinet for Music Majors.

MUSA 123 Oboe - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Oboe for Music Majors.

MUSA 108 Clarinet II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Clarinet for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 107.

MUSA 124 Oboe II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Oboe for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 123.

MUSA 109 Drum Set - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Drum Set for Music Majors

MUSA 125 Organ - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Organ for Music Majors.


345

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MUSA 126 Organ II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Organ for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 125.

MUSA 142 Viola II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Viola for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 141.

MUSA 127 Percussion - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Percussion for Music Majors.

MUSA 143 Violin - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Violin for Music Majors.

MUSA 128 Percussion II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Percussion for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 127.

MUSA 144 Violin II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Violin for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 143.

MUSA 129 Piano - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Piano for Music Majors

MUSA 145 Voice - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Voice for Music Majors.

MUSA 130 Piano II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Piano for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 129.

MUSA 146 Voice II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Voice for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 145.

MUSA 131 Saxophone - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Saxophone for Music Majors.

MUSA 151 Bass for Non Majors Private instruction in Bass for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

MUSA 132 Saxophone II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Saxophone for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 131. MUSA 133

Synthesizer/MIDI Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Synthesizer/MIDI for Music Majors. MUSA 134 Synthesizer/MIDI II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Synthesizer/MIDI for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 133. MUSA 135 Trombone - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trombone for Music Majors. MUSA 136 Trombone II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trombone for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 135. MUSA 137 Trumpet - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trumpet for Music Majors. MUSA 138 Trumpet II 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trumpet for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 137. 1 (0,0,0,0.5) MUSA 139 Tuba - Lower Division Private instruction in Tuba for Music Majors. 1 (0,0,0,0.5) MUSA 140 Tuba II Private instruction in Tuba for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 139. MUSA 141 Viola - Lower Division 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Viola for Music Majors.

346


1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 152 Bassoon for Non Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Bassoon for non-majors. May be repeated for credit. MUSA 153 Cello for Non Majors Private instruction in Cello for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 154 Clarinet for Non Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Clarinet for non-majors. May be repeated for credit. MUSA 155 Drum Set for Non Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Drum Set for non-majors. May be repeated for credit. MUSA 156 Euphonium for Non Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Euphonium for non-majors. May be repeated for credit. MUSA 157 Flute for Non-Majors Private instruction in Flute for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 158 Guitar for Non Majors Private instruction in Guitar for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 159 Harp for Non Majors Private instruction in Harp for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 160 Harpsichord for Non-Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Harpsichord for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

MUSA 161 Horn for Non Majors Private instruction in Horn for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 202 Bass IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Bass for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 201.

MUSA 162 Oboe for Non Majors Private instruction in Oboe for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 203 Bassoon III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Bassoon for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 104.

MUSA 163 Organ for Non Majors Private instruction in Organ for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 204 Bassoon IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Bassoon for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 203.

MUSA 164 Percussion for Non Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Percussion for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

MUSA 205 Cello III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Cello for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 106.

MUSA 165 Piano for Non Majors Private instruction in Piano for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 206 Cello IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Cello for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 205.

MUSA 166 Saxophone for Non Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Saxophone for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

MUSA 207 Clarinet III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Clarinet for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 108.

MUSA 167

Synthesizer/MIDI for Non Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Synthesizer/MIDI for non-majors. May be repeated for credit. MUSA 168 Trombone for Non Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trombone for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSA 208 Clarinet IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Clarinet for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 207. MUSA 209 Drum Set III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Drum Set for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 110.

MUSA 169 Trumpet for Non Majors 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trumpet for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

MUSA 210 Drum Set IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Drum Set for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 209.

MUSA 170 Tuba for Non Majors Private instruction in Tuba for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 211 Euphonium III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Euphonium for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 112.

MUSA 171 Viola for Non Majors Private instruction in Viola for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 212 Euphonium IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Euphonium for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 211.

MUSA 172 Violin for Non Majors Private instruction in Violin for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 213 Flute III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Flute for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 114.

MUSA 173 Voice for Non Majors Private instruction in Voice for non-majors. May be repeated for credit.

1 (0,0,0,0.5)

MUSA 214 Flute IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Flute for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 213.

1 (0,0,0,0.5) MUSA 201 Bass III Private instruction in Bass for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 102.

MUSA 215 Guitar III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Guitar for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 116.


347

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

348

MUSA 216 Guitar IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Guitar for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 215.

MUSA 230 Piano IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Piano for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 229.

MUSA 217 Harp III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Harp for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 118.

MUSA 231 Saxophone III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Saxophone for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 132.

MUSA 218 Harp IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Harp for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 217.

MUSA 232 Saxophone IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Saxophone for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 231.

MUSA 219 Harpsichord III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Harpsichord for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 120.

MUSA 233 Synthesizer/MIDI III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Synthesizer/MIDI for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 134.

MUSA 220 Harpsichord IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Harpsichord for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 219.

MUSA 234 Synthesizer/MIDI IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Synthesizer/MIDI for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 233.

MUSA 221 Horn III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Horn for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 122.

MUSA 235 Trombone III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trombone for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 136.

MUSA 222 Horn IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Horn for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 221.

MUSA 236 Trombone IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trombone for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 235.

MUSA 223 Oboe III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Oboe for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 124.

MUSA 237 Trumpet III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trumpet for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 138.

MUSA 224 Oboe IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Oboe for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 223.

MUSA 238 Trumpet IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Trumpet for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 237.

MUSA 225 Organ III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Organ for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 126.

MUSA 239 Tuba III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Tuba for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 140.

MUSA 226 Organ IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Organ for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 225.

MUSA 240 Tuba IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Tuba for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 239.

MUSA 227 Percussion III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Percussion for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 128.

MUSA 241 Viola III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Viola for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 142.

MUSA 228 Percussion IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Percussion for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 227.

MUSA 242 Viola IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Viola for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 241.

MUSA 229 Piano III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Piano for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 130.

MUSA 243 Violin III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Violin for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 144.


MUSA 244 Violin IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Violin for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 243. MUSA 245 Voice III 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Voice for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 146. MUSA 246 Voice IV 1 (0,0,0,0.5) Private instruction in Voice for Music Majors. Prerequisite: MUSA 245. MUSE 101 Concert Choir 1 (1,20.5,0,0) Study and performance of representative choral music, sacred and secular, from the major musical types and historical movements. May be repeated for credit. MUSE 103 Chamber Chorale 1 (1,2.5,0,0) This vocal ensemble will study and perform literature from the Renaissance time period as well as other chamber music compositions. MUSE 111 Concert Band 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Open to all college students with previous band experience. May be repeated up to six times for credit. MUSE 121 Symphony Orchestra 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Rehearsal and performance of orchestral music of all periods. Required participation of scheduled performances. Audition required. May be repeated for credit.

MUSE 161 Percussion Ensemble 1 (1,2.5,0,0) A percussion ensemble performing musical repertoire varying from classical to jazz and pop selections. Audition required. May be repeated for credit.

Nursing NURS 040 In-Facilities Nursing Assistant 3 (2,0,3,0) Integration of knowledge and skills which focuses on the role of the nursing assistant in caring for non-critical patients. Successful completion fulfills requirements for eligibility to write the Certified Nursing Assistant examination. This course is taught only in health care facilities. NURS 090

Success Skills for the Nursing Program 1 (1,0,0,0) Course explores the roles, functions, and skills that compromise the art and science of nursing. Course includes information regarding admission into the nursing program and the means for achieving success in the nursing program. Course is not required and open to anyone. NURS 101

Introduction to Professional Nursing Practice 6 (3,3,6,0) Introduction to the practice of professional nursing focusing on nursing concepts and skills while providing nursing care to promote adaptation of middle and elderly clients in a variety of settings. Prerequisite: Admission to ADN program.

MUSE 131 Jazz Ensemble 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Performance ensemble will perform standard and new big band Jazz literature. Emphasis on sight reading, improvisation, and ensemble playing. Consistent attendance and participation in public performances mandatory. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Admission by audition only. Limited to instrumentalists.

NURS 115

MUSE 133 Jazz Combo 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Exploration and performance of small group jazz literature with improvisation. May be repeated for credit.

NURS 125B Pharmacology for Nursing Practice 2 (2,0,0,0) Integrates basic pharmacology with nursing practice. Covers drug actions, side effects, interactions, pharmacokinetics, and dosage and calculations. Prerequisite: Admission into the ADN program.

MUSE 135 Jazz Vocal Ensemble 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Explores a variety of musical styles, including pop, rock, and jazz by a lively performing group. MUSE 141 Woodwind Ensemble 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Emphasis on woodwind literature from all periods. Open to college woodwind players, including saxophones, through audition or permission of the instructor. May be repeated six times for credit. MUSE 146 Brass Ensemble 1 (1,2.5,0,0) Emphasis on brass literature from all periods. Open to college brass players through audition or permission of the instructor. May be repeated six times for credit.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Medical-Surgical Nursing I 6.5 (3.5,1.5,7.5,0) Focuses on the role of the professional nurse in supporting and promoting optimal adaptation of the adult medical-surgical client in acute care settings. Prerequisites: NURS 101, 125B, and BIOL 224.

NURS 130 Nursing Assistant 6 (3,3,8,0) Integration of knowledge and skills focusing on the role of the nursing assistant in caring for non-critical patients in hospitals and nursing homes. NURS 135B Nursing Assistant Instructor Development 1 (1,0,0,0) Required by Nevada State Board of Nursing, this course reviews State and Federal regulations, model curriculum, course content, and laboratory and clinical skills.


349

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

NURS 205

Introduction to Associate Degree Nursing 4.5 (3,1.5,4,0) Facilitates transition from LPN to professional nursing role in promoting optimal adaptation of the adult client within the community and acute care settings. Prerequisites: Admission to ADN program, LPN licensed in Nevada.

NURS 272B Basic Critical Care Nursing 10 (10,0,0,0) Designed to be used with a hospital orientation to critical care. Provides knowledge necessary to provide safe and effective care for the critically ill adult. Prerequisite: current Nevada RN license. NURS 281

NURS 208

Professional Topics: Management Concepts and Transition into Professional Practice 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduces the nursing student to basic management/leadership concepts as well as preparing the nursing student to assume and assimilate the role and the responsibilities of the professional nurse. Prerequisites: NURS 247, 248. NURS 211

Medical-Surgical Nursing II 4.5 (2.25,0.75,6,0) Focuses on the role of the professional nurse in supporting and promoting optimal adaptation of adult medical-surgical clients experiencing complex, multi-system dysfunction in acute, critical and special care units and community settings. Prerequisites: NURS 204, 247, 248, COM 101 or 115, SOC 101, BIOL 251, PSC 101 or HIST 101 and either HIST 102 or HIST 217. NURS 233B Family Health Care 5 (3,0,8,0) Utilizes nursing process to meet the needs of the childbearing family during the maternity cycle and to approach the health problems of the child. Prerequisite: Admission to ADN Program. NURS 240B RN Refresher Course 5 (2,0,9,0) Assists inactive professional nurses to update their knowledge and skills in order to renew their licensure. Includes precepted clinical practice. NURS 243 Mental Health Nursing 4.5 (2.25,0.75,6,0) Focuses on the role of the professional nurse in supporting and promoting adaptative coping responses for clients and their families in mental health and other clinical settings. Prerequisites: NURS 125B, 101, BIOL 224 for generic students. NURS 125B, 205, for LPN Advanced Placement students. NURS 247

Maternal-Newborn 4.5 (2.25,0.75,6,0) Nursing Focuses on the role of the professional nurse in promoting optimal adaptation of the child-bearing family during the antepartum, intrapartum and postpartum periods. Prerequisites: NURS 115 or 205, 243 and 118.

Introduction to Perioperative Nursing 4 (4,0,0,0) The course is designed to provide the RN with the theoretical basis necessary for entry level into the practice of perioperative nursing. Prerequisite: current Nevada RN license. NURS 283 Perinatal Nursing 7 (5,0,8,0) A course designed for Registered Nurses to provide the theory and a clinical practicum related to intrapartum, postpartum and newborn nursing. Prerequisites: Current Nevada RN license, current CPR, one year medical-surgical experience within the last year. NURS 285

Selected Topics in Nursing 0.5-6 (0.5-6,0,0,0) Selected nursing topics offered for specific needs of nursing students or community nurses. Prerequisite: Consent of Nursing Program Director. NURS 287 Community Based Nursing 3 (1,0,8,0) This course will assist nurses in developing the skills necessary for providing care in the community and the home setting. Prerequisites: Current Nevada nursing license, current CPR certification, current Nevada driver’s license, means of transportation, required immunizations or permission of instructor. NURS 296

Nursing Management and Preceptorship 2.5 (0,0,12,0) With the guidance of a nursing preceptor, this clinical practicum focuses on role transition from student to professional graduate nurse in the nursing management of client care. Prerequisites: NURS 208, 211.

Ornamental Horticulture 3 (3,0,0,0) Horticulture Fundamentals OH 100B Survey and application of the plant sciences to horticultural situations. Investigation of career paths and employment opportunities locally and nationally. Development of individual educational goals and schedule at CSN through assessment and counseling. Should be taken in the first semester of study. OH 101

NURS 248 Pediatric Nursing 4.5 (2.25,0.75,6,0) Focuses on the role of the professional nurse in supporting and promoting adaptive coping responses for pediatric clients and their families in a variety of settings. Prerequisites: NURS 115 or 205, 243, 118.

350


Introduction to Plant Propagation 3 (3,1,0,0) Introduction to asexual and sexual plant propagation practices emphasizing why these practices are used and how they are applied in hobby and commercial horticulture. Prerequisite: OH 100B or consent of instructor.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS OH 111

OH 103

OH 112

Traditional Ornamental Plants 3 (3,1,0,0) A study of traditional ornamental plants available for use in the landscape. Explores plant taxonomy, ecology of these plants, plant responses to environment, evaluation of suitability to specific landscape situations and cultural practices to optimize performance. Prerequisite: OH 100B or consent of instructor. OH 104 Floriculture 3 (3,1,0,0) Designed to provide the student with theory and lab experience on the identification, production, grading and standards for cut flowers and potted plants. Emphasis on processing, industry sales practices, merchandising and packaging of cut flowers and potted plants. Prerequisite: OH 100B or consent of instructor. OH 105 Soils and Plant Nutrition 3 (3,1,0,0) Designed to provide the student with instruction and laboratory experience on soil derivation, classification and general characteristics, properties of soil and soil evaluation, use of soils and their management, including soil moisture, structure, cultivation, organic materials and microbiology, alkali and saline soils and reclamation. Prerequisite: OH 100B or consent of instructor. OH 106B Floral/Permanent Botanicals 3 (3,1,0,0) Designed to provide the student with theory and lab experience in the use of artificial materials and dried flowers. Emphasis on mechanics and techniques of construction for home interiors, as well as commercial applications. Preservation processes and interiorscapes included. Prerequisite: OH 102B. 3 (2,2,0,0) Landscape Materials OH 107B The study of the various materials used in Landscape Construction including the interpretation of landscape construction documents for calculation of quantities. Floral/Event Balloon Sculptures 1.5 (1,1,0,0) Course will address the planning, purchasing, construction, installation and strike of large event balloon decor. Arches, themed decor, props and large sculptures will be constructed. OH 108B

Landscape Grading and Drainage 3 (2,2,0,0) Focuses on differential leveling and basic skills in site grading techniques. Interpretation and development of grading plans including contour manipulation. OH 109B


3 (3,1,0,0)

Designed to bring about an understanding of the major factors controlling the production of good turf grasses and the modifying effects of these factors upon each other. Prerequisite: OH 100B or consent of instructor.


3 (3,1,0,0)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

OH 102B Introduction to Floral Design 3 (3,1,0,0) Introductory course covering floral design theory, history, techniques and the skills currently required for employment in the floral design industry. Lab experience covers construction of basic floral products. Successful completion of course offers entry-level employment in field.

Designed to provide the student with advanced theory and practical applications for understanding cultural and environmental factors in turf grass production. Prerequisite: OH 100B or consent of instructor.

OH 114B

Irrigation Systems

3 (3,1,0,0)

A survey of the components of irrigation systems, function of components, construction installation techniques, performance evaluation, scheduling and troubleshooting.

OH 115B

Floral/Orientation to Resort Work

1.5 (1,1,0,0)

Course addresses r´esum´e/portfolio development, interviews, task analysis, workplace skills and the attributes required to obtain employment and perform in a mega-floral setting, such as resorts and supermarkets.

OH 118B


1.5 (1,1,0,0)

Dedicated to artificial interior plantscapes, this course addresses the planning, designing, selection, construction, and installation on a commercial/resort level. Students will receive theory and actual lab practice in comprehensive resort plantscape execution.

OH 120B

Nursery Operations and Management

3 (3,1,0,0)

Course will cover those items needed to start and/or manage a retail nursery/garden center including site selection, layout, development, production, maintenance, operation management, merchandising, niche marketing, employer/employee relations and stock selection.

OH 201

Turf Sprinkler Systems Design 3 (3,1,0,0)

Principles of sprinkler system design with the main emphasis on automatic systems, soil moisture sensing devices and sprinkler specifications.

OH 202B

Floral/Tributes and Traditions 3 (3,1,0,0)

A study of the effects of international influences on florals. Cultural differences in expression through floral tributes will be explored through customs, practices and traditions of many countries. Retail practices in the handling and styling of floral tributes specific to funerals with cross applications to other situations. Prerequisite: OH 102B.


351

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

OH 203

Introduction to Plant Pathology and Landscape Pests 3 (3,1,0,0) This course is an introduction to plant pathology including the definition of disease, recognition of signs and symptoms, life cycle of disease causing organisms, and host response to disease causing organisms. Landscape pests and weeds found in the Southern Nevada area will be identified, their life cycle described, and host plants identified. Prerequisite: OH 100B or consent of instructor. OH 204B Floral/Traditional Weddings 3 (3,1,0,0) Designed to provide the student with theory and lab experience in the styling of floral pieces specific to weddings. Body flowers, carrying pieces, ceremony and reception designs will be executed. Consultation, service and delivery procedures will be covered, as well as ordering and pricing. Prerequisite: OH 102B. OH 205 Landscape Planning/Design 3 (3,1,0,0) Designed for students interested in the planning and designing of landscaped areas. Emphasis on the location of lawns, trees, shrubs, walks, driveways, patios, planters and other landscape structures for residential and commercial landscaping. 3 (3,1,0,0) OH 206B Floral/Beginning Ikebana Course includes history, techniques and skills specific to the Japanese art of floral design with direct application to commercial floristry. Specialized tools and containers will be required to complete lab projects reflecting the many styles of Ikebana designs. Prerequisite: OH 102B. OH 207 Landscape Construction 3 (2,3,0,0) Landscape drawing/blueprints analyzed to determine materials, labor and insurance requirements. Landscape materials, differential leveling, grading plans and contour manipulation are also covered. Floral/Creativity and Competition 3 (3,1,0,0) Principles and practices of the creative process will be developed to enhance design skills. Students will apply these skills to prepare for industry competition. Prerequisite: OH 102B. OH 208B

OH 209 Arboriculture 4 (3,3,0,0) Designed to provide students with classroom and applied instruction on the care and management of large ornamental trees, shrubs and vines. Applied laboratory exercises will provide experience in tree climbing techniques, planting, staking, pruning, and other necessary skills. Prerequisite: OH 100B or consent of instructor. OH 210B Arboriculture II 3 (3,1,0,0) Handling of ropes and other safety equipment used in tree climbing, cavity work, bracing, cabling and pruning. Prerequisite: OH 209B.

352


OH 211B Irrigation Management 3 (3,1,0,0) Designed to provide background information on management systems for landscape maintenance and landscape construction fields. Primary emphasis on irrigation including water auditing with use of appropriate computer program. OH 212B

Landscape Management Records 3 (3,1,0,0) Will provide fundamentals of landscape management record keeping with utilization of computer landscape management and budget programs. OH 213 Xeric Landscape Plants 3 (3,1,0,0) A study of xeric plants available for use in the landscape. Explores plant taxonomy, plant adaptations to hot, arid climates, ecology of these plants, evaluation of suitability to specific landscape situations, and cultural practices to optimize performance. Prerequisite: OH 100B or consent of instructor. OH 214B

Interior Plant Design and Maintenance 3 (3,1,0,0) Identification, selection, cultural practices, design concepts, practices, and management of interior foliage plants. OH 215B Advanced Irrigation Design 3 (3,1,0,0) Advanced irrigation design applications. Prerequisite: OH 201. OH 216B Floral/Advanced Ikebana 3 (3,1,0,0) A continuation of OH 206B Floral/Beginning Ikebana. Indepth study of advanced styles and masters of Ikebana. Prerequisite: OH 206B. OH 217B Advanced Landscape Design 3 (3,1,0,0) Advanced landscape design applications. Prerequisite: OH 205. OH 219B CAD for Landscape Design I 3 (3,1,0,0) Introduction to beginning computer aided drafting as it applies to landscape design. Applicable terminology, hardware and software are discussed. Design work is done on microcomputers using AutoCAD software. OH 220B Floral/Events and Display 3 (3,1,0,0) Comprehensive information regarding planning, organizing, managing and delivering designs for special occasions. Party props, room decor, table treatments, lighting and display elements are emphasized along with art principles and creative thematic approaches to floral design. Prerequisite: OH 102B. OH 221B CAD for Landscape Design II 3 (3,1,0,0) A continuation of CAD for Landscape Design I. Introduces the student to the advanced features of a CAD workstation, as it relates to landscape design, using AutoCAD software. Prerequisite: OH 219B.

OH 223 Integrated Pest Management 3 (3,1,0,0) This course will introduce students to the theory of integrated pest management with emphasis upon control methods that have minimal impact upon the environment. The concepts of monitoring pest populations, establishing threshold damage levels and devising management strategies will be presented. The registration, regulation, application, and impact of chemical pesticides will be discussed. Prerequisite: OH 203. OH 250B Selected Topics 1-6 (0,0,0,1-6) Intended to provide flexibility in the Ornamental Horticulture Program. Course subjects will vary and cover Landscape Technology, Floral Design and Park/Nursery Management issues. OH 295B Floral Careers Internship 1-4 (0,0,0,1-4) Cooperative education course designed to provide the student with on-the-job supervised and educationally directed work experience in the floral industry. One credit may be earned for each 75 hours worked. Variable to four credits per semester, repeatable not to exceed 16 credits total. Instructor approval required. After registering, contact the Floral Design Program for placement at a host facility.

Ophthalmic Technology OPHT 102B Introduction to Contact Lenses 3 (3,0,0,0) Overview of instruments pertaining to the fitting of contact lenses; keratometer, biomicroscope, radioscope, diameter gauge, thickness gauge as well as others. Studies will emphasize the care and handling of rigid and soft contact lenses as well as their history. OPHT 112B Anatomy and Physiology of the Eye and Related Structures 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to give the student an insight into the anatomical structure of the eye and its adnexa. The student will learn the function of the parts of the eye as they relate to vision and the fitting of contact lenses. The student will be presented with common pathologies of the eye and ocular pharmacology. OPHT 115B Introduction to Ophthalmic Tech 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the profession of ophthalmic technology, the roles and responsibilities of the ophthalmic technician and organizations involved in the profession with emphasis on medical/legal issues, ethics and medical economics. 5 (3,6,0,0) OPHT 121B Ophthalmic Optics I History and development and manufacture of ophthalmic materials, including current industry standards. Single vision and multifocal lenses including spherical, spherocylinder and prism lenses, as well as formulae used in lens design, construction and function. Current lens catalogs are used for information and data.

OPHT 123B Ophthalmic Optics II 5 (3,6,0,0) Studies of multifocal lens design and construction, including bifocals, trifocals, double segment lenses, progressive and blended lenses. Lens tints, coatings, colors, filters, occupational and sport lenses will be discussed. Formulae pertinent to lens functions will be covered as well.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

OPHT 125B Ophthalmic Optics III 3 (3,0,0,0) Principles of basic ophthalmic optics including optical principles of light, lenses and the human eye. OPHT 130B Ophthalmic Procedures I 3 (2,3,0,0) Principles and techniques of ophthalmic procedures including visual acuity measurement, lensometry, tonometry, depth perception, fusion, pupillary evaluation, history taking and color vision. Care, maintenance, calibration of instrumentation and inventory control are included. OPHT 155B Geometric Optics 3 (3,0,0,0) Principles of basic and advanced optics including optical principles of light lenses, prisms and mirrors. This is a course in optical physics. OPHT 160B Clinical Applications I 3 (0,0,12,0) Introductory clinical experience designed to apply skills acquired in previous course work. Experience designed to give the student an introduction to, and observation of, the ophthalmic office/hospital setting. OPHT 161B Ophthalmic Seminar 1 (1,0,0,0) Lecture/discussion of clinical issues and experiences with emphasis on case studies, role playing and problem solving techniques. 5 (3,8,0,0) OPHT 201B Ophthalmic Dispensing I Introduction to ophthalmic dispensing skills. Patient/client measurements, frame and lens material selection, prescription analysis and adjustment techniques will be covered. The student will develop basic lensometry skills using a manual lensometer. Students will learn and apply current ophthalmic A.N.S.I. standards. The student will learn the formulas and terminology pertinent to ophthalmic dispensing. 3 (3,0,0,0) OPHT 202B Contact Lenses I Continuation of OPHT 102B. Specialty lenses will be covered, including bifocals, torque, keratoconus as well as therapeutic lenses. Overview of all contact lens-related equipment. Students will also cover various over-refraction techniques. OPHT 203B Contact Lenses II 1 (0,3,0,0) Practical application of contact lens fitting procedures. Topics include modifications of contact lenses, over-refraction of contact lenses, corneal photography and problem solving techniques. Students will use case studies as well as each other to gain fitting experience.


353

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS OPHT 220B Theory of Refractometry 3 (3,0,0,0) The course will cover pre-testing procedures. Identify various ophthalmic equipment and identify the procedures of the objective and subjective refraction. OPHT 223B Ophthalmic Dispensing II 5 (3,0,8,0) Continuation of clinical dispensing procedures, with emphasis on unusual and complex problems, including aphakia and various eye disorders. OPHT 228B Ocular Pharmacology and Diseases of the Eye 4 (4,0,0,0) Principles and concepts of pharmacology with emphasis on ocular pharmacology. Terminology, abbreviations, identification, delivery systems, actions and effects of commonly used drugs, as well as related legal issues of pharmacology are included. Pathological conditions of the eye are discussed including basic characteristics of common external, internal, and systemic diseases of the eye, ocular emergencies and management. OPHT 232B Opticianry Management Sales 3 (3,0,0,0) Presentation of basic principles of present day ophthalmic dispensing practices. Emphasis will be on patient communication, costs, both inventory and laboratory and computer skills, as well as general bookkeeping skills and associated dispensing practice procedures. Salesmanship and business ethics will be covered. OPHT 235B Ophthalmic Surgical Assistant 2 (2,0,0,0) Fundamentals and practice of microbial control, control of infection, prevention of contamination in the medical facility, safe handling of equipment and supplies, hand-washing technique, maintaining aseptic fields and assisting the physician in common office surgical procedures. OPHT 237B Ophthalmic Clinical Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Current diagnosis and treatment of ocular diseases and the technician’s role in caring for pre- and post-operative patients. Basic and practical microbiology as it relates to the diagnosis, treatment and management of ocular diseases. OPHT 238B Ophthalmic Applied Diagnostic Studies 3 (3,0,0,0) Advanced diagnostic testing including ocular motility testing, potential acuity meter, ultrasonography, endothelial cell analysis, corneal topography, ophthalmic photography and electrophysiology. OPHT 250B Clinical Applications II 3 (0,0,12,0) Advanced clinical experience designed to apply skills acquired in previous course work. Emphasis is placed on contact lenses and surgical assisting, OPHT 251B Clinical Applications Seminar 1 (1,0,0,0) Discussion of clinical issues and experiences with emphasis on case studies, role playing and problem solving techniques.

354


OPHT 291B Clinical Applications III 3 (0,0,12,0) Clinical experience designed to apply skills acquired in previous course work. Experience designed to give the student an introduction to and observation of the ophthalmic dispensing office. OPHT 299B Certificate Review 1 (1,0,0,0) Review course for national and state competency examinations. This course may be taken up to three times: American Board of Opticianry Certification exam review, National Contact Lens Examiners certification review, and Nevada State Board of Dispensing Opticians exam review.

Occupational Therapy Assistant OTA 100B

Science and Occupation: Introduction to Occupational Therapy 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the emerging discipline of occupational science and its relationship to the profession of occupational therapy. The study of occupational therapy includes the history, philosophy, role and scope, licensure, ethics, documentation, and medical terminology. Current occupational therapy practice trends, salaries, and career paths will also be addressed. OTA 118B

Neuroanatomy and Sensorimotor Treatment 2 (1,3,0,0) A lecture and laboratory course designed to provide instruction and practice of sensorimotor treatment techniques. An overview of neuroanatomy is provided relative to treatment. OTA 119B Musculoskeletal Anatomy 1 (0,3,0,0) Students review selected topics in human anatomy with a cadaver. Areas of study include the musculoskeletal, neurological, cardiovascular and respiratory systems. Principles of Occupational Therapy 3 (3,0,0,0) Content includes an overview of conditions commonly referred to the Occupational Therapy team. Appropriate treatment interventions will be introduced. Prerequisites: OTA 100B and Corequisite: OTA 121B. OTA 120B

OTA 121B

Occupational Therapy 1 (0.5,0,3.2,0) Fieldwork I A Directed observational learning experiences at selected field settings with an emphasis upon observations of occupational therapy roles, functions and relationships within a variety of work settings. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. OTA 122B Principles in Group Dynamics 2 (2,0,0,0) An introduction to the group process with correlation to occupational therapy theory and practice. Will incorporate cultural diversity, work relationships, human relations and responses to illness.

OTA 123B

Applications in Group Dynamics 1 (0,3,0,0) Application of the group process with correlation to occupational therapy theory and practice. Will incorporate cultural diversity, work relationships, human relations and responses to illness. OTA 130B

Occupational Therapy Theory and Application Through the Life Span 2 (2,0,0,0) Course covers skill development in the child and adult and the application of occupational therapy treatment theory to those individuals with challenging conditions. OTA 131B

Occupational Therapy Fieldwork I B 1 (0.5,0,3.2,0) Course focuses upon the occupational therapy assistant’s role in working with individuals at various stages of the life cycle. Course includes supervised, hands-on experiences. Corequisite: OTA 130B. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. OTA 132B Treatment Techniques I 1 (0,3,0,0) Students will participate in activities that demonstrate skill development in the child and adult and the application of occupational therapy treatment theory to those individuals with challenging conditions. Corequisite: OTA 130B. OTA 133B

Assessments and Measurement 2 (1,3,0,0) A lecture and laboratory course designed to introduce students to various assessments used in occupational therapy. Laboratory experiences provide practice with performance of assessment components. OTA 210B

Principles of Psychosocial Dysfunction 2 (2,0,0,0) A presentation and overview of the history, theory and principles in psychosocial dysfunction as applied to the practice of occupational therapy in a mental health setting. OTA 211B

Occupational Therapy Fieldwork I C 1 (0.5,0,3.2,0) Experiences focus upon developing skills in working with patients with physical dysfunction. Students will begin to apply note writing skills and demonstrate clinical competencies. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis.

OTA 216B Occupational Tasks I 1 (0,3,0,0) Students perform a variety of therapeutic activities and perform activities analysis using uniform terminology. Included is instruction in teaching techniques as they apply to special conditions. OTA 217B Activities II 2 (2,0,0,0) Intermediate study of occupational theories and applications of therapeutic activities using the uniform terminology performance areas and components. Included is in-depth study of the long-form activity analysis and teaching techniques for unique populations. Prerequisite: OTA 215B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

OTA 218B Occupational Tasks II 1 (0,3,0,0) Students are instructed in the correct function and operation of basic hand and power tools necessary to design and fabricate assistive devices. OTA 220B

Principles of Physical Dysfunction 3 (3,0,0,0) The study of theory and principles applied to the practice of occupational therapy in rehabilitation, home health, acute or long term care environment. Prerequisite: OTA 224B. OTA 221B

Occupational Therapy Fieldwork I D 1 (0.5,0,3.2,0) Experiences focus upon developing skills in working with patients with psychosocial dysfunction. Students will begin to apply note writing skills and demonstrate clinical competencies. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. OTA 222B

Occupational Therapy in 2 (2,0,0,0) Geriatric Practice A presentation of the aspects of aging and pertinent issues involved in caring for the elderly client. Physical and psychosocial aspects will be explored. OTA 223B Treatment Techniques II 3 (0,9,0,0) The instruction of treatment skills necessary to deliver occupational therapy services to individuals with physical disabilities. OTA 224B

Functional Anatomy and Kinesiology 3 (2,3,0,0) A course organized around general principles of structure and function and applied to movement components and total body function.

OTA 212B Treatment Techniques III 1 (0,3,0,0) A lab course focusing on the application of psychosocial occupational therapy skills with unique psychosocial populations. Lab experiences will include role plays, community visits and group leadership.

OTA 225B

OTA 215B Activities I 2 (2,0,0,0) Study of characteristics, adaptability and therapeutic use of activities and activities analysis. Included is instruction and discussion of occupational therapy theories and uniform terminology as they apply to activities.

OTA 235B Occupational Therapy Seminar 3 (3,0,0,0) Principles and techniques of management in health care settings, patient data gathering, patient billing, quality assurance, budgets and supervision of volunteers and auxiliary personnel. Prerequisite: OTA 210B.

Fabrication and Use of Splints and Assistive Devices 3 (2,3,0,0) A lecture and laboratory course designed to develop skill in designing and fabricating static splints, adaptive and assistive devices. Prerequisites: OTA 215B, 217B.


355

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

OTA 240B

Level II Fieldwork in Physical Disabilities 3 (0,0,16,0) Fieldwork to apply the technical skills attained in the academic program to hands-on practice under the supervision of a registered occupational therapist. Prerequisites: OTA 221B, 223B, 225B, 235B. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. OTA 250B

Level II Fieldwork in Psychosocial Dysfunction 3 (0,0,16,0) Fieldwork to apply academic knowledge to psychosocial clinical cases in a mental health setting under the supervision of a registered occupational therapist. Prerequisites: OTA 221B, 223B, 225B, 235B. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis.

Physical Education PED 118 Intermediate Fencing 1 (0,0,0,3) This course will build on knowledge skills learned in beginning fencing. Additional instruction in epee, saber, and foil will be introduced. Increased emphasis on combat, strategy, and outside competition. Prerequisite: PED 117. PED 123 Intermediate Tennis 1 (0,0,0,3) Continuation and development of skills learned in Beginning Tennis. Greater emphasis on forehand, backhand, and serving techniques. More strategies in singles and doubles play are employed to enhance competitive level of student. Prerequisite: PED 122. PED 127 Intermediate Golf 1 (0,0,0,3) Continuation and further development of skills and knowledge learned in Beginning Golf. Strategies of play involving club use, course management positioning and ball control are emphasized. Prerequisite: PED 107. PED 135 Intermediate Tai Chi Ch’uan 1 (0,0,0,3) This class emphasizes developing balance through strengthening legs and improving awareness of mind and body relationship. Utilizes skills learned in Beginning Tai Chi Ch’uan and introduces more complex postures. Prerequisite: PED 134. PED 137 Intermediate Racquetball 1 (0,0,0,3) Continuation of skills and strategies learned in Beginning Racquetball. Designed to prepare students to succeed at a higher level of competition. Prerequisite: PED 136. Aquacise Aerobics 1 (0,0,0,3) PEX 100 Accomplish fitness in the areas of cardiorespiratory endurance, muscular strength, muscular endurance and flexibility by performing resistive exercises in the water. 1 (0,0,0,3) Basketball PEX 113 This course is designed to develop ball control, rebounding, shooting, and defensive skills. Offensive strategies against man-to-man and zone defenses are emphasized. Much of the action will be full court. Rules and regulations concerning high school, college, and the pro game will be discussed.

356


PEX 117 Golf 1 (0,0,0,3) Introduction to golf club make-up, club function, rules of the game, golf course etiquette, grip and swing technique. PEX 122 Racquetball 1 (0,0,0,3) This course introduces students to basic skills in forehand, backhand, serve and use of different short combinations. Instruction provided in scoring, strategies, and rules of the game. PEX 127 Tennis 1 (0,0,0,3) This course will introduce students to the basic skills of forehand, backhand, volley, and serve. General rules and strategy will also be introduced. Emphasis on recreational enjoyment. PEX 129 Volleyball 1 (0,0,0,3) This course is designed to offer the student volleyball instruction through demonstration, practice, and team play. Skill development in the areas of setting, serving, receiving, passing and blocking. Offensive and defensive maneuvering are demonstrated and practiced. Emphasis on recreational sport as well as preparing for collegiate competition. PEX 143 Karate 1 (0,0,0,3) Japanese karate specializing in the Shotokan style. Equal training emphasis on use of punch, kick, block, and strike. Preparing the body correctly with warm-up exercises through proper stretching and calisthenics are taught and different drills are learned which develop both flexibility and coordination. Philosophies behind training in traditional Japanese karate which promote character development and spirit are also introduced. PEX 144 Kung Fu 1 (0,0,0,3) This course is designed to show the student the seven points of the body and their utilization through maneuvering techniques for both offense and defense. The internal martial arts of (Hsing-I Chuan), meditation, stretching, exercise, massage are introduced, as well as the use of herbs and Chi’Na (grappling). PEX 147 Tae Kwon Do (Beginning) 1 (0,0,0,3) Introduction to the various ways the body may be used in selfdefense by means of take down maneuvers, holds and chokes. PEX 148 Tai Chi 1 (0,0,0,3) Introduction to philosophy involved in Tai Chi and its movements for the purpose of health, improved balance and mental focus. PEX 155 Fencing 1 (0,0,0,3) Introduction to one of the oldest Olympic competitions of the modern age. Instruction involves offensive and defensive tactics of foil with discussion of epee and saber. Fencing is an activity class that will enhance fitness in the areas of cardio-respiratory endurance, muscular stamina, agility, flexibility and inner discipline. Rules and techniques derived from swordplay of dueling.

PEX 170 Aerobics 1 (0,0,0,3) This course will introduce the student to utilizing a step bench while listening to upbeat music. Instruction includes benefits of posture and alignment of the body, health awareness issues, injury prevention and safety techniques. Class covers beginning to advanced maneuvers. PEX 171 Dancercise 1 (0,0,0,3) Combines simplistic dance steps with keep-fit exercises, choreographed to a variety of music. Typical program of stretch warm-up, medium paced routines, progressing to vigorous routines, and ending with a cool-down. PEX 180 Strength Training 1 (0,0,0,3) Gives the student knowledge of proper usage of resistance weight machines and free weights. Skeletal and muscle anatomy is introduced and how they are affected by resistance weight training. Aerobic exercise is utilized. Nutrition and its relationship to strength training is discussed. Provides information on how to stay healthy throughout one’s life. PEX 184

Conditioning, Intercollegiate Athletics 1 (0,0,0,6) A class for conditioning to prepare students to participate in intercollegiate athletics. May be taken a maximum of two times. PEX 186 Intercollegiate Baseball 1 (0,0,0,6) Participation on the intercollegiate baseball team. May be taken a maximum of two times. PEX 194 Intercollegiate Softball 1 (0,0,0,6) Participation on the intercollegiate softball team. May be taken a maximum of two times. Introduction to 3 (3,0,0,0) Physical Education This course explores the development of the physical education field. Discussion of foreign and domestic cultural impacts and their influences, including athletic competition and its relationship to the multi-dimensional physical education profession. PEX 203

Pharmacy Technician PHAR 101B Pharmacy Techniques 4 (3,2,0,0) Introduces students to procedures, systems, regulations and practices in pharmacy today. Topics include human relations in the role of the pharmacy technician. Prerequisite: Admission to the program. PHAR 105B Pharmaceutical Math for Technicians 3 (3,0,0,0) A practical approach to pharmaceutical math introducing and incorporating the metric system, utilizing common mathematical functions for calculating dosages and evaluating product information.

PHAR 110B Pharmacology for the Pharmacy Technician 4 (4,0,0,0) An overview of drug classes, the drugs and the anatomical systems these drugs effect. Prerequisite: Admission to the program. PHAR 126B Pharmacy Technician Practicum 6 (0,0,18,0) Supervised application in a practice setting of the skills learned in the program, i.e., profiling, recognition and filling of medication orders. Intravenous preparation, aseptic techniques. Prerequisite: Admission to the program.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Philosophy PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of philosophy as an interpretation of human experience and an examination of concepts and assumptions fundamental in human thought. PHIL 102

Critical Thinking and Reasoning 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the analysis and evaluation of actual arguments, to the practice of constructing logically sound arguments, and to logic as the theory of argument. Emphasizes arguments of current or general interest. PHIL 114

Introduction to Symbolic Logic 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces principles of correct reasoning, using modern symbolic techniques of the propositional calculus and simple quantification theory. PHIL 119

Introduction to the Old Testament 3 (3,0,0,0) General survey of the books of the Old Testament from a nondenominational perspective. Covers the history, ideas and theological beliefs of Biblical Israel and deals with those themes in the light of archeological research and literary criticism. PHIL 124

Philosophical Traditions 3 (3,0,0,0) of Asia Study of the nature of self, mind, knowledge, truth, logic, and related themes characteristic of India, China, Japan, or any other Asian country. Introduction to the New Testament 3 (3,0,0,0) This course surveys New Testament books from a nondenominational perspective. Literary criticism and historical background are considered. PHIL 129

PHIL 135 Introduction to Ethics 3 (3,0,0,0) A course designed to introduce students to the theory and practice of ethics. In the context of classical theories and modern moral problems, students will be encouraged to clarify their own ethical positions.


357

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHIL 201 Philosophy Goes to the Movies 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to philosophical problems in ethics, politics, law, aesthetics, metaphysics, or knowledge through film and literary materials in addition to standard philosophical texts. Introduction to Philosophy of the Arts 3 (3,0,0,0) Varieties of artistic representation and expression, the relationship of artworks to their embodiments, and the nature of interpretation and aesthetic response.

PHIL 202

PHIL 203 Survey of Existentialism 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of the various influences and responses which led to existential thought. Readings from Kierkegaard, Sartre, Nietzsche and Buber will be emphasized. PHIL 205 Science and Religion 3 (3,0,0,0) Selected problems and episodes in the interaction between science and religion, such as the 17th century condemnation of Galileo, the 18th century controversy about natural religion, and the recent creation/evolution debate in the United States. PHIL 207 Social and Political Philosophy 3 (3,0,0,0) Major political philosophers, e.g., Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Rousseau, Mill, and Marx, on topics such as justice, freedom, equality, tyranny, war, racism, sexism, power, consent, and economics. PHIL 210 World Religions 3 (3,0,0,0) A critical introduction to the nature of religion. The major moral and religious views of Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism, Confucianism, Judaism, Christianity and Islam will be studied.

PHIL 295

Topical Issues in Philosophy 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) The topic will vary; however, the intent is to develop awareness of, and appreciation for, certain philosophers and/or issues. May be repeated to six credits. PHIL 302

Intermediate Reasoning and Critical Thinking 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to extend the theory and practice of reasoned argument by the analysis, evaluation, reconstruction, and construction of extended examples drawn from such fields as philosophy, literature, religion, natural and social sciences, the arts, or contemporary affairs. Prerequisites: PHIL 102 or consent of the instructor and Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Degree Program. PHIL 311 Professional Ethics 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the nature of ethical thinking and its application to judgments about actions of people that make up society. Topics to be considered include ethical relativism, moral virtues and vices, foundations of morality, alternative theoretical perspectives on moral judgment egoism, altruism, and legal and regulatory perspectives related to ethics in business. Prerequisites: Instructor approval and Admission to Dental Hygiene Bachelor of Science Degree Program.

Photography

PHIL 244 Bioethics 3 (3,0,0,0) Treatments of such issues as abortion and euthanasia, cloning, genetic screening, just health care, patients’ rights, the use of human and animal subjects in research.

PHO 150B Movies and Media 3 (3,0,0,0) Analysis of movie and media, the meaning of images and stories, film deconstruction, genre and auteur appreciation, history of film and historical film construction models.

PHIL 245 Contemporary Moral Issues 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to ethics by way of such current issues as war and atrocity, the purpose of the university, racism, women’s liberation, violence and aggression, the notions of happiness and success, or ethics of ecology.

3 (3,0,0,0) PHO 151B Film Directing Styles This course is an analysis of the film director’s relationship with key creative collaborators of the production team. An analysis of directing techniques, styles and survey of cinematic movements.

Philosophy of Law 3 (3,0,0,0) PHIL 246 Study of the meaning of law, particularly legal reasoning, positive and normative functions of law, and the nature of justice. Such legal theorists as Plato, Aquinas, Hobbes, Kant, Hegel, Hart, and Dworkin will be studied. 3 (3,0,0,0) Philosophy and Women PHIL 247 Variety of philosophical writings by or about women, from Plato to the present, focusing on such key concepts as nature, equality, dignity, freedom, love, and self-realization: may include feminist critiques of the western philosophical tradition. (Same as WMST 247.)

358

PHIL 249 Environmental Ethics 3 (3,0,0,0) Explores fundamental concepts of human moral obligations towards other living things and natural systems. Topics include the rights of animals and new candidates for an adequate environmental ethic.


PHO 152B World Cinema 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of major movements in world cinemas that shows the evolution and development of film grammar through an examination of the historical, technological, and economic perspectives. 3 (3,0,0,0) PHO 153B Independent Filmmaking This course will study the evolution of independent filmmaking, through a close examination of cinematic and narrative styles, emerging technologies, independent financing, production budgets, and exhibition and distribution.

PHO 170 Beginning Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) Mechanics and use of photographic equipment and the control of light sensitive materials. Includes history of photography, its language and major styles, as well as camera handling, exposure, development, black-and-white film and print processing. PHO 171B

Digital Photography for the Novice I 3 (2,2,0,0) This course is an introduction to the mechanics and use of traditional photographic language applied to the digital format. It will cover digital image capture, image downloading to computer, down sizing images and emailing them, and image posting to WebCT. This class is a very BASIC class meant for people new to digital technology. PHO 172B

Digital Photography for the Creative Mind I 3 (2,2,0,0) This course is an introduction to the mechanics and use of digital technology to create and/or manipulate images into more artistic pieces. This class is very basic and meant for students new to digital technology. This course provides a fun learning experience that allows the student to experiment and use their imagination.

PHO 179B Wedding Photography II 3 (2,2,0,0) This course will cover advanced lighting techniques in the studio and on location. Photoshop techniques for the wedding photographer will be taught. Efficient work flow will be discussed. Prerequisite: PHO 178B. PHO 180 Creative Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) A practical, analytical, and critical approach to creative color and black-and-white photography. Emphasis on creative film exposure and creative darkroom processes. Prerequisite: PHO 175.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHO 181B Creative Photography II 3 (2,2,0,0) This course deals with creating unusual and non-traditional photographic images through the use of toy cameras, darkroom manipulation, and theme interpretation. Prerequisite: PHO 180. Alternative Photographic Processes 3 (2,2,0,0) Introduction into non-traditional and historical photographic processes. Emphasis is placed primarily on non-silver techniques, processes, and large format Polaroid image and emulsion transfers. Prerequisite: PHO 195. PHO 182B

PHO 183B PHO 174B Night Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) This course will explore the art of creating dramatic night time images. Prerequisite: PHO 170. PHO 175 Intermediate Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) Investigation and practice in intermediate photographic principles, creative photography and darkroom techniques and introduction to studio lighting methods. Visual emphasis and critical approach to photographic imagery. Prerequisite: PHO 170. PHO 176B

Photographic Composition and Design 2 (1,2,0,0) Compositional and design elements specific to photographic processes. Academic principles related to technical, commercial, and creative composition with practical application. Prerequisite: PHO 195. PHO 177B

Photographic Bookmaking Process 3 (2,2,0,0) For many artists, the handmade book occupies a spot near the top of the food chain of creative self-expression. In this course, photographers will learn how to create a photographic book that best reflects your imagery for both self-promotion and commercial applications. Prerequisite: PHO 175. PHO 178B Wedding Photography 2 (1,2,0,0) Basic photographic techniques, use of cameras, and portable lighting equipment specific to wedding photography. Creative and compositional considerations. Commercial photography/wedding business applications. Prerequisite: PHO 170.

Sports and Entertainment Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) Learn the basics of this exciting specialty area including boxing matches, concerts, shows, clubs, and celebrities. This course will feature several location shoots at major venues in Las Vegas. Prerequisite: PHO 195. PHO 184B

Introduction to American Cinema 3 (2,2,0,0) Introduction to American cinema as art and communication. Analyze the creative process and film content by viewing films, reading textbooks and online screenplays and discussing dialogue. PHO 185

Introduction to 3 (2,2,0,0) Photojournalism The practical application of academic principles and technical skills of photojournalism. Emphasis on ethical considerations and journalistic real-world experiences and assignments. Prerequisite: PHO 195. Photographing the Heritage of the West 3 (2,2,0,0) A field course with classroom critiques focusing on locating, interpreting and effectively photographing natural and cultural resources found in the southwestern United States. Film, digital, or hybrid approaches can be used to shoot various stock and magazine type assignments. Prerequisite: PHO 170. PHO 186B

PHO 187B Digital Portrait Enhancement 2 (1,2,0,0) This course will cover cosmetic retouching, glamour enhancement, retouching with large group photographs, digital body reshaping, and digital lighting enhancement. Prerequisite: PHO 175.


359

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHO 191B

Digital Photography for the Novice II 3 (2,2,0,0) This course is an intermediate course designed to manipulate and fine tune pictures through PhotoShop. Prerequisite: PHO 171B. Advanced Digital Photography for the Creative Mind 4 (2,4,0,0) This course is an advanced exploration into the mechanics and use of digital technology to create Fine Art pieces. In this class, the student will enjoy creative license and full use of her/his imagination. This class is an advanced class for those students already familiar with traditional and digital photography, as well as digital technology, i.e., hardware and software.

PHO 208B

Introduction to Large Format Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) Introduction to large format equipment applied in a commercial sense. Emphasis on in-camera image corrections and proper exposure utilizing densitometry and the “Zone System.” Prerequisite: PHO 195.

PHO 192B

PHO 194B Night Photography II 3 (2,2,0,0) his course is an exploration of advanced photographic techniques used in low-light conditions with emphasis on film characteristics, digital techniques, and equipment operation. Creative, commercial, scenic and astrophotography applications will be covered. Prerequisite: PHO 174B.

PHO 209B Large Format Photography II 3 (2,2,0,0) Advanced techniques in the use of view cameras. Includes both field and studio applications and extends the introductory course to new creative directions. Prerequisites: PHO 195, 208B. PHO 210B Architectural Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) Learn the art of creating exciting images of both exteriors and interiors. Prerequisites: PHO 195, 208B. PHO 211B Editorial Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) The student will be introduced to basic editorial style portraiture for magazine publication. Studio, location and available light will be covered. Prerequisite: PHO 195. PHO 212B

PHO 195 Photographic Lighting 4 (2,4,0,0) Introduction to control and modification of natural light and studio applications of quartz and electronic flash lighting equipment. Commercial/illustration, portrait, and photojournalistic applications stressed. Prerequisite: PHO 175. PHO 200

Photographic Color Technology I 4 (2,4,0,0) Covers handling, storage, and exposure of color materials. Color negative process, color positive process, and color negative/positive print processes stressed. Computer-based color lab procedures introduced. Prerequisite: PHO 195. Introduction to 4 (2,4,0,0) Forensic Photography Introduction into practical control of crime scenes and their documentation photographically as evidence. Emphasis on the admissibility of photography into the chain of evidence. Prerequisite: PHO 170. PHO 202B

PHO 206 Nature Photography 4 (2,4,0,0) The study of nature photography with an emphasis on biological and geological studies and specimens. All film formats are applied to field photography studies. Field trips are scheduled with participation required. Prerequisite: PHO 195. PHO 207B Landscape Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) Learn to work in the style of the master landscape photographers. Heavy emphasis on Zone system work. There will be several weekend field trips into the southwest region where students will have the opportunity to create fine art quality prints for exhibition. Prerequisite: PHO 175.

360


Food Photography and Styling I 4 (2,4,0,0) This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of prepping and photographing food for various layouts. Prerequisite: PHO 195. 3 (2,2,0,0) PHO 214 Videography and Film I Basic filmmaking techniques using portable video or 16mm film equipment. Stresses effective video/film camera usage, production planning, storyboarding, lighting, directing and editing with commercial photography applications. PHO 215 Rock Video Production 3 (2,2,0,0) “Guerilla” rock video production for the low budget videographer. Planning stories and concepts, shooting band coverage and the story video will be covered. Prerequisite: PHO 214. PHO 216 Videography and Film II 3 (2,2,0,0) Intermediate filmmaking techniques using portable video camera and editing equipment. Stresses intermediate storyboarding, production planning, lighting, directing, editing, scriptwriting, camera moves and sequence shooting techniques. Prerequisite: PHO 214. PHO 217B Wedding Videography 2 (1,2,0,0) Basic video techniques, use of portable equipment, and in camera editing techniques for wedding videography. Stresses camera usage, production planning, storyboarding, lighting, directing and editing with commercial photography/wedding applications. Prerequisite: PHO 214. 3 (3,0,0,0) PHO 218B Film Screenwriting I Process of organizing film/video screenplay materials and to create story concepts, screenplay outlines, storyboards and final shooting scripts.

PHO 219B Film Screenwriting II 3 (2,2,0,0) Advanced techniques for finishing the professional screenplay with emphasis on revising plot structure, character development, rewriting scenes, sharpening and polishing dialogue. Prerequisite: PHO 218B or instructor permission. PHO 220B Video Digital Editing 3 (2,2,0,0) Digital editing and manipulation of video/film media for output to film, video, multimedia and digital media. Prerequisite: PHO 214. PHO 221B Advanced Digital Editing 3 (2,2,0,0) Advanced non-linear editing featuring Final Cut Pro software. Emphasizes intermediate technical aspects of Final Cut Pro such as basic editing, titling, compositing, applying digital effects and mixing with pro-level equipment. Previous digital editing experience recommended. Prerequisites: PHO 214 plus either PHO 216, 223B, or 220 or instructor permission required. Knowledge of Final Cut Pro necessary. PHO 222B Photographic Presentations 3 (2,2,0,0) Introduction to commercial presentation of photographic art. Emphasis is placed on current trends and classical framing, matting and placement of photographic art for salability. PHO 223B

Documentary Film Production I 3 (2,2,0,0) Principles of documentary filmmaking. The study of classic documentary films and the production of a short documentary film/video focusing on local themes. Prerequisite: PHO 214. 1 (2,2,0,0) PHO 224B Final Cut Pro Bootcamp For the raw beginner in Final Cut Pro. This Tutorial bootcamp covers the rudimentary essentials of accessing and utilizing this non-linear editing program. This course is highly recommended for students taking PHO 216 or Beginning Editing. Students should have some familiarity with making films. PHO 225

Photographic Commercial/ Illustration I 4 (2,4,0,0) Photographic advertising principles. Photographic applications for advertising illustration specific to fashion, food, large and small products and theme interpretation. Use of roll film and view cameras. Prerequisites: PHO 195, 208B. Documentary Film 3 (2,2,0,0) Production II Intermediate principles of documentary film making with emphasis on producing and shooting in the Electronic News Gathering (ENG) style. Prerequisites: PHO 214 and either 216, 223B or 220B. PHO 226B

PHO 227B DVD Studio Bootcamp 1 (1,2,0,0) This is a hands-on post production course that teaches the technical and aesthetic skills required to design and author DVDs. Students will edit digital video; encode audio and video; propose and script a DVD project; create graphics, menus and buttons; design and test navigation and author/produce DVDs. Prerequisites: PHO 220B, 224B.

PHO 229B Hollywood Glamour 3 (2,2,0,0) Learn to photograph models in the Hollywood Glamour style of George Hurrell. Students will use “hot lights” followed by retouching in Photoshop to achieve the desired results. Prerequisite: PHO 195. PHO 234B High Fashion Photography 3 (2,2,0,0) This course is designed as an introductory course of the fundamentals of fashion photography for editorial and advertising purposes. It will encompass black and white and color negative, and transparency films. Studio and location lighting emphasized. Prerequisite: PHO 195.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHO 235 Photographic Portraiture I 4 (2,4,0,0) Theory, skills, and practice of posing, lighting, exposing film, and printing in the photography of people. Formal, informal and environmental portraits are stressed. Prerequisite: PHO 195. PHO 237B Fashionable Portraiture 3 (2,2,0,0) This course expands on the knowledge of portraiture by creating new ways of seeing and photographing people. Current trends and styles of portrait photography will be covered. Prerequisites: PHO 234B, 235. PHO 240B Digital Photographic Imaging 3 (2,2,0,0) This course will introduce students to the basic Adobe Photoshop techniques such as layers, layer masks, color correction and retouching directed specifically to how it applies to photography will be explored. We will scan film and prints as well as using digital camera images. This course can be taken in the same semester as PHO 170. The student must be familiar with computer navigation, saving files and burning to a CD or disk. PHO 244B Lighting for Video and Film 3 (2,2,0,0) Introduction to control and modification of natural light and studio applications of tungsten and quartz lighting equipment, as it applies to film and video. Lighting terminology, tools of the trade and lighting techniques for specific needs, like people, rooms, action and products will be taught. Prerequisite: PHO 214. PHO 245B Video Lighting and Grip 3 (2,2,0,0) An introduction to basic lighting and grip language and technical skills for the videographer. Prerequisite: PHO 214. Digital Photographic Imaging II 3 (2,2,0,0) In this course, students will get to know their camera by extensive testing of its capabilities. Current trends in Digital Photography will be explored as well as techniques, workflows and equipment. Mastering output to labs as well as printing to specialty papers on the inkjet printers in the classroom. Prerequisites: PHO 240B or GRC 183B or instructor permission. PHO 250B


361

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHO 251B

Digital Photographic Imaging III 3 (2,2,0,0) In this course students will explore the newest trends and techniques in the fields of commercial and fine are photography, including advanced selection techniques and master printing philosophies. You will be exploring content, sequencing and presentation of your digital work. Prerequisite: PHO 250B or instructor permission. PHO 254 Big Digital 3 (2,2,0,0) This course will use medium format digital backs, Pro DSLR’s and professional scanners to produce large digital files. Using these files, we will print to professional wide format printers. Prerequisite: PHO 250B or instructor permission.

Portfolio

3 (2,2,0,0)

The production of a professional portfolio. The selection and execution of various photographic and/or art pieces stressed. Portfolio presentation materials, methods, résumés, and application formats studied.

PHO 290B

Video Portfolio

3 (0,0,0,3)

Development and manufacture of a useful video portfolio. Admission by permission of instructor. For Videography and Film majors only. Enrollment by instructor permission only.

Physics PHYS 110

Conceptual Physics

4 (4,0,0,0)

PHO 255B Creative Digital Photography 2 (1,2,0,0) Creative digital photographic techniques, including use of digital cameras and creative digital manipulation of film and/or digital images. Prerequisites: PHO 195 and GRC 183.

Introduction to fundamental concepts and principles of physics. Intended primarily for non-science majors. Integration of lecture and lab designed to satisfy the lab science general education requirement.

PHO 260B

Photographic Business Practices 3 (3,0,0,0) Fundamental photographic business organization, funding and management, to include equipment, personnel, and advertising needs.

PHYS 151

PHO 262B Photographic Makeup 3 (2,2,0,0) This course provides instruction in basic elements of makeup for portraiture, glamour, fashion, wedding, and commercial photography using time tested methods and techniques in a creative hands-on environment. Prerequisite: PHO 170.

PHYS 152

PHO 265B

PHYS 180

Photographic Equipment and Set Construction 3 (2,2,0,0) Construction of basic photographic studio backgrounds, diffusion systems, props and equipment support systems. Simplified photographic set construction. PHO 272B History of Photography 3 (3,0,0,0) Development of photography as an aesthetic medium from its invention to the present time in America and Europe. PHO 275

History of 20th Century Mexican Photography 3 (3,0,0,0) A brief history of Photography and Art in Mexico and an exploration of the Mexican Renaissance, the influence of Mexican Art in the world, Mexican heritage through the arts, and major players of the movement. PHO 285 Photographic Internship 3 (0,0,0,30) Student placement at a commercial photography job location. On-the-job experience performing work projects reflecting industry employee assignments. Academic credit earned, with or without wages. Enrollment by instructor permission only.

362

PHO 288


General Physics I

4 (3,3,0,0)

General physics primarily for students in arts and science, medicine and agriculture. Mechanics, sound and heat. A knowledge of right angle trigonometry is desired. Prerequisite: MATH 128.

General Physics II

4 (3,3,0,0)

Continuation of Physics 151. Covers optics, electromagnetism and some aspects of modern physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 151.


3 (3,0,0,0)

Lecture to Newtonian mechanics. Covers rectilinear motion, particle dynamics, work and energy, momentum and collision, rotational mechanics, oscillations, wave motion, and gravitation. Prerequisite: MATH 181. Corequisite: PHYS 180L.

PHYS 180L

Physics for Scientists and Engineers Lab I

1 (0,3,0,0)

Laboratory exercises in Newtonian mechanics. Covers rectilinear motion, particle dynamics, work and energy, momentum and collision, rotational mechanics, oscillations, wave motion, and gravitation. Corequisite: PHYS 180.

PHYS 181


3 (3,0,0,0)

Lecture in electromagnetism, Coulomb’s Law, electric and magnetic fields, Gauss’ Law, potential, capacitance, current and resistance, electromotive force, inductance, motion of charged particles, introduction to Maxwell’s equations and electromagnetic waves. Prerequisites: PHYS 180 and MATH 182. Corequisite: PHYS 181L.

PHYS 181L

Physics for Scientists and Engineers Lab II 1 (0,3,0,0) Laboratory exercises in electromagnetism. Covers Coulomb’s Law, electric and magnetic fields, Gauss’ Law, potential, capacitance, current and resistance, electromotive force, inductance, motion of charged particles, introduction to Maxwell’s equation, and electromagnetic waves. Corequisite: PHYS 181. PHYS 182

Physics for Scientists and Engineers III 3 (3,0,0,0) Lecture in fluid mechanics, thermodynamics and optics. Covers sound, temperature and thermometry, heat, gases, intermolecular forces, kinetic theory, entropy, nature of light, geometrical optics, physical optics including diffraction and interference, introduction of modern developments. Prerequisites: PHYS 180 and MATH 182. Corequisite: PHYS 182L. PHYS 182L

Physics for Scientists and Engineers Lab III 1 (0,3,0,0) Laboratory exercises in fluid mechanics, thermodynamics and optics. Covers sound, temperature and thermometry, heat, gases, intermolecular forces, kinetic theory, entropy, nature of light, geometrical optics, physical optics including diffraction and interference, introduction of modern developments. Corequisite: PHYS 182.

Practical Nursing PN 100L

Practical Nursing Learning Lab 1 (0,3,0,0) A lab to promote student nurse success by applying study skills, time management, critical thinking, and organizational skills to current course load in a collaborative and caring environment. Prerequisite: Admission to the PN program. PN 101B

Introduction to 2 (2,0,0,0) Practical Nursing Explore health care delivery systems, nursing history, current trends in nursing, role of the Licensed Practical Nurse, the nursing process, legal and ethical responsibilities and communication. Prerequisite: Admission to PN program. 2 (2,0,0,0) Gerontological Health Care PN 103B Designed to discuss the holistic aspects of aging and the increasing health needs of the older adult. PN 104B

Practical Nursing Fundamentals 5 (2.5,3,4.5,0) Applies basic nursing skills, nursing process, basic communication, mental health concepts, medication administration skills, calculation skills and legal and ethical responsibilities of the practical nurse in the care of the client with stable health care needs. Develops intravenous therapy skills. Clinical experience in long-term or sub-acute care setting. Prerequisite: PN 101B.

PN 105B Practical Nursing I 5 (2.5,3,4.5,0) Continued application of nursing process, mental health concepts, medication administration skills, calculation skills, intravenous therapy skills and legal-ethical issues. Study of health disorders presented by body system sequence. Clinical practice in long-term or sub-acute care setting. Prerequisite: PN 104B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PN 106B Family Nursing 3 (2.5,0,1.5,0) Emphasizes normal growth and development and prevention, promotion, and maintenance of health while providing family health care. Focus on child bearing, the neonate, infant and children through the growth years. Prerequisite: PN 105B. PN 108B Practical Nursing II 4 (2,0,6,0) A continuation of PN 105B, this course applies the nursing process when providing nursing care to adult clients with stable health care needs in the acute care setting. PN 110B

Practical Nursing Seminar/ Management Concepts 4 (2,0,6,0) The seminar emphasizes career opportunities and responsibilities as well as NCLEX-PN preparation. The clinical component includes a preceptorship. PN 125B

Pharmacology for Practical Nursing Practice 3 (3,0,0,0) Integrates basic pharmacology with nursing practice. Covers drug actions, side effects, interactions, pharmacokinetics, and dosage calculations. Prerequisite: Completion of PN 101B. PN 240B LPN Refresher 5 (2,1.5,7.5,0) Assists inactive practical nurses to update their knowledge and skills in order to renew their license. Includes precepted clinical practice in either an acute care, sub-acute care or long term care setting.

Portuguese PORT 101B Basics of Portuguese I 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing spoken communication. Speaking, oral listening, reading and writing skills explored. A vocabulary of Portuguese-English words developed. PORT 111 First Year Portuguese I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing. Emphasis is placed on communication in all four language skills. PORT 112 First Year Portuguese II 4 (4,0,0,0) A course emphasizing the further development of Portuguese language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing. Emphasis is placed on more sophisticated communication in all four language acquisition skills. Portuguese speaking culture(s) are also emphasized.


363

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Political Science PSC 101

Introduction to American Politics 4 (4,0,0,0) A survey of United States, national, state and local governments with emphasis on the cultural aspects of the governing process. (Satisfies the legislative requirement for the United States and Nevada Constitutions.) Prerequisite: ENG 101. PSC 200 Survey of Political Theory 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of political theory from Plato to the present. Among the thinkers whose works will be explored are Aristotle, St. Thomas Aquinas, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau and Marx. PSC 201 Politics of Minority Groups 3 (3,0,0,0) An analysis of the effects of religious, cultural, racial and sexual identification on the American process.

PSC 247

Organized Crime and Political Corruption 3 (3,0,0,0) Students will review relationships among organized crime groupings and local, state, and national governments with particular attention to 21st century America and other selected nations. PSC 295

Topical Issues in Political Science 1-3 (1-3,0,0,0) Exploration of an issue of current interest. Topics may include: the formulation and implementation of National Security Policy, international organization and law, structure and function of U.S. intelligence agencies, or revolution and reaction in Latin America. May be repeated with the permission of the Department chair up to a total of six credits.

Psychology

PSC 205 Latino Politics and Society 3 (3,0,0,0) This course will focus on the social, economic, and political evolution of the Latino community in the United States.

PSY 101 General Psychology 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the principles of human behavior, including discussions of motivation, perception, learning and personality development.

PSC 208

Survey of State and Local Government 3 (3,0,0,0) Organization, working principles, functional processes of state and local governments in the United States. (Satisfies the legislative requirement of the Nevada Constitution.)

PSY 102

PSC 210 American Public Policy 3 (3,0,0,0) Analysis of the interplay of forces involved in policy-making at all levels of American government. Assessment of the impact of policy on individuals and institutions. Prerequisite: PSC 101.

PSY 203

PSC 211

PSY 204

Comparative Government and Politics 3 (3,0,0,0) Analysis of similarities and differences in the governing processes of developed and developing societies. Prerequisite: PSC 101.

Psychology of Personal and Social Adjustment 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of personality and adjustment in normal persons. Adjustment techniques and reactions to frustration and conflict in the content of various social groups considered. Advanced General Psychology I 3 (3,0,0,0) Intensive survey of major areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 101. Advanced General Psychology II 3 (3,0,0,0) Intensive survey of minor areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 101. PSY 206

Terrorism and 4 (4,0,0,0) Political Violence This interdisciplinary course focuses on the motivation for terrorism and political violence. It addresses the question, “What makes an otherwise ordinary person deliberately attack unarmed civilians who have personally done the perpetrator no wrong and is in no position to redress the perpetrator’s grievances?” The course approaches the issue from four different academic perspectives: history, psychology, sociology, and political science. (Same as HIST 222, PSY 222, or SOC 222.) PSC 222

PSC 231 World Politics 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to and explanation of modern and contemporary international relations, foreign policies and economic and social conditions of an interrelated world.

364


Business/Industrial Psychology 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces material on organizational behavior and personnel psychology including the areas of hiring, evaluation/appraisal of employees and termination. PSY 207 Psychology and the Family 3 (3,0,0,0) An investigation of psychological principles as these relate to the solution of family problems, survey of community resources available to the family in need. PSY 208

Psychology of Human 3 (3,0,0,0) Relations Explores the relationships between human beings and assists in the development of interpersonal communication skills which can be used personally and professionally.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Introduction to Statistical Methods

PSY 260 4 (4,0,0,0)

Practice with statistical methods especially useful in the presentation and interpretation of psychological, sociological and educational data, including elementary computer applications. Prerequisites: PSY 101 or SOC 101, a grade of “C” or better in MATH 096.

PSY 220

Introduction to Educational Psychology

4 (4,0,0,0)

The psychology of learning, motivation, growth and development, personality, dynamics, and social adjustment. Prerequisites: PSY 101, SOC 101, SOC 102 or ANTH 101.

PSY 222

Terrorism and Political Violence

4 (4,0,0,0)

This interdisciplinary course focuses on the motivation for terrorism and political violence. It addresses the question, “What makes an otherwise ordinary person deliberately attack unarmed civilians who have personally done the perpetrator no wrong and is in no position to redress the perpetrator’s grievances?” The course approaches the issue from four different academic perspectives: history, psychology, sociology, and political science. (Same as PSC 222, HIST 222, or SOC 222.)

PSY 228

Psychology of Dreams

3 (3,0,0,0)

An introduction to the study of dreams through psychological theory, etiology and interpretation.

PSY 233

Child Psychology

3 (3,0,0,0)

A study of the growth and development of the child with special consideration given to theories of learning and personality formation. Prerequisite: PSY 101.

PSY 234

Psychology of Adolescence

3 (3,0,0,0)

A study of the psychological development during adolescence with emphasis on the special problems encountered in our society.

PSY 240

Introduction to Research Methods

3 (3,0,0,0)

Critical examination of research methods in social science, including experimental and quasi-experimental designs, correlational methods, clinical research techniques, natural observation, survey methods and the phenomenological approach. Prerequisites: PSY 101or SOC 101 and PSY 201 or SOC 210. (Same as SOC 240.)

Psychological Adjustment of Latinos in the U.S. 3 (3,0,0,0) Multicultural view of the various psycho-social challenges facing the immigrant and native-born Latino population in adjusting to life in the United States. Students will explore psychological theories and research related to ethnic identity formation and maintenance, challenges in acculturation and adaptation into U.S. culture, evolving gender roles, physical and mental health issues, education, work behavior, and consumer behavior. A special emphasis will be placed in examining practical applications in education, health care, and industry.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PSY 210

PSY 261

Introduction to Social Psychology 3 (3,0,0,0) Discussion of socialization process and change in attitudes and behavior. Understanding Psychology Through Film 3 (3,0,0,0) Analysis of different psychological concepts and how they are expressed in popular film media. Specifically, the course will cover families, psychological disorders, counseling approaches, parenting, human development across the life span and alcohol/drug abuse, in the format of film appreciation. PSY 270

PSY 276

Aging in Modern American Society 3 (3,0,0,0) Focus on the psychological and sociological development and the changes attendant to the process of aging in society, including theory and research in the field, implications for social policy, and perspectives on death and dying. (Same as SOC 276.)

Physical Therapy PT 100

Introduction to 3 (3,0,0,0) Physical Therapy Introduction to the practice and profession of physical therapy including history, philosophy, role and scope, licensure and ethics. Other topics include documentation, medical terminology and information about other allied health careers. PT 104B Dissection Techniques 1-3 (0,2-6,0,0) Students are introduced to the techniques used in the dissection of tissues for use as prosection materials in physical therapist assistant courses. Enrollment by instructor permission. Musculoskeletal Anatomy Review 1 (0,3,0,0) Students review selected topics in human anatomy including the musculoskeletal, neurological, cardiovascular and respiratory systems. Corequisites: PT 110, 111, 117, 118. PT 105

PSY 241


3 (3,0,0,0)

An overview of abnormal psychology with emphasis on symptomology, etiology, diagnosis, treatment and prevention.


365

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PT 110 Principles of Kinesiology 2 (2,0,0,0) Students are introduced to basic kinesiological principles of normal movement and their importance in understanding and implementing treatment programs. Corequisites: PT 105, 111, 117, 118. PT 111 Problems in Kinesiology 2 (0,6,0,0) Students develop competencies in identifying anatomical landmarks and symmetry, muscle length relationships and contraction types, joint mechanics and function, neurological control and effects and gait cycle. Corequisites: PT 105, 110, 117, 118. PT 117

Fundamental Principles for the Physical Therapist Assistant 2 (2,0,0,0) This course reviews the fundamental principles required for appropriate patient treatment and care. Topics include gait training, mobility and transfer training, wheelchair adjustment, architectural barriers, preparation of treatment area, CDC guidelines, documentation and basic skills for patient and family education. Corequisites: PT 105, 110, 111, 118. PT 118

Fundamental Procedures for the Physical Therapist Assistant 2 (0,6,0,0) Students develop competence in fundamental skills including ADL’s, transfers, mobility, gait training, architectural barriers, documentation and patient education. Patient age is considered. Corequisites: PT 105, 110, 111, 117. Observation and Measurement Principles for the Physical Therapist Assistant 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to the principles for monitoring patient progress and safety and making recommendations for treatment modifications. Corequisites: PT 121, 122, 125, 126, 130, 134.

PT 126

Physical Agent Procedures and Practices 2 (0,6,0,0) Students develop competence in the correct application of therapeutic heat and cold, electrotherapy, intermittent compression, massage, short wave diathermy, traction and ultrasound. Corequisites: PT 120, 121, 122, 125, 130. PT 130

Administration in Physical Therapy 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction of students to administrative topics important for successful management including levels of authority, management techniques, personality profiles, performance evaluations, fiscal considerations and quality assurance. Corequisites: PT 120, 121, 122, 125, 126, 134. PT 134 Clinical Affiliation I 2 (0,0,16,0) A six-week, full-time clinical affiliation which provides students with an opportunity to practice skills and competencies acquired during their first two semesters of course work. The emphasis of this affiliation is providing direct, hands-on patient care, under the supervision of a physical therapist, using learned fundamental skills. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisite: PT 130. PT 225

Therapeutic Principles for Musculoskeletal Pathologies 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to basic therapeutic principles underlying the treatment of patients with musculoskeletal pathologies. General exercise programs along with specific treatment protocols, and their indications and contraindications will be presented. Corequisites: PT 226, 238, 240, 244, 250, 251.

PT 120

PT 121

Observation and Measurement Procedures 2 (0,6,0,0) Students develop competencies in observation and measurement techniques including goniometry, manual muscle testing, volumetric measurements, righting and equilibrium reactions and posture, gait and sensory assessments. Corequisites: PT 120, 122, 125, 126, 130, 134. PT 122

Psychological-Social Considerations in Patient Care 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to considerations which affect patient rehabilitation. Cultural diversity, work relationships, human relations, geriatric considerations, responses to illness, grieving, death and dying are discussed. Corequisites: PT 120, 121, 125, 126, 130, 134. PT 125 Principles of Physical Agents 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to the theory underlying the effects of appropriate application of therapeutic physical agents. Corequisites: PT 120, 121, 122, 126, 130, 134.

366


PT 226

Therapeutic Procedures for Musculoskeletal Pathologies 2 (0,6,0,0) Students are introduced to and develop competence in the application of therapeutic exercise and other procedures used when treating musculoskeletal pathologies. Corequisites: PT 225, 238, 240, 244. PT 238 Pathophysiology I 3 (3,0,0,0) Review of the inflammatory and healing processes of tissue trauma or disease and the disease process associated with specific musculoskeletal pathologies. Corequisites: PT 225, 226, 240, 244, 250, 251. Orthotic and Prosthetic Considerations in Patient Care 1 (1,0,0,0) Students are introduced to the various types of orthotic and prosthetic devices and their use in patient care. Corequisites: PT 225, 226, 238, 244. PT 240

2 (0,0,16,0) Clinical Affiliation II PT 244 This six-week, full-time (40 hours/week) clinical affiliation is designed to expand the student’s knowledge and competencies in treating musculoskeletal pathologies. The emphasis of this affiliation is providing direct, hands-on patient care, under the supervision of a physical therapist, mastering orthopedic skills and competencies learned in the last semester as well as further development of fundamental competencies acquired in previous semesters. Grades assigned on a Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisites: PT 225, 226, 238, 240.

PT 248 Pathophysiology II 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction of students to specific neuromuscular pathologies most commonly treated in the physical therapy clinic. Corequisites: PT 254, 255, 256. PT 250

Therapeutic Principles for Cardiopulmonary Pathologies 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to the therapeutic principles underlying the treatment of patients with cardiopulmonary pathologies. Corequisite: PT 225, 226, 238, 240, 244, 251. PT 251

Therapeutic Procedures for Cardiopulmonary Pathologies 1 (0,2,0,0) Students are introduced to evaluation strategies for assessing cardiopulmonary function. They develop competencies in the application of specific treatment protocols used with cardiopulmonary pathologies. Corequisites: PT 225, 226, 238, 240, 244, 250. PT 254

Therapeutic Principles for Neuromuscular Pathologies 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the therapeutic principles used in the treatment of patients with neuromuscular pathologies. Corequisites: PT 248, 255, 256. PT 255

Therapeutic Procedures for 2 (0,6,0,0) Neuromuscular Pathologies Students are introduced to and develop competencies in the application of specific treatment procedures used with neurologically involved children and adults. Corequisites: PT 248, 254, 256. PT 256 Clinical Affiliation III 2 (0,0,16,0) This six-week, full-time (40 hours/week) clinical affiliation is designed to expand the student’s knowledge and competencies in treating neuromuscular pathologies. The emphasis of this affiliation is providing direct, hands-on patient care, under the supervision of a physical therapist, mastering neuromuscular skills and competencies learned in the last semester as well as further development of orthopedic and fundamental competencies acquired in previous semesters. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisites: PT 248, 254, 255. PT 298B

Special Topics in 1 (1,0,0,0) Physical Therapy Students will be introduced to selected topics in rehabilitation medicine that are not covered in the core physical therapist assistant program curriculum.

Radiation Therapy Technology RDTP 101B Introduction to Radiation Therapy 2 (1,3,0,0) This course deals with the principles and application of C.T., MRI, ultrasound, PET, bone mineral densitometry, and interventional techniques. Clinical applications and protocols are discussed for each technology. Students will visit oncology wards, nutrition centers and Hospice during this rotation.

RDTP 102B Methodologies I 2 (2,0,0,0) This course presents a broad theoretical framework for understanding the principles of radiation therapy equipment and lays the groundwork necessary for the practical aspects concerning the use of this equipment. An introduction to the principles and application of multi-leaf collimation and Intensity Modulated Radiation Therapy.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

RDTP 103B Introduction to Oncology 1 (1,0,0,0) An introduction to the clinical institution and the Radiation Therapy Department. Stresses the ethics of the patient/oncologist/therapist relationship, nursing procedures, safety precautions necessary for therapy patients, and the keeping of medical records. RDTP 105B Principles and Practice of RadiationTherapy 2 (2,0,0,0) This course addresses the concepts of cancer treatment, focusing primarily on radiation therapy. Methods of improving therapeutic advantages are investigated. Students learn safe and effective use of equipment and accessories along with the rationale for their clinical application. Technical information related to machine development, construction and use are discussed. Students learn about the historical development of radiation generators. RDTP 115B Caring for the Patient at the End of Life 1 (1,0,0,0) This course outlines the wide range of clinical experiences used to care for patients at the end of life. The course discusses practical guidance for clinicians, patients, and families about critical communication issues such as delivering bad news, discussing palliative care, making decisions for incapacitated patients, and exploring the wish to die. RDTP 125B Radiographic Process 2 (2,0,0,0) This course will provide the student with instruction on the principles of radiation exposure, the processing of films, and the positioning of patients for simulation. RDTP 150B Introduction to Radiation Physics 2 (2,0,0,0) Introduction to the fundamentals of physics involved in the operation of radiographic equipment to include units of measurement, matter, energy, mechanics, magnetism, electrostatics, and electrodynamics. RDTP 180B Radiobiology 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the sequence of events following the absorption of energy from ionizing radiation. Factors influencing radiation effects, tissue sensitivity, tolerance, and clinical applications are presented. RDTP 202B Radiotherapy Physics 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides a fundamental understanding of radiation physics relevant to radiation therapy. Topics to be included are particle and photon interactions with matter, units and systems of radiation measurements, radioactivity and radiation production.


367

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS RDTP 210B Treatment Planning I 3 (3,0,0,0) This course introduces the student to the application of the radiation beam to the patient in the therapy environment. Topics include absorption characteristics of the radiation beam in air and in a phantom, beam data and characteristics and an introduction to treatment planning. RDTP 211B Radiographic Analysis 2 (2,0,0,0) This course is a presentation of radiographic anatomy as it pertains to the radiation therapist in general. Specific skeletal anatomy will be reviewed with emphasis placed on bony landmarks, terminology, organ reference, surface anatomy and reading and interpreting X-ray port and simulation films. RDTP 212B Cross Sectional, Topographic and Radiological Anatomy 2 (2,0,0,0) This course discusses anatomy specifically from an imaging perspective. Students will learn to identify structures and pathology on X-rays, CT and MRI scans and locate landmarks on diagnostic and simulator films. RDTP 213B Radiation Oncology 3 (3,0,0,0) This course provides the student with an understanding of the clinical signs, symptoms, epidemiology, routes of spread, pathology, staging system, and management approaches of the major tumor sites in the body. Topics covered include diagnostic and staging work-up, prognostic factors, decision-making skills for treatment options and treatment results. RDTP 214B Methodologies II 2 (1,3,0,0) This course deals with relational and cross-sectional anatomy of the head, thorax, abdomen, pelvis, and representative sections of the extremities. In the laboratory component, students will simulate radiation treatment fields of cross-sectional anatomy using C.T., MRI, SPECT, ultrasound, and PET images. This course is designed to move students from a two- to a three-dimensional view of internal and relational anatomy. RDTP 215B Treatment Planning II 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is a continuation of Treatment Planning I. Students will be responsible for accurate three-dimensional treatment plans for lung, brain, abdomen, pelvis and extremity cancers. Planning will include wedges, blocks, beam weighting, off axis, boost fields and special techniques.

368

RDTP 219B Advanced Radiation Therapy Techniques 2 (2,0,0,0) Continuation of RDTP 214B to provide the student with the advanced concepts of dosimetry, treatment planning, and patient simulation. Various external beam techniques and applications, depth dose data, and summation of isodose curves will be applied to simulation procedures. Modalities of treatment, immobilization, patient set-up, dose measurement and verification are discussed and practiced. RDTP 220B Treatment Planning Lab 1 (0,3,0,0) Students will be responsible for accurate three-dimensional treatment plans for lung, brain, abdomen, pelvis, and extremity cancers. Planning will include wedges, blocks, beam weighting, off axis, boost fields and special techniques. RDTP 221B Ethics/Law/Professionalism 2 (2,0,0,0) Establish a basic foundation of professional practice for the radiation therapist as a part of the radiation therapy team. Ethical behavior for caregivers will be discussed. Legal ramifications, case studies, malpractice and ARRT ethics will also be discussed. RDTP 229B Radiation Therapy 1 (1,0,0,0) Board Review This course will prepare the student to take the National Registry Exam for Radiation Therapy. The course will go into detail on exam questions. Students will learn how to read an evaluate questions for best results. Students will take mock board exams. RDTP 230B Clinical Practicum I 0.5 (0,0,4,0) Patient treatment competencies are assigned under the direct supervision of a Registered Radiation Therapist. Complexity is commensurate with level of education. RDTP 231B Clinical Practicum II 3 (0,0,15,0) Continuation of Clinical Practicum I. Students will be assigned patient treatment competencies to be completed under the direct supervision of a Registered Radiation Therapist commensurate with level of education.

2 (1,3,0,0) RDTP 216B Methodologies III An in-depth study of the rationale, principles, and the methods of quality assurance as they relate to radiation therapy.

RDTP 232B Clinical Practicum III 1 (0,0,4,0) Continuation of Clinical Practicum II in the clinic. The student responsibilities increase as more competencies in patient treatment are mastered.

RDTP 218B Radiation Therapy Practicum 10 (0,0,40,0) This 16-week clinical course takes place at the assigned clinical sites. Students will gain experience in providing psychosocial and emotional care for the cancer patient and family. Effects of radiation and associated side effects are included.

1 (0,0,4,0) RDTP 233B Clinical Practicum IV Advanced Clinical Practicum stressing practical application of dosimetry competencies under the direct supervision of a medical physicist or dosimetrist. Continuation of advanced patient treatment competencies under the supervision of a Registered Radiation Therapist.


RDTP 234B Clinical Practicum V 4 (0,0,17,0) The most advanced clinical practicum as evidenced by the level of competency of the student upon completion of RDTP 233B. Successful completion of this course will ensure that the student is competent upon graduation to assume all of the responsibilities required of a Registered Radiation Therapy Technologist.

Real Estate RE 101 Real Estate Principles 3 (3,0,0,0) A course that covers most subjects required for successful passing of the state real estate exam. Satisfies requirements of the Nevada State Real Estate Commission Salesman’s exam. One of several courses required by the Nevada Real Estate Commission to take the Broker’s exam. RE 102B Real Estate Math 3 (3,0,0,0) A general mathematics course designed to assist the student who wishes to pass the state exam as well as the student who wants to be more proficient and knowledgeable in the real estate profession. RE 103

Real Estate Law and Practice 3 (3,0,0,0) A law course specifically designed for the field of real estate including agency, contracts, deeds, instruments, easements, estates in land, zoning, restrictions, tenancy, liens, foreclosures, transfers of title, leases and court decisions. One of several courses required by the Nevada Real Estate Commission to take the Broker’s exam. Basics of Commercial Real Estate 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to train real estate professionals in the basics of industrial, office, retail and investment real estate. RE 109B

RE 130B Escrow I 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides the fundamental principles and basic procedures involved in ordinary escrow transactions. RE 131B Escrow II 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is designed to furnish those interested in a career in the escrow field with instruction on loans, exchanges, leases, sales of personal property (including businesses) and transfers of a vendee’s interest under a contract of sales. Prerequisite: RE 130B. RE 132B Escrow III 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed for the advanced escrow officer and covers escrow principles, procedures and practices. A discussion of title insurance and the services of a title insurer included. Prerequisite: RE 131B.

RE 199 Real Estate Investments 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to the mechanics of the real estate business, state, and federal regulations, management, financial statements, formulas, techniques, protection and investment guidelines for the consumer as they relate to the real estate business.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

RE 201B Real Estate Brokerage 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of the factors necessary for the establishment and efficient operation of brokerage offices. Ethics, listing, office location, physical layout, budgeting, records and procedures. RE 202

Real Estate Financing and Insurance 3 (3,0,0,0) A study of the procedures and techniques requisite to the analysis of financial real property. The types of financing include conventional, Federal Housing Administration, Veterans’ Administration, credit evaluations, interest rates, loan costs and the availability of mortgage money and its competition in the money market. Types of insurance specifically applicable to the real estate industry covered. RE 203B

Tax Aspects of Real Property Transactions 3 (3,0,0,0) Course covers basic tax law principles governing forms and methods of acquisition of real property. Emphasis is on planning techniques to structure real property transactions to minimize tax liability. RE 205B Real Property Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to cover the fundamental principles involved in the management of real property. Topics to be covered include the role of an effective managing agent, accounting systems and financial controls, human relations in property management, leases, developing management checklist and developing effective service techniques. RE 206 Real Estate Appraising 3 (3,0,0,0) Course covers basic principles and economic trends, nature of appraisal process, neighborhood and site analysis, site valuation, residential style and functional utility. Use of cost, income capitalization and market approaches to value and the correlation of the data to arrive at a value estimate. Recommended for those holding a real estate license. One of several courses required by the Nevada Real Estate Commission to take the Broker’s exam. RE 295B, 296B,297B, 298B Work Experience I, II, III, IV 1-4 (0,0,0,1-4) Cooperative Education courses designed to provide the student with on-the-job supervised and educationally directed work experience with the Real Estate Program. Each course except 295B will have a prerequisite of successful completion of preceding Work Experience course.


369

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Reading Skills READ 091 Reading Skills I 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides adult level instruction in the fundamental reading skills. Placement test required. READ 093 Reading Skills II 3 (3,0,0,0) Provides continued adult level instruction in basic reading skills. CSN assessment required. READ 095 Reading and Improvement 3 (3,0,0,0) This class will improve fundamental reading skills, including word-attack skills, vocabulary development, reading comprehension, fluency, and interpretation. Extensive opportunities for applying reading strategies for before, during, and after reading will be provided. Critical analysis skills in relationship to various texts will be introduced to guide students toward college level reading. Prerequisite: Placement Test. READ 097 Reading Skills IV 3 (3,0,0,0) Analytical reading and reasoning skills. Provides advanced reading instruction with emphasis on developing high-level comprehension, thinking, and problem-solving skills. CSN assessment required. READ 133 Speed Reading 3 (3,0,0,0) The course starts with basic techniques and materials. It then builds the student’s speed reading skills through various types of readings. Prerequisite: READ 097 or Placement test. READ 135 Critical Reading 3 (3,0,0,0) Learning processes and critical thinking skills will be reinforced to accomplish long-term retention and help students to apply those processes and skills to their major areas of study. May be taken in lieu of the reading portion of the PPST exam by a license holder who has failed the PPST Trading portion at least once when a grade of at least “B” is obtained at the conclusion of the course. This option is not available to students in teacher education courses. Prerequisite: READ 097 or CSN assessment required.

Reflexology REF 105B Principles of Reflexology 1 (1,0,0,0) In-depth study of reflexology history, theory, and scientific premise. Students are introduced to basic anatomy and physiology of the nervous system and reflex action. REF 106B

Reflexology Theory and Holistic Health I 3 (3,0,0,0) A holistic view of anatomy and physiology of the body by understanding body systems and their homeostatic relationships. Reflexology theory of primary and supporting reflexes is introduced in direct correlation to the homeostatic functioning of the body. Location of reflexes are instructed as somatic replication on the feet.

370


REF 107B

Reflexology Practical Applications and Guidelines 2 (2,0,0,0) Students are advised in determining appropriate definitions for reflexology, scope of practice, practical applications, observation and assessment and basic principles for a successful session. REF 108B Reflexology Lab I 1 (0,3,0,0) Hands-on instruction involving several common relaxation and warm-up techniques, basic reflexology techniques, working the foot as a whole and specific techniques for applying pressure to reflexes directly corresponding to those systems covered in Reflexology Theory and Holistic Health I course. Students will have the opportunity to apply observation and assessment skills learned in the Practical Applications and Guidelines course. REF 109B

Reflexology Theory and Holistic Health II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of the holistic view of anatomy and physiology of the body by understanding body systems and their homeostatic relationships. Reflexology theory of primary and supporting reflexes in direct correlation to the homeostatic functioning of the body is continued as well as the location of reflexes as somatic replication. Prerequisites: REF 105B, 106B, 107B, 108B. REF 110B

Reflexology Legal Applications 2 (2,0,0,0) Students are advised in appropriate legal forms, documentation, legal rights of the client, legal rights of the practitioner, record keeping, national business standards and code of ethics as well as local, state and national licensing regulations. Appropriate communication boundaries with the client will also be emphasized. Prerequisites: REF 105B, 106B, 107B, 108B. REF 111B

Anatomy and Physiology of Leg and Foot 1 (1,0,0,0) Students learn the complete anatomy and physiology of the leg and foot including skeletal, muscle, vascular and nerve structures. Prerequisites: REF 105B, 106B, 107B, 108B. REF 112B Reflexology Lab II 1 (0,3,0,0) Students are instructed in applying pressure to specific reflexes which directly correspond to body systems covered in Reflexology Theory and Holistic Health II. Students will be required to demonstrate hands-on knowledge acquired in Anatomy and Physiology of the Leg and Foot. Students must chart and use appropriate legal forms for all sessions performed in the lab. Prerequisites: REF 105B, 106B, 107B, 108B. Reflexology Clinic I 1 (0,0,3,0) REF 113B A supervised clinical experience which provides students the opportunity to gain practical experience and documentation skills. Corequisites: REF 105B, 106B, 107B, 108B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Sociology SOC 101 Principles of Sociology 3 (3,0,0,0) Sociological principles underlying the development, structure and function of culture, society, human groups, personality formation and social change.

Surgical Assisting RNFA 295B First Assisting Intraoperative Skills Workshop 3 (1,3,0,2) Designed to enhance the perioperative nurse’s training and skill to pursue the position as a Registered Nurse First Assistant (RNFA). Students will have six days of intensive hands-on training in the surgical skills needed to first assist in the operating room. The registered nurse learns the advanced techniques to assist during a surgical procedure in a controlled setting on a simulated patient, creating a lifelike surgical experience. RNFA 296B First Assisting Clinical Internship I 3 (0,0,4.5,6) Specific surgical cases include transverse colon resection, total hip arthroplasty, inguinal hernia repair and tubal ligation. Diagnostic studies, intravenous equipment, and drip rates, central and peripheral catheters, central venous pressure, arterial lines, fluid replacement, anesthesia, tissue planes and wound healing will be reviewed. The clinical internship will be enhanced with guided home study, case study representations, record maintenance and journaling. RNFA 297B First Assisting Clinical Internship II 3 (0,0,4.5,6) A continuation of RNFA 296B is designed to assist in the enhancement of the perioperative nurse’s training and skill to pursue the position as a Registered Nurse First Assistant (RNFA). Internship is enhanced with guided home study, presentation of case studies, maintenance of records and a journal. Prerequisites: RNFA 295B, 296B.

Russian RUS 111 First Year Russian I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing; structural analysis. Emphasis is placed on speaking. 4 (4,0,0,0) First Year Russian II RUS 112 The development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing; structural analysis. Emphasis is placed on speaking. Prerequisite: RUS 111 or equivalent. RUS 211 Second Year Russian I 3 (3,0,0,0) Structural review, conversation, and writing, reading in modern literature. Prerequisite: RUS 112. RUS 212 Second Year Russian II 3 (3,0,0,0) Structural review, conversation, and writing, readings in modern literature. Prerequisite: RUS 211.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

REF 114B Reflexology Clinic II 1 (0,0,3,0) A supervised clinical experience which provides students the opportunity to gain further experience and confidence in practical and documentation skills. Corequisites: REF 109B, 110B, 111B, 112B.

SOC 102 Contemporary Social Issues 3 (3,0,0,0) An examination of selected social issues and problems, their causes and proposed solutions. SOC 205

Ethnic Groups in Contemporary Societies 3 (3,0,0,0) A survey of ethnic relations in the United States and other societies where cultural and racial pluralism illustrates problems and processes of social interaction. Prerequisite: Introductory course in one of the social sciences. (Same as ANTH 205.) SOC 210

Introduction to Statistical Methods 4 (4,0,0,0) Practice with statistical methods especially useful in the presentation and interpretation of psychological, sociological and educational data, including elementary computer applications. Prerequisites: PSY 101 or SOC 101, and a grade of “C” or better in MATH 096. SOC 222

Terrorism and 4 (4,0,0,0) Political Violence This interdisciplinary course focuses on the motivation for terrorism and political violence. It addresses the question, “What makes an otherwise ordinary person deliberately attack unarmed civilians who have personally done the perpetrator no wrong and is in no position to redress the perpetrator’s grievances?” The course approaches the issue from four different academic perspectives: history, psychology, sociology, and political science. (Same as PSC 222, HIST 222, or PSY 222.) SOC 225 Media and Society 3 (3,0,0,0) An investigation of the role of the Mass Media and its effects on contemporary society. SOC 240

Social Science Research Methods 3 (3,0,0,0) Critical examination of research methods in social science, including experimental and quasi-experimental designs, correlational methods, clinical research techniques, natural observation, survey methods, and the phenomenological approach. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or SOC 101 and PSY 210 or SOC 210. (Same as PSY 240.) SOC 261

Introduction to Social Psychology 3 (3,0,0,0) Discussion of socialization process and change in attitudes and behavior.


371

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SOC 275

Introduction to Marriage and the Family 3 (3,0,0,0) An analysis of the internal and external forces influencing today’s American family. Major topics include love, sex, marriage adjustment, divorce and problems of child rearing. SOC 276

Aging in Modern American Society 3 (3,0,0,0) The psychological and sociological development and the changes attendant to the process of aging in society; theory and research in the field, implications for social policy and perspectives on death and dying. (Same as PSY 276.) SOC 281

Computer Applications for the Social Sciences 4 (2,4,0,0) This course equips students with computer skills needed to compete effectively for new employment opportunities in service organizations and evaluation research (i.e., applications, analysis, data management). Prerequisite: IS 101. SOC 289 Applied Skills in Sociology 3 (2.5,0,0,4) Students will develop discipline-specific employability skills including applied research methods, internship procurement and self-presentation. Theory and practice are blended by training in areas of professional interest. SOC 291

Field Experience in Sociology 1 (0.5,0,0,4) Program includes formal classroom instruction (substantive and applied components), computer-related tasks, and onsite job training, blending theory with practice. Communication and social interactive skills are developed and practiced. Course may be repeated one time for a total of two credits. 3 (3,0,0,0) Sociology of the Future SOC 295 A course designed to provide the student with a sociological perspective on the world in which we live and the emerging trends and issues. There will be an introduction to various models for forecasting future trends with an emphasis on the issues most important to the average person. SOC 298 Selected Topics in Sociology 3 (3,0,0,0) Variable content designed to respond to specific topics areas in sociology, relationships between sociology and the community, special student interests and needs and faculty expertise. Prerequisite: SOC 101. SOC 299 Capstone Course in Sociology 1 (0,0,0,1) This course provides a capstone experience in the field of sociology. It integrates coursework covered in the sociology AA degree program and provides preparation for both academic and non-academic careers in sociology. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.

372


Sonography SON 101B Basic Sonography 3 (3,0,0,0) Presents an introduction to sonography, with an emphasis on the role of the sonographer, basic anatomy, physiology, physics and imaging parameters. Corequisite: SON 101L. SON 101L Basic Sonography Laboratory 1 (0,3,0,0) Focuses on the development of skills needed to begin clinical courses. Corequisite: SON 101B. SON 102B Basic Cardiac Sonography 4 (3,3,0,0) Presents an introduction to cardiac sonography with an emphasis on the role of the sonographer, basic cross-sectional anatomy, physiology, scanning protocols and imaging parameters. SON 116B Echocardiography I 3 (3,0,0,0) Focuses on valvular heart disease, ischemic cardiac disease, cardiomyopathy, pericardial disease, congenital heart disease, and cardiac neoplasms and masses. SON 125B

Sonographic Physics and Instrumentation I 3 (3,0,0,0) Focuses on basic sonographic principles, with an emphasis on instrumentation. SON 135B

Cardiovascular Ultrasound Physics 2 (2,0,0,0) This course presents students with advanced cardiovascular principles with an emphasis on cardiac anatomy, physiology, evaluation methods and hemodynamics. The information presented will serve as a resource for the ARDMS exam on cardiovascular principles and instrumentation. SON 150B

Patient Care for Imaging Professions 3 (2,3,0,0) Focuses on patient care procedures, patient transport and handling, infection control, surgical asepsis, interview and examination techniques, vital signs and emergency procedures and chart and referral evaluations. 2 (0,8,0,0) SON 160B Sonographic Scanning Lab I Ultrasound procedures performed in supervised lab on campus. SON 190B

Sonographic Physics and Instrumentation II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of Sonographic Physics I with emphasis on Doppler physics, including color Doppler, hemodynamics, bio effects, quality assurance/control and sonographic artifacts. Prerequisite: SON 125B. SON 195B Sonographic Scanning Lab II 2 (0,8,0,0) Ultrasound procedures performed in a supervised lab on campus.

SON 210B Abdominal Sonography I 3 (3,0,0,0) Focuses on the anatomy, physiology and pathology of the abdominal organs that can be visualized with ultrasound. Prerequisite: SON 115B. SON 216B Echocardiography II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of SON 116B with emphasis on cardiac trauma, pulmonary vascular disease, diseases of the aorta and great vessels, transesophageal echocardiography, contrast echocardiography and intraoperative echocardiography. SON 220B Abdominal Sonography II 3 (3,0,0,0) Focuses on the anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the urinary system, thyroid, breast, scrotum, prostate and neonatal neurosonography. Prerequisite: SON 210B. SON 225B Stress Echocardiography 3 (3,0,0,0) Focuses on the indications, utility, limitations and technical procedures related to stress echocardiology including cardiovascular pharmacology, theory and use of provocative stress agents and non-pharmacologic stress. SON 235B Gynecologic Sonography 3 (3,0,0,0) Focuses on the anatomy, physiology and pathology of the female pelvis and reproductive system and sonographic appearance. SON 245B Obstetrical Sonography I 3 (3,0,0,0) Focuses on the anatomy, physiology and pathology of pregnancy with emphasis on first trimester pregnancy and complications of first trimester obstetrics. Normal sonographic obstetrical measurements and sonographic appearance of first, second and third trimester pregnancy will also be covered. SON 250B Seminar and Case Review I 2 (2,0,0,0) Through the presentation of select cases by students, faculty and radiologists, the multi-facets of diagnostic medical sonography are reviewed and future trends discussed. Corequisite: SON 281B. 2 (2,0,0,0) SON 255B Seminar and Case Review II Through the presentation of select cases by students, faculty, and radiologists, the multi-facets of diagnostics medical sonography and medical ethics are reviewed and future trends discussed. Corequisite: SON 282B. SON 260B Obstetrical Sonography II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of Obstetrical Sonography I with emphasis on abnormal second and third trimester pregnancy, fetal anomalies, multiple gestation, maternal disease, amniotic fluid, placenta and invasive procedures during pregnancy. SON 261B Pediatric Echocardiography I 3 (3,0,0,0) Focuses on fetal, neonatal and pediatric echocardiography including embryology and normal fetal and neonatal cardiac anatomy. Pediatric cardiac pathology, pathophysiology and hemodynamics in various disease processes will be discussed.

SON 262B Pediatric Echocardiography II 2 (2,0,0,0) Continuation of Pediatric Echocardiography I with special emphasis on contrast agents, specialized pediatric patient care, pediatric transesophageal echocardiography and surgical procedures utilized for pediatric cardiac anomalies. SON 265B Sonographic Pathology 2 (2,0,0,0) The disease process with sonographic manifestations will be the main focus of the course. Extensive use of sonographic and other images will be used to study pathologic conditions. Prerequisite: SON 240B.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SON 270B

Small Parts/Pediatric Sonography 2 (2,0,0,0) Focuses on the anatomy, physiology and pathology of the thyroid, breast, scrotum, prostate, and neonatal brain. Pediatric spine, abdomen, kidneys, hips, and gastrointestinal system as imaged on ultrasound will be discussed. SON 275B Vascular Sonography I 4 (3,4,0,0) Focuses on duplex and color Doppler of the extracranial cerebral and peripheral arteries and veins. Anatomy, physiology and pathology of vessels as imaged on ultrasound will be discussed. SON 276B Vascular Sonography II 4 (3,4,0,0) Continuation of SON 275B (Vascular Sonography I) with an emphasis on duplex Doppler and color Doppler of the abdominal vessels and pathologic processes of the abdominal vessels. Plethysmography of extremity vessels will also be covered. SON 280B

Sonographic Clinical Practicum I 2 (0,0,16,0) Provides 16 hours per week of supervised ultrasound clinical experience. Prerequisite: SON 101B. SON 281B

Sonographic Clinical 2 (0,0,16,0) Practicum II Provides 16 hours per week of supervised ultrasound clinical experience. Prerequisite: SON 280B. Sonographic Clinical Practicum III 3 (0,0,24,0) Provides 24 hours per week of supervised ultrasound clinical experience. Prerequisite: SON 281B. SON 282B

SON 283B

Sonographic Clinical Practicum IV 3 (0,0,24,0) Provides 24 hours per week of supervised ultrasound clinical experience. Prerequisite: SON 281B. SON 284B

Sonographic Clinical Practicum V 3 (0,0,24,0) Provides 24 hours per week of supervised ultrasound clinical experience. Prerequisite: Clinical Practicum IV.


373

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SON 290B Sonography Registry Review 2 (2,0,0,0) A review of material covered in all previous sonography courses. Designed to prepare students to take the Abdominal, Obstetrics and Gynecology, and Ultrasound Physics and Instrumentation registries.

SPAN 111 First Year Spanish I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing; structural analysis. Emphasis is placed on speaking.

SON 291B Cardiac Registry Review 2 (2,0,0,0) Review of all course content for Cardiac/Vascular program with emphasis on registry questions.

SPAN 112 First Year Spanish II 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing; structural; analysis. Emphasis is placed on speaking. Prerequisite: SPAN 111.

Spanish SPAN 101B Basics of Spanish I 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing spoken communication. Speaking, oral listening, reading and writing skills explored. A vocabulary of Spanish-English words developed. SPAN 102B Basics of Spanish II 3 (3,0,0,0) A course emphasizing a continuation of the skills acquired in SPAN 101B. Increased fluency and further vocabulary development stressed. Prerequisite: SPAN 101B. SPAN 105B Spanish for Health Professions I 3 (3,0,0,0) A introductory course emphasizing spoken communication. Students study basic grammatical concepts in a variety of practical settings and specialized vocabulary needed by personnel in the health professions. SPAN 106B Spanish for Health Professions II 3 (3,0,0,0) A continuation of Spanish 105B; students continue studying specialized vocabulary and basic grammatical concepts needed by health professions personnel and apply it in practical settings. SPAN 107B Spanish for the Hospitality Industry I 3 (3,0,0,0) An introductory course emphasizing spoken communication. Students study specialized vocabulary and basic grammatical concepts needed by hospitality workers and apply these in a wide variety of practical settings. SPAN 108B Spanish for the Hospitality Industry II 3 (3,0,0,0) A continuation of SPAN 107B. This course emphasizes spoken communication. Students continue studying specialized vocabulary and basic grammatical concepts needed by hospitality workers and apply these in a wide variety of practical settings. Prerequisite: SPAN 107B, or equivalent knowledge of basic Spanish structures and vocabulary. SPAN 109B Spanish for Law 3 (3,0,0,0) Enforcement I Emphasizes spoken communication, including the specialized vocabulary and basic grammatical concepts needed by Law Enforcement personnel. Will provide applications of Spanish in situations ranging from domestic violence to reading the Miranda warning.

374


SPAN 211 Second Year Spanish I 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to continue the development of language skills learned and practiced in SPAN 111, 112. Prerequisite: SPAN 112. SPAN 212 Second Year Spanish II 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to continue the development of language skills learned and practiced in SPAN 211. Prerequisite: SPAN 211. SPAN 226

Spanish for Heritage Speakers I 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed for students who have an informal training in Spanish, but little or no formal instruction. Emphasis on grammar, transfer of literacy skills, vocabulary enrichment and cultural awareness. SPAN 227

Spanish for Heritage Speakers II 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed for students who have an informal training in Spanish, but little or no formal instruction. Emphasis on grammar, transfer of literacy skills, vocabulary enrichment and cultural awareness. Prerequisite: SPAN 226.

Spelling Skills SPEL 095 Spelling Skills I 3 (3,0,0,0) Develops essential spelling skills. Emphasis is on learning, practice and retention of basic spelling rules. SPEL 097 Spelling Skills II 2 (2,0,0,0) This class offers a variety of approaches to help students master the spelling of troublesome words. Some of the approaches include: learning principles, pairing, mnemonic devices, rhyme, definition, repetition, pronunciation. Prerequisite: SPEL 095.

Statistics STAT 152 Introduction to Statistics 3 (3,0,0,0) Basic probability and statistical methods with applications (possibly with computers and the internet); correlation, descriptive statistics, experiments, graphical presentation of data, hypothesis and significance testing, linear regression, point and interval estimation, sampling, and/or other related and special topics. Prerequisite: MATH 124 or MATH 126 or MATH 128 all with a grade of C or better; or a satisfactory ACT/SAT/Placement Test score.

Surgical Assisting STFA 295B

Intraoperative First Assistant Skills Workshop 3 (1,3,0,2) This course is designed to provide the First Assistant candidate with the intellectual concepts and the manual techniques necessary to assume the role of first assisting. The expanded functions unique to the surgical technologist first assistant are emphasized and include providing exposure to tissue handling, suturing, providing hemostasis and using surgical instruments. Manual dexterity and intellectual knowledge are combined to prepare the qualified surgical technologist with essential skills necessary to function in this expanded role. Selected home study topics related to first assisting are included. STFA 296B

First Assisting Clinical Internship I 3 (0,0,4.5,6) This course guides the experienced surgical technologist through the required number of surgical cases. The clinical internship is enhanced with guided home study, presentation of case studies, maintenance of records and a journal. Specific surgical cases to be studied include but are not limited to transverse colon resection, total hip arthroplasty, inguinal hernia repair and tubal ligation. Diagnostic studies, intravenous equipment and drip rates, central and peripheral catheters, central venous pressure, arterial lines, fluid replacement therapy, local and general anesthesia, tissue planes and wound healing are reviewed. Selected home study topics related to first assisting are included. STFA 297B

First Assisting Clinical Internship II 3 (0,0,4.5,6) This course guides the experienced surgical technologist through the required number of surgical cases. The clinical internship is enhanced with guided home study, presentation of case studies, maintenance of records and a journal. Specific surgical cases to be studied include, but are not limited to, thoaracotomy/Rt. Upper lobectomy, simple nephrectomy, bilateral reduction mammoplasty and lumbar laminectomy. Hemostasis, surgical complications and shock are reviewed. Selected home study topics related to surgical first assisting are included. Prerequisites: STFA 295B, 296B.

Surveying SUR 161 Elementary Surveying 4 (3,3,0,0) Beginning course designed to introduce students to modern techniques in land surveying. Prerequisite: MATH 128. SUR 162 Advanced Surveying 4 (3,3,0,0) Continuing curriculum of SUR 161, but with increased difficulty and responsibility. Prerequisite: SUR 161. SUR 261 Legal Aspects of Surveying 3 (3,0,0,0) Course covers legal terminology relating to land surveying, writing and interpreting legal descriptions, deed and title research. It also gives an introduction to state laws relating to surveying and mapping.

SUR 262 Principles of Land Surveying 3 (3,0,0,0) Topics include principles of land surveying, an in-depth study of the public land system, restoration of corners, boundary and control survey adjustments, and evidence and analysis. SUR 263 Civil Survey Design 3 (3,0,0,0) Advanced subdivision, street and utility design and computations, basic map preparation, methods and procedures for construction surveying of civil designed improvements are covered.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SUR 264

Introduction to Global Positioning Systems 3 (3,0,0,0) Focus is on aspects of the satellite navigation system becoming widely used in surveying and navigation. Topics will include origin, history, operation, differential positioning, kinematic and real time GPS (RTK). SUR 265

Introduction to Construction Surveying 4 (2,4,0,0) Course content includes reviewing and understanding civil, structural, and architectural construction plans, and the relationship for surveying layout. Course requires surveying in an outdoor lab environment. 3 (3,0,0,0) SUR 266 Land Development I Introduction to the forces shaping urban form including history and determinants of influence, nature of urban form, comprehensive planning and implementation including zoning, general terms relating to development, state statutes, and local land use controls. SUR 268 Surveying Project 2 (2,0,0,0) Graduating students in Land Surveying will present a final project which includes surveying techniques, legal terminology, principles and design. Students will also, demonstrate a knowledge of Global Positioning Systems, urban planning and zoning and reading construction plans. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.

Surgical Technology SRGT 101B Introduction to 1 (1,0,0,0) Surgical Technology Roles and responsibilities of the Surgical Technologist are discussed, defined, and explored. Includes hands on demonstrations pertaining to the field of Surgical Technology. Discussion of the educational requirements, certifications, job description, and job outlook of the profession. SRGT 103B Pharmacology for the Surgical Technologist 2 (2,0,0,0) Scientific principles of biological science, pharmacology, and anesthetic agents. Defines the rationale for the use of specific drugs, their therapeutic effects and major side effects on the surgical patient, and how they may alter or influence surgical intervention. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the program.


375

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SRGT 105B Surgical Interventions I 5 (4,3,0,0) Introduces knowledge of specific basic surgical procedures routinely performed in the operating room. Practical experience in basic core surgical procedures will be performed, practiced, and evaluated in preparation for entry into the clinical practicum in surgical procedures.

Travel and Tourism SRGT 106B Surgical Fundamentals I 3 (3,0,0,0) Surgical indications, principles of asepsis, ethical, legal, and moral responsibilities, as well as safe patient care, principles of operating room techniques (including hazards in the surgical suite), and biotechnological sciences are defined. SRGT 108B Central Services Practicum 0.5 (0,0,4,0) The student will be directly involved in the cleansing, sorting, wrapping, packaging, and sterilization of surgical instrumentation and supplies. The student will gain an understanding of the functions of central supply and surgical support staff in relation to the preparation and coordination of sterile supplies. Prerequisities: SRGT 103B, 104B, 105B, 106B. SRGT 114B Principles and Practices 3 (2,3,0,0) of Surgical Technology I Basic concepts necessary to establish, maintain, and coordinate methods required for good patient care preoperatively, intraoperatively, and postoperatively. Principles of operating room techniques and surgical indications are included. SRGT 204B Principles and Practices of Surgical Technology II 3 (2,3,0,0) Defines proper protocol for performance in other roles in the surgical suite. Further understanding of patient care to include laboratory results, specimen care, vital signs, diagnosis, preps and shaving, catheterization, and wound care and classifications. Understand and define proper protocols for emergency situations in the surgical suite. Prerequisite: SRGT 114B. SRGT 205B Surgical Interventions II 5 (4,3,0,0) Expanding skills to include specialty surgical procedures routinely performed in the operating room. Practical experience in specialty surgical procedures will be performed, practiced, and evaluated. Prerequisite: SRGT 105B. SRGT 206B Surgical Fundamentals II 3 (3,0,0,0) Focus on the professional aspects of the field. With emphasis on psychosocial behaviors necessary to function as an entry level Surgical Technologist. Prerequisite: SRGT 106B. 3 (0,0,24,0) SRGT 207B Clinical Practicum I The student will be assigned to specific preceptors to perform in the function of a surgical technologist. The student will actively assist in selection of equipment and supplies, perform surgical scrub, and become a functioning member of the sterile team. The student will progress through specific basic core surgical specialties developing and enhancing skills needed to function as a practicing surgical technologist. Prerequisite: SRGT 107B.

376

SRGT 210B Clinical Practicum II 2 (0,0,16,0) Student will progress through progressively complex procedures gaining experience and competency in the position of the Surgical Technologist. Prerequisite: SRGT 207B.


TCA 100B

Concierge Management Business Operations and Customer Service 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is an overview of professional duties of corporate, business and hospitality concierges. Focus will be on interpersonal relationships, guest transactions, customer and concierge services. TCA 101B

Concierge Assistant Computer Operations 3 (3,0,0,0) This course is designed to familiarize students with the fundamentals of the Concierge Assistant, a comprehensive software program widely used in the hospitality industry. The student will also learn how to access information, manage events, use the logbook and message center, as well as establish patron profiles and administrative functions. Introduction to the Convention Industry 3 (3,0,0,0) Overview of the convention industry, including meetings, trade shows, conferences and incentive travel. Role of the suppliers to the industry also covered. Course provides practical insights into the role of association and corporate meeting planners. Prerequisites: TCA 141 or instructor consent. TCA 110

TCA 141 Travel and Tourism I 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of travel and tourism; focus on concepts, terminology, demographics, financial significance and trends. TCA 180

Hotel, Restaurant and Casino Marketing 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to the marketing of hotels, restaurants and casinos. Special attention is given to sales, public relations, advertising, promotions, merchandising and entertainment. TCA 190

Introduction to 3 (3,0,0,0) Destination Marketing Study of Convention and Visitors Bureaus on a domestic level and National Tourism Organizations on an international level to examine economic impact of visitor markets and advertising, promotion, sales and public relations. TCA 200 Airlines Reservations 3 (3,0,0,0) An introduction to Computer Reservation Systems (CRS) used in the airline/travel agent industries. Emphasis will be on specialized airline computer terminology.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

TCA 221 Hospitality Accounting I 3 (3,0,0,0) Hospitality accounting principles and practices pursuant to the industry’s uniform system of accounts. Prerequisite: ACC 201. TCA 225

Introduction to International Tourism 3 (3,0,0,0) Study of international travel and tourism. Focuses on the economic, social, political and environmental considerations of international tourism management and development. International tourist destinations are explored. TCA 241 Travel and Tourism II 3 (3,0,0,0) Evaluates the economic, social and political impact of tourism and travel, including markets, transportation, media, destination development and the interrelationship of cooperating agencies. TCA 242 The Travel Agency Operations 3 (3,0,0,0) Examination of services and functions of retail and wholesale travel agencies. Agency administration, ticketing, accounting, promotion, travel counseling, selling, and procedures will be covered. Field trips will supplement classroom discussions. Prerequisites: TCA 141 or instructor consent. TCA 251

Tourism and Convention Externship 3 (1,0,0,8) On-site career orientation and training program in the following areas: convention/meeting/trade shows, transportation fields, destination management/marketing, hospitality/casinos, accounting/finance, club, hotel catering, entertainment, theme parks or tourism. Prerequisites: TCA 141 or instructor consent. Limited to Travel and Tourism students only. Work Experience in Tourism and Convention Industry 1 (0,0,0,1) In addition to the academic requirements, the Department of Resorts and Gaming requires 200 hours of acceptable employment in the hospitality industry. This work experience will be measured qualitatively as well as quantitatively. The work experience requirement should be met during the school year or in summers. Students who plan to transfer to UNLV will be able to transfer a maximum of 500 hours of employment toward UNLV’s 1000 hour employment requirement. International students must go to the office of International Student Services to verify employment eligibility and obtain authorization. This course can be repeated up to up to a maximum of four credits. Grade will be given upon verification of employment.

Thai THAI 101 Basics of Thai I 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduction to Thai language and culture. A course focusing on spoken communication and the development of language skills in listening, speaking, and structural analysis. Emphasis on the student’s acquisition and control of the basic sound structures and simple sentences. A vocabulary of Thai-English words developed. Oral emphasis.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

TCA 201 Cruise Ship Management 3 (3,0,0,0) Cruise Ship Management is designed for anyone interested in furthering his or her knowledge in the cruise industry. It is also for the travel professional who wants to learn more about the cruise experience, and for students of travel who are contemplating careers as travel agents, cruise line employees or other cruise-related professions.

THAI 111 First Year Thai I 4 (4,0,0,0) The development of language skills in listening, speaking, reading and writing; structural analysis. Oral Emphasis.

Theatre THTR 100 Introduction to Theatre 3 (3,0,0,0) Survey of dramatic literature and history emphasizing the development of drama from Greek to the contemporary. Critical analysis of all phases of theatre production including acting, directing and playwriting. THTR 102 Introduction to Stage Voice 3 (3,0,0,0) Voice work for presentation and the stage, in theory and practical application. Focus, breath, awareness, phonation, resonation and articulation. THTR 105 Introduction to Acting I 3 (3,0,0,0) Interpretation of the drama through the art of the actor. Development of individual insights, skill, and disciplines in the presentation of dramatic materials to the audience and the learning of the basic exercise for the actor. THTR 199 Play Structure and Analysis 3 (3,0,0,0) THTR 199 provides students with a close, careful analysis of the great plays of the Western world. Focus will be on the major components of dramatic structure and style. Students will analyze a broad range of drama, which will deepen their understanding of the major historical, philosophical, and cultural trends in drama from the Classical to Contemporary period.

TCA 295

3 (3,0,0,0) Theatre Technology I THTR 204 Fundamentals of technical theatre production. Emphasis on theatre shapes, personal organization, techniques of scenic and prop construction and graphics. THTR 205 Introduction to Acting II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of THTR 105 including the performance of selected scenes. Prerequisite: THTR 105. THTR 209 Theatre Practicum 1-6 (0,0,0,1-6) Rehearsal/Performance. Evaluation credit for being cast, rehearsing and performing in departmental theatre production. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.


377

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS THTR 214 Theatre Technology II 3 (3,0,0,0) Continuation of Stagecraft I including scene painting, lighting and sound. Prerequisite: THTR 204.

Veterinary Technology VETT 101B

Introduction to Animal Health Technology 1 (1,0,0,0) Orientation to career field covering ethical and legal aspects, maintenance and treatment of animals, species and breed identification, professional organization/publications, and introduction to veterinary terminology. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 105B

Veterinary Medical Terminology 1 (1,0,0,0) An introduction to word derivation and formation of medical terminology with emphasis on applications in veterinary medicine. VETT 110B

Clinical Anatomy and Physiology I 4 (2,6,0,0) Clinical anatomy and physiology of common species of animals. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 112B

Clinical Anatomy and Physiology II 4 (2,6,0,0) Continued study of clinical anatomy and physiology of common species of animals. Prerequisite: VETT 110B. VETT 125B

Veterinary Office and Clinic Procedures 2 (2,0,0,0) Basic bookkeeping and business procedures; inventory control; personnel management; history taking; veterinary medical records. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 127B Basic Animal Nursing 4 (3,3,0,0) Introductory nursing techniques; physical exam; administration of medications; sanitation and hygiene, psychological needs of animals; animal husbandry, biological sampling. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 128B Animal Nursing 4 (3,3,0,0) Intermediate and advanced nursing skills, bandaging and casting; hemodynamic monitoring and the care of critical and intensive care patients. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Alternate Program. Veterinary Clinical/ General Pathology 4 (3,3,0,0) Basic urinalysis, hematological evaluations, identification of common blood, internal and external parasites, basic serological testing, essentials of veterinary microbiology, necropsy techniques, and other related laboratory evaluations. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. Corequisite: VETT 209B. VETT 203B

378


VETT 205B Diagnostic Imaging 2 (1,3,0,0) Principles of radiology in diagnosis and treatment. Operation of equipment for diagnostic procedures; principles of Nevada and Federal safety regulations; proper utilization of safety equipment around an x-ray source; operation of an automatic film developer, critique and analysis of radiographic films; basic introduction to ultrasound and endoscopy. Prerequisite: Admission to the Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 208B

Lab Animal Science and Exotics 2 (1,3,0,0) Experimental methods and techniques, special care procedures for non-domestic companion animals and breeding principles unique to research are covered. Federal policies and procedures with respect to laboratory animals and the Federal Animal Welfare Act are also covered. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 209B Parasitology 1 (1,0,0,0) Life cycles and identification of internal and external parasites. Corequisite: VETT 203B. VETT 211B Animal Nutrition 2 (2,0,0,0) Normal and therapeutic nutritional needs of various species of animals and ration formulation are covered. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 225B Pharmacology and Toxicology 2 (2,0,0,0) Basics of veterinary pharmacology and toxicology; handling, storing and documenting controlled substances; vaccinology; routes and methods of drug administration based on a systems-oriented approach. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 227B Advanced Animal Nursing 4 (3,3,0,0) Physiologic principles of intensive care nursing; bandaging; casting, hemodynamic monitoring; care of critical and intensive care patients. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. 1 (1,0,0,0) VETT 230B Principles of Asepsis Aseptic surgical preparations; utilization of sterile techniques; anesthetic equipment and pharmaceuticals; cleaning and preparation of surgical supplies and facilities. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 235B

Surgical, Anesthesia 4 (3,3,0,0) and Dental Procedures Pre and post operative care; surgical procedures and assisting; basic anesthetic techniques including induction and monitoring; basic dental care and prophylaxis. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 240B Large Animal Procedures 2 (2,0,0,0) Veterinary procedures for large animals, restraint safety, nursing consideration, surgical preparation and assisting. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program.

VETT 250B Critical Care/ER 3 (2,3,0,0) Advanced knowledge of emergency conditions, response, and treatment. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 260B Directed Clinical Practice I 2 (0,0,8,0) Basic animal health theory and skills applied in a clinical setting. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. VETT 265B Directed Clinical Practice II 2 (0,0,8,0) Advanced animal health theory and skills applied in a clinical setting. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Program. Directed Clinical Practice for Certificate of Achievement Students 2 (0,0,8,0) Animal health theory and skills applied in a clinical setting. Grades assigned on Pass/Fail basis. Prerequisite: Admission to Veterinary Technology Alternate Program.

WMST 180

The Economics of Discrimination

3 (3,0,0,0)

The Discrimination of Economics investigates the economic causes, effects, and remedies of discrimination based on categories such as age, ethnicity, gender, religion, national origin, or sexuality. (Same as ECON 180.)

WMST 247

Philosophy and Women

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

3 (3,0,0,0)

Variety of philosophical writings by or about women, from Plato to the present, focusing on such key concepts as nature, equality, dignity, freedom, love and self-realization. May include feminist critique of the western philosophical tradition. Same as PHIL 247.

VETT 266B

VETT 299B Independent Study 1-4 (1-4,0,0,0) Covers selected topics of interest to veterinary technician students. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.

Vocabulary Skills VOC 095 Vocabulary Skills I 3 (3,0,0,0) Designed to broaden the student’s range of English vocabulary. Emphasis is placed on word recognition, misused words, basic Latin and Greek roots. VOC 097 Vocabulary Skills II 3 (3,0,0,0) Strategies for the mastery of vocabulary words useful for the academic and employment world. Prerequisite: VOC 095.

WMST 250

Introduction to Feminist Theory

3 (3,0,0,0)

American feminist thought in its diversity, examining the differences among liberal, radical, Marxist, socialist, psychoanalytic, and postmodern feminism and the challenges to each posed by women of color.

WMST 255

The American Women’s Movement

3 (3,0,0,0)

Introduction to American women’s history and politics focusing on race, gender, and class relations, and the legal and economic status of women.

WMST 275

Introduction to Marriage and Family

3 (3,0,0,0)

An analysis of the internal and external forces influencing today’s American family. Major topics include love, sex, marriage adjustment, divorce, and problems of child rearing. (Same as SOC 275.)

Women’s Studies WMST 101

Introduction to Women’s Studies 3 (3,0,0,0) Introduces the methods and concerns of women’s studies drawing from history, psychology, sociology, law and language concerns. WMST 113 Gender, Race, and Class 3 (3,0,0,0) Interdisciplinary, cross-cultural survey of the ways in which gender interacts with race, age, class, and sexuality to shape human consciousness and determine the social organization of human society. WMST 113G Gender, Race, and 3 (3,0,0,0) Class - Honors Interdisciplinary, cross-cultural survey of the ways in which gender interacts with race, age, class, and sexuality to shape human consciousness and determine the social organization of human society. Emphasis on interactive learning entailing an examination of the self and one’s environment through the use of reflective writing and dialogue.

WMST 285

History of Witchcraft

3 (3,0,0,0)

The study of the figure of the witch from ancient times to the present, and the historical, religious, and social context from which it emerged. The course includes Paleolithic and Neolithic religion, witches in ancient cultures, formulation of the Christian witch concept, the witch hunt in Early Modern Europe and in the British North American colonies, and modern neo pagan witchcraft. (Same as HIST 285.)

WMST 286

Goddess Traditions

3 (3,0,0,0)

A study of goddess images in a variety of cultures from prehistory to the modern age including the history, values, beliefs, practices, and ethics systems associated with goddess imagery. (Same as HIST 286.)

WMST 295

Special Topics

1-3 (1-3,0,0,0)

Intensive study of a major topic in women’s studies. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits.


379

COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y

COLLEGE OF SOUTHERN NEVADA COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION NSHE BOARD OF REGENTS CHAIR: MICHAEL WIXOM VICE CHAIR: HOWARD ROSENBERG MARK ALDEN DR. STAVROS ANTHONY CEDRIC CREAR THALIA DONDERO DOROTHY SEWELL GALLAGHER DR. JASON GEDDES RON KNECHT JAMES DEAN LEAVITT DR. JACK LUND SCHOFIELD STEVE SISOLAK BRET WHIPPLE

INTERIM CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER (SUNGARD HIGHER EDUCATION) Josh Feudi, M.S. ASSOCIATE VICE PRESIDENT, ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Darren Divine, Ph.D. ACTING ASSOCIATE VICE PRESIDENT, FACILITIES MANAGEMENT Sherri Payne, B.A. ASSOCIATE VICE PRESIDENT, STUDENT AFFAIRS Ann Johnson, M.S. GENERAL COUNSEL Richard Hinckley, J.D. GENERAL COUNSEL Anne Zemek de Dominguez, J.D. ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT, FINANCE Mary Kaye Bailey, M.B.A.

NSHE CHANCELLOR: JAMES E. ROGERS

DEAN, ADVANCED AND APPLIED TECHNOLOGIES Michael Spangler, Ph.D., Ph.D.

ADMINISTRATION

INTERIM DEAN, ARTS AND LETTERS Rose Hawkins, M.A.

INTERIM PRESIDENT Dr. Michael D. Richards, Ph.D.

DEAN, BUSINESS, HOSPITALITY, AND PUBLIC SERVICES Christopher Kelly, Ed.D.

INTERIM VICE PRESIDENT, ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Carlos A. Campo, Ph. D.

DEAN, CURRICULUM & SCHEDULING Joseph West, Ph.D.

VICE PRESIDENT, ADMINISTRATIVE OPERATIONS Jeffery Foshee, J.D. INTERIM VICE PRESIDENT, DIVERSITY & INCLUSION Larry Mason, M.A. VICE PRESIDENT, FINANCE & BUDGET Patricia Charlton Dayar, M.P.A.

380

CHIEF DEVELOPMENT OFFICER/ EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR FOUNDATION Jacqueline Matthews, M.M.

DEAN, HEALTH SCIENCES Hyla Winters, M.S., M.H.C.A. DEAN, SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Sally Johnston, M.A. DEAN, EDUCATION, BEHAVIOR AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Charles Okeke, Ph.D. DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS Cipriano Chavez, M.A.

VICE PRESIDENT, STUDENT AFFAIRS Arthur Byrd, Ed.D.

DEAN, STUDENT AFFAIRS Chemene Crawford, Ed.D.

CHIEF CAMPUS ADMINISTRATOR, CHEYENNE CAMPUS Thomas Brown, M.A.T.

DEAN, WORKFORCE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Kay Moormann, M.S.T.


A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y FACULTY

ANTONELLA, DEBORAH 1995, Professor, Nursing, B.S., City

ABEL, DAVEADELE 2005, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic and

University of New York, College of Staten Island, M.S., Hunter College

ABERLE, ROBERT 2005, Instructor, Public Safety and Human

Services, B.A., Oglethorpe University, M.S., Georgia State University ACKERMAN, ALLAN 2000, Professor, Computing &

Engineering Technology, B.A., Elmhurst College, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas ACOSTA, LEVY 2001, Professor, Hospitality Management ADAMS, ANN 1990, Professor, Education, A.S., Southern

Utah University, B.S., M.S., Utah State University, M.L.S., University of Southern Florida ADAMS, JAMES 2002, Instructor, Health Related Professions ADAMS, ROBERT 1991, Professor, English, B.S., M.A.,

University of Southern Mississippi AFIAT, MEHDI 1999, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A.,

ARNOLD, MARLENE 2004, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic &

Rehabilitation Services, A.A., Fiorello Laguardia Community College, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas AULNER, DWANE 1999, Professor, Biological Sciences, B.S.,

University of South Dakota, M.S., University of North Carolina, Charlotte AZAR, CHRISTIAN 1996, Professor, Computing & Engineering Technology, B.S.E.E., M.S.E.E., University of Detroit BABU, SHANKARA 2005, Instructor, Applied Technology, B.S., Bangalore University, India, M.T., Ph.D., Arizona State University BACA, DANIEL 2003, Instructor, Applied Technology, B.S.,

M.S., Prairie View Agricultural & Mechanical College of Texas

University of Tehran, M.A., Middle Tennessee State University, Ph.D., Kansas State University

BAILEY, LISA 2003, Instructor, English, B.A., M. Ed.,

AIN, DEBORAH 2000, Professor, Nursing, B.S., Northeastern

University, M.S., Boston University

BAKER, DOUGLAS 1998, Professor, Fine Arts, B.F.A., Utah State University, M.F.A., Ohio University

ALDER, MICHAEL 1995, Instructor, Applied Technology,

BAKER, KATHERINE 1997, Professor, English, B.A., San Jose

University of Nevada, Las Vegas

A.S.E., Certified Master Technician, A.A.S., Metropolitan Community College

State University, M.A., California State University, Hayward, Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

ALEMAN, PETE 1989, Professor, Computing & Engineering

BAKHSHI, TAJ 1985, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A., Kabul

Technology, B.B.A., M.B.A., University of Texas, Austin

University, Ph.D., University of Paris

ALPERN, STEPHEN 1998, Professor, Computing &

BAKST, MICHAEL 2007, Instructor, Human Behavior, B.A., Hofstra University, M.B.A., George Washington University, Ph.D., Heed University

Engineering Technology, A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., City University of New York City College, M.A., University of South Carolina ALSTON, TONY 1984, Professor, Applied Technology, B.A.,

M.A., California State University, Northridge

BALBONI, AL 1982, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A., M.A., Northeastern University, Ph.D., Brown University BALLOW, DORIS 2001, Instructor, Director of Clinical

Manuel Olivares, M.A., Brooklyn Conservatory, D.M.A., University of Miami

Education, Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services, A.A., University of Alaska, Fairbanks, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

ANDERSON, JUDITH 2004, Professor, International

BARNES, LEE 1997, Professor, English. A.G.S., College of

Languages, B.A., M.A., University of California, Berkeley, A.M., Stanford University

Southern Nevada, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.F.A., Arizona State University

ANGEL, DENNIS 1997, Professor, Fine Arts, B.F.A.,

BASQUIAT, CAMERON 1998, Professor, Communication,

University of Oklahoma, Norman, M.F.A., Indiana University

B.A., San Diego State University, M.A., California State University, Chico

ANGEL, LINDA 1997, Professor, Fine Arts, B.A., Barnard

BASQUIAT, JENNIFER 1999, Professor, Communication,

College, Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley

B.A., California State, Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School

ANGUIANO, JAVIER 2004, Instructor/Counselor, Counseling, B.A., M.S., Mankato State University

BASS, CAROLINE 2002, Instructor, International Languages,

ANSON, DIANA 1995, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A., M.S. Social Work Special Education, University of Nevada, Las Vegas

BATCHELOR, JOHN 1997, Professor, Physical Sciences, B.S.,

ALVAREZ, VICTOR 1997, Professor, Fine Arts, B.M., Juan

FACULTY

Rehabilitation Services, B.S., Idaho State University

B.A., M.A., California State University, Normal M.S., McNeese State University, Ph.D., University of Arkansas, Fayetteville


381

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y BAY, ROBERT C. 1978, Professor, Business, B.S., University

BONEBRAKE, JOSEPH 1997, Instructor, Applied Technology,

of Tulsa, M.A.M., Claremont Graduate School, M.A., Ph.D., St. Louis University

B.S.C.E., M.S.C.E., Purdue University

BEACHLEY, DEANNA 1992, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A.,

University of Akron, M.M., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

M.A., Youngstown State, Ph.D., Northern Arizona University

BRACEY, EARNEST 1995, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A.,

BECKER, RANDY 2001, Professor, Media Technologies, B.S.,

Southern Illinois University

FACULTY

Jackson State University, M.A., Catholic University, M.P.A., Golden Gate University, D.P.A., George Mason University, Ph.D., Capella University

Engineering Technology, B.S., Brigham Young University, M.S., Utah State University, Ph.D., University of Teesside

BRECHEISEN, CHERYL 1995, Professor, Education, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.A., Montana State University, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

BEHR, MARTIN 2004, Instructor, English, B.A., M.A.,

BREW, CAROLE 1999, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic &

BECKSTRAND, SCOTT 1994, Professor, Computing &

McGill University

Rehabilitation Services

BELL, ARNOLD 2001, Professor, Communication, B.S.,

BRICKMAN, BETTE 1987, Professor, International

Southwest State University, M.S., South Dakota State University BENEDETTO, ROBERT 2002, Instructor, Media Technologies,

B.A., M.F.A., Yale University BENNETT, MARY 1999, Instructor, Biological Sciences, B.A., M.A., University of Northern Iowa BERRY, DEBRA 1999, Professor, English, B.A., M.A., Ohio

State University

Languages, A.A., Suffolk County Community College, B.A., M.A., State University of New York, Stony Brook, Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas BRIM, JOHN 1974, Professor, Computing & Engineering Technology, B.S., Brigham Young University, M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas BRITO, SIMONE 2007, Instructor, Biological Sciences, B.S.,

M.S., Universidade Estadual Paulista-UNESP BRITTENHAM, REBECA 1998, Professor, Human Behavior,

BEST, LUDY LYNN 1993, Professor/Librarian, College

B.A., Rollins College, M.A., Webster University

Library Services, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.L.I.S., University of Hawaii, Manoa

BRODERSEN, DAVID 1985, Professor, Applied Technology,

BETITA, KENNETH 1996, Professor/Counselor, Counseling,

A.A.S., A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

B.A., University of California, Riverside, M.A., California Polytechnic State University

BROWN, DARLENE 2006, Instructor, Nursing, G.S.N, Belling

BILLINGS, PAUL 1996, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

BROWN, FRANCES 1988, Professor, Nursing, B.S., Flora

Ed.S. University of Nevada, Las Vegas BILLINGS, SALLY LLULL 1999, Professor, Human Behavior,

B.A., M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas BIRD, MARK 1993, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A., M.A.,

College of Nursing, M.S.N., University of Nevada, Las Vegas McDonald College, M.S.E.D., Old Dominion University, M.S.N., University of Nevada, Las Vegas BULLIS, ANN 2003, Instructor, Human Behavior, B.S.W.,

M.S.W., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Arizona State University

BUTLER, PATRICIA 1973, Professor, International Languages,

BLACK, IPUNA 2005, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N., University

B.A., M.A., University of Colorado, Ed.D, University of Nevada, Las Vegas

of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.S.N., State University of New York – Stony Brook BLACKWOOD, JONATHAN 2007, Instructor, English, B.A.,

Arkansas Tech University, M.L.A., St. Edwards University BLANTON, WALTER 2004, Professor, Fine Arts, B.A.,

BYRNS, THEO 1991, Professor, International Languages,

B.A., University of Colorado, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University CAMPBELL, FRANCES 1997, Professor, Social Sciences,

Western Washington University, M.M., Indiana University

B.A., University of South Colorado, M.R.E.L., Seattle University, Ph.D., Graduate Theological Union

BLEDSOE, GREGORY 2002, Instructor, Applied Technology,

CARABAS, THOMAS 1988, Professor, English, B.A.,

A.S.E., Certified Master Technician, A.S.E.P., Weber State University

University of Montana, Ph.D., City University of New York

BLIZARD, SUSAN 1990, Professor, Biological Sciences, B.S.,

Related Professions, A.A., College of Southern Nevada

M.S., University of Nebraska, M.B.A., Golden Gate University, D.A., Idaho State University

CASEY, RONALD 1997, Professor, Public Safety & Human

BOLLMAN, BRUCE 1972, Professor, Public Safety & Human

Services, B.A., Azusa Pacific College

382

BONORA, ROBERT 1998, Professor, Fine Arts, B.M.,


CARLOCK-ARINWINE, CHERYL 2007, Instructor, Health

Services, A.A.S., Suffolk City Community College, B.A., Dowling College, M.A., Ed.M., Ed.D. Teachers College, Columbia University

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y CASSELL, NANCY 1999, Professor, Health Related

CONNOLLY, MICHAEL 1997, Professor, Computing &

Professions, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Engineering Technology, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services, B.S., CW Post Center, Greenvale, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ed.D., University of Nevada Las Vegas

CONQUEST, FRED 1998, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

CAVENAUGH, JOHN WINN 2006, Instructor, Applied

University of California, Los Angeles, M.A., University of Arizona, D.B.A., Canterbury University, Ph.D., Canterbury University

Technology, B.S., Southern Illinois University

CONTRERAS DE FINCH, SUSANA 1997, Professor, Computing

CENTUORI, WALTER 1999, Professor, International Languages,

& Engineering Technology, B.A., M.A., New Mexico State University

B.S., St. Joseph’s College, Ph.D., University of Naples CHARLET, DAVID 1997, Professor, Biological Sciences, B.S. M.S., Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno CHASE, DOROTHY 1986, Professor, English, Teaching

COOK, BRENDA 2006, Instructor, Dental, Dental, Diagnostic

& Rehabilitation Services, B.S., Midwestern State University, M.P.A., University of Idaho

Certificate, Shenstone Training College, Birmingham University, England, M.A., Ph.D., Brigham Young University

COONS, IRENE 2002, Professor, Nursing, B.S.N., Lake

CHESLEY, MELISSA 2004, Instructor, Health Related

Professions, B.S., Colorado State University

COPPOLA, EDWARD 1995, Professor, Physical Sciences, B.A., M.A., San Francisco State University

CHIARAPPA, EDIE 1992, Professor, Media Technologies,

CORNELIUS, CHERYL 1984, Professor/Counselor,

A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.S., Brooks Institute of Photography, Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University CHIASSON, BERTRAND 2003, Instructor, Physical Sciences,

B.S., Saint Louis University, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Superior State University, M.S.N., University of Phoenix

Counseling, A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.A., M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas CORRALES, AUGUST 2007, Instructor, Health Related

Professions, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas COSGROVE, SONDRA 2000, Professor, Social Sciences, B.S.,

CLARK, CHRISTIAN 2005, Instructor, English, B.A., M.A.,

Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

State University of New York, Buffalo

COSTA, GABRIELE 1997, Professor, International Languages,

CLAYSON, WILLIAM 2004, Instructor, Social Sciences, A.A.,

B.A., Queens College, The City University of New York, M.A., Brown University

Manatee Community College, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.A., Ph.D., Texas Tech University CLAYTON, MARGARET LISA 2007, Instructor, Public Safety

& Human Services, B.A., J.D., Pepperdine University CLENNAN, DIANA 1999, Professor, Communication, B.A.,

California State University, Chico, M.A., University of California, Davis CLENNAN, PATRICK 1999, Professor, Physical Sciences,

A.A., Barstow College, B.A., California State University, M.A., California State University COHEN, GARY 1997, Professor, Mathematics, B.A.,

University of Wisconsin, Madison, M.S., University of South Carolina COHEN, LISA 2006, Instructor/Counselor, Counseling,

B.A. Michigan State University M.A., Wayne State University COLLINS, CAROLYN 1978, Professor, Physical Sciences,

B.S., M.S., Louisiana State University CONLEY, KEITH 2001, Professor, Fine Arts, B.A., San Diego

State University, M.F.A., University of California CONNER, VALERIE DENISE 2003, Instructor/Counselor,

Counseling, B.S., University of Nevada – Las Vegas, M.A., University of Phoenix

FACULTY

CASTRO, PATRICIA 1997, Professor/Department Chair,

COTA, CLARISSA 1997, Professor, Business, B.A., J.D,

University of Arizona COWAN, THOMAS 1989, Professor, Communication, B.S.,

M.S., Indiana University, M.A., Colorado State University, M.A., Ed.S., University of Iowa COWLING, DONNA 2006, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N.,

M.S.N., University of Evansville CRAIG, DOREEN 1998, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services, A.S., B.S., M.A., University of New Mexico CRONOVICH, JESSIE 2007, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N.,

University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.S.N., Touro University CROOKS, MARY 1989, Professor, Biological Sciences,

A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., M.A.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas CROWLEY, DAVID 1998, Instructor, Applied Technology, A.S.E., Certified Master Technician CRUZADA, SHIRLEY 2006, Instructor, Dental, Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services, B.S., Far Eastern University, M.S., University of the Philippines, Ph.D, Trinity College, Quezon


383

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y CULLIVER, JAMES 1981, Professor, Mathematics, A.A.,

EADE, RAYMOND 1974, Professor, Hospitality Management,

Merritt College, B.A., M.A., University of California, Berkeley

B.B.A., St. Bonaventure University, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

CUMMINGS, JOHN 2000, Professor, English, B.S.E., M.S.E.,

EGEMBA, CHRISTIAN 1991, Professor, Computing &

University of Central Arkansas

Engineering Technology, B.S., M.S., University of Southern Alabama, Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

FACULTY

DAVIS, CHRISTOPHER 1999, Professor, Fine Arts, B.M., Utah

State University, M.M., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

EICHLER, RUDI 1994, Professor, Hospitality Management

DAVIS, WILLIAM E. 2002, Professor, Social Sciences, B.S., Austin Peay State University, M.A., Ph.D., University of Tennessee

ELIOPULOS, TINA 1993, Professor, English, B.A., Boise

DE FAZIO, CARLO 1996, Professor, Human Behavior, A.A.,

Young University, M.A., M.F.A., McNeese State University

Community College of Allegheny County, B.A., M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

ESEMUEDE, SAMUEL 1992, Professor, Accounting, Finance,

ELISON, JACOB 2005, Instructor, English, B.A., Brigham

DELGADO, CARLOS 1996, Professor, Physical Sciences, B.S.,

& Office Administration, B.A., Howard University, M.B.A., George Washington University, Ph.D., The Union Institute

University of Havana, Ph.D., National Tribunal of Evaluation, Havana, Cuba

ESPERIAN, JOHN 1990, Professor, English, B.A.,

DEL QUADRO, JENNIFER 2000, Professor, Communication,

Washington and Lee University, M.A., Boston College, M.A., Columbia University

B.S., Northern Arizona University, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

ETHERIDGE, DALE 1976, Professor/Planetarium Director,

B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Physical Sciences, B.A., University of Southern California, M.A., California State University, Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles

DIAMOND, MYRNA 1997, Professor, Media Technologies,

EVANS, BRUCE 1989, Instructor, Public Safety & Human

B.F.A., Pratt Institute, M.Ed., Kutztown University

Services, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., M.P.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

DEMMAN, RAY 1997, Professor, Hospitality Management,

DIAZ, ROBERT 1989, Professor, Applied Technologies, B.S.,

University of Nevada, Las Vegas DJURISIC, BRANISLAV 1996, Professor, Mathematics, B.S.,

EZETA, CARLOS 2001, Professor/Counselor, Counseling,

B.A., M.S., M.Ed., National University

M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

FAUL, RHONDA 1997, Professor, Health Related

DOCKSTADER, DARIN 2007, Instructor, Philosophical and

Professions, B.S., Viterbo College, M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Regional Studies, B.S., University of Utah, M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University DOMINGUEZ, VICTORIA 1986, Professor, Accounting,

Finance, & Office Administration, B.S., M.B.A., Adamson University DONOHUE, DENNIS 1996, Professor, Mathematics, B.A.,

M.A., University of California, Los Angeles DOODY, EVELYN 1996, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

M.S., University of Central Arkansas, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, Norman DREVEN, PATRICIA 1996, Professor, Computing &

Engineering Technology, B.S., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania, M.S., Nova Southeastern University, M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas DUKE, BILLY JOE 2006, Instructor, Mathematics, A.S., New Mexico Junior College, B.A., M.S., Texas Tech University, DUNKERLY, ROBERT 1978, Professor, Fine Arts, B.A.,

California State University, Long Beach, M.F.A., University of California, Irvine DUPREY-SMITH, MILDRED 1999, Professor, English, A.A.,

College of Southern Nevada, B.A., M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

384

State University, M.F.A., Eastern Washington University


FERGUSON, THOMAS 1998, Professor, Fine Arts, B.A.,

M.Ed., Murray State University, Ph.D., University of Rochester FIGHTMASTER, JUDITH 2001, Professor, Computing &

Information Technology, B.S., M.B.A., M.S., University of Akron FINLEY, DAVIS 1991, Professor, Mathematics, B.S.,

California Institute of Technology, Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin FINNERAN, THOMAS 2003, Instructor, Applied Technology,

A.A., San Bernardino Valley College FISCHER, SHELLEY 1995, Professor, English, B.A., Farleigh

Dickinson University M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas FISHER, ALBERT 1987, Professor, Accounting, Finance & Office Administration, B.S., Bloomsburg University, M.B.A., Wichita State University FLOWERS, JONI 1981, Professor, Education, B.S., University

of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.L.S., University of Michigan, Ed.D, University of Nevada, Las Vegas FLOWERS, PAUL 1994, Lab Instructor, Hospitality

Management

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y FORD, KERRY 1995, Professor, Communication, B.A.,

GLASPER, JANICE 1998, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic &

Augustana College, M.A., University of Wyoming

Rehabilitation Services, A.S., B.S., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

FORKOS, LYNN 1997, Professor, English, B.A., University of

Illinois, Chicago, M.Ed., Northeastern Illinois University FORNER, CARMEN 1990, Professor, International Languages,

GODIN, JAMES 2003, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic &

Rehabilitation Services, A.S., B.S., University of Vermont, M.A., Webster University GOLDWATER, DAVID 1997, Professor, Physical Sciences,

B.S., M.S., California State University, Northridge

A.A., Florida State University, B.A., University of Maryland, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

GOMEZ, JOSE 2004, Instructor, Media Technologies, B.F.A.,

FOWLER, CAROLYN 1994, Professor, Applied Technology,

GOODWIN, SANDRA 1978, Professor, Accounting, Finance

B.A., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas FRASZ, GEOFFREY 1991, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A.,

Illinois Benedictine College, M.A., Ph.D., University of Georgia FRENCH, JEAN 2003, Professor, English, B.A., M.A.,

University of Nevada, Reno FRIEDRICH, JOANN 1989, Professor, Mathematics, B.S.,

North Carolina State University, B.S., M.A., University of South Dakota FUHREL, ROBERT 1992, Professor, English, B.A., M.Ed.,

University of Florida

M.F.A., Wayne State University & Office Administration, B.S., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ed.D., Nova University GORDON, SUSAN 2007, Instructor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

Brooklyn College of the City University of New York, M.A., University of Colorado, M.A., Fielding Institute GRAHAM, BARBARA 1997, Professor, Physical Sciences, B.A., University of Maryland, M.A., West Virginia University GRANATA, MICHAEL 1997, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A., M.A., University of Miami GRAY, ALYCE 1977, Professor, Education, B.A., M.Ed., M.S.,

FURPHY, MICHAEL 2003, Instructor, Applied Technology


GALLINGER, LORI 1989, Professor, English/Site Manager,

GREEN, MICHAEL 1995, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A.,

Academic Support Services, B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University

GANNON, JOHN 2003, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A., Miami University, M.A., University of Akron

GREENHOUSE, GAIL 2002, Professor/Counselor, Counseling,

GANNON, LINDA 2004, Instructor, English, B.S., Miami

University, M.S., University of Akron GARCES, CLARA 2003, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N., Silliman

University, M.A., New York University GARNER, MARK 1998, Professor/Department Chair, Physical

Sciences, A.A., Orange Coast College, B.S., University of California, Los Angeles, M.S., Ph.D., University of California, San Diego GARR, SUSAN 2005, Instructor, Nursing, B.A., University of

Massachusetts, A.D.N., B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Hawaii, Manoa GAUSE, D. 1990, Professor, Fine Arts, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D.,

University of Nevada, Las Vegas GENTRY, CASSANDRA 2000, Professor, Health Related

Professions, B.S., University of Texas Medical Branch, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

B.A., Southern University at New Orleans, M.A., Xavier University of New Orleans, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas GREENWICH, MICHAEL 2003, Professor, Mathematics, B.S.,

M.S., Ph.D., University of Toronto GRENELL, PAULA 2004, Instructor/Librarian, College Library

Services, B.A., Gonzaga University, M.L.S., University of Washington GRENZ, ROBERTA 1997, Professor, Mathematics, B.A.,

University of New Hampshire, M.A., Castleton State College GROSS, ALYMER 1994, Instructor, Media Technologies,

A.G.S., College of Southern Nevada GROSS, WENDY 2006, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic &

Rehabilitation Services, B.A., University of Florida, M.S. Barry University, M.A., Teachers College, Ed.D, Nova Southeastern University

GERBER, PATRICIA 2000, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services, B.S., University of Nebraska, B.A., University of Northern Colorado

GRUNER, BRADLEY 2005, Clinical Psychologist, Counseling,

GILL, THOMAS 2004, Instructor, Physical Sciences, B.S.,

B.A., University of California – Berkley, Psy.D, California School of Professional Human Behavior

University of Notre Dame, Ph.D., University of Minnesota

FACULTY

FOREMAN, LINDA 1991, Professor, Human Behavior, A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.A., M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

B.A., M.A., Marist College, Psy.D., University of Denver GUEVARA, LUIS 2006, Clinical Psychologist, Counseling,


385

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y GUNDERSON, LUPE 2001, Professor, International Languages, A.A., Western Nevada Community College, B.A., M.A., University of Nevada, Reno

HAVAS, ADRIAN 1997, Professor, English, B.A., University

GUTSCHICK, JOANN 1996, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services, B.A., Loyola University, B.S., University of Illinois, Chicago, M.B.A., Rosary College

HAYES, LEVIA 2001, Professor, English, B.A., Prescott College, M.A., Northern Arizona University

GUTSCHICK, ROBERT 1998, Professor, Accounting, Finance,

Spring Hill College, M.S. Florida State University, Ed.D., University of Tennessee

FACULTY

& Office Administration, B.A., Governors State University, M.B.A., M.S., Rosary College GUZMAN, SERGIO 1999, Professor, International Languages,

B.A., M.A., University of Texas, El Paso HA,WON 2007, Instructor/Librarian, College Library Services,

of Nevada, Reno, M.A., University of Southern California, M.S.C., London School of Economics and Political Science

HEATH, JOHN 2000, Professor/Counselor, Counseling, B.S.,

HEISE, JOHN 1977, Professor, Business, B.S., Indiana

University, M.S., University of Wisconsin HELKAA, SCOTT 2000, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic &

B.A., Agnes Scott College, M.L.I.S., McGill University

Rehabilitation Services, A.A., B.S., Ferris State College, M.S., Louisiana State University

HAAG, MARY ANN 1981, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic &

HENKEL, ELIZABETH 2005, Instructor, English, A.A.,

Rehabilitation Services, A.A., Cuyahoga Community College, B.S., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Thomas Nelson Community College, B.A., Christopher Newport University, M.A., Old Dominion University

HACKIE, MARY 2007, Instructor, Nursing, A.A.S., Borough of Manhattan Community College, B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

HERAVI, NASER 1995, Professor, Computing & Engineering

HACKWITH, RODNEY 2004, Instructor, Health Related

Diploma, Saskatchewan Institute of Applied Science and Technology

Professions, B.S., University of Idaho, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas HAGER, MICHAEL 2004, Instructor, Health Related

Professions, A.A.S, College of Southern Nevada, B.S., Eastern Carolina University

Technology, B.S., M.S., New Mexico Tech HERING, DANIEL 2002, Instructor, Nursing, Nursing

HERNANDEZ, DAVID 1995, Professor, Hospitality

Management, A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas HERNANDEZ, YOLANDA 1998, Professor, International

HALL, ROSEMARY 1986 Professor/Counselor, Counseling,

B.S., University of Dayton, M.Ed., Xavier University, J.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Languages, A.A., Allan Hancock College, B.A., California State University, Fresno, M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara

HAMMOND, JOSEPH 2000, Professor, Fine Arts, M.F.A., University of Delaware

HERRLE, PAUL 2005, Instructor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

HAMMOND, MARION 1998, Professor, Physical Sciences,

HERVEY, DAVID 2006, Instructor, Mathematics, B.S.,

B.A., Brigham Young University, M.S., University of California, Riverside HANLEY, ELIZABETH 1996, Professor, International

Languages, B.A., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas HARBOUR, DEBORAH 2006, Instructor, Physical Science,

B.S., West Texas State University, B.S., University of Texas School of Allied Nursing, M.S., University of Houston, M.P.H., University of Texas School of Public Health, Ph.D, University of Texas, Medical Branch

Westminster College, M.A., University of Idaho HICKS, MARTIN 1989, Professor, Biological Sciences, B.A.,

M.S., Central Washington University HISE, PATRICIA 2005, Instructor, English, B.A., M.A.,

Midwestern State University, Ph.D, University of North Texas HOBSON, BELINDA 2005, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N., St.

Joseph School of Nursing, M.S.N., University of Phoenix

HARDY, DAVID 1997, Instructor, Media Technologies, A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

HOCHSTETTER, KENNETH 2007, Instructor, Social Sciences,

HARGETT, SOPHIA 2004, Instructor, Health Related

HODGES, JERRY 1998, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

Professions

University of North Carolina, Charlotte, M.B.A., Sonoma State University

HARRIS, GENEVA 2003, Professor/Counselor, Counseling, B.S., Central State College, M.Ed., Wright State University HARWOOD, RANDY 1998, Professor/Department Chair,

Computing & Engineering Technology, B.A., California State University, Long Beach, M.S., University of Texas, Austin

386

Drew University, M.S., Purdue University


B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison

HOFF, ANNE 2000, Professor, Fine Arts, A.S., Vincennes

University, B.A. Indiana University, M.F.A., University of Arizona HOLLAND, ANGELA 2004, Professor, Communication, B.A.,

B.A., M.A., Washington State University

HOLLITZ, JOHN 1992, Professor/Department Chair, Social

KANT, CANDACE 1976, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A.,

Sciences, B.A., Stanford University, M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin

M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ph.D., Northern Arizona University

HOOKS, ROCHELLE 2003, Professor, Education, B.A., Tarkio

KARASAWA, SACHIE 1989, Professor, International

College, M.A.T., Webster University, Ed.D., Saint Louis University

Languages, B.A., M.A., University of Doshisha, Japan, Ph.D., University of Arizona

HOUSTON, CAPRICE R. 2006, Instructor, English, B.A.,

KEELEY, BARBARA 2003, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N. Bowling Green State University, M.S.N., Medical College of Ohio

M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas HOVEY, SUSAN 1994, Professor, Health Related Professions,

B.A., M.Ed., Central Washington University, M.Ed., East Carolina University

KELLY, SHELLEY 2003, Instructor, English, B.A., University

HOWARD, THEODORE 1995, Professor, Mathematics,

KERNEY, WILLIAM 1992, Professor, Health Related

B.S., University of Houston, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Professions, A.A.S., Chicago City Wide Colleges, B.S., Lewis University, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

HOWE, RICHARD 2002, Professor, Social Sciences, B.S.,

KINGMA, SANDRA 2000, Instructor, Applied Technology,

of Kansas, M.A., Arizona State

Loyola University, M.A., DePaul University, Ph.D., University of Western Ontario

A.A., Orange Coast College, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

HUTCHINSON, ERIC 2004, Instructor, Mathematics, B.S.,

KNAPP, KRAIG 1995, Professor, Physical Sciences, B.S.,

M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas HYMAN, KAREN 2007, Instructor, English, B.A., University

of Minnesota, M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois at Chicago IDDINGS, JAMES 1994, Professor, English, B.B.A., M.A.,

Marshall University, Ph.D., University of Florida

University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ph.D., University of Arizona KNIES, RICHARD 1997, Professor, Human Behavior, A.A.S.,

Aims Community College, B.A., Regis University, M.A., University of Northern Colorado, Ph.D., Purdue University

JACKSON, FREDRICK 1996, Professor/Department Chair,

KNIGHT, HARRY G. 1992, Professor, Mathematics, B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, B.S., M.S., University of Wyoming

Biological Sciences, B.S., University of Wyoming, Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin

KONOWALOW, STEPHEN 1995, Professor, English, B.A.,

Brigham Young University, M.B.A., University of Utah

State University of New York, Buffalo, M.Ed., Duke University, M.A., Ed.S., Central Michigan University, Ph.D., Wayne State University

JACOBSON, JOHN 1999, Professor, Fine Arts

KORATICH, LEE 2006, Instructor, Mathematics, B.S., Ohio

JAMES, TIMOTHY 1999, Professor, Communication, B.S.,

State University, M.A., Indiana University, M.A., Eastman School of Music

JACKSON, THOMAS 1978, Professor, Business, B.S.,

M.S., Ph.D., University of Utah JENKINS, WILLIAM 1986, Instructor, Computing &

Engineering Technology, B.A., University of Nevada, Reno

KOZARICH, VIRGINIA 1992, Professor/Librarian, College Library Services, B.S., Youngstown State, M.L.S., Kent State University

JENNINGS, JAMES 1998, Instructor, Computing & Engineering Technology, A.A., Saddleback College

KRACKER, JAMES 2007, Instructor, English, B.A.,

JOHNSON, JOEL 2006, Instructor, Mathematics, B.S.,

KRAUSE, BARBARA 2006, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N,

Southern Illinois University, M.A., Indiana University, Ph.D, University of Kentucky

M.S.N., University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston

JONES, JEFFREY 1999, Professor, Accounting, Finance &

KUCHURIS, CHRIS 1994, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A.,

Office Administration, B.A., Buena Vista University, M.B.A., Creighton University

De Paul University, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

JONES, TERRI 1997, Professor, Hospitality Management,

Gateway Community College, B.S.N., New Mexico State University, B.S.W., Arizona State University, M.S.W., New Mexico Highlands University

B.A., State University of New York, New Paltz, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

FACULTY


Middlebury College, M.F.A., University of Oregon

LABARR, MARTHA 2006, Instructor, Nursing, A.G.S,

JONES, TERRY 2002, Professor, Hospitality Management, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

LABOUNTY, MARCELA 1997, Professor, International

KANET, EDWARD 1989, Professor, Applied Technologies, B.A., Brigham Young University, M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

LAFLAMME, PATRICIA 1997, Professor, English, B.S.,

Languages, B.A., M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas Bowling Green State University, M.Ed., University of Arizona, Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas


387

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y LAING, KAREN 2005, Instructor, English, B.A., George

LOPEZ, TRACY 2001, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic &

Washington University, M.A., University of Missouri

Rehabilitation Services, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

LANAGAN, PETER 2007, Instructor, Physical Sciences, B.S.,

Virginia Tech, Ph.D., University of Arizona

LOTT, DAVID 2007, Instructor, Human Behavior, A.A,

LARSON, SHANNON 2005, Instructor, Biological Sciences,

B.S., Minot State University, M.S., Idaho State University

Brevard Community College, B.A., University of Central Florida, M.A., Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno

LASALA, ANGELA 1990, Instructor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

LYERLY, ARNOLD 1981, Professor, Public Safety & Human

FACULTY

Hofstra University, M.A., Ph.D., Adelphi University LAVIOLETTE, JENNY 2007, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N.,

University of Nevada, Las Vegas LEARY, PATRICK 1980, Professor, Biological Sciences, A.A.,

Mt. Hood Community College, B.S., M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, D.A., Idaho State University LEAVELL, DAVID 2004, Instructor, International Languages,

LYMAN, SHARI 1999, Instructor, Social Sciences, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Utah LYONS, DANIEL 1981, Professor, Computing & Engineering

Technology

B.A., Portland State University, M.A., University of Iowa

LYONS, RANDY 2005, Instructor, Nursing, A.A.S., College of

LEAVELL, IVONNE 2004, Instructor, International Languages,

Southern Nevada

B.S., EMEFYD Mexico City, B.A., M.A., Portland State University

LYSYK, RAYMOND 2004, Instructor, Nursing, A.D.N.,

B.A., Utah Valley State College

Southwestern Community College, B.A., Cleveland State University, M.A., National University, M.S.N., University of Phoenix

LEE, NANCY 2002, Instructor, Computing & Engineering

MALIN, EDWARD 2003, Instructor, Public Safety & Human

Technology, B.S., Taiwan University, M.S., University of California, Los Angeles

Services, A.A., Rose State College

LEHNERER, MELODYE 2005, Instructor, Human Behavior,

M.A., California State University, Northridge

B.S., University of Wisconsin, Green Bay, M.A., Arizona State University, Ph.D., York University

MANIS, ROBERT 1998, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

LERNER, BRIAN 2005, Instructor, Hospitality Management,

University of Michigan, M.A., San Diego State University, Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara

LEE, HYUN MI 2007, Instructor, Hotel Management, A.A.S.,

B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas LEVIN, JOSHUA 2001, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado LEWIS, EUGENE 2005, Instructor, Health Related Professions LINDEMANN, PATRICK 2006, Instructor, Business, B.A., J.D.,

University of North Dakota LINES, CHRISTINE 2004, Instructor, International Languages, B.A., M.A., Northern Arizona University

MANDEL, JODIE 2007, Instructor, Communication, B.A.,

MANNING, ELFRIEDE 1992, Professor, International

Languages, A.A., College of the Desert, B.A., M.A., University of California, Riverside MARCEK, EDMEE 1998, Professor, International Languages,

B.A., University of Chile, M.Ed., Lesley College, Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University MARKS, RICK 2000, Professor, Communication, B.A.,

LISA, THOMAS 1997, Professor, Computer & Engineering

Cleveland State University, M.A. University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Technology, B.S., M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

MARSH, JOHN 2000, Professor, Media Technologies, A.B.,

LITTLEJOHN, WAYNE 2000, Professor, Fine Arts, B.A.

University of California, Berkeley, M.A. Humbolt State University

University of Manitoba, M.F.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas LOCKHART, JERRY 2003, Professor, Accounting, Finance, &

Office Administration, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.B.A., University of Phoenix, Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University LOGSDON, RICHARD 1975, Professor, English, B.A., M.A.,

Ph.D., University of Oregon LONG, JUNE 1995, Professor, Accounting, Finance & Office

Administration, B.S., Northern Illinois University, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

388

Services, A.A., Inter-American University, B.S., Northern Michigan University, M.A., Ball State University, Ed.D., Northern Arizona University


MARTIN, GALE 1990, Professor, Physical Sciences, B.S., M.S., University of Michigan MARTIN, LARRY 1980, Professor, Business, A.A., College of

Southern Nevada, B.S., M.P.A., Golden Gate University, Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas MARTIN, LAURA 2004, Instructor, Nursing, B.S., University

of Michigan, M.S.N. MARX, GARY 1991, Professor, Fine Arts, B.S., University of

Wisconsin, M.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design

MATHEW, ANNIE 2007, Instructor, Nursing, B.A., SNDT

Woman’s University, M.A., Mangalore University M.V. Shetty Institute of Health

MONARDI, FRED 2004, Instructor, Social Sciences, B.A., University of Wisconsin, Parkside, M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee

MATOVINA, JAMES 1996, Professor, Mathematics, B.S.,

MONGOGNA-ALARCON, MICKI 2004, Instructor, Nursing,

M.S., Purdue University

B.S.N., M.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills

MCBRIDE, LAURA 2001, Instructor, English, B.A., Yale

Ball State University, M.A., University of Missouri, Columbia

MONKMAN, GUILLERMO 1994, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A., Emory and Henry College, M.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Ph.D., University of South Carolina

MCCOY, JAMES 2003, Professor/Department Chair,

MORA, JILL 1997, Professor, Hospitality Management, A.S.,

Communication, B.A., M.A., California State University, Fresno

Truckee Meadows Community College, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

MCDONALD, JOSEPH 1997, Professor, Mathematics, B.S., M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

MOREAU, ERIC 1999, Professor, Communication, B.A.,

MCGEE, RICHARD 1989, Professor/Department Chair, Fine

MOSLEY, CHARLES 1992, Professor, English, B.A.,

Arts, B.M.E., M.A., University of Denver, Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

California State University, Sacramento, M.A., Roosevelt University, M.Ed., Northeastern Illinois University, Ph.D., University of Chicago

University, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas MCCORMICK, MELISA 2003, Professor, Social Sciences, B.S.,

MCLAREN, ELISABETH 2006, Instructor, English, B.A., Valparaiso University, B.S.N., M.A., Ph.D, University of Nevada, Las Vegas

M.A., Washington State University

MULCAHY, KAREN 1995, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic &

MCLENNAN, TERRI 2005, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N.,

Rehabilitation Services, B.A., University of Iowa, M.Ed., University of Wisconsin

M.S.N., University of Phoenix

MULHOLLAND, ANTHONY 2001, Professor, English,

MCMILLIAN, MICHAEL 1990, Professor, Mathematics, A.A.,

Manager, Writing Center, B.A., University of Hawaii, West Oahu, M.A., Prescott College

Daytona Beach Community College, B.S., Florida State University, M.S., Stetson University MEAGHER, MICHAEL 1987, Instructor, Media Technologies,

B.F.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

MUNTEANU, VASILLE 2005, Instructor, Social Sciences,

B.A., M.A., Oakland University, Ph.D., State University of New York, Binghamton

University of Nevada, Las Vegas, B.S., Brooklyn College, B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

MYERS, WILLIAM THOMAS 2001, Professor/Department Chair, Media Technologies, B.B.A., Texas Wesleyan University, M.B.A., St. Thomas University

METCALFE, JOHN 1997, Professor, Hospitality Management,

MZHICKTENO, DEBORAH 1999, Professor/Counselor,

A.A., Culinary Institute of America

Counseling, A.A, Haskell Indian Junior College, B.A., University of Kansas, M.A., University of New Mexico

MEDVEJER, MARTIN 1994, Professor, Nursing, A.A.,

MICHELSON, RHETT 2005, Instructor, Biological Sciences,

B.S., Utah State University, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University MILLER, JOSEPH 1999, Professor, Computing & Engineering

Technology, B.S., University of Akron, M.S., Golden Gate University MILNE, CHARLES 2007, Instructor, Biological Sciences,

B.A., University of California, San Diego, M.S., University of Washington, Ph.D., The Ohio State University MILONAS, RENEE 2003, Instructor, Nursing, A.A.S., Joliet

Junior College, B.S.N., M.S.N. University of Nevada, Las Vegas

FACULTY


NATIONS, HAROLD 2004, Professor, Physical Sciences,

B.A., University of Tennessee, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania NAVARRO, VIVENCIO 2000, Instructor, Nursing, B.S., Velez

College, B.S.N., Cebu City Medical Center, M.S.N., University of Phoenix NEFF, WILLIAM 2007, Instructor, Communication, A.A.

Fresno City College, B.A., M.A., California State University, Fresno

MOFFETT, TODD 1994, Professor, English, Manager, Writing

NELSON, DAWN 2001, Professor, Biological Sciences, A.B., Dartmouth College, M.S., Memorial University of Newfoundland

Center, B.A., University of California, Irvine, M.F.A., Eastern Washington University

NELSON, DOUGLAS 1989, Professor, Applied Technology

MOHN, KATHLEEN 2000, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N.,

NELSON, JENNIFER 1998, Professor, English, B.A.,

University of Maryland, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

University of Delaware, M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Riverside


389

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y NELSON, ROBIN 1977, Professor/Department Chair,

PARTCH, ROBERT 1997, Professor, Media Technologies,

Accounting, Finance & Office Administration, B.S., Arizona State University, M.A., California State University, Northridge, Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

B.I.S., New Mexico State University, M.S., Medical College of Georgia

NIEMASIK, GREG 1999, Professor/Counselor, Counseling,

Rehabilitation Services, A.S., B.S., Indiana University, M.Ed., University of Houston

A.A.S., College of Lake County, B.S., Southern Illinois University, M.A., Roosevelt University,

FACULTY

NILFOROUSHAN, FRIDA 1998, Professor, Mathematics, B.S.,

PATE, PAUL 1995, Instructor, Applied Technologies, B.S.,

University of Isfahan, M.S., University of Michigan

Northern Arizona University, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

NORRIS, SHERRY 2002, Professor, Mathematics, B.S.,

PEARSALL, JONATHAN 2003, Instructor, Mathematics, B.S.,

Arizona State University, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

University of Sussex, M.Phil., University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology

NUMRICH, RICHARD 1995, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A.,

M.A., Wright State University, Ph.D., State University of New York, Albany

PECK, JACQUELINE 2004, Instructor, Nursing, A.A.S., University of South Carolina, B.S.N., George Mason University, M.S.N., University of Phoenix

NUZZO, RICHARD 1976, Professor, International Languages,

PELAEZ-FISHER, JO ANN 2007, Instructor, Nursing, A.S.,

B.A. Loyola University, M.S., Washington Theology Coalition

College of Southern Nevada, B.S.N., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.S., Bellevue University

ODOM, NATHALIE 2004, Instructor, International Languages, B.A., M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

PEPLOWSKI, MARK 1995, Professor, Social Sciences, B.S., M.S., Utah State University, J.D., University of San Diego

OLSEN, DENNIS 2002, Instructor, Health Related Professions, B.S., Weber State College, B.S., Washington State University, M.S., Colorado State University, D.V.M., Oregon State University

PERIDORE, STEPHEN 1999, Professor, International

OLSON, MARK 1995, Professor, Media Technologies, B.A., Brooks Institute of Photography, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Languages, B.A., M.A., Arizona State University PERKINS-ARNOT, PEGGY 1994, Instructor, Health Related Professions, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S. Weber State University PERLMUTTER, BARRY 2003, Professor, Physical Sciences,

OMAN, KATHRYN 2000, Instructor, Medical Office Assisting

B.S., City University of New York, Brooklyn College, A.M., Indiana University, Ph.D., University of Idaho

OZKAN, GUNAY 1999, Professor, Physical Sciences, B.A.,

PETERSON, SHARON 1996, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic &

M.Sc., Ege University, Turkey, M.S., Catholic University of America

Rehabilitation Services, A.S., Diablo Valley, B.S., Idaho State University, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

PANDEY, ALOK 1997, Professor, Mathematics, B.S., M.S.,

PETRUCCI, CELENA 2002, Instructor, Health Related

Allahabad University, M.S., New Mexico Institute, Mining and Technology

Professions

PANDEY, MAHIMA 1998, Professor, Computing &

Health Related Professions, B.S., California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo, M.S., University of Maryland

Engineering Technology, B.A., Delhi University, M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.A., Delhi University, P.G., Priyadarshini Institute PANNELL, DIANE 1995, Professor, Computing &

390

PATE, BETTY 1994, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic &

PETRUCCI, ROBERT 2005, Instructor/Department Chair,

PETTIT, NJ 1990, Professor/Counselor, Counseling, A.A.,

Engineering Technology, B.S., M.S., Southwest Missouri State University

Indian Hills Community College, B.A., Central College of Iowa, M.S., Kansas State University, Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

PANNELL, STEVE 1997, Professor, Computing &

PHALKE, PRAKASH 1992, Professor, Computing &

Engineering Technology, B.S., M.B.A., Southwest Missouri State University

Engineering Technology, B.S., Agricultural University, M.S., University of Hawaii

PANTLE, CURTIS 1990, Professor, Biological Sciences, A.S.,

University of Albuquerque, B.A., Xavier University, M.S., Ph.D., St. Louis University

PIERCE, KENYA 2000, Professor, Human Behavior, B.S., Central Missouri State University, M.S.W., St. Louis University

PARKER, JOSHUA 2003, Professor, Biological Sciences, B.S., California State University, Stanislaus, M.S., Ph.D., University of Wyoming

PIERCE, LARRY 1994, Dentist/Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services, B.S., Weber State College, D.D.S., Northwestern University



Malcom X College, B.A., University of Saint Francis, M.S.N., Aurora University PINKOS, STANLEY 1997, Professor, Accounting, Finance &

Office Administration, B.A., Brown University, M.A., Nova Southeastern University, M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas PIPPIN, TERRY 2006, Instructor, Public Safety & Human

Services, B.S., Washington State University, M.S., Norwich University PONGMARUTAI, TIWAPORN 2005, Instructor, Nursing,

RAPALO, EDGARDO 1996, Instructor, Applied Technology, A.S.E., Certified Master Technician RAULS, NORMAN 1997, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A.,

Southern Methodist University, M.A., University of Texas, Austin, J.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas RE, MARGUERITE 1978, Professor, English, B.A.,

M.A.,University of Wisconsin, Ed.D., University of Nevada,Las Vegas REITZ, RICHARD 1997, Professor, Applied Technology, B.S.,

California State University, Bakersfield

B.S.N., Chiang Mai University, Thailand, M.S.N. University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.S., University of Evansville

RHODES, DIANE 2003, Instructor, Nursing,

POURBOGHRAT-AFIAT, FROOZAN 1997, Professor,

RICH, RAY 1981, Professor, Human Behavior, B.A.,M.S.,

Mathematics, B.A., Farah Pahlavi University, Tehran, M.S., Kansas State University, B.S., Chadron State College, Ph.D., University of Nebraska


PRIVOTT, CHRISTINE 1997, Professor, Dental, Diagnostic &

B.S.N.,McKendree College, M.S., Wichita State University,M.S.N., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

RIEDE, PATRICIA 2005, Instructor, Nursing, B.S., M.B.A.,

M.S.N., Kent State University

Rehabilitation Services, B.S., Boston University, M.A., George Washington University, Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

ROA, MARIA 1997, Professor, International Languages, B.A., M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ph.D.,University of Pittsburgh

PROTZ, HEATHER 2004, Professor, Media Technologies,

ROBY, WILLIAM 2007, Instructor, Human Behavior, B.A.,

B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Akron

M.A., Chapman University, Psy.D, U.S. InternationalUniversity , Alliant

PULLING, KATHLEEN 1995, Professor, Computing &

Engineering Technology, M.S., Boston University, A.B, M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Riverside

RODRIGUEZ, GABRIEL 2003, Professor/Counselor,

PULVER, JOHN 1994, Professor, Human Behavior, B.S.,

ROGERS, TERESA 1995, Instructor, Health Related

Brigham Young University, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas QUAGLIANO, JOSEPH 2001, Professor, Resorts &Gaming,

B.S., B.A, University of Denver QUINN, PATRICK 2007, Instructor, English, B.A., University

of Utah, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas RAFFERTY, KEVIN 1989, Professor/Department Chair,Human

Behavior, B.A., Eisenhower College, M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York, Stony Brook

Counseling, B.A., M.A., California State University, Fresno Professions, A.A., Saddle Back Community College, B.S.,M.S., California State University, Fullerton ROLDAN, CHRISTINA 1996, Professor, Mathematics, B.A.,

Bryn Mawr College, M.A., University, California, Santa Barbara ROLLINS, STEPHANIE 2007, Instructor/Librarian, College

Library Services, B.A., Auburn University, M.L.S., Ph.D., University of Alabama ROQUES, ROBIN 1997, Instructor, Applied Technology,

RAGHUNATH, THILLAISHANAM 2004, Instructor,Social

A.S.E., Certified Master Technician

Sciences, B.A., Madras ChristianCollege, India, M.A., Ph.D., McMaster University

ROSENBERGER, THOMAS 1989, Professor/Department Chair,

RAGNONE, AMY 2005, Instructor, Nursing, A.A.S.,B.S.N.,

University of Cincinnati, M.A., National University RAMSEY, BETH 2001, Instructor, Dental, Dental, Diagnostic

& Rehabilitation Services, A.S., North Dakota State College RAO, KALESHWAR 1992, Professor, Computing

&Engineering Technology, B.S., Osmania University, M.S.,Michigan Technological University, M.S., East Texas State University RAO, SMITA 1999, Instructor, Accounting, Finance &Office Administration, B.A., Osmania University, M.S.,University of Nevada, Las Vegas

FACULTY

PINKNEY, DOROTHY 2001, Instructor, Nursing, A.A. S,

Hospitality Management, A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas ROSENTHAL, SHERRY 1998, Professor, English, B.A., M.A.,

C.Phil., Ph.D., University of California, San Diego ROSICH, JOHN 1971, Professor, Business, B.S., Youngstown

State University, M.S., Duquesne University, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh ROSICH, RENE 2002, Instructor, Business, B.S., University of Southern California, J.D., Southwestern University ROTH, KELLY 1995, Professor, Fine Arts, B.F.A., M.F.A.,

Arizona State University


391

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y ROVERI, DALE 1999, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services RUTH, CLIFFORD 2007, Instructor, Communication, B.A.,

M.A., California State University, San Bernardino SALADINO, STEVEN 2003, Professor, Education, A.S., Mt.

San Antonio College, B.S., California State Polytechnic University, Pomona, M.Ed., Lesley University

FACULTY

SANTOR, JAMES 1977, Professor/Department Chair, Public

Safety & Human Services, A.A., Moorpark College, B.S., M.A., M.S., California Lutheran College SARIO, VIVIENNE 1997, Professor, Hospitality Management,

Technology, B.S., Jilin University, M.S., University of Nevada, Reno SHERFIELD, ROBERT 1996, Professor, English, A.A., Spartanburg Methodist College, B.A., Lander University, M.Ed., Converse College, M.A., Ph.D., University of South Carolina SHERMAN, TRACY 1998, Professor, Health Related

Professions, A.A.S., Amarillo College, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas SHILLINGBURG, WARREN 1997, Professor, Education, B.S.,

B.B.A., University of Texas, El Paso, M.A., Webster University, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

University of Dayton, M.A., Northeast Illinois University, Ph.D., Purdue University

SARRI, SAMUEL 1997, Professor, Social Sciences, B.S.,

SHIPP, LESLIE 1987, Professor, English, A.A., Central

University Hassan Ii, Casa Blanca, M.S., University of Lille, M.A., Michigan State University, Ph.D., Paris X University, Ph.D., Southwest University, New Orleans

SHKORUPA, ROBERT 2001, Professor, Education, B.S.,

SATHAPPAN, KALA 2006, Instructor, Mathematics, B.A., Whittier College, M.B.A., M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas SAWYER, JOHN 2002, Instructor/Librarian, College Library

Services, B.A., State University of New York at Purchase, M.A., Brown University, M.L.I.S., University of Texas, Austin SCHEUBLEIN, SUSAN 2006, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services, B.A., State University of New York – Buffalo, B.S., M.S., D’Youville College SCHNEITER, HEIDI 2004, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic & Rehabilitation Services, B.S., University of Wisconsin, Oshkosh SCHOTT, KENNETH 1992, Professor/Librarian, College

Library Services, A.S., Greenfield Community College, A.A., St. Petersburg Junior College, B.A., University of Central Florida, M.L.S., Florida State University

Piedmont Community College, B.A., University of North Carolina, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas M.Ed., Wayne State University SHORE, CHRISTINE 1998 Professor/Librarian, College Library Services, B.A, State University of New York at Oneonta, M.L.S., Pratt Institute SHROBA, CYNTHIA 2007, Instructor, Physical Sciences, B.S.,

M.S., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, Ph.D., University of Oregon SIGMAN, FRED 1996, Professor, Fine Arts, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, M.A., University of New Mexico SIGNORELLI, DENISE 1999, Professor, Biological Sciences,

B.A., University of Kansas, Ph.D., University of Kansas Medical Center SILVA, GAIL 1999, Professor, Health Related Professions,

B.S., University of Phoenix SIMPSON, LINDA 2007, Instructor, Dental, Diagnostic &

SCHULTZ, JOHN DAVID 1998, Professor, International

Rehabilitation Services, B.S., Idaho State University

Languages, B.A., M.A., University of Arizona

SKILLEN, JENNIFER 2004, Instructor, Biological Sciences, B.S., University of California, Davis, Ph.D., Michigan State University

SCHWARTZ, NANCY 2005, Instructor, Human Behavior,

B.A., Smith College, M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University SCOTT, BETTY 1974, Professor, Business, B.A., St. Mary’s

College, M.A., University of the Pacific, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ed.D., University of San Diego SCOTT, JUDY 2000, Professor, Nursing, B.S., M.S.N.,

University of Nevada, Las Vegas SEBOK-SHILLINGBURG, MARIANNE 1998, Professor,

Business, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University SHABAHANG, RAMAT 1993, Professor, Applied Technology, B.S., Pahlavi University, M.S., Texas A&M University, D.S.C., George Washington University SHAW, KAREN 2007, Instructor, Health Related Professions, A.S., Rochester Community and Technical College, B.S., Nebraska Wesleyan University, M.L. A., The Johns Hopkins University

392

SHEN, WEN 1992, Professor, Computing & Engineering


SKILLEN, ROBERT 2004, Instructor, Physical Science, B.S., Oregon State University, M.S., Michigan State University SMITH, JOHN 1981, Professor, Applied Technology, A.A.,

College of the Desert, B.S., M.S., California Polytechnic State University SMITH, ROYSE 1991, Professor, Social Sciences, B.A., Northeastern Oklahoma University, M.A., Northern Arizona University SOLOMON, GARY 1998, Professor, Human Behavior, A.A.,

Los Angeles Valley College, B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles, M.A., University of Tennessee, Ph.D., Pacific Western University SOLTZ, STEVEN 2004, Instructor, Hospitality Management,

A.A., Orange Coast College

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y SOPRANO, ALFRED 1974, Professor, English, B.S., State

TIERNO, JOEL 2005, Professor, Social Sciences B.A., State

University of New York, Oswego, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

University of New York, Oswego, M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York, Buffalo

SOUKUP, DENNIS 2001, Instructor/Department Chair,

TRACY, STEPHEN 1992, Professor, Human Behavior, B.S.,

Applied Technologies

Brigham Young University, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

M.Ed., Prairie View A&M University, M.A., University of Texas, San Antonio STANDISH, GEORGIA 2003, Professor, English, B.A.,

University of British Columbia, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas STANGER, LYNN 2004, Instructor, Nursing, B.S.N., Carlow

TUCKA, ALLAN 2001, Professor, Physical Sciences, A.S., College of Lake County, B.S., University of Illinois, Chicago, M.S., Portland State University UKAEGBU, DOROTHY 1995, Professor, Human Behavior,

A.A. Felician College, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts

College, M.S., University of St. Francis

UMLAND, KENNETH 2005, Professor/Department Chair,

STEENSEN, GRETCHEN 2002, Instructor, Applied

International Languages, B.A, McCalester College, M.A., McGill University, M.F.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Technology, B.A., M.A., Kent State University STEPHENSON, DENNIS 2007, Instructor, Mathematics, B.S.,

University of Nevada, Las Vegas STEWART, INGRID 1994, Professor, Mathematics, A.A.,

Otero Junior College, B.S., University of Southern Colorado, M.S., Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas STEWART, JUDITH 1995, Professor/Faculty Senate Chair,

Biological Sciences, B.S., M.S., Brigham Young University STHULTZ, MICHAEL 1997, Professor, Engineering

VALENTINER, ADAM 2005, Instructor, Media Technologies,

B.A., M.S., California State University, Chico VAZQUEZ, PATRICIA 1996, Professor, English, B.A., M.A.,

Arizona State University VERNOOY, STAN 1998, Professor, Mathematics, B.S.,

Brigham Young University, M.A., University of Maryland VILLA, PATRICK 2004, Instructor, Mathematics, B.A., M.A., California State University, Fresno

Technology, B.A., Claremont Men’s College, B.S., University of California, Berkeley, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

VOGEL, LEE 2006, Instructor, Physical Science, B.S. M.Ed.,

STIVERS, AARON 2005, Instructor, Automotive

VUILLEMOT, JOANNE 1982, Professor, Fine Arts, B.F.A.,

SUSTARSIC, MARCH 2002, Professor, International

M.S., University of British Columbia, Ph.D, University of Calgary M.F.A., University of Arizona

Languages, B.A., M.A., Ohio University

WADLEIGH, LINDA 1982, Professor, Media Technologies,

TANAKA, LESTER 1992, Professor, English, A.S., Honolulu

B.F.A., Michigan State University, M.F.A., Pratt Institute, M.S., Columbia University

Community College, B.S., M.Ed., University of Hawaii TANDON, SHRUTI 1999, Professor, Computing &

Engineering Technology, B.A., M.A., University of Mumbai, M.S., Clemson University TARKANIAN, GEORGE 2001, Professor, English, A.A., Mount

San Antonio College, B.A., University of San Diego, M.Ed., Azusa Pacific University, M.A., Claremont Graduate University TAYLOR, MARGARET 1998, Instructor, Computing &

WAGNER, JEFFREY 2007, Instructor, Applied Technologies, B.S., M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas WAINSCOTT, BRIAN 1999, Professor, Biological Sciences,

A.S., Richland Community College, B.A., B.S., Eastern Illinois University, M.S., Illinois State University WALLIS, JAMES 1996, Professor, Social Sciences, B.S.,

M.A., Wayne University, M.Div., The Episcopal Divinity School, M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School

Engineering Technology, B.S., M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

WALTMAN, BRADLEY 2003, Professor, English, B.A., James

THOMAS, ANNAMMA 1991, Professor, Nursing, B.S., New

WANG, JISHENG 1992, Professor, Mathematics, B.S., Beijing

York University, M.N.A. Rajasthan University

University, M.S., Chinese Academy of Sciences, M.A., University of Utah, Ph.D., New Mexico State University

THOMAS, GAYLE 2000, Professor, English, A.A., Aims

Community College, B.A., University of Northern Colorado, M.A., Ball State University THWEATT, RAY 1998, Professor, Biological Sciences, B.S., M.S., University of Texas, El Paso, Ph.D., University of Texas, Health Science Center, San Antonio

FACULTY

SPIKES, ERNEST 2000, Professor/Counselor, Counseling,

Madison University, M.A., Hunter College

WARBY, DALE 1998, Professor/Department Chair, Education,

B.A., Southern Utah University, M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas WARE, MITZI 1995, Professor, Computing & Information

Technology, B.S., M.B.A, University of Nevada, Las Vegas


393

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y WEAVER, GARY 2000, Instructor, Applied Technology

WYATT, MICHELLE 1990, Professor/Department Chair,

WEAVER, ROBERT 2007, Instructor, Accounting, Finance &

Mathematics, B.A., Midland Lutheran College, M.Ed., Ed.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Office Administration, B.S., Kentucky State University, M.S., Roosevelt University, M.C.E., Garrett Evangelical Seminary

YATES, RONALD 1998, Professor, Mathematics, B.S., M.S.,

Languages, B.A., Warwick University, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Montana State University

College, M.A., University of Miami, D.A., University of Northern Colorado WHITE, GLYNDA 1990, Professor, Business, B.S., Lambuth

College, J.D., Texas Southern University

YOUNG, DAPHNE 1999, Instructor, English, B.A., University of California, Berkeley, M.F.A., Mills College YOUNG, MICHAEL 1997, Professor, International Languages,

B.A., Pepperdine University, M.A., Georgetown University, J.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

University, M.A., Bowling Green State University

ZARRABI, KAVEH 1992, Professor, Physical Sciences, B.S., National University of Iran, M.S., New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, Ph.D., Colorado School of Mines

WIDDISON, DANA 2004, Instructor, Nursing, A.D.N.,

ZIEBELL, JOHN 2001, Professor/Interim Department Chair,

WHITE, MICHAEL 2000, Professor, English, B.A., Ohio State

ADMINISTRATION

University of Nebraska, Omaha

WHAN-MCCARTHY, SARAITA 1995, Professor, International

WHERRY, MARK 1995, Professor, Fine Arts, B.M., Hastings

B.S.N., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

English, B.A., Northern Arizona University, M.F.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

WILKINS, TIMMIE 2007, Instructor, Applied Technologies, A.O.S., Wyoming Technical Institute

ZUCKERMAN, LESLIE 1999, Professor, Health Related

WILLIAMS, MARY 1973, Professor/Department Chair,

Business, B.A., Langston University, M.S., Kansas State Teachers College, Ed.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, D.B.A., United States International University WILLIAMS, RICHARD 2002, Professor, International

Languages, B.A., Portland State University, M.A., University of Hawaii WILSON, MARY JO 1995, Professor, Biological Sciences,

B.A., Kansas State Teachers College, M.S., University of Oklahoma WOLF, JANA 2001, Professor/Counselor, Counseling, B.A.,

Professions, B.S., University of Utah, M.A., University of Redlands

ADMINISTRATION ADAMS, ANNELI Executive Director Professional Excellence

& International Development, B.A., Institute of Marketing, Helsinki, M.Ed., University of Helsinki, Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas ADAMS, JOHNNY, III Coordinator of Intramural Sports & Wellness, Student Affairs, B.S., Western Carolina University

University of Northern Colorado, M.Ed., University of Hawaii, Manoa

AHERN, KAREN Technical Support Specialist II, Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A., College of Southern Nevada

WOMACK, JAMES 1995, Professor, International Languages,

ALFORQUE, ARNOLD A. Technical Support Specialist II,

B.A., Gallaudet University, M.A., California State University, Northridge

Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), B.S., DeVry Institute of Technology

WONG, TITYIK 1996, Professor, Mathematics, B.S., Xiamen University, M.S., Ph.D., University of Arizona

ALLEN, ALONDA Analyst, Budget Services, B.A., University

WORKMAN, SANDRA 1989, Professor, International

ALLEN, STEPHEN Dental Hygienist, Dental Faculty Practice,

Languages, B.A., California State University, Northridge, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University

A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.A., Simpson College

WRIGHT, CARLA 1999, Instructor, Nursing, Nursing

Diploma, Mohawk College, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada WRIGHT, LONNIE 1992 Professor, Hospitality Management,

of Nevada, Las Vegas

AMSLER, JOHN Technical Support Specialist I, Office of

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), B.S., University of New Mexico, M.A., Golden Gate University ANDERSON, ANDREA Coordinator, Boulder City Site, B.S.,

B.S., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Northern Arizona University, M.B.A., Boise State University, Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

WRIGHT-CUTTING, SANDRA 2007, Instructor, Applied

ANDERSON, JORDAN Technical Support Specialist I

Technologies, B.A., Brigham Young University WU, QILIN 1995, Professor, Physical Sciences, B.S., Peking

University, M.S., Ph.D., University of Oregon

394

WYCKOFF, THERI 2002, Professor, Education, B.S., M.S.,


ANNILLO, CARMEN Coordinator, Chief Campus

Administrator , Charleston, B.A., University of North Carolina, M. Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y ASHERIAN, VARTOUHI Instructional Designer, Office of e-

BROWN, KIM Testing Specialist, Assessment Center, A.A.S.,

Learning, B.S., University of California, Irvine, M.S., California State University, Fullerton

College of Southern Nevada, B.S., M.P.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

BAILEY, MARY KAYE Assistant Vice President/Controller, Financial Services, B.B.A., University of Alaska, Fairbanks, M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

BROWN, THOMAS Senior Advisor to President/Chief Campus Administrator, Cheyenne Campus, B.S., Alcorn State University, M.A.T., Mississippi State University

BAKKE, LISA Budget Director, Budget Services, A.A.S.,

BRUDLO, THOMAS Technical Support Specialist II, Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), O.C.A.D., Sheridan College

BALDWIN, GARY Technical Support Specialist I, Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) BARELA, JESUS D. Lab Manager, Office of Technology

BRUMAGE, THEODORA Assistant to Clinical Services

Manager, Dental Faculty Practice

Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A., College of Southern Nevada

BUCELATO, NORMA Director, Grant Resources, B.S., State

BEARCE, JOHN Senior Research Analyst, Institutional

BUCKLEY, JASON Network Manager, Office of Technology

Research & Planning, B.S., B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Services (SunGard Higher Education),

BEGLEY, DE ERIN Laboratory School Teacher,

Student Center, B.A., Brandeis University

Education/Child Development, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada

BYNUM, PAUL Academic Advisor, Counseling, B.S., M.S.,

BENNETT, DANIEL Deputy Chief of Police, CSN Police,

B.P.A., Nevada State College BERNDSEN, ALLEN Construction Manager, Facilities

Management BIVONA, JOYCE Grants & Contract Manager, Financial

University of New York, Oswego

BUCKWALD, JEFFREY Operations Coordinator, International

State University of New York, Buffalo BYRD, ARTHUR Vice President, Student Affairs, B.A., M.A., Ed.D., University of Washington, Seattle BYRD, CHARLETA Operations Coordinator, Athletics, B.A.,

Clark Atlanta University

Services, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

CAMPBELL, MICHAEL Technical Support Specialist I, Office

BLOYER, DONALD Internal Audit/Compliance Manager,

CAMPO, CARLOS Interim Vice President, Academic Affairs,

Finance & Budget, B.S., University of Utah, M.B.A., Golden Gate University

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas CANNAN, AMY Financial Accountant, Financial Services

BOURGON, BRIAN Programmer/Analyst I, Office of

CANTU, VERONICA Disability Specialist, Student Affairs,

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas BRADY, BRAD Academic Advisor, Counseling, B.S., M.S.,

M.A., Eastern Michigan University BRATTON, TERRY Administrative Services Analyst, Administrative Operations

of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education)

A.A., Ventura College, B.A., California State University, Chico, M.A., University of Phoenix CAPISTRANO, MIRIAM Health Programs Advisor, Health

Sciences, B.S., University of Florida, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas CARL, CHARLENE Marketing Specialist, Public & College

Management

Relations, A.A.S., Community College of the Air Force, B.S., Park University

BROOKS, SANCHEZ, JUDITH Workforce Specialist,

CARROLL, DEBORAH Executive Assistant, General Counsel

Workforce and Economic Development, B.S. Wayne State University, M.B.A., Regis University

CARSON, JANN Operations Coordinator, CAPE Office

BRAVO, JOANNE Operations Coordinator, Facilities

BROWN, ANGELA Gaming Lab Assistant, Hospitality

CARTON, GARY Technical Director, Fine Arts Center, B.A.,

Management, A.G.S., College of Southern Nevada

Southwest Minnesota State College, M.A., University of Washington

BROWN, CHRISTINA Operations Coordinator, Budget

CARTON, SHIRLEY Foundation Operations Manager,

Services BROWN, GRANVILLE Director, Workforce & Economic

Development, A.A.S., Grand Rapids Community College, B.S., Ferris State University, M.A., Western Michigan University

ADMINISTRATION

College of Southern Nevada

Foundation/Development CHAMBERS, TIMOTHY Athletic Director/Baseball Coach,

Athletics, B.S., Southern Utah University CHAPMAN, LINDA Director, CAPE Office


395

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y CHAVEZ, CIPRIANO Dean, Student Affairs, B.A., M.A., New

DIVINE, DARREN Associate Vice President, Academic

Mexico Highlands University

Affairs, B.S., University New Mexico, M.S., New Mexico State, Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

CHAVEZ, ELDA Associate Registrar, Enrollment

Management, Admissions & Records CHOO, NELSON Telecommunications Technician, Office of

DOMINGUEZ, MARTHA Assistant Registrar for Systems,

CHRISTENSEN, CONNIE Education Program Coordinator,

Student Affairs, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.C.S., Instituto TecnolÛgico de Durango

CHRISTENSEN, SUE Workforce Specialist, Workforce and

DRISKO-CIOE, PAMELA Staff Interpreter, Deaf & Hard of

Economic Development, B.A., Cardinal Stritch University

Hearing Services Center, A.A.S., Wilson Technical Community College

CHRISTMAS, DECHELLE Analyst, Budget Services, B.S.,

DUNHAM, PHILIP Network Systems Administrator I, Office

Devry Institute of Technology CIFRA, JASON Interim Director, Counseling, B.A.,

University of Hawaii – Hilo, M.A., Argosy University

ADMINISTRATION

Charleston, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) Education, B.S., M.S., Utah State University

CLAXTON, GRETSHION Coordinator, Financial Aid, A.G.S.,

College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas CLEGG, BRANDON Network System Administrator, Office of

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) COFFIN, CHRISTOPHER Technical Support Specialist I,

Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada CORTEZ, LAURA Re-entry Specialist, Disability Resource

Center, B.S., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas CRAWFORD, CHEMENE Dean, Student Affairs, B.S.,

M.H.R.O.D., University of San Francisco, Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University DACUMOS, CARLO User Services Director, Henderson, Office

of Technology Services (Sungard Higher Education), A.A.S., Community College of the Air Force, A.A., University of Maryland, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas DANIELS, CHARLES A. Director, Apprenticeship Studies,

of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) DUNN, JUDY Applications Manager, Cheyenne, Office of

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) EDWARDS, MANUS Workforce Specialist, Workforce &

Economic Development, B.A., University of Michigan, M.B.A., University of Phoenix EDWARDS, MARY T. Executive Assistant, Finance & Budget,

B.A., University of Washington, Seattle ERWIN, CLARISSA Professor/Librarian/Director, College

Library Services, B.A., Marquette University, M.L.S., Rosary College, M.A., University of Chicago ESTRADA, MARIZAVA International Registration Specialist

Coordinator, International Student Center FEINTUCH, ROBERT Technical Support Specialist II, Office

of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) FERGUSON, AARON Motor Pool Technician/Lab Assistant, Administrative Operations FEUDI, JOSH Assistant CIO, Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), B.S., Saint Bonaventure University, M.S., University of Phoenix

B.S., Westminster College, M.S., M.Ed., University of Idaho, Ed.D., Northern Arizona University

FERRANDIZ, CANDIA Program Coordinator, Workforce &

DAVIS, ARTHUR Audio Visual Technician, Office of

FIGUEROA, VITALIANO Director of Student Activities,

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education)

Student Affairs, B.A., M.S., University of Rhode Island

DAVIS, KERRY Dentist, Dental Faculty Practice, D.D.S.,

FIKES, JANIS Lab Manager, Child Development, Education, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

University of the Pacific DAYAR, PATRICIA Vice President for Finance & Budget,

A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., M.P.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas DENG-LEE, HONG MELODY Assistant Controller, Financial

Services, B.E., Xiamen University, M.B.A., East Tennessee State University DICKINSON, MARY BETH Workforce Specialist, Workforce and Economic Development, DIPUMA, FRANK Director, Institutional Research & Planning,

A.A., Yuba College, B.A., M.A., California State University, Chico, M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

396

DOCKTER, JULIE Program Director, Campus Childcare


Economic Development, West Charleston

FITZGERALD, KAY Site Coordinator, Workforce & Economic Development, B.S., Metropolitan State College of Denver, M.P.A., Eastern Washington University FOEGN, THAM Dentist, Dental Faculty Practice, B.A., Union

College, D.D.S., University of Missouri, Kansas City, J.D., Concord Law School, Los Angeles FOSHEE, JEFFERY Vice President, Administrative Operations,

B.S., Auburn University, J.D., Samford University FOWLER, DAVID Technical Services Manager, Facilities

Management, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y FREIRE, CAROLINA NAVARRETE Recruitment/Retention Specialist, Recruitment & Retention, A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

HOLCOMB, TINA Financial Aid Coordinator, Financial Aid,

FULMER, JEFFREY Specialist, Fine Arts, B.A., Wabash

College, M.F.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Center, B.A., San Diego State University, M.A., Seoul National University

GALDI, GARY Internal Auditor, Finance & Administration,

HOLLAND, JOHN J. Director of Purchasing, Financial

B.A., Washington & Jefferson College, M.P.A., Georgia Southern University

Services, B.S., Colorado State University

A.A., College of Southern Nevada HOLL, SOON BOCK MOON Director, Testing, Assessment

College of Southern Nevada

HOLLIGAN-FOLDS, SUE Workforce Specialist, Workforce & Economic Development, A.A., San Bernardino Valley College, B.A., M.A., University of Redlands

GALVEZ, AGNES Health Programs Advisor, Nursing, A.S.

HOLTAM, KELLY Childcare Program Coordinator, Campus

Cypress College, B.S. Cornell University, M.S., California State University , Northridge

Childcare, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada

GAMBOA, FAY Program Developer, Workforce & Economic

Support Services, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada

Development, B.A., M.Ed., University of Texas at El Paso GARCIA, JOSEPH Disability Specialist, Disability Resource

HONCHELL, PEGGY SUE Writing Specialist, Academic HOUCK, CHRISTIANA Instructional Analyst, Office of

Center, M.A., California State University, Hayward, M.S., California State University, Long Beach

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) A.A., Central Florida Community College, B.S., University of South Florida, M.Ed., Lesley University

GARNER, ERIC Multi-Media Developer, Public & College

HOWARD, KATHERYN Public Affairs Specialist, Public &

Relations, A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

College Relations, B.A., University of Minnesota, Twin Cities

GILBERT, WILLIAM Associate Vice President, Administrative

HURLEY, PETER Director of Student Financial Services,

Operations

B.A., State University of New York at Buffalo

GLOVER, BRADFORD Workforce Coordinator, Workforce & Economic Development, B.S., M.S., New Mexico State University

HUYCK, NADINE Academic Advisor, Counseling, B.S.,

Slippery Rock University, M.A., University of Maryland

Maintenance, A.A., College of Southern Nevada

JACKSON, BEVERLY Manager, Catalog and Schedule Production, A.G.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

GUINAN, ANTHONY Specialist, Human Resources, B.S.,

JACKSON, YVONNE Recruitment/Retention Specialist,

M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Recruitment & Retention, B.A., California State University, Sacramento

GUERRA, KATHRYN Coordinator, Facilities, Operations &

HAMPTON, GREG Multimedia Specialist, Public & College

Relations, A.O.S., Education Dynamics Institute

JACOBUCCI, STEPHEN Athletic Trainer, Athletics, A.A.S.,

HARRIS, EMMA Operations Coordinator, Diversity &

College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Inclusion HAWKINS, ROSE Interim Dean, School of Arts & Letters,

A.A., Allan Hancock College, B.A., M.A., California Polytechnic State University HEFLICH, DAVID Trainer, Office of Technology Services

(SunGard Higher Education), HENDERSON, PATRICIA Director, Disability Resource

JAQUITH, JOHN Network Systems Administrator II, Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A., Seattle Central Community College JENSEN, BRADLEY Director, Facilities, Operations &

Maintenance, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas JOHNSON, ANN Associate Vice President, Student Affairs,

Center, B.S., M.Ed., University of Arkansas, Little Rock

B.A., M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

HICKS, JOE Writing Specialist, Academic Support Services

JOHNSON, DWIGHT Audio Visual Technician, Office of

HILL, STEPHANIE Interim Coordinator, Recruitment &

Retention, B.S., M.P.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas HINKLEY, RICHARD General Counsel, Administration and

Contracts, President’s Office, B.A., Brigham Young University, J.D., University of Utah HO, WAI Network Systems Administrator II, Office of


ADMINISTRATION

GALE, MARY Re-entry Specialist, Student Affairs, A.A.

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A.S., Education Dynamics Institute JOHNSON, JAMES Coordinator, Chief Campus Administrator Cheyenne, A.A.S., B.S., M.B.A., National University, M.S., Capella University JOHNSTON, SALLY Dean, School of Science and

Mathematics, B.S., Missouri Western State College, M.A., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute


397

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y JONES, ROSA Recruitment/Retention Specialist, Recruitment

LONDON-WILLIAMS, JOSEPHINE Interim Director,

& Retention, B.S., M.S., Springfield College

Communications, Public & College Relations, B.S., Marquette University

JUDGE, MICHAEL Director of Academic Technology Services, Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A., Pensacola Junior College, B.A., University of Central Florida, M.S., Nova Southeastern University KAULENTIS, THERESA Director, Adult Literacy & Language, Workforce & Economic Development, B.A., California State Polytechnic University, M.A., San Francisco State University KELLER, SHELLIE Recruitment/Retention Specialist,

Recruitment & Retention, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

ADMINISTRATION

KELLY, CHRISTOPHER Dean, School of Business, Hospitality,

and Public Services, B.S., M.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas KIHUEN, RUBEN Academic Advisor, Counseling, B.S.,

University of Nevada, Las Vegas KIRBY, STEPHANIE Coordinator, Recruitment & Retention,

B.A., State University of New York at Plattsburgh KONIE, MARGARET Operations Coordinator, Financial

Services KRAMER, JANET Director of Nursing, Nursing, B.S.N.,

Aid, B.A., Arizona State University LORD, ROBERT Technical Support Specialist II, Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) LYTLE, AYREN Technical Support Specialist II, Office of

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada MARION, BRENDA Clinical Services Manager, Dental

Faculty Practice MARTIN, VIRGINIA Property & Stores Manager, Financial

Services, A.A., Rio Hondo College, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas MASHHAD, KALIM Student Advocate, Workforce & Economic Development, A.A., Los Angeles Southwest College, B.A., California State University, Long Beach, M.A., Pepperdine University MASOKA, CHARLES Recruitment/Retention Specialist, Recruitment & Retention, A.A., B.A., Haskell Indian Nations University MASON, ELSA Interim Coordinator, Recruitment &

Ursuline College, M.S.N., University of Akron

Retention, A.A., Community College of Santa Ana, B.A., M.A., California State University, Long Beach

LAKDAVALA, ZEND Writing Specialist, Academic Support

MASON, LARRY Interim Vice President, Diversity &

Services, LAMBERT, RICK Audio Visual Technician, Office of

Inclusion, B.A., New Mexico University, M.A., New Mexico Highland


MASSA, CHRISTOPHER Programmer/Analyst I, Office of

LARSON, SHANE Recruitment/Retention Specialist,

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Recruitment & Retention, B.S., Minot State University LATUSKY, CHRISTINE Coordinator, Academic Support

Services, A.A., College of Southern Nevada LAZO, MARJORIE Project Designer, Facilities Management LEE, MARK S. Technical Support Specialist II, Office of

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A., North Lake College, C.N.A., Novell LEICHTY, MARK Telecommunications Technician, Office of

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., B.A ., University of Nevada, Las Vegas LEWIS, TRACY Manager, Campus Childcare, B.S., California

State University, Fresno LLAMAS, LETICIA Recruitment/Retention Specialist, Recruitment & Retention, B.S. University of California, Redlands LOGSDON, JENNIFER Tech Prep Coordinator, Workforce & Economic Development, A.A., Pima Community College, B.S., Park University, M.Ed., Northern Arizona University

398

LOPEZ-GARRETT, BERNADETTE Assistant Director, Financial


MATTHEWS, JACQUELINE Chief Development Officer and

Executive Director of CSN Foundation, Foundation/ Development, B.S., M.M., University of Phoenix MCCOLLUM, PENNY Campus Manager, Henderson Campus MCJIMSON, ANDREW Multimedia Manager, Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) MCNEELY, CECELIA Assistant to the Chief of Police, CSN

Police, A.G.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas MCNEILL, SANTARPIA Coordinator, Re-entry Program, B.S., Hunter College, M.S., Fort Valley State University MEEK, RON Assistant Site Coordinator, Boulder City Site, A.A.S., Central Texas College, B.S., American Technological University, B.S., East Texas State University, M.Ed., East Texas State University, Ed.D., East Texas State University METTY-BURNS, REBECCA Director, Workforce & Economic

Development, B.A., University of Alaska, Anchorage, M.B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y MILBURN, SAMMY Staff Interpreter, Deaf & Hard of

PAYNE, SHERRI Acting Associate Vice President, Facilities

Hearing Services, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Management, B.A., Texas Tech University

MONROE, CHRISTINE Technical Support Specialist II, Office

PEACOCK, THOMAS Associate Vice President, B.A.,

of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.S., College of Southern Nevada

California State University, Long Beach, M.P.A., Ed.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

MONTAGUE, DARLENE Coordinator, Workforce & Economic

PERHAY, EDWARD Academic Advisor, Counseling, A.A.,

Development

Napa Community College, B.A., California State University, Sacramento

Development, A.D., Gateway Technical Institute, B.S., Western Michigan University, M.S.T., University of Wisconsin, Whitewater MORGAN, DAVID Marketing Director, Public & College

Relations, B.A., Texas Tech University MORRIS, DANIEL Executive Director of Business Services, Business Operations, B.A., University of Arizona, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

PETRIE, CRISTINA Director, Salary Administration &

Benefits, Human Resources, A.A.S., State University of New York College of Technology, Alfred, B.S., State University of New York, Oswego PHILLIPS, ANNA-MARIE Recruitment/Retention Specialist, Recruitment & Retention, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

MORSE, MARCUS Coordinator, Athletics

PIDGEON, CHARLOTTE Financial Aid Analyst, Financial Aid, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

MOYES, JEREMIAH Technical Support Specialist I, Office of

PIERROTT, CYNTHIA Adult Literacy & Language

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) MUELLER, JOHN Executive Director, Human Resources,

Coordinator, Workforce & Economic Development, A.A., Western Nevada Community College, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

B.S., M.P.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education)

PIOTROWSKA-JEZIERSKA, ANNA Academic Advisor, Counseling, B.A., College of International Business & Foreign Languages, M.A., Pedagogical University

NARCISO, ANTONIO Dental Assistant II, Dental Faculty

PIPPIN, ROBERT Planetarium Manager, Science

NAKAGAKI, CHRIS Network Systems Administrator II,

Practice, D.D.M., National University NAUS, SCOTT Program Coordinator/Advisor, International

PIXLEY, DANIEL Technical Support Specialist II, Office of

Student Programs, B.S., University of Wyoming

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada

NELSON, JAMES Director Environmental Health & Safety,

POLIQUIN, ANNE Interim Director, Tutoring Services, B.A.,

Finance & Budget, B.S., M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas NORRIS, TERRY Director, Office of e-Learning, B.S., M.S., Frostburg State University, M.B.A., Canyon College, Ed.D., West Virginia University O’BRIEN, JOHN A. User Services Manager, West Charleston,

Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A.S., Suffolk Community College, B.S., New York Institute of Technology, M.S., University of Phoenix OKEKE, CHARLES Dean, School of Education, Behavior &

University of California, Santa Barbara, M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas PORTER, DANIEL Technical Support Specialist I, Office of

Technology Services, (SunGard Higher Education) PROCTOR, WILLIAM ERIK Interim Director, Student Affairs,

B.A., College of William and Mary, M.A., Mississippi State University PROVOST, TOMMY Technical Support Specialist I, Office of


Social Sciences, B.B.A., M.S.E., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin

QUIJANO, ALICIA Dental Hygienist, Dental Faculty Practice, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada

ORTEGA, LUIS Academic Advisor, Counseling, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

RAFAEL, EMILY Coordinator, Student Services, B.S., Park

O’TOOLE, ERICA Career Services Specialist, Student

RAKVICA, ABIGAIL Workforce Specialist, Workforce &

Services, B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara, M.S., Nova Southeastern University PABALAN-DIOQUINO, ILUMINADA Registration/Information

Manager, Workforce & Economic Development, B.S., University of the Philippines, M.A., University of Santo Thomas, Manila

ADMINISTRATION

MOORMANN, KAY Dean, Workforce and Economic

University, M.A., Nova Southeastern University Economic Development, B.S., M.S., Syracuse University REIS, MATTHEW Technical Support Specialist II, Office of Technology Services, (SunGard Higher Education) RITHOLZ, LISA Dental Hygienist, Dental Faculty Practice,

A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada


399

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y RODRIGUEZ, NORA Assistant Director, Academic

Partnerships, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas ROJAS, CATHERINE Interpreter Coordinator, Deaf & Hard of

Hearing Services, A.A., College of Southern Nevada

SINES, BONNIE Administrative Assistant II, Office of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) A.S., Barstow Community College District, B.B.A., California Baptist University SKINNER, THAD Construction Manager, Facilities

Management ROMAS, STEPHEN Project Engineer, Facilities Management,

B.S., Northern Arizona University RUBACK, JODI Project Developer, Workforce & Economic

Development, A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Development, B.A., M.S., State University of New York, Albany

SMOLKA, GRETCHEN Executive Director of Academic

RUMSOWER, ERIC GM Remote Assessment Coordinator,

Applied Technologies

ADMINISTRATION

SMITH, RITA Site Coordinator, Workforce & Economic

Support Services, A.A., Diablo Valley College, B.A., M.A., California State University, Chico SMOLKA, REGINA Operations Coordinator, Workforce &

RUTER, JOSHUA Coordinator, Workforce & Economic

Economic Development

Development, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

SOLT, DEBRA Grant Writer, Grant Resources, B.S.,

RUTER, JUDITH Manager of Administrative Services,

Administrative Operations, A.S., A.A.S., Lehigh Carbon Community College, B.A., Allentown College of St. Francis de Sales, M.A., University of Phoenix RYCH, REBECCA Director of Community Relations, Foundation/Development, B.S., M. P. A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas SAIN-JURGENS, SARA Staff Interpreter, Deaf & Hard of

Hearing Services Center SAKAMOTO, KEVIN Telecommunications Technician, Office

of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) SALZMAN, HEA Testing Specialist, Disability Resource

Center, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas SAMES, JOHN Technical Support Specialist I, Office of

Technology Services, (SunGard Higher Education) SANKO, ANYA American Heart Association Community

Training Center Coordinator, Workforce & Economic Development, B.S., Michigan State University SCHAEFER, ROBERT Technical Support Specialist II, Office

of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), A.A.S., A.A.S., A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada

Whitworth College SPANGLER, MICHAEL Dean, School of Advanced & Applied Technologies, Ph.D., Ph.D., Iowa State University SPIVEY, ROBERT Administrative Assistant I, Office of Technology Services, (SunGard Higher Education) SPRINGER, RAYMOND Facilities Interior Project Assistant, Facilities Management STAGE-SQUIRE, PAULA Assistant Controller, Financial Services, A.S., Barstow Community College District, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas STEVENSON, VALERIE Laboratory School Teacher,

Education/Child Development, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas SWEENEY, ALAN Server Manager, Office of Technology Services, (SunGard Higher Education) TALAVERA, ANTONIO Coordinator, Student Affairs, B.A., Florida State University TALLEY, BRENDA Director, Fine Arts Center, A.G.S., College of Southern Nevada, B.A., Saint Regis University TASKER, AVIS Simulation Lab Manager, Nursing, A.A.S.,

B.S.N., Purdue University TAYLOR, ART Audio Visual Technician, Office of Technology

Services (SunGard Higher Education) SCHULTZ, WAYNE Sign Language Interpreter, Deaf & Hard

of Hearing Services Center SCOTT, THOMAS Faculty Training Coordinator, Center for

Academic & Professional Excellence, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, B.F.A., New York University SEDA, SANDY Chief of Police, CSN Police, B.A., John Jay

College of Public Safety and Human Services SILVER, TAMMY Director, International Student Center, B.A.,

B.S., University of Kansas, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

400


TAYLOR, HAUNANI Specialist, Office of e-Learning, A.A.,

College of Southern Nevada, B.A., Nevada State College THOMAS, JOSEPH Manager of Student Accounts, Business

Operations, B.A., University of Utah THOMPSON, PAULA Career Services Specialist, Student Affairs, B.B.A., Memphis State University TORRES, RAPHAEL Audio Visual Technician, Office of

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education) TRISTAN, LUIS Director, Facilities Management

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y TSANG, JAMES Technical Support Specialist II, Office of

WRIGHTMAN, DIANE Recruitment/Retention Specialist,

Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), B.S., B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

Recruitment & Retention, B.S., Grand Valley State University, M.Ed., Southern Illinois University, Carbondale

UBALDE, JAIME Dental Appliance Specialist, Dental Faculty

WUEST, KELLY Director Career Services/Re-Entry, Student

Practice, D.M.D., Manila Central University

Affairs, B.A., Southern Illinois University, Carbondale

VANADA, MATTHEW Site Coordinator, Workforce &

YEE, SHAWN Operations Coordinator, Facilities Management

VANADA, STACEY Advisor, International Student Center,

YEHDEGO, ASTER International Student Advisor,

B.A., Andrews University

International Student Center, B.S., M.Ed., Western Washington University

VUKSANOVIC, MILLIE Operations Coordinator, Business

ZELENIK, DEANA Manager, Apprenticeship Studies, A.A.S.,

Operations, A.A., College of Southern Nevada, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas WALDEN, MICHAEL ADA Computer Manager, Disability

Resource Center, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada WALTON, KIMIKO Recruitment/Retention Specialist,

Recruitment & Retention, B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas WARYAS, DIANE Assessment Coordinator, Institutional

Research, B.A., Gonzaga University, M.A., Miami University, Ph.D., Wayne State University

College of Southern Nevada ZELIG, ARNOLD Writing Specialist, Academic Support

Services, A.A.S., College of Southern Nevada ZEMEK DE DOMINGUEZ, FLORENCE ANNE General Counsel,

Human Resources and Affirmative Action, President’s Office, B.A., University of Chicago, J.D., De Paul University ZOZAYA, PATRICIA Registrar, Student Affairs, B.S., M.Ed.,


EMERITI

WEBB, NANCY Instructional Designer, Office of e-Learning,

B.S., M.Ed., Wayne State University

AGONIA, BARBARA Emerita, B.A., Hanover College,

WEED, LAURA Interim Associate Dean, Student Affairs,

University of Exeter, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas

B.A., University of Kentucky, M.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University WEST, JOSEPH Dean of Curriculum & Scheduling, B.B.A.,

Eastern New Mexico University, M.S., Ph.D., University of Oregon WHITLOCK, VON User Services Manager, Cheyenne, Office

of Technology Services (SunGard Higher Education), B.S., Utah State University WILKES, CHERYL Academic Advisor, Counseling, B.A.,

University of California – Los Angeles WILLIAMS, CHERYL Executive Assistant, Student Affairs,

B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas WILSON, HANS Technical Support Specialist II, Office of


ADMINISTRATION

Economic Development, B.A., Butler University

ANDERSON-STEWART, CAROLYN Emerita, Health

Information Technology, B.A., Augustana College, M.Ed., Seattle University, Ph.D., University of Washington BAKER, FRANKLIN NEIL Emeritus, Accounting, Finance &

Office Administration, B.B.A., M.A., University of Memphis, Ph.D., University of Nevada, Las Vegas CRACRAFT, JOSEPH Emeritus, Dental, Diagnostic &

Rehabilitation Services, B.S., Florida A&M University, B.A., M.A., California State University, Sacramento, Ph.D., University of Utah FIANT, E. RUELL Emeritus, Accounting, Finance & Office

Administration, B.S., Butler University, M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas FUNK, BEVERLY Emerita, Office Administration, B.A., M.A.,

WINTERS, HYLA Dean, School of Health Sciences, B.S.,

Idaho State University

University of Illinois, M.S., M.H.C.A, Texas Woman’s University

GOCHNOUR, GORDON Assistant to the President, Emeritus,

B.S., College of Idaho, M.S., Arizona State University

WOLFF, JEAN Infection Control Manager, Finance &

Budget, A.A., Southern Illinois University, B.S., M.Ed., Northwestern University

HILL, KENNETH Telemedia Manager Emeritus, B.A. College of the Pacific, M.A., San Francisco State College

WOODHOUSE, FRANCINE Executive Assistant, President’s

HOGGARD, DAVID Interim President, Emeritus, B.S., West

Office

Virginia State College Institute

WORD, MICHELLE Executive Assistant, Academic Affairs, A.G.S. College of Southern Nevada

HORN, EDWIN Emeritus, Mathematics, B.A., Western

WORKMAN, SUZAN Executive Assistant, Public & College

LITTLEPAGE, MARION Emeritus, Mathematics, B.S., Kansas

Relations

State Teacher’s College, M.A., University of New Mexico

Colorado University, M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin


401

A D M I N I S T R AT I O N / F A C U LT Y LIU, STEPHEN Emeritus, English, B.A., University of

Nanking, B.A., Wayland College, M.A., University of Texas, Austin, Ph.D., University of North Dakota MEACHAM, PAUL President - Regents Emeritus, B.S.,

Tennessee A and I University, M.Ed., University Of Michigan, Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin MENESES, ADALBERTO Emeritus, International Languages,

L.L.B., University of Havana, M.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Ph.D., University of Havana NELSON, BARBARA Dean, Emerita, Campus Programs, B.S.,

M.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas PFEIFER, GLENN Emeritus, Mathematics, B.A., North

ADMINISTRATION

Central College, M.A., Ph.D., University of Nebraska RAWSON, RAY Emeritus, Dental Hygiene, B.S., M.A.,

University of Nevada Las Vegas, D.D.S., Loma Linda University REID, JANICE Emerita, English, B.A., M.A., University of

Nevada, Las Vegas, Ph.D., Union Graduate College RINGLER, JACK Emeritus, Social Sciences, B.A., University

of Utah, M.A., American University, M.S., George Washington University, Ed.D., United States International University RUST, SAUNDRA Emerita, B.A., University of Nebraska,

M.Ed., University of Nevada, Las Vegas SMIGEL, BARBARA Emerita, Biological Sciences, B.S.,

Bowling Green State University, Ph.D., State University of New York SOWLE, WILLIAM Emeritus, Applied Science & Technology STEADMAN, RICHARD Emeritus, Biological Sciences, B.A.,

M.A., University of Montana STRICKLAND, SANDRA Emerita, Dental, Diagnostic &

Rehabilitation Services, A.A.S., Houston Community College, B.S., University of Nevada, Las Vegas SUCHY, NORMA Emerita, Physical Sciences, B.S., University

of Wisconsin, Ph.D., Creighton University THOMAS SIMS, JEAN Vice President For College Services,

Emerita, B.S., James Madison University, M.Ed., College of William and Mary, Ed.D., Nova University TOMME, HOWARD Emeritus, B.S., United States Air Force

Academy, M.S., University of California, Los Angeles VANBETTEN, HERMAN 1982, Emeritus, English, B.A., University of Texas, M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California WATTS, LARENE Emerita, A.S., Dixie Junior College, B.S.,

M.S., Brigham Young University

402


STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Student Rights and Responsibilities

The College of Southern Nevada continually strives to establish a spirit of community in accordance with the highest standards of academic excellence and freedom, institutional integrity, and constitutional protections. Such an environment is essential in fostering intellectual growth and achievement. Each member of the College shares the responsibility of maintaining conditions conducive to the achievement of the College’s mission. The CSN Student Conduct Code is designed to provide basic standards to ensure means to fulfill this purpose. In order to maintain a system of effective campus management, each member of the campus community is strongly encouraged to notify appropriate officials of any Student Conduct Code violations and to assist in its enforcement. As citizens of the larger community in which the College is located, students have all the responsibilities that are incumbent upon any citizen. While the College is concerned with what happens to students both on and off the campus, the College holds students to be adults responsible for their own actions and subject to local, state and federal laws, and also, when appropriate, to the College’s internal discipline procedures. Nevada System of Higher Education (NSHE) Board of Regents reserves to the President of the College the authority and responsibility for matters of student discipline. This authority is delegated by the President to the Vice President for Student Affairs where specific hearings or appeals are processed. The Student Conduct Code is published and administered by the Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs. The ultimate authority for determining procedures for hearings, however, rests with the institutional President or his designee. The Student Conduct Code consists of standards, procedures, and sanctions in accordance with the procedures outlined in Chapter 6 of the NSHE Code, “Rules and Disciplinary Procedures for Members of the University Community.” In the event of a conflict between the Student Conduct Code and the NSHE Code, the NSHE Code shall prevail. As members of the College community, the behavior of all students is governed by the NSHE Code and the Student Conduct Code. Students may also be members of other College-based communities that impose additional standards of conduct, including but not limited to, intercollegiate athletic teams and Phi Theta Kappa. The rights accorded students by the Student Conduct Code extend to all student codes. All enrolled CSN students have access to the conduct regulations and procedures of the NSHE and CSN. Copies are available in the Office of the Vice President for Student Affairs, the Library, offices of the Consolidated Students of CSN, and on the Worldwide Web at http://www.csn.edu.

I. Authority and Jurisdiction The President is charged by the NSHE Board of Regents with the responsibility for establishing and enforcing regulations governing student life. These regulations are designed to enable the College to protect against the conduct of those who, by their actions, impair or infringe on the rights of others or interfere with the orderly operations of the College. Disciplinary action may be imposed for violations of the Student Conduct Code occurring at any of the following locations: A. College campus, including owned, leased or controlled property. B. Any location where a student is engaging in College activities or is engaging in activities arising out of the student’s membership in the College community. Violators may be accountable to both civil and criminal authorities and to the College for actions that constitute violations of the Student Conduct Code. At the discretion of College officials, disciplinary action at the College may proceed while other proceedings are pending. II. Emergency Clause The President may order the immediate suspension of a student for an interim period pending a disciplinary hearing for any student who there is cause to believe endangers the health, safety, or welfare of the College community or its property. Simultaneous with such suspension, the President shall refer the charges to the Vice President for Student Affairs, who shall process such charges in the manner and within the time limits required by the Student Conduct Code. The student has the right to challenge the interim suspension by requesting a hearing within 10 days as specified in the NSHE Code. III. Student Rights The College of Southern Nevada is an academic community in which all persons share responsibility for its growth and continued well being. As members of the College community, students can reasonably expect all the guarantees and protections afforded students of public institutions by the United States and Nevada Constitutions, including: A. In all instances of general discipline, the right to due process, guaranteeing substantive and procedural fairness. B. The right to freedom from discrimination on the basis of race, gender, age, religion, creed, national origin, disability, or sexual orientation. C. The right to engage in inquiry and discussion, to exchange thought and opinions, and to speak, write, or print freely on any subject in accordance with the guarantees of federal and state laws.


APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A

403

APPENDIX A

A P P EAPPENDIX N DA I X A

D. The right, as citizens, to exercise their freedoms without fear of College interference. E. The opportunity to participate in the formulation of policy directly affecting students through membership on appropriate committees as determined by the President of the College, the student government and other recognized groups within the College. F. Ready access to established College policies and procedures. G. The right to engage in peaceful and orderly speech, protest, demonstration, and picketing within the public forum which do not disrupt the educational functions of the College. H. Protection from unreasonable searches and seizures.

404

IV. Student Records Student records will be maintained in accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 and the U.S. Department of Education guidelines for implementation. Academic and disciplinary records shall be maintained separately. Transcripts of academic records shall contain information about academic status, including disqualification for academic reasons, and expulsion, suspension and revocation of admission for disciplinary reasons. Information from student records will not be made available to persons on or off campus except as provided for under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. With the exception of records relating to expulsion, suspension and revocation of admission, all disciplinary records shall be destroyed five years after fulfillment of sanctions. Records relating to expulsion, suspension and revocation of admission shall be held permanently. A complete institutional FERPA policy is located in the Office of the Vice President of Student Affairs. V. Student Responsibilities As a student, you are expected to abide by the conduct requirements of the University and Community College System of Nevada Code (the “NSHE Code”) as well as other requirements adopted by the College and/or the student’s department or program. To the extent this Student Code of Conduct is inconsistent with the NSHE Code, the provisions of the NSHE Code shall prevail. Copies of the NSHE Code and Board of Regents Policy are available from the Vice President for Student Affairs and/or from the Board of Regents web site at http://blue.scsr.nevada.edu/handbook/index.htm The following conduct, being incompatible with the purposes of an academic community, is prohibited and shall constitute cause for discipline and may lead to the procedures and disciplinary sanctions established in Section 6.3 of the NSHE Code. A. Engaging in conduct that interferes with academic freedom as specified in Section 2.1.4 of the NSHE Code.


B. The use of, or threat to use, force or violence against any member or guest of the College, except when lawfully permissible. C. Interference by force, threat or duress with the lawful freedom of movement of persons or vehicles on the premises of the College. D. The intentional disruption or unauthorized interruption of functions of the College, including but not limited to classes, convocations, lectures, meetings, recruiting interviews and social events, on or off premises of the college. Such conduct includes, but is not limited to, creating a fire or similar emergency situation. E. Willful damage, destruction, defacement, theft or misappropriation of equipment or property belonging to, in the possession of or on premises occupied by, the college, including, but not limited to, littering or other inappropriate disposal of refuse. F. Knowing possession on any premises of the College of any firearms, explosives, dangerous chemicals or other instruments of destruction, such as fireworks, or other dangerous weapons as defined by the laws of the State of Nevada, without the written authorization of the president of the College. G. Trespassing or continued occupation of buildings, structures, grounds or premises belonging to, or occupied by, the College after having been ordered to leave by the president or other College official acting in the course and scope of his or her employment. H. Forgery, alteration, falsification or destruction of College documents or furnishing false information in documents submitted to the College. I. Making an accusation which is intentionally false or is made with reckless disregard for the truth against any member of the College community by filing a complaint or charges under the NSHE Code or under any applicable established grievance procedure at the College. J. The repeated use of obscene or abusing language in a classroom or public meeting of the College where such usage is beyond the bounds of generally accepted good taste which, if occurring in a class, is not significantly related to the teaching of the subject matter. K. Willful incitement of persons to commit any of the acts herein prohibited. L. Disorderly, lewd or indecent conduct occurring on College premises or at a College sponsored function on or off such premises. M.Any act prohibited by local, state or federal law which occurs on College premises or at a College sponsored function on or off such premises. For example, storing, possessing, using distributing,

APPENDIX A The Administration of the Student Conduct Code I. Authority The President of the College has the responsibility for student conduct and discipline and shall exercise this responsibility through established procedures as prescribed in the Student Conduct Code and the NSHE Code. That authority is delegated to the Vice President for Student Affairs who appoints the Administrative Officers provided for under the Student Conduct Code. A. A designated Administrative Officer reporting to the Vice President for Student Affairs is responsible for administering the Student Conduct Code. B. The Vice President for Student Affairs may appoint such Hearing Officers and special Hearing Panels as required (6.10.1, 6.12.1, and 6.12.3 NSHE Code). C. Any notices to be served upon an accused student under the Student Conduct Code shall be sent by return receipt requested to the student's address of record with the College or will be hand-delivered and signed for. D. Consistent with the requirements of the Clery Act, both parties to an alleged sexual offense will be notified of the outcome of any disciplinary proceedings. II. Filing a Complaint Complaints alleging a violation of the Student Conduct Code shall be filed with the Administrative Officer or the Vice President for Student Affairs. Such complaints must meet the following criteria: A. The complaint must be in writing; B. The complaint must be signed by the complainant; C. To the extent possible, the date, time, place, name of person involved and the circumstances of the alleged violation should be specified; and D. The name of persons who may have witnessed the alleged prohibited conduct should be listed (6.8.1 NSHE Code).

APPENDIX A

selling, bartering, manufacturing, exchanging, or giving away controlled substances as defined in Nevada Revised Statutes is prohibited. As another example, operating a motor vehicle in violation of traffic rules so as to endanger another person or property is prohibited. As another example, use or possession of alcoholic beverages in violation of state law or in violation of the Board of Regents Policy, Title 4, Chapter 20, Section A.4 is prohibited. N. The use of threats of violence against a faculty member or the faculty member’s family in order to secure preferential treatment for grades, loans, employment or other service or privilege accorded by the College. O. Any act of unlawful discrimination or harassment based on race, creed, color, sex, age, sexual orientation, handicap or national origin or any act of employment or educational retaliation against any person who has made a complaint about such discrimination. Harassment is any verbal, visual or physical conduct that is sufficiently pervasive that it adversely affects, or has the purpose or logical consequence of interfering with the student’s educational program or creates an intimidating, hostile or offensive environment for other members of the College community. P. Any act of sexual harassment when submission to a request or demand of a sexual nature is either an explicit or implicit term or condition of employment or of academic studying or grading, or where verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature has the effect of creating an intimidating, offensive or hostile work or educational environment. Q. Acts of academic dishonesty, including but not limited to cheating, plagiarism, falsifying research data or results, or assisting others to do the same. R. Willfully destroying, damaging, tampering, altering, stealing, misappropriating, or using without permission any system, program or file of the College or NSHE including any violation of the System Computing Policy as set forth in the Board of Regents Policy, Title 4, Chapter 1, Section 19. S. Acts of hazing, defined as any method of initiation into or affiliation with the college community, a student organization, a sports team, an academic association, or other group engaged in by an individual that intentionally or recklessly endangers another individual. T. Any other conduct which violates applicable stated prohibitions, policies, procedures, rules, regulations or bylaws of the Board of Regents or the College, or which violates reasonable directions of the College officials or law enforcement officers acting in the performance of their duties.

III. Notification and Information Gathering A. The student named in the complaint will be notified by letter describing the alleged violation, whom to contact for an interview or information, the date by which that contact must occur, and that an administrative hold may be placed upon the student’s academic records. The letter will include a copy of the Student Conduct Code. Any person believed to have information relevant to the complaint may be contacted and encouraged to discuss this matter. B. The Administrative Officer will gather information relevant to any complaint indicating that a Student Conduct Code violation may have occurred. The Administrative Officer gathering that information


405

APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A

406

has the authority to meet with individuals involved to discuss the matter. In the absence of compelling circumstances, the process shall be completed within 20 college working days after the filing of the complaint. C. Based on the information gathered, the Administrative Officer will decide whether to dismiss, modify, or forward the charge as presented. 1. If the complaint is dismissed, the Administrative Officer will notify all concerned in writing of this decision. 2. Similarly, if the determination of the Administrative Officer is that the charges are to be modified or forwarded as presented, all concerned will be notified in writing. The Administrative Officer will also clearly detail the appropriate procedures. D. If the proposed action against the person charged may lead, in the opinion of the Administrative Officer, to suspension or expulsion and the person charged is a minor, the parents or legal guardians shall be notified of the charges and of the proposed hearing at least seven calendar days prior to the pending hearing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, sent to the parents’ or legal guardians’ last known address posted on the records of the registrar of the member institution involved. IV. Informal Resolution In all cases, accused students have the right to a formal hearing. However, in a case in which a student is charged with violations other than academic misconduct, the accused student may request in writing that the Administrative Officer resolve the complaint. A. The Administrative Officer may informally resolve the complaint with the consent of the person charged and the approval of the Vice President for Student Affairs by: 1. Conciliating with the original complainant and the accused student; 2. Permitting the complainant to voluntarily drop the complaint; or 3. Permitting the person charged to voluntarily accept disciplinary sanctions (6.8.2-c NSHE Code). B. A resolution discussion will be conducted by the Administrative Officer at which the accused student may have an advisor present. 1. Throughout the informal resolution process and only until such time as the accused student voluntarily accepts sanctions, the student has the right to request a formal hearing. 2. After any initial information gathering, the Administrative Officer will provide the accused student with a complete accounting of the proposed sanctions in a letter postmarked within


seven college working days of the date of the resolution meeting at which the sanctions were outlined. If the sanctions contained in the written report differ from what was presented at the resolution discussion, those differences are to be noted and explained. 3. This written notice will inform the accused student of the available options, which are to accept the sanctions in full or to reject the sanctions. If the sanctions are rejected in whole or in part, the informal process ends and a formal hearing will be scheduled. 4. This notice will also inform the accused student that the informal process does not provide for an appeal other than to opt for a formal hearing. 5. The accused student will be informed of the responsibility to notify the Administrative Officer in writing of the student’s choice to accept or reject the sanctions within seven college working days of the date the notice of the proposed sanctions was received by the student. If the student rejects the proposed sanctions, the Administrative Officer will notify the student that the informal resolution process has ended and the formal hearing process has been initiated. V. Formal Resolution A. Seven college working days following the completion of the initial information gathering process, or the informal resolution process, the Administrative Officer shall make a recommendation to the Vice President for Student Affairs whether to proceed to a formal hearing. B. The Vice President for Student Affairs shall notify the parties of a decision to accept or reject the Administrative Officers recommendation, within seven college working days of receipt of the recommendation. C. If the Vice President for Student Affairs determines that the matter should not proceed to hearing, unless new evidence sufficient in the opinion of the Vice President for Student Affairs to reopen the case is subsequently discovered, the complaint shall be dismissed and the disciplinary procedures shall be closed. All documents shall be handled in accordance with 6.8.2-f of the NSHE Code. D. If the Vice President for Student Affairs determines that the matter should proceed to a formal hearing, any additional investigation by the Administrative Officer must be concluded within 10 college working days, absent compelling circumstances. VI. Types of Formal Hearings A. Pursuant to the NSHE Code (6.4.4), the procedure to conduct a hearing is to be determined by the institutional President or his designee.

B. The student who is charged with a disciplinary infraction shall have the right to recommend to the Vice President for Student Affairs what type of hearing will be held. Within seven college working days after receipt of the decision of the Vice President for Student Affairs, the student shall notify the Vice President for Student Affairs and the Administrative Officer of the student’s recommendation for the type of hearing, either a General Hearing Officer or a Hearing Panel. 1. General Hearing Officer: A formal hearing held individually with a Hearing Officer who is appointed by the Vice President for Student Affairs. The Hearing Officer’s role is to be an objective party, aware of and knowledgeable about the Student Conduct Code and hearing procedures. 2. Hearing Panel: A hearing, administered by the Administrative Officer. The Hearing Panel is composed of a chair and at least a three-member panel consisting of at least one student and at least one professional staff and/or faculty. The chair will serve without vote and preside over the hearing. Members will be selected by the Vice President for Student Affairs. C. A charged student may petition the Vice President for Student Affairs or the Vice President for Student Affairs may choose to have a hearing before a Special Hearing Officer or a Special Hearing Committee. 1. Special Hearing Officer: A formal hearing held with a Hearing Officer appointed by the Vice President for Student Affairs, who is an attorney or has the professional experience in presiding at judicial or quasi-judicial adversary proceedings and who holds no contractual relationship with any System institution during the term of appointment. 2. Special Hearing Committee: A formal hearing, administered by a Hearing Officer appointed by the Vice President for Student Affairs and an elected Hearing Committee. The composition of the panels and method of election shall be consistent with the NSHE Code 6.12.3. D. The charged student may challenge a hearing member for cause (6.11.4, 6.12.6 NSHE Code), and may challenge a VI(B) decision by the Vice President for Student Affairs by following the appeal process in Article IX of the Student Conduct Code. VII. Notice These procedures are followed in giving notice for all formal hearing options:

A. A notice of hearing letter from the Administrative Officer must be provided to the charged student and the complainant a minimum of 10 college working days prior to any hearing (6.9.3-a NSHE Code). A letter of charge includes the following information: 1. Date, time, place of hearing; 2. Specification of the misconduct charged; 3. Name of complainant; 4. Specification, to the extent possible, of the time, place, person(s) involved and circumstances of alleged prohibited conduct and name(s) of possible witnesses. 5. Notification that the person charged may be accompanied by an advisor of the charged person’s choice (6.9.6-b NSHE Code); 6. A copy of the applicable disciplinary hearing procedures (6.9.3-b NSHE Code); and 7. Such other information as the Administrative Officer may wish to include (6.9.3-b NSHE Code). B. Notices shall be either hand-delivered directly to the person charged or sent by certified or registered mail. Notices delivered by mail are considered delivered when sent, provided that three additional college working days shall be added to the time period set forth for minimum notice (6.9.3-b NSHE Code). C. If the person charged intends to have an attorney or other representative present, he or she must notify the Administrative Officer no later than five college working days before the hearing of the name and address of the advisor, if any, and whether the advisor is an attorney. If, at any time during the proceeding, the student desires a representative or a change of representative, that right may be invoked. The proceeding will be stayed for a period of no fewer than five and no more than 15 college working days. This right may be invoked only once during any disciplinary proceeding, unless the Administrative Officer agrees to any additional requests for changes of representation or unless the student’s attorney withdraws. VIII. Hearing Procedures The Administrative Officer will be responsible for providing in writing a report summary to the Hearing Officer or Hearing Committee members and the charged student, including all information that resulted from the investigation process. This information will be the basis of the formal hearing proceedings. A. Upon request, the student charged, the student’s attorney or other representative, if any, and the Administrative Officer have the right to examine any documentary evidence to be presented at the hearing, at least five college working days prior to the hearing during regular business hours.


APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A

407

APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A

408

B. Students will be presumed innocent until proven otherwise by a preponderance of the evidence. The burden of proof shall at all times rest upon the party bringing the charge. C. Any formal hearing conducted by a Hearing Panel or Special Hearing Committee requires a majority to determine a student’s responsibility. D. The hearing is closed unless the person charged requests an open hearing (6.9.8 NSHE Code). E. Relaxed evidentiary standards will apply; hearings are not full-blown legal proceedings. F. The charged student, or the student’s attorney or other representative, has the right to present, challenge, and/or rebut evidence and to question or cross-examine witnesses at any hearing. G. The charged student, or the student’s attorney or other representative, has the right to respond to the allegation, to present relevant information, and to call witnesses on the student’s behalf. The charged student and the student’s attorney or other representative, have the right to hear and question all witnesses at the hearing. H. The charged student has the right to appear at a hearing in order to hear the evidence, to offer explanatory and clarifying information, and to question any witnesses. However, it is not necessary that the student be present for action to be taken. The charged student may, at his or her election, choose not to attend a formal disciplinary hearing. In such cases, failure to respond or appear will not create a presumption of responsibility or non-responsibility (6.9.10 NSHE Code). I. All findings of fact, recommendations and decisions must be based only on the evidence presented at the hearing. J. Minor technical departures or errors in the procedures established by the Student Conduct Code or applicable rulings will not necessarily be grounds to withhold disciplinary action. The Vice President for Student Affairs shall determine whether such errors were substantial and egregious enough to prevent a fair hearing. K. A single hearing may be held for more than one person charged in cases arising out of a single or multiple occurrence. The Administrative Officer makes such determinations, subject to review by the Vice President for Student Affairs. However, each accused student retains the right to have his/her case heard individually (6.9.9 NSHE Code). L. An audio tape recording will be made of the hearing for the purpose of review by the Appeals Committee. The record shall be the property of CSN and will be maintained as such for a period of two calendar years or longer if the matter is before the courts (6.12.5 NSHE Code). Upon the written request of the charged student, a copy of the tape


shall be made available to the student by the Administrative Officer, within 10 college working days following the request. Confidentiality of tapes from closed hearings shall be maintained by all parties and their representatives. M.Findings of fact and recommended sanction shall be made in writing to the Vice President for Student Affairs within 10 college working days after the close of the hearing, with copies provided to the student charged and the Administrative Officer. The student’s copy shall be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested. Lists of possible sanctions appear in Section 6.3 of the NSHE Code and Article X of the Student Conduct Code. N. The Vice President for Student Affairs shall review the findings of fact and recommended sanctions reported by the Hearing Panel or Officer, and may: 1. Dismiss the charge or charges, in any combination; 2. Affirm the recommended sanctions; 3. Impose a lesser sanction than recommended; or 4. Order a new hearing. O. The Vice President for Student Affairs shall submit a written decision within 10 college working days after receipt of the findings and recommended sanctions. The Vice President for Student Affairs shall notify the person charged and the Administrative Officer of the decision and of the appeal procedures. Any decision made by the Vice President for Student Affairs, other than to affirm the recommended sanctions, shall include a written explanation as to why the recommended sanctions were not followed. The student charged shall be notified by personal delivery of the decision or by certified mail, return receipt requested. When a minor student is suspended or expelled, the minor's parent or legal guardian shall be notified by certified mail, return receipt requested, sent to the parent’s or legal guardian’s last known address posted in the records on file with the Registrar. P. If there is no appeal, the decision issued by the Vice President for Student Affairs is final. IX. The Appeal Process Using the criteria below, a student who has been found to have violated the Student Conduct Code and/or the NSHE Code has the right to appeal that decision to the President or her/his designee. An appeal is consideration by an appellate body, not a new hearing. The charged student(s) and advisor or attorney have the right to review the student's disciplinary file, including any verbatim record (tape recording) of the hearing. Any sanction imposed as a result of a hearing shall not be effective during the 10 college working days during which an appeal may be filed, or until any such appeal has been decided except that the Vice President for Student Affairs has the

authority, under extenuating circumstances, to immediately impose the sanction. Decisions regarding student responsibility and sanctions resulting from the formal hearing process(es) provided for in the Student Conduct Code may be appealed to the Vice President for Student Affairs. Within 10 college working days after receipt, the Vice President shall direct the appeal to the Standing Committee on Student Conduct Code Appeals, a threemember appellate panel consisting of one faculty member, one professional staff member, and one student. The committee shall make its recommendation to the Vice President for Student Affairs based on the criteria in Section A, criteria for an Appeal below. In cases resulting in suspension or expulsion, the Standing Committee’s decision shall constitute a recommendation to the President, who shall have the final authority, except in cases of expulsion, which may be appealed to the Board of Regents. In such cases, the decision of the Board of Regents will be final. The Standing Committee will also hear appeals of Article VI(B) decisions and appeals of decisions by the Vice President for Student Affairs to immediately impose a sanction. The decisions of the Standing Committee in these two types of appeals shall be final. Members of the Standing Committee on Student Conduct Code Appeals shall be appointed in the following manner: 1. No later than September 1, or the first college working day thereafter if September 1 is a holiday or weekend, the Vice President for Student Affairs shall submit to the President a list of three professional staff; the Chair of the Faculty Senate shall submit a list of three faculty; and the President of the Consolidated Students of CSN shall submit a list of six students. 2. The President of the College shall invite one member on each list to serve on the Standing Committee; others on the list shall serve as alternates. Should any of the three entities noted above fail to provide such a list, the President shall have full authority to make an appointment for that position. Ideally, all appointments should be in place no later than September 15. 3. Members of the Standing Committee shall elect their own chair. 4. Members of the Standing Committee serve for a one-year period and are eligible for reappointment. 5. In the event that a member cannot hear an appeal or has a conflict of interest in a given appeal, the remaining members of the Standing Committee shall select an alternate from the previously provided lists. If a particular list has not been provided, the remaining members of the Standing Committee shall have discretion to select an alternate.

6. A conflict of interest shall be deemed to occur whenever an individual has a prior interest in a case as a witness, advisor, hearing panel officer, or other connection that would create the appearance of or an actual conflict. A. Criteria for an Appeal An appeal from a charged student must cite at least one of the following requirements as the reason for appeal: 1. That the procedures under which the person was charged are invalid, or if valid, were not followed; 2. That the person charged did not have adequate opportunity to prepare and present a defense to the charges; 3. That the evidence presented at the hearing was not substantial enough to justify the decision; 4. That the sanction imposed was not in keeping with the gravity of the violation (6.14.1 NSHE Code). B. Appeal Procedures A.The student charged has 10 college working days from receipt of the written decision to file a written appeal (6.14.1 NSHE Code). B. The student charged with the Student Conduct Code violation must include the following information in the appeal: a. The specific grounds for the appeal (See A 14 above); b. Supporting arguments and documentation; and c. Other relevant information the student charged wishes to include. C. The written appeal will be forwarded to the Vice President for Student Affairs. D.The Standing Committee on Student Conduct Code Appeals may request a personal appearance of the person charged. The appearance of the person charged shall be limited to the issues raised by the appeal. An appearance is not required nor will nonappearance prejudice the appeal. C. Student Appeal Record In considering the appeal, a review will be conducted of the existing record of the case, which will include, but is not limited to: 1. The original statement sent to the student as written notice of the charges; 2. The written decision of the initial Hearing Panel or Officer; 3. The audio recording of the initial Hearing Panel or Officer; and 4. The student's letter of appeal.


APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A

409

APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A

410

D. Appeal Result Recommendations on appeals by the Standing Committee on Student Conduct Code Appeals will be made within 20 college working days following receipt of the appeal from the Vice President for Student Affairs. In cases of expulsion, the Board of Regents will be asked to consider the appeal at the next regularly scheduled meeting of that body. The result of the appeal will be to: 1. Dismiss the charge; 2. Affirm the charge; 3. Impose a lesser sanction; or 4. Order a new hearing. E. Distribution of Response Copies of the written result of the appeal shall be sent to: 1. Student charged; 2. Hearing Officer or Chair of the Hearing Panel; and 3. Administrative Officer. F. New Hearing When a new hearing is ordered, the case, along with a written rationale for upholding the appeal, will be heard by a different Hearing Panel or Hearing Officer. In this situation, the student retains the right to appeal as if it were an original hearing. G. Request for Review When an appeal is not heard and the student perceives the decision not to hear the appeal was biased, the student has the option of having the case reviewed by requesting, within 10 college working days after the date of the decision, a review through the President. This review will be conducted by the President, or his designee. X. Sanctions Depending on the seriousness of the violation, sanctions may be imposed by the Hearing Officer, Administrative Officer, Hearing Panel or Vice President for Student Affairs in any order or combination (6.9 NSHE Code). In addition to these formal sanctions and depending on the circumstances, a student may be required to perform community service, be advised to seek counseling or other specialized support services, or be required to participate in an activity or program, the clear purpose of which would be to redirect behavior. Failure to comply with any such requirements will constitute a violation of the Student Conduct Code. A. Warning Notice, oral or written, that continued or repeated violation of College policies or regulations may be cause for further disciplinary action, normally in the forms of censure, loss of privileges and exclusion from activities, probation, suspension, or expulsion.


B. Loss of Privileges and Exclusion from Activities Exclusion from participation in privileges and extracurricular activities. C. Disciplinary Probation Probation may include exclusion from participation in privileged or extracurricular activities. The person placed on probation shall be notified in writing that the commission of prohibited acts will lead to more severe disciplinary sanctions. D. Suspension Termination of student status for a specified academic term or terms with reinstatement thereafter. The student will be notified of the suspension in a written notice. The official transcript of the student shall be marked “Disciplinary Suspension Effective ______ to ______.” Parents or legal guardians of minor students shall be notified of the action. After the suspension period has elapsed, the student will be placed on disciplinary probation for a period of time that is equal to the amount of time that the student was suspended. At the end of the probationary interval, the student will be classified as being in “good standing” provided that no further Student Conduct Code violations have occurred. E. Expulsion or Termination Termination of student registration and status for an indefinite period of time. The official transcript of the student shall be marked “Disciplinary Expulsion Effective _______.” The parents or legal guardians of minor students shall be notified of the action. F. Restitution The requirement to reimburse the legal owners for a loss due to defacement, damage, fraud, theft, or misappropriation of property. It may be imposed either exclusively or in combination with other disciplinary action. Such reimbursement may take the form of monetary payment or appropriate service to repair or otherwise compensate for damages. Failure to make restitution shall be the cause for more severe disciplinary action. (Revised August 15, 2002)

REGULATIONS FOR DETERMINING RESIDENCY AND TUITION CHARGES Section 1. Purpose These regulations have been enacted to provide uniform rules throughout the Nevada System of Higher Education (the “System”) and all member institutions thereof, for the purpose of determining whether students shall be classified as resident students or nonresident students for tuition charges. (B/R 5/95) Section 2. Definitions For the purposes of these regulations, the terms stated below shall have the following meanings: 1. “Alien” means a person who is not a citizen of theUnited States of America. 2. “Armed Forces of the United States” means the Army, the Navy, the Air Force, the Marine Corps and the Coast Guard, on active duty and does not include the National Guard or other reserve force, with the exception of active members of the Nevada National Guard. 3. “Clear and convincing evidence” means evidence that is clear in the sense that it is not ambiguous, equivocal or contradictory and convincing in the sense that it is of such a credible, reliable, authentic and relevant nature as to evoke confidence in the truth of it. 4. “Continuously enrolled” means enrollment within a normal academic year for which continuous enrollment is claimed. A person need not attend summer sessions or other between-semester sessions in order to be continuously enrolled. 5. “Date of matriculation” means the first day of instruction in the semester or term in which enrollment of a student first occurs, except that at the University of Nevada School of Medicine it means the date that a notice of admittance is sent to a student, and at the community colleges it excludes correspondence courses and community service courses which are not state funded. A person who enrolled in an institution of the Nevada System of Higher Education but withdrew enrollment during the 100% refund period may, for the purposes of these regulations, be deemed not to have matriculated and any determination concerning residency status shall be voided until such time as the person again enrolls at a System institution. 6. “Dependent” means a person who is not financially independent and is claimed as an exemption for federal income tax purposes under Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. § 152) by another person for the most recent tax year. 7. “Family” means the natural or legally adoptive parent or parents of a dependent person, or if one parent has legal custody of a dependent person, that parent. 8. “Financially independent” means a person who has not been and will not be claimed as an exemption for federal income tax purposes under Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. § 152) by another person, except his or her spouse, for the most recent tax year.

9. “Most recent tax year” means the income tax return submitted for the prior income year. 10. “Legal guardian” means a court appointed guardian of a dependent person, who was appointed guardian at least 12 months immediately prior to the dependent person’s date of matriculation and for purposes other than establishing the dependent person’s residence. 11. “Nonresident” means a person who is not a resident. 12. “Objective evidence” means evidence that is verifiable by means other than a person’s own statements. 13. “Relocated,” means evidence of permanent, full-time employment or establishment of a business in Nevada prior to the date of matriculation 14. “Residence,” a term which for the purposes of these regulations is synonymous with the legal term “domicile,” and means that location in which a person is considered to have the most settled and permanent connection, intends to remain and intends to return after any temporary absences. Residence results from the union of a person’s physical presence in the location with objective evidence of an intent to remain at that location for other than a temporary purpose. 15. “Resident” means a person who has established a bona fide residence in the State of Nevada with the intent of making Nevada the person’s true, fixed and permanent home and place of habitation, having clearly abandoned any former residence and having no intent to make any other location outside of Nevada the person’s home and habitation. The term also includes a member of the Armed Forces of the United States who has previously established a bona fide residence in the State of Nevada, but who has been transferred to a military posting outside of Nevada while continuing to maintain a bona fide residence in Nevada. When residence for a particular period is required under these regulations, this shall mean that the person claiming residence for the period must be physically present and residing in Nevada during all of the period required, excluding temporary, short-term absences for business or pleasure. 16. “Returning student” means a student who re-enrolls after a break in enrollment of one of more semesters. A “returning student” retains prior resident status, if any, as long as there is no indication that the student has established residency elsewhere. (B/R11/96) 17. “Student” means a person who is enrolled at an institution of the Nevada System Higher Education. 18. “Tuition” means a monetary charge assessed against nonresident students, which is in addition to registration fees, or other fees assessed against all students. (B/R5/95)(B/R 8/04) Section 3. Tuition 1. Tuition shall not be charged to current enrollees or graduates of a Nevada high school. 2. Tuition shall be charged to nonresident students, except that at the community colleges no tuition shall be charged for registration in community service courses, which are not state funded.


APPENDIX B

APPENDIX B

411

APPENDIX B

APPENDIX B 3. Tuition shall not be charged to professional employee, classified employee, postdoctoral fellow, resident physician, or dentist of the Nevada System of Higher Education currently employed at least half time, or the spouse or dependent child of such an employee. 4. Tuition shall not be charged to graduate student enrolled in the Nevada System of Higher Education and employed by the System in support of its instructional or research programs, only during the period of time of such employment. 5. Tuition shall not be charged to a member of the Armed Forces of the United States, on active duty, stationed in Nevada as a result of a permanent change of duty station pursuant to military orders, or a person whose spouse, family or legal guardian is a member of the Armed Forces of the United States stationed in Nevada as a result of a permanent change of duty station pursuant to military orders, including a Marine currently stationed at the Marine Corps Mountain Warfare Training Center at Pickle Meadows, California. (B/R 8/06) 6. Tuition shall not be charged to a student enrolled in the University studies Abroad Consortium or in the National Student Exchange Program, only during the period of such enrollment. Time spent in Nevada while a student is in the National Student Exchange program shall not be counted towards satisfying the residence requirement Section 4, Paragraph 2 below, nor shall enrollment through the Consortium or the Exchange Program be included in the “date of matriculation” for evaluation of Nevada residency. 7. Tuition shall not be charged to members of federally recognized Native American tribes, who do not otherwise qualify as Nevada residents, and who currently reside on tribal lands located wholly or partially within the boundaries of the State of Nevada (B/R 8/04) Section 4. Resident Students As supported by clear and convincing evidence, any person to whom one of the following categories applies shall be deemed a resident student for tuition purposes: 1. Except as provided otherwise in this section, a dependent person whose spouse, family or legal guardian is a bona fide resident of the State of Nevada for at least 12 months immediately prior to the date of matriculation. Some or all of the following pieces of objective evidence of Nevada residency may be required with the student’s application for enrollment: (B/R 12/05) a. Evidence of Nevada as the spouse’s, parents’ or legal guardians permanent, primary residence at the date of matriculation (examples of evidence include home ownership, a lease agreement, rent receipts, utility bills). b. The student’s birth certificate or proof of legal guardianship. c. The spouse’s, parents’ or legal guardian’s tax return for the most recent tax year which indicates the students claimed as a dependent.

412


d. A Nevada vehicle registration for the spouse, parent or legal guardian issued prior to the date of matriculation. e. Nevada voter registration for the spouse, parent or legal guardian issued prior to the date of matriculation. f. Evidence that the student’s spouse, family, or legal guardian has relocated to Nevada for the primary purpose of permanent full-time employment or to establish a business in Nevada (examples of evidence include a letter from the employer or copy of the business license). g. Evidence that the student’s spouse, family, or legal guardian has relocated to Nevada for the primary purpose of permanent full-time employment or to establish a business in Nevada (examples of evidence include a letter from the employer or copy of business license). 2. Except as provided otherwise in this section, a financially independent person whose family resides outside the State of Nevada, if the person himself or herself is a bona fide resident of the State of Nevada for at least twelve (12) months immediately prior to the date of matriculation. Each student who is a resident of the State of Nevada for at least six (6) months but less than twelve (12) months before the date of matriculation for Fall 2005 shall be deemed a bona fide resident. Some or all of the following pieces of objective evidence of Nevada residency may be required with the student’s application for enrollment: (B/R 6/05) a. Evidence of twelve months physical, continuous presence in the State of Nevada prior to the date of matriculation (examples of evidence include a lease agreement, rent receipts, utility bills). (B/R 6/05) b. The student’s tax return for the most recent tax year, indicating a Nevada address. If no federal tax return has been filed by the student because of minimal or no taxable income, documented information concerning the receipt of such nontaxable income. If the student is under the age of 24, a copy of the parent’s or legal guardian’s tax return for the most recent tax year that indicates the student was not claimed as a dependent. c. The student’s Nevada driver’s license or Nevada identification card issued prior to the date of matriculation. d. The student’s Nevada vehicle registration issued prior to the date of matriculation. e. The student’s Nevada voter registration issued prior to the date of matriculation. f. Evidence that the student, and/or the person’s spouse, has relocated to Nevada for the primary purpose of permanent full-time employment or to establish a business in Nevada (examples of evidence include a letter from the employer or copy of business license).

3. A former member of the Armed Forces of the United States who was relocated from Nevada as a result of a permanent change of duty station pursuant to military orders will be considered a Nevada resident for tuition purposes under the following conditions: a. He/She was a resident of Nevada prior to leaving the state as a member of the Armed Forces; b. He/She maintained his/her Nevada residency while a member of the Armed Forces; and c. He/She returns to the State of Nevada within one year of leaving the Armed Forces. It will be necessary for the student to supply documentation in support of each of these conditions (e.g., driver’s license, property ownership, evidence of absentee voting, etc.) 4. A graduate of a Nevada high school (B/R 8/06) 5. A financially independent person who has relocated to Nevada for the primary purpose of permanent fulltime employment. (B/R 6/05) 6. A financially dependent person whose spouse, family, or legal guardian has relocated to Nevada for the primary purpose of permanent full-time employment. (B/R 12/05) 7. Licensed educational personnel employed full-time by a public school district in the State of Nevada, or the spouse or dependent child of such an employee. (B/R 11/96) 8. A teacher who is currently employed full-time by a private elementary, secondary or postsecondary educational institution whose curricula meet the requirements of NRS 394.130, or the spouse or dependent child of such an employee. (B/R 11/96) 9. An alien who has become a Nevada resident by establishing bona fide residence in Nevada and who holds a permanent immigrant visa, or has been granted official asylum or refugee status, or has been issued a temporary resident alien card, or holds an approved immigration petition as a result of marriage to a U.S. citizen. An alien holding another type of visa shall not be classified as a resident student, except as may be required by federal law or court decisions and upon due consideration of evidence of Nevada residence. (B/R 6/02) (B/R 6/05) Section 8. Reclassification of Nonresident Status There is a reputable presumption that a nonresident attending an institution of the Nevada System of Higher Education is in the State of Nevada for the primary or sole purpose of obtaining an education. Therefore, a nonresident who enrolls in an institution of the System shall continue to be classified as a nonresident student throughout the student’s enrollment, unless and until the student demonstrates that his or her previous residence has been abandoned and that the student is a Nevada resident. Each student seeking reclassification from nonresident to resident student statu must satisfy the following four conditions: 1. Application and Written Declaration The student must apply in writing to the appropriate Records Office of the institution for reclassification to resident

student status. The application must include a written declaration of intent to relinquish residence in any other state and to certify to the establishment of bona fide residence in Nevada. A declaration form prescribed by the Chancellor and approved by the Board shall be utilized by each institution. The filing of a false declaration will result in the payment of nonresident tuition for the period of time the student was enrolled as a resident student and may also lead to disciplinary sanctions under Chapter Six of the Nevada System of Higher Education Code. Disciplinary sanctions include a warning, reprimand, probation, suspension or expulsion. (B/R 02/05) 2. Bona fide Residence in Nevada The student, or the parents or legal guardian of the student, must document continuous physical presence as a Nevada resident for at least twelve (12) months immediately prior to the date of the application for reclassification. No fewer than four (4) of the following pieces of objective evidence must be submitted with the application for reclassification: a. Ownership of a home in Nevada. b. Lease of living quarters in Nevada. c. Mortgage or rent receipts and utility receipts for the home or leased quarters. d. Nevada driver’s license or Nevada identification card issued twelve (12) months prior to the date of application. e. Nevada vehicle registration issued twelve (12) months prior to the date of application. f. Nevada voter registration issued twelve (12) months prior to the date of application. 3. Financial Independence The student must provide evidence of financial independence. A dependent person whose family or legal guardian is a nonresident is not eligible for reclassification to resident student status. The following piece of objective evidence must be submitted with the application for reclassification: a. A true and correct copy of the student’s federal income tax return for the most recent tax year showing a Nevada address. If no federal tax return has been filed because of minimal or no taxable income, documented information concerning the receipt of such nontaxable income must be submitted. If the student is under the age of 24, a copy of the parent’s or legal guardian’s tax return for the most recent tax year must be submitted that indicates the student was not claimed as a dependent. 4. Intent to Remain in Nevada The student must present clear and convincing, objective evidence of intent to remain a Nevada resident. No fewer than three (3) of the following pieces of objective evidence must be submitted with the application for reclassification: a. Employment in Nevada for twelve (12) months immediately prior to the date of the application for reclassification;


APPENDIX B

APPENDIX B

413

APPENDIX B

5.

APPENDIX B

6.

7.

8.

414

b. A license for conducting a business in Nevada; c. Admission to a licensed practicing profession in Nevada; d. Registration or payment of taxes or fees on a home, vehicle, mobile home, travel trailer, boat or any other item of personal property owned or used by the person for which state registration or payment of a state tax or fee is required for the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date of the application; e. A Nevada address listed on selective service registration; f. Evidence of active savings and checking accounts in Nevada financial institutions for at least twelve (12) months immediately prior to the date of the application; g. Evidence of summer term enrollment at a NSHE institution; h. Voting or registering to vote in Nevada; or i. Any other evidence that objectively documents intent to abandon residence in any other state and to establish a Nevada residence. The presentation by a person of one or more items of evidence as indicia of residence is not conclusive on the issue of residency. Determinations of residence shall be made on a case-by-case basis and the evidence presented shall be given the weight and sufficiency it deserves, after taking all available evidence into consideration. Because residence in a neighboring state other than Nevada is a continuing qualification for enrollment in the Good Neighbor, Children of Alumni, or WICHE Western Undergraduate Exchange Programs at a NSHE institution, a student who was initially enrolled in a System institution under any of these discounted tuition programs shall not normally be reclassified as a resident student following matriculation. A nonresident student who subsequently disenrolls from the Good Neighbor, Children of Alumni, or WICHE Western Undergraduate Exchange Programs and pays full nonresident tuition for at least twelve (12) months may apply for reclassification to resident student status. An application for reclassification may also be submitted under the provisions of this section if the material facts of a student’s residency, or the parents’ or legal guardian’s residency, have substantially changed following matriculation. When a student has been reclassified to resident student status, the reclassification shall become effective at the registration period in the System institution immediately following the date the student receives notice of the reclassification decision. No reclassification under these regulations shall give rise to any claim for refund of tuition already paid to the Nevada System of Higher Education. (B/R 8/04)


Section 9. Administration of the Regulations Each institution of the Nevada System of Higher Education shall designate an appropriate office to implement and administer these regulations. 1. Each designated office shall make the initial decisions on the resident or nonresident student status of persons enrolling in the institution. 2. Each designated office shall make the initial decisions on applications for reclassification from nonresident to resident student status. 3. The President of each System institution shall establish an appellate procedure under which a person may appeal decisions of the designated office concerning tuition or status as a resident or nonresident student to an appellate board. a. A person may appeal a decision of the designated office to the appellate board within thirty (30) days from the date of the decision of the office. If an appeal is not taken within that time, the decision of the designated office shall be final. b. The appellate board shall consider the evidence in accordance with the standards and criteria of these regulations and shall make a decision that shall be final. No further appeal beyond the appellate board shall be permitted. 4. In exceptional cases, where the application of these regulations works an injustice to an individual who technically does not qualify as a resident student, but whose status, either because of the residence of the student or his family, is such as to fall within the general intent of these regulations, then the appellate board shall have the authority to determine that such a student be classified as a resident student. It is the intent of this provision that it applies only in the infrequent, exceptional cases where a strict application of these regulations results, in the sole judgment of the appellate board, in an obvious injustice. (B/R 8/04) Section 10. Uniformity of Decisions The decision of an institution of the Nevada System of Higher Education to grant resident student or nonresident student status to a person shall be honored at other System institutions, unless a person obtained resident student status under false pretenses or the facts existing at the time resident student status was granted have significantly changed. Students granted nonresident student status by an institution retain the right to apply for reclassification under the provisions of the chapter. (B/R2/05) Section 9. Good Neighbor Classification A graduate of a specifically designated high school or community college in a state bordering on Nevada may be charged a differential tuition rate when enrolling as an undergraduate or graduate student at the universities, state college, or the community colleges of the Nevada System of Higher Education. Furthermore, any person who resides

APPENDIX B

a. Those high schools and community colleges located in Arizona and Southern California, bordering on Nevada and for which a town or a city in Nevada provides a significant source of goods and services include the following: (B/R 1/95) Mohave Union High Schools Kingman High School Bullhead City High School Colorado City High School Lake Havasu High School Mohave Community College Three campuses San Bernadino County, California Baker Valley High School Monument High School Twenty-nine Palms High School Sky High School Yucca Valley High School Needles High School Silver Valley High School Victor Valley College (B/R 2/99) Inyo County, California Big Pine High School Palisades High School Bishop High School Death Valley High School Owens Valley High School Lone Pine High School (B/R 1/95) b. Those high schools and community colleges, located in areas of Northern California bordering Nevada for which a town or city in Nevada provides a significant source of goods and services include the following: (B/R 1/95) Modoc County, California Modoc High School Surprise Valley High School Warner High School

Lassen County, California Credence High School Herlong High School Lassen High School Render High School Lassen Community College Plumas County, California Almanor High School Beckworth High School Chester Jr-Sr High School Greenville Jr-Sr High School Indian Valley High School Portola Jr-Sr High School Quincy Jr-Sr High School Sierra High School Feather River Community College Sierra County, California Downieville Jr-Sr High School Loyalton High School Nevada County, California Tahoe-Truckee Jr-Sr High School Placer County, California North Tahoe High School Sierra High School Sierra College El Dorado County, California Mt. Tallac High School South Tahoe High School Lake Tahoe Community College Alpine County, California Includes residents of the designated high school or community college districts in El Dorado or Mono Counties. Mono County, California Coleville High School Lee Vining High School Mammoth High School Inyo County, California Big Pine High School Bishop High School Palisade High School (B/R 1/95)

APPENDIX B

in a county in which a designated high school or community college is located and who has maintained a bona fide legal resident status for a period of at least 12 consecutive months prior to the first day of the semester in which enrollment is sought, may also be charged a differential tuition rate. These students shall be classified as “Good Neighbor” students. (B/R 04/02) Students enrolling under the Good Neighbor classification will, in addition to registration fees, pay a tuition charge as follows: Community college and state college Good Neighbor tuition will be calculated by multiplying the registration fees times 60 percent. University Good Neighbor tuition will be calculated by multiplying the registration fees times 110 percent. (B/R 3/04)

WESTERN UNDERGRADUATE EXCHANGE PROGRAM (WUE) In the WUE program, students from WUE states, AK, AZ, CA, CO, HI, ID, MT, NV, NM, ND, OR, SD, UT, WA and WY may enroll in undergraduate programs in other WUE states without paying full out-of-state tuition. States may designate the number of students they will accept and may designate programs within the schools that participate. All NSHE institutions participate in WUE. Admitted WUE students are charged current in-state fees plus 50% of that amount. Nevada students may also take advantage of this reciprocal program.


415

APPENDIX C SAFETY AND SECURITY

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

The Nevada System of Higher Education puts forth the following Environmental Health andSafety Statement for all institutions in the system in accordance with federal, state and local laws and regulations. The NSHE Board of Regents declares that the development, implementation and compliance monitoring of environmental health and safety programs is integral to the NSHE mission. The programs will be structured in such a way that they will become an essential part of campus life. It is the intention of the NSHE Board of Regents that all CSN institutions be good neighbors in their communities in regard to environmental health and safety issues. Environmental health and safety programs should be administered at the institutional level. The NSHE Board of Regents delegates the authority for the development, implementation and compliance monitoring of environmental health and safety programs to the Presidents of each institution. Each institution shall develop environmentalhealth and safety programs that best address the problems specific to that institution. Each institution shall develop an administrative structure to implement environmental health and safety programs in a manner that educates all employees and students to provide knowledge and understanding of the programs. These programs shall include but are not limited to:

Flip charts outlining all “Emergency Procedure Actions” are posted in classrooms, in offices and common areas on each campus. Instructors will ensure students are made aware of these procedures and, in the case of an emergency, take appropriate action to evacuate the classroom and/or building. Students should review this information on the first day of class and understand what actions they may be expected to take during an emergency. Public Safety and other staff members have been trained for specific evacuation actions. Emergency Assembly Points have been established on all second floor levels. Individuals with disabilities will be provided with information pertaining to this program from the Disability Resource Center. In case of a disaster situation, CSN will fall within the scope of the Clark County Emergency Operations Plan. Copies of this plan are on file in each campus Public Safety Office.

APPENDIX C

• Biological safety • Chemical safety • Diving safety • Disaster preparedness • Fire protection • Industrial hygiene • Radiation protection • Sanitation • Occupational safety and accident prevention • Environmental protection/hazardous materials management • Relations with governmental agencies Each institutional administrative structure shall establish oversight, advisory and compliance programs for monitoring institutional operations and activities. The NSHE Board of Regents recognizes the right of institutions to enter into cooperative agreements with each other in order to address all environmental health and safety concerns.

COVERT VIDEO SURVEILLANCE POLICY The use of covert video surveillance for anything other than a criminal investigation on the campuses of the College of Southern Nevada is prohibited. If, in a criminal investigation, such video surveillance is used, it must be approved by the President. This policy shall not interfere with the legitimate use of video taping for academic purposes.

416


CSN POLICE DEPARTMENT The CSN Police Department consists of a Chief of Police, Deputy Chief, Assistant to the Chief, 6 Police Sergeants, 9 Police Officers, and seventy contract public safety officers. The Chief of Police reports to the Vice President of Administrative Operations. All campus public safety officers are service-oriented security professionals trained to handle security and safety matters on campus. All members of the public safety department are trained in first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). All public safety personnel carry a two-way radio, flash light, and are in distinctive uniforms. The enforcement authority of the Department of Public Safety and its College Police Officers, as well as their working relationship with state and local police agencies, may be found Nevada Revised Statue 396.325. All college police officers are armed, have arrest powers, and are service-oriented law enforcement professionals trained to handle police and safety matters on campus. Contract Security Officers are deployed throughout the campus at stationary posts, in a campus security vehicle, and on foot patrol. A public safety vehicle is used primarily for perimeter patrol. Officers work overlapping shift on the 7x3 and 3x11 tours. This type of deployment allows for optimum coverage during peak hours and also permits the officers to engage in community relations programs for public safety to better interact with students, faculty, staff and visitors. These officers are non-sworn officers and do not have arrest powers above that of a private citizen. The CSN Police Department has an excellent working relationship with other law enforcement authorities.

APPENDIX C

Certain courses may require that students work with potentially hazardous materials in laboratories, darkrooms or workshops as part of their course work. Instructors will provide information regarding the safe handling of all materials. Questions regarding the use of these materials should be directed to the specific academic department or the instructor.

THE JEANNE CLERY DISCLOSURE OF CAMPUS SECURITY POLICY AND CAMPUS CRIME STATISTICS ACT The Federal Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security Act of 1990, recently renamed “The Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act”, (Clery Report) was enacted by congress and signed into Law in November of 1990. In 1992, and most recently in 1998, Congress significantly amended the law, expanding the reporting criteria. It requires institutions of higher learning to prepare, publish, and distribute a report concerning campus crime statistics and security policies on an annual basis through appropriate publications, mailings, or computer network to all current students, and employees, and to all prospective students and prospective employees upon request. This report contains the annual report concerning specific campus crime and arrest statistics as well as information about campus policies and practices intended to promote crime awareness, campus safety and security. In order to comply with provisions of this Federal Law, reports from the College and several local law enforcement agencies are compiled and published annually by the CSN Police Department. As public safety professionals responsible for providing and maintaining a safe and secure environment, we have an obligation to provide an accurate and comprehensive report describing the services we provide to the college community and accurate accounting of any incidents of crime, which occurred on our premises. Crime Statistics for the 2004, 2005, 2006 calendar years are also provided as is information regarding the number of arrests made for certain designated criminal offenses during these time periods. It should be noted that the crime statistics included in this report are organized by location that are identified as either owned or leased property belonging to the College of Southern Nevada. The statistics include incidents involving non-student, non-faculty and non-staff individuals. Successful public safety is a campus-wide endeavor and requires the cooperation and support of the entire college community. For this reason, we have prepared this information. We hope that it will be informative and useful in maintaining the safety and well being of the College of Southern Nevada community and our guests.

The CSN Annual “Clery Notice”Compliance: Copies of this report may be obtained in person at any of the CSN Police Department Offices located at our three main campus sites or on-line at the CSN Police Department website located at: http://www.csn.nevada.edu/bsf/securityhome.htm. The CSN “Clery Notice” is made available to anyone upon request. It is also distributed (directly) via Internet email to all current employees in October each year. In accordance with the Office of the President, and pursuant to federal law: “Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security and Policy and campus Crime Statistics Act of 1998” all currently enrolled students, campus employees and all prospective students and prospective employees are entitled to request and receive a copy of the CSN Annual Campus Security Report. The Report contains crime statistics about certain specified crimes/incidents that have been reported to Campus Public Safety Authorities over the past three years and that have occurred either on-campus, in off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by the College, or on public property adjacent to the campus. The report also contains policies and practices pertaining to campus security, crime reporting, alcohol and drugs, victims’ assistance programs, student discipline, campus resources, community safety alerts, crime prevention, access to campus facilities as well as personal safety tips. The report encourages the reporting of all crime occurrences. The report tells how and to whom to report crimes, especially sexual assault crimes. The CSN Clery Notice is printed and distributed via email, on numerous college department web pages posting, publication in various campus periodicals, to ensure campus-wide dissemination and to meet federal law mandates.

The College: The College of Southern Nevada (CSN) is a comprehensive educational institution within the Nevada System of Higher Education (NSHE). Founded in 1971, the College serves diverse audiences in Southern Nevada that has consistently been among the fastest growing community in the nation, through five educational areas: occupational training, university transfer preparation, workforce and economic development programs, developmental education, and counseling and guidance. CSN serves the residents of Clark, Nye, Lincoln, and Esmeralda counties. Together, these counties cover over 42,000 square miles (an area roughly the size of the State of Virginia). CSN operates the following operational campuses and Urban and Rural Learning Centers:

APPENDIX C

STUDENT SAFETY AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Charleston Campus, is located at the corner of Torrey Pines Drive and West Charleston Boulevard, is an 80-acre Campus located approximately 6 miles (15 minutes) west of downtown Las Vegas.


417

APPENDIX C Cheyenne Campus, is located in the City of North Las Vegas, is located approximately 5 miles (ten minutes) northeast of downtown Las Vegas. Henderson Campus, is located on College Drive in Henderson, is located approximately 15 miles (25 minutes) southeast of downtown Las Vegas. Green Valley Center, is located at 1560 West Warm Springs Road in Henderson, Nevada. Summerlin Center, is located at 333 South Pavilion Center Drive in Las Vegas. Nellis Center, is located at Nellis Air Force Base, 99th MSSQ/MSE in North Las Vegas. Western Center, is located off the 95 Expressway and Decatur Boulevard on the Campus of Western High School. A.D. Guy Center, is located at 817 N. “N” Street Las Vegas, Nevada. Sahara West Center, is located at 2409 Las Verdes Street in Las Vegas, Nevada. Boulder City Center, is located at 700 Wyoming Street Boulder City, Nevada. Moapa Valley Center, is located at the Moapa High School located at 2400 North Saint Joseph Street in Logandale, Nevada. Mesquite Center, is located at 50 South Arrowhead Lane, Suite A in Mesquite, Nevada. Lincoln County Center, is located at City Hall 100 Depot Avenue, Room 10 in Caliente, Nevada. Math and English Preparatory Center, is located at 1055 E. Tropicana, Suite 100 in Las Vegas, Nevada.

APPENDIX C

Neighborhood Learning Center at The Latin Chamber of Commerce, is located at 300 North 13th Street (corner of Stewart and 13th) in Las Vegas, Nevada. CSN has a current day and evening enrollment of approximately 35,000 and employs 2,736 full and part-time faculty, professional staff and classified support staff.

418

The College provides a variety of personal support services to students to assist them in becoming more aware of their potential and in planning and achieving their educational goals. Students are provided counseling, academic advisement, assessment, career planning, job placement and financial assistance.

A Message from the Chief of Police The CSN Police Department is responsible for providing security and protection services on campus. We will continuously strive to enhance the quality of life on campus by working together with the public and within the framework of the constitution to enforce the laws, preserve the peace, reduce fear and provide for a safe and secure environment for everyone. We believe in the dignity and worth of all people, and place the highest value on preserving human life by practicing the principles of community-oriented public safety service.


We are accountable and responsive to the community we serve and believe that the strength of our department lies in our officers. We encourage open and constructive dialogue between our officers and the campus community in order to inspire confidence and trust in our department and profession. We are committed to providing high-quality, community-oriented, sensitive public safety services.

The CSN Police Department: Offices The CSN Police Department has offices located at each of the three main campuses and individual officers are posted at all of the Urban and Rural Learning Centers. The Department takes proactive measures to create and maintain a safe environment for all members of the college community and our guests. While our contract security officers are trained to be alert for anything that might breach campus safety and security, it is important that any irregularity noticed by you be reported immediately.

The CSN Police Department: Staff The CSN Police Department consists of a Chief of Police, Deputy Chief, Assistant to the Chief, 6 Police Sergeants 9 Police Officers, and seventy contract public safety officers. The Chief reports to the Vice President of Administrative Operations. The enforcement authority of the Department of Public Safety and its College Police Officers, as well as their working relationship with state and local police agencies, may be found Nevada Revised Statue 396.325. All college police officers are armed, have arrest powers, and are service-oriented law enforcement professionals trained to handle police and safety matters on campus. All campus security officers are service- oriented security professionals trained to handle security and safety matters on campus. All members of the public safety department are trained in first aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). All security personnel carry a two-way radio, flash light, and are in distinctive uniforms. These officers are non-sworn officers and do not have arrest powers above that of a private citizen. Contract security officers are deployed throughout the campus at stationary posts, in a campus security vehicle, bicycle patrol and on foot patrol. A public safety vehicle is used primarily for perimeter patrol. Officers work overlapping shift on the 7x3 and 3x11 tours. This type of deployment allows for optimum coverage during peak hours and also permits the officers to engage in community relations programs for public safety to better interact with students, faculty, staff and visitors. The CSN Police Department has an excellent working relationship with other law enforcement authorities including The Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department, The North Las Vegas Police Department, The Henderson Police Department, The Nevada Highway Patrol, The Clark County School District Police, The Nye County Sheriff’s Office, The Boulder City Police Department, The Mesquite Police Department, The Lincoln County Sheriff’s Office, as well as federal agencies such as the FBI.

APPENDIX C

Public safety personnel staff the office, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, including holidays. While on patrol, the officers are instructed to be alert for anything that might breach campus safety and security on the campus. It is important that any irregularity noticed by you be reported immediately. NON-Emergency: ..............................(702) 651-5613 Emergency:..........................................(702) 651-7911

Campus Security Policies and Crime Reporting Procedures: We encourage all students, faculty, staff and visitors of the college to report actual or suspected criminal behavior or other emergencies that occur on campus to The Department of Public Safety in a timely manner. To report a crime or emergency, call: Charleston Campus ............................(702) 651-5613 Cheyenne Campus ..............................(702) 651-4055 Henderson Campus ............................(702) 651-3113 CSN Police Adminstrative Office ......(702) 651-2677 Site Operator/Main Number: Western Center ....................................(702) 651-4800 Summerlin Center ...............................(702) 651-4900 Green Valley center ............................(702) 651-2650 Sahara West Center ............................(702) 651-4487 A.D. Guy Center ................................(702) 651-4999 Boulder City Center ............................(702) 651-4040 Moapa Valley Center ..........................(702) 398-7545 Mesquite Center ..................................(702) 346-2485 Lincoln County Center........................(775) 726-3870 Math and English Preparatory ............(702) 739-6170 Neighborhood Learning Center ..........(702) 651-4949 You may also call the CSN Public Safety Emergency Telephone Number: (702) 651-7911. This number is manned 24 hours a day by a trained contract security officer. You may also use the emergency Red and Yellow call boxes located throughout the campus. If a person is unable or unwilling to make such a report they may make a report to any official at the college. The CSN Police Department will accept for investigation a report of a crime from any member of the college community. In cases of off-campus criminal activity, the complainant is encouraged to report the incident to the proper law enforcement authorities. CSN has always advocated prompt and accurate reporting of all crimes. Every report of a criminal incident received is recorded on a CSN Campus Security Incident Report and assigned a sequential number for that reporting period. All crimes that are reported are logged in the daily crime log and reports are filed with a unique identification number. This daily log contains the nature of the crime, date, time, general location, and disposition of the complaint. Also, crime information is exchanged between the College’s Police

Department and local police authorities. In compliance with the Student Right To Know “Clery Act” our crime reporting statistics are published annually and are available at The CSN Police Department, Student Information Center, and on our CSN Police Department website at: http://www.csn.nevada.edu/bsf/Forms/CSNCrimeStatistics 2006.pdf

To Whom Can Employees & Students Report Criminal Offenses For The Purposes Of Making Timely Warning Reports and Annual Statistical Disclosure? The CSN Police Department strongly encourages employees and students to report all criminal offenses to a member of the Public Safety Service. You may report incidents in person at any of the Public Safety Offices. CSN is committed to ensure that the rights and safety of every member of the college community are respected and that there exists a safe and secure environment conducive to the pursuit of educational objectives. Employees and students may also report criminal offenses to a college official who has significant responsibility for student and campus activities, including, but not limited to, student discipline, and campus judicial proceedings. Persons in these titles are usually referred to on campus as the Vice President of Student Affairs, Director of Student Activities, Director of Athletics, Coaches, or their Assistants. Persons serving in these titles who receive a report of criminal activity must ensure that it is forwarded to the CSN Police Department or local police authorities. (It is strongly encouraged that reports be made immediately when ever possible to The CSN Police or Public Safety Department on campus for the purposes of making timely warning reports & annual statistical disclosure). The CSN Police Department and Office of the Vice President of Student Affairs, encourages professional counselors to inform individuals they are counseling, of procedures to report crimes on a voluntary and confidential basis. This information would be used for inclusion in the annual disclosure of crime statistics, if and when reported and deemed necessary by the counselors. Inclusion will only be made after substantiated evidence of an actual occurrence can be proven. Confidentiality of the persons reporting crimes can only be extended within the scope of the investigation and the law.

Confidential Reporting Procedures: If you are a victim of a crime and do not want to pursue action within the College system or the criminal justice system, you may still want to consider making a confidential report. In certain instances, a crime victim may be reluctant to file a report fearing the “process” and/or loss of his/her anonymity. In such circumstances, crime victims are still encouraged to make a confidential report to one of the designated campus public safety authorities. With your permission, the Chief of Police or a designee of the department can file a report on the details of the incident without


APPENDIX C

The CSN Department of Public Safety: 24-Hour Patrol Coverage

419

APPENDIX C revealing your identity. The purpose of a confidential report is to comply with your wish to keep the matter confidential, while taking steps to ensure the future safety of yourself and others. It also ensures that you receive important counseling and referral information. With such information, the college can keep an accurate record of the number of incidents involving students, determine where there is a pattern of crime with regard to a particular location, method, or assailant, and alert the campus community to potential danger. Reports filed in this manner are counted and disclosed in the annual crime statistics for the college. Individuals can also call anonymously to leave tips that may assist the department in preventing or solving crimes or disorder problems on campus. Calling parties may leave their names if they want someone to contact them regarding their complaint. These reports can be made to the Chief of Police at (702) 651-2677. However, inclusion will only be made after substantiated evidence of an actual occurrence can be proven. NOTE: The confidentiality of the persons reporting crimes can only be extended within the scope of the investigation and the law. You may also dial 911 from any public phone on the campus to contact the Police Department to report a crime. The CSN Police Department, in cooperation with local law enforcement agencies, investigates all reported criminal activities.

APPENDIX C

Public Safety Incident Log: The Department of Public Safety maintains a “Public Safety Incident Log-Book”, which is available to the public during the normal hours of operation. The Public Safety Incident Log Book contains information on all crimes and arrests, which occur on campus property and its geographical area of responsibility in accordance with federal laws. No community can be totally risk- free. Crime takes place in our society and does not abate as one enters the confines of a college community. CSN Police Department strongly recommends that you remain alert and aware of what is going on around you, and remain security conscious and involved. If you see or hear something suspicious, please report the situation immediately. Thefts and other violations do at times occur. However, all of us can reduce the risk by thinking about our personal safety and taking practical precautions.

Off-Campus Crime: The CSN Police Department has an excellent working relationship with other law enforcement authorities and will provide the appropriate referral assistance as requested. In cases of off-campus criminal activity, you are encouraged to report the incident to the proper law enforcement authorities.

Illegal Weapons: In accordance with NRS 202.265, it is illegal to carry or possess a firearm on any NSHE property unless the owner has written permission from the College President.

420


No one within the college community, shall have in their control and possession a rifle, shotgun, firearm or any other dangerous instrument or material that can be used to inflict bodily harm on an individual or damage to a building or the grounds of a campus. These items may include, but are not limited to; any firearm, deadly weapon, explosive device, fireworks, nunchakus, metal knuckles, shuriken, billy club, any other deadly weapon or prohibited knife, while on any the property owned or leased by the College of Southern Nevada. Only sworn peace officers, pursuant to their official duties or as authorized in writing by the College President may have firearms in their possession. Violators will be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law.

Public Safety Protection Services/ Escort Services: To ensure additional safety after dark, the Department of Public Safety provides uniformed escort service, to bus stop or vehicles, depending upon the availability of resources. Students, faculty and staff who need this service should call the appropriate Public Safety Offices at their campus location: Charleston Campus ............................(702) 651-5613 Cheyenne Campus ..............................(702) 651-4055 Henderson Campus ............................(702) 651-3113 We also recommend that you use the “buddy system”, organize groups and walk together to your destination. These small measures can make a big difference in your personal safety.

Access to Facilities: Access to campus buildings and grounds is a privilege extended to students, faculty, staff, and guests. The college encourages an open environment with limitations to assure adequate protection of all members of the college community. The college is open Monday through Saturday, 6:30 A.M. to 10:30 P.M. At night and during times when the campus is officially closed, College buildings are locked. Faculty, staff and students with proper authorization are permitted into the buildings. The general public can attend cultural and recreational events on campus with access limited to the facilities in which the events are held. The college is closed on Sundays. The college has attempted to provide campus safety in and around the buildings by installing closed circuit television cameras and exterior lighting. Additionally, Public Safety personnel make regular patrols throughout the buildings and the college perimeter. Authorization for use of campus grounds for assembly purposes must be obtained in advance from the Chief Campus Administrator. As with any urban setting, everyone is encouraged to remain alert for potential problems and dangerous situations. Security is everyone’s responsibility. Your assistance is needed. CSN does not have campus residences. The college facilities all have external locking devices. The facilities are locked whenever classes or events are not scheduled. The President

APPENDIX C

Off-Campus Officially Recognized Student Organizations: There are no off-campus locations or student organizations officially recognized by CSN, including organizations with off-campus housing facility.

Dormitory/Residential: There are no residential or dormitory premises on the CSN campus.

Maintenance of Campus Facilities: Public Safety personnel and other college employees, routinely perform checks of lights on campus that need repair. This information is submitted to the Facilities Management for maintenance and repair. Public Safety personnel periodically take notice of shrubbery, doors, and locks that require maintenance and submit the information to the appropriate department.

ID Cards: Every member of the college community is encouraged to carry a validated identification card while on campus. Upon request of a CSN Police or Public Safety Officer, or college official, the I.D. card must be presented. Refusal to present the I.D. card will result in denial of access to the campus. I.D. cards are NON-TRANSFERABLE and may not be used by any other person, for any reason. The college will prosecute any unauthorized person who trespasses or loiters on college property. ID cards are required in order to pick up financial aid checks, borrow books from the school library and attend certain special events. Students, faculty and staff will need an ID card in order to gain access to buildings, or to gain access to offices when keys are forgotten. Student ID cards shall be validated and updated each semester. The Office of Student Government distributes ID cards at each of the main campuses.

Faculty & Staff: In order to obtain an ID card newly hired faculty and staff must present a letter from the Human Resource Department stating that they are employed at the college. The Office of Student Government distributes ID cards at each of the main campuses.

Student ID: Students must show a stamped Bursar’s receipt in order to obtain their ID card.

Lost & Found: Found property can be turned over to the nearest uniformed officer on duty or brought directly to the public safety office, inquiries about lost property should be made there. All lost articles will be kept for a period of at least 90 days depending on the value of the item. Useful articles of clothing left unclaimed will be donated to local charitable organizations.

Referral Services: The CSN Police Department has an excellent working relationship with the local Police Departments, Las Vegas District Attorney’s Office, the Criminal and Family Court systems, and various victim service agencies. If you are the victim of a crime on or off campus or if you need help in dealing with any aspect of the criminal justice system, the public safety office is available to refer you to the appropriate agency.

Crime Prevention Tips: The CSN Police Department believes it is more beneficial to prevent crime than to react after the fact. All members of the college community are encouraged to take responsibility of his/her own security, and when possible assist other with their security needs. A primary vehicle for accomplishing this goal is the department’s comprehensive crime prevention strategy. This strategy is based on a multi-layered approach that includes proactive area patrol of the campus and crime prevention education and training. Crime Prevention/awareness programs begin with new student orientation presentations. Topics of discussion include the Student conduct code, academic dishonesty, sexual harassment, substance abuse, alcohol, and hate violence. Additionally, the College of Southern Nevada Security Advisory Committee comprised of faculty, student, staff, administration and public safety representatives meet regularly throughout the year to ensure concerns, questions and recommendations are addressed. Public Safety personnel are available to provide seminars on a host of topics: workplace violence, sexual awareness and responsibility, crime prevention/personal safety, domestic violence and acquaintance rape. The college makes every effort to advise and update students about public safety procedures and security conditions on campus. Some of the media utilized to notify and inform students are:

APPENDIX C

or Vice President of the College must authorize access to the college during non-regular hours. Faculty and staff members are issued keys for their respective offices with the approval of the Department Head. CSN Police and Public Safety Departments, facilities personnel and appropriate college administrators are the only persons issued keys for building entrances and exits. Keys may not be loaned to other staff members or students. Public Safety personnel will confiscate any keys, which have not been specifically issued to a particular individual. Unauthorized duplication and illegal possession of keys is a misdemeanor.

1. Safety and Campus Security Booklet for students, faculty, and staff. 2. Campus Security related articles published in the college newspaper. 3. Notices in the college bulletin, student newsletter, and college website. 4. Information Booth.


421

APPENDIX C Communications: The CSN Police Department is responsible for maintaining and investigating crimes and incidents on campus and will provide timely reports to the campus community of crimes that concern public safety. The statistics are provided for the most recent 3-year period. The public safety report is updated annually and is provided to all students, employees and applicants for admission.

Timely Warnings Notice To The College Community:

APPENDIX C

CSN will make every effort to provide a safe and secure environment for everyone. In the event a serious crime occurs on the campus or notification by the local police department, the CSN Police Department will provide the college community with a timely notice (within 24-48 hours of the reported incident and subject to the availability of accurate information) via college-wide mailing, e-mail, and posting throughout the campus. The same protocol will be followed for emergency situations. The circumstances of any particular situation coupled with a police department’s evaluation of the situation/threat potential will dictate the need, breath and manner for the issuance of a Timely Warning Notice. The notice will provide information about the incident and crime prevention/safety information. The alert process typically entails a combination of 1) electronic mail postings, and 2) physical posting of bulletins at designated campus facilities. The identity of all victims will be kept confidential within the scope of the law and/or investigation. Your safety on campus is vitally important. The key to a safe and secure environment is cooperation. By working together, students, faculty and staff members can learn more about safety awareness. By taking responsibility, we can all help each other. Information regarding campus security and personal safety including topics such as crime prevention, public safety, peace officer authority, crime reporting policies, crime statistics, for the most recent three year period and disciplinary procedures is available from the Chief of Police.

Fire Prevention and Safety: Fire prevention is the shared responsibility of all members of the college community. We work closely with the State Fire Marshal and Fire Departments to provide fire prevention information to the college community. Awareness is probably the best weapon in maintaining a safe, fire-free environment. You should take the following precautions to protect yourself and others while on campus. 1. Report any conditions, which create a fire hazard (trash in the corridors or stairwells, missing fire extinguishers, blocked floor exits or stairwells, etc.) to the Campus Police or Public Safety Offices. 2. Know where the fire extinguishers are located. CSN staff, have been trained to operate fire extinguishers.

422


3. Know the location of the fire alarms and how to activate them. 4. Know where the nearest fire exit is. Also, be prepared to use an alternate exit if necessary. Plan how you would escape in case of a fire. 5. Know the location of the fire stairwells. 6. Treat fire drills as real emergencies. Remember, practice becomes routine, which expedites evacuation, prevents confusion and minimizes panic. 7. During fire drills or a real fire, follow the instructions of security and public safety personnel. Faculty and staff who want to volunteer as fire wardens can do so by contacting the CSN Police Department. 8. NEVER USE AN ELEVATOR WHEN A FIRE ALARM IS ACTIVATED TO EVACUATE THE BUILDING.

IF YOU DISCOVER A FIRE: Any person who discovers a fire, smoke or an unusual amount of heat should do the following: 1. Pull the nearest Fire Alarm pull station on the floor. 2. Notify those in the immediate area of the danger. 3. Assist in removing any disabled person from the immediate area. 4. Notify the CSN Police or Public Safety Departments. 5. Follow instructions given by campus public safety personnel.

False Alarms: The malicious activation of Fire Alarm pull station is a violation of the law and is prohibited. They create a mood of apathy that results in a failure to react to actual fires. The local Fire Departments can issue fines of $500 per incident to an individual who maliciously or intentionally causes a false alarm Additionally; no smoking is permitted inside any CSN building. Faculty members should inform their students of this regulation and the CSN Police or Public Safety Departments should be notified if violations of the smoking regulations are observed.

Safety Hints: CSN is proud of its campus safety and security record. The CSN Police Department recommends the use of these simple common sense rules. 1. Walking on/off Campus If possible avoid walking alone. Walk in well-lit areas, DO NOT take short cuts. When walking to your vehicle, have your keys ready in your hand. Do not carry large sums of money, conspicuous jewelry or other valuables. Keep purses tucked closely under your arm. 2. In the Office If you are working alone during off-hours, keep your doors locked. Inform the public safety office where you are working so that our patrol officers can give that area special attention.

APPENDIX C

Theft Prevention: In the Office • Handbags quite often are left unattended in the bottom desk drawer, a situation which thieves are well aware. Secure your handbag at all times. • Retrieve keys from persons no longer affiliated with your office. • Do not leave keys lying around. Report lost keys to the Public Safety Office immediately. • Lock your door when leaving the office unattended. • Small items such as calculators, radios and tape recorders should be locked up when not in use. • Portable office equipment such as staplers, electronic pencil sharpeners, calculators, computer software, etc. should be permanently marked with name of the department and room number to which they belong (call the CSN Purchasing/Receiving Department or Public Safety Office for items that require marking with an electric engraver). • Report all suspicious persons immediately to the Public Safety Office. In the Classroom • Never leave handbag or briefcase unattended. • When taking a break, secure your valuables or take them with you. In Parking Lots • • • • •

Park in well lit areas. Always lock your car and take your keys. Always set any alarms or security locks. Remove car radio if possible. Avoid leaving any packages or valuables in open view inside auto.

Drugs and Alcohol: It is the policy of CSN that any action or situation, which recklessly or intentionally endangers mental or physical health or involves the forced consumption of liquor or drugs for the purpose of initiation or affiliation with any organization, is prohibited. CSN is a drug and alcohol free campus, except in cases of educational purposes authorized by the college. Consumption of liquor of drugs for the purpose of initiation or affiliation with any organization is prohibited. CSN is a drug and alcohol free campus, except in cases of educational purposes authorized by the college. The unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of illegal drugs or other controlled substance by the students or employees on the university/college premises or as part of any university/college activities is prohibited. Employees of the university must also notify

the college personnel director of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the work place not later than (5) days after such conviction. The unlawful possession, use or distribution of alcohol by students or employees on university/college premises or as part of any university/college activities is prohibited. The legal age for drinking alcohol in the State of Nevada is 21, and state law deals harshly with underage drinking. It is also against the law in the State of Nevada to sell or give alcohol to anyone under the age of 21. The possession or use of illegal drugs is a crime in the State of Nevada. Anyone found in possession of or using such drugs on college property will be severely dealt with and will face criminal charges.

Counselors: Counselors are available in The Counseling Department. They provide a comprehensive package of activities and professional services (including crisis intervention) that will assist students to achieve academic, personal and career development and aid in student retention and success. Students may refer themselves for personal counseling. All discussions are confidential. A counselor is also an important college resource of information about agencies and services in the local community. The professional Counselors, when appropriate, will inform persons of any procedures for reporting crimes on a voluntary, confidential basis for the inclusion in the annual disclosure of crime statistics. They can be contacted at: Cheyenne Campus:..............................(702) 651-4049 Charleston Campus: ............................(702) 651-5670 Henderson Campus: ............................(702) 651-3165

Missing Persons and Violent Crimes: It is the policy of CSN Police Department to accept all reports of missing persons without delay. The reporting party should be the spouse, family member, close friend, or roommate. Investigative priority will be given to investigating missing persons over the handling of property crimes. Any case involving a missing person, violent crime, suspected foul play or someone who may be “at- risk” poses unique challenges. The need to employ sophisticated investigative resources required to properly investigate certain crimes will dictate who will have operational responsibilities and investigative authority. In these cases, consideration shall be given to asking the local police agency for assistance. In cases that involve a missing adult student, the department shall consider notification of the person’s parent(s) or guardian. In cases involving a missing juvenile student, the parents(s) or guardian of the student shall be notified, as soon as practical to do so.

APPENDIX C

3. In the Classroom Avoid studying or being alone in inactive areas such as empty classrooms or stairwells.RIT

Sexual Harassment: It is the policy of the CSN to prohibit sexual harassment of employees and students. It is a violation of policy for any member of the college community to engage in sexual harassment. It is a violation of policy for any member of the college community to take action against an individual for


423

APPENDIX C reporting sexual harassment. This policy is related to and is in conformity with the equal employment opportunity policy of the university to recruit, employ, retain and promote employees without regard to sex, age, race, creed, disability or sexual orientation. To file a sexual harassment report you may call: (702) 651-4068. A prompt investigation of allegations will be made on a confidential basis to ascertain the veracity of complaints, and appropriate corrective action will be taken. Sexual harassment is a crime. Training in sexual harassment issues is required for all supervisors and mangers. Training is available for all campus employees and can be scheduled by calling the Human Resources at 651-5800.

Sexual Assault Information: The circumstances surrounding sexual assaults on college campuses are often quite different from those that occur elsewhere. Many of the incidents occur under circumstances commonly referred to a DATE RAPE. Date rape is a sexual assault against a person that is committed by someone the victim knows. The perpetrator may be someone the victim knows well and who may have previously been in his or her company. Because of this familiarity, the victim often fails to see the incident as a serious crime and may, in fact, place some of the blame for the incident upon herself or himself. Date rape in college surroundings quite often follows the use of alcohol or other drugs by the victim and the perpetrator. Very often, the victims find that they have been placed in a vulnerable position by trying to make new acquaintances or fit in with a new crowd. All students should remember that date rape is another name for a very serious crime. Every person is an individual and should be able to assert his or her wishes in a relationship. Self-awareness and good common sense are your best weapons against date rape. Trust your instincts, and be firm in saying what you like and don’t like, a forceful “NO” may help dissuade a date rapist.

APPENDIX C

Applicable Laws & Penalties Related to Sexual Assault Crimes: NRS 200.366 Rape: When a person engages in sexual intercourse with another that is incapable of consent because of age or other factors or by forcible compulsion. Sodomy: When a person engages in deviant sexual intercourse with another who is incapable of consent because of age or other factors or by forcible compulsion. Sexual Abuse: When a person subjects another person to sexual contact without their consent.

Penalties: A person who commits a sexual assault is guilty of a category “A Felony” and shall be punished when substantial bodily harm to the victim: 1. Life without the possibility of parole;

424


2. Life with the possibility of parole, when a minimum of 15 years has been served; 3. A definite term of 40 years with eligibility of parole beginning when a minimum of 15 years has been served.

If You Are The Victim of Sexual Assault: Get Help If you are a victim of sexual assault, go to a safe place immediately. If the incident occurred on campus, contact the CSN Police Department at: (702) 651-7911 or 911. Officers from the department will assist you in seeking medical care or you may contact the 24-hour Rape Crisis Hotline at: (702) 385-2153. The CSN Police Department has formulated guidelines to be followed when dealing with reports of sexual assault. The primary objective of these guidelines is to provide all possible assistance to the victim, apprehend the perpetrator and maintain the confidentiality of the victim. These guidelines are as follows: 1. If you are the victim of sexual assault, we will not prejudge you or your actions. Victims are not responsible for the actions of others. We will meet with you privately and you may be accompanied by a personal advocate. If requested, a female officer will assist you. Notify The CSN Police Department at (702) 651-7911 or 911 immediately. We will assist you in obtaining emergency medical treatment, police assistance or counseling if necessary. 2. We will treat your case with courtesy, sensitivity and understanding and we will not release your name to the public or the press. 3. We will discuss and explain the criminal justice process and you will be kept informed as the to progress of the investigation, which may include the arrest and prosecution of the offender. 4. You are encouraged to receive immediate medical attention. This is important to alleviate fears of sexually transmitted disease and pregnancy. It will also aid in the collecting and preserving of evidence that can be later used in prosecution. Do not wash, douche or remove clothing worn at the time of the attack before you seek medical attention. This evidence is critical for future criminal prosecution. 5. When calm, make note of the events involving the attack. Inform the Police of these details. 6. It may be necessary to seek the services of a counselor. College counselors are equipped to assist victims immediately and make referrals to community agencies. To speak to a counselor, you may call: Cheyenne Campus ....................................651-4049 West Charleston Campus ..........................651-5670 Henderson Campus ..................................651-3165

APPENDIX C

Campus Disciplinary Procedure: If a student, faculty, or staff member is accused of sexual assault, or other sexual offenses, the college will bring disciplinary charges against the individual involved. The accuser and the accused are entitled to the same opportunities to have others present during the campus disciplinary proceeding brought about by an allegation of sexual assault. The Student Code of Conduct governs the disciplinary procedure as outlined in Chapter 6 of the NSHE of the university by-laws (copies may be obtained at the Office of the Chief of Police). Students found guilty of sexual assault may face sanctions including suspension and expulsion for the college.

College Support Services On-Campus: The college is committed to offering educational and support services. Victims of sexual assault are encouraged to seek the assistance of the professional counselors on staff. These counselors are equipped to immediately assist victims and make referrals to community agencies/programs where appropriate. The counseling professionals will also do all they can to assist victims of sexual assault including help in changing academic and life situations if requested by the victim, and if these changes are reasonably available. You may also contact the 24-hour Rape Crisis Hotline at: (702) 385-2153.

Crime Codes and Definitions: In Compliance with the federal law and in an effort to promote the personal safety of the college community, the following information has been prepared for campus review. This report focuses on the federal requirements under the “Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act.” CSN must produce and distribute an annual report containing crime statistics and statements of security policy. The following categories of crime for the campus, certain non-campus properties and certain public property areas that have been reported to the CSN Police Department, local police agencies and other campus officials with significant responsibility for students and campus activities, must

be disclosed for the most recent 3 years. The following definitions are to be used for reporting the crimes listed in 34 CFR sec. 668.46 (previously 668.47) in accordance with the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Uniform Crime Reporting Program. The definitions for murder, robbery, aggravated assault, burglary, motor vehicle theft, weapon law violations, drug abuse violations and liquor law violations are excerpted from the Uniform Crime Reporting Handbook. The definitions of forcible and nonforcible sex offenses are excerpted from the National Incident-Based Reporting System Edition of the Uniform Crime Reporting Handbook.

Crime Definitions from the Uniform Crime Reporting Handbook Arson, Homicide (Murder and Non-negligent manslaughter, negligent manslaughter), sex offenses (forcible and nonforcible), robbery, aggravated assault, burglary, motor vehicle theft. 1. Arson Any willful or malicious burning or attempt to burn, with or without intent to defraud, a dwelling house, public building, motor vehicle or aircraft, personal property of another, etc. 2. Homicide • Manslaughter by Negligence- The killing of another person through gross negligence. • Murder and Non-negligent Manslaughter- The willful (non-negligent) killing of one human being by another. 3. Sex Offenses - Forcible Any sexual act directed against another person, forcibly and/or against that person’s will; or not forcibly or against the person’s will where the victim is incapable of giving consent. • Forcible Rape - The carnal knowledge of person, forcibly and/or against that person’s will; or not forcibly or against the person’s will where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her temporary or permanent mental of physical incapacity, or because of his/her youth. • Forcible Sodomy - Oral or anal sexual intercourse with another person, forcibly and/or against that person’s will; or not forcibly against the person’s will where the victim’s incapable of giving consent because of his/her youth or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental of physical incapacity. • Sexual Assault with an object - The use of an object or instrument to unlawfully penetrate, however slightly, the genital or anal opening of the body of another person, forcibly and/or against that person’s will; or not forcibly or against the person’s will where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her youth or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.


APPENDIX C

7. Whenever a report of sexual assault is received, the Chief of Police or his designee will be notified immediately. As with all other reports of incidents taken on campus, the public safety officer taking the report will obtain as much information as possible about the circumstances of the incident. Unlike other reports, the identity of the victim will be kept confidential. The name, address and other identifying information will not be included on the incident report. If a student is found guilty of violating university rules, she/he shall be subjected to the following range of sanctions defined in the Chapter 6 of the NSHE Rules and Regulations for the Maintenance of Public Order: admonition, warning, censure, disciplinary probation, restitution, suspension, expulsion, ejection and/or arrest by the civil authorities.

425

APPENDIX C • Forcible Fondling - The touching of the private body parts of another person for the purpose of sexual gratification, forcibly and/or against that person’s will; or, not forcibly or against the person’s will where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her youth or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental incapacity.SAFETY AND SECURITY Sex Offenses - Non-Forcible Unlawful, non-forcible sexual intercourse. • Incest - Non-forcible sexual intercourse between persons who are related to each other within the degrees wherein marriage is prohibited by law. • Statutory Rape - Non-forcible sexual intercourse with a person who is under the statutory age of consent. 4. Robbery The taking or attempting to take anything of value from the care, custody, or control of a person or persons by force or threat of force or violence and/or by putting the victim in fear. 5. Aggravated Assault

APPENDIX C

An unlawful attack by one person upon another for the purpose of inflicting severe or aggravated bodily injury. This type of assault usually is accompanied by the use of a weapon or by means likely to produce death or great bodily harm. (It is not necessary that injury resulting from an aggravated assault when a gun, knife, or other weapon is used which could and probably would result in serious personal injury if the crime were successfully completed.)

426

6. Burglary The unlawful entry of a structure to commit a felony or a theft. For reporting purposes this definition includes: unlawful entry with intent to commit a larceny or felony; breaking and entering with intent to commit a larceny; housebreaking; safecracking; and all attempts to commit any of the aforementioned. 7. Motor Vehicle Theft The theft or attempted theft of a motor vehicle. (Classify as motor vehicle theft all cases where automobiles are taken by persons not having lawful access even though the vehicles are later abandoned – including joyriding.) The law also requires that colleges and universities provide statistics for the following categories of arrest or referrals for campus disciplinary action (if an arrest was not made): Liquor law violation, drug law violation and illegal weapons possession. I Weapon Law Violations The violation of laws or ordinances dealing with weapon offenses, regulatory in nature, such as: manufacture, sale, or possession of deadly weapons; carrying deadly weapons, concealed or openly; furnishing deadly weapons to minors; aliens possessing deadly weapons; and all attempts to commit any of the aforementioned.


II Drug Abuse Violations Violations of State and local laws relating to the unlawful possession, sale, use, growing, manufacturing, and making of narcotic drugs. The relevant substances include, but not limited to: opium or cocaine; synthetic narcotics (Demerol, methadone); and dangerous non-narcotic drugs (barbiturates, Benzedrine). III Liquor Law Violations The violation of laws or ordinances prohibiting: the manufacture, sale, transporting, furnishing, possessing of intoxicating liquor; maintaining an unlawful drinking place; bootlegging; operating a still; furnishing liquor to a minor or intemperate person; using a vehicle for illegal transportation of liquor; drinking on a train or public conveyance; and all attempts to commit any of the aforementioned. (Drunkenness and driving under the influence are not included in this definition.)

Hate Crimes: Must also be reported by category of prejudice based on the following: Race, gender, religion, sexual orientation, ethnicity or disability. For the purpose of reporting the statistics with respect to the crime statistics that must be compiled in accordance under the categories of: On Campus, Non-Campus Building or Property; Public Property; and Dormitory/residential. I On-campus: • Any building or property owned or controlled by an institution of higher education within the same reasonably contiguous geographic area of the institution and used by the institution in direct support of, or in a manner related to, the institution’s educational purposes, including residence halls; and • Property within the same reasonably contiguous geographic area of the institution that is owned by the institution but controlled by another person, is used by students, and supports institutional purposes (such as a food or other retail vendor). II On-campus building or property: • Any building or property owned or controlled by an institution of higher education within the same reasonably contiguous geographic area of the institution and used by the institution in direct support of, or in a manner related to, the institution’s educational purposes, including residence halls; and property within the same reasonably contiguous geographic area of the institution that is owned be the institution but controlled by another person, is used by students, and supports institutional purposes (such as a food or other retail vendor).direct support of, or in relation, to the institution’s educational purposes, is used by students, and is not III Public property: • Means all public property that is within the same reasonably contiguous geographic area of the institution, such as a sidewalk, a street, other thoroughfare, or parking facility, and is adjacent to a facility owned or

APPENDIX C

Policies For Preparing the Annual Disclosure of Crime Statistics

Referred for Disciplinary Action ............................0 Drug Law Violations Arrest ......................................................................0 Referred for Disciplinary Action ............................0 Illegal Weapons Possession Arrest ......................................................................0 Referred for Disciplinary Action ............................3 Crime Statistics January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2005: Category Incidents

As required by federal law, CSN’s yearly crime statistics for this report are compiled on a calendar-year basis in accordance with the definitions of crimes provided by the FBI for use in the Uniform Crime Reporting (UCR) system. These statistics include the previous 3 years (2004, 2005, and 2006) concerning reported crimes that occurred on campus; in certain off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by CSN; and on public property within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. In addition, these statistics are gathered from reported crimes to the public safety office/officers, crimes reported to other campus officials with significant responsibility for student and campus activities as well as those crimes reported to the local police agencies. These statistics also include persons referred for campus disciplinary action for categories required under the Clery Act including liquor law violations, drug law violations and illegal weapons possession. The charts that follow for 2004, 2005, and 2006 are reflective of the changes mandated by federal law for compiling this report.

Criminal Homicide Murder & Non-negligent Manslaughter ................0 Negligent Manslaughter ........................................0 Sex Offenses Forcible Sex Offenses ............................................0 Non-forcible Sex Offenses ....................................0 Robbery ....................................................................0 Aggravated Assault ..................................................0 Burglary ..................................................................53 Motor Vehicle Theft................................................18 Arson ........................................................................1 Hate Crimes ..............................................................0 Liquor Law Violations Arrest ......................................................................0 Referred for Disciplinary Action ............................0 Drug Law Violations Arrest ......................................................................1 Referred for Disciplinary Action ............................1 Illegal Weapons Possession Arrest ......................................................................1 Referred for Disciplinary Action ............................1

CRIME AWARENESS, CAMPUS SECURITY AND CRIME REPORTING

Crime Statistics January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006: Category Incidents

In compliance with the Campus Security Act of 1990, the following information is a result of reviewing valid incidents at CSN. These categories must be reported and distributed to current students and employees. Crime Statistics January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004: Category Incidents Criminal Homicide Murder & Non-negligent Manslaughter ................0 Negligent Manslaughter ........................................0 Sex Offenses Forcible Sex Offenses ............................................0 Non-forcible Sex Offenses ....................................0 Robbery ....................................................................0 Aggravated Assault ................................................0 Burglary ................................................................19 Motor Vehicle Theft..............................................34 Arson ......................................................................3 Hate Crimes ............................................................0 Liquor Law Violations Arrest ......................................................................0

Criminal Homicide Murder & Non-negligent Manslaughter ................0 Negligent Manslaughter ........................................0 Sex Offenses Forcible Sex Offenses ............................................0 Non-forcible Sex Offenses ....................................0 Robbery ....................................................................0 Aggravated Assault ..................................................0 Burglary ....................................................................4 Motor Vehicle Theft................................................22 Arson ........................................................................1 Hate Crimes ..............................................................0 Liquor Law Violations Arrest ......................................................................0 Referred for Disciplinary Action ............................0 Drug Law Violations Arrest ......................................................................3 Referred for Disciplinary Action ............................0 Illegal Weapons Possession Arrest ......................................................................0 Referred for Disciplinary Action ............................0


APPENDIX C

controlled by the institution or the facility is used by the institution in direct support of, or in a manner related to the institution’s educational purposes.SAF • For the purpose of paragraph “I” above, CSN defines On-campus its reasonably contiguous geographic area of the institution as: the public pedestrian area adjacent to any of our main campuses and Urban and Rural Learning Centers.

427

APPENDIX C SEXUAL HARASSMENT POLICY

APPENDIX C

APPENDIX C

A. Sexual Harassment is Illegal Under Federal and State Law. Nevada System of Higher Education (NSHE) is committed to providing a place of work and learning free of sexual harassment. Where sexual harassment is found to have occurred, the NSHE will act to stop the harassment, to prevent its recurrence, and to discipline those responsible in accordance with the NSHE Code or, in the case of classified employees, the Nevada Administrative Code. Sexual harassment is a form of discrimination; it is illegal. No employee or student, either in the workplace or in the academic environment, should be subject to unwelcome verbal or physical conduct that is sexual in nature. Sexual harassment does not refer to occasional compliments of a socially acceptable nature. It refers to behavior of a sexual nature that is not welcome, that is personally offensive, and that interferes with performance. It is expected that students, faculty and staff will treat one another with respect. B. Policy Applicability and Sanctions All students, faculty, staff, and other members of the campus community are subject to this policy. Individuals who violate this policy are subject to discipline up to and including termination and/or expulsion, in accordance with the NSHE Code or, in the case of classified employees, the Nevada Administrative Code. Other, lesser sanctions may be imposed, depending on the circumstances. This policy is not intended to and does not infringe upon academic freedom in teaching or research as established in the NSHE Code, Ch. 2. C. Training All employees shall be given a copy of this policy and each institution’s Human Resources Office shall maintain documentation that each employee received the policy. New employees shall be given a copy of this policy at the time of hire and each institution’s Human Resources Office shall maintain documentation that each new employee received the policy. Each institution shall include this policy and complaint procedure in its general catalog. Each institution shall have an on-going sexual harassment training program for employees. D. Sexual Harassment Defined Under this policy, unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other visual, verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual harassment when: 1. submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual’s employment or academic status; 2. submission to or rejection of the conduct is used as a basis for academic or employment decisions or evaluations, or permission to participate in an activity; or

428


3. the conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an individual's academic or work performance, or of creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive environment in which to work or learn. Sexual harassment may take many forms—subtle and indirect, or blatant and overt. For example, • It may occur between individuals of the opposite sex or of the same sex. • It may occur between students, between peers and/or co-workers, or between individuals in an unequal power relationship. • It may be aimed at coercing an individual to participate in an unwanted sexual relationship or it may have the effect of causing an individual to change behavior or work performance. • It may consist of repeated actions or may even arise from a single incident if sufficiently severe. • It may also rise to the level of a criminal offense, such as battery or sexual assault. Determining what constitutes sexual harassment under this policy will be accomplished on a case by case basis and depends upon the specific facts and the context in which the conduct occurs. Some conduct may be inappropriate, unprofessional, and/or subject to disciplinary action, but would not fall under the definition of sexual harassment. The specific action taken, if any, in a particular instance depends on the nature and gravity of the conduct reported, and may include disciplinary processes as stated above. Examples of unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature that may constitute sexual harassment may, but do not necessarily, include, and are not limited to: • physical assault; • sexually explicit statements, comments, questions, jokes, innuendoes, anecdotes, or gestures; • unnecessary touching, patting, hugging, or brushing against a person’s body or other inappropriate touching of an individual’s body; • remarks of a sexual nature about a person’s clothing or body; • use of electronic mail or computer dissemination of sexually oriented, sex-based communications; • sexual advances, whether or not they involve physical touching; • requests for sexual favors in exchange for actual or promised job or educational benefits, such as favorable reviews, salary increases, promotions, increased benefits, continued employment, grades, favorable assignments, letters of recommendation; • displaying sexually suggestive objects, pictures, magazines, cartoons, or screen savers; • inquiries, remarks, or discussions about an individual’s sexual experiences or activities and other written or oral references to sexual conduct.

APPENDIX C

E. Procedure The Chancellor and each president shall designate no fewer than two administrators to receive complaints of alleged sexual harassment. The administrators designated to receive the complaints may include the following: (1) the Human Resources Officer at the institution; (2) the Affirmative Action Program Officer; or (3) any other officer designated by the president. If the Human Resources Officer or the Affirmative Action Program Officer or another officer designated by the president, is not the individual who initially receives the complaint of alleged sexual harassment, then the individual receiving the complaint must immediately forward the complaint to either the Human Resources Officer or the Affirmative Action Program Officer. An individual filing a complaint of alleged sexual harassment shall have the opportunity to select an independent advisor for assistance, support, and advice and shall be notified of this opportunity by the Human Resources Officer or the Affirmative Action Program Officer, or by their designee. It shall be the choice of the individual filing the complaint to utilize or not utilize the independent advisor. The independent advisor may be brought into the process at any time at the request of the alleged victim. The means and manner by which an independent advisor shall be made available shall be determined by each institution or unit. Supervisors’ Responsibilities: Every supervisor has responsibility to take reasonable steps intended to prevent acts of sexual harassment, which include, but are not limited to: • Monitoring the work and school environment for signs that harassment may be occurring; • Refraining from participation in, or encouragement of actions that could be perceived as harassment (verbal or otherwise); • Stopping any observed acts that may be considered harassment, and taking appropriate steps to intervene, whether or not the involved individuals are within his/her line of supervision; and • Taking immediate action to minimize or eliminate the work and/or school contact between the two individuals where there has been a complaint of harassment, pending investigation. If a supervisor receives a complaint of alleged sexual harassment, or observes or becomes aware of conduct that may constitute sexual harassment, the supervisor must immediately contact one of the individuals identified above to forward the complaint, to discuss it and/or to report the action taken. Failure to take the above action to prevent the occurrence of or stop known harassment may be grounds for disciplinary action.

Complaints of sexual harassment must be filed within 180 calendar days after the discovery of the alleged act of sexual harassment with the supervisor, department chair, dean, or one of the administrators listed above and/or designated by the president to receive complaints of alleged sexual harassment. Complaints of prohibited conduct, including sexual harassment, filed with an institution’s administrative officer pursuant to NSHE Code Chapter 6, Section 6.8.1, are not subject to this 180-day filing requirement. 1. Employees. a. An employee who believes that he or she has been subjected to sexual harassment by anyone is encouraged—but it is neither necessary nor required—to promptly tell the person that the conduct is unwelcome and ask the person to stop the conduct. A person who receives such a request must immediately comply with it and must not retaliate against the employee for rejecting the conduct. b. The employee may also choose to file a complaint with his or her immediate supervisor, who will in turn immediately contact one of the officials listed above. c. If the employee feels uncomfortable about discussing the incident with the immediate supervisor, the employee should feel free to bypass the supervisor and file a complaint with one of the other listed officials or with any other supervisor. d. After receiving any employee’s complaint of an incident of alleged sexual harassment, whether or not the complaint is in writing, the supervisor will immediately contact any of the individuals listed above to forward the complaint, to discuss it and/or to report the action taken. The supervisor has a responsibility to act even if the individuals involved are not supervised by that supervisor. 2. Students a. A student who believes that he or she has been subjected to sexual harassment by anyone is encouraged—but it is neither necessary nor required—to promptly tell the person that the conduct is unwelcome and ask the person to stop the conduct. A person who receives such a request must immediately comply with it and must not retaliate against the student for rejecting the conduct. b. The student may also choose to file a complaint with his or her major department chair, who will in turn immediately contact one of the officials listed above. c. If the student feels uncomfortable about discussing the incident with the department chair, the student should feel free to bypass the chair and file a complaint with one of the above officials or to any chair or dean, who will in turn immediately contact one of the officials listed above to forward the com-


APPENDIX C

Even one incident, if it is sufficiently serious, may constitute sexual harassment. One incident, however, does not usually constitute sexual harassment.

429

APPENDIX C

APPENDIX C plaint, whether or not the complaint is in writing, to discuss it and/or to report the action taken. The chair or dean has a responsibility to act even if the individuals are not supervised by that chair or dean. 3. Non-Employees and Non-Students Individuals who are neither NSHE employees nor NSHE students and who believe they have been subjected to sexual harassment by a NSHE employee during the employee’s work hours or by a NSHE student on campus or at a NSHE-sponsored event may utilize any of the complaint processes set forth above in this section.

G. Confidentiality

4. Investigation and Resolution a. After receiving a complaint of the incident or behavior, an investigation by one of the above listed officials will be initiated to gather information about the incident. Each institution may set guidelines for the manner in which an investigation shall be conducted. b. At the completion of the investigation, a recommendation will be made to the appropriate management regarding the resolution of the matter. The recommendation is advisory only. c. After the recommendation has been made, a determination will be made by appropriate management regarding the resolution of the matter. If warranted, disciplinary action up to and including involuntary termination or expulsion will be taken. Any such disciplinary action shall be taken in accordance with NSHE Code Chapter 6, or, in the case of classified employees, NAC Chapter 284. Other appropriate actions will be taken to correct problems, if any, caused by or contributing to the conduct. If proceedings are initiated under Chapter 6, the investigation conducted pursuant to this policy may be used as the Chapter 6 investigation. The administrative officer, in his or her discretion, may also supplement the sexual harassment investigation with additional investigation. d. After the appropriate management has made a determination regarding the resolution of the matter, and depending on the circumstances, both parties may be informed of the resolution. Certain actions made confidential under NSHE Code Chapters 5 and 6 or NAC Chapter 284 shall remain confidential.

H. Retaliation

F. Prompt Attention Complaints of sexual harassment are taken seriously and will be dealt with promptly. Where sexual harassment is found to have occurred, the NSHE institution or unit where it occurred will act to stop the harassment, to prevent its recurrence, and to discipline those responsible.

430


The NSHE recognizes that confidentiality is important. However, confidentiality cannot be guaranteed. The administrators, faculty or staff responsible for implementing this policy will respect the privacy of individuals reporting or accused of sexual harassment to the extent reasonably possible and will maintain confidentiality to the extent possible. Examples of situations where confidentiality cannot be maintained include, but are not limited to, necessary disclosures during an investigation, circumstances where the NSHE is required by law to disclose information (such as in response to legal process), or when an individual is in harm’s way. Retaliation against an individual who in good faith complains of alleged sexual harassment or provides information in an investigation about behavior that may violate this policy is against the law, will not be tolerated, and may be grounds for discipline. Retaliation in violation of this policy may result in discipline up to and including termination and/or expulsion. Any employee or student bringing a sexual harassment complaint or assisting in the investigation of such a complaint will not be adversely affected in terms and conditions of employment and/or academic standing, nor discriminated against, terminated, or expelled because of the complaint. Intentionally providing false information is also grounds for discipline. “Retaliation” may include, but is not limited to, such conduct as: • the denial of adequate personnel to perform duties; • frequent replacement of members of the staff; • frequent and undesirable changes in the location of an office; • the refusal to assign meaningful work; • unwarranted disciplinary action; • unfair work performance evaluations; • a reduction in pay; • the denial of a promotion; • a dismissal; • a transfer; • frequent changes in working hours or workdays; • an unfair grade; • an unfavorable reference letter. I. Relationship to Freedom of Expression The NSHE is committed to the principles of free inquiry and free expression. Vigorous discussion and debate are fundamental rights and this policy is not intended to stifle teaching methods or freedom of expression. Sexual harassment, however, is neither legally protected expression nor the proper exercise of academic freedom; it compromises the integrity of institutions, the tradition of intellectual freedom and the trust placed in the institutions by their members. (Board of Regents Handbook, Title 4, Chapter 8, Section 13)

APPENDIX C STUDENT RIGHT TO KNOW

COHORT GROUP

FULL-TIME

PART-TIME

702 504 1206 131 11 258 478 27 242 0 59 1206

1274 789 2063 335 35 161 873 65 451 0 143 2063

TOTAL

FALL 2005

The Student Right to Know and Campus Security Act requires that CSN comply with provisions and updates on the graduation rate and/or persistence rate of all fall first time, first year degree seeking or certificate seeking undergraduate students. This information is listed below: FULL-TIME

PART-TIME

759 559 1318 136 15 279 616 36 203 0 33 1318

1624 1151 2775 373 19 251 1385 71 576 0 100 2775

TOTAL

FALL 2004 Female Male Total African American American Indian Asian Caucasian Hawaiian/Pac Isl Hispanic Non-res Alien Other Total

58% 42% 10% 1% 21% 47% 3% 15% 0% 3%

59% 41% 13% 1% 9% 50% 3% 21% 0% 4%

2383 1710 4093 509 34 530 2001 107 779 0 133 4093

58% 42%

478 308 786 59 9 211 343 19 125 0 20 786

60% 61% 39% 8% 1% 27% 44% 2% 16% 0% 3%

584 354 938 97 9 92 479 24 209 0 28 938

34% 62% 38% 10% 1% 10% 51% 3% 22% 0% 3%

1062 662 1724 156 18 303 822 43 334 0 48 1724

42% 62% 38% 9% 1% 18% 48% 2% 19% 0% 3%

FALL 2004 IN 2006 Returning: Female Male Total African American American Indian Asian Caucasian Hawaiian/Pac Isl Hispanic Non-res Alien Other Total

295 191 486 30 6 124 219 13 81 0 13 486

37% 61% 39% 6% 1% 26% 45% 3% 17% 0% 3%

384 240 624 64 7 68 288 21 153 0 23 624

22% 62% 38% 10% 1% 11% 46% 3% 25% 0% 4%

679 431 1110 94 13 192 507 34 234 0 36 1110

27% 61% 39%

195 125 320 17 4 70 147 5 69 0 8 320 164

24% 61% 39% 5% 1% 22% 46% 2% 22% 0% 3%

16% 289 64% 160 36% 449 35 8% 1% 6 46 10% 226 50% 11 2% 99 22% 0 0% 26 6% 449 Pct of Cohort:4.0%

484 285 769 52 10 116 373 16 168 0 34 769

16% 2% 8% 42% 3% 22% 0% 7%

1976 1293 3269 466 46 419 1351 92 693 0 202 3269

60% 40% 14% 1% 13% 41% 3% 21% 0% 6%

Returning: Female Male Total African American American Indian Asian Caucasian Hawaiian/Pac Isl Hispanic Non-res Alien Other Total

487 324 811 61 9 207 319 23 159 0 33 811

67% 60% 40% 8% 1% 26% 39% 3% 20% 0% 4%

590 402 992 116 18 104 401 34 245 0 74 992

48% 59% 41% 12% 2% 10% 40% 3% 25% 0% 7%

1077 726 1803 177 27 311 720 57 404 0 107 1803

55% 60% 40% 10% 1% 17% 40% 3% 22% 0% 6%

FALL 2005 IN 2007 Returning: Female Male Total African American American Indian Asian Caucasian Hawaiian/Pac Isl Hispanic Non-res Alien Other Total Graduates:

330 208 538 45 5 139 197 11 114 0 27 538 89

45% 61% 39% 8% 1% 26% 37% 2% 21% 0% 5%

34% 38% 402 57% 732 59% 301 43% 509 41% 703 1241 87 12% 132 11% 13 2% 18 1% 65 9% 204 16% 278 40% 475 38% 22 3% 33 3% 189 27% 303 24% 0 0% 0 0% 49 7% 76 6% 703 1241 Pct of Cohort:2.7%

FALL 2006 8% 1% 17% 46% 3% 21% 0% 3%

FALL 2004 IN 2007 Returning: Female Male Total African American American Indian Asian Caucasian Hawaiian/Pac Isl Hispanic Non-res Alien Other Total Graduates:

11% 1% 21% 40% 2% 20% 0% 5%

62% 38%

FALL 2005 IN 2006 12% 1% 13% 49% 3% 19% 0% 3%


58% 42%

19% 63% 37% 7% 1% 15% 49% 2% 22% 0% 4%

Female Male Total African American American Indian Asian Caucasian Hawaiian/Pac Isl Hispanic Non-res Alien Other Total

822 676 1498 155 23 264 656 59 272 0 69 1498

55% 45% 10% 2% 18% 44% 4% 18% 0% 5%

1782 1747 3529 488 38 293 1523 117 874 0 196 3529

50% 50% 14% 1% 8% 43% 3% 25% 0% 6%

2604 2423 5027 643 61 557 2179 176 1146 0 265 5027

52% 48%

1217 1123 2340 230 27 322 1039 65 539 0 118 2340

67% 62%

13% 1% 11% 43% 4% 23% 0% 5%


61% 524 395 919 70 13 202 394 32 170 0 38 919

40% 65% 49% 9% 2% 25% 49% 4% 21% 0% 5%

47% 693 728 1421 160 14 120 645 33 369 0 80 1421

70% 73% 16% 1% 12% 65% 3% 37% 0% 8%

APPENDIX C

COHORT GROUP


13% 1% 18% 58% 4% 30% 0% 7%


431

APPENDIX C COHORT GROUP

FULL-TIME

PART-TIME

852 769 1621 195 20 260 738 41 284 0 83 1621

1845 1714 3559 532 30 321 1430 97 855 0 294 3559

TOTAL

FALL 2007 57% 51% 13% 1% 17% 49% 3% 19% 0% 6%

52% 49% 15% 1% 9% 41% 3% 24% 0% 8%

2697 2483 5180 727 50 581 2168 138 1139 0 377 5180

54% 49% 14% 1% 12% 43% 3% 23% 0% 7%

APPENDIX C


432


INDEX

A. D. Guy Center ............................................................................8 Advanced Placement Subjects ......................................................16 Adult Literacy and Language ........................................................38 Academic Disqualification/Suspension ........................................25 Academic Policies and Procedures................................................23 Academic Probation ......................................................................25 Academic Progress ........................................................................24 Academic Renewal ........................................................................22 ACT Center (American Collegiate Testing Center) ......................39 Accreditation of College..................................................................2 Adding and Dropping Classes ......................................................18 Administration ............................................................................380 Admission Procedures ..................................................................13 Admissions Information ................................................................13 Admissions Information for Health Sciences Programs ..............13 Admissions Information for International Students ......................15 Admissions, Registration, and Payments ......................................13 Adult Literacy and Language ........................................................38 Advanced Placement Exams..........................................................16 Alternative Credit Options ............................................................16 Application for Graduation............................................................27 Apprenticeship/Union Programs......................................................3 Art Gallery ....................................................................................35 Assessment, Student ........................................................................3 Associate of Applied Science Degrees ..........................................91 Associate of Arts Degrees..............................................................52 Associate of Business Degree........................................................79 Associate of General Studies Degree ............................................90 Associate of Science Degrees........................................................80 Attendance Policy ..........................................................................23 Auditing Classes ............................................................................19

B Bachelor of Science Degree ........................................................256 Board of Regents ........................................................................380 Bookstores......................................................................................35 Boulder City Center ........................................................................8

C CAPS (Counseling and Psychological Services) ..........................31 CIP Codes (Classification of Instruction Codes – CSN) ..............41 Calendar ........................................................................................10 Campus Locations............................................................................7 Career Interest and Aptitude ..........................................................34 Career Services ..............................................................................31 CBAPE (College Board Advanced Placement Examination) ......18 Certificates of Achievement ........................................................177 Challenge Examinations ................................................................16 Chancellor ....................................................................................380 Charleston Campus ..........................................................................7 Cheyenne Campus ..........................................................................7 Child Care ......................................................................................35 Classification of Students (Full-time/Part-time)............................23 CLEP (College Level Examination Program) ........................17, 34 Closed/Full Class Registration ......................................................19 Clubs and Organizations, Student..................................................36 College Board Advanced Placement Examination (CBAPE) ......18 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) ........................17, 34 College of Southern Nevada High School ....................................14 Collegiate Review ..........................................................................37 Community/Personal Enrichment (Non-Credit Classes) ..............38 Community Service Programs ........................................................4 Comprehensive Degree Requirements ....................................44, 46 Computer Labs ..............................................................................35 Concurrent Enrollment ..................................................................19

Continuing Education Programs....................................................38 Counseling Services ......................................................................31 Counseling & Psychological Services (CAPS) ............................31 Counseling – Personal ..................................................................31 Course Descriptions ....................................................................258 Course Prefixes ..............................................................................40 Course Repeat ................................................................................25 Course Substitution........................................................................27 Course Waiver................................................................................27 Covert Video Surveillance Policy ................................................416 Credit by Examination ..................................................................16 Credit Load ....................................................................................23 Crime Awareness, Campus Security, and Crime Reporting ........416

D Dante and CLEP Tests ..................................................................34 Deaf & Hard of Hearing Services ................................................32 Degree and Certificate Programs ..................................................45 Disability Resource Center ............................................................32 Disclaimer ........................................................................................2 Division of Workforce and Economic Development ................4, 38 Downtown Learning Center ............................................................8 Dropping Classes ..........................................................................18

E eLearning ........................................................................................4 eLearning Registration ..................................................................19 Early Childhood Education Lab School ........................................35 Early Studies ..................................................................................14 Emergency Procedures ................................................................416 English as a Second Language (ESL) ..........................................35 Enrollment Verification..................................................................23

F Facilities ..........................................................................................7 Faculty and Staff ..........................................................................380 Family Education Rights ................................................................6 and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA) Final Examinations ........................................................................23 Financial Aid/Services ..................................................................21 Foundation ......................................................................................2

G GED (General Educational Development Test) ............................34 General Information ........................................................................2 Good Neighbor Program..............................................................414 Grade Appeal Process ....................................................................26 Grades and Academic Progress ....................................................23 Grading Symbols and Definitions ................................................23 Grade Point Average – Calculating ..............................................24 Graduation Requirements ..............................................................26 Grants ............................................................................................21 Green Valley Center ........................................................................8 Guy, A.D. Center ............................................................................8

H Health Programs ............................................................................13 Hearing Procedures......................................................................407 Henderson Campus ..........................................................................7 High Honors/Honors......................................................................27 High School, College of Southern Nevada....................................14 High School Students – Special Programs ....................................14


INDEX

A

433

INDEX I iTunes U ..........................................................................................5 Immunization Policy......................................................................27 Interactive Learning Centers..........................................................35 International Students ..............................................................15, 25 Intramural Sports ..........................................................................37

J Jeanne Clery Act ..........................................................................417 JumpStart Program ........................................................................14

L Language Labs ..............................................................................35 Late Registration............................................................................18 Leadership Academy......................................................................36 Learning and Earning Program......................................................14 Learning and Satellite Centers ......................................................38 Libraries ........................................................................................35 Limited Entry Admissions ............................................................13 Literacy and Language, Adult........................................................38 Lincoln County Center ....................................................................8 Loans..............................................................................................21

M MAP (Manufacturing Assistance Partnership) ..............................39 Matriculation Date ........................................................................28 Mesquite Center ..............................................................................9 Mission ............................................................................................2 Moapa Valley Center........................................................................9

N Name Change ................................................................................28 Nellis Center ....................................................................................9 Nondiscrimination Statement ..........................................................2 Nonresident Student Admission ....................................................13 Non-Traditional Education ............................................................18

O Observatory....................................................................................36 Open Door Policy ..........................................................................13 Organizations and Clubs, Student..................................................36

INDEX

P Part-Time Student ..........................................................................23 Payment..........................................................................................20 Peer Ambassador Program ............................................................32 Performing Arts Center..................................................................35 Personal/Community Enrichment..................................................38 Phi Theta Kappa ............................................................................37 Placement Testing ..........................................................................33 Planetarium and Observatory ........................................................36 Police, CSN..................................................................................416 Policies and Procedures ................................................................23 Primary Fields of Study ................................................................40 Privacy Statement ............................................................................6 Proctoring ......................................................................................34

R Recruitment Services ....................................................................33 Reentry Program ............................................................................33 Refunds ..........................................................................................21

434


Registration ....................................................................................18 Religious Holidays ........................................................................28 Remedial Policy ............................................................................29 Residency, Regulations for Determining ....................................411 and Tuition Charges Retention Office ............................................................................33 Returning and Readmitted Students ..............................................16 Rural Education Programs ............................................................38

S Safety and Security ......................................................................416 Sahara West Center ..........................................................................9 Sanctions ......................................................................................416 Scholarships ..................................................................................21 Security and Safety ......................................................................416 Senior Citizens ..............................................................................19 Sexual Harassment Policy ..........................................................428 Social Security Number Policy......................................................29 Sport Center, CSN ........................................................................36 Step-Up Program ..........................................................................14 Student Clubs and Organizations ..................................................36 Student Conduct Code, Administration of ..................................404 Student Government ......................................................................36 Student Identification Cards ..........................................................37 Student Leadership Academy ........................................................36 Student Life and Leadership Development ..................................36 Student Right to Know Act (Also see Jeanne Clery Act)............417 Student Rights and Responsibilities ............................................403 Student Support Services ..............................................................35 Student Support Service Programs ..................................................4 Students First Program ..................................................................13 Students with Disabilities ..............................................................32 Summerlin Center ............................................................................9

T Tech Prep ......................................................................................14 Testing Centers ..............................................................................33 Transcripts From CSN ..................................................................30 Transfer Centers ............................................................................32 Transfer Degrees ............................................................................45 Transfer Student ............................................................................14 Transfer and Articulation Partnerships ............................................3 Transferring from Another Institution ..........................................29 Transferring to Another Institution ................................................29 Transfer Programs............................................................................3 Transferring within the Nevada System of Higher Education ......29 TRIO – Student Support Services ................................................34 Tutorial Services ............................................................................37

V Veterans’ Affairs ............................................................................19 Veterans’ Work Study ....................................................................20

W WebCT Courses ..............................................................................4 Western Center ................................................................................9 Western Undergraduate Exchange Program (WUE) ..................415 Withdrawing from a Class ............................................................18 Workforce & Economic Development ......................................4, 38 Work-Study ....................................................................................21 Writing Centers..............................................................................37

CatalogCover08Outline_BCK CVR_1.indd 1

2/28/08 12:17:47 PM

BUILDING A Health Sciences Programs, Dental Family Practice, Classrooms, Labs & Offices BUILDING B Ground Level Health Sciences Programs, Bookstore, Food Services, Security, Student Lounge/Study, Lecture Halls, Classrooms, Labs & Offices Second Level Health Sciences Programs, Classrooms, Labs & Offices CHARLESTON LIBRARY DESERT GARDEN CENTER CHILD CARE ART COMPLEX KNPR

Bookstore Ground Level Writing center (Developmental Education) Second Level Classrooms & Offices PLANETARIUM CHILD DEVELOPMENT COMPLEX OBSERVATORY Gym, Racquetball, Dance, Weight Training, Aerobics Ground Level Restaurant Second Level Campus Administrative Offices

BUILDING C Ground Level Interactive Learning Center (Computer Lab) Classrooms,Mail Room,Offices,Snack Bar & Library Second Level Classrooms & Offices BUILDING D Ground Level Student Affairs, Administative Offices, Admissions & Records/Registrar/Bursar/Cashier, Counseling, Disability Resource Center, Workforce Development, Millenium Scholarship, Continuing Education, Snack Bar, Lecture Hall, Classrooms & Student Lounge/Study, International Center, Financial Aid Second Level Classrooms

MAIN BUILDING Ground Level Art Gallery, Nicholas Horn Auditorium Second Level Classrooms & Offices Ground Level Nursing, Photography, Graphic Arts, Word Processing, Automotive Shop Second Level Art Studio, Classrooms & Offices Little Theater Cafeteria & Student Lounge Ground Level Admissions & Records, Registration, Bursar, Counseling & Student Services Second Level Library

BUILDING E First Level Classrooms & Offices Second Level Classrooms & Offices Third Level Administrative & Faculty Offices Fourth Level Human Resources BUILDING G Ground Level Science Labs Second Level Science Labs Third Level Science Labs

15 THE LOUX CENTER Physical Therapy Lab, Occupatonal Therapy Lab, Classrooms & Offices 16 BUILDING K Health Sciences Programs, Classrooms, Labs & Offices

20 TRANSPORTATION TECHNOLOGY BUILDING

12 BUILDING H Ground Level Science Classrooms & Offices Second Level Science Classrooms & Offices,Science/Math Resource Center Third Level Science Classrooms & Offices BUTLER BUILDING Classrooms, Safety & Security 14 MODULAR BUILDINGS 1 THROUGH 6 CSN High School, Distance Education, FLS Office

Ground Level Hotel, Restaurant, & Casino Management Area Second Level Computer Technology Area, Interactive Learning Center (Computer Lab), Classrooms International Language Lab AUTOMOTIVE AUTOMOTIVE MODULAR BUILDINGS BUSINESS SERVICES OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE TELECOMMUNICATION BUILDING Labs & Offices

CatalogCover08Outline_FRNT CVR_2.indd 1

3/5/08 3:33:22 PM